ve" oo I a ee ee 2 066 reee a. Sev ere *. . "wiwertes. sent" tb beans ~- hee: Seettsatesecteesteeceseses. tr “ene beast ly ++ea ieheteerns 3 ; ++ ponte ees bee.s oe! Hi eebeteel, : “rt ¥ Somer em . . thetiete : Peetee lene Tiisit tte srt higily ‘ owes 4 * 7 4 ’ . ‘ st-+ heesats . se oes State ree e : Ser <2 cect oon rit ; ; : ; ’ tree Tht t atest ea retry 2408." re § tr : tate teem mae -tebebae ltt eee se ecem woreet mes acasiscoretetssriri sect = 3 PPO Te O44. tr prdetee se recat ~ pveerts Miratatrist ++= +HiD + 4 : r ’ te Titet poet tawny Seat bonnet sjeserestasseserses erssenscssbeaepasassisesjeeses; aa pare * Stistesas tr Ps i + +434 be ow 3 Seven sere t=. Ow te ha totowe ieesteest ] a bas4 tat rer rt ed wene ‘ ivte soto e oe ae t- @ a set raw aeee asecte =ena-8 a Ce ewtn ao8e! weber ohet~ ~ G26 eeee oe “= “tee es 2e8e _ i@ re Sa reteetltrele vis © laters . oi. Dhe be THE ANNALS “- AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, ® INCLUDING di ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. ) B- CONDUCTED BY P. J. SELBY, Esq, F.L.S., GEORGE JOHNSTON, M.D., CHARLES C, BABINGTON, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., J. H. BALFOUR, M.D., Prof. Bot. Edinburgh, \ AND VOL. XIIL—SECOND SERIES. er oye LONDON: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. SOLD BY LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS} 8S. HIGHLEY; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO.; PIPER AND CO.3; W. WOOD, TAVISTOCK STREET ; BAILLIBRE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS: LIZARS, AND : MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH: CURRY, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN. 1854. ‘*Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine_sapientia Domini; ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata; a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”— LINNZUS, - * Quelque soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rapportent toutes ses opérations.”—BRUCKNER, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 1767. wie es ee ee © ee s © The sylvan powers Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells’ The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush / That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. Taxtor, Norwich, 1818. CONTENTS OF VOL. XIII. [SECOND SERIES.] NUMBER LXXIII. I. On the Structure of the Echinoderms. By JonaANNEs MULLER. II. On a new species of Tanager in the British Museum. By Parner Lari’ Bots reis MAG. ois vevckscusiecescccdsedeedijcesacmehe III. Descriptions of new or little-known species of Reptiles cok. ~ lected in Ceylon. By E. F. Kenaarrt, M.D., F.LS. &e. .«........ He IV.*Note on Spadiz purpurea, Gosse. By Professor Epwarp . Forses, F.R.S. &e. ......... eda bh cwitcdnchak anneal dbicbasiataaires baba wbus V. Descriptions and Illustrations of new species of Verrucaria and Sagedia found about Torquay, Devonshire. By RicHarp DEAKIN, M.D... CWith four Plates.) : ..cccosavsqcsrspesncedbsneesie tuaee Siasiaaiy ghaeenaes VI. Account of a MS. of Laurence Theodore Gronoy lately pur- chased for the British Museum, with a Collection of Dry Fish which it describes. By JoHN Epwarp Gray,.Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. ... VII. A Catalogue of the Species of Ants found-in Southern India. By T. C. JERDON, Esq. ., Assistant Surgeon, Madras Medical Esta- blishment .......+46 Cons sasesbersavesenedasedvcesncchdiwegesses Livebtecpeneseesese New Books :—The Palm Trees of the Amazon and their Uses, by A. R. Wallace.—The Botanist’s Word-Book: an Etymological and Explanatory Vocabulary of the Terms employed in the Sci- ence of Botany, by G. Macdonald and J. Allan.—A Narrative of Travels on the Amazon and Rio Negro, with an Account of the Native Tribes and Observations on the Climate, Geology, and Page 1 24 25 31 32 41 45 Natural History of the Amazon Valley, by A. R. Wallace ... 56—58 Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edin- burgh ; Royal Society of Edinburgh ......... benesaeaeeeeeeseeeas 58—72 On the Anatomy of Terebratula australis, by M. P. Gratiolet ; On the Teeth of Peronia and Otina, by Dr. J. E. Gray; Habits of lv | CONTENTS. - Page Birds; On a species of African Ant, by Dr. L. Imhoff; On a New Muscle-element in the Thoracic Muscles of Insects, by Dr. Burnett ; Desmarestia pinnatinervia, Mont., by the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, M.A.; On Oligoneuria rhenana, by Dr. L. Imhoff ; Meteorological Observations and Table ..........scccceseseseee w. 72—80 NUMBER LXXIV. ; VIII. Monograph of the British Graphidee. By the Rev. W. A. LricuTon, B.A., F.B‘S.E. (With four Plates.) ..........cccccssceeeees 8] IX. Characters of a new European Pupa, and of a new Australian | Bulimus. By W. H. Benson, Esq. ........... sadn Vedasungors pabbieveaaetss 97 X, A Catalogue of the Species of Ants found in ' Southern India. By T. C. Jervon, Esq., Assistant Surgeon, Madras Medical Esta- blishment ...... sambswieasns eerkerakunle: me RG cat eS Cato naandaede toe reba dik eed | 4 XI. Note on the Greenland and Iceland Falcons. By Joun Han- SF OOOK, Haas’ ssavsdividsuueseye dcccdswys touwstateaehonwonbey steeds ies ainva stig 110° XII. On the Structure of the Echinoderms. By JoHANNES PGES cin ongsccnceusstin vapeptoan ies cease Fu aariteoeteraweben on ive bad steps 112 XIII. Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an eight years’ residence in the Island. By Epcar Lropoip Layarp, FZ DMG occ caes Fangs aot ape tos ccctphi nies fe tases obtusa iedeandal dese 123 XIV. On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the Struc- ture of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals. By THomas Wir tr Ate ED doen si hia A ete ea vieds leas BANE RIA GA 131 XV. Catalogue of Reptiles ona m Ceylon. By E. F. Kevaarrt, BEDS VTi s RO ccarcckipiaewee vere leuwavsstosvetcactscevs cgunt les teeeeeens 137 Proceedings of the Zoological Society ...s.s.cecseseseeecesees vueddbebucwe ves 140 Note on the Bird of Paradise (Paradisea apoda), by M. de Lafresnaye ; New Observations on the Development of the Intestinal Worms, by Prof. Van Beneden; Further Observations on the Animal Substance analogous to Vegetable Cellulose, ‘by M. Virchow ; Meteorological Observations and Table. ...... beni NGdRN is 085 157—160 NUMBER LXXV. XVI. Contributions to the Paleontology of Gloucestershire :—A description, with Figures, of some new species of Echinodermata from the Lias and Oolites. By Tomas Wricut, M.D. &e. (With thivce Pistes.) viiciissesccessstvearees Per kigh Ui dss tasuansenescesndives dusdbaqesess 161 XVII. Descriptions of some newly discovered species of Araneidea. By JoHN BLACKWALL, F.LAS. oc ..cesseeeeeeees Tey MED ky ON, ES 173 CONTENTS. V Page XVIII. On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the Structure of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals. By THomMAS WrxuiAMs, M.D. Lond. (With two Plates.) ............006 180 XIX. Description of a new genus and species of Seal (Heliophoca - Atlantica) from Madeira. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &c. 200 XX. Monograph of the British Graphidee. By the Rev. W. A. LEIGHTON; B.A., F.B.S.E. cccccsecesdcees NY: its TAN pa iin cegbans segene Oe XXI. Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an eight years’ residence in the Island. By Epcar Lropotp Layarp, F.ZS8., C.M.E.S. eeseeesaaee PROSSER HEHEHE SHEESH SHEET EEO HEHEHE EEE EERE EEOeEE 212 New Books :—Symbole ad Monographiam Marseniadarum, ‘Auctore Rudolph Bergh ...........04 seeedacsonees abe tinge $iepi nse vnapeeceshs © eooree 218 Proceedings of the Royal Society; Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edinburgh ...... edactaisas Sesdee wiseasesveess seeeeseees 219—236 On Scymnus glacialis (Lemargus borealis, Mill. & Henle) and its Pa- rasites, by P. J. Van Beneden; On the genus Latia, by Dr. J. ~ E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; The Anglesey Morris, Leptocephalus Mor- . | risit, by C. W. Peach; Figured Pearls of the Chinese, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; On a Migration of Dragon-flies, by M. C. Morren; Meteorological Observations and Table ......... eo. 236—240 NUMBER LXXVI. XXII. On the Structure of the Eichinioderins: By JoHANNES MULEER 6.6.65 iiicieetececccseceqaescseccescceesouevoecsbectoessucccstecesecesees 241 XXIII. Description of a new species of Closterium (Closterium _ Grifithii). By the Rev. M. J. Berxeuey, M.A., F.L.S. (With a Plate; racists aeons ied sbasav'e bss Whveds dabctuiven sabides 256 XXIV. Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an eight years’ residence im the Island. By Epe@ar Leoro.tp LAYARD, E28. ORES Cet scr ciectstaacsasctvssesdedsscadstisedebdcadeceessveasdaseecds 257 XXV. Monograph of the British Graphidee. By the Rey. W. A. LeIGHTON, B.Ai; FBS: Ba secaccvsscctasicccdecsvecdvesestetscccscudcesstices 264 XXVI. A Reply to two Statements published by the Palzontogra- phical Society, in their volume for 1852; one appearing to accuse the University of Cambridge of illiberality in the administration of its Museum ; the other reflecting on Professor M‘Coy. By the Rev. Pro- fessor SEDGwWICK, M.A., F.R.S. &c. ... cee eeeee Seed cenes Adve ss CORON 280 XXVII. Notice of the discovery of Desmarestia Dresnayi on the coast of Ireland. By R. K, Grevinie, LL.D, &c. (With a Plate.) 292 v1 CONTENTS. Page XXVIII. On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the Structure of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals. By Tuomas Wiuuiams, M.D. Lond. (With two Plates.) -.sc.sseesseees 294 XXIX. Contributions to the Palzontology of Gloucestershire :—A description, with Figures, of some new Species of Echinodermata from the Lias and Oolites. By THomas Wricurt, M.D. &c. ......... 312 New Books :—Botanical Letters to a Friend, by Dr. F. Unger.—Sy- nopsis des Caloptérygines, par M. E. de Selys-Longchamps. 324—327 Proceedings of the Royal Institution ; Zoological Society ; ; Botanical Society of Edinburgh: (...cccse5oelincece FEUER RU ears fey 9 327—344 Note on the Vegetation of Mount Argeeus in Cappadocia, by M. P. de Tchihatcheff; On certain Statements contained in Dr. T. Wil- liams’s papers on the Respiratory Organs of the Articulata, by . George Newport, F.R.S.; On the genera Volutella and Cymbiola, by Dr. J. E. Gray ; Olwervitioas on Notamia bursaria, by G. H. Kingsley, M.D.; Description of a new species of Helix from Van ” Diemen’s Lana! by Lovell Reeve, F.L.S. &c.; On the Colours of Plants, by M. Martens; Meteorological Observations and ‘Table’ ..05.00s% seeecawns pha oesevdeccnapbadsinadeese Woks soucdedetahte . 344—352 NUMBER LXXVII. XXX. A Synopsis of the Fissirostral family Bucconide. By Pui.ip LUTEET BCUA TER, BE Asc TT ck Fee ase oh ion nce sedis es sdcakcesnevesccs 353 XXXL. Observations on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. By Capt. Rosert C, TyTuEr, of the 38th Regiment Bengal Light Infantry... 365 XXXII. Contributions to the Paleontology of Gloucestershire :— A description, with Figures, of some new species of Echinodermata from the Lias and Oolites. By THomas Wricurt, M.D. &e. ......... 376 XXXIII. Observations on “ Prof. Sedgwick’s Reply to some State- ments reflecting on the University of Cambridge.” By J. S. Bowrr- BANE PRS... esvncesetccsocs Sige tismaceevasvesss piers vacssmandshs 4 dose ob Feo 384 XXXIV. Monograph of the British Graphidee. By the Rev. W. AU ASIGHTON, BA., FBSLBs ccccdececupessssentestes eeeeeessaseeeeseeess 387 XXXV. Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY, M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Brooms, Esq. (With two Plates.) ...... » de B90 XXXVI. Descriptions of new species of Ceylon Reptiles. By Dr. KELAART cscacecece esceeeceseeeedesoesetlanvdvevecsccecespeveves ebeeceres 407 XXXVII. A Revision of the Arrangement of the Families of Bivalve Shells (Conchifera). By Joun Epwarp Gray, Ph.D., B.B,S., V.P.ZiS. &e. .ciccec sctescensesveee bodsbisecddvcdsacievcsevbscvdecenenss 408 CONTENTS. vil Page XXXVIII. On the Reproduction of a lost part of an Operculum, and of its probable Restoration when entirely destroyed. By JouHn Epwarp Gray, Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e. ...... pea nieaeickaiekeates 419 Proceedings of the Linnzean Society .........ceeseeseeeeeeereeeeeeees 421—430 Note on Runcina Hancocki, by Dr. J. E. Gray ; On the Coloration of the Waters of the Chinese Sea, by M. Camille Dareste ; Meteo- rological Observations and Table ....... evi ssssvansntetank ons 430—432 NUMBER LXXVIII. -XXXIX. On some new Genera and Species of Fossil Fishes. By Sir Poitip Grey Ecurron, Bart., FLR.S. &e. ...cssseseeeeeeeeseeeees 433 XL. Monograph of the British Graphidee. By the Rev. W. A. ‘" Linre ron, Bil PTs heen ica checevicis iinctdssacccesdinecegkanieg deb 436 XLI. Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an eight years’ residence in the Island. By Epagar Lreopoup Layarp, P.Z.S., COMES. 820.2 ciscsiensnesshansntQiyntetedipecvovesepeyscdvbessidGecuns 446 XLII. Description of a new Helix from Montpellier, and a new Hydrobia from Nice, with Observations on some varieties of the Extra-marine Shells of those districts. By Joun Pacer, Esq. ..... . 454 XLIII. Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. ens M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. BROOME, Esq. ...+-+ssssssseeseeeesseseeeereens eve 458 XLIV. A Reply to Prof. Sedgwick’s Article published in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 2nd Series, No. 76, April 1854. By Prof, Maun mE WARIS 6S se codecs deen cay snsavesetsccbbeensscesedens 469 XLV. A Synopsis of the Fissirostral family Bueconide. By Pui.ip LuTLEY SCLATER, M.A., F.Z.S. oo. ..csccesseseceesssnseeeceesencecerenens 474 XLVI. On the Anatomy of the Giraffe (Camelopardalis giraffa, Linn.). By T. Spencer Cosso.p, M.D., Conservator of the Ana- tomical Museum, University of Edinburgh ............ccccsceceseeseseecees 484 XLVII. On the Growth of Sea-Weeds. By P. H. Gosss, A.L.S. 488 Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Royal Society; Botanical So- ciety Of Edinburgh ....ccsecsscctecdguvwcscusicccsencasssivenseoess 491—504 Bellia arenaria, by C. Spence Bate; Mr. Bowerbank and Prof. Sedg- wick; On the Habits of the Mungoos (Herpestes griseus), by Lieut. Pegus; Viola lactea, by C. C. Lucas; On some Varieties of Land Shells from the South of France, by J. Paget; Scherer’s Collection of Lichens; Meteorological Observations SMT WicUecervieesagiccccsenedeca bands coy eBeVoescreedesscebearies 504—507 PLATES IN VOL. XIII. PLaTE I. HE pe species of Verrucaria and Sagedia. IV. : ¥.. Sana British Graphidese. VIIl. - } Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. D4 B wat. | wew British Echinodermata. XI: XIV. Desmarestia Dresnayi.—Closterium Griffithii. | xvi } New British Fungi. BSA } Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SECOND SERIES.] $6 ccvenntonccecose per litora spargite muscum, Naiades, et circdm vitreos considite fontes : ~ Police virgineo teneros hic carpite flores : Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas Ferte, Dew pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.” N. Parthenii Giannettaséé Eel, 1, No. 73. JANUARY 1854. I.—On the Structure of the Echinoderms. By Jouannes MUiiER*. [With a Plate. ] IN addition to their radial form and division, the Echinoderms are essentially characterized by the calcification of their perisoma and of many internal parts, by their peculiar metamorphoses, and especially by their ambulacral organs, feet or suckers, which may be distended by means of a peculiar system of internally ciliated canals. The larve of the Echinoderms are bilaterally symmetrical, and present no trace of a radial arrangement ; when impelled by their cilia, it is always one end which is directed forwards. The radial arrangement is met with only in the adult Echinoderm forms, and even they always present more or less obvious traces of a bilateral symmetry. In those Holothurie which creep upon an ‘ambulatory region’ (Sohle) and in the irregular Hchinide, the bilaterality is at once obvious. But all Echinoderms do not constantly creep on the same surface, or in other words, possess * Read before the Royal Academy of Sciences of Berlin, May 26, 1853. Translated and communicated by Thomas Hualey, F’.R.S. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xu. 1 2 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. an ambulatory region ; many Holothurie having nothing of the kind. The ambulatory region, or the surface turned towards the ground, sometimes includes an equal portion of all the radi or ambulacra, so that the mouth, which is situated in the midst of them, occupies its centre, as in the regular Hchini and in the Asteride, or the mouth is placed at the end, and the ambulatory region, as in those Holothuriade which possess one, 1s not con- stituted by all the radii, but is formed by only three out of the five ambulacra. The abdominal and dorsal surfaces there- fore are not constant in relation to the radial form. The inquiry into the bilateral symmetry of a radial form becomes, partly from this reason and partly from the predominating radial symmetry of the regular forms, exceedingly complicated, and it is even necessary to avail ourselves of the instinct manifested by the Echinoderms in their movements. All the forms provided with one, exhibit the most distinct in- stinctive impulse to direct the ambulatory region, however con- stituted, whether the mouth be placed in its centre or at one end, towards the ground, and if laid upon their backs they endeavour to turn round as an insect would do under like circumstances. Even the radiated rudiment of the Echinoderm, in the larva, behaves in this way as soon as the first ambulacral feet have made their appearance. The primitive rudiment of the Echinus or of the Starfish, dragging its larval framework about with it, opposes by the movement of its suckers every position in which they are not directed towards the contaiming glass, and thus endeavours to reinstate itself in its natural ambulatory posture. It is undoubtedly no part of the instinctive tendencies of the animal to turn its ambulatory or abdominal side in accordance with gravitation : for msects run upon the under side of fixed surfaces when they are able to adhere to them, and the Echinide creep actively up perpendicular surfaces by the aid of their suckers ; the instinct of these animals, it-may rather be said, di- rects them to turn the ambulatory portion of their ambulacra to whatever firm supports present themselves. The regular forms, whose ambulatory region includes equal portions of all the radii and whose mouth lies in its centre, as the regular Echinide, the Asteride, and Ophiuride, do not creep in any particular direction, with one radius constantly anterior, but it is sometimes one, sometimes the other radius or inter- radius which is directed forwards as the animal progresses. What Tiedemann says about the Asteride holds equally good of the Ophiuride and Echinide. These animals move exactly as if they were not aware of any difference between back and front, although they distinguish the ventral from the dorsal sides in the most marked manner. The very young Holothuria with Prof. J. Muller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 3 five suckers round its mouth, but without any upon its body, does not creep upon its future ambulatory region, but acts ex- actly as if the oral suckers constituted that region ; taking the position of an Hchinus with its mouth directed downwards and its body upwards, it adheres by the oral suckers and stretches them about in various directions. When, however, the first — ventral sucker emerges at the posterior extremity of the body, immediate use is made of it, as if it at once belonged to the am- bulatory region and availing itself, sometimes of the oral, some- times of the lateral sucker for adhesion, and as fixed points whence to stretch itself, the young animal forms a sort of trans- ition towards a Holothuria with an ambulatory region. In this condition also we see that the young Holothuria does not creep in any particular direction ; on the other hand, feeling about on the glass, it moves hither and thither indiscriminately. I have not yet seen the adult Holothuriade with ambulatory regions creep- ing head foremost; I have no doubt however that they do, as they are completely adapted for this mode of progression. The extant information upon this point is obscure ; they have been seen creeping, but it is not stated in what direction. Johnston says of Lhyone papillosa (Forbes’s British Starfishes, p. 236), that it has a slow progressive motion, more gradual than that of the shadow on a sun-dial, effected by the suckers being elongated and fixed to some spot, and then contracting so as to drag the body forwards; the suckers, however, are said to be used more frequently as anchors than as feet, since these animals are slug- gish and indolent in disposition. The Synapte do not move in any particular direction, but simply twist and wind about, unless they are upon a sandy bottom ; thus placed however in vessels of water, Quatrefages has seen them bury themselves in the sand with their oral tentacles. | The elongated Sea-urchins occupy an important position in this inquiry. In the Spatangide the ambulatory region consists of segments of all the five ambulacra, but the mouth is situated nearer the one extremity of the ventral surface and the anus at the other, between two radii and opposite to the azygos radius, which has thence been called the anterior radius ; in fact, as its suckers are more particularly made use of in locomotion, it would really seem to deserve this name. Accordingly it has been sought for also in the regular forms, in which the anus either lies in the cen- tre of the dorsal surface (regular Echinide and most Asteride), or as in other Asteride is wholly absent. That the position of the madreporic plate does not determine the posterior extremity was rendered evident by the circumstance that in many elongated Echinide it is lateral, while in others it is an expansion of the ; 1* A Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. right anterior genital plate towards the centre (Anat. Studien iiber die Kchimodermen, Archiv 1850). Among the regular Echinide the elongated forms of the Echinometre are particularly interesting. In Echinometra acufera the anus is approximated to one, the longest radius, so that the. antero-posterior diameter is the longest. If the azygos middle radius of an Echinometra be placed in front, the madreporic plate will constantly be found to he laterally and to be the left posterior genital plate. In this position the radii and inter-radii of Echinometra are. perfectly symmetrical, and it is the only position in which they are so. In the genera Heterocentrotus, Br. (Acrocladia, Ag.), and Colo- bocentrotus*, Br. (Podophora, Ag.), which have been separated from Echinometra, the body is only symmetrical when placed transversely, as was observed by Brandt in the first-named genus, and expressed by him in the phrase ‘ corpus transversum’, but over- looked by Agassiz, who regards their forms as oblique, in com- mon with Eehinometra. The proper position of these shells is— with the greatest diameter of the shell transversely, the smallest longitudinally, and the smallest radius anteriorly ; ; thus placed, the madreporic plate in Heterocentrus trigonarius, mammillatus, and in Colobocentrus atratus, is the right anterior genital plate. Among twenty-four specimens of Colobocentrus atratus, twenty- three had the madreporic plate thus situated; one however had this plate in the left posterior inter-radius. Such variations de- pend upon whether the Echinus-dise with its madreporic canal is formed on the right or on the left side of the larval frame- work—deviations which, as my figures of Hchinus-larve from Helgoland show, have already been observed. In Echinometra the transverse symmetry occurs rarely as an anomaly ; among a great number of Hchinometre (about eighty specimens, including: all the known species) only four transversely symmetrical specimens were met with. Among fifteen examples of Echinometra acufera, Bl., from the same locality (Venezuela), there was one ; among six of EE. oblonga, Bl., one also was trans- versely symmetrical, i. e. one had the azygos radius shortest ; in the others, the azygos radius was the longest of the five. The division of the Lehenometre into genera rejected by Sou- leyet (Bonite) is hence shown to be natural. In the Spatangide of the present epoch the madreporic plate is commonly situated at the posterior extremity of the apex, but even in this case its position is problematical ; I have already * Tt may be preferable to shorten these names into Heterocentrus and Colobocentrus. Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 5 remarked, that its perforated area (Porenfeld) in Schizaster ca- naliferus extends from the right genital plate and from the im- mediate neighbourhood of the right genital pore. A short time ago I had occasion to demonstrate this by internal dissection. The canal which passes from the madreporic plate to the circular canal of the ambulacral vessels, the analogue of the sand-canal of the Asteriade, is inserted in fact, in Schizaster canaliferus, into the circular canal between the right anterior and right posterior ambulacral canals, corresponding therefore with the right poste- rior inter-radius. In the Clypeasters the posterior extremity is also determined by the position of the anus; but in this divi- sion of the Sea-urchins the madreporic plate, on the other hand, lies exactly in the centre between the genital apertures, which are not carried by special plates. Singularly enough, however, in this case, the canal which passes from the madreporic plate to the circular canal, as well as the short thick heart which lies close to it, is so disposed, that its position corresponds, not with that of the anal inter-radius, but with that of the right posterior inter-radius. From all this it follows, that the anus as well as the madreporic plate may be inter-radial ; that sometimes the one and sometimes the other may pass out of its inter-radial space into the centre; that the imter-radius of the madreporie plate may be distinct from that of the anus ; that the madreporic plate, even when it lies between the genital pores or at the pos- terior extremity of the apex, may be reduced to a lateral genital plate; and that it is united, not with the posterior part of the circular canal, but with a lateral part of it by means of the “sand-canal ;’ finally, that no one of the five inter-radii is inva- riably that of the madreporic plate, but that this may be seated in the most widely different inter-radii, sometimes on the right and sometimes on the left side. | We may now compare the azygos radius in those Echinoderms in which it is easily determinable, as in Echini and Holothuria, and it at once appears that an anterior radius corresponding with that of the Spatangide cannot universally exist in the Echinodermata. In the Holothuriade with an ambulatory disc, the anterior and posterior extremities and the bilateral sym- metry also are indisputable. The azygos radius, however, is here directed, not from the mouth upwards and forwards, so as to lie in front of and above it, as in the Spatangide, but takes exactly the opposite direction—from the mouth backwards and downwards—and lies beneath and behind the mouth; the azygos radius is here the middle ventral radius and the ambu- latory disc is formed by three radii, while on the dorsum there are only two. Whether now is the true ventral surfaee, that of the Spa- . 6 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Behinoderms. tangide or of the Kchinide, or that of the Holothuriade?~ 1 imagine no one will be disposed to get rid of this difficulty by supposing that. the Holothuriade are exceptions and creep upon their backs. Let us conceive the typical form (Mittelform) of the Echinoderms to be a sphere with radial are, the question is, whether this typical form passes from that of the Spatangus into that of the Holothuria, by the body being rotated in the plane of its middle longitudinal section, so that from resting upon the inferior inter-radius it comes to lie upon the opposite radius; or, whether this change is effected by the rotation of the typical form round the axis of the radii, so as to bring the globe from its position with an inter-radius inferior into that with a radius inferior. In the former case, the conju ate sides and the anal inter-radius remain constant, but the denomina- tions of the conjugate sides as regards right and left become changed with the rotation in the longitudinal plane. In the latter case, the conjugate sides and the position of the anus would shift, but the anterior and posterior ends would remain constant, different radii and inter-radii becoming developed into the am- bulatory disc, and the anal inter-radius undergoing a corre- sponding alteration. If any such thing as a homology of the Echinoderms exists, it can only be sought for in the former of these hypotheses. By rotation round its axis the position of the Spatangus may indeed approximatively be converted into that of the Holothuria, but not wholly ; for even then to correct this position, and at the same time to change a Spatangus into an Echinus, the rotation in the opposite direction round a transverse axis, or in the lon- gitudinal plane between the conjugate sides, would still be required. If, therefore, we seek an ideal middle term among the various actual forms of Echinoderms, this typical form will be found to possess no constant anterior and posterior extremities ; it has the mouth in the one pole of the ambulacra, but in passing into the various forms of Echinoderms, it may turn sometimes one side of its radial body forwards, sometimes exactly the opposite. These anteriorly directed sides are, however, determinate in all cases; they are invariably cut by the same constant meridian of the radial form ; 7. e. the longitudinal plane of separation between the symmetrical halves of the ideal typical form is in all cases constant. Those terms are best which are derived from the intrinsic pe- culiarities of a form and not from positions, which it may alter. On the former principle we may bring the ambulacra of the 5-partite Echinoderms under two classes, the one of which con- tains three, the other two ambulacra; we thus obtain a triradial Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms, 7 and a biradial segment, a trivium and a bivium. In the Sea- urchins of the genus Dysaster, trivium and bivium are actually separated by a wide interspace; but in most quinquepartite Echinoderms they may be discovered and the position of the radii thence determined. Between the two radii of the bivium lies the anus, or it moves away from the mouth to the apical pole, and even beyond it, to the opposite azygos radius. If the azygos radius be unknown, it may be determined by the meridian of the. anus, which in Cidaris and Echinus is ap- proximated to one of the five ambulacra. If the azygos radius be known, but the anus central, as in the Holothuriade with am- bulatory regions, the meridian of the anus may be determined from the azygos radius of the elongated form. We may lay down then, upon the ideal spherical Echinoderm, the oral and apical pole; a triradial segment and a biradial seg- ment, with the anal area. Ifthe ambulacral arez of this Echi- noderm are equally developed in all directions, it will become an Echinus with its mouth directed downwards. The sphere is as it were in equilibrium in this position ; it is, however, traversed by an ideal plane which passes through the meridian of the azygos radius. If it be rotated, within this plane, out of its position of equilibrium, in such a manner that the bivium occu- pies more of the ventral surface than the trivium, we have the position of the Spatangide. If within the plane, the globe ro- tate in the opposite direction, so that the trivinm alone occupies the ventral surface, the result is the position of the Holothuriade. In this ideal globular model of the quinquepartite Echinoderm we have then the following points fixed, and good for all pos- sible cases, viz. the oral and apical poles and their axis ; the con- trasted trivium and bivium; the longitudinal plane passing through the meridian of both, and dividing the Echimoderm into two equal parts; and finally, the anal area. In the creeping Echinoderms the oral pole may be directed downwards or for- wards, the apical pole upwards or backwards ; the trivium, with its azygos radius, may sometimes be presented forwards, some- times downwards; the bivium, with its azygos iter-radius, sometimes backwards, sometimes upwards ; the anus downwards and backwards, upwards and backwards, or upwards. The radial segments of the Echinoderm have an oral pole, and opposed to this an apical pole. The mouth, surrounded by the circular canal of the ambulacra, lies in general in the centre of the oral region, rarely on one side of it. The surface between the poles may be divided into ambulacral and interambulacral segments. By the extension of the former in breadth, the latter may entirely disappear, as in the Holothurie sporadipodes. In 8 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structwre of the Echinoderms. the Holothurie the ambulacra pass from the mouth to the oppo- site extremity; when they cease before attaining this extremity, there is formed, opposite to the ambulacral zone, an antambu- lacral zone, e. g. the apex of the Sea-urchins, which is continuous with the inter-ambulacral aree. 7 If, like the Astertde, an Kchinoderm has radial arms, the antambulacral area is continued, as well upon the antambulacral side of the arms, as between them into the inter-ambulacral are. It is not uncommon, as in many Asteride, for the inter-ambu- lacral part of the perisoma to be distinguished from the antam- bulacral areze by the character of its plates—-the inter-ambulacral plates. The boundary between the inter-ambulacral and antam- bulacral ares is at times indicated by a peripheral margin, or even by special. marginal plates, such as the marginal plates of the pentagonal Astrogonium and Goniodiscus, between the ventral and dorsal surfaces, which also lie between the ambulacral and antambulacral zones. In the Astertde and many Crinoids, the ambulacral or ventral and the antambulacral or dorsal, sides are about..equally developed. Arms are free radii with an ambu- lacral and antambulacral side, and are either simple or divided. Divisions. produced by processes or imsections of the periphery of the Eehinoderm are Jobes, if they present no distinction of an ambulacral and‘ antambulacral side, such as the lobes of a few flat Sea-urchins; Runa, Rotula, Encope. There exist ambulacral and inter-ambulacral lobes (Runa). Ambulaeral lobes are ambu- lacral upon both sides and may be subdivided (Rofula). Segmen- tation of the margin and the formation of lobes, therefore, do not. approximate the sea-urchin to the star-fish. If the antam- bulacral area of the Echinoderm grow up close to the mouth, arms for the ambulacra may still be developed in its neighbour- hood, as in Agelocrinus, Pseudocrinites, and as in the oral arms of the calyx of Echinoencrinus and Echinospherites discovered by Volborth. The existence of ambulacral pores upon the ant- ambulaeral area, on the opposite side of the arms, is self-contra- dietory ; and it would appear that wherever arms are developed, whether at the circumference or at the oral part of the calyx, no ambulacral pores nor suckers can exist in the region which extends from the apical end to the arms. The development of the ambulacra, as it is here set forth, renders it probable, therefore, that the pores in the plates of the ealyx of Caryocrinus, Hemicosmites and Eehinospherites cannot possibly be ambulacral pores, inasmuch as they are situated im the antambulacral region and behind the arms, to which they have no relation whatsoever. Pentacrinus contributes analogi- cally to this view, as it possesses similar pores in the inter- Prof. J. Miller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 9 ambulacral aree, without suckers or any relation to the ambu- lacral grooves of the calyx, the suckers being situated in the ambulacral grooves of the calyx and of the arms. I shall return to the antambulacral pores of the calyx of Caryocrinus, Hemicosmites, and Echinospherites, in a particular section devoted to the ambulacra of the Crinoids in general, and especially the group of Cystidea of Von Buch. In an Echinoderm which remains antambulacral close up to the mouth, and developes arms only from the oral part of the calyx, we have at its maximum that condition which m the Echinide is at its minimum. To borrow the phraseology of the ‘Natur-philosophie,” we may say that the calyx of a Pseudo- erinites, Agelocrinites, Echinospherites, Echinoencrinus, is the apex of an Echinus; it is, however, an expansion of the apex large enough to enclose the whole intestines of the animal, while in the Echinus these are invested for the most part by the ambu- lacral zone of the perisoma. The region of the ambulacra may be reduced to a cirelet of suckers about the mouth, as in the Synapte, Chiridote, Mol- padie, among the Holothuriade. In the last instance, the antam- bulacral area is only so large externally, Jager having demon- strated that the ambulacral canals of the Synapte have as wide a distribution internally as those of the other Holothurie. Although the ambulacra converge towards the oral pole, yet they are not in all cases provided with suckers up to the middle of the oral surface. In Hchinus, for example, the ambulacra are interrupted around the oral area; and in many Crinoids, also, the oral area between the ambulacral sides of the arms, instead of presenting a continuation of the ambulacral grooves to the mouth, is covered uniformly with plates, as in Actinocrinus. To the ambulacral system of canals, taken in its widest sense, belong, together with the suckers, the ambulacral canals of the radii, with their branches to the suckers and their ampulle,—the circular canal which unites the five ambulacral canals around the mouth and a few appendages connected with it. The system of ambulacral canals exhibits ciliary motion over the whole extent of its internal walls and is everywhere closed, if we except the porous commencement of the sand-canal in the madreporic plate. This canal, extending from the madreporic plate to the circular canal, has now been observed in all forms of Echinoderms, with the exception of the Crinoids. Its porous commencement either opens externally as a madreporic plate in the Asteride, Euryale, Echinide ; or is turned towards the abdominal cavity, as the porous calcareous sac of the Holothuriade, which possesses an external aperture only in the young state. In the Ophiuride, also, the calcareous sac is hidden in the eavity of the body. 10 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Hehinoderms. These peculiarities have already been explained in the ‘ Anato- mische Studien.’ Besides the one or many sand-canals, there are two other descriptions of organs united with the circular canal of the Echinoderms,—the ‘ Polian vesicles’ and the ‘ race- mose appendages.’ Both these organs occur contemporaneously in the Asteride (as is well known from Tiedemann’s investiga- tions) and reappear in the Holothuriade. In the latter the racemose appendages are recognizable as little vesicles, which are connected in pairs, by short stalks, with the circular canal of young Holothurie, and contain very peculiar double granules in constant tremulous motion, just like that of the otolithes of the Gasteropoda. In the adult Holothurie these organs are recognizable in the multitudinous small vesicles which beset the circular canal and open into its interior. The Ophiuride possess four simple vesicles and no racemes. In the Spatangide the appendages are absent upon the circular canal. In the regular Sea-urchins five stalked vesicles are connected with this canal ; they have the same position as the Polian vesicles of the Ophiu- ride, but their walls are cellular, and therefore allied to the racemose appendages. In the Clypeasteride only, however, is the circular canal provided with many such appendages. Analysis of the Ambulacra of the Sea-urchins. After having expounded the anatomy of the central portion of the ambulacral canals in the ‘Anatomische Studien tiber die Echinodermen’ (Archiv 1850), I set before myself the task of analysing the ambulacra themselves. The double pores of the ambulacra lie, in the Sea-urchins, either in the plates themselves or in their sutures; the latter occurring in the petaloid ainbulacra of the Clypeasteride. In this case, either the ambulacral plates are similar, as in the peta- loid ambulacra of Scutella, Laganum, Echinarachnius, Lobophora, Mellita, Encope, Echinocyamus ; or alternately dissimilar, as in Clypeaster and Arachnoides ; the smaller plates pass, in these, only from the external to the internal pore, the larger extend from the external pore to the internal suture. Upon this point Des- moulins has already made some good observations. At the lower extremity of the petaloid ambulacra, for the rest, the double pores readily pass from the sutures on to the plates themselves. Desmoulins has thrown out the supposition, that originally there is a special ambulacral plate for every double pore of the Sea-urchins. In the Clypeasteride, a number of pores corre- sponding with locomotive feet occur on a single plate, and they multiply in proportion to the growth of the plate; but in all other Sea-urchins, this hypothesis would appear to hold good. The composition of the ambulacral plates in Hchinus has hitherto Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 11 remained unknown. In the shell of an Echinus, the so-called ambulacral plates are nothing but secondary ambulacral plates made up of the minute primary ambulacral plates. We may observe on the inner side of the shell the sutures between the primitive plates, which contribute to the formation of a secondary ambulacral plate. The primary plates correspond in number with the pairs of pores in one oblique transverse series of the ambulacrum. The sutures are also recognizable upon the ex- terior, and by careful examination we observe, that they divide even the tubercles situated upon them, as may be well observed in E. sphera. Where there are four pairs of pores in a second- ary ambulacral plate, the four pieces have very unequal hori- zontal diameters, the two median ones, in fact, being smaller transversely ; all four pieces extend as far as the external suture, but only the first and the last attain the inner suture, applying themselves around the ends of the shorter pieces in such a manner, that the secondary ambulacral plate is divided inter- nally by only one suture. The same suture exists when there are three pairs of pores. Here, again, it is the plate of the median pair of pores which does not reach the inner edge... In £. albus, 9-10 primary plates for 9~10 pairs of pores form in a similar way a secondary plate. The smaller plates are not sub- sequent to and intercalated between, the larger, but are found in the smallest specimens in which the plate is developed.at all; so that a young Sea-urchin has just as many pairs of pores in an obliquely transverse series as afterwards, according to the species to which it belongs. Agassiz has demonstrated, that in Echinus the addition of new ambulacral and inter-ambulacral plates takes place at the apical end of the corona, but denies the occurrence of such new forma- tions in the Clypeasteride. The fact is, however, that it occurs here in exactly the same manner as in the regular Sea-urchins. The whole under surface of the Clypeasteride grows, retaining the original number of its plates, only by their individual increase; whilst the plates of the upper surface not only increase indivi- dually, but at the same time fresh, minute, ambulacral and inter- ambulacral plates are added at the apex. This must be borne in mind in describing species, and the number of the plates should be reckoned from the end of the petaloid ambulacrum to the edge, and also from the edge to the mouth. Philippi, again, who confirmed and extended the observation that new plates are formed at the apical end of the corona in Echinus, denies that the same new development takes place in the Spatangide ; but it unquestionably occurs, from what I have observed, in Schizaster canaliferus, at different ages. I have com- pared specimens of 8", of 2", and of 3”. The first has in each 4 12 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Beinoderms. petaloid ambulacrum of the anterior pair only 28 ; the second 40 ; the third, 44 pairs of pores: in each ambulacrum of the posterior pair the first has only 14, the second 21, the third 25 pairs of pores on each side. The Clypeasteride have, while the Cidaride have not, a per- manent equatorial periphery. If an old and a young Echinus of the same species be compared, those plates which in the young specimen lay in the equator of the periphery, have in the older ones moved towards its ventral side; and the equator is occupied by a circlet of plates which in youth lay near the apex. If the shell of the Sea-urchin terminate at some distance from the mouth and the oral feet are seated upon the oral integu- ment, both the inter-ambulacral and the ambulacral plates ter- minate in pairs, as in Echinus. If, however, the shell is con- tinuous up to the mouth and the oral feet are situated upon the shell itself, then the ambulacral plates terminate in pairs, while the inter-ambulacrals are single, as in the Spatangide and Cly- peasteride. At the oral aperture in the Clypeasteride the corona becomes, it is true, considerably simplified, but not so much as is commonly supposed ; in the end we have either a circlet of fifteen pieces, five of which are inter-ambulacral (Clypeaster, Mellita), or ten ambulacral pieces (Arachnoides). It is requisite to examine young specimens, though the sutures may always be recognized upon the inner surface. In Clypeaster, the first circlet around the mouth is composed of fifteen pieces, the second, on the other hand, only of ten,—the ambulacral plates becoming mutually applied, which is a generic character for all the species : in. a few species the third circle also is completely formed by the ambulacral plates; further out, two alternating series of inter- ambulacral plates lie between them. At the oral aperture of the shell of the Clypeasteride with branched clefts, there is a small process at the commencement of each ambulacrum, noticed, in fact, by Agassiz in his beautiful monograph upon the Scutellide, and regarded by him as a tube with one or many apertures for the reception of the gills. Upon this process, however, only two small tentaculiform processes with rounded ends like the feet are attached. These little ten- tacles are fixed to two shallow depressions of the process, from each of which a fine pore, similar to an ambulacral pore, leads obliquely into the interior of the shell. In Arachnoides placenta the process is absent, but the apertures exist at the edge of the shell, separated by the width of the groove. ‘To these apertures the two anterior branches of the ambulacral vessel run, whence it is perfectly demonstrated that they are ambulacral and not branchial, and that they correspond with the oral feet of the regular Sea-urchins. The gills of Hcehinus are replaced in all Prof. J. Miiller on, the Structure of the Echinoderms, 13 the Sea-urchins with petaloid ambulacra, as well Spatangide as Clypeasteride, by the ambulacral gills of the petaloid ambulacra ; however, the Spatangide have well-developed oral tentacles. In the regular Sea-urchins of the genera Kchinus, Echino- metra, Salmacis, and others, all the feet, including those of the oral disc, have a similar structure, being suckers with a sucking disc; but this is not the case with every regular Sea- urchin ; they are not all, to use Duvernoy’s term, homoiopodous. Delle Chiaje, indeed, has already stated that the dorsal feet of - Echinus neapolitanus (Echinocidaris equituberculata) are. pecti- nated, though his figure does not give a correct representation of them. The fact is, that all the Hehinocidarides present this peculiarity. The lower feet have a sucking disc below, which is a circular calcareous ring. On the dorsal portion of the ambu- lacrum, the sucking dise and the calcareous ring suddenly vanish altogether, the feet becoming at the same time laterally flattened, poited at their ends, and lobed on their flat sides, . his arrange- ment, which would appear to be repeated in Asteropyga and Diadema (from dried specimens), evidently affords a transition to the gill-like dorsal feet of the Spatangide. In Colobocentrus atratus, likewise, the feet undergo a metamorphosis from the ventral to the dorsal sides ; the suckers gradually disappear, and the feet take, upon the dorsal surface, a flat pointed form without lobes, very different from that in Echinometra. These feet con- tain two canals separated by a partition, but. uniting with one another at the extremity, while at the base each is connected with one of the double pores. All previously mentioned sea- urchins have the ordinary cutaneous gills at the anterior edge of the corona, like EKehinus (Diadema and Asteropyga, also, if we may judge by the insections of the shell). They are absent in Cidaris, the ventral feet here being cylindrical with terminal suckers, while on the dorsum they are conical and not lobed. The oral feet of Cidaris form complete series upon the move- able buccal plates, which here, in a manner, repeat the corona, and may be divided into ambulacral buccal plates with double pores and inter-ambulacral buccal plates, the former of which remain double up to the mouth, while the latter become simple at the furthermost extremity. The Spatangide present far more numerous differences in the characters of the ambulacral feet. Four general forms may be distinguished :---1. Simple locomotive feet, truncated or slightly rounded, without any special sucking dise. 2. Locomotive feet terminated by a sucker; this is either a large round disc notched at its edges and supported by radiating reticulated calcareous plates, or its edge is divided, star-like, into digitations, the 14 — Profs J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. calcareous plate dividing and sending a ray to each digitation. 3. Tactile feet, whose expanded end is penicillate, being closely covered with stalked knobs; the stalks contain a simple calca- reous rod. 4, Gill-like feet, ambulacral gills; three-cornered lamine pointed at their ends and having their edges pectinated by processes or insections. ‘T'wo or even three kinds of feet are disposed on the same radius in those portions of the ambulacra which are bounded by the semita. The import of the semite of Philippi, the fuscioles of Agassiz —structures peculiar to the Spatangide—has been hitherto un- known. They are distinguished from other parts of the shell by bearing fine ciliated bristles instead of spines, the outer surface of which up to the soft, knobbed, outer extremity of the bristle exhibits a lively ciliary motion. The semite are therefore ciliated fringes upon determinate areze of the shell. (Archiv 1853, p. 1.) In the genus Spatangus we meet with three kinds of feet ; tactile, locomotive, and branchial feet, with regard to which i may refer to Duvernoy’s beautiful figures. In all the ambulacra, those feet: which are nearest the mouth, the oral tentacles, are covered at their extremities with clavate cirri; the other ventral feet. are locomotive without any cap of cirri. In the subanal area, on the other hand, that is, within the area circumscribed by the subanal semita, there are on each side three additional cir- rated feet which Duvernoy has overlooked. Delle Chiaje, on the contrary, has improperly given cirri to all the ventral feet in his figure of Brissus Scille. The subanal cirrated feet belong to the ied posterior ambulacra and in fact, to their inner halves, so that the subanal semita.passes between the internal and the external halves of the ambulacrum. The dorsal feet of the four petaloid ambulacra are gill-hke. The anterior radius has no ambulacral gills at all; but the locomotive feet, preserving the same form, extend to its upper extremity ; this radius is there- fore rightly distinguished by Duvernoy as radius locomotorius. The genus Spatangus possesses no semita upon the upper sur- face of its shell. In those genera which possess one, either cir- cumscribing the dorsal part of all the ambulacra, as in Brissopis, Schizaster, “be, or that of the anterior ambulacrum alone, with the apex (Amphidetus, &c.), I find a peculiar kind of feet in the upper part of the anterior radius also, 2. e. locomotive feet, with discoid or stellate digitated suctorial plates. The figure of Brissus Scille by Delle Chiaje, again, shows nothing of this difference ; he even represents the cirrated oral feet extending along the anterior radius as far as the semita. It isimprobable that Brissus should differ from Brissopis, and the figure would appear to bein fault. In. Brissopis and Schizaster the peripetalous semita divides the anterior radius transversely into two portions; the region Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 15 below the semita contains simple locomotive feet ; that above the semita, on the other hand, as faras the dorsal extremity, presents a sudden transition to feet provided with large suctorial discs, which are strengthened by radiating osseous plates. In the northern Schizaster fragilis these feet are disposed in simple series on each side of the ambulacrum ; in Schizaster canaliferus, however, they constitute a dense series on each side. The lower portion of the anterior radius, from the oral tentacles as far as the semita, contains in Schizaster only a small number (three) of simple locomotive feet at considerable distances from one another upon each side. | In Amphidetus the peripetalous semita is absent; the four conjugate ambulacra possess branchial feet in their dorsal por- tion, as is commonly the case among the Spatangide. The internal dorsal semita which occurs in this genus divides the azygos radius into an anterior and a posterior part, and, enclosmg the posterior part and the apex, it forms an area in which the azygos radius contains only large feet with stellate: digitated extremities. On the contrary, the portion of the radius in front of the semita has simple locomotive feet without digitations. The digitations are supported by calcareous plates... The semita not only cuts off a portion of the anterior, but also a part of the four lateral ambulacra; the portions of the conjugate ambulacra lying within the semita contain no branchial feet, butvexceed=» ingly small and readily overlooked cylindrical feelers, simple and rounded off at their extremities. The penicillate cirrated: feet around the mouth in the five ambulacra present similar relations in all the Spatangide which I have examined, and all likewise possess subanal cirri. Brissopis has upon each side a series of six feet with cirri. In Schizaster (canaliferus), where the subanal semita is absent, and a posterior semita branches off from: the peripetalous semita and forms an arch under the anus, seven cirrated feet exist upon each side in a longitudinal series, at a considerable distance from the anus, in the posterior part of the ventral region of the shell ; not between the posterior semita and the anus, but in front of the posterior semita. The stems of the different feet, besides, contain transverse notched calcareous bands in their walls, which are absent in the branchial feet. The Clypeasteride present the greatest deviations in the for- mation of their ambulacra. The feet of the double pores of the petaloid ambulacra are gill-like; they are broad, depressed, lobulated, hollow projections between every pair of pores, and are distended by the large ampulle of the: ambulacra. - The locomotive feet, on the other hand, are cylindrical and exceed- ingly delicate, so that in the Clypeaster they have a diameter of zo, in Mellita only x)5'". They are extremely numerous, much 16 Prof. J. Miller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. more so than in the regular Sea-urchins, where their number amounts usually to about 2000, or im the Spatangide, which possess only a few hundred; in the Clypeasters the number of locomotive feet may, without fear of exaggeration, be estimated at many myriads. They are provided with a sucker at their extremities, which is either supported by a notched calcareous ring, as in the Clypeasters and their allies, or contains at least a couple of calcareous bodies, as in Mellita, where at the base of - the sucker we find in general two scale-beam-shaped (wage- balkenformig) calcareous rods, with two long and one short process, lying opposite to one another. Mellita hexapora, Agassiz. The locomotive feet extend for a greater or a less distance from the ventral to the dorsal surface. - Their distribu- tion upon the abdominal surface varies greatly, whence the Cly- peasters may be divided into two sections. In the first, the feet are not distributed over the whole of the ambulacral plates, but occupy separate branched passages in which the pores are aggre- gated, the pore-fuscia. These fasciz are at first simple, then divide dichotomously or trichotomously (chinarachnius), and their principal branches ramify again for the most part into lateral branches. Agassiz has already observed that these branches also pass on to the inter-ambulacral plates. To this section belong the genera Kotula, Mellita, Encupe, Lobophora, Scutella, Eichinarachnius. In the other section of the Clypeasteride, including the genera Clypeaster, Laganum, Arachnoides, Mou- linia, Scutellina, Echinocyamus, Fibularia, the pore-fascie are entirely absent. A few have, indeed, in the middle line of the ambulacra a simple groove, as Arachnoides, but it is known to be without pores. ‘he distribution of the pores and feet in these genera has hitherto been unknown, but may be determined with certainty in the larger kinds. The pores and feet are scat- tered over the entire surface of the ambulacral plates ; and in Cly- peaster, but not in Arachnoides, they pass on to a considerable portion of the inter-ambulacral plates. These, therefore, are Clypeasteride with pore-aree, in opposition to those with pore- fascia. The division into Clypeasteride with simple, and those with branched grooves, does not seize the real distinction. A few genera with pore-aree have the middle of the pore-area not even depressed, as Hehinocyamus and Fibularia. In Laganum, indeed, the depression is half lost. : Upon the dorsal side of the Clypeasteride we must distinguish, in the petaloid ambulacra, the external area between every two series of double pores and the internal area. The former is always provided with ambulacral gills appertaining to the large double pores ; the latter in many genera, Clypeaster, Arachnovdes, Echinarachnius, is covered with the very small locomotive feet Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 17 (together with pedicellarize and spines). When the petaloid am- bulacra terminate, their internal pore-area extends peripherally as far as the edge. In Clypeaster it again occupies a portion of the inter-ambulacral plates, while in Arachnoides it is excluded from them. The pores of the locomotive feet are most readily observed apon the inner surface of the shell when this is naked; in the large Clypeasteride they may also be easily detected on the exterior with high magnifying powers, and still more readily in the pore-fasciz of the other section, in which they are round and simple. In the Clypeasters, where the internal apertures of the locomotive pores are also simple, their external openings are elongated, usually figure-of-8-shaped, and not uncommonly divided into two distinct pores. In Clypeaster rosaceus these pores are 34," to z.!" long, and 35!" broad. Upon the internal area of the petaioid ambulacra, the locomo- tive pores are arranged in such a manner, that their longitudinal diameter is directed radially, a disposition which they retain until close to the peripheral edge ; the lateral ones, however, in — the peripheral portion of the shell have a somewhat oblique di- rection, and become more and more so the more external their position ; the direction of the axes of the pores in fact is from the periphery upwards and outwards. Upon the ventral surface of Clypeaster, the similarly constructed elongated pores are all dis- posed obliquely, viz. instead of taking a direction from the oral centre towards the periphery, they diverge from the middl line of the ambulacrum ; that is, if we produce the longitudinal axis of each single locomotive pore, it will cut obliquely the middle line of the ambulacrum, and form an acute angle open towards the periphery. It is only towards the edge that the middle portion of the series becomes straighter. The lines of direction of the axes of the locomotive pores on the hack are the continuation of the same lines of direction on the ventral surface. What are here denominated lines of direction of the axes of the pores must not be confounded with the lines upon which the pores are ar- ranged, for these in the Clypeasters are never disposed in series, but are scattered without order. On the other hand, in Arach- noides, the pores, as internally they are disposed in transverse series, so, externally, they are arranged in oblique parallel rows, whose parallelism is continued from the ventral to the dorsal side, and through the whole extent of the petaloid ambulacra. In Echinarachnius parma, according to Agassiz, who has ex- amined the living animal, the locomotive feet are replaced by tentacles, which, without being connected with the ambulacral vessels, open through their ampulle into the abdominal cavity. The pores for these tubes are found in the petaloid ambulacra in regular rows internal to the great pores ; through these tubes he Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 2 18 Prof. J. Miiller on the. Structure of the Echinoderms. ‘supposes the water to have access to the interior of the shell (Comptes Rendus de l’Acad. des Sciences de Paris, t. xxv. 679). Hence we see that Agassiz was the first to observe these fine pores and their ampulle, but that he confounded the proper .. locomotive feet which are supplied from the ambulacral vessels with respiratory tentacles. Neither in this nor in other Sea- urchins are there any tubules which penetrate the shell to open into the interior of the abdominal cavity. The ampulle in question, in fact, are connected with the ambulacral vessels by their branches to the locomotive feet ; and similar ampulle exist _ also external to the petaloid ambulacra and upon the ventral sur- face, connected with the branches of the ambulacral vessels and corresponding with each locomotive pore. Relations of this kind appear to be prevalent among the Cly- peasteride, and obtain, not only in Echinarachnius parma, for spe- _cimens of which I am indebted to Prof. Eschricht, but in Cly- peaster and Arachnoides, as results from the examination of the specimens of Clypeaster placunarius collected by Messrs. Ehren- berg and Hemprich, and in like manner in Clypeaster Rangi- anus, and in. the specimens of Arachnoides placenta brought by Dr. Th. Philipp: from Mergui. We may first examine the internal area of the petaloid ambu- lacra.... The whole area from one marginal double series of large pores to,the opposite double series of the petal is covered with small cylindrical locomotive feet, which have the same size and , Structure as the feet of the peripheral dorsal pore-ares, and as the feet of the ventral pore-arez. The investigation of the in- ternal surface of the shell throws further light upon the matter. The median ambulacral canal in Clypeaster Rangianus, Cl. pla- cunarius, Arachnoides placenta, Echinarachnius parma, supplies the ambulacrum with as many parallel lateral branches as there are double pores for the ambulacral gills ; each lateral branch in these is connected with the internal pore and with the large am- _pulla of the gill-hke foot. But before reaching the internal pore, an additional series of small cecal ampulle, of exactly the same form as those of the peripheral dorsal and the ventral, locomotive feet, is attached to the lateral vessel. Hach of these small am- ‘pullee, of ,5,/" long and 3," broad, corresponds with a very small aperture through which a twig of the transverse lateral vessel penetrates the shell and passes to the locomotive foot upon the external surface of. the ambulacrum. In Clypeaster Rangianus there are twenty pores and ampulle in one transverse row of half the ambulacrum in its broadest part, in Clypeaster rosaceus thirty, in Clypeaster placunarius ten, in Arachnoides placenta twenty, in Echinarachnius parma fifteen. In’ Eehinarachnius parma, whose ambulacral plates are similar, these locomotive pores Prof: J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 19 lie’ in the sutures: in Clypeaster and Arachnoides, where the am- bulacral plates are alternately dissimilar, so that the internal area of the anibulacrum is formed by the broad plates, the loco- motive pores aré found in the plates themselves, so arranged, that either two transverse series of pores occur on one plate (Clypeaster Rangianus and placunarius and Arachnoides placenta), or, as in Clypeaster rosaceus, four series of pores exist upon one ambu- lacral plate. In the former, therefore, every great ampulla of the branchial feet receives the lateral vessel of one series of pores and small ampulle ; in the latter, two series of small pores correspond with every large pore. Clypeaster rosaceus has (judging by a hasty examination) about 4000 of these fine locomotive pores within each petaloid ambulacrum, C/. Rangianus about 1200, Cl. placunarius about 600. In Echinarachnius parma their external apertures also lie in the sutures, and likewise in regular transverse series, which is rendered possible by the extreme minuteness of the tubercles upon the shell of this sea-urchin. In the Cly- peasters with large tubercles, on the other hand, the latter dis- turb the serial arrangement of the pores upon the external surface of the shell, and the apertures may rather be said to be scattered irregularly between the tubercles. In Clypeaster placunarius we meet with small calcareous spi- cula on the inner surface of each ambulacral plate between the series of pores: in C/. Rangianus these spicula, which also abound over the rest of the internal surface of the shell, are arranged upon walls, into which the ambulacral plates are produced be- tween every two series of pores. In Clypeaster rosaceus the spi- cula are absent ; on the other hand, the walls of the ambulacral plates are raised up into septa, which are again united by a cal- careous covering, in which the sutures of the ambulacral plates are repeated. The petaloid ambulacra, therefore, have double walls (like the dome of St. Peter’s at Rome), the inner wall be- longing only to the locomotive area, not to the area of the large or branchial pores, whose ampulle are uncovered. Between the double walls in these Sea-urchins there are regular interseptal am- bulacral chambers, each of which contains four rows of locomotive pores. All the transverse chambers are, however, intersected by a longitudinal passage, open towards them, for the median ambu- lacral vessel. In the covering there are three longitudinal series of apertures, by which the ambulacral galleries are connected with the abdominal cavity. The middle series answers to the median gallery, the lateral ones to the transverse chambers ; the lateral apertures are intended for the passage of the ambulacral vessels to the large ampulle of the ambulacral gills. Since every chamber opens in the neighbourhood of two double pores, the Q* 20. Prof. J. Miller on the Structure of the Hchimoderms. number of the lateral apertures in the galleries is exactly half that of the large double pores. i At the peripheral part of the dorsal ambulacra as far as their edge, and over the whole ventral part of the ambulacra, the am- bulacral vessels in Clypeaster, Arachnoides and Echinarachnius, give off pennate branches to transverse series of pores, and are again provided with a corresponding number of ampulle. In Clypeaster Rangianus about 100 transverse series of pores may be counted from the mouth to the peripheral edge ; on the back, from the edge to the petaloid ambulacra, about 40; the number in a transverse series increases from the mouth to the edge and diminishes again, from the edge to the petaloid ambulacrum ; towards the edge there are 80—90 pores in one transverse series of the half-ambulacrum. The ambulacral vessels as they are distributed to the pores lie sometimes free, sometimes covered in ambulacral chambers. In Clypeaster scutiformis the series of pores are uncovered through the whole ambulacral area, but the ventral and dorsal portions of the shell are connected by numerous acicular pillars; in Cly- peaster Rangianus, placunarius, and Arachnoides placenta, the series of pores lie for the most part free, but at the edge of the dise they are enclosed in chambers, which, however, are wholly or partially common to the abdominal and dorsal sides, inasmuch as, the walls of separation connect the abdominal and dorsal parts of the shell... These parallel transverse chambers, of which there are six in the Clypeasters in question, many (about twelve) in Arachnoides, are traversed by a median longitudinal canal which extends from the abdominal to the dorsal side. In this lies the median ambulacral vessel, bending round from the abdominal part of the shell to the dorsal portion, and giving off, both in the ventral and in the dorsal part of its course, two transverse branches to each chamber, so that every marginal chamber has four vessels, two ventral and two dorsal, and as many series of pores. Clypeaster rosaceus, with a ventricose pe- riphery, has no common dorso-ventral marginal chambers, but the entire ambulacra lie between double walls, and the pennate branches of the ambulacral vessels and their series of pores are everywhere contained in ambulacral chambers or ducts. Between the two transverse series of chambers there is also a covered way for the trunk of the ambulacral vessel. In this Deedalian maze there are usually four chambers on every am- bulacral plate, and from the mouth to the petaloid ambulacrum, on each side about fifty chambers; at their outer extremities they open into the abdominal cavity. Every chamber contains four series of pores, the number of pores in which is about 80-90 in the broadest part of the ambulacrum. The 2 x 50 Prot: J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 21. chambers of the two halves of an ambulacrum may, in the space from the mouth to the petaloid ambulacrum, contain about 16,000 pores for the ambulacral vessels of the locomotive feet ; if we add to these the 4000 locomotive pores of the petaloid ambulacrum, we shall find that Clypeaster rosaceus has in an en- tire ambulacrum about 20,000, and in the five ambulacra together about 100,000 locomotive pores. About 15 are visible in an area of 1" in diameter on the external surface. The interambulacral plates between the petaloid ambulacra are destitute of pores. The other interambulacral plates, on the other hand, both on the dorsal and on the veutral surface, are porous; the pores being so arranged that, on the back, they are more distributed upon the outer portion of the interambulacral plates, a poreless area remaining between the perforated are of any two ambulacra. This poreless area takes up so much space on the dorsum of Clypeaster rosaceus, that 6-10 tubercles arise from it transversely ; on the ventral surface the perforated arez approach so closely, that only 2-3 tubercles stand between them *. | To the division of Clypeasteride characterized by ambulacra with double walls and parallel ambulacral chambers from the mouth to the apex, belong, besides Clypeaster rosaceus, many fos- sil Clypeasters whose sections I have examined, as C7. altus and pyramidalist, and more particularly those high Clypeasters, whose peripheral part is not flattened. On the other hand, flat- tened fossil forms, like Cl. scutellatus, M. de 8., and its allies, present nothing of this kind, but only marginal chambers, so that it would be justifiable to separate those forms with double- walled ambulacra, under the name of Hehinanthus (Leske), from the other Clypeasteride. * Klein’s figure (tab. 29) of a section of Clypeaster rosaceus may for the present be sufficient to give an idea of the regular succession of cham- bers, and of the double walls of the ambulacra. + There is a Clypeaster in the collection of the Gesellschaft Naturforsch. Freunde with a very high crown similar to the high varieties of Cl. altus, but differing totally from it by the breadth of the imterambulacral arez between the ambulacra petaloidea, as compared with the ambulacra themselves. The interambulacral area is for half its length, and as far as the upper half of the length of the petaloid ambulacra, about as wide as the internal area of the latter at the same height, and about four times as broad as the di- stance between two corresponding pores; beyond the upper half of the petaloid ambulacra the interambulacral area is broader than their internal area. In all varieties of C/. altus, to which also the species distinguished by Philippi appear to belong, the interambulacral area between the ambulacral petals is very narrow. ‘The peculiarity of Cl. pyramidalis may be as di- stinctly recognised in transverse sections by the high median and transverse ridges upon the internal coat of the petaloid ambulacra, the median ridges being united like buttresses with the ventral wall. The Scutella pyramidalis, badly figured by Risso, would appear to belong here. 22 ~~ Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. Laganum Bonanni has only two marginal chambers common to the dorsal and ventral walls. The pore-aree on the outer surface of the shell resemble those of the Clypeasters ; only every ambulacral plate has its peculiar pore-area, narrow poreless bands intervening between them. On the internal surface of the shell every ambulacral plate presents an especial pore-area, whose pores are not disposed in many transverse series; in the mar- ginal chambers we meet with many parallel series of pores. The dorsal surface of the shell also presents certain peculiarities ; small pores are perceptible upon the internal surface of the pe- taloid ambulacra, which spread out upon the peripheral portion of the back; and the interambulacral ares also, between these, contain similar fine pores upon those portions of the interambu- lacral plates which are contiguous to the large branchial double pores, where, in other cases, locomotive pores are never found: specimens preserved in spirit should be examined with regard to this point. I now pass to the Clypeasteride with ventral pore-fascia. The internal area of the petaloid ambulacra presents the same rela- tion in Echinarachnius as im the Clypeasters and Arachnoides, and it would therefore seem, at first, as if this character were uni- versal in the entire family of Clypeasteride. However, in spirit specimens of Mellita quinquepora and hexapora, and Lobophora bifissa, for which I am indebted to MM. Krantz, Eschricht, and Steenstrup, I have been unable to find either the small ampulle or feet on the lateral branches of the ambulacral vessel in the peta- loid ambulacrum. The peripheral dorsal part of the ambulacra is always present. Not far distant from the edge, the ambulacral vessel of Mellita quinquepora forms a pennate ramification on the imperforate anterior radius. These curved parallel branches lie in canals of the shell, which are here and there connected with other sinuses of the shell. I have also persuaded myself of the presence of feet upon the peripheral part of the dorsal shell of Mellita. In Echinarachnius parma the ambulacral galleries are absent, and we find only transversely perforated partitions and rafters between the dorsal and ventral walls at the periphery of the disc, constituting imperfect marginal chambers. On the ventral part of the ambulacrum of Echinarachnius, we observe from the mouth to the peripheral galleries, on the inner surface of the shell, many short pennate branches with appended ampulle. It is from these therefore that the pores of the median pore-fasciz must be supplied. In correspondence with the lateral branches of the fascia externally, there run internally long pennate branches of the ambulacral vessel provided with many ampulle. The further ramifications take place in the peripheral galleries. Prof, J.:Miiller on the, Structure of the Echinoderms. 238 In the genera Mellita, Lobophora and Encope, the lateral twigs of the ambulacral vessel become immediately hidden in a super- ficial labyrinth of fine canals in the shell, which form ambulacral galleries, and are here and there connected with deeper sinuses open towards the abdominal cavity. In these genera the pore-fasciz, at a short distance from the mouth, divaricate in consequence of their dichotomous divisions from the middle of the ambulacrum, in which the trunk of. the ambulacral vessel lies. No branches of the ambulacral vessel follow the course of the two principal branches of the pore-fasciz, but the pores of these two large pore-fasciz are supplied by vas- cular twigs, which are directed transversely to them, and partly arise directly from the median ambulacral, trunk, partly havea pennate origin from branches of the latter. But all these twigs of the ambulacral vessels run in narrow ambulacral, galleries, which occasionally anastomose and give off transverse offsets in close succession which meet the lateral ambulacral fascie, and then penetrate im part transversely, in part obliquely, to their pores. From this source then the pores receive their twigs... In Mellita quinquepora I could follow out the: branches of the am- bulacral vessels from the trunk into the galleries, to then very. ulti- mate ramuscules. In this manner. also, the, many, secondary branches of the pore-fascie are supplied.,. But, I repeat,.the,ra- mifications of the pore-fascie and those, of the branches of ,the ambulacral vessels are totally different. The ambulacral galleries of Mellita, Lobophora ‘ond Boom occupy a thin superficial layer of the shell.and are distinguished, by the narrowness of the canals, from the other deeper sinuses of the shell common in this genus. I am unable to confirm the statement that cecal processes, of the intestine lie in these sinuses in Mellita quinquepora and other Clypeasteride. In the former species, as well as in Mellita hexa- pora, in Lobophora, Clypeaster, and, in fact, in all, the genera which I have examined, the intestine has no ceca, and passes by the sinuses and apertures of the ambulacral chambers. without giving off any processes whatever, accompanied at its outer edge by a great vessel, as in the regular Sea-urchins, and fastened by a mesentery.. In Mellita and Lobophora a portion of the lobules of the sexual organs passes into the sinuses of the shell. The innumerable muscular organs, subject to voluntary con- trol, on the back of the shell of a Sea-urchin, such as the suckers, pedicellarie, and the muscies of the spines, receive their nerves from the ambulacral nervous trunk lying in the in- terior of the shell, whose branches accompany the branches of the ambulacral vessel.. The nervous trunks of the five ambulacra, 24 =. Mr. Pol. Selater on a new-species of Tanager. united around the mouth by a nervous ring, form the larger por- tion of the nervous system, and inasmuch as they become more slender towards both ends of the ambulacrum and far surpass the nervous ring of the oral aperture in diameter, these ambu- lacral nervous trunks might be regarded as ambulacral cerebra, whose unity of action is provided for by the nervous ring. It is this ring which is cut through in the Synapte, when we divide the head longitudinally upon one side, and so deprive them of the power of breaking themselves up. [To be continued. ] II.—On a new species of Tanager in the British Museum. By Puiu Lurvey Sciarer, M.A. Turoveu the kindness of Mr. G. R. Gray I have had an oppor- tunity of examining an apparently new species of Tanager lately acquired by the British Museum. It is nearly allied to the Saltator rubicus of Vieillot, which is the type of the genus Phe- nicothraupis, Cabanis. But I agree with Dr. Cabanis that the proper place of this bird is nearer Pyranga and Tachyphonus than Saltator, with which it is often classed, and I think we may with propriety adopt the new generic name Dr. Cabanis has coined for it, and station it intermediately to the two former genera. My new bird will be the third of the genus, if we admit the claims of the Mexican variety named rubicoides by De la Fresnaye to be a true species. A specimen of this latter bird from Gua- timala in my collection differs little mm size from the southern race, although varying slightly in the conformation of the bill and rosy tint of the under plumage, as that accurate naturalist has remarked. . I possess a second local variety of this species from the island of Trinidad. It is smaller, and has the throat, belly and crissum of a rosy tint like the rubicoides ; but I should be unwilling to separate it specifically without seeing more specimens. ~The three species of the genus Pheenicothraupis will therefore stand as follows :— Sp. 1. Poa@nrcornravris ruBica (V.). Saltator rubicus, Vieill. Nov. Dict. xiv. 107. Tanagra flammiceps, Temm. Pl. Col. 177. ——— porphyrio, Licht. Verz. d. Doubl. p. 31. Pyranga rubica, D’Orb. Voy. p. 265. Phenicothraupis rubica, Cab. M. H. p. 24. Hab. in Brazilia (Max.), Bolivia (D’Orb.), Paraguaya (Azara). On new or little-known speciesof Reptiles collected in Ceylon. 25 Sp. 2. Po@nicoTHRAUPIs RUBICOIDES (Lafr.). Saltator rubicoides, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1844, p. 41. Phenicothraupis rubicoides, Cab. M. H. p. 24. Hab. in Mexico (Lafr.), Guatimala. Sp. 3. PH@nicoTHRAUPIS GUTTURALIS, Sclater. P. niger: vertice cristato cum gutture medio coccineis : rostro pedibusque nigris. Long. tota 7:25; ale 3°8; caude 3°2 (poll. angl.). Hab. in Nova Grenada (?). The plumage is of a nearly uniform brown-black; bill and feet deep black ; an elongated vertical crest and the middle of the throat crimson: the nape of the neck and upper. breast are slightly tinged with the crimson colour. The extreme tips of some of the crest feathers are black ; the chin and sides of the throat are black. 49 Pall Mall, Noy. 24, 1853. ILI.—Deseriptions of new or little-known species of Reptiles col- lected in Ceylon. By E. F. Ketaart, M.D., F.L.S, &c. Order SAURIA. Tribe Getssosaura. Fam. ACONTIAD. Genus Nessia, Gray. Nessia Burtoni (?), Gray. Dark rufous brown above, and spotted longitudinally with darker brown spots; dark gray beneath, clouded and indistinctly spotted. Tail cylindrical, rounded at the end, and coloured and spotted like the body. Limbs four, very small, each with three subequal toes, clawed. Length 5} inches. Hab. Allagalla; 3000 ft., and Kaduganava, 2500 ft. If our identification is correct, it would appear probable that the only specimen in Europe, found in the Army Medical Offi- cers’ Museum at Fort Pitt, was sent from Ceylon. The speci- men was named after Staff Surgeon Burton, who was the Curator of the Museum when Dr. Gray visited that establishment. 26 Dr. Kelaart on new or little-known species Genus Acontias, Cuvier... -- Acontias Layardi, nu. s., nobis. - Jaght olive, and spotted longitudinally with brown spots, paler beneath. ~ Length of young 4 inches. Hab. Soil of the Cinnamon gardens of Colombo. The form of this reptile is distinguished from that of Nessia, above described, by the absence of limbs; in other respects it is very like the ‘outline characters of Nessia. Mr. Layard pro- cured us the specimens (apparently young) of this curious lizard. Mr. Blyth writes, that he has described an allied genus from Rangoon by the name of Ophiseps. Fam. URore.ripz. ‘Rough-tails. Dapat-naya, Sing. This curiously formed family of reptiles is known in the island as Dapat-nayas, or Double-headed Snakes. The natives con- sider them poisonous, but our experience of their habits leads us believe that they are perfectly harmless, and that they are timid creatures, seldom making their appearance above ground, living chiefly in. ant-hills or dung-hills, sometimes also several feet deep in rich loamy soil. They feed on ants, small earth- worms, and larvze of insects. It appears from Dr. Gray’s Catalogue, that in the museums of Europe there are only three species, and of these three only one is from Ceylon, viz. Stluboura Ceylonicus, many specimens of which we have found in the Kandyan Hills since our work on the Fauna of Ceylon was published. We have also, since the publication of that work, collected three other species, making m all five distinct, undescribed or new species of Rough-tails (Uropeltide) m the island of Ceylon, which we shall now de- scribe in a connected form. | Dr. Gray subdivides the family into three groups, and we have added a fourth, to admit of two species, one of which only we have described in the ‘ Prodromus.’ Genus Rurnopuis, Hempr. Rhinophis Blythit, n. s., nobis. Dark yellowish brown above, with apes brown spots on the anterior third of scales ; paler beneath. Rostrum yellow. Sides of nape and neck waved with angular marks of a yellowish hue ; yellow spots on each side of vent. Tail thick, shghtly truncated, conical ; upper part. near termination has a small subtriangular of Reptiles collected in Ceylon. 27 nearly smooth shield, lower surface covered with broad scales. Vent-shields 1-2 Length 16 es oe ; circumference of the middle of body 1,5, inch ; tail and neck rather thicker. Hab. Mountains of Ceylon. Three specimens, found 3 or 4 feet below the surface soil of coffee plantations. Genus Urorextis (part), Cuvier. Tail obliquely truncated, flattish, and covered with a flat roundish radiating granular shield, lower edge rounded, the under side of tail with six series of small scales. Gray. Uropeltis Saffragamus, n. s., nobis. Head dark olive-brown, the rest of the upper surface of a blackish brown colour, with bluish bronze reflections; beneath white ; a pale white spot on each side of neck near the head. Tail deeply truncated and nearly covered with a large flat. cir- cular blackish granular shield, white and rounded beneath, and lower part covered with five series of small scales, the central series broader than the lateral ones. Vent-shields 1-2.. The neck and fore part of the body much thicker. Length 9 inches. Hab. District of Saffragam, near Adam’s Peak, The only specimen of this species which we have as yet, seen is one sent to us by Mr. Barnes De Zilva from Ratnapoora. Uropeltis grandis, n. s., nobis. Above dark brown with a bluish metallic lustre, anterior part of each scale with a blackish spot; beneath of a pale yellow colour, spotted brown on the anterior part of scale. Head of a light olive-brown colour. Tail short, abruptly truncated, the truncated surface entirely covered with a large circular granular shield. Vent-scales 1-2. Total length superiorly, 1 foot 7 inches; inferiorly, 1 foot 8 inches. Tail-shield nearly the size of a shilling-piece. Head 8 10 inches in length. Greatest circumference 22 inches near the neck. Hab. Southern Province. The only specimen we have seen of this very large Rough-tail is one procured by Mr. Balkhuysen of the Colonial Medical Ser- vice, from Kerinday near Matura. Uropeltis pardalis, n. s., nobis. Head small, dark olive; upper parts black with beautiful bluish bronze reflections, irregularly spotted white ; beneath yel- 28 Dr. Kelaart on new or little-known species lowish white, marked with small and larger black spots of various shapes; some palee-yed. These black spots occupy more than one scale, generally two or three contiguous scales, and they are placed without order in various directions. Chin and throat uni- maculate. Tail very short, obliquely truncated and covered with a large flat orbicular granular shield. Length 61 inches ; circumference $ inch. Hab. Matura, Southern Province. Genus DapaTNayYa, n. g. Tail obliquely truncated, upper part and tip covered with a large semi-conical granular shield. Vent-shields 1-2. Dapatnaya Lankadivana, n. s., nobis. Above dark brown, beneath paler. Scales with pale margins. Head yellowish in some. Rostrum yellow. Shield of tail sloping down to the lower surface. Vent-scales yellow; in some the spot extends beyond the vent. Length from 1 to 2 feet. Thickness nearly the same through- out, about 1 inch. Hab. Common at Trincomalie and in the Kandyan Province. Found 2 or 3 feet under ground, and in ant-hills. The young is of a dark olive-brown colour. Dapatnaya Trevelyanii, n. s., nobis. Black above, margin of scales pale ; white beneath, with lon- gitudinal series of black spots, formed of central spots on each scale ; a line of triangular white spots, with their apices directed upwards, along each side. Vent white. A white line rising from this spot runs over the tail, and another whitish line extends forwards from the vent for about 3 inch. Tail short, and nearly covered with a white semi-conical granular shield ; tip ridged, a little produced. Length from 12 to 18 inches ; nearly of the same thickness throughout, about 1 inch. | Hab. Kandyan Hills, 3 or 4 feet under ground, and in the soil near the roots of coffee trees and cane. Some of the young are of a bluish colour, others are spotted on the back. Tribe Nyctisaura. Fam. GrecKkorip2. Genus BoLTaLia. | Boltalia sublevis, Gray. Above dark rufous brown ; beneath sulphurecus yellow, some- of Reptiles collected in Ceylon. 29 times clouded with black. Back granular, with two or more longitudinal lines of larger granules on each side. Scales of chin large. Tail armed with adpressed spines in rings, Femoral pores in male only, from sixteen to twenty. Length 5} inches. Hab. The Central and Southern Provinces. This Gecko we obtained in great abundance in Galle ; we have also seen a few at Kaduganava after the publication of the ‘ Pro- dromus.’ It is rarely seen on the walls of houses, generally on trees and on the roofs of houses. The rufous brown colour changes at times into a dark gray mottled with black. When immersed in spirits the rufous brown colour is entirely lost. This Gecko has been mistaken for Hemidactylus Leschenaultiu, and also for a large variety of H. frenatus, but the clawless com- pressed last joint of the thumb will distinguish this lizard from others. From Peripia Peronii it is sufficiently removed by its granular back and armed tail. This lizard cannot be confounded with Hemidactylus Coctai ; it has very little resemblance to it, and the thumb of H. Coctei is clawed. (Vide Prodromus Faure Zey- lanicee.) Genus Hemipacry.vs, Cuvier. Hemidactylus Pieresti, n. s., nobis. This new species of Gecko, described in ‘Prod. Faune Zey- lanice,’ p. 159, is found in the Kandia Hills, and also in the southern parts of the island. It is recognised by Mr. Blyth as a distinct species from H. trihedrus. Genus Gymnopactytus, Gray. Gymnodactylus Kandianus, n. s., nobis. (Prod. F. Zeylanicee, fol. 186.) This diurnal Gecko is considered by Mr. Blyth to be dena with Gray’s Gontodactylus Timorensis ; but we are still of opi- nion that it is a distinct species, more particularly as Goniodac- tylus Timorensis is not described as bearing spines on the tail or back. There are also, in the male of our species, a small curved translucent elevation on each thigh with two or three glandular bodies or pores. Dr. Gray has now with him specimens from Ceylon, which we have sent him by Mr. E. Layard. 30 On new or little-known species of Reptiles Collected in Ceylon. Order BATRACHIA. Suborder 1. Salientia. Fam. Ranip&. Frogs. , Genus Rana, Linn. Rana Kandiana, nu. s., nobis. Beautiful grass-green above; beneath orange-red, inside of limbs slightly vermiculated with yellow. Skin of upper parts rough, coriaceous ; a white granular ridge on each side of the back. “Length 33 inches. Hab. Kaduganava, Kandyan Province. We have only seen two specimens of this rare frog. Fam. Hyuipa. Tree Frogs. Genus Limnopytess, Dum. et Bib. Limnodytes mutabilis, n. s., nobis. Upper parts very changeable; generally of a bright green above and yellow beneath, a red line on the outer edge of limbs ; sometimes of a dark chestnut on the upper parts, and variegated with yellow and green on the sides and limbs; of a more slender form than the common tree frogs, Polypedates cruciger and P. leucomysiax. About 2 inches long. Hab. Cinnamon gardens, Cotta, near Colombo. If not mistaken, we have also seen this elegant frog at Newera Ellia. In spirits the colours fade into a pale leaden hue; the red streak on the limbs disappears last. Limnodytes maculata, n. s., nobis. Brown, spotted and streaked with black or dark brown ; paler beneath, seldom spotted. About 11 inch long. Hab. Galle, Southern Province. We believe this species to be generally distributed, but have before mistaken it for the young of Polypedates leucomystaz. Genus Eveystoma, Gray. Eugystoma cinnamomea, u. s., nobis. Cinnamon-red, spotted black. Limbs also spotted. Belly whitish. Length (young) 14 inch. Hab. Colombo, Western Province. harnsbrof. E,, Forbes on Spadix purpurea. 31 Order PSEUDOPHIDIA. Fam, Cacrtuiipa. Genus [cuTuyopuis. Ichthyophis glutinosus, Gray. Since the publication of ‘Prod. Faune Zeylanice,’ we have collected several large and small specimens near rivulets on the hills of Kaduganava, Kandyan Province. They are generally seen crawling on mud after rain. They feed on small earth-worms. We have not yet succeeded in securing a “tadpole” of this rep- tile. The pale lines seen in specimens preserved in spirits are of a pale yellow colour in fresh specimens, very distinctly marked even in young animals. IV.—Note on Spadix purpurea, Gosse. By Professor Epwarp Forsss, F.R.S. &c. I rake some blame to myself for not having two months ago called attention to the fact that this most curious and interesting creature, or one very near it, had already received. a generic and specific denomination from the illustrious Sars. . Before Mr. Gosse published his account of it, that excellent. naturalist kindly. sent me a specimen, which accidentally arrived in a bad state for, ex- amination. I recognised, however, its probable identity with.a curious zoophyte found by Mr. Cocks and Mr..Alder,.and of which I had a good outline drawing in my possession, seut me by Mr. Alder in 1847. Unfortunately its discoverers delayed publishing any account of it. In a valuable paper by Sars, entitled “ Beretning om en. i Sommeren 1849 foretagen zoologisk Reise 1 Lofoten og Fin- marken,” published I believe originally im ‘the, ‘ Christiania Journal’ (though, having only a separate copy, I cannot speak to the exact date), is the following generic description, among his list of Polypes of the group of Anthozoa (p. 14) :— “ Myriothela arctica, S., nov. genus et sp. (a wupéos, innume- rabilis, et 072), papilla). Character generis: Animal solitarium, nudum, cylindraceum, affixum, superne tentaculis numerosis brevibus sparsis apice globoso, ore terminali; inferne gemmis globosis breviter pedicellatis, racematim coacervatis.”’ Then follows a brief remark in Norwegian on its distinctions from Coryne and Syncoryna; and the statement that it was found at Tromsé in a depth of from 20 to 30 fathoms, attached to a stone with Sertularia. It is enumerated in his list between Hydractinea carnea and Syncoryna ramosa. 32 Dr. Deakin on new species of Verrucaria and Sagedia. I need not say that I was unacquainted with this passage when I received the communication from Mr. Gosse, to whom, I be- lieve, in my reply I mentioned the likelihood of his animal being identical with that discovered by Mr. Cocks and Mr. Alder. In the paper referred to are many notices of new marine ani- mals, including several zoophytes, to which the attention of the - explorers of our seas might well be directed. The fact of the oceurrence of the Bryarea Scolopendra in the British seas was first made known by myself, in a communi- cation to the Wernerian Society in 1840; and at the Meeting of the British Association in 1849, when Dr. Ball gave an account of its discovery in Ireland, much information was communicated by several naturalists present respecting this very beautiful and still anomalous animal. V.—Description and Illustrations of new species of Verrucaria and Sagedia found about Torquay, Devonshire. By Ricnarp Deakin, M.D. [With Four Plates. ] VERRUCARIA, Pers. Apothecia globose, enclosed within or protruded above the thallus. Nucleus gelatinous, enveloped in a tunic, and entirely or partly covered with a black or brownish perithecium (not con- tracted into a neck), perforated with a minute or dilated pore, and often papillated at the apex. Sporidia in asci. Thallus horizontal, crustaceous. V. neglecta. (Plate I. fig. 1.) Thallus crustaceous, a dark dull olive-green, warty and uneven, unequally cracked, upon a black substratum, indeterminate ; apothecia numerous, crowded, black, immersed, conico-hemi- spherical, with a naked subpapillated apex and large open pore; perithecium dimidiate ; nucleus brown, in a black tunic; sporidia small, oblong, single-celled. Thallus in large, spreading, indeterminate patches, of a dark dull olive-green, uneven, warty, and more or less granulated, irregularly cracked, becoming greener and continuous when moistened, here and there showing the black substratum which forms a thin layer beneath the whole, and often forms a margin beyond the edge of the outer coat. When the plant is grown in shady places and not exposed to the sun, it has a much more powdery appearance, is continuous, not cracked, and in this state closely resembles the V. trachona, Tayl. Apothecia numerous, crowded, black, at first entirely covered by the thallus and hemi- spherical, becoming more conical and naked at the apex, often Ann.k- Mag. Nat Hist. 5.2. VoLi3. PAP & Ps BX) Ann. & Mag. Nat Hist.§. 201.13. LLL. sas 4 & Ann.&- Mag. Nat Llist.,.§. 2.Vo.13.7P2.27//. TD : ALDASTEC, SC Dr. Deakin on new species of Verrucaria and Sagedia. 38 with a minute papillated elevation; but as the pore becomes larger and open, this seems to disappear; frequently in exposed parts of the stone, the outer coat of the thallus falls away, leaving the apothecia much more prominent and rough, and attached only to the black substratum. Perithecium dimidiate, slightly incurved at the base. Nucleus brown, almost black when dry, in a thin black tunic. Sportdia in asci eight, small, pale, single-celled, ovate-oblong. Hab. Limestone rocks, Babbicombe near Torquay, Devonshire. The Verrucaria trachona described by Taylor in ‘ Flora Hiber- nica,’ part 2. p. 93, is not, as is shown by Leighton (British Angiocarpous Lichens, p.50), the V. trachona (Kingl. Bot. Suppl.), _ but an undescribed species; and the V. trachona (Engl. Bot. Suppl.), which he supposes to be Acharius’s, and like V. lithina, Tayl., is a Pyrenothea, and named by him P. lithina. Both these species are very different from the above, which is at once distinguished by the black substratum to the thallus; and the sporidia are ovate, single-celled, and not of a fusiform shape and four-celled, as is shown in the V. trachona, Tayl., by Leighton. From Pyrenothea lithina they are readily distinguished by the difference in their generic character. V. parva. (Plate I. fig. 2.) - Thallus crustaceous, thin, ashy-gray, continuous, indetermi- nate, the surface minutely granulated ; apothecia minute, glo- bose, black, prominent ; pore small, at length widely umbilicated ; perithecium entire; nucleus brown, in a pale tunic; sporidia elliptical, two-celled, colourless. Thallus thin, crustaceous, of a dull ashy-gray colour, becoming of a greenish-brown hue when moistened, spreading in conti- nuous indeterminate patches; the surface, when seen with a magnifying power, rough with minute granular-looking points giving it a powdery appearance; the internal substance white, with green granules thickly scattered amongst it. 6r1.0€ “Lz oz. -| gf | So. ‘9s | ou | w.| 6 | SZE ob} rf} £v bo,0f 88.62 $$ .6z 1gl.6z $16.62 “97 teeersees! £o,5 | gz, . ~s: | tas | Sb | zh! bel €€ | oF 2$,6z $9.62 0g.6z 656.62 $60,0£ Se teereseesleseerssed 275 | ggg |< og “g ab | +b €€| 62 | 1? $3.6z 99.62 61.6 $26.62 | LSo0.0£ ae: sreageenslersecettcleseseese! gee | uureg | +s | $cb | $9¢ of| bz €¢ £6.62 $o.0f 46.62 6b0,0£ -. |. Lzz.of ‘fzy setnrtedelovseeseseleseseee?*] sage | ema | og | Sb |. Sh | gzl- Ee | of 26.62 g0.0f $o,0f gLt.o£ $6z,0£ 2 Er. | Yo,: |rrrerere) og | og | a | €b | ob | off az | ov | . zr.0f $1.08 £0.08 ofz.of | z6z.08 “Et OF, |r"! 90, |emsm! ems | +s | Seb] ab | obl| Ee | oF 88.62 oL.6z £9.62 Lgg.6z- | ggo.0f "Oz QO. [rrreserss|eseeesoes! om | ag | og Sb | 0S zi| Sz | 64 gS .6z bb.62 $4.62 696.62 | vSo0.0f 61 Ae ape? oer teres?) Cog loom | ome Tt Sb). gt Lz-| 1% | 1¥ 79.67 £$.6z oL.6z 96,62 $66.62 “SI BO. |rresseeeeiesecerees] “ogg | mupeo| -u | LE | $ZE | S.0f] gr -| oF 69.6z $1.62 €S.6z StL.6c | 10g.6z | +Lr sereerees’ Lo, |eceterreel ema | ema | om | ob | 2b | 5.66] Sz | oF 99.67 | 729.62 Sv.6z bb9.6z. | $69.62 ‘gt | 60, [eeeeeeee] ag. ‘s | mu| cs | $gf | zb of| gf | oF £9.62 79.67 £4.62 1£9.6z $g9.6z SIO teeeetees bo leeeeeeeee wyeo | Mu | “at Cb ot gf of ob 19.62 . 73.62 £4.62 zL9,6z obl.6z “br seewbeces}erteesseelsceveconel om | og Lisog | Sb) Lb gf| 1€ | gb g.G¢ : | & 9t.62 $9.62 094,62 716,62 "Ex gO. .Jrere""| €o. | us | a |-rou | gh} £8 | S.0f| gf | of 96.6% | | - go.of _bo,08 Eb0,08 got.of "ZI QE. jrrtereeeelenereeeee] ow iemum| com | ob | Lb bE] gz 1 gt.of : | Lo,08 96,62 Loz.of 797,08 ‘I rerteteesieesesterleeesseeeel emo om [emu | Seb | Eb €€| Ze | 1$ 96.62 $6.62 00,0£ gtz.of 6zb.0£ OL II, “Jeseseatee]sererrooe) susg ismum| mu | gb | Lb | of| bz | 1S g0.0£ gI.of v1,0€ 6S%.0£ LrS,0€ 6 BI. [rretesseriesseeroer! cm | ueO] “mM | eh] Sb. | Sch) So | -SS.. 1° 5 00,08 gg.6z 88.6z z$z,0f | zzfof ‘gs ¢ ZO. | gj [rerreeess] cms [ow | ou.) 2b] 6b] 1S] gb | 9S IT.0€ : £0.08 £3.62 991.0f o$z,0f *L OF.) Vjosevecteslospessensl og | og? Fas | gb 1 oS gv} Sb | gS | . Loot : 46.67 09.62 153.6% |. o$o.of 9 seerreeeslevseeetee] or | ggg | saga | +a | $6b | oS gv| vy.| of gl.6z - £9.62 $$.6z €£l.6z2° | S$£g.6z * set eetens seereetstiseseseees| vag "9S 9 o§$ oS gv or ¢¢ 26:62 ee Z0.0£ £9.62 $9.62 >+6.6z *v “Sesh eedjoohnastt*lasonaertel: emeg | aut @ Sb | SLb tr} of 9S ZI.0£ 7Z0.0£ 9.62 £16.62 gLo.of ¢ Ai,* [reserve] zo, | mss | *s | sms | gh | €$ | oS] o£ | 09-|° 94.6z- 18.62 gv.6z grg.6c | Loo.08 hg Gr. [rrssentes|esreseree] eggs | og’ | sas 6S | §€ o$| rb | 09, | *19.62- gv.6z 7S.6z ggl.6z £16.62 1 @ Ped ee 1 US ee ar =k Se es ee ‘ : Sr inn % ty ee : *AONT Ee 7 e Eg z SF wid $9 "wre $6 ee | me | sew | ord fe we $6 #5 ay mm | oN ee | 8 | &.| 88] 8 [ES |aompusg | 28 BS ete ee roe |” | ‘fommiq | * * | MMSTIO *yoympung ‘LouyIO es “PEAS “uo “ureYy “pul. *19JOUIOWAY, J, “TOJOUULOLV no ‘AAINWUG “asuvpy younpung yo “Uosno[D *9 ‘aoy ay7 Ag puyv ‘NOLSOg 2” ‘TTeoA “AWW Ag SwOnUOrT iMAau SMOIMSIHD 2” fjzar90g younyynaysoFy ay) fo wapangy ay? yo uosdwmoL, “Ay Ag apow suorynasasgga 1v92b0, 0100," AnrdeMag Nav Hist. 3.20.13 200. e Seaton aaa at Se : cls nee ie JBastre, Lith. WA Leighton, del. - Arn&Mag Nav list, $20.13. Pt, VI. J Bastre, Lith a & : - Le Tha ~sS swe ards es He STV ESF oF | ei} Fons) ahi * - SEM REE ,; WR Og : ns “i * why 4 i pees i - i. ry T; : i ‘eur € retary wat r iD Ror. Ho OSG? SF Ya Bir ST ee re Ry See ee ee — =e esr an tase entree tt iN = P 7 ‘ i \ ’ r - © ~ ° » - ve -— — wean - = i ‘ : t aFe tise - ’ , ff 3 Hi w ‘ . 2 ; ; + i Bx - , ‘ , f. ks ? beast po) 7 . 3 > ix . « = : Fare Ze ; ke se t 4 z . ' z arp _ * 7 we 5 “ : = = * ea > eS = é - - ; . 4 et ee . . o e & 3 ad . * % 2 . - ~ - Ne se > + a 7 a 1s . ‘. oa ‘ i a te 2 ec . ~ a. = mn : 4. 2 . 4 Si ae = 7 « > ake ne - — t * = re : 5 i \ e . - . ee oe . ay. Ant Mag Nat Hisv.5.2.V013 PLU WA Leighton,del TBasiri,Lith. WALeighton, del: ; J Bastre, Lith. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SECOND SERIES.] | No. 74. FEBRUARY 1854, VIII.— Monograph of the British Graphidez. By the Rev. W. A. Le1euton, B.A., F,B.S.E, [With four Plates. | GRAPHIDE. Apothecium oblong o¥ lirelleform.- Disk at first connivent or veiled, oblong, subcanaliculate. In a normal state margined with a proper or thallodal margin, or both. This is a very extensive tribe of Lichens, and is well marked, in its typical genera, by the peculiar form of the apothecium, which is elongated into a furrow-like form, simple or branched, sessile or immersed in the thallus, and termed a lirel/a from its shape. This lirella seems in reality to be the patellula of a Le- cidea whose growth has ceased at two opposite sides or points, and been carried on and developed excessively at two other opposite points at right angles to the former. ‘The carbonaceous exci- pulum is either entire, enclosing the sides and base of the lamina proligera, and surrounding the disk with a proper margin, as in Opegrapha; or is dimidiate and confined to the sides of the lamina proligera, the base being naked, as in Graphis; or disap- pears altogether in the abnormal genera, as Arthonia, by which it approximates to the genus Xyloma of the Fungi. Fries (L. Reform.) regards the plants as deformations of Parmeliacee and Lecidine, Parmelie and Biatore “in statu atypico,” de- forming their apothecia so as to become like those of Leuco- gramma and Ustalia, and Lecidee compressing and elongating theirs similar to those of Opegraphe. In the tropics also Leuco- gramma reverts to the type of Parmelia, just as Opegrapha in temperate regions reverts to Lecidea ; whilst Lecanactis oscillates Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2, Vol. xii. 6 82 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphideee. between the three tribes. The Graphidee are most abundant in the tropics, the genera decreasing northwards, some few obsolete _ vestiges of tropical genera remaining in Southern Europe. The species also decrease in similar geographical mode, one only, Arthonia radiata, being found in Lapland. This geographical distribution he regards as of the highest importance both in distinguishing the species and determining abortive forms. Con- cerning few tribes has greater diversity of opinion prevailed (and it still prevails) as to what genera should or should not be in- cluded in it, and of course it has been subjected to numberless modifications and frequent changes of arrangement. The fol- lowing succinct summary will show the history of the tribe so far as it could be gained from the works within our reach. _ Ray, in the 3rd edition of his ‘ Synopsis,’ p. 71. n. 48 (1724), mentions a lichen “ peregrinis velut literis inscripta,” which both Micheli and Dillenius identify with their plants. Micheli (Nova Genera, 1729) represents in tab. 56. f.3, an Opegrapha growing on the hazel, which Fries (L. Reform. 463) refers to Opegrapha stenocarpa, Ach. He describes (p. 102) also two other forms, one growing on holly in England, and the other (which Dillenius considers as a variety only of the former) on hazel. He includes them in his Ordo 37, which is a singular conglomeration of heterogeneous plants, Lichens and Fungi. Dillenius (Muse. p- 125, 1741) regards the figure of Micheli (t. 56. f. 3) as iden- tical with his own figure in tab, 18. fig. 1. A & B, representing a plant occurring on the oak.and'elm. They appear to me very dissimilar in appearance. [Fries (L. Reform. 370 & 468) refers Dillenius’s figure to Graphis seripta, Ach. Most probably both these elder writers intended'to comprehend all Opegraphe gene- rally under their descriptions and figures, not having devoted themselves to distinguish the various species. Adanson in ‘ Fa- milles des Plantes’? (1763) first allotted a particular name to these plants, Graphis, which Ehrhart also adopted in his ‘ Plante Exsiceate.’ Linneeus in his ‘ Systema Vegetabilium’ (1767) and all his subsequent writings included them all under.his Lichen seriptus. And this view was followed by all subsequent authors until Humboldt (Flor. Friberg. 1793) first published the genus Opegrapha, constituted originally (see Luyken, Tentam. 44, and Humb. -Fl. Frib. 57) by Willdenow [?in MS., certainly not in his Prodr. Fl. Berol.], under which he arranges three species which had been previously described by preceding writers under another name, Verrucaria. The name Opegrapha was adopted by Persoon, Schrader (Spicil. Fl. Germ. 1794), Acharius (Prodr., _1798 & Meth. 1803), Lamarck and DeCandolle (Flor. Frangaise, 1803), Dufour and other botanists universally. Persoon in ‘ Usteri Annal.’ st. 7 (1794) and in the ‘ Act. Wetter.’ first ex- Rev. W, A. Leighton onthe British Graphides, 88 tends our knowledge of species by describing and figuring with his characteristic perspicuity and acuteness many additional ones, He also invented the expressive term Jired/a for the apothecium. DeCandolle (Flor. Francaise, 1803) comprehends Opegrapha in the 2nd Tribe, Pseudo-Lichenes, of his Order Hypozyla, inter- mediate between Fungi and Lichenes, and comprising in the 1st Tribe (Pseudo- Fungi) the genera Rhizomorpha, Spheria, Ne- maspora, Xyloma and Hypoderma ; and in the 2nd Tribe, Hyste- rum, Opegrapha, Verrucaria and Pertusaria. Acharius in his “Lich, Univ.’ (1810) distributes the comprehensive genus Ope- grapha of previous authors into three separate genera, distin- guished by the structure of the apothecium, viz. Arthonia, Ope- grapha and Graphis. The first is characterized by an apothecium subrotund, plane, without a proper margin and covered with a black membrane ; the second by an apothecium elongated, having a proper margin, perithecium entire and surrounding the base and sides, sessile and without a thallodal margin ; and the third by an elongated apothecium, with a proper margin, perithecium lateral only, the base being naked, immersed, and with a thal- lodal margin. The name Graphis, though adopted from Adan- son and Khrhart, was not used by him in the comprehensive sense of these authors. The same arrangement, with some modi- fications and numerous additions to the species, was continued by Acharius in his ‘Synopsis’ (1814). Dufour published a Mo- nograph of this tribe in the ‘Journal de Physique’ for 1818, and Chevallier in the same journal for February 1822 published a précis of his proposed larger work. The latter in his unfinished ‘Histoire des Graphidées’ (1824) forms a new order termed -Pherophoree, equivalent to the 2nd Tribe, Pseudo-Lichenes, of DeCandolle’s Hypoxyla, and divides it into two tribes :—1st, Graphidee, containing Opegrapha, Allographa, Arthonia and Schizoaxylon ; 2nd, Verrucarioidee, containing Verrucaria, Pyre- nula, Trypethelium, Glyphis and Chidothecia. Opegrapha is di- vided into two sections, Hysterina= Opegrapha, Ach., and Gra- phina=Graphis, Ach. Allographa is made up of exotic species, and is founded on Graphis Poitei, Fée, and Graphis Afzelii, Ach. [? if therefore equivalent to Fries’s Graphis, 8,0. V.|. Arthonia = Arthonia, Ach.; Schizorylon, Pers. and Auct., according to Fries (S, O. V. 121) a genus of Fungi of his Order Xylomacei. The published portion of the work comprises only the first andva small part of the second subdivision of the section Hysterina of Opegrapha, and is illustrated with twenty coloured plates filled with representations, nat. size and magnified, many of them very faithful, and characteristic of the various forms rather than distinct species with which the author would bring us acquainted. Scherer in his ‘Spicilegium’ (1823-1836), and in his other 6* 84 Rev. W.A, Leighton on the British Graphidese. works retains all under Opegrapha and Arthonia. YFée in the first part of his ‘Essai sur les Cryptogames’ (1824) divides the Graphidee as follows :—“ Arthonia, fausses lirelles sessiles, ho- mogénes, immarginées, non impressionées” = Arthonia, Ach. L. Univ. “ Heterographa, fausses lirelles sessiles, homogénes, maculiformes en vieillissant, pourvues d’une fente dans la jeunesse,” founded on Opegrapha faginea and quercina, DC. (Opeg. macularis, Ach.), which is regarded by Fries as a fungus, and perhaps justly. ‘ Hnterographa, lirelles profondement im- mergées, homogénes, non impressionées,” founded on Opegrapha crassa, DC. (Sagedia aggregata, Fries). ‘‘ Opegrapha, lirelles sessiles, homogénes, impressionées 7” = Opegrapha, Ach. L. Univ. * Graphis, lirelles sessiles, hétérogénes, canaliculées ” = Graphis, Ach. L. Univ. “ Sarcographa, lirelles labyrinthiformes a base charnue.” “ Fissurina, fausses lirelles situées inférieurement, déterminant une fissure dans le thallus qui margine.” Eschweiler (Syst. Lich. 1824) makes nine genera out of Ope- grapha, Graphis and Arthonia of Acharius, using the form and structure of the lirella as the foundation of his arrangement ; viz. 1. Diorygma, type Opeg. hieroglyphica, Pers. Act. Soc. Wetter. 2. 16. t. 10. f. 3, “orbis novi incole.” 2. Leiorreuma, which includes many tropical species of Graphis, Ach. As its type Opegrapha Lyellii, Eng. Bot. t. 1876. is given, but the section of that plant which is represented with an entire perithecium sur- rounding the base, as is really the case in the authentic. spe- eimens which T have examined in herb. Borrer., does not corre- spond with the section of the same part in the figure of Levor- reuma hepaticum given by Eschweiler, in which the perithecium is lateral only in accordance with the generic description. 3. Graphis=Graphis, Ach., according to the figures given, and those of Acharius, ‘ Lich. Univ.’ (t. 3. figs. 14, 15) referred to. 4. Opegrapha = Opegrapha, Ach., section 1. Hysterina, Ach. 5. Oxystoma, type Op. cylindrica, Radd. Act. Soc. Ital. della Sci- enza, xvill. 1820, tome ii. fig.1. 6. Scaphis= Opegrapha, Ach., section 2. Alyworia, Ach. 7. Lecanactis, type Arthonia lyncea, Ach. 8. Sclerophyton, Eschw., “ perithecio mere infero, nucleum tenuem suffulciente, disco planiusculo.” 9. Pyrochroa, types Graphis coccinea, Holl.; G. caribea, Ach.—all tropical plants. Eschweiler figures the sporidia of each genus, but in Fée’s esti- mation incorrectly. Fries in his ‘Systema Orbis Vegetabilis ’ (1825) re-arranges them in six genera:—1. Graphis= Letorreuma, Eschw. ; its type Graphis Afzelu, Ach. 2. Opegrapha in four subgenera, viz. A. Hysterina = Opegrapha, Vischw., and Opegrapha sect. Hysterina, Ach. B. Oxystoma, Eschw. C. Scaphis, ischw., and Opegrapha, sect. Alyxoria, Ach. D. Erumpentes=Graphis, Eschw. [and by consequence Graphis, Ach.|. 8. Lecanactis, Rev: W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 85 Eschw. 4. Sclerophyton, Eschw. Fries gives Arthonia dendri- tica, Duf., Graphis, Ach., as his type, but the structure in au- thentic specimens in herb. Borrer. of Graphis dendritica is very different from Eschweiler’s figure. 5. Ustalia = Pyrochroa, Eschw., type Graphis caribea, Ach. 6. Coniangium, types Ar- thonia ochracea, Duf., Spiloma auratum, E. Bot. Meyer in his ‘Lichenum Dispositio’? (1826) does not recognise the genus Opegrapha, but adopts the following :—Graphis = Oxystoma, Scaphis, Lecanactis and Sclerophyton, "schw., and Fissurina, Fée ; Asterisca, Meyer = Sarcographa, Fée ; Leucogramma, Meyer; and Platygramma, Meyer=the greater part of the species of Lezor- reuma, Diorygma, Pyrochroa, many species of Arthonia, and many of Graphis, Ach. Sprengel in his edition of Linnzeus’s ‘Systema Vegetabilium’ (1827) has Graphis, Adans., Asterisca, Meyer, and Platygramma, Meyer. Wallroth, ‘ Crypt. Germ.’ (1831), includes in the first tribe of his Ordo 2. Lichenes Discocymatii: 1. Arthonia, Ach, = Conio- carpon, DC., Conioloma, DC. and Eschw., and some species, of Spiloma and Arthonia, Ach. 2. Graphis, Adans. = Graphis, Adans., Ehrh. & Ach., Opegrapha, Auct., Arthonia, Ach., Tra- chilia, Fries, Gyrophora, Ach., Umbilicaria, Hoffm., and some species of Lecidea, Spreng. Syst. Fries (L. Reform. 1831) considers that all the European forms of Graphis, Ach., may be safely referred to Opegrapha, and regards the apparent deviations from it which are occasionally met with as merely approaches to tropical genera, rather than as species of those tropical genera which have, contrary to geographical data, penetrated into these more temperate zones. He therefore rejects Graphis and retains the old name Ope- grapha, “per omnem orbem. literatum jam receptissimum Opegraphe nomen, cum sub isto omnes species jam. descripte et cognite sint”’? He includes therein Opegrapha, Humboldt, Pers. & Auct.; Opegrapha and some species of Graphis, Ach. L. Univ. ; Opegrapha, Graphis, Scaphis, Eschw. Syst., and some species of Graphis, Meyer. He regards Arthonia, Ach., and Spiloma, Ach., chiefly as abortive forms of Opegrapha. The other genera which he arranges in his Graphidee are Lecanactis, Eschw., type O. lyncea, T. & B.; Coniangium, Fries, type Spi- loma paradoxum, Ach., and Coniocarpon, DC., type Spiloma gregartum, Turn. & Borr.,—appending Umbilicaria, Hoffm., as a genus intermediate between Lecidine and Graphidee. Eschweiler in ‘ Mart. Flor. Brasil.’ (1833) modifies the views he had taken of the genera in his ‘Systema,’ and distributes them afresh, thus :—1. Diorygma= Fissurina, Fée.. 2. Graphis, Adans., comprising two sections, I. Hugraphis= Graphis, Eschw. Syst.; Graphis, Ach. & Fée in part ;. Opegraphe erumpentes, 86 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. Fries, 8. O. V.; with the characteristics, “ Apothecium immer- sum, perithecio infra deficiente, discum canaliculatum elevato- marginante.” II. Opegrapha = Opegrapha, Ach.; Opegrapha and Scaphis, Eschw. Syst.; Opegrapha hysterina and Scaphis, Fries, 8. O. V.; Opegrapha hysterina and Allographe species, Chey., with the distinctions, “ Apothecium emersum, perithecio integro, discum plano-canaliculatum suffulciente.” 3. Oxystoma = Oxystoma, Eschw. Syst., and Opegrapha Ozxystoma, Fries, S. O. V., with an entire perithecium converging upwards. 4. Leiogramma, with, as it appears to me, somewhat of an inde- finite character, the base.of the perithecium being described as either entire or deficient, and yet he remarks, “ perithecium licet subinde tenuissimum, in perfectis adultis nungquam deest.”’ Hence he concludes that Meyer’s characters of his genera Leu- cogramma and Platygramme are erroneous, the former being, in his estimation, a younger, the latter an adult state of the same species of Ustalia, Eschw. It is further remarked, that Leio- gramma “a Graphide strictissime distinguitur defectu marginis proprii ob perithecium omnino latens,” and that the nucleus is tetraquetrous.. This genus is divided into three sections: I. Leiorreuma, “ perithecio basi deficiente ” = Leiorreuma, Eschw. Syst. & Icon. Sel. Crypt. t. 6. f. 2, 3; Graphis, Fries, 8. O. V.; species of Graphis and Arthonia, Ach. & Fée ; species of Leuco- gramma, and perhaps also of Platygramme, Meyer. Opegrapha dendritica, HK. Bot. 1756, is cited as being referable here, but this plant has constantly a distinct though very thin perithecium subtending the base, and therefore would seem rather to belong © to section 2. II. Lecanactis, “ perithecio dimidiato infra sub- continuo” = Lecanactis, Eschw. Syst. & Icon. Sel. Crypt., and Fries, 8. O. V.; and species of Arthonia, Ach. & Fée. The type _ of course is Lecanactis lyncea. IIL. Medusula= Medusula, Eschw. Syst. & Fries, 8. O. V.; species of Sarcographa, Fée ; species of Asterisca, Meyer. 5. Selerophyton= Sclerophyton, Eschw. Syst., and Fries, S.O. V. 6. Ustalia = Ustalia, Fries, 8. O. V., and Eschw. Icon. Sel. Crypt.; Pyrochroa, Eschw. Syst. ; species of Platygramme and. Leucogramma, Meyer. 7. Arthonia= Arthonia, Eschw. Syst. & Icon. Sel. Crypt.; species of Arthonia, Ach. L. Univ. Borrer in Hooker’s ‘ British Flora,’ 2. (1833) arranges in the family Graphidee: 1. Arthonia = Arthonia, Ach., and 2. Ope- grapha= Opegrapha and Graphis, Ach., and. Platygramme, Meyer. He sanctions Meyer’s genus Platygramme as distinct, remarking that three of our British species, dendritica, Lyellit and venosa, belong to it. Taylor in Mackay’s ‘ Flora Hibernica,’ part 2 (1836), follows the same arrangement. Fée in the 2nd. part of his ‘ Essai’ published in 1837 states, Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphider. 87 that the study of the thecz (asci) of the Graphidee has convinced him that many of the genera are empiric, and has proved to him that his genus Thecaria and Glyphis, Ach., before arranged among the Verrucariee, should be added to the Graphidee. He thinks that the genera Coniangium (Spiloma paradoxum, Ach.) and Coniocarpon (Spiloma, Ach.) are improperly placed among the Graphidee. Fries in ‘Summa Veg. Scand.’ (1846) includes in Gra. vhidee—1. Umbilicaria, Hoffm. 2. Opegrapha (comprehending Graphis, Ach., and Opegrapha, Ach.). 3. Lecanactis, Eschw. 4. Arthonia, Duf., “genus dubium.” 5. Coniocarpon, DC. He omits in the enumeration of the species included under each genus all mention of Opegrapha elegans, dendritica, Lyellii, and Coniangium vulgare, possibly regarding the first as belonging to a distinct genus, and the three latter as referable to Arthonia, Duf. vse Many of the genera above enumerated refer almost exclusively to tropical plants, and are wholly inapplicable to the structure of our indigenous ones. Moreover, Fries declares it to be in his opinion incorrect to consider the plants of temperate zones as species of tropical genera. Considering however that we act in direct violation of nature by comprising, as Fries has done, plants of such markedly different structure all under one genus, Ope- grapha, it seems best to give up ourselves to the guidance of nature and follow the path which she may point out. With this principle in view, I have been under the necessity of creating some few additional genera in this already overloaded tribe, in endeavouring to arrange our indigenous species under genera founded conjointly on the structure of the perithecium, the nature and general character of the thallus, and the sporidia. This essay is founded on the microscopical examination of several thousand specimens in the herbaria of Wm. Borrer, Esq., ~F.L:S.; Rev. T. Salwey; Rev. Andrew Bloxam; the late W. Thompson, Esq. of Belfast, and others, to all of whom my best thanks are offered for their zeal and liberality in communicating specimens ; together with those in my own collection. It should be observed that the figures of the sporidia in all the species are drawn to the same scale, and consequently are in relative proportion. — 1. Opegrapha, Ach. Apothecium lirelleform, sessile; perithecium carbonaceous, entire, or surrounding the sides and base; disk rimeform or canaliculate, surrounded with a prominent proper margin. Thal- lus crustaceous or membranaceous. Name from 67, hollow, and ypadn, writing. 88 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. * Saxicole. 1. O. tesserata, DC. Thallus tessellato-areolate ; livellee slightly prominent, short, obtuse, dark brown ; sporidia eight in asci, minute, oblong, pale, hyaline. Opegrapha tesserata, DC. Flor. Frang. 2. 313 (1805) ; Chevallier, Hist. des Graphidées, 51. t. 11. f. 1; Borr. E. Bot. Suppl. 2632. fig. 2 (good); Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 146. ——— petrea, Ach. Syn. 72 (1814); Fries, L. Ref. 362. sazatilis, B. tesserata, Scher. Enum. 159 (1851). Holwick Sear on the Tees, Yorkshire! Mr. W. Robertson in herb. Borrer, Valley of Rocks, Linton, North Devon, Mr. Borrer. Nothing need be added to the characteristic figures and de- scriptions both in ‘ E. Bot. Suppl.’ and Chevallier’s work, but to remark that the edges of the areole within the interstices are of a brownish-black colour, as if there were a dark substratum. By reason of the firm and persistent nature of the pale gelatinous contents of the lirelle, the examination under the microscope was scarcely so satisfactory as could have been desired. It ap- peared to consist of erect oblong asci, in each of which were eight rather minute oblong pale sporidia, apparently without septum. ; . The thallus and sporidia distinguish this from O. rupestris and QO. saxigena; the thallus, sporidia, and lirelle from O. cerebrina, QO. saxatilis, and O. Chevallieri. PLATE V. fig. 1. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 0, sporidia; c, ascus. 2. O. cerebrina, DC... Thallus continuous, chalky-white ; li- relle prominent, lumpy, rounded or squarish, full-black ; spo- ridia in asci eight, linear-oblong, margined, uniseptate, bluish- slate or smoky colour, surrounded with a broad white margin. Opegrapha cerebrina, DC. Flor. Frang. 2. 312 (1805); Chev. Hist. des Graphidées, 57, t. 12. f.4; Borr. E, Bot. Suppl. 2632. fig. 1; Fries, L. Ref. 363; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 146. Lecidea plocina, Ach. L. Univ. 155 (1810); Syn. 16. cerebrina, Scheer. Spicil. 136. 196 (1823-1836) ; Enum. 159. North of England! Rev. J. Harrimann in herb. Borrer. ‘The general aspect, colour and structure of the chalky con- tinuous thallus distinguish this at first sight from Op. tesserata. The more lumpy, rounded or squarish form of the scattered, less frequently grouped lirelle, which are more prominent and less immersed in the thallus, their full-black colour, their thinner, sharper and less swollen inflexed margins, and the singular spo- ridia are the marked characteristic distinctions from that species. Each sporidium seems enveloped in a hyaline membranous sac, which appears as a white margin surrounding it, the proper mar- Rey. W. A, Leighton on the British Graphidee. 89 gin or sac of the sporidium itself being visible through its slate- colour. Puate I. fig. 2. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 6, sporidia. 3. O.saxatilis, DC. Thallus pulverulent, chalky-white ; lirellee © prominent, rigid, straight or stellato-divergent, tapering towards each extremity ; sporidia in asci eight, obtusely or subclavately fusiform, 5-, 6- or 7-septate, the central cell the largest, pale yellow. Opegrapha saxatilis, DC. Flor. Frang. 2. 312 (1805); Chev. Hist. des Graphidées, 56. t. 12. figs. 1, 2, 3; Fries, L. Reform. 366; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 145 (in part); Tayl. Fl. Hib. pt. 2. 106 (in part); «, Massalongo, Comm. Lich, 102. t. 19. fig. 120. calcarea, Turn. E. Bot. 1790 (1807). — calcaria, Ach. L. Univ. 250 (1810); Syn. 72. —— lithyrga, Ach. Syn. 72. ex specim. Schleicheri in herb. Borrer!; Moug. & Nestl. Stirpes, 856 ! —— cymbiformis, ¢. hebraica, B. saxicola, Scher. Spicil. 331 (1823-1836), varia, 0. calearia, Scher. Enum. 158 (1851). | Netley Abbey ! Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer (on chalk and on mortar). Stone Farm Rocks in Ardingley, Sussex ! Mr. Borrer (on white sandstone). Killarney (on the same stone with O, Chevallieri)! Miss Hutchins in herb. Borrer. Lamphey, Pembroke- shire! Rev. T. Salwey. Bangor, Co. Down! Wm. Thompson, Esq. Newton Wood, Cleveland, Yorkshire! Mr. J. G. Baker. Great Ayton, Yorkshire! Mr. G. Dixon. Great Orme’s Head, Caer- narvonshire. Thallus white, pulverulent, chalky, variable in thickness, sometimes entirely obliterated. Lirelle scattered or confluent and crowded, peculiarly rigid in general appearance, full-black in colour, straight or slightly curved and nearly linear in an early state, slightly tapering towards each extremity; in a later and mature state the disk expands in width in the middle, and the lirelle in consequence become narrowly oblongo-elliptical, very markedly pointed or tapered at the extremities, frequently in stellate groups, at other times with a single ray going off from another at nearly a right angle, sometimes two rays so as to form a trifid lirella, sometimes as represented by Chevallier and in ‘ K. Bot. with three or four rays, sessile and prominent. The disk in the early state of the lirella is a straight chink or slit, nearly equal throughout its entire length, and the margins tumid and rounded. Subsequently the disk expands in width in the centre, pushing the margins outwards, which become thin, ele- vated and somewhat sharp, bulged or baggy, as would arise if growth had been arrested at the extremities, and still gone on in both directions in the middle of the lirella. Finally, the disk becomes still more elevated and expanded, occupying the whole upper surface of the lirella on a level with the margins, which 90 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphides. are nearly obliterated and scarcely visible. Lam. prol. pale, more or less tinged with brown. Sporidia as above, sometimes how- ever one extremity is a little broader and more obtuse than the other, and so of a subclavate fusiform shape; in an old state becoming of a brown colour and more expanded in width, the septa nearly or quite obliterated. The brown membranes of the whole eight sporidia are constantly seen still enclosed in the ascus, which is never observed in Chevalliert and rupestris. The septa vary in number, sometimes five, six or seven, four on one side and three on the other of the central cell, which is always | the largest. ‘The specimen of O. ithyrga from Schleicher in herb. Borrer. ! is a very indifferent one, is on a quartzose rock and nearly or quite denuded of the thallus, which is discoloured brown. The spo- ridia decide its proper arrangement. The specimens from Ardingley are on coarse white sandstone, quite destitute of thallus, the lirelle, which are crowded and numerous, resting on the stone itself. Chevallier (/. ¢.) says, “sa créute est tantot épaisse d’un beau noir :” this state I have never seen. | The specimen of O. sazicola, Ach., from Schleicher in herb. Borrer. ! seems to be something in a young state. It is too im- perfect to say positively to what it really belongs, but judging from its general appearance, I incline to refer it to O. rupestris rather than to O. saxatilis, DC., with which Mr. Borrer (KE. Bot. Suppl. /. c.) seems to consider it identical. The rigid lirelle, stellato-divergent, tapering towards either extremity, and the form and septa of the sporidia are the cha- racters which keep it distinct from Chevallieri and rupestris. Puate V. fig. 3. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 0, sporidia, — 4, O. Chevallieri. Lirelle simple, linear, elongated, curved or bent back, flexuose and wavy, black; sporidia eight in asci, broadly clavate, rounded at each extremity, 3-septate, pale yellow. Opegrapha lithyrga, Chev. Hist. des Graphidées, 54. t. 11. figs. 4 & 5 (excel. Ach. synon.) (1824). ~ savatilis, Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 145 (in part) (1833); Tayl. Fl. Hib. pt. 2. 106 (in part). atra,e. lithyrga, Scher. Enum. 154 (1851). —— Chevallieri, Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsic. 67 ! (1852). - North Wales, Rev. Hugh Davies. Killarney (on the same stone with O. sawatilis)! Miss Hutchins. Netley Abbey! Mr. Lyell. Rocks on the sea-shore at Derriquin, Co. Kerry! Dr. Taylor. North of England!’ Rev. J. Harrimann; all in herb. Borrer. Craigforda near Oswestry, Shropshire! Llanaber! Barmouth ! Rev. T. Salwey. Colin Glen, Belfast! Mr. W. Thompson. Great Orme’s Head, Caernarvonshire! South Stacks, Holyhead ! Aber. ! Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. 91 Thallus thin, crustaceous, very minutely cracked and crumbly, white or pale yellow, sometimes ee obliterated. Lirelle numerous, crowded together in patches of greater or less extent, sometimes so thickly so as to be heaped together in black plicate or cerebrinal masses. In a perfect state, elongated, linear, of about the same width throughout their whole length, in various ways bent back upon themselves, curved, flexuose and wavy in a ‘very peculiar and remarkable manner, generally quite simple, seldom if ever branched, sometimes subimmersed, at others sessile and prominent, obtuse at the extremities, smooth and somewhat shining or greasy-looking, the margins tumid, round, and in- eurved. The younger lirelle are much shorter and not so curved. The disk is a narrow slit of about the same width throughout, which widens in age, and in extreme maturity becomes open and on a level with the margins which are obliterated, but never baggy as in sawatilis. _ Dr. Taylor’s specimen was on a slaty rock, entirely denuded of the thallus, with only a whitish discoloration, the lirelle remarkably twisted together in innumerable crowded plice or gyrations, forming highly prominent, rounded, black shining masseés or clusters. I have gathered similar specimens at the South Stacks, Holyhead, and received such from Rev. T. Salwey from Barmouth. Possibly it may be the var. b. steriza, Ach. Syn. 72. i "The strongly curved, elongated, linear, simple lirelle with their singular undulate, wavy and flexuose appearance distin- guish this plant from O. rupestris ; the lirelle and sporidia from O. saxvatilis. Puate V. fig. 4. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 6, sporidia; ce, upper surface of thallus and lirelle. 5. O. rupestris, Pers. Lirelle oblong or ovate, deformed ; short, obtuse, variously bvanched, wider at one extremity; spo- ridia eight in asci, clavate, rounded at each extremity, triseptate, pale yellow. Lichen Persoonii, Ach. Prod. 19 (1798). Opegrapha rupestris, Pers. Ust. Ann. Bot. 11. 20; Fries, L. Ref. 364. Persoonii, Ach. Meth. 17 (1803); Sm. E. Bot. 2345; Chev. Hist. des Graph. 53, t. 11. f. 2. — Persoonii a, Ach. L. Univ. 246 (1810); Sym: 71. saxatilis, Scheer. Spicil. 49. 328 (1823-1836). — saxatilis «, Scher. Enum. 159; Exsic. 94! Hook. Br, Fl. 2. 145 Gn part) (1833), Ireland! Miss Hutchins. Netley Abbey! Mr. Lyell; both in herb. Borrer. Barmouth, Merionethshire! Rev. 7. Salwey, Larne, Co. Antrim! Mr. W. Thompson. Newton Wood, Cleve- land, Yorkshire! Mr. J. G. Baker. Great Orme’s Head, Caer- narvonshire ! 92 Rev. W. A. Leighton on te British Graphidex. Thallus thin, crustaceous, of an irregular, scaly or crumbly appearance, dirty white. Lire/ie numerous, scattered, for the most part short and obtuse, often nearly round or triquetrous, sessile and somewhat prominent, in variously modified oblong or ovate shapes, straight or slightly curved, either plump and bluntly obtuse at both ends, or widened at one extremity and tapered or narrow at the other, smooth, slightly shining, dark brown. Disk varying in width and form according to the shape of the lirella, either an entire narrow slit or trifid, or furcate at one or both ends, more or less open, especially in old age; mar- gins tumid, rounded, and incurved in a perfect state ; in old age thinner, sharp-edged, and elevated persistently above the ex- panded depressed or concave disk. A specimen from Nent Force, Cumberland! from Mr. W. Robertson in herb. Borrer, on granite, has the lirelle small, round and tumid, or triquetrous, the disk varying much in shape. This may be the var. 8. aporea, Ach. : the form of the lirellze and. spo- ridia shows distinctly its connection with O. rupestris. I have found precisely similar states on the Great Orme’s Head, Caernar- vonshire, and on the Eglwsg rocks near Llangollen.’ | The specimen of “ Lichen simplex, H. Bot., from Rev. Hugh Davies” in herb. Borrer; was a thin slaty rock, on a small darker part of which were scattered a few fragments or frustules of a whitish, smooth, very thin, slightly cracked thallus, growmg on a hypothallus of a dark brownor blackish colour, spreading copiously on all sides in a dendritic manner. Imbedded im the centre of the frustules of the thallus was a single minute shield, or sometimes two or three crowded together, dark brown, with a thick prominent margin surrounding a deep very concave disk of similar colour, which, when wetted, swelled and became convex, or at least level with the surface of the margin. A vertical section (see Plate V. fig. 6 a) exhibited the dark brown excipulum, interrupted however, of a Lecidea supporting a lamina proligera, the asci in which were filled with brown oblong sporidia, uniseptate (fig. 6 b), and were so numerous as to give the section a speckled appearance. On other paler and more shaly portions of the specimens were an abundance of irregularly rounded black bodies of various sizes, some as large as poppy seed, others as small as the shields before spoken of. The smaller of these bodies were somewhat like the plump tumid form of a lirella of an Opegrapha; the — generality of the larger kind presented a prominent wrinkled or broken inflexed border or margin, surrounding either a sunk disk ora sunken ring which encompassed a central portion thick and irregularly raised to a level with the margins ; whilst others again were gyrate like the apothecia of an Umbilicaria. All were sessile on the naked rock, without the slightest trace or appearance of any thallus, A vertical section (fig. 6 a, 1) showed Rey. W. A, Leighton on the British Graphidez, 93 the inflexed margins supporting the sides of a lamina proligera, whose upper surface was covered in the centre with the thick central portion, the base being naked and resting on the rock. The lamina proligera was pale and hyaline, consisting of para- physes, amongst which were asci of an obovate-elongated or clavate shape filled with minute granular matter. Schleicher’s specimen! of O. saxicola, Ach., in herb. Borrer, seemed referable to this species, see p. 90 ante. Distinguished from O. saxatilis by the shape of the lirelle and sporidia; from O. Chevallieri by the form of the lirelle ; from O. tesserata and O. cerebrina by the thallus and sporidia. Puate V. fig. 5. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 0, sporidia, 6. O. saxigena, Tay]. Lirelle linear, linear-oblong, oblong or ovate, deformed, obtuse at the extremities, chiefly simple and straight, dark brown; sporidia eight in asci, narrow, linear- oblong, rounded at each extremity, 3-septate, pale yellow. ' Opegrapha saxigena, Tayl. Fl. Hib. pt. 2. 259. Dunkerron! Dr. Taylor in herb. Borrer. Thallus moderately thick, crustaceous, indeterminate, irregu- larly cracked, of a dirty rusty-brown colour in the older portions where the crust is thinner, mm the younger and thicker, portions and about the lirelle, of a scaly, crumbling, leprose, yellow ap- pearance. Jirelle loosely congregated in groups, very, various in shape, round or punctiform, oblong, linear-oblong, linear, ovate, subtriquetrous, modified by branching into an irregular, oblong, triquetrous form, generally simple, straightish or slightly curved and waved, very obtuse at the extremities, dark brown, smooth, somewhat shining, the margins incurved, tumid and round, slightly rugged or broken. Disk generally narrow, straightish, though varying in width and direction according to the form of the liella, yet not widely open and expanded, the margins always rounded and incurved, tumid, not sharp-edged as in O. rupestris. The sporidia are sometimes broader at one end than the other, and so approaching a subclavate form. So closely allied to O. rupestris, that, notwithstanding the above differences, we shall perhaps do well in hesitating to pro- nounce it decidedly distinct from that species. A specimen! in Mr. Borrer’s herbarium from Dr. Taylor, labelled by him “ Opegrapha saxigena, Fl. Hib., var. trochodes, (new variety), Carig Mountain, .Co. Kerry,” proved on exami- nation to be the deformed patellulz of some Lecidea.: (See Pl. V. fig. 8a & b). Puats V, fig. 7. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 0, sporidia. 04 Rev. W,. A; Leighton on the British Graphidex. 4k Corticole. 7. O. varia, Pers. Thallus pulverulent, white ; lirelle promi- nent, sessile, round, oblong, elliptical or elongated and attenu- ated at each end; disk canaliculate or dilated in the middle, or plane and convex; proper margins prominent, inflexed, some- times subevanescent ; sporidia in asci eight, irregularly obovate or obovate-fusiform, 5-septate, the central cell larger, hyaline, pale yellow. : The so-called varieties of this very variable lichen seem to be more properly speaking séaées, arising from a greater or lesser development of the lirellee dependent upon local circumstances, localities or atmospheric influences, or of more or less mature age. The sporidia are alike in all. = a. pulicaris, Lightf. Lirellz oval, oblong or elliptical, mi- nute, simple ; disk concave, dilated in the middle; proper mar- gins persistent, inflexed. Lichen crustaceus, &c., Mich. Gen. Pl. p. 102. t. 54. ord. 37. f. 2? (1729). scriptus, B. pulicaris, Lightf. Fl. Scot. 2. 801 (1777). - —— pulicaris, Hoffm. En. 14. t. 3. f. 2. e? (1784), Verrucaria pulicaris, Willd. Fl. Berol. 370 (1787). Lichen vulvella, Ach. Prodr. 22 (1798). - Opegrapha vulvella, Ach. Meth. 19. t. 1. f. 9 (1803); Wahl. Fl. Suec. 859. vulvella, «. & 8. pulicaris, Ach. L, Univ. 251 (1810). - —— vulvella «, Ach. Syn. 77 (1814). — notha, Mart. Fl, Erlang. 278. in part (1817). —— cymbiformis, «. pulicaris & B. phea, Scher. Spicil. 50. 329 (1823- 1836); Exs. 97! 518! 520! —— cymbiformis, Heppe, Fl. Wurzburg. 75 (1824); Fingerhuth, Eiffl. 24: —— ramealis, Chevallier, Graphid. 65. t. 14. f. 3 (1824), ; : stizorina, Chevallier, Graphid. 66, t. 14. f.4 (1824), Graphis pulicaris, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 335 (1831). Opegrapha varia, a. pulicaris, Fries, L. Ref. 364 (1831); Hook. Br, Fl. 2. 145. in part. —— varia, «, pulicaris, Tuckermann, N. Lich. 75. —— varia, y. pulicaris & B. phea, Scher, Enum, 156, On beech and ash. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. New Forest, Hants ! Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer. | Thallus effase, thin, pulverulent, whitish, almost obliterated. Lirelle numerous, scattered, prominent and sessile, minute, tu- mid, either oval, oblong, elliptical or elliptico-oblong, sometimes a little elongated, straight, sometimes curved, generally simple, occasionally triquetrous, obtuse at the extremities, dark brown- black, broad for the size, but variable in width, according to the greater or lesser degree of expansion of the disk, which is either regularly canaliculate and of the same width throughout, or more or less dilated, frequently very considerably in the middle, Revs WeA) Leighton’ onthe British Graphides. 95 Proper margins thick, tumid, prominent, rounded and inflexed, entire and uniform, persistent. _ 7 Puare V. fig. 9. Sporidia. : . B. notha, Ach. Lirelle round or oblong, deformed; disk plane or convex, obliterating the proper margins. Oper eee lichenoides, Pers. Ust. Ann. Bot. st. 7. p. 30, t.2, f. 4. a, b (1794). Lichen nothus, Ach. Prodr. 19 (1798). Opegrapha notha w. & 8, Ach. Meth, 17 (1803). notha, Sm. E. Bot. t. 1890 (1808); Ach. L. Univ. 252; a, Syn. 76; Wahl. Fl. Carpat. 391; Fl. Upsal. 449; a. Fl, Suec. 859; DeCand. Fl. Franc. ed. 3. 2. 310; Mart. Fl. Erlang. 278. in part; Grev, Fl. - Edin. 353; Heppe, Fl. Wurzb. 75; Fingerhuth, Eiffl. 24; Moug. & _ Nestl. Stirpes, 857. f —- cymbiformis, B. lichenoides, Scher. Spicil. 51. 330 (1823-1836) ; Exs. 282! ; . Graphis notha, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 336 (1831). Opegrapha varia, b. notha, Fries, L. Ref. 364 (1831). varia, Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 145. in part (1836), —— varia, B. notha, Tuckermann, N. Lich. 75 (1848); Leight. Lich, Brit. Exsic. 66! — varia, «. lichenoides, Scher. Enum. 156 (1850). Onoak. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. High Vawr Lane, Oswestry, Shropshire ! Rev. T. Salwey. Montford Bridge near Shrewsbury, Shropshire ! ’ Thallus effuse, thin, pulverulent, white. Lirelle numerous, scattered and congregated, large, very prominent and sessile, various in size and form, generally of a round, oblong, or linear- oblong shape, obtuse at the extremities, simple and straight, opake black. Proper margins very narrow, almost obliterated by the expansion of the broad plane or tumid and convex disk. Not to be confounded with Lecanactis lyncea, nor with Lecidea albo-atra, var. corticola, from which the different sporidia keep it distinct. PuatE V, fig. 9. Sporidia. y. diaphora, Ach. Lirelle elongated, attenuated at both ex- tremities ; disk plane ; proper margins persistent, flexuose. “ Opegrapha varia, Pers. Ust. Ann. Bot. st. 7. p, 30” (fide Ach.) (1794). Lichen diaphorus, Ach. Prodr. 20 (1798), sec. specim. ab Achario seipso in herb. Borrer ! ; Opegrapha diaphora «, Ach. Meth. 19 (1803); L. Univ. 254; Mart. Fi. Erlang. 279. notha, 9. diaphora, Ach. Syn. 77 (1814). cymbiformis, y. hebraica, Scher. Spicil. 51. 330 (1823-1836); Exs. 98! 519! —- varia, d. diaphora, Fries, L. Reform. 365 (1831); Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 145. in part. — varia, 5. diaphora, Tuckermann, N. Lich. 75. ——- varia, 9. diaphora & ¢: chlorina, Scher, Enum, 157, On oak. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. 96 Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. Thallus effuse, thin, pulverulent, white. JLirelle numerous, scattered or congregated close together, prominent and sessile, black, elongated, narrow, wider in the centre, acuminated at both extremities, for the most part simple, but frequently by juxta- position becoming of a stellate arrangement, straightish or va- riously curved and flexuose, usually with other lirellee of a smaller size, and either rotund or oblong, interspersed among them. Proper margins narrow, elevated and prominent, wavy, flexuose and inflexed. Disk broad, expanded, open and plane, without praina. ‘ | To be distinguished from O. sawatilis by its place of growth and the different form of the sporidia. PuateE V. fig. 9. Sporidia. 6. tigrina, Ach. Lirelle linear-oblong, obtuse at the extre-— mities; disk channelled, nearly uniform; proper margins per- sistent, rounded and inflexed. Opegrapha signata, B. tigrina, Ach. L. Univ. 262 (1810). —— diaphora (excl. syn.), Sm. E. Bot. 1. 2280 (1811). —— notha, «. tigrina, Ach, Syn. 77 (1814), sec. specim. a Schleichero in herb. Borrer. ! —— versiformis, Chevallier, Graphid. p. 13. t. 1. f. 1 a (1824), —— varia, n. tigrina, Scher. Enum. té7 (1850). « __. yaria, Pers.” Bohler’s Lich. Brit. no. 52! On beech, oak, elm. New Forest, Hants! Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer. Hurst Pierpoint, Sussex ! Haddisco, Norfolk ! Coulsdon, Surrey ! Mr. Borrer. , Thallus effuse, thin, pulverulent, dirty-white, often scarcely visible. Lirelle numerous, scattered here and there, or crowded in groups, prominent and sessile, for the most part simple, straight or sometimes more or less curved, black, shining, linear- oblong, narrow and nearly of the same width throughout, obtuse and rounded at the extremities. Proper margins very thick, prominent, rounded and inflexed, entire and uniform, not wavy or crisped. Disk narrow, canaliculate, of about the same width throughout and concave, sometimes a little dilated about the middle and then plane. Puate V. fig. 9. Sporidia. e. tridens, Ach. Lirelle elongated, stellately arranged ; disk channelled ; proper margins persistent, rounded and inflexed. Opegrapha tridens a, Ach. L. Univ. 263 (1810); Syn. 79. varia, d. diaphora, Fries, L. Ref. 365. in part (1831). — varia, Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 145. in part (1836). —— varia, +. tridens, Scher. Enum, 158 (1850). On beech and elm. New Forest, Hants! Mr, Lyell in herb. Borrer. Sussex! Mr, Borrer. Mr. W. H. Benson on a new Pupa and a new Bulimus. 97 Thallus effuse, much thicker than in the other varieties, pul- verulent, almost tartareous, of a dirty-white, often tinged with tawny yellow (I could not detect any of the minute fibres men- tioned by Acharius, L. Univ. 263), with numerous elevated black points or tubercles, the rudiments doubtless ‘of the lirelle, scattered irregularly. Lire/le numerous, scattered, large, pro- minent, sessile, oblongo- or lineari-elongated, flexuose, more or less acuminate at the extremities, frequently also of the same width throughout, and with rather obtuse points, arranged by juxtaposition chiefly, sometimes by confluence into conspicuous stellate groups of three or more elongated flexuose rays. Proper margins thick, prominent, persistent, rounded and inflexed, more or less wavy. Disk expanded, according to age, either canali- culate and of uniform width throughout, or more or less dilated in the middle. Specimens ! in herb. Borrer from Acharius labelled “ Opegr. nimbose modific. ;’ from Schleicher labelled “ O. nimbosa,”’ and “ O. phea v. brunnea ;” and from Scherer labelled “‘ Opegrapha nimbosa,” according to the form and septa of the sporidia, are all referable to this species. Schleicher’s O. phea v. brunnea and Schzrer’s Opegrapha nimbosa are identical with each other, as is also Opegrapha phea, Moug. and Nestl. Stirpes, 954!. PLATE V. fig. 9. Sporidia. [To be continued. | IX.—Characters of a new European Pupa, and of a new Austra- fan Bulimus. By W. H. Benson, Esq. Tue following very interesting Pupa being undescribed either in Pfeiffer’s or Kiister’s works, and not being contained in Mor- tillet’s recent Catalogue of the South-Western species of Europe, in which list a new Heliz and a new Bulimus, from Nice and its neighbourhood, are enumerated, I am induced by its fortunate discovery, at an early period of my residence here, to lose no time in describmg such an important acquisition to the Italian and European fauna. I take the opportunity of publishing at the same time a beautiful addition to the Australian Bulimi brought to England by Dr. J. F. Bacon, whose health, severely shaken by a tropical climate, has ultimately rendered necessary a premature return to his native land. Pupa Rwierana, nobis, n. s. Testa rimato-perforata, exacte cylindrica, diaphana, nitidula, fusco- cornea, minutissime oblique costulato-striata ; sutura profunda, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xin. 98 Mr. WH. Benson on a new Puparand anew Bulimus. apice obtuso; anfractibus 6} convexis, ultimo } totius longitudinis sequante, antice leviter adscendente, basi circa umbilicum vix com- pressiuscula; apertura truncato-ovata, 3-plicata, obliqua ; .peristo- mate simplici, disjuncto, acuto, albido, marginibus expansiusculis, exteriori superne valde arcuato, labio subreflexo; plica unica in medio parietis, columellari 1 obliqua obtusata brunnea, palatali 1 elongata, albida; extus suleum efformante, omnibus profundis. Long. 2, diam. 2 mill. go Hab. in regione Riviera Pedemontana ad basin collium prope Nizza maritimam sub lapide. $f .| In form, size and sculpture approaching most nearly to the edentate. P.minutissima, but more slender than that species, It is singular that, this beautiful little shell should have escaped the researches of Risso, none of whose doubtful species exhibit any approach. to it. It. differs from. triplicata, Studer, in its much. smaller size, more slender cylindrical. form and. stronger sculpture, in. the greater comparative size of the columellar plait, in the transverse position of the parietal plait, and the more deeply set. palatal tooth, which in some aspects is not visible from the aperture. It is also deficient in the stricture and callus observable behind the outer lip in adult specimens of that species. As in P. ért- plicata, and partially in the South African P. fontana, the palatal tooth causes a furrow on the outside of the lower whorl. The costule are flattened and narrow, and the intercostal spaces double the breadth of the ribs. It has a whorl more than P. Ascaniensis, A. Schmidt, is larger and more lengthened in form, the forms and proportions of the “teeth differ, and its peristome, which is fully formed, has no re- semblance to that of the Aschersleben species. The sculpture, ‘moreover, is more delicate, and the whorls more ventricose than in Archdeacon Schmidt’s late interesting addition to the German fauna. In M. Albin Gras’ Mollusca of the Department of. the Isére, his figure of P. muscorum, Michaud, var. & deux dents, pl.4. f. 18, from the Bastille near Guy Pape, approaches P. Rivierana. He notes one tooth on the columella (the plate shows it to be parietal), and one on the lower edge (the plate shows this to be within the outer lip near the base, not deeply placed in the centre of the lower whorl, as in Ascaniensis and Rivierana). In the description M. Gras makes no mention of the sculpture, and no strize or costule are observable in the plate, while the obtuse plait on the columella of P. Rivierana appears also to be defi- cient. Pfeiffer and Kiister both refer Michaud’s P. muscorum to minutissima, together with Draparnaud’s shell, in which that author notices a slight parietal plait. Risso’s P. muscorum is Mr. W: H. Benson.on a new Pupa and anew Bulimus. 99 also’ referred, with a»mark of doubt, to P. minutissima, but) the sizé, the ivory peristome, and the angular plait (postice ad dex- tram) seem to identify his shell with P. wmbilicata, which is not uncommon about Nice. Linnzeus’s prior name of P. muscorum being now by common consent attributed to P. marginata, Drap., the species intended by Draparnaud and his followers, whether referable to minutissima or to the species above described, can no longer, bear the name assigned to them by those authors, Kiister notes as one of the characters which separate P..wm- bilicata from P. Sempronii, a species found at Bex and_ the Simplon, that the latter is deficient in the fold of the columella, which is always present in the other, to which he assigns the character “columella subplicata.” Pfeiffer overlooks it alto- gether ; it must however be confessed that ordinarily this plait is inconspicuous, and only to be observed when particular attention is directed to it. In one of my Nice specimens this feature is so strongly marked as to attract immediate notice. [ Note. ~Specimens of Pupa Rivierana were collected by Mr. John Paget near Montpellier, quite identical with the Nice shell “in habit, teeth, and columellar fold. They were by him referred to P. minutissima, although the parietal and palatal teeth had attracted his notice.. The climate and situation of Montpellier *are similar to those of Nice. I have found two specimens here, and “Mr, Paget has since procured a third —W. H. B. Jan.10,1854: ] Bulimus Baconi, nobis, n. s. Testa perforata, globoso-ovata, tenui, pallida, castaneo-fusco-bifasciata, sericea, confertim striata, superne striis exilissimis decussata ; spira conica, apice obtuso, papillari, sutura tenuiter crenulata ; anfrac- tibus 5 convexiusculis, ultimo inflato, dimidium testee vix supe- rante, bifasciato, fascia 1 superiori angusta, altera inferiori lata : apertura ovata, peristomate simplici acuto, margine columellari superne reflexiusculo. Axis 23, diam. 15, alt. apert. 12, diam. 9 mill. Tab. in Australia occidentali. Found by Dr. Bacon in Darling’s Range, six miles from Hen- . ley Park on the Avon River. In its transverse bands and colour- ing it differs from all the West Australian species, and inclines to the Tasmanian B. Dufresnii. Nizza Maritima, December 1853. 7% 100. Mr. T. C. Jerdon on new species of Ants X.— A Catalogue of the Species of Ants found in: Southern India. By T. C. Jervon, Esq., Assistant Surgeon, Madras Medical Establishment. [Concluded from p. 56, | 2nd Tribe. PoNERITES. Genus Oponromacuus, Lat. The single species of Ant which I place under this head ap- pears to correspond pretty well with the characters of the genus which have already been given. 24. Odontomachus rufus, Jerdon (p416). Worker, length jth of an inch; head bulging at the sides, narrowed in front ; eyes of hicicherate size, anterior; antennz rather long, slender ; jaws closely approached at their base, long, linear, with three strong pointed teeth at the end; thorax nar- row; abdominal pedicle raised, pointed and conic; abdomen long, ‘oval; head, thorax and legs rufous; abdomen dark brown, ~ Lobtained this ant under stones in a jungle in the Salem district, and know nothing of its habits. I have since obtained one individual also in the Wynaad, which may be the warrior of this species, if the society consist of different individuals. It is 34ths of an inch long, and appears only to differ, besides its larger size, in having the eyes smaller and more advanced, the teeth of the jaw blunt, and the thorax finely striated, HarrreNnatuos*, Jerdon, new genus (p. 116). Gen. Char. Jaws scythe-shaped, pointed, and finely serrated ; head. oblong, notched behind; eyes very large, situated at the anterior extremity of the head ; ; antenne rising between the eyes ; abdominal pedicle slightly raised. T cannot class this remarkable‘ant as an Odontomachus, and have therefore been compelled to institute a new genus for its reception ; some of the characters given may not.be generic, but, till other species are discovered, it is difficult to say which are, and which are not, of generic value. 25. Harpegnathos saliator, Jerdon (p. 117). Worker, head long, granulated; jaws-with a strong tooth near the base pointing downwards and inwards, and thence gradually * This name is too like Harpognathus of Wesmael, who used it for a genus of Staphylinide 1 in 1834.—F. M. Found in Southern India. ° 101 tapering to the tip, and finely serrated, jth of an inch long; thorax barely grooved ; abdomimal pedicle small, low, ovate ; abdomen very long; sting large; head and abdomen blackish - brown, thorax and legs rufous. Length # of an inch. I have not seen this remarkable ant in the Carnatic. I first saw it at Tellicherry, and subsequently in other parts of Mala- bar. It is also found in the Mysore country, as I learn from Mr. Hamilton, a most talented and industrious amateur entomo- logist. J »Dhave given it the name of sa/tator from its power of making most surprising jumps, which it does when alarmed or disturbed. It is very pugnacious, and bites and stings severely. It makes its nest underground, generally about the roots of some plant. Its:society does not consist of many individuals.’ It appears to feed.on insects, which it often seizes alive. Genus Ponera, Lat. Its generic character has been given above. 26. Ponera seulpta, Jerdon (p. 117). Worker, length from ;%ths of an inch to nearly } an‘inch; head oblong, pointed in front and rounded behind ; jaws large, triangular, armed with, alternately, a large and a small tooth ; eyes very large, nearly medial; antennz inserted on a line just’in front of the eyes, rather long; thorax nearly uniform in width and height ; abdominal pedicle raised, pointing forwards ~ with two small spines; abdomen long, cylindric ; legs long; the whole body curiously sculptured, being channeled. and grooved in different directions, longitudinally, circularly, obliquely, giving a peculiar dull appearance ; colour blackish green. This is one of the commonest species of Ant in Malabar, extending from the level of the sea up to the top of the Neil- gherries. It lives in the ground in small societies, often making its nest in a flower-pot, occasionally under a large stone, It does not work in concert, being generally seen solitary. It lives on animal substances, but apparently will also take vege- table matter. I have seen two fighting for a ripe seed of the Lantana. I have not met with the female of this species. 27. Ponera stenocheilos, Jerdon (p. 118). Worker, length 3ths of an inch ; head large, square behind, pointed and advancing anteriorly, widest in front of the eyes which are large ; antennze long ; jaws very long, linear, ending 102 Mr. T. C. Jerdon on new species of Ants in a strong tooth externally, and a smaller one at the internal angle; ° thorax narrow; abdominal pedicle raised, rounded, pointing backwards ; abdomen very long ; sting large; legs long ; colour dingy greenish-brown. age De I have found this ant very rarely in Malabar, and. know nothing of its habits. 28. Ponera processionalis, Jerdon (p. 118). Worker, length 3rd of an inch; head oblong, advanced anteriorly ; eyes medial, large; antenne moderately long, thickened at the end; jaws triangular, strongly four-toothed; thorax wide, not grooved; abdominal pedicle of equal width with the thorax, square truncated ; colour shining black. I have met this species over most of India. It lives in the ground in very numerous societies, and is most frequent.in jungly districts; occasionally a vast column of them, three or four deep, may be seen crossing a road, and I have traced the column for forty and fifty yards. ' It stings very severely. 29. Ponera affinis, Jerdon (p. 118). Worker, length grd of an-inch ; head oblong, notched behind, advanced anteriorly ; jaws triangular, strongly toothed ; antenne thickened at the tip ; eyes somewhat anterior, moderately large; thorax slightly grooved; abdominal pedicle pointed, thin ; abdomen oval, colour dingy black. I have only procured this ant once in Malabar, and know nothing of its habits. 30. Ponera rufipes, Jerdon (p. 119). Worker, length ,%,ths of an inch ; head oblong ; eyes anterior, small; antennz short and thick; jaws triangular, finely toothed ; thorax not furrowed, truncated posteriorly ; abdominal pedicle wide, thick, truncated, and excavated posteriorly ; abdomen long, the division of the joints strongly marked ; aly ridged, furrowed, and channeled throughout ; antenne, legs, and end of abdomen dark rufous, rest of the body dull black. I have procured this ant only on one occasion, hitherto, in Malabar. | 31. Ponera pumila, Jerdon (p. 119). Worker, length about 3th of an inch; head oblong; eyes rather.small, advanced; jaws. triangular, strongly toothed ; antenne thickened; thorax smooth; abdominal pedicle long, square; abdomen long, cylindric; dull black, with rufous legs and antenne. I found this ant in Malabar, where it is rare. found in Southern dndia.'y 7. 103 3rd Tribe. Formicives. We now come to the last family, containing those ants that have no sting, and the abdominal pedicle of one knot only... It comprises two genera, Polyergus and Formica, but I do not think we possess any species of the former genus. Genus ForMICcA. This genus comprises two distinct forms, the one with spines on the thorax, the other unarmed, which certainly ought to form two genera, inasmuch as this distinction is made to separate Atta from Oecodomat. * Without spines on the thorax. < 32. Formica compressa, Fabr.? Jerdon (p. 119). Syn. F. indefessat, Sykes, Trans. Ent. Soc. i. p. 104. Worker, length ;4,ths to } an inch; head oblong, notched behind; eyes medial, of moderate size; jaws triangular, toothed ; antenne long; thorax widened anteriorly ; abdominal pedicles ~ somewhat diamond-shaped above, much raised and thin as seen laterally ; legs rufous, the rest of the body black. ., Warrior, 78,ths of an inch long; differs from the ordinary worker in the head being proportionally much larger, and the jaws having blunt teeth. | Male, length ;4,ths of an inch; has a small triangular head, lateral eyes, three ocelli, the thorax raised in front, and the abdo- minal pedicle broader ; wings do not reach to end of abdomen. Female, ths of an inch long; very similar to the male, has the jaws strongly toothed, somewhat oblong, and the abdomen proportionally large. This species, well known in India as the Black Ant, is found throughout every part of this country which I have traversed, except the western coast, where I have never seen it. It appears to me that it lives in very numerous societies in the ground, the entrance to the nest being often round the trunk of a tree, or ‘close to some building. The warriors are very numerous. Their food is chiefly vegetable secretions, sugar, &c., and Colonel Sykes has given an interesting account of the devasta- tions committed by them on preserves, sugar, &c. They bite rather severely, but the pain is quite momentary. At certain times great numbers of the winged males and females are seen at the mouth of the nest, and they remain there for several days. + In the former part of this paper, p. 49 et seq. this name is misprinted Ocodoma. t Col. Sykes’s specimens of F. indefessa are in the Museum at the East India House.—F. M. 104. Mr. T. G:Jerdon oniew: species of Ants When they take wing, they do so in vast numbers, and always at night. 33. Formica angusticollis, Jerdon (p. 120). Worker, 3 an inch long ; head long, oblong, ending posteriorly in a narrow neck; eyes posterior, of moderate size ; jaws trian- gular, strongly toothed; antenne long; thorax low, narrow, uniform ; abdominal pedicle conical, high, narrow; abdomen oval ; colour dull black, with antenne and legs rufous. Warrior, ;8,ths of an inch long; head very large, notched pos- teriorly ; eyes much smaller; otherwise similar. I have only found this ant in forests in Malabar, and always singly. + 84, Formica smaragdina, Fabr. (p. 121). zB. Worker, length about =4,ths of an inch; head long, triangular; antenne long; eyes large, medial; jaws triangular, pointed, with sharp teeth; thorax not furrowed; abdominal, pedicle long, low, - narrow, linear ; legs long ; colour of a uniform pale rufous. _ Male, 7%ths of, an inch long; head diamond-shaped ; eyes lateral, small; thorax raised in front; abdomen small; wings reaching beyond the abdomen; of a rufous colour. Female, {ths of an mch long; head short, triangular; eyes lateral; three ocelli; thorax very large, wide ; abdominal pedicle wide in the middle as viewed from above, very thin laterally; abdomen large ; wings reaching beyond abdomen ; entirely of a pale shining green colour. This ant is well known in Malabar and the wooded parts of India, but is rare in the Carnatic, where I have only seen it in one or two large mango-groyes. It forms a nest of living leaves which it draws together without detaching from the branch, and © unites with a fine:white web; sometimes this nést is above a foot in diameter, but usually smaller. The society consists of a vast number of individuals, and in large nests we find many females: and males, both with and without their wings at all times.of the year.’ They are very bold and pugnacious, and bite very severely. They live chiefly on vegetable secretions, and are very partial to the flowers and buds of some. of the Loranthi whichsabound soon the western coast; they often form a tem- porary web round the flowers, or sometimes round the fruit. of various | trees, viz. the. Hugenia malaccensis, Artabothrys -odora- tissima, &e., apparently only for the purpose of feeding undis- turbed; they will, ‘however, also sometimes feed on decaying animal matter. It is said that the web they form is occasionally used in writing on in the N.W. provinces of India, and that the ants are made use of to destroy a nest of wasps that may have established themselves in a house. In this case they are said to — NX found in Southern India.) \\! 105 destroy all the wasps, but become so infuriated, that their own indiscriminate attacks are nearly as bad as those of their foes. In gardens they are most partial to mango-trees, and also to the large leaves of the Jaméi Malae (Eugenia Malaccensis), but in the jungles they select a vast number of trees, or rather make no selection at all. 85. Formica longipes, Jerdon (p. 122). Worker, length 3th of an inch ; in form exceedingly similar to the last; head more oblong than triangular; eyes more posterior ; antenne very long; abdominal pedicle shorter pro- portionally ; abdomen a longer oval; legs very long, of a pale rufous colour throughout, tinged with dusky on the abdomen. This ant is found in all the forests of India, living in holes in the ground, in tolerably numerous societies, and feeding on vegetable secretions. I have not seen it at any distance from the ‘jungles. At Tellicherry, for example, I have never seen it, but as soon as you go a little inland and get into the jungle you meet with it. It is often found about bungalows and out-houses. 86. Formica timida, Jerdon (p. 122). Worker, length ths of an inch long; head oblong, oval ; eyes large, posterior ; jaws triangular, strongly toothed ; thorax smooth ; abdominal pedicle raised, conical ; colour dingy rufous, darkest on the head, and tinged with dusky on the abdomen. All the body covered with long scattered hairs. Warrior, 3 an inch long; differs from the ordinary worker in the head being much larger proportionally, and notched posteriorly ; thorax thicker, and the abdomen shorter. Female, like worker, but somewhat larger, with wings, and three ocelli. Male, ,7,ths of an ch long; thorax much elevated; eyes large; head small; three ocelli ; wings reach beyond the abdomen. | I have only found this ant on the Malabar coast, where it is very common, living chiefly on vegetable secretions: Tt has its nest under ground. It is very different in habit from the other large red ant (F. smaragdina), being most timid, and if approached or touched, dropping to the ground at: once: and hiding itself. It does not always confine itself to ‘vegetable matter. On one occasion [ had a box of pigeons containing some squabs placed in aroom on the floor. Inext morning found several of the squabs dead, covered with these ants, chiefly how- ever the warriors. . 37. Formica stricta, Jerdon (p. 123). Worker, length \3/;ths of an inch ; head nearly square, slightly 106 Mr. T. C. Jerdon. on new. species of Ants narrowed anteriorly ; jaws rough, triangular, strongly toothed ; eyes large, posterior; prothorax wide, metathorax narrowed ; post-thorax in the form of a rounded narrow platform, ending in two points, and truncated; abdominal pedicle blunt, rounded, raised ; abdomen short, oval; antennz rufous ; head and thorax dull greenish black, shagreened; abdomen shining glaucous green ; legs shinmg black. I have found this ant on flowers in Malabar,-but have never seen its nest ; it is not a very common species. + 38. Formica cinerascens, Fabr. (p. 123). Worker, length 3ths of an inch; head large; eyes rather small, posterior; jaws strongly toothed ; thorax wide in front, narrowed behind with two glands on each side above ; abdominal pedicle elevated, conic; abdomen oval ; colour dull black, except the abdomen, which is glaucous green, and somewhat pubescent. Female } aninch long nearly ; head smaller ; thorax not so wide ; abdomen long, oval; wings not reaching to the end of the ab- domen. , 1 Male, ,3,ths of an inch long; similar in form to the female, © but with much narrower abdomen, and head still smaller pro- portionally. Warrior, ;4ths of an inch long; head large; an- tenne short ; eyes minute. 3; This species lives in the ground in small societies. I have only seen it in the Carnatic. It is described as having the head fulyous, and a triangular spot on the abdomen ; but as it is said by Fabricius to have been sent from Tranquebar, in the vicinity of which I have seen our present species, I think they are pro- bably identical, and that the difference of colour is accidental, especially as there are only two species common in the Carnatic with glaucous abdomen, this and our F. rufoglauca. + “$9. Formica velox, J erdon (p. 124). Worker, length ,,ths of an inch to ths; head long, ob- long; eyes posterior, large; jaws strongly toothed; antenne long; thorax smooth ; abdominal pedicle raised, somewhat rounded, wide above; abdomen with the divisions of the seg- ments strongly marked; legs long; colour dull blackish, with the abdomen greenish pubescent. This ant is very common in Malabar, and I think is also found in the Carnatic. - It: frequents flowers, especially delighting in those that have great quantities of pollen, such as the Cucurbi- tacee, Hibisci, &c. . It runs very speedily, and is very easily alarmed, dropping to the ground on being touched. I have not succeeded in finding its nest. found in'Southern India, |! 107 us 40, Formica rufoglauca, Jerdon (p. 124). Worker, #,ths of an inch long; head long, oblong; eyes large, posterior; jaws strongly toothed; thorax not grooved ; abdominal. pedicle raised, conic, wide above ; abdomen fine silky glaucous green; head, thorax and legs bright rufous. Warrior, ,ths of an inch long; head large; eyes much smaller; antenne shorter; abdominal pedicle flattened poste- riorly ; abdomen short and triangular; colour similar. I have found this ant only in the Carnatic, in small societies, living in holes in the ground. It is possible that this may turn out to be Fabricius’s species cimerascens. +. 41, Formica vagans, Jerdon: (p. 124). Worker, °,ths of an inch long; eyes large, medial; antennz long ; abdominal pedicle raised, rounded ; legs very long. Female, ;%ths of an inch long ; the thorax shorter and wider, and abdomen very large; wings reaching beyond the abdomen, This little ant is exceedingly common in the Carnatic, but I have not seen it on the Malabar coast. It takes up its quarters in any sheltered spot in a house, under a box, a stone, a hole in the wall, or such like places, and when disturbed flits with great speed to another suitable spot. Its society is very numerous in individuals, and there are many females and males, sometimes with, at other times without wings. It feeds both on vegetable and animal substances, preferring the former like all the true Formice. Ae. Formica assimilis, Jerdon (p. 125). Worker, exceedingly similar to the last. Length ,5,ths of an inch; differs in its colour, chiefly being of a shining reddish black, in its eyes being apparently large, the thorax narrower, and in being covered all over with scattered white hairs. , I have found it frequenting flowers in Malabar, but not abundant. +. 48. Formica phyllophila, Jerdon (p. 125). Worker, length ,,ths of an inch; eyes small) anterior; o triangular ; thorax slightly furrowed posteriorly ; abdomial pe- dicle thin, low, linear; abdomen large, triangular; legs and an- tenn rather short ; colour shining brown-black. This little species forms a temporary nest usually between two leaves, or sometimes in a head of flowers. It lives in small societies, and feeds entirely on vegetable secretions. 108 Mr. T. GC) Jerdon ‘on ‘new species of Ants cfr 44. Formica nana, Jerdon (p.,125). , Worker, length..not ,,th. of an inch ; .eyes anterior ;..thorax wide; abdomen long, elliptical; head and thorax brown; an-, tennz, legs.and abdomen pale whity brown. | This minute species is found in all parts of, India, and, js, abundant in Mysore; but. from its small size is noticed, with difficulty. . It feeds on flowers and vegetable secretions. _* With spines on the thorax. c+, 45. Formica nidificans, Jerdon (p. 125). Worker, #,ths of an inch long; head triangularly ovate, ele- vated; eyes moderate; jaws strongly three-toothed; thorax wide anteriorly, narrowed behind, with two small spines ante- riorly. pointing forwards, and two large ones behind.pointing upwards and backwards, and two rudimentary spines or ‘points behind and beneath these latter; abdominal pedicle square, raised, with two large upright spines, and a smaller one on each side; abdomen short; head and abdomen rufous ; thorax dark glossy brown. Female, ¢rd of an inch long, similar to the worker; three ocelli on top of the head: wingless. This ant makes a small nest about half an inch, or rather more, in diameter, of some papyraceous material, which it fixes on a leaf. I have opened two, each of which contained one female and eight or ten workers. It is very rare, and I have only seen it in Malabar. 2k 46. Formica sylvicola, Jerdon (p. 126). Worker, ;5,ths of an inch long; head narrowed in front and rounded behind; eyes posterior, salient; antenne inserted in front of the eyes, with a strong crest bordering their insertion internally ; jaws short, with five teeth, the upper one much the longest and bent; thorax wide, with two spines on its anterior angles, and. two stronger ones posteriorly pointing backwards and upwards ; abdominal pedicle large, square, ending behind - in two large curved spines, pointing backwards and outwards, and two points or tubercles behind and between them; abdomen short, oval, colour dull black; abdomen shining glaucous green. Female, ~,ths of an inch long, differs im the anterior thoracic spines being apparently shorter, and in having three ocelli: wingless. This ant has the same habits as the last, but is not found except in the jungles.. It appears very closely allied to /. hastata of Latreille, from-India, and to several other species said to be from Southern Asia; and as many of these may be found in found in Southern India, ~ _»» 109. India, I add here a brief description of them taken from St. Fargeau’s work on Hymenoptera :— “Formica sexspinosa, Latr. Body black, covered with a fine silky yellowish down, especially on the abdomen ; head oblong, narrowed poston antenne long; posterior angles of the head ‘salient ; jaws large, triangular, with three or four teeth ; eyes small, globular, salient ; thorax with two spines anteriorly on its lateral angles, and two on the posterior extremity pomting backwards; abdominal pedicle thick, rounded in front, truncated posteriorly, with two spines almost as large as those on the a terior extremity of thorax. Length 7% lines (French). From Southern Asia. Sa. Formica hastata, Latr. Black, finely shagreened and slightly hairy ; head short ; antennz long; jaws short, with two teeth and a larger curved one at the end; space between the antennz elevated, with an arched crest on each side ; eyes small, round ; thorax cubical, compressed, its surface flat, and the ridge on each side sharp, anteriorly wide and square, with a spine on each side, at the humeral angles strong, sharp, straight, and reaching to the head ; its posterior part truncated, with a strong spine at each angle pointing obliquely upwards; abdominal pedicle large, triangular, with its upper edge concave, a small tooth in the middle, and a strong arched spine on its lateral angles directed backwards, with a little tooth beneath each. Length 4 lines. From India. ~{. © Formica relucens, Latr. Exceeding like the last (F. hastata), _ but differs in the following points—body covered with silky, golden, shining down, with a few larger hairs ; thorax with two spines anteriorly and none posteriorly ; abdominal. pedicle. with four spines, the upper ones nearly straight. Length 4 lines, From Southern Asia. ~~ Formica Ammon, Latr. Very like the two last; body black, striated, with a few hairs; thorax ashy; anterior angles advanced; posteriorly the lateral angles prolonged into a large straight spine, pointing backwards; abdominal pedicle large, triangular, with the upper angles prolonged into a very long curved spine, directed backwards ; abdomen covered with a silky golden down. Length: 2+ lines. From Southern Asia, Q.0l) @ (ar, * Formica carinata, Fabr. Head, rounded, black; thorax black, divided into three by two deep transverse lines; the anterior portion with a spine on each side directed forwards, and the posterior part with two small straight spines; abdominal pedicle large, square, with two raised sharp bent spines. Length ? of medium size. Southern Asia.’ 110 Mr.J. Hancock on the*Greenland and Iceland Falcons. I have very little doubt but that many more’species of ants will be discovered even in the southern portion of the Peninsula, and I hope myself to add others to the present list; and) more especially to gain additional information on ‘their habits. XI.—Note on the Greenland and Iceland Falcons. By Joun Hancock, Esq. Srnce the publication of my paper in 1838 on the Gieshlbod and Iceland Falcons, I have had the opportunity of examining:a great number of specimens of both species, and have found much to, corroborate the opinion I then expressed of the distinctness of the two kinds. I must now have seen upwards of 150 spe- cimens, and have had in my possession at one time no less than seventy individuals. This extended experience enables me to correct an error in the description of Falco Grenlandicus...1 find that I have confounded the young with the adult of this species, and am wrong regarding the immature. When I drew up my paper I considered all the white birds from Greenland to be mature, describing the nest plumage from a dark specimen, which having a white quill-feather coming, seemed to prove that it was the young of this species. There is now no doubt that this is wrong, and that this individual. is really an immature Iceland faleon,—the white quill- feather being abnormal. The Greenland falcon is never dark like the young of the other species ; in fact, the nest plumage of the former is always whiter than the mature plumage of the latter, and is not unfre- quently as. white as that of the mature of its own species. | The mature Greenland falcon is distinguished from the young, not so much by its greater whiteness as by the character) of the markings, which on the back and scapulars are always cordate inclining to sagittiform; the head, under parts and tail are fre- quently unspotted, but not. by any means constantly so. . The young is characterized by having the upper parts marked. with large oblong spots, and the head and under parts with long nar- row dashes. In both old and young the markings are of a dark ‘warm gray, almost black in the former, which is also distin- guished by the cere, beak, feet and toes being of a pale yellow or straw: colour; while in the young, these parts, with the exception of the beak, are of a light livid blue. Some of the young are very white, so that they can be distinguished only by the form of the spots and colour of the naked parts. In such the spots or dashes on the head and under parts are reduced to mere lines, scarcely wider than the shafts of the feathers, and Mr. J. Haneoek on the Greenland and Iceland Falcons. 111 the:tail is not uncommonly devoid of all markings. . Other nest birds are comparatively dark, with the spots large and crowded. The former, on maturity, are very little spotted, and have all the under parts, head and tail not unfrequently pure white ; the latter never attain the same degree of whiteness, but change into the dark and richly marked varieties of the adult. There is no doubt with regard to the mature and immature state of this species.. I possess several specimens with the large oblong markings of the nest plumage, which are moulting, and in every case the new feathers have the cordate spots of maturity ; aud to show that no change takes place afterwards, it is only necessary to refer to the beautiful specimen which was kept alive in the Zoological Gardens, Regent’s Park. This indi- vidual was a male ; it had the plumage very light ; and when I first saw it in 1849 it exhibited both mature and immature feathers ; the old and faded ones, on the upper parts, having the oblong spots of the first plumage, the new feathers of the back and scapulars being all marked with cordate spots. I took a drawing of the bird in this state. On completing its moult it was one of the whitest specimens I have ever seen. It lived until May 1852, and must consequently have changed its plumage twice after having assumed its mature dress ; but no further alteration took place in the form of the markings, and the bird was as white on its first moult as it was when it died. Another living specimen, which I had in my possession some years ago, moulted once. This was mature when I received it, and it was as white then as after its moult ; and no change whatever took place in the cha- racter of its plumage. It may also be stated that I have several specimens in the mature plumage which have partially cast their feathers, and those coming are exactly like the old ones—neither darker nor whiter—the feathers of the upper parts bearing the same characteristic cordate spots. Thus there appears ample proof that the birds with oblong spots on the upper parts change at once into those with cordate spots, and that the latter undergo no subsequent alteration; the one is therefore evidently the young of the other, and is undoubtedly in the first or nest plu- mage, unless this species be an exception to the rule, that all the true falcons get the mature plumage on the first moult: the Ice- land faleon, peregrine, merlin, hobby, red-legged falcon and kestrel all do. Falco Grenlandicus then differs from F. Islandicus in both the mature and immature states, and is characterized by its greater whiteness of plumage. The former, in fact, may be stated to have white feathers with dark markings, the latter dark feathers with white markings ; besides that the mature Iceland falcon is further distinguished by conspicuous transverse bands above and 112 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Kehinoderms. on the flanks, and by the blue colour of the beak and bright yellow of the cere and feet. It is now certain that the conti- nuity or non-continuity of the bars of the tail is not of specific importance, as I originally thought. No further observations need be made here respecting the young and adult plumages of F, Islandicus, as in my former paper I described from birds shot at their breeding station, having in my possession a brood with their two parents. It therefore only remains to be shown that no change takes place in this species after it has attained its mature garb; and of this there is now sufficient evidence. In August 1847 I received a living mature male Iceland falcon ; it had not quite completed its first moult, having still a few of the nest feathers, and was a fine characteristic specimen. It died in June 1850, after having cast its feathers three times; and its last plumage was precisely similar to that of its first mature dress— being no whiter nor m the least changed in the markings: Another. individual may be alluded to which was brought to England in 1846, and which I saw in November 1848, after it had completed its second moult. It was afterwards sent to the Zoological Gardens, Regent’s Park, where I saw it again im the beginning of last year (1853); and though it must then have changed its plumage four times since I first examined it, there was no perceptible difference in its whiteness, or in the character of its markings. Other examples might be cited, for | have had many opportunities of seeing this species alive; but the above would seem quite sufficient to prove that the Iceland falcon undergoes no further change after having attained its mature plumage. In conclusion it may be stated that the characters of the two forms are permanent and sharply defined, never blending into each other ; and that the young as well as the mature birds can always be distinguished. But whether these two falcons are to be considered: distinct species or mere races must depend upon the views entertained regarding what is to constitute specific character. For my own part I see no reason to doubt the cor- rectness of the opinion I originally expressed. XII.— On the Structure of the Echinoderms. By Jonannes Mixxer. [Continued from p. 24.] Ambulacra of the Asteride. Wir the restriction of the ambulacra to the ventral surface in the Asteride, all differences among the feet disappear. They are always locomotive and either conical, as in all Asteride without Prof. J. Miiller ‘on’ the Structure of the Behinodernis. 113 — an-anus, Astropecten, Luidia, Ctenodiscus ; or cylindrical witha sucking dise and without a calcareous plate, as in all those genera: of Asteride which are provided with an anus. The discrimination of Astropecten from Archaster is therefore easy ; it-should be remarked, however, that it is often difficult at once to recognise the anus, though it is easy to do so, if in Archaster we remove the external crowns of the paville in the middle of the starfish by which it is hidden, as the ground is by the foliage of closely planted trees. In Astropecten Parelii, v. D. et K. (Kongl. Vet. Acad. Handl. f. 1844, p. 247. tab. 7. figs. 14-16), the definiteness of this character was recently well exemplified. M. Sars:had informed me that this Astropecten formed an ex- eeption to the law which I had enunciated with respect to the feet ; I therefore concluded that this starfish would turn out to be no Astropecten, but an Archaster, a genus hitherto not known to inhabit the European seas. M. Sars has since that time furnished me with a specimen preserved in spirits, in which T at once discovered the anus, when the external crowns of the ee were removed so as to render the skin of the back visible. wr »In comparing the Asteride and Echinide as Blainville and Agassiz endeavoured to do, we soon perceive that the inter- ambulacral plates, instead of being analogous in the two families, are quite differently arranged.’ It is not the marginal plates of the Asteride alone which lie between the radii, and the upper marginal plates are already dorsal. In the Asteride we must distinguish different kinds of inter-. ambulacral plates from one another. Those which rest upon the external processes of the ambulacral plates have a certain pecu- liarity as marginal plates of the ambulacra or adambulacral plates ; they exactly agree in number with the ambulacral plates. To the second kind belong the more or less well-marked mar- ginal. inter-ambulacral plates at the peripheral edge, which are ~ sometimes in single, sometimes in double series. Between the adambulacral and marginal there are often intermediate inter- ambulacral plates. In Astropecten this area is exceedingly small, and is reduced to a few easily overlooked plates behind the angles of the mouth ; in the pentagonal forms it is very large. In form and size these plates often, as in Astrogonium, differ both — the adambulacral and from the marginal inter-ambulacral pilates. The marginal inter-ambulacral and the adambulacral plates extend to the end of the arms; the intermediate plates cease for the most part earlier. In those Asteride whose arms are round and whose margin is not developed, the series of plates which Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xiii. 8 114 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. marks off the dorsal pore-area from the ventral surface is the equivalent of the marginal plates. In these forms also the number of the series of plates from the groove of the arm to the pore-area varies very greatly ; in some there are only two series of plates, the intermediate plates disappearing, as in Echinaster and Scytaster, whilst in Ophidiaster there are many series of plates between the groove of the arm and the pore-area, the outermost of which, as adambulacral plates and marginal plates, extend completely to the extremity of the arm, the others, as in- termediate rows of plates, are more or less, and, indeed, gradually, diminished. It is obvious that the inter-ambulacral plates of the Sea-urchins and As¢eride@ are differently, and, in fact, so dif- ferently disposed, as to give rise to the main distinctive pecu- harities of a Sea-urchin and of a Starfish. Still greater are the differences between the ambulacra of the Asteride and Echinide. in the vertical direction. The nervous cord and the ambulacral canal of the Asteride lie, covered by the integument, over the mutually applied ambulacral plates, that is, upon the outer side of the vertebral processes of these plates ; in the Echinide, however, they lie beneath the ambulacral plates on the inner surface of the shell. The vertebral processes of the am- bulacral plates of the Asteride are absent in most Echinide, but in the Cidaride they have a perfectly analogous structure at the anterior extremity of the ambulacra, where the ambulacral plates on the inner side of the series of pores send off perpendicular processes into the cavity of the shell, between which lie the trunks of the ambulacral organs. The ampulle are external. The clavate ends of a number of these processes unite to form a continuous colonnade, while they leave between their bases inter- vertebral passages, apertures for the branches given off by the ambulacral vessel to the ampulle, and the pores of the shell. There is no union of the vertebral processes of the right and left side. The analogy of the auricular processes at the anterior ex- tremity of the corona of the Sea-urchins with the vertebral pro- cesses of the Asteride, which is remarked in the ‘ Anatomische Studien tiber die Echinodermen’ (Archiv, 1850), is more appa- rent than universally true. The auricular processes are, indeed, in most Sea-urchins, processes of the ambulacral plates, and the ambulacral organs pass between them; but in Cidaris we meet with an exception, the inter-ambulacral plates giving off the auricular processes for the muscles of the jaws. Besides Cidaris, Clypeaster rosaceus and altus (or the genus Echinanthus altogether) possess that part of the ambulacral plates which is analogous to the vertebral processes of the Asée- ride in the internal table of their ambulacral plates. In this Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 115 case all the ambulacral plates take a part in its formation, and the right and left portions are even united by a suture. This ambulacral floor lies, as in the Asteride, beneath the trunks of the ambulacral vessels and nerves. On the other hand, the ex- ternal table of the ambulacral plates lies over the trunks of the nerves and vessels, like the membranous covering of the ambu- lacra of the Asteride. Herein we have sufficient evidence that in fact the structure of the ambulacra in the Echinide and Aste- ride is widely different, and Cidaris and Echinanthus may be con- sidered to furnish the key to the proper understanding of these deviations. The Ophiwide depart a step further than the Asteride from the Sea-urchins. The ambulacral plates have still retained their vertebral form in the Ophiuride, and the ambulacral canal runs in a groove over them; above the ambulacral vessel, however, lies the flat nervous cord of the arm, and above that are the pecu- liar plates, the ventral discs of the arms ; but under the vertebral portions or analogues of the ambulacral plates there are no am- pullze, the latter structures being totally absent in the Ophiuride. The lateral branches of the ambulacral vessel pierce the ventral portion of the vertebral segment horizontally as far as the suckers, which are arranged along a groove of this part of the skeleton. Pores leading to internal diverticula, comparable to the ambu- lacral pores of the Astertde and Sea-urchins, are non-existent. The nervous trunk of the arm gives a branch to every sucker, for which an appropriate groove is excavated upon the ventral sur- face of the vertebral segment. In comparing the Sea-urchins with the Asteride, particular in- terest attaches to the five plates of the apex of the former, which, from their position between the genital plates, have been called intergenital plates—a term long in use, for which Agassiz has lately substituted the name of ocellar plates, which I think almost too theoretical to be safely used. Each of these plates is situated at the end of an ambulacrum without being itself an ambulacral plate; it is pierced, and in the aperture the ocular bulb discovered by Forbes is situated. This body, the fact of whose existence has been confirmed by Agassiz and Valentin, and which I also have seen (in Cidaris), is the analogue of the coloured ocular spot discovered by Ehrenberg at the extremity of the arms of the Asteride. In both cases the nervous cord of the radius enters the bulb, passing in the Sea-urchins from within out- wards, through the aperture in the plate. Agassiz justly lays very great weight on this analogy, and ascribes to the Asteride also an ocellar plate at the end of the ambulacrum, between which and the ambulacrum the new ambulacral plates are formed, as in the Sea-urchins. Here also the new inter-ambulacral plates 8 116 ~Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. are formed at the point of the arms, but this can only hold good of those which reach the extremity of the arm. In most Asteride many series of plates do not attain the end of the arms, as in Ophidiaster, Asteriscus, Astrogonium. He supposes” further, that the plate in question has the same relations in the Asteride as in the Sea-urchins, and that the eye is in the Aste- ride also seated in it (Ann. d. Se. Nat. t. vi. 1846, pp. 809, 311). It is here presupposed that the radial nerve has an imternal course underneath the ambulacral plates in the Asteride as in the Echinide, which, however, is true only of the latter and not of the former. Neither is there any aperture in the azygos plate which lies at the end of the ambulacrum and at the beginning of the dorsal part of the arm. The analogy of the plates in the Sea-urchins and Asteride, however, is not weakened, but is strengthened, by this circumstance. It is in all cases the ter- minal plate, the outermost of the radius. In the Asteride, which have large marginal plates developed in their peripheral border, it is the marginal plates, viz. the upper marginal plates, which have the same shape as this apical radial plate and form one series with it. The marginal plates are, therefore, in a manner repe- titions of the apical plate of the radius, which unite the radii in festoons and separate the abdominal or inter-ambulacral side from the dorsal or antambulacral side. The terminal plate is smooth when the marginal plates are smooth (Astrogoniwm) ; in other cases, when all the inter-ambulacral and ambulacral plates are granulated (Scytaster, Ophidiaster), it is covered with gra- nules. As the terminal piece of the arm, this plate has relations to the antambulacral as well as to the ambulacral and inter- ambulacral sides, and it is equally true for the antambulacral side that new plates are formed in its vicinity to extend those series which reach the end of the arm. In the Ophiuride the terminal portion of the radius is a pecu- liarly formed articulation without either spines or suckers, be- tween which and the next all the new articulations of the radius arise, as has been shown by the history of the development of the Ophiuride. This articulation is obviously the analogue of the terminal piece of the arm of the Starfishes. The mode in which the terminal articulation of the arm of the young Ophiurid is penetrated by the ambulacral canal, whose cecal extremity is visible for a long time projecting from the end of the articula- tion, is described in the memoir upon the Ophiuride of the Adriatic. In the Asterid-larva described by Busch, there is a promi- nent azygos process of the ambulacral canal ; not however at the point of the arm, but on its ventral surface. This would appear to result from the position of the ambulacral canal of the As- Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echimoderms. 117 terids, which is superficial and uncovered by any hard structure. In the vermiform Asterid-larva which I have described, the cecal extremities of the ambulacral canals project from the ex- tremities of the arms, in which respect this larva agrees much more closely with the Ophiuride than with the Asteride. We are not yet acquainted with its earliest condition, and it is very desirable to ascertain whether its form resembles a Pluteus or a Bipinnaria, There is no evidence to enable us to say whether the terminal segment of its vermiform body should be referred to the anus or madreporic plate of the body of a starfish. If it were an Ophiurid, this segment must be considered as the remains of the dome of the larva. The terminal articulation of the arm of an Ophiura is neither ambulacral nor purely anti-ambulacral, but as it were an osseous node, from which the ambulacral plates, the ventral and dorsal or anti-ambulacral discs, and the inter-ambulacral lateral discs take their origin. The terminal plate of the arm of the Asterid may be considered to be such a node. The ocellar plate of the Sea- urchin is the terminal plate of a radius whose antambulacral side is absent. In analysing the radii of Dysaster into a trivium and bivium, the genital plates, of which there are four, remain atthe apex of the trivium; the ocellar plates however follow their radii. Oral Skeleton of Echinide, Holothuriade and Ophiuride. According to H. Mayer’s elaborate analysis the oral skeleton of the regular Echinide consists of five pairs of alveolt for the five enamelled teeth, of ten epiphyses for the inter-connexion of the former, and of five other radial pieces upon which the epiphyses articulate. These are the pieces which Des Moulins calls rotu/e, Valentin falces. An additional suspensory apparatus of the oral skeleton is constituted by the five ‘compasses’ of Valentin, which have been shown by Mayer to consist each of two por- tions ; they are present only in the regular Sea-urchins, and are totally absent in the Clypeasteride. The two epiphyses of each pair of alveoli are, in the regular Sea-urchins, provided with processes, which in Kchinus, &e., become united into an arch at the base of the alveoli ; in Cidaris and Echinocidaris the processes are present, but no longer united into arches ; in Diadema the processes of the epiphyses have en- tirely vanished, In the Echini therefore, the ten epiphyses form with the five rotulz a continuous circle ; in Cidaris, Echinocidaris and Diadema an interrupted one. In the ‘ Anatomische Studien iiber die Echinodermen’ I have compared this circle with the 118 ‘Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. oral ring of the Holothuriade. The rotule or radii of the Lantern resemble those pieces of the calcareous ring in the Holothuriade, over which the five ambulacral canals pass outwards ; in the Sea- urchins they have the same relation to the five ambulacral canals. The Holothuriade have neither alveoli nor teeth. In the Clypeasteride the oral apparatus has exactly the same composition as in the regular Sea-urchins, with a somewhat dif- ferent form of the epiphyses and rotule. That their oral skeleton possesses only the five pair of jaws, the remaining parts being wholly absent, as Agassiz states with regard to those genera de- scribed in his monograph upon the Scutellide, is true of no genus of this family. On the other hand, in all the genera of Clypeas- teride, this apparatus consists of twenty-five calcareous pieces, viz. ten semi-alveoli, their ten articular epiphyses, and five rotule. The rotule of the Clypeasters were observed by Des Moulins, who, however, failed to find them in the other genera. Their form differs from that of the regular Sea-urchins, inasmuch as they are deep and disc-shaped ; the ambulacral canal passes as usual beneath them and above the inter-alveolar muscles, to the circular canal. The articular epiphyses of the alveoli are con- nected with them by a joint, and they hold the alveoli sufficiently apart to prevent the ambulacral canal, which passes under the rotula, from being compressed by the action of the inter-alveolar muscles. In most genera of the Clypeasteride the epiphyses of the alveoli have almost the same form as the rotule, and are united by sutures with the alveoli. Des Moulins has not recog- nised the epiphyses, but Don Antonio Parra observed both the epiphyses and the rotule in Clypeaster rosaceus, statmg that there are three small pieces between the alveoli :—* En la union de dos de estas piezas, por la parte superior, dexan un hueco en el que estén calocadas maravillosamente tres piececitas, de figura de la pepita de un meldén verde, éstas se designan por la fig. 8.” (Descripcion de differentes piezas de historia natural, Havana, 1787, p.141.) So that the structure of the oral skeleton in the Clypeasteride was well understood in the last century, and long before that of the regular Sea-urchins. The genera of the Clypeasteride all possess the same pieces, and are distinguished merely by the form of the alveoli and the position of their articulating surfaces, which in Clypeaster and Arachnoides are nearer the oral cavity, in the others are at the external angles of the jaws. In Arachnoides placenta, however, the rotulz are remarkable for their excessive and unusual pre- dominance in size over the epiphyses and the elevation of their bases above the alveoli, while the epiphyses are small and have the ordinary form. In Lobophora both the rotule and the epi- Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 119 physes are very depressed in correspondence with the flattening of the alveoli. Short thin muscles pass from the auriculz to the under surface of the alveoli. The teeth of the Clypeasters, which are fixed in the groove of the alveoli, are only naked at their outermost extremity, the rest being covered by a proper soft membrane which must be re- garded as the sac-like matrix of the tooth. In describing and figuring the teeth of a Galerites (Mem. Geol. Survey, Lond. Decade 3. pl. 8) Forbes expresses the opi- nion, that perhaps all Cassidulide have teeth. I have examined a specimen of Echinoneus which still retained its buccal and anal plates, and although dry had lost nothing from its interior. However I could find no teeth in the contained matters, which consisted only of coarse sand, small Gasteropod shells, and frag- ments of shells, such as we meet with in sea-sand, and which proceeded from the contents of the intestine. The stellate gap in the skeleton above the mouth of the Ophiuride and Asteride is well known not to be the mouth, but its antechamber. The mouth itself is round and lies deeper in a membranous diaphragm. The anterior chamber is therefore comparable to the vestibule in front of the mouth of the Holo- thuriade. | In the Ophiuride the stellate gap above the membranous dia- phragm is surrounded by twenty pieces, which are simply the most anterior ambulacral plates united with five pair of inter- ambulacral plates. The anterior ambulacral plates are in pairs like all the others ; they are as usual united with the following ambulacral plates by muscles and articulations, but their union with one another takes place not by suture but by a toothed joint, and is therefore moveable. These anterior ambulacral plates bound the open angles of the oral gap, while the inter-am- bulacral pieces correspond with its salient angles ; the ambulacral plate is united with the inter-ambulacral plate of the angle of the mouth by a firm suture. The union of the inter-ambulacral plates constituting any one of the salient angles of the mouth takes place by a denticulation, which allows of motion by means of transverse muscles which approximate the crura of the open angle and unite the anterior ambulacral plates of two ambulacra. The external edges of the angles of the mouth are beset with cal- careous papillee towards the oral clefts—papille marginales—mar- ginal papille of the oral cleft. Upon the vertical edge of the oral angle again, we find in many genera a multitude of papilla, the papille angulares or papille of the oral angles (dental pa- pille, Miller and Troschel); below these in the Ophiuride stand the dentiform labial plates, arranged in a vertical series, and which I denominate pale angulares instead of teeth. Are these 120 = Prof. J. Muller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. oral angles of the Ophiuride and Euryalide to be considered as alveoli, and are they homologous with the alveoli of the Sea- urchins? In such case the alveoli of the Sea-urchins, which consist of two halves, and whose angles are also inter-radial in relation to the mouth, must be considered to be metamorphosed inter-ambulacral plates, separated by a great space from the plates of the corona, but connected by muscles with the auri- culz, and these alveolar muscles would be the analogues of the inter-vertebral muscles of the Ophiuride. Important considerations, however, are opposed to this imter- pretation. On more close examination, the apparent analogy of the oral angles of the Ophiuride with the alveoli of the Sea- urchins completely disappears. In fact there exists upon the vertical obtuse edge of the oral angle, both in the Ophiuride and Euryalide, a peculiar azygos plate (torus angularis), upon which the papille angulares and the dentiform plates are seated. These azygos plates upon the oral angles are wanting im ‘all Asteride ; they would themselves have a claim to be considered analogous to alveolar plates, if the so-called dental plates of Ophiuride were to be regarded as true teeth. The five azygos alveolar plates of the Ophiuride in question, however, have no si- milarity with the conjugate alveoli of the Sea-urchins ; nor have the dentiform plates or pale of the Ophiuride more resemblance to the enamelled teeth of the Sea-urchins, since they exhibit the ordinary osseous structure. Furthermore, if we take into con- sideration the manner in which the pale are inserted upon the plates of the oral angles, it clearly results that they are not teeth at all. They are in fact moveable and united with the angular plates by two muscles, which are inserted into deep excavations or perforations lying in pairs in these plates. These perforations in part pierce the torus angularis and extend as far as the bases of the oral angles. The other insertion of the muscles is into the upper edge of the base of the pale, so that when they con- tract, the outer ends of the pale are drawn upwards. They are doubtless used as manducatory organs. The papille angu- lares above the pale are also moveable, but they possess no such muscles at their bases; the Kuryale have only papille angulares on the plates of their oral angles, but no pale. The peculiar plates at the oral angles of the Ophiuride are therefore to be regarded as bases of the lips to which the labial papillee or dentes spurit are attached. The comparison of the oral angular plates (tori angulares) or most anterior inter-ambulacral plates of the Ophiuride. with the alveoli of the Sea-urchins is therefore incorrect. This results also from other facts observable in the Sea-urchins themselves. In Cidaris, in fact, the corona is con- tinued in the form of moveable ambulacral and inter-ambulacral Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 121 plates up to the mouth, so that even the series of feet, are unin- terruptedly continuous to the same extent. While in Echinus there is only a single pair of oral suckers between the corona and the mouth in the line of the ambulacrum, the series of moveable ambulacral plates of Cidaris terminate above the dental. appa- ratus in the form of five lobes surrounding the mouth; they. are distinguished from the angles of the mouth of the Ophiuride by being ambulacral or radial, while those of the Ophiuride are inter-radial. The dental apparatus of the Sea-urchins, therefore, is something peculiar which is not possessed by the Ophiuride. There is in the latter an analogue of the calcareous. ring of the Holothuriade which has hitherto been unnoticed, lying be- neath the most anterior ambulacral plates and the oral. angles, and.affording a basis for further comparison, . These parts become visible in an Ophioderma, Ophiocoma, &c., or in an. Astrophyton, if the internal surface of the ambulacral skeleton,—that which is turned. towards the abdominal cavity,—be examined. Here also we observe the nervous ring and the circular canal of the am- bulacra; the ambulacral nerve and vessel pass at the oral.end of the ambulacrum from above downwards over the most anterior ambulacral plates, so that they appear upon the under. surface in the midst of the cleft of the anterior ambulacral plates; here each enters its ring. The nervous ring lies in a groove, which is excavated transversely upon the inner surface of the united plates of the oral angle. This groove, which is readily visible in all Ophiuride, is covered by the peculiar peristomial calcareous plates with which we are now concerned. The membranous ring which constitutes the proper mouth of the Ophiuride below the oral arigles is strengthened at its circumference by these calcareous plates. Asa rule, there are ten calcareous plates, which in the Ophiuride, however, constitute no complete ring ; they are con- joined in pairs and lie upon the lower surface of the oral angles. In Ophioderma two additional plates occur. where. these. two plates meet, one in front of and the other behind their junction. In Ophiolepis ciliata these peristomial plates. are least obvious and may readily be overlooked; but, on the other hand, the. cir- cular canal of the ambulacral vessels is here most. readily visible, and may be injected or inflated from the Polian vesicles. The latter are disposed inter-radially close to the ab-oral edge of the peristomial plates. From the circular canal ten branches pass through little perforations of the most anterior ambulacral plates to the lower oral suckers, which are situated in the stellate cleft above the membranous oral disc. In Astrophyton the two plates which lie upon the lower surface of the oral angle are united into a single one, but five additional azygos plates make their appearance which are absent in. the 122 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. Ophiuride; they lie at the oral ends of the ambulacra in front of the pair of ambulacral plates, so that the nervous cord and ambu- lacral canal pass downwards between them and the first ambula- cral plates. These also would appear to be parts of the oral ring, although their position is peculiar. The nervous circle of the Asteride is also placed beneath the oral angles at the circum- ference of the membranous oral disc, where likewise there is a groove; it lies upon the oral dise under the angles, and may be immediately discovered from without, by breaking them off. The circular canal of the ambulacral vessels has the same position as in the Ophiuride. The torus angularis is absent in the Asteride; the angles themselves consist of a pair of inter-ambulacral plates,—the most anterior pair of adambulacral plates, in fact,—which are applied together’to form an angle. Between every pair of ambulacra we observe'upon the inner surface an azygos plate, which cannot be ‘enumerated among the intermediate inter-ambulacral plates, and is therefore hardly to be compared with the imter-ambulacral discs on the ventral perisoma of the Ophiuride. It appears to me to be exceedingly probable that the parts of the oral ring of the Ophiuride, here described, are the same as those which constitute the calcareous rmg in the Holothuriade; those parts of the ring which lie in the direction of the radii to which the longitudinal muscles of the Holothuriade are affixed, and over which the branches of the circular canal pass to the ambulacra, being absent in the Ophiuride. The peristomial plates of the Ophiuride are then the analogues of those portions of the lantern of the Sea-urchins to which the alveoli are fixed. The nervous cord lies invariably beneath the perisoma of the mouth and the oral angles; in Holothuria, under the perisoma of the mouth; in Echinus, beneath the perisoma of the mouth where it is continuous with the ambulacra; in the Asteride and Ophiuride also beneath the oral angles of the calcified perisoma. The nervous ring lies invariably close to the proper mouth; where there is a membranous oral disc, at its circum- ference, and always above the oral calcareous ring when this exists. The circular canal of the ambulacral vessels lies more or less deeply below the calcareous ring when this is present ; in the Echinide the dental apparatus lies between the nervous ring and the circular canal. . The relations of the oral rmg of the Ophiuride are perfectly different from those of the buccal plates of the Sea-urchins which cover the external surface of the oral membrane, as in the Spatangide*, Echinoneus, and the regular Sea-urchins. These * In the Spatangide the mouth lies excentrically to the excavation of the corona and to the circular canal which surrounds its edge, and is close Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 123 are everywhere continuous with the plates of the perisoma, and either irregular and without suckers as in the Spatangide and Echinoneus, or partially ambulacral as in Echinus (the ten suckers round the mouth), or divided like the corona into inter- ambulacral and ambulacral plates with suckers, as in Cidaris. In the Holothuriade these plates upon the oral disc are absent, and the oral membrane in the Ophiuride also is naked. [To be continued. | XIII.—Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an eight years’ residence in the Island. By Envaar Lroroip Layarp, F.Z.S., C.M.ES. [Continued from vol. xii. p. 272.] 113. Or1toLus MELANocEPHALUS, Linn. Ka-cooroolla, Cing. ; lit. Yellow Bird. Mam-coel, Mal. ; lit. Mango Coel from its colour. Mango Bird and Golden Oriole of Europeans. The Ceylon race of this common and widely distributed spe- cies differs from the Indian in having the tertiaries much less tipped with yellow; nor is this an accidental circumstance, but constant in every one of the many specimens I have examined. It may not be amiss to mention here that many of our island species differ in some degree from their continental brethren, though perhaps not sufficiently to constitute distinct races. Mr. Blyth, whose great experience in Indian ornithology enables him, perhaps better than most, to judge of these gradations of colour and size, early noticed the peculiarities of our fauna in our correspondence, and I cannot do better than give his own words on this subject*. “Others,” says he, “are doubtfully distinct, as Megalaima zeylanica from M. caniceps of S. India; Leucocerca compressirostris (J. A. 8. B. xvii. 815) from L. albo-. frontata ; and we might have here placed Malacocercus striatus as to the posterior lip-like edge of the excavation. The anterior lip is not formed by the opposite edge of the shell, but by the plated buccal mem- brane. * The late lamented Mr. Strickland was so much struck with these dif- ferences, that at his request the publication of these “‘ Notes” was sus- pended until we might together go over a series of Ceylon killed specimens and compare them with examples from India and the Indian Archipelago. I am not sorry for the delay, sce it has enabled me to add several species new to the fauna of Ceylon which have been received from Mr. Thwaites of Peradenia within the last two months; but I have been deprived of the invaluable notes and remarks promised me, and which would have rendered these memoranda of much use to the naturalist, by the untimely death of my learned and accomplished friend. 124 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. doubtfully distinct from M. Bengalensis, Dicrurus leucopygialis from. D. c@rulescens, and Pomatorhinus melanura from P. Hors- fieldi.. Corvus splendens and Acridotheres tristis ave of a much darker hue in Ceylon than in Bengal and N. India; so is Mi- . cropternus gularis of Ceylon as compared with the bird of S. India. Hypsipetes Nilgiriensis is on the contrary paler in Ceylon and more like the Himalayan H. psaroides. Acrocephalus dumetorum (xviii. 815) has in Ceylon a distinguishing greenish shade. The difference of Palumbus Elphinstonii of Ceylon from that of the Nilgiris has been already indicated: and lastly, Oriolus melanocephalus of Malabar and Ceylon may be constantly distinguished from that of Bengal, Nepal, Assam, &c. by the markings of the wings, as especially the quantity of yellow at the tips of the tertiaries ; this being much more developed in the Bengal race, in which it occupies the whole outer web of the first and second tertiaries, and about 3 in. of the outer webs of the two next, whereas in the Ceylon and Malabar race it forms merely a series of small terminal spots to the tertiaries ; the yel- — low tips of the coverts of the primaries are also constantly re- duced in size in O. melanocephalus of Malabar and Ceylon*.” O. melanocephalus is very abundant in all parts of the island, and its glowing colouring adds much to the brilliancy of the eastern landscape ; in my mind, palm trees, orioles, and white egrets are always associated with tropical scenery, and I often recall the delight I felt in my first shooting excursion in the swamps and paddy fields near Colombo, when orioles and other birds then new to me flitted from tree to tree before me. The note of the oriole is a clear, flute-like whistle, uttered on the wing as also when at rest: it is generally found in pairs, and is very partial to the jambo and other densely clothed trees. 114. Ortoxtvus Inpicvus, Briss. A single pair only of these birds fell under my notice: they were shot by a native at the back of the Bishop’s residence near Colombo. 115. Crinicer Icrericvus, Strickland. Abounds in the mountain zone. I have not seen it elsewhere. Dr. Kelaart writes that it “is a common species in the low country ;” he surely alludes to 116. Pycnonorus FLAVIRIATUS, Strickland. Ca-cooroolla,Cing., which is a very common species throughout the low country, and not uncommon in the hills. From its frequenting the cin- * See also his “Remarks on the modes of variation of nearly affined species or races of Birds chiefly inhabitants of India,” Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 125 namon gardens Europeans call it the “‘Cimnamon Thrush.” It builds in low bushes, constructing a loose untidy-looking nest of fibres and grasses, in which it deposits four or five globose eggs of an earthy colour profusely freckled. The young are hatched about June ; it has an abrupt mellow song. 117. Pycnonotus PENICILLATUS, Kelaart. Discovered at Nuwera Elia by Dr. Kelaart, where he states it is “ found in great abundance.” 118. Pycnonotus naMorRHAUS, Gmel. Kondacla, Mal., and Konda cooroolla, Cing., from the resemblance of the top- knot of the bird to the knot in which the Cingalese and Tamils tie their hair, and which is called “ Kondeh.?? This bulbul is everywhere very abundant ; it feeds on all kinds of insects, and builds a deep cup-shaped nest in bushes or trees, I saw one placed in the trellis-work of a verandah, close to the entrance of the house, through which the family continually passed and repassed. The birds sat unconcernedly on their eggs and hatched them. The eggs are—axis 10 lines, diam. 8 lines, and of a pale cream-colour, profusely blotched with darker mark- ings, which are most frequent on the obtuse end. 119. PycNoNOTUS ATRICAPILLUS. Syn. Aigithina atricapilla, Vieill. Is common in the southern and central provinces. Its habits — are those of the flycatcher, lying in wait and pouncing suddenly on its prey. I believe it breeds in low bushes, as I once found an unfinished nest which I feel sure belonged to this bird; a pair hovered about all the time I examined it. It was a loose structure of fibres and hair. 120. Hypstpetes NiLGHERRIENSIS, Jerdon. I have not seen this species lower than Avishavelly ; there it appears scantily, and increases in numbers with the altitude, until it becomes one of the most common of the hill tribes. It always flies in small flocks and feeds on berries, which it culls either from the loftiest tree-tops far beyond gun-shot, or from the low bushes by the road-side. 121. Cyornis RUBECULOIDEs, Vigors, I obtained a few specimens of this elegant little flycatcher during their migration from the main land. I first shot them on the 14th of October, 1851, and a few subsequently at Point Pedro ; they then disappeared, and I saw no more of them. 126 =Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. - 122. Hemrpvus picatus, Sykes. Rare, though widely distributed. I procured a specimen or two in Colombo near Jaffna; it frequents trees, and when seen is generally in small parties of four or five. The stomachs of those dissected proved full of small flies. 123. OcHRoMELA NIGRORUFA, Jerdon ? Among the drawings made by E. L. Mitford, Esq., of the birds which fell under his notice at Ratnapoora, was one which cer- tainly represented this bird. He described it to me as migratory, appearing in June, and added that they fed much on spiders. 124. Myracra c#RvULEA, Vieill. This lovely little azure flycatcher is widely distributed, though Dr. Kelaart has not noticed it at Nuwera Elia. It generally hunts in small flocks, and at times I have heard it utter a short but pleasing song. I think it is migratory. 125. Tcourrrea Parapts1, Linn. Val cooroovi, Mal.; lit. Tail Bird. Ginihora, Cing. (the Red Bird) ; lit. Fire Thief. Raddehora, Cing. (the White Bird) ; lit. Cotton Thief. This “ Bird of Paradise” of the Europeans is common in Cey- lon. .Nothig can exceed the gracefulness of the adult cock birds, when in full plumage they fly from tree to tree, their long tails fluttering in elegant undulations. I have often watched them, when seeking their insect prey, suddenly turn on their perch, and whisk their long tails with a jerk over the bough as if to protect them from injury. The white plumage is only assumed in the second year ; the red tint apparently fades, leaving the feathers white, though the shaft turns black. I have a specimen shot in February in which this change is going on; most of the feathers have altered their hue, some more or less, others not at all. Certainly they migrate, but breed with us ; the nest is a neat, well-built, cup-shaped structure, composed of mosses and lichens outwardly, and lined with hair and wool. I found one nearly completed in the fork of a satin-wood tree at Tangalle ; the eggs I could never procure. 126. Leucocerca compREssiRostTRIs, Blyth. Of this bird Mr. Blyth thus writes: “ Like L. albofrontata, but with the bill much more compressed ; perhaps a variety only.” I procured two at Tangalle, and a third in a little native vil- lage near Anarajahpoora. I shot them in tamarind trees. They secured their prey in the usual manner of flycatchers, and were Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 127 fearless birds, allowmg me to approach and watch them closely for some time before I shot. I fancy those at Tangalle had a nest in the boughs of the tamarind, but though I searched closely I could not find it. 127. CrYPTOLOPHA CINEREOCAPILLA, Vieill. I procured this bird in plenty at Ambegamoa in March. Dr. Kelaart found it at Nuwera Elia. I consider it as strictly a hill species. It frequents high trees in small parties, and darts at minute insects at rest on the leaves. 128. Butauis Latrrostris, Raffles. A migratory visitant, appearing in Colombo in October ; it is very common and widely distributed. It likes to sit on the out- side branches of trees, from which it darts on its insect prey like our English species. 129. Burauis Murrvt, Layard. Length 5 inches, of closed wing 3 inches, of tarsi nearly 7 lines, bill (to the end of gape) 82 lines; upper mandible dark brown with pale tip, lower mandible yellowish. General resemblance of But. latirostris, but of a far more rufous colour; this colour most prevalent on the outer webs of the wing-primaries, the outer tail-coverts, and sides of the breast and belly, Throat, belly and vent white ; breast rufous ashy; back of the head dark brown ; irides ight brown. ; I name this new species after my old and attached servant Muttu, to whose patient perseverance and hunting skill I owe so many of my best birds. This one he brought in one morning at Pt. Pedro during the month of June: he described its habits as precisely similar to B. latirostris. As a specimen it is unique. 130. StoporaLa MELANOPS, Vigors. Rare; only appearing im the hills. I procured it at Ambe- gamoa,—Dr. Kelaart at Nuwera Elia. 131. PeRIcRocoTUS FLAMMEUS. Is common, inhabiting high jungle. It does not, however, ex- tend further into the Northern province than Vayoniavlancolom, where it is entirely replaced by 132. PERICROCOTUS PEREGRINUS, Linn., which is however mingled with it in all localities. In habits these two species are similar, hunting about trees for small in- 128 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. sects and larve, but never descending to bushes. It always ap- pears in flocks, and when one bird flies off to another tree, the whole party follow in succession. . 183. Camprruaca Macet, Less. Found in the S. and W. provinces generally in pairs, but it is decidedly a rare bird. I know nothing of its habits.save that it feeds on insects and utters a hoarse cackling note. I have observed it much on dead trees. 134. CaMPEPHAGA Syxzst, Strick. Is far more common than the preceding, and extends over the whole island. Like C. Macei also it is only found in pairs, fre- guenting high trees and avoiding the neighbourhood of habi- tations ; it feeds on insects. Inides dark hair-brown. . 135. Artamus Fuscus, Vieill. The “ wood-swallow ” is a widely distributed but local species, small parties being found in various parts of Ceylon. These parties generally consist of three or four families, each of which has its own tree. When the nestlings have left their cradle they may be seen sitting side by side on a branch, whilst the old birds fly off for insects and return to feed their offspring by turns. Even after the young birds can shift for themselves they keep up their gregarious habits, and return to their bough after each hunting excursion. ~ Their fellows receive them open-mouthed, as if repelling the intrusion, but finally they all settle down in good fellowship. The flight of this species is very elegant; they soar upwards to a great height, and then sail down again in widening circles to the branch from which they started. They build a cup nest, composed of fibres and grasses, in the heads. of cocoa-nut trees, on the base of the large fronds, but I never suc- ceeded in getting the eggs. 136. Epvoxitus Parapisevs, Linn. I obtained this racket-tailed shrike in the jungles near Anara- japoora, as detailed in a previous Number of this publication. Mr. Blyth makes the following observations upon it :—‘ The Edolius is also peculiar, and nearly resembles H. Paradiseus of the Malay countries, but has the frontal crest more developed, though much less so than in the Hdolii we have seen from S. India.” This species seems confined to the jungles of the Wanny, and to frequent lofty trees, amid the boughs of which they sing very sweetly. Mr. L. Layard’ on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 129 137. Dicrurus Macrocercus, Vieill. I cannot help thinking that Dr. Kelaart has wrongly identified this species in his ‘ Prodromus Faunz Zeylanice,’ for he writes— “ KE. Malabaricus, or king crow, is seen in all parts, generally in pairs, in the open fields ; they perch on the backs of cattle.” Surely he refers to Dicrurus macrocercus, which is the Colombo species, and much addicted to perching on cattle: this is also a habit of D. longicaudatus, one of the Jaffna species, and my old note upon it, which I copy verbatim, is curiously like Dr. Kelaart’s own observation. I do not, however, think he ever saw D. longicaudatus, not having visited the Jaffna peninsula, to which it is confined, and not including it in his list ; D. macro- cercus therefore is probably the bird to which he alludes. Even this latter name is likely to be changed, for Mr. Blyth writes, after comparing a number of Ceylonese specimens with some of the Indian race, “The Cingalese small race is so constant in its characters, that it may bear the distinctive name of D. minor. The Javanese race is perfectly similar to that of India.” D. minor is common about Colombo, frequenting the natives’ gardens ; it feeds on insects, upon which it darts from a spray, to which it returns after each short excursion. They sing not unpleasingly, and often pour out a note of joy as they follow each other in rapid coursings through the trees. 138. Dicrurus EpoLIFoRMIs, Blyth. Not uncommon. I procured a few specimens during a short sojourn I made at Ambegamoa; their habits were not different from those of the other Dicrurt; they seem to keep entirely to the jungle. . The species was first discovered by Dr. Templeton in 1847, and described by Mr. Blyth in J. A. S. xv. 297. 139. Dicrurvus toneicaupatus, A. Hay. Erattoo valan coo- roovi, Mal.; lit. Double-tailed Bird. Common in the Jaffna peninsula, and extending as far as Anarajahpoora; it frequents open lands and perches on the backs of cattle to seek for ticks, on which it feeds largely. It usually goes in pairs and is fond of sitting on the “ matties,” of which the fences in the open country are generally composed. From these it sallies forth in quest of insects, which it captures either on the wing or in the grass, and I have often seen it on the ground itself seeking its food, a habit I never saw displayed by any of our other Dicruri. It has a hoarse unmusical note. 140. Dicrurus caRuLEscEeNs, Linn. I procured one or two specimens of this species at Pt. Pedro, but it probably is only an accidental visitor. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 9 130 Mr, E,.., Layard .on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 141. Dicrurvus Levcoryeraris, Blyth. A commion species about Colombo. The European naine for all these birds 1s “ king crow,” which seems to be derived from ‘an inveterate habit they all have of chasing every crow from their vicinity. D. leucopygialis is very partial to the cocoa-nut tree, on the fronds of which it sits, pouring out a lively song, and battling with its fellows or some stray crow. When-one of these latter comes in sight the king crow rushes down, screaming and *darting upon his back ; in vain the crow attempts to elude his persecutor by doubling and twisting among the branches. His énemy pertinaciously follows in pursuit, and by his cries attracts all within hearing, and the crow runs the gauntlet among them till out of his adversaries’ dominions. I see Dr. Kelaart includes this species in his list, marked with an asterisk, denoting that he does so on the authority of Mr. Blyth. He must be acquainted with this bird, and has doubtless eaaken it for the L, Remifer of Temminck, which he has enumerated in. his Catalogue, and which. does not exist in the island, nee 142, Inena PuELLA, Horsf. Is very rare, but one specimen has fallen under my notice, and one is named by Dr. Kelaart ; both were shot in the central | By vince near Kandy. 1438. LANius SUPERCILIOSUS, Linn. Que bird isa variety, but not sufficiently distinet to constitute a species, being simply paler and wanting the rufous crowm of the Indian bird. | It is exceedingly abundant in: all open: lands dotted with small bushes. I saw them in greater numbers about Hambantotte than in any other part of Ceylon; they ee low: bushes. 144, Lanitus eRytHRONoTUs, Vigors. “Is confined to the Jaffna peninsula, where they are. not. un- common. They frequent the Euphorbia trees, building a cup- shaped nest composed of mosses and lichens lined with wool and hair: the young are fledged in June, but I was not. so for- tunate as. to find the eggs. . I never detected either of our indi- genous. ‘‘ Butcher birds.’ fixing an insect on a thorn previous.to devouring it; nor did I eyer see an imsect.so impaled ; yet the birds were very abundant in the N, Province, and even in my own compound, several pairs were constantly ‘about. I am in- clined.to think that this habit 1s attributed to them without due investigation. “On the Mechinisin of Aquatic Respiration.’ ‘131 145. TupHropornis arrinis, Blyth. _» Peculiar to Ceylon, where it affects wooded grass lands; it is not, uncommon about Jaffna, Colombo and Kandy. It is migra- tory; and appears in October. The iris of this species is a greenish yellow. ; . [To be continued. | XIV.—On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and. on. the Structure of the Organs of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals. .» By Tuomas Witiiams, M.D. Lond., Licentiate of the, Royal . College of Physicians, formerly Demonstrator on Structural Anatomy at Guy’s Hospital, and now of Swansea. [Continued from vol. xii. p. 408. ] ~\ Articulata,—The annulose are most naturally succeeded by the articulate classes. The word ‘annulose’ differs in signifi- cation not more from the word ‘articulate,’ than in structure the annulose differs from the articulate animal. In the former a mechanically perfect joint never occurs. An ‘articulation,’ complete in all its mechanical appliances, is not produced inthe animal kingdom below the Myriapod. The feet and tentacles of the Annelid, the spines and hard appendages of the Echinoderm, the soft processes of the Medusan, and the feelers of the Zoophyte are equally remote in construction from the leg of the insect or the claw of the crab. A ‘joint’ is the symbol of organic supe- riority: it is not an arbitrary symbol ; it is a unit in an assem- blage of signs which proclaim a new and higher combination in the:arrangements which constitute ‘life.’ At this limit in the animal series, the fiuids and the’ solids of the organism undergo a signal exaltation of standard. The system of the chylaqueous fluid exists no longer in the adult organism,—it is present only in the embryonic. It is supplanted by that of the blood-proper. This capital fact supplies the material wherewith the physiologist forges the golden key which is capable of unlocking treasures long hidden from the eye of science. Coincidentally with the joint, at the frontier of the articulate subkingdom, there occurs a heart to circulate the blood, fibrine, and with it an ‘order of floating corpuscles more highly organized’ in the fluids; a won- drous development of the muscular apparatus, striz in the muscle- cell, a rapid increase in the dimensions of the cephalic ganglia, and in those of the organs of the special senses. It is here, in the history of the reproductive system, that the dicecious cha- racter is first unquestionably assumed. These are note-worthy events in the ascensive march of organic architecture! Why, at g* 132 Dr. T, Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic this particular link in the chain, are these events. declared? How are they to be explained? _ Is it necessary in the scheme.of creation that the Annelid should chronologically antecede the Myriapod? Are the fluids of the Annelid plus fibrine. suddenly invested with such new building capacity as to be enabled: to construct. a Myriapod? The era will assuredly arrive, when organic. science will satisfactorily answer such transcendental questions ; there repose, beneath the curtain of the theories. of spontaneous generation, specific transmutation, progressive deve- lopment, &c., truths more recondite than any yet projected by the genius of the author of ‘The Vestiges,’ &c., or defended by the ingenuity, of his countless reviewers. : The Myriapod. is the lowest articulate animal, the Annelid the highest, annulose:, though constituting juxtaposed classes,, they are yet divided by. deep differential characters....The cireu- lating system.of the articulated animal is distinguished by one remarkable fact : only the central (dorsal) vessel enjoys the power of contracting and dilating ; every other part of the circulatory apparatus is passive. The supra-spinal vessel m. the Myriapod and the insect is not pulsatile ; it is lke the abdominal, aorta m fishes... It is separated from the contractile centre by the mter- vention of narrow branches, the aortic arches, which embrace the, cesophagus. The pulse-wave imparted to the fluid current by, the ventricular action of the dorsal vessel is broken by these straitened tubes. The system of the branchial capillaries.in, the. fish converts the. saltatory manner in which the blood moyes in, the interval between them and the heart. into a continuous non-| pulsatile current. Thus the velocity of the current, and) the. force. with which it travels, are reduced. A. slackened course is impressed, upon ;the blood-stream in. every part of the body;, From, these anatomical facts will hereafter flow physiological consequences of great importance; they will unriddle the arcana of the second stage of respiration. _ The parietes.of the peripheral channels, though, undoubtedly, constituting independent. mem- branes, are adherent externally to the solid structures amid which they;penetrate.. In this particular they differ strikingly fromthe corresponding ;parts of the true-blood system of the Annelid., In the latter case; every vessel, the minutest and the largest, is detached from all other structures, appearing everywhere in form of independent. systolising and diastolising tubes. The dorsal vessel of the articulate animal is much more perfect, viewed as an hydraulic instrument. of propulsion, than that: of the;Annelid. . In. a few species. of Annelids, indeed, a_cordi- form development of this vessel, occurs ;. it is, notwithstanding, ® little distinguished from the rest of the apparatus ; centralization is not required... Every segment of the system, periphery and Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 133 centre, is actively operative in circulating the contents. In the instance of the articulate animal the mechanical conditions are different: the dorsal vessel alone is the active instrument of eirculation. The circumferential segments of the system cannot contract upon the contained fluid; the central organ therefore m this class is invested with additional strength ; it is adapted for more powerful work. In its peripheric parts the circulatory apparatus of the articulate animal may be described as inferior to the analogous divisions of that of the Annelid. The conditions are reversed with reference to the centres. This character is not restricted to the air-breathing or tracheary Articulata; it prevails amongst the Crustacea. From Hunter to Newport this question has formed an arena of microscopic controversy :—are the vessels provided with separate and independent coats, or docs the blood only traverse fortuitous channels in the “ cellular membrane” of the solids? It is not devoid of interest, in the study of the material conditions of solid nutrition: it is not difficult of solution: it will be afterwards answered in detail. No channel through which chylaqueous fluid circulates is con- tractile. In no invertebrate animal, from the highest Annelid to the Zoophyte, does this anatomical character know an excep- tion. It is this character which is extended to the anatomical disposition of the blood-tubes in the Articulata; it will be sub- sequently shown to belong equally to the circulatory system of the Mollusca. Although the fluids of the Articulate and Mol- lusean organisms represent true blood, the conduits through which it moves are not detached and independent. structures.. Although more complex and more raised in vital standard than the chylaqueous fluid of the Annelid and the Echinoderm, the: blood of the Articulata and Mollusca is Jess complex and less raised in the scale of composition than that of vertebrated animals. It is thus easy to demonstrate that there obtains a direct and constant relation between the vital standard’ and chemical composition of the living fluids, and the anatomical characters of the tubular apparatus in which they perform their circulatory orbits. These facts have especial reference to the theory of respiration afterwards to be propounded. The muscular system of the Articulata, as compared with that of the Annulose classes, manifests features of great superiority. The muscle-cell is more densely charged with fibrinous con- tents: the property of contractility is far higher in degree. ' The ceaseless activity of these animals flows from their remarkable muscularity. It is mechanically obvious that such a powerful muscular system as that of the Articulata presupposes an appa- ratus of fixed solids on which to act, and through which to pro- 134 Dr. T. Williams*on the Mechanism of Aquatic duce’ mechanical ‘results. Contemporancously with this system accordingly appears the dermal skeleton of these classes. “It' is quite certain that such a highly developed state of the muscle- system as that which exists in the articulated animal implies of necessity * the presence of a considerable proportion of fibrine in the blood. The production of fibrine in the fluids supposes a high standard of respiration, and a jeer a aacit ce: developed nervous system. Of these several events, which takes the lead? Is it possible that an increase in the complexity of solid systems, the ntegu- mentary, the nervous, and the muscular, can go before: the increasing complexity which occurs at this stage in the zoological series in the composition of the fluids? The question involves the absurdity of conceiving an effect without a cause, a sequence without an antecedence. Nature makes first the mortar, then builds; the fluids are first prepared, then the superstructure 4 ’ the’ solids is raised. >>The function of respiration always, in every animal, is insepa- rable from the blood-making physiological actions. It is com- monly supposed that it is with the system of the fluids that the office of breathing immediately connects itself. Extraordimary facts will ‘be afterwards ‘adduced which will render. this suppo- sition no longer exclusively tenable. The tubular apparatus of the fluids evolves itself at some point or other of its periphery, such that the amount of oxygen received shall be proportional, not to the abstract bulk of that fluid, but to its vital: compo- sition. A very small vertebrated animal weighing fivefold: less than a given invertebrated animal, will consume in equal times fiftyfold more oxygen than the latter. ‘ Respiration,’ therefore, is not an isolated physiological act, separable physically and dynamically from that complex assemblage of events which con- spire in the maintenance of the living organism: it is an in- teger in the arithmetic sum of life. Tes real valac ean only be determined by a study of it in its connections. Given the vital and chemical composition of the fluids, to estimate the propor- tion of oxygen demanded by any appointed organism? The roblem is not empirical; it is scientific in the highest degree. t is an absolute rule in the physics of organization, that the structure and the function are directly proportional. An im- perfect instrument can only produce imperfect results. The complex fluids ‘and highly organized solids of the articulated ani- mal render indispensable the provision of an adequate machinery for the inhalation of the vivifying principle. Thus then are "* See the author’s papers “‘ On the Blood,” now being published in the British and Foreign Medical and Chirurgical Review, for a full exposition of this subject. c Respiration in. Invertebrate, Animals; - 135 traced: irrefutably the physiological circumstances which, neces- sitate at this limit in the scale a new order of respiratory organs. The object. is inimitably accomplished ; for the jirst time in the ‘serial history of animal life, an air-breathing being is introduced on the stage. Nature surmounts all difficulties by adroitly resorting to an unexpected but matchless variation of her former plan; all at once, and without apparent reason, a new and extraordinary system of organs is contrived; an exquisite appa- ratus of aériferous vessels is so skilfully blended with all the other and normal constituents of the living body, that an air- breathing animal results without deformity of exterior contour: in a small space a large result is realized. . An insect is a dimi- nutive animal; its muscular and nervous systems are intensely active; its fluids are highly corpusculated and fibrinized ;. a .con+ siderable proportion of oxygen 1s absolutely essential. . Could it by any other expedient have been adequately supplied? But the simple distribution of patulous trachez throughout all the struc- tures of the body, by which air is rather brought to the blood than blood to the air, would most imperfectly accomplish the great function of breathing. It was not enough to provide an elastic inimitable spiral, by which the passive patency of each tube is maintained. Such property as that of physical elasticity in a structure so singularly beautiful answers another end; it recoils on the contracting of the tube. The contracting of the tracheze is in the insect the act of exspiration; by this act the diameter of the tubes of the universal tracheary system is dimi- nished, and the air is driven out through the spiracular orifices : this act 1s rythmically followed by that of imspiration, in which the physical elasticity of the spiral, by rebound, restores the tube to its former diameter*. No part of the circulating system but the dorsal vessel is capable of contracting and dilating. This * T have diligently sought for the announcement of this fact amongst the varied and excellent writings of Mr. Newport, M. E. Blanchard, and M. Léon Dufour. No allusion whatever is anywhere made to this property of rythmic contraction and dilatation, which I have proved, by repeated obser- vations on larve and adult insects and Myriapods, the trachex to possess. ‘The omission is the more surprising, since, without such a property, the tra- cheary system would be mechanically imperfect as an apparatus of respiration. As the vessels do not contract, there would be no provision for renewing the air in the extremes of the system. The working of the general muscles of the body external to the system would obviously prove a niost imperfect substitute. What is denied indeed to the vessels is conferred on the tracheze. I cannot prove that the parietes of the trachez are capable of originaiing this movement. I cannot demonstrate them to be muscular. It is possible that the opening and shutting of the air-tubes may only follow from those alternate acts of contraction and dilatation in the abdominal segments by which the dorsal and ventral arches of the abdomen are alter- nately elevated and depressed like the ribs of the vertebrated animal. 136°. -"° On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration: factexplains an‘ observation which the author has often made; that; considering the exalted muscular activity of the Articulata, of insects in particular, the current of the blood in its channels: moves at a disproportionately slow rate. This diminished velocity is compensated, in the most perfect manner, by the rythmic con-) tractility possessed by the parietes of the trachee. In virtue of this property the required motion is imparted to the ai rather than to the blood. As well observed by M. KE. Blanchard, the voluntary muscles of the body by their peculiar distribution favour the course taken by the blood, both in the arterial and venous moiety of the system. No valves exist. The mechanism of nutrition and respiration in the tracheary Articulata would be most unsuccessfully studied without the guiding knowledge of these general facts. ; The characters then which distinguish an annulose from an articulate animal are more deeply graven in the interior of the organism and in its physiological: actions than on the visible and exterior forms by which they are respectively characterized. There is deep meaning in the freaks of nature. In the water-breathing Articulata the system of air-tubes just described suddenly disappears. The large size of the crustacean renders practicable the introduction of complex branchial organs, They accomplish that office which in the myniapod and the in- sect devolved upon the aériferous trachee. Nature has nowhere blended the two methods of respiration in the same class. There exists no adult water-breathing myriapod or insect... An. az breathing crustacean can nowhere be found. Her plans are con- sistent. d One more general fact of organization with respect: tothe Articulata remains to be. stated. Nowhere from the myriapod to the crustacean is any trace whatever to be discovered. of the existence of a true ciliary epithelium! Why should a structure so constant and profuse in all classes below the Articulata so sud- denly and so completely. disappear at the lower limit of this class? If in the epidermic system of the articulated animal there bé “something imcompatible with the evolution of the ciliary variety of epithelium, why should it not occur on the mucous? In no single instance, in any species of myriapod, in- sect or crustacean, on the mucous tract of the alimentary canal, or anywhere else, has any indication whatever of the presence of vibratile epithelium been ever yet discovered. This extraordinary fact cannot be arbitrary and unmeaning. Cilia are here sup- pressed for some reason and from some cause—what can it be? The solution should be sought in the rapid and unwonted evo- lution of the muscular system which takes place at this pomt. In the organism of the articulated animal there does not ‘exist Dr. Kelaart’s Catalogue of Reptiles.collected in Ceylon. 137 motive. force enough to sustain, ¢wo motive systems at one and the same time: one is supplanted by the other. .Ciliary. is com- muted into muscular motion. While studying the mechanism of respiration in the articulated animal, vibratile epithelium will therefore nowhere demand attention : its agency will be found to have been substituted by other instruments. 2 An exposition of the preceding general principles has, seemed to the author indispensable to an intelligent study of the novel and extraordinary details, upon which, it is proposed next, to enter. [To be sontinusa| XV.—Catalogue of Reptiles collected in Ceylon: By E. F. Keraart, M-D., F.L:S. &e. Order SAURIA. Lizards. Suborder I. Leprocuossa#. Slender-tongued Lizards. Fam. Monitoride. Monitors. Monitor Draceena, Gray. Hydrosaurus Salvator, Wagler. Fam. Scincida. The Scincs. Riopa punctata, Gray. Hardwickii, Gray. Mabouia elegans (?), Gray. Tiliqua rufescens, Gray. Fam. Acontiade. Nessia Burtoni (?), Gray. Acontias (?) Layardi, n. s., nobis. Fam. Typhlopside. Typhlops. Argyrophis Bramicus, Daud. *Two varieties ; one with a pale white streak beneath. Fam. Uropeltide. . Rough-tails. Uropeltis grandis, n. s., nobis. Saffragamus, n. s., nobis. ardalis, n. 8. Brie Rhinophis (?) Blythii, n. s., nobis. Siluboura Ceylonicus, Gray. Dapatnaya Lankadivana, n. s., nobis. Trevelyanii, n. s., nobzs. 188 Dr, Kelaart’s Catalogue of Reptiles collected in Ceylon. Suborder II. Pacuyexoss#... Thick-tongued Lizards. Fam. Geckotideg. The Geckos. Hemidactylus trihedrus, Lesson. maculatus, Dum. et Bid. Pieresii, n. s., nobis (Prod. Faunee Zeylanice, p. 159). —— Coctzi, Dum. et Bid. frenatus, Schlegel. Leschenaultii?, Dum. et Bib. apud Blyth. Boltalia subleevis, Gray. Peripia Peroni, Dum. et Bid. Gymnodactylus (?) Kandianus, n. s., nobis (Prod. F. Zip. i Fam. dgamide. The Agamas. Litana Ponticereana, Cuvier. Lyriocephalus scutatus, Wagler. Ceratophora Hoddartii, Gray. Salea Jerdoni, Gray. Calotes ophiomachus, Gray. Rouxi (?), Gray, apud Blyth. . C. viridis (7), Gray, apud nos. + mystaceus, Dum. et Bib. : versicolor, Dum. et Bib. Fam. Chameleonide. ‘The Chameleons. Chameleo vulgaris, Daud. Order OPHIDIA. Serpents. Innocuous Serpents. Fam. Boide. Burrowing. Cylindrophis maculata, Wagler. Terrestrial. Python molurus, Gray. Fam. Colubride, Bonaparte. Terrestrial. Calamaria Scytale? Lycodon. Two or more species. Xenodon purpurascens, Schlegel, var. Coluber Korros, Reinwardt. Arboreal. Dipsas multimaculata (?), Schlegel. Drynius prasinus, Reinwardt. Two or more varieties. Leptophis pictus, Gmelin. ornatus, Shaw. sp. Dr. Kelaart?s Catalogue of Reptiles vollected in Ceylon. Aquatic. Tropidonotus umbratus, 2 var., Daudin et stolbatus, Linn. schistosus, Daud. Cerberus cinereus, Cuvier. Venomous Serpents. Fam. Viperide. Vipers. Terrestrial. Bungarus candidus, Linn. - Naja lutescens, var’. nigra. Arboreal. Trigonocephalus hypnale, Vagler. Grammeus, Shaw. *Trimesurus Ceylonensis?, apud Gray. Megeera trigonocephala, Wagler. Daboia elegans, Gray. —— Russellii’?, Gray. 139 N.B.—There are about six or eight more pi snakes: which have not yet been identified. Order CHELONTA. Fam. Testudinide. Testudo Indica, Gmelin. stellata, Schweig. Fam. Emydida. Emys trijuga, var. Emys seba, Gray, apud Blyth. Fam. Trionycide. Emyda punctata, Gray. Fam. Chelonide. Caretta imbricata, Gray. Chelonia virgata, Gray. Order EMYDOSAURIA., Fam. Crocodilide. Crocodilus porosus, Schweig. palustris, Lesson. bombifrons, Gray. C. palustris, male, apud Blyth. AMPHIBIA. Order BATRACHIA. Fam. Ranide. Rana cutipora, Dum. et Bid. a 140 Zoological Society. Rana Malabarica, Dum. et Bib. + Bengalensis, Gray. SESS Ses Daudin. ——— Newera Elliana, n. s., nodzs. Kandiana, n. s., nobis. : Leschenaultii?, Dum. ef Bib. Fam. Hylide. Polypedates leucomystax, Gravenhorst. cruciger, Blyth. , stellata, nodes (Prod. F. Z. p. 194). Limnodytes mutabilis, n.'s., nobis. - maculata, n. s., nobis. Fam. Bufonide. Bufo melanostictus, Schneider. Engystoma marmorata, Gray. cinnamomea, n. 8., nobis. 'N-B.—Mr. Blyth in his Report (J. A. 8. Bengal, No. 4. 1853) enumerates among the reptiles we sent him the following new spe- cies :—Rana robusta, Limnodytes lividus, L. macularis, Pyxicephalus fodiens, Jerdon, and Engystoma rubrum. ) Order PSEUDOPHIDIA. Fam. Ceciliide. Ichthyophis glutinosus, Gray. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETLES. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. “July 22, 1851,—John Edward Gray, Esq., F.R.S. &e., Vice- President, in the Chair. DescCRIPTION OF Firry-rouR New Species oF HeLicra, FROM THE COLLECTION OF Hueu Cumine, Esa. By Dr. L. Preirrer. 1. Strepraxtis piscus, Pfr. S&S. testd late umbiticatd, discoided, ~ subregulari, levigatd, albido-hyalind ; spird pland, vertice promi- “yulo ; ‘anfractibus 6}, viv convexiusculis, irregulariter varicosis, ultimo depresso, subtus deviante, pone aperturam rotundato, de- frexo; aperturd subhorizontali, transverse sinuato-auriformi, plicd abliqud parietali et dentibus peristomatis coarctatd ; peristomate candido, reflexzo, margine supero impresso, obsolete dentato, dextro dente distinctiore munito, basi intus transverse calloso. Diam. maj. 14, min. 11, alt:-4 5 mill. Hab. ? : Zoological Society. 141 2. Hevix Ricumonp1ana, Pfr. #1. testd imperforatd, trochi= formi, solidd, striata et irregulariter granulatd, nitidd, castaned ; vie castaned, sursum pallidiore, apice obtusiusculd ; anfractibus 4, planis, sensim accrescentibus, ultimo compressé carinato, antice vie deflexiusculo ; basi plano; aperturd perobliqud, subrhambed, ad carinam rostratd, intus livido-opalind ; peristomate nigro- Susco, subincrassato, marginibus callo tenui junctis, supero expanso, basali dilatato, reflexo. ~ Diam. maj. 54, min. 47, alt. 30 mill. Hab. ad Richmond River, Australia. 3. Hewix semipecussata, Pfr. H, testd perforatd,. conoided, solidd, supern? minute decussatd, opacd, unicolore rufo-fuscd ; spird conoided, acutiusculd ; anfractibus7, via convexiusculis, ultimo cari- nato, non descendente, basi convexo; aperturd diagonali, angulato- lunari ; peristomate simplice, recto, obtuso, margine columellari superne brevissime reflexiusculo. Diam. maj. 33, min. 30, alt. 18 mill. Haé. im insula Mauriti. re 4 A. Hurix Souteyetiana, Pfr, H. testd perforatdy conoideo- depressd, soliduld, rugoso-striatd, superne inter strias sub. lente. confertissime undulato-lineatd, pallide fulvd ; spird breviter co- noided, obtusiusculd ; anfractibus 6 subplanis, lente accrescentibus; ultimo acute carinato, infra carinam castaneo-fasciato, convexo, medio profund? excavato; aperturd perobliqud, angulato-lunari ; peristomate simplice, marginibus subparallelis, dextro antrorsum subarcuato, columellari subincrassato, superné brevissime reese: Diam. maj. 52, min. 36, alt. 18 mill. Hab. 5. Heiix rapians, Pfr. H. testd imperforatd, depressd, tenut, levigatd, nitidissimd, pellucidd, corned, strigis albidis irregulariter radiatd ; spird brevissimd, convead ; suturd impressd, submargi- natd ; anfractibus 4%, planiusculis, ultimo non descendente, superné angulato, basi convexo, medio subimpresso ; aperturd aubgerticals, angulato- lunari ; peristomate simplicissimo, recto. Diam. maj. 9, min. 8, alt. 4 mill. Hab. in insula Tahiti. 6. Heirx Gartnertana, Pfr. “HH. testd umbilicatd; coniformi, solidd, irregulariter elevato-striatd, opacd, nitiduld, lutescenti- carned ; spird conicd, apice obtusd ; suturd submarginatd ;.anfrac- tibus 7, convexis, ultimo peripherid subangulato, lined rubrd cincto, antice non descendente, subtus planiusculo ; umbilico-angustissimo, pervio; aperturd parum obliqud, subtetragond ;, peristomate albo, margine supero fere angulatim arcuato, expanso, basali. substricto, columellari lilaceo, brevi, verticali, reflexo, Diam. male) ete min. 19, alt. 22 mill. Hab. v antes LITURATA, Pfr. H. testd imperforatd, turbinato-semi- globosd, striatd, minute rugoso-malleatd, nitiduld, roseo-carned, ” 742 Zoological Society. \» fasctis: punctatim vel lituratim interruptis rufis ornatd ;° spird depresso-turbinatd, apice acutiusculd ; anfractibus 5, convexiuscu- lis, ultimo vix descendente, peripherid rotundato, fascid castaned, subtessellatd circumdato, basi convexiusculo ; aperturd diagonal, rotundato-lunari ; peristomate simplice, margine dextro vir ex- pansiusculo, columellari subcalloso.. Diam. maj. 23, min. 20, alt. 15 mill. Hab. ? 8. Henrx Brarpiana, Pfr. A. testd umbilicatd, subturbinato- .. depressd, tenui, striata, fulvd, pellucidd, maculis luteis. opacts irregulariter variegatd ; spird subturbinatd, apice acutiusculd ; anfractibus 5, vie convexiusculis, ultimo non descendente, peri- pherid angulato, basi.conveviore ; umbilico angusio, pervia; aper- turd parum obliqud, rotundato-lunari ; peristomate simplice, tenut, undique expanso, margine columellari subdilatato, nptente, Diam. maj. 14, min. 12, alt,.85 mill. Hab. in insula Bourbon. 9. Hexix Srurmiana, Pfr. H. testd mediocriter umbilicatd, de- presso.semiglobosd, solidd, superné confertim plicatd, parum nitidd, , unicolore fusco-lutescente ; spird brevi, convexd, obtusd; anfrac- tibus 4, planiusculis, rapide accrescentibus, ultimo antic? descen- dente, subdepresso, peripherid rotundato, basi convexo, levigato ; aperturd parum obliqud, lunato-ovali, intus margaritaced ;, peri- stomate simplice, marginibus eapninentsins, callo tenui junctis, su- pero. recto, basali subreflexo. Diam. maj. 22, min. 184, alt. 12 mill. Hab. 10. Hexrx Layaroni, Pfr. HH. testd perforaid, turbinatd, tenui- usculd, ruguloso-striati, parum nitenie, pellucidd, pallidé corned ; spird conoided, apice acutiusculd ; anfractibus 53, conveaiusculis, ultimo carinato, non descendente, basi convexo; aperturd parum obliqud, rotundato-lunari, vix angulatd ; peristomate recto, tenut, acuto, margine columellari superne brevissim? reflexiusculo. Diam. maj. 13, min. feré 12, alt. 9 mill. Haé. in insula Ceylon (Mr. Layard). Ad. Hetix Wooptana, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, depressd, tenui, levigatd, nitidissimd, corneo-fuscd ; spird parum elevatd, vertice subtili ; suturd impressd ; anfractibus 5, vir convexiusculis, lente »Mecrescentibus, ultimo depresso, obsolet? aagulato, non descendente, basi planiusculo; umbilico angusto, pervio ; aperturd subverticalt, lunari;. peristomate simplice, recto, acuto, margine columellari vix reflexiusculo, Diam..maj. 10, min, 9, alt. 42 mill, Hab. in insula Ceylon (Mr. Layard). 12. Hexnrx Forsrertana, Pir. H. testd umbilicatd, globoso- depressd, tenuiusculd, undique minute granulatd, diaphand, corneo- isabeliind, fasciis 2 angustis rufis superne ornatd ; spird parum elevatd, convexo-conoided, vertice acutiusculo ; anfractibus 6, con- Zoological Society. 143 se vewiusculis, ultimo antic? vic descendente, basi subplanulato.; um- _ bilico mediocri, pervio; aperturd obliqud, rotundato-lunari ; peri- stomate. simplice, marginibus remotis, dextro recto, basali reflexo, columellari in laminam triangularem, violaceo-fuscam, fornicatim dilatato. Diam. maj. 204, min. 18, alt. 12 mill. Hab. in Australi boreali. 13. Hewrx prycuompaata, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, depresso- -globosd, tenui, superné confertim costulatd, lineis concentricis paucis obsolet? decussatd, nitidd, castaneo-corned ; spird vix con- verd; anfractibus 4, viv convexiusculis, ultimo non descendente, obsoletissime angulato, basi convexro, levigato, corneo-virente, > eirca umbilicum mediocrem, pervium confertim plicato ; aperturd parum obliqud, irregulariter. truncato-ovali, multo altiore quam lata ; peristomate simplice, obtuso, margine columellari elongato, substricté descendente, superne fornicatim reflexo. Diam. maj. 22, min. 20, alt. 13 mill. Hab, ad. Portum Essington. 14. Hernrx Porretiana, Pfr. H. testd perforatd, conicd, solidd, striatuld, nitidd, carneo-albidd, strigis pallid fusculis irregulari-- ter pictd; spird conicd, obtusiusculd ; suturd impressd, subtilis- sime crenulatd ; anfractibus 7, vie convewxiusculis, ultimo subro- tundato, fascid und fuscd signato, antic? breviter descendente ; aperturd diagonali, lunato-rotundatd ; peristomate acuto, margine dextro repando, basalt subincrassato, columellari fornicatim re- flexo, perforationem fere tegente. Diam. maj. 193, min. 185, alt. 23 mill. Hab. ad Portum Essington. 15. Hetix Dittwyniana, Pfr. WH. testd umbilicatd, depressd, solidd, irregulariter rugosd et subtilissimé malleatd, nitidd, cre- taced ; sped subpland, vertice papillatim prominulo, castaneo ; anfractibus 44, planiusculis, ultimo rotundato, antice breviter de- flexo, basi inflato ; umbilico angusto, non pervio ; aperturd per- obliqud, late lunari, intus albd ; peristomate acuto, intus incras- sato, margine supero subhorizontali et dextro arcuato expansis, \ basali substricto, reflero, columellari brevissimo, angusto, aes Diam. maj. ii min. 25, alt. 14 mill. Hab. 16. Beni. GLAUCOPHTHALMUS, Pfr.” B. testd imperforatd, ovato-oblongd, solidd, striatuld, nigro- -castuned, epidermide hy- drophand fusco-cinered strigatd; spird convexo-conicd, apice saturaté ceruled, obtusd; suturd impressd; anfractibus 5, con- vexiusculis, ultimo spird breviore, basi obsolete angulato ; colu- melld subdeclivi, dilatatd, pland, albd, basi subdentatd ; aperturd obliqud, truncato-ovali, intus lividd; peristomate simplice, bre- vissime expanso, margine dertro repando. Long. 36, diam. 25 mill. Hab. in insulis Philippinis. 144. — Loological Society. 17. Butimus suturauis, Pfr. B. testd imperforatd, oblongo- conicd, tenut, striatuld, nitiduld, alabastrino-albidd ; spird conicd, apice obtusd ; suturd parum impressd, candidd, confertissim? no- duloso-crenatd ; anfractibus 7, planiusculis, ultimo 2 longitudinis subequante, infra medium obtuse angulato et fasciis 2 nigricanti- castanets ornato ; columelld superné fusco-callosd, subtortd ; aper- turd obliqud, truncatu-oblongd ; peristomate simplice, vix expan- siusculo. Long. 43, diam. 23 mill. - Hab. in Africa occidentali. 18. Buximus Luctuosus, Pfr. B. testd perforatd, oblongo-acu- minatd, soliduld, obsolet decussatd, vix nitiduld, atro-castaned ; spird elongatd, apice obtusd; suturd impressd, submarginatd ; anfractibus 7, convexiusculis, ultimo 4 longitudinis paulo supe- rante, basi circa perforationem angustam subcarinato ; columelld verticali, levissime arcuatd; aperturd parum obliqud, subsemiovali, ad columellam angulatd, intus lividd ; peristomate simplice, recto, margine columellari fornicato, breviter reflexo. Long. 39, diam. 17 mill. Hab. in Africa occidentali. 19. BuLimus INFUNDIBULUM, Pfr. B. iestd umbilicatd, ovato- conicd, subfusiformi, confertim striatd, opacd, albd ; spird convexo- conicd, apice attenuatd, rosed, acutiusculd ; suturd lineari ; anfrac- tibus 9, fere planis, ultimo 2 longitudinis subequante, basi atte- nuato, circa umbilicum latum, pervium, infundibuliformem com- presso ; aperturd subverticali, angustd, oblonga ; peristomate sim- plice, marginibus superné approximatis, dextro breviter expanso, columellari subdilutato, patente. Long. 18, diam. 7 mill. Hab. in Andibus Peruvianis. Nearly allied to Bul. umbilicaris, Soaleyet. 20. BuLimus suBINTERRUPTUS, Pfr. B. testd perforatd, subfu- siformi-oblongd, tenuiusculd, levigatd, sub lente spiraliter striatd, nitiduld, albidd, fasciis 5 latis, subinterruptis, spadiceis oraatd ; spird elongato-conicd, acutd ; suturd parum impressd ; anfractibus 6, planiusculis, ultimo spiram paulo superante, basi attenuato ; columelld substrictd, recedente ; aperturd obliqud, angusid, acu- minato-semiovali ; peristomate simplice, tenui, lutescente, margine dextro late expanso, columellari triangulatim e basi dilatato, su- perne laté reflexo. Long. 37, diam. 13} mill. Hab.in Andibus Bolivie. 21. Buxiimus varicosus, Pfr. B. testd perforata, oblongo-acumi- natd, tenui, striatd, sub lente obsolete decussatuld, parum nitente, aibidd, strigis castaneis sparsis irregulariter variegatd ; suturd ir- regulariter crenulatd ; spird elongato-conicd, acutiusculd ; anfrac- tibus 6, convexiusculis, varicosis(varicibus prioribus obtusis, ultimo acute prominente), ultimo spird vix breviore, basi subcompresso ; Zoological Society. 145 columella superne subtortd ; aperturd parum obliqud, oblongo- Moe peristomate simplice, tenui, margine dextro late expanso, columellari dilatato, applanato, patente. Long. 35, diam. 14 mill. Hab. in republica Mexicana. 22. Butimus Aatrenvatus, Pfr. B. testd subperforatd, fusiformi- oblongd, solidiusculd, sublevigatd, nitidd, albd, strigis latis, ma- culatim subinterruptis, spadiceis, ornatd; spird conicd, acutiusculd ; anfractibus fere 6, convexiusculis, ultimo spiram paulo superante, antice striato, basi attenuato ; columelld intrante, tortd, funali ; » aperturd vix obliqud, ovali-oblongd ; peristomate simplice, tenui, margine dextro breviter expanso, columellari breviter reflexo, su- . perne adnato. Long. 34, diam. 13 mill. Hab, Vera Cruz. 23. Butimus. eLmopes, Pfr. B. testd imperforatd, ovatd, tenui- usculd, rugoso-striatd, transverse submalleatd, diaphand, nitidd, castaneo-olivaced ; spird conoided, apice obiusd; anfractibus 4, convexiusculis, ultimo 4 longitudinis subequante, antice descen- dente, basi subrotundato; columelld intrante, subtortd, rosed ; aperturd subverticali, ovali, intus margaritaced ; peristomate roseo, subincrassato, breviter reflexo, marginibus callo supra regionem umbilict dilatato junctis. Long. 36, diam..18 mill. Hab. in Andibus Novee Granadee. 24. Butimus scytopss, Pfr. B. testd imperforatd, ovato-conicd, tenui, remote striatd, undique minute granulatd (granulis non se- riatis), haud nitente, fuscd, maculis rufis majoribusque nigrican- tibus irregulariter adspersd, lineis longitudinalibus flexuosis, an- gulatis, luteis, sepe geminatis vel anastomosantibus pictd ; spird brevi, convexo-conicd, obtusiusculd ; anfractibus 4, convexiusculis, ultimo magno, + longitudinis equante, antic? deflero, basi rotun- dato; columella filari, intrante, leviter arcuatd; aperturd parum obliqud, ovali, intus concolore, nitidd ; peristomate simplice, ene, » rubello, undique breviter expanso. Long. 35, diam. 17} mill. Hab. in Andibus Novee Granade. 25. Butimus MELEAGRIs, Pfr. B. testd imperforata, acuminato- ovatd, tenuiusculd, striis incrementi confertis et lineis spiralibus granulatd, parum nitente, fulvd, fusco-strigatd et irregulariter guttatd ; spird conicd, acutd ; suturd subcrenulatd ; anfractibus 54, planiusculis, ultimo spiram paulo superante, convexiore, antic? descendente, bast rotundato; columelld filari, leviter arcuatd ; aperturd obliqud, oblongo-ovali, intus submargaritaced ; peristo- mate simplice, recto. Long. 31, diam. 14 mill. Hab. in Andibus Novee Granade. 26. Butimus nigrouimsBatus, Pfr. B. testd imperforatd, ovatd, 10 Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 146 Zoological Soviety. tenui, rugosd, striis confertis spiralibus subgranulatd; parum ni- tidd, olivaceo-fulvd, strigis angustis castaneis variegatd ; spird. conicd, apice obtusd ; anfractibus 5, convexiusculis, ultimo spiram paulo superante, convexiore, basi rotundato; columelld tenui, sub- callosd, subrecedente ; aperturd obliqud, angulato-ovali, intus pli- catd, margaritaced ; peristomate simplice, recto, obtuso, nigro- limbato. Long. 28, diam. 14 mill. Hab, in Andibus Nove Granade. 27. Butimus pusius, Pfr. B. testd subperforatd, oblongo-fusi- formi,-tenui, striatd, nitiduld, albo-lutescente, strigis spadiceis subundulatis ornatd ; spird gracili, elongato-conicd, apice obtu- suld ; suturd submarginatdé ; anfractibus 6, vie convexiusculis, uliimo spird paulo breviore, basi atienuato, subcompresso; colu- melld subverticali, fere ad basin aperture elongatd ; aperturd vir obliqud, oblongd, utringue angustatd, intus concolore ; peristomate simplice, recto, margine dextro levissime arcuato, eobunerilans bre- viter fornicatim reflexo, subappresso. Long. 28, diam. 10 mill. Hab. in Andibus Nove Granade, 28. Bunimus NuBEecuuatus, Pfr. B. testd umbilicatd, ovato- oblongd, soliduld, sublevigatd, nitidd, pallid corned, saturatius nubeculatd ; spird conicd, apice obtusuld; suturd profundd ; an- Sractibus 55, convexis, ultimo 3 longitudinis equanie, basi rotun- dato ; columella verticali, ad basin aperture porrigente ; aperturd parum obliqud, subellipticd, basi subangulatd, intus albidd ; peri- stomate simplice, recto, margine dextro perarcuato, columellari dilatato, {aranatim reflexo, libero. Long. 16, diam. 8} mill. Hab. in Americh centrali (Morelet.) 29. Buuimus Eeanus, Pfr. B. testd perforata, conico-ovatd, tenui, lineis longitudinalibus et spiralibus sub lente obsolet? decus- satd, vix nitiduld, quasi pruinosd, fusco-corned; spird conicd, apice obtusd; suturd mediocri ; anfractibus 5, modice convexis, ultimo spiram paulo superante, medio obsolete angulato, basi vix _ compressiusculo ; aperturd obliqud, subellipticd, basi subangulata ; peristomate simplice, tenui, margine dextro repando, columellari sursum dilataio, reflexo, subappresso. Long. 13, diam. 64 mill. Hab. Ega Brasiliee. 30. Butimus Aacauies, Pfr. B. testd subperforatd, ovato-conicd, tenui, longitudinaliter confertim striatd et distantius plicatd, haud | nitente, fulwo-grised ; spird conicd, obtusiusculd, fulvescente ; an- fractibus 44, vie convexiusculis, ultimo spiram superante, basi ro- tundato ; columelld vix arcuatd, subrecedente ; aperturd obliqud, ovali, intus fulvo-carned ; peristomate simplice, recto, margine dextro arcuato, columellari superne reflero, subadnato. Long. 10, diam. 6 mill. Hab. in Andibus Peruvianis. Zoological Society. 147 . 31. Burrus Drnuwynianus, Pfr. B. testd perforatd, ovato- -oblongd, solidd, ruditer striatd et irregulariter malleatd, viv niti- duld, carned, fusculo punctatd et variegatd ; spird convexo-conicd, apice obtusuld; suturd impressd, marginatd ; anfractibus 5, con- vexiusculis, ultimo spiram paulo superante, basi attenuato, subcom- presso ; columelid valide torto-plicatd ; aperturd vix obligud, sinu- oso-oblongd ; peristomate albo, expanso-reflexo, margine dextro leviter arcuato, columellari superne dilatato, perforationem fere claudente. Long. 39, diam. 163 mill. Hab. in Andibus Novee Granade. 32. ACHATINA FULGURATA, Pfr. A. testd conico-ovatd, tenui, striis longitudinalibus superné confertis, in anfractu ultimo obso- letis, lineisque spiralibus granulatd, corneo-luted, strigis latis ful- | guratis nigricantibus ornatd ; spird conicd, obtusd ; anfractibus 64, superis parum conveais, ultimo ventricoso, lineis paucis spiralibus infra suturam granulato, infra medium sublevigato ; columelld cerulescente, vix arcuatd, supra basin aperture elliptico-semi- ovali abrupte truncatd ; peristomate simplice, recto. Long. 67, diam. 36 mill. fab. in Afric& occidentali. 33. ACHATINA PLICATULA, Pfr. A. testd oblongo-fusiformi, tenut, longitudinaliter confertim plicatuld, lineis spiralibus obsolete de- cussatd, diaphand, parum nitente, fusco-carned ; spird elongato- conicd, apice obtusd ; suturd marginatd, minut? crenulatd ; anfrac- tibus7 , vix convexiusculis, ultimo spiram equante, paulo convexiore, basi attenuato ; columelld callosd, vie arcuatd, ad basin aperture semiovali, intus nitidissime, abrupté truncatd; peristomate sim- plice, tenut. Long. 60, diam. 25 mill. Hab. in Andibus Novee Granade. 34. ACHATINA ALBICANS, Pfr. A. test@ ovato-conicd, tenui, lon- gitudinaliter striatd, lineis spiralibus infra medium anfractds ul- timi obsoletis decussatuld, diaphand, vix nitidd, albicante ; spird pyramidatd, obtusiusculd ; suturd submarginatd ; anfractibus 61, vinx convexiusculis, ultimo spird paulo longiore, basi vir attenuato ; columelld verticali, substrictd, supra basin aperture rhombeo- semiovalis horizontaliter et breviter truncaté ; peristomate sim- plice, recto, margine basali leviter arcuato. Long. 46, diam. 23 mill. Hab. in Africa occidentali. 35. ACHATINA INORNATA, Pfr. A. testd turrito-oblongd, solidd, confertim striatd, pallide fulvd, strigis saturatioribus variegatd ; spird turritd, apice obtusiusculd ; suturd levi, confertissime cre- nulatd ; anfractibus 75, planiusculis, ultimo 2 longitudinis sub- e@quante, basi viv compresso, leviore ; columelld perarcuatd, albo- callosd, oblique abrupt? truncatd; aperturd sinuoso-semiovali, intus albd ; peristomate simplice, obtuso, margine dextro repando., Long. 28, diam. 11 mill. Hab. in insula Ceylon. 10* 148 _ Zoological Society. _ 36. AcHATINA yvioLaceA, Pfr... A. testd oblongo-conicd, solidd, striatd, parum nitente, violaced ; spird elongato- conicd, sursum ru- belld, apice obtusd ; suturd levi, marginaté; anfractibus 7,, con- vexiusculis, ultimo ‘2 2 longitudinis subequante, infra medium angu- lato ; columelld subarcuatd, tenuiter callosd, supra basin aperture oblique, angulato-ovalis breviter truncatd ; peristomate simplice, recto. Long. 38, diam. 18 mill. Hab. in Africa occidentali. 37. AcuaTina (GLANDINA) ATTENUATA, Pfr. A. testd oblongo- Susiformi, gracili, tenui, levigatd,. nitidissimd, fulvd, .strigis arcuatis saturatioribus pictd ; spird elongato-conicd ; apice obtu- siusculd ; suturd levi, subsimplice ;. anfractibus. 7, ‘planiusculis, ultimo 2. longitudinis subequante, basi attenuato ; columelld sub- callosd, leviter arcuaid, subtortd, basi oblique truncata; aperturd angustissimd, oblongd, superne..acutd, prope basin. sinistrorsum dilatatd ; peristomate simplice, margine dextro repando. Long. 31, ‘diam. 11 mill. Hab. in America centrali. 38. Henix suprueata, Pfr. H. tesid subperforatd, depresso- turbinatd, distanter subrugatd, pellucidd, pallide corned ; spird breviter conoided, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 53-6, planiusculis, ultimo carinato, basi convewiusculo, levigato ; aperturd diagonalz, subangulato- lunari ; peristomate recto, acuto, margine columellari superne via reflexiusculo. Diam. maj. 13, min. 114, alt. 65 mill. Hab. ad Clarence River: New South Wales. 39. Hexix orosroma, Pfr. H. testd angusté umbilicatd, sublen- tiformi, solidd, acute carinatd, striatd et subtiliter granulatd, olivaceo-nigricante vel castaned ; spird subconoideo-convexd, ob- tusd; anfractibus 5, planiusculis, ultimo utrinque convexo, antice subito deflexo, supra et infra carinam ascendentem profundé scro- biculato; aperturd perobliqud, subrhombeo-ensiformi, ringente ; peristomate continuo, ad anfractum penultimum sinuoso, medio laminam longe intrantem emittente, margine supero dente conico obtusulo munito, basali medio subangulatim descendente, parte sinistrd.dentem validum, compressum, parte dextrd dentem leviter et irregulariter bifurcatum gerente. Diam. maj..31, min. 26, alt. 13 mill. Hab. in Andibus Nove Granadee, 40. Heiix ANNULIFERA, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, depressd, len- tiformi, carinatd, solidd, striatd et minute granulatd, saturate cas- taned, ad carinam acutam late albo-fasciatd ; spird breviter co- noided, obtusd ; anfractibus 5, planiusculis, ultimo antice breviter deflexo, basi convexo, antic? strangulato et scrobiculato ; umbilico mediocri; aperturd subhorizontalt, irregulari, ringente ; peristo- mate subincrassato, albo, continuo, margine parietali perarcuato, laminam elongatam intrantem emittente, in umbilicum descendente et cum basali parallelo juncto ; margine basali usque ad medium Zoological Society. 149 »'substricto, acute dentato, tum angulatim descendente, late reflexo, lamind lingueformi latd munito, ad carinam ascendente, a dextro expanso canali angusto, superne in annulum apertum desinente ~~ separato. . » Diam. maj. 34, min. 29, alt. 13 mill. Hab. Panama. 3 . This is the shell figured by Prof. E. Forbes in Trans. Zool. Soc. 1850, p. 53. Moll. t. 9. f. 4, under the name of H. labyrinthus var. sipunculata. 41, Heurx Gasxornti, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, turbinato-de- pressd, solidd, oblique rugato-plicatd, nitidd, albd ; spird conotdeo- converd, obtusd ; anfractibus 53, convexis, ultimo antic? deflexo, medio carinato, basi convewiusculo, sublevigato ; apertura perob- \ liqua, lanceolato-ovali ;\ peristomate subincrassato, marginibus callo umbilicum mediocrem, pervium semioccultante junctis, supero breviter expanso, basali reflexo. . Diam. maj. 31, mini 27, alt..15 mill. Hab. in insula Haiti (Salle). 42. Butimus Tasmanicus, Pfr. B.testd imperforatd, ovato-conicd soliduld, rugoso-striatd, vie nitidd, albidd ; spird conicd, acutius- culd, apice suberubescente; anfractibus 5, vie convexiusculis, ultimo spiram paulo superante, basi rotundato ; columella filart, subrece- dente; aperturd obliqud, ovali, intus paliide fulvescente ; peri- stomate simplice, recto, margine dextro leviter arcuato, columellart vix reflexiusculo, adnato. Long. 25, diam. 11 mill. Hab. Van Diemen’s Land. 43. Butimus Betcuenrt, Pfr. B. testd imperforatd, ovato-oblongd, solidd, glabriusculd, fulvido-albidd, castaneo-fasciatd ; spird con- vexo-conicd, obtusd; anfractibus 5, convexiusculis, ultimo spird viv breviore, ad suturam et basin late, medio angusté fasciato ; columella pland, substrictd, supra basin recedente ; aperturd obli- gud, truncato-oblongd; peristomate subincrassato, nigricante, re- flexiusculo. Long. 40, diam. 233 mill. Hab. in insulis Philippinis. 44, Butimus NewcomsBianvs, Pfr. B. testd sinistrorsd viz sub- perforatd, ovato-turritd, tenuiusculd, plicis validis longitudinalibus sulcisque spiralibus sculptd, olivaceo-fuscd ; spird turritd, gracili, obtusuld ; anfractibus 53, summis planis, sequentibus convexius- culis, ultimo 3 longitudinis subequante, medio inflato,; columelld callosd, substrict? recedente; peristomate recto, acuto, margine ex- terno leviter arcuato, subrepando, columellari reflexo, subappresso. Long. 143, diam. 5} mill. fab. in insulis Sandwich. This species is nearly allied to Achatinella plicata, Gould, which must be rather referred to the genus Bulimus, in which there being already a Bulimus plicatus, 1 have marked it in Mr, Cuming’s Mu- seum with the name of Bulimus liratus. 150° Zoological Society. 45, BuLimus PorPHyrostomus, Pfr. B. testd imperforatd, ovato-conied, solidé, rugoso-plicatd, pallide carned, epidermide decidud fusco-olivaced indutd ; spird conicé, obtusiusculd ; an- Sractibus 6, viv convexiusculis, ultimo spiram equante, basi sub- attenuato ; columelld oblongeé plicatd, albd ; aperturd verticalt, angustd, oblongd, oblique recedente, intus saturate purpureo- castaned, nitidd ; peristomate incrassato, recto, albo, margins bus callo crasso, albo, medio tuberculifero junctis. Long. 62, diam. 28 mill. Loeality unknown. » 46. Butimus micropon, Pfr. B. testd dreviter rimatd,. sub- Susiformi-turritd, oblique costulato-striatd, albidé, strigis spar- sis corneis, lacteo-marginatis ornatd; spird elongatd, apice acutiusculd ; anfractibus 12, viv conveatusculis, ultimo 2 longi- tudinis subequante, infra medium filoso-unicarinato ; columella superné plicd dentiformi munitd; aperturd vin obliqud, trun- cato-ovali ; peristomate simplice, margine dextro breviter ex- panso, columellari dilatato, angulatim reflexa. Long. 15, diam, 4 mill. Hab. in insula Jamaica. 47. Acuatina Newcomai, Pfr. A. testd turritd, solidd, lon- gitudinaliter rugoso-striatd, cingulis obtuse elevatis sculptd, castaned; spird elongatd, sursum im conum convexiusculum, acuminatum attenuata; anfractibus 9, planiusculis, ultimo 2 longitudinis subequante, infra medium angulato, fascid pallide cincto, basi nigro ; columelld lamelld angustd, tortd, albd mu- nitd, basi subtruncatd; aperturd obliqud, subrhombed; peri- stomate simplice, recto. Long. 71, diam. 19 mill. Hab. in insulis Sandwich (Newcomb). 48. ACHATINELLA MELAMPOIDES, Pfr, 4. testd oblongd, solidéd, ruguloso-striatd, vie nitiduld, saturate fused; spird convexo- conicd, acutiusculd; suturd ampressd, submarginatd; anfrac- tibus 6, vix convewxiusculis, ultimo spird paulo breviore, base rotundato ; columelld medio acute tubereulatd; aperturd ver- ticali, sinuato-ovali ; peristomate recto, acuto, intus labrato, margine columellari calloso, albo, appressé reflexo. Long. 13, diam. 52 mill. Hab. in insulis Sandwich. 49. Parruta nonosa, Pfr. P. testd perforatd, conico-ovatd, soliduld, obsolete decussatuld, castaned, ad suturam fascid lata albd et interdum nonnullis pallidis ornatd; spird conicd, acutd ; anfractibus 5%, planiusculis, ultimo spiram subequante ;. colu- melld superné profunde plicatd, tum subnodosd ; aperturd sub- vertical, oblongd, angustd ; peristomate extus vie expanso, in- tus callo acute prominente munito, marginibus subparallelis, dextro strictiusculo. Long. 16, diam. 8 mill. Hab. in insulis Tahiti et Navigatorum. Zoological Society. 151 50; Parruua FiLosa, Pfr. _ P. testd perforatd, conico-ovatd, solidd, lineis impressis spiralibus, confertis sculptd, haud nitente, castaned, strigis filaribus cinereis ornatd; spird co- nicd, obtusiusculd ; anfrae ibus 5, planiusculis, ultimo spiram aequante, convexiore; columella superne vix plicatd; aperturd parum obliqud, subtriangulari-semiovali ; peristomate expan- siusculo, intus callo crasso prominente munito, | Long. 16, diam. 8} mill. Had, in insulis Navigatorum. ~ 51. Hexix @vapriuscuna, Pfr, A. testd perforatd, conoideo- semiglobosd, tenui, levigatd, pellucidd, nitente, lutescente, rufo angulato-lineatd ; spird convewxo-conoided, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 53, convewiusculis, ultimo non descendente, basi planiusculo ; aperturd obliqud, subdepressd, lunari; peristo- mate simplice, recto, margine columellari declivi, superné viz refleniusculo. Diam. maj. 32, min. 3, alt. 2 mill. Hab. in Nova Seelandia (Strange). 52. Hexix soxtipa, Pfr. H. testd imperforatd, conoideo-semi- globosd, crassd, striatd, fulvescente, epidermide tenui, fuscd, non nitente obductd ; spird convexd, obtusd, apice rubelld ; an- fractibus 5, convexiusculis, ultimo convewiore, dimidium altitu- dinis formante, medio obsolete angulato, antice vix descendente ; columella strictd, declivi, latd, albidd; aperturd obliqud, sub- tetragono-lunart, intus albd; peristomate subincrassato, vix expansiusculo, fusco-limbato. | Diam. maj. 37, min. 33, alt. 27 mill. Hab. prope Nanjan, insule Mindoro. 53. Hentx osrita, Pfr. H. testd perforatd, sublenticulari, tenuissimd, supernée confertim arcuato-plicatd, pellucide, pal- lide corned; spird depresso-turbinatd, acutiuseuld ; anfracti- bus 6, vie convexiusculis, ultimo non descendente, medio obtuse denticulato-carinato, basi convexiore, radiatim striato; aper- turd parum obliqud, lunari ; peristomate simplice, tenui, recto, margine basali leviter arcuato, ad perforationem breviter re- flexo. Diam. maj. 23, min. 20, alt. 114 mill. Haé. in India. 54. Henix vinis, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, depresso-globosé, tenuiusculd, granulato-striatd, corned; spird breviter conoided, acutiusculd ; anfractibus 5, vix converiusculis, celeriter accres- ‘centibus, ultimo antice deflewo, peripherid obsoletd subangu- lato, basi convero; umbilico angusto, non pervio; aperturd diagonali, fere cireulari; peristomate intus valide labiato, marginibus approximatis, columellari superné dilatato, pa-- tente. Diam. maj. 11, min. 9, alt. 6 mill. Hab. ? 152) Zoological: Society): September'9,.1851.—Sir Roderick Impey Murchison, G.C. ‘St.S.,- ~- E:R.S. &c., in the Chair. Professor Owen read an elaborate paper ‘On the Skeleton of Tro- glodytes Gorilla,’ which will be published in the Transactions of the Society. Nov. 11, 1851.—W. J. Broderip, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. DESCRIPTIONS OF SEVERAL NEW SPECIES OF Murex, Ris- SOINA, PLANAXIS, AND EULIMA, FROM THE CUMINGIAN Cotuection. By Artuur Apams, F.L.S. etc. 1..Murex 1tostomus, A. Adams.. MM. testd ovato-fusiformi ; spird acuminata; anfractibus planulatis, squamulosis, spinis acutis, in serie elevato disposito ornatis, cinered; anfractu ul- timo spinis elevatis, bifidis, in seriebus quatuor dispositis in- structo, varicibus sex, longitudinalibus ; aperturd ovato-oblongd, intus violaced ; labio subtuberculari; labro fimbriato. Haé. Philippines... Mus, Cuming. 2. Murex soxipus, A. Adams. WM. testd solidd, profundé um- bilicatd, alba; spird brevi, obtusd; anfractibus planulatis, lon- gitudinaliter plicato-varicosis (varicibus in anfractu ultimo 7), transversim liratis ; liris, ad plicas, incrassatis, interstitiis lon- gitudinaliter cancellatis ; aperturd subrotundatd; canali recto, aperturam cequante ; labro simplicr, intus levi. Hab. Ichiboe, West Africa. Mus. Cuming. 3. Murex eEvRAcANTHUS, A. Adams. .M. testd ovato-fusiformi, umbilicatd ; spird acuminatd ; anfractibus planis, serie. tuber- culorum spiniformium in medio dorsi, albd, spinis et parte an- tied rubro tinctis; anfractu ultimo liris squamulosis, et spinis tubulosis, longis, in seriebus duobus dispositis, ornato ; aper- turd ovatd, oblongd; labio antice producto et tuberculato; ca- nals brevi, subrecurvd. Hab. ? Mus. Cuming. Figured by Mr. Reeve as M. noduliferus, which is very different from the present species. 4, Murex exasperatus, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-fusiform, umbilicatd, albd, nitidd; spird acuminatéd ; anfractibus angu- latis, in medio longitudinaliter plicato-varicosd, transversim liratd; liris subspinulosis ad plicas; aperturd ovatd; canali mediocri, subincurvato ; labro intus sulcato. Hab. ? Mus. Cuming. 5, Murex tienarius, A. Adams. MM. testd ovato-fusiformi, subumbilicatd;, spird acuminata, rufo-fuscd; anfractibus su- perné excavatis, in medio liris duabus, elevatis, nodulosis ; trans- versim liratd, liris elevatis rugulosis, inequalibus, longitudi- naliter trivaricosd, varicibus, in medio, spinis duabus, elevatis, jfimbriatis ; aperturd ovato-rotundatd, intus albd ; canali aper- turam equante, subrecurvato. Hab. West Africa. Mus. Cuming. Zoological Society. 153 6. Murex rusrrormis, A. Adams. M. testd fusiformi, cinered, fulvo variegatd; spird productd; anfractibus rotundis ; vari- cibus longitudinalibus, subelevatis, nodospinosis, et lineis ele- vatis, transversis, late clathratd ; aperturd oblongo-ovatd ; ca- nali aperturam equante, recto ; labro extus varicoso, intus sul- cato. Hab. Africa. Mus. Cuming. 7. Murex sprnosus, A. Adams. M., testd ovatd, umbilicatd, albd, lineis rufo-fuscis transversis ornatd ; anfractibus rotundis, transversim liratd ; varicibus longitudinalibus regularibus (6 in anfractu ultimo), spinis longis, rectis, acutis, armatis ; canali subrecurvato, aperturdm equante ; aperturd ovato-rotundatd. Hab. ? Mus. Cuming. 8. Murex serotinus, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-fusiformi ; spird peracutd, serotind, longitudinaliter plicatd, transversim liratd ; lirts, ad plicas, nodulosis; aperturd ovatd, oblonga ; labio anticé bituberculato ; labro extus incrassato, margine den- tato, intus lirato ; canali mediocri, subrecurvato. Hab. ——% Mus. Cuming. 9. Murex srrascratus, A. Adams. WM. testd ventricosd, pro- Sunde umbilicatd ; spird brevi; anfractibus rotundatis; albd ; anfractu ultimo fasctis duabus, latis, rufo-fuscis ornato, trans- versim elevate liratd, liris rugosis ; longitudinaliter varicibus aqualibus (in anfractu ultimo 9) subelevatis, rotundatis, fimbria- tis ; aperturd ovato-rotundatd ; labio subproducto, fulvo ; canali aperturd breviore, valde recurvato. Hab. Senegal. Mus: Cuming. 10. Murex crassvus, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-fusiformi, umbi- ~~ hteatd, solidd, fulud; spird mediocri ; anfractibus rotundatis, superne angulatis, obsolete transversim liratd, varicibus crassis, distantibus, irregularibus (4 in ultimo anfractu), ornatd ; aper- turd ovatd, intus violaced; labro extus incrassato, intus den- tato. Hab. China. Mus. Cuming. 11. Murex Pacopvus, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-fusiformi ; spird acuminatd, levi, albd, anticé maculis fuscis sparsim pictd ; anfractibus septem, concavis, seriebus spinarum ornatis, spinis regularibus, tubulosis, recurvatis, marginibus fimbriatis ; aper- turd subrotundatd; columelld levi; canali recurvato, ad dextram inclinato, aperturam equante. Hab. —--? Mus. Cuming. 12. Murex excavatus, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-fusiformi, subumbilicatd, albd, solidd ; spird acuminatd ; anfractibus con- cavis (quasi excavatis) ad partem anticam ; in medio angulatis, longitudinaliter plicatd, transversim liratd, liris ad plicas no- dulosis ; anfractu ultimo liris duabus elevatis ornato ; aperturd semiovali ; canali mediocri, viv recto ; labro intus sulcato. Hab. ? Mus. Cuming. 154 Zoological Society. 13. Murex tnornatus, A. Adams. WM. testd fusiformi, valde -umbilicatd ; spird acuminatd ; anfractibus rotundis, albidd, liris transversis, elevatis, squamulosis, et varicibus longitudinalibus, ~ rotundatis (in anfractu ultimo 7), ornatd; apertura ovali ; canali subrecurvato, aperturam equante; labro extus fimbriato, intus lirato. Hab. ? Mus. Cuming. 14. Murex opexiscus, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-pyramidali, subtrigonali ; spird elevatd ; anfractibus planis, apice obtuso, albd, seriebus transversis macularum rufo-fuscarum ornatd, transversim liratd, liris subgranosis, varicibus tribus, longitu- dinalibus, varice intermedio, brevi, triangulari, ad partem po- sticam instructd ; aperturd ovata; canali valde recurvato. Hab. ? Mus. Cuming. 15, Murex tiratus, A. Adams. MM. testd ovato-fusiformi, sub- umbilicatd ; spird acuminata; anfractibus planiusculis, albd, varicibus rufo-fuscis ornatd, transversim liratd; liris trans- versis, angustis, asperulatis, varicibus longitudinalibus, rotun- datis, subfimbriatis (7 in ultimo anfractu); aperturd subrotun- datd, intus albd; columelld posticé callosd ; canali brevi, recto, viv clauso ; labro intus lirato. Hab. ? Mus. Cuming. 16. Murex putcunr, A. Adams. WM. testd ovato-fusiformi, subtrigonali; spird acuminata; anfractibus rotundatis, nodu- losis, varicibus tribus subspinosis; liris transversis, elevatis, anfractu ultimo varicibus prominentibus, subspinosis, ornato ; varicibus antice finbriatis et spinosis ; aperturd ovato-rotundé ; labio tuberculato ; labro intus crenato-lirato, canali perlongo, subrecurvo, viz clauso, Hab. St. Croix, 60 fathoms; M. Sueuson. Mus. Cuming. 17. Murex Sincarorensis, A. Adams. M. testd ovato.fusi- formi; spird acuminatd ;- anfractibus rotundatis ; fulvd, longi- tudinaliter plicatd, plicis rotundis, transversim liratd, liris asperulatis, squamulis aculeatis obsitis; aperturd ovata, oblongd, intus lividd ; canalhi aperturam equante, subreflexo ; labro intus dentato. Hab. Singapore. Mus. Cuming. 18. Murex nivevs, A. Adams. WM. testd ovatd, umbilicaté, nived; spird brevi, acuminatd; anfractibus rotundatis ; longi- tudinaliter plicatd, plicis rotundis, prominentibus, crassis (8-10 in anfractu ultimo), transversim liratd, iris squamulis, confertis, longitudinalibus, obsitis; aperturd ovatd, oblonga ; canali brevi, subrectd; labro intus lirato. Hab. ? Mus. Cuming. 19. Murex Cuminen, A. Adams. WM. testd oblongo-fusiformi, trivaricosd ; spird subproductd, anfractibus rotundatis, pallide rufo-fuscd, fasciis tribus, transversis, rufo-fuscis, ornatd ; vari- Zoological Society. 155 cibus longitudinalibus, tribus, continuis, obtusis, liris intermediis nodosis, liris transversis mequalibus, rufo-fusco articulatis, in- structd ; aperturd ovali, labro intus crenato-lirato extus fimbriato, fimbriis. non squamulosis, canali clauso, antice recurvato, Hab. Philippines. Mus. Cuming. Somewhat closely allied to M. triquetra of Born. 20. Mirra Maraquesana, A. Adams. M. testd ovato-fusiformi, anfractibus planis, spird acutd, carneold, maculis albis et lineis un- dulatis, longitudinalibus rufo-fuscis, eleganter pictd, longitudinali- ter substriatd, transversim liratd, interstittis valde punctatis ; aperturd spiram majorem equante, columeild BACH quingue in- structd, labro margine crenato, Hab. Marquesas. Mus. Cuming. Markings very similar to those of M, serpentinu, Lamk. The Mitra figured in Mr, Reeve’s Monograph, as M. nebulosa of Swain- son, is quite different from that species, and requires therefore a change of name ; I have called it M. propinqua. 21. ANCILLARIA LinEoLATA, A. Adams. A. testd ovato-fusi- formi; spird brevi, subacutd, suturis albis, pallide fulvd, lineis longitudinalibus, confertis, fuscis, ornatd; anfractu ultimo cinguld elevatd transversd, ad marginem labri, in dente acuto desinente ; aperturd oblongd ; columella tortuosd, alba, anticé plicis obliquis instructd. Hab. ? Mus. Cuming. ‘ A very pretty species, distinguished by the fine longitudinal brown ines. 22. Puanaxis opscura, A. Adams. P, tesid ovato-conicd, epi- dermide fusco obtectd; fusco-rufescente; anfractibus planis, suturd distinctd, transversim valde sulcatd, interstitiis longitudinaliter striatis ; aperturd ovato-oblongd, columella longitudinaliter sul- catd; labro subdilatato, margine acuto, intus valde lirato. Hab. ? Mus. Cuming. 23. Puanaxis FutvA, A. Adams. P. testd ovato-conicd, fulvd ; spird acuminatd, apice acuto, anfractibus planis, ultimo angulato, transversim tenuiter striatd; aperturd ovato-oblongd ; columelld incurvatd, antice callosd; labro margine subdilatato, extus in- crassato, intus lirato. Hab, Swan River. Mus, Cuming. ~ Allied to P. mollis, Sowerby, but the last whorl is angulated. 24, Puanaxis zonaTA, A, Adams, P. testd ovato-conicd, rimatd, glabrd, nitidd ; spird acuminatd ; anfractibus convexiusculis, pal- lide lutescente, zonulad transversd rufo-fuscd cinctd ad suturas, et, in anfraciu ultimo, fasciis duabus transversis ornatd, transversim tenuissime striata ; aperturd ovatd; columelld incurvatd; labro subdilatato, intus lirato. Hab. Calapan, Philippines. Mus. Cuming. 25. PLANAXIS cINGULATA, A. Adams. JP. testd ovato-conicd, 156 Zoological Society. solidd, rimatd; spird acuta; anfractibus ‘convewiusculis, fulvd, zonulis rufo-fuscis transversis, prope suturas, duplicatis, ornatd, longitudinaliter tenuissime striatd, transversim valde sulcatd ; aper- turd ovato-oblongd, coarctatd ; columelld incurvatd ; labro extus incrassato, intus dentato-lirato. Hab. China Seas. Mus. Cuming. Species collected by me during the voyage of H.M.S. Samarang. 26. PLANAXxIS succincTa, A. Adams. P. testd ovato-conicd, spird acuminatd, apice acuto, anfractibus convexiusculis, pallide fusca, fasciis linearibus, transversis, multis, rufo-fuscis, ornatd, longitudinaliter. substriatd ; anfractu ultimo transversim sul- cato; apertura ovato-oblongd ; columella fusca; labro intus sul- cato. Hab. Peru, and the West Indies. Mus. Cuming. Allied to P. lineata of Montagu, but of larger growth and different form. | 27. Puanaxis BuccingEA, A. Adams. P. testd ovatd; spird brevi, acutd, apice obtuso, rubro; anfractibus planis, plicato-gra- nulosis ; nigro-fuscd, cingillis articulatis, transversis, ornatd ; longitudinaliter substriatd, transversim valde sulcatd ; aperturd ovato-oblongd; columella excavatd; labro intus creno-plicato, extus incrassato, varicoso. Hab. West Indies. Mus. Cuming. 298. PLaNnAaxis LABIOSA, A. Adams. PP. testd ovato-conicd, spird acutd, anfractibus convexiusculis, atro-purpured, fasciis pallidis (5-6) transversis, in anfractu ultimo; transversim striatd; apertura ovato-oblongd; columelld incurvatd et dilutatd; labro dilatato, margine reflexo et incrassato, intus lirato. Hab. Sandwich Islands. Mus. Cuming. 29. Lagena Caurrornica, A. Adams. JL. testd solidd, ovato- fusiformi ; spird, in medio, tumidd, anfractibus planiusculis, in- — ferne nodospinosis, albd, cingulis transversis, elevatis, rufo-fuscis articulatis ornatd, interstitiis obscuris, fuscis ; anfractu ultimo longitudinaliter ‘plicato, sertebus duobus tuberculorum subspinoso- rum instructo ; aperturd ovato-oblongd ; columella carneold, plicis quatuor, albis, obliquis ; labro intus lirato. Hab. California. Mus. Cuming. Allied to L. picta, Lamk., but of different form and markings. 30. Nassa Austratis, A. Adams. WN. testd ovato-fusiformi ; spird acuminata, pallide olivaced, fasciis tribus, transversis, fuscis, ornatd, longitudinaliter valde plicatd, interstitiis valde transversim sulcatis ; anfractu ultimo antice lris transversis subgranosis, postice, prope suturam, tuberculis moniliformibus ornato ; aper- turd ovato-rotundatd, intus fuscd, et dentato-liratd ; labro margine albo, posticé valde inflexo et dentato. Hab. Australia. Mus. Cuming. Miscellaneous. 157 MISCELLANEOUS, Note on the Bird of Paradise (Paradisea apoda). By M. de LarresNaye. WE understand from an old merchant at Rouen, a great amateur in Natural History, that one of his friends, a captain, had informed him, that being lately at Batavia and compelled to remain there for some time, he had made the acquaintance of a rich colonist who had a taste for keeping live birds, and possessed some which are very rare and valuable.» Amongst others he noticed several pairs of the Bird of Paradise, and it was not without astonishment that he several times saw the males of this bird display themselves before the female, expanding the long plumes of their flanks. By means of a sort of vibration of their entire plumage, they raised all their feathers, including these long plumes, and surrounded themselves completely, so as'to form a sort of halo, in the centre of which the bright green head formed a dise, which at the moment looked like a little emerald sun, with its rays formed by the feathers of the two plumes. He had. no doubt, that this action, which was frequently repeated, was intended to please the females, as is remarked in all, birds the males of which are furnished with ornaments.—Revue et Mag. de Zool. 1853, p. 339. New Observations on the Development of the Intestinal Worms. By Prof. Van BENEDEN. In the intestines of Rana temporaria I have found in abundance specimens of Tenia dispar, which is usually observed only in the Tritons. In the adult Proglottis the eggs are distributed in threes in capsules placed in two longitudinal rows. The embryos can move in their shells, and their motions may be seen through the integuments of the mother ; the hooks especially are constantly in motion. I succeeded in hatching these ova artificially, as I had done five years before, with the Ianguatule, by crushing them. between two plates of glass. Amongst a great number of ova and embryos which. were completely destroyed, a few still retained life and motion, and I made the following observations upon them. : All their mévements were. the same; they were consequently the effect of a normal condition. The six hooks are disposed exactly in the same manner in all the individuals,—there are two in the middle in front, and four others placed in pairs to the right and left. of these. These six hooks are not all alike, as has hitherto been sup- posed ; they vary both in length and form. Those placed in the middle are not recurved at the apex like the others; they are straight, very tapering, a little longer than the others, and thinner throughout their length. The four lateral hooks are all alike ; they consist of two parts—a rather long, straight stem, and a terminal portion, recurved so as to form a hook with the concavity behind. The two hooks in the middle are in contact at their base, but separate towards the apex, like a fan. The following is the action of these organs, it being understood that the embryos are in the midst of the débris of the Proglottis. The six hooks are first of all united in a bundle, and plunged into the tissue before them ; the two central straight styles remain sta- 158 Miscellaneous. tionary, but the two paits of hooks move backwards, the base remaining stationary whilst the apex describes a quarter of a circle. They stop when they form a right angle with the central ‘styles. After a moment’s repose, the embryo contracts itself, and the hooks return to their original position. The same operation is continued for hours, and in this manner the worm penetrates into the tissues by means of the two central styles, and the two pairs taking their point of support in front, tear a passage for the entire embryo. If we bear in mind that these embryos scarcely exceed the size of thé blood-dises of the frog, we may easily understand that they cat perforate the intestine to encyst themselves under the peritoneum, or penetrate into the vessels, so as to be carried with the blood into the various viscera, not excepting either the brain or the eyes. The question remaining for solution is that of the transformation. of the embryo with six hooks into a Cysticercus ; is this effected by metamorphosis, or by germination, as has recently been advanced ? There are Cistoid worms, in which, according to my observations, this transition evidently takes place by metamorphosis, that is to say, the first embryo becomes a Cysticercus ; in other cases, if Stein’s state- ments be correct, the embryo produces the Cysticercus. In other words, the Scolex is born of a Proscolex.—Comptes Rendus, Novem- ber 21st, 1853, p. 788. Further Observations on the Animal Substance analogous to Vegetable Cellulose. By M. Vircnow. In a previous note*, I announced to the Academy the discove of a peculiar substance in the brain and spinal cord of man, which gives rise to the same chemical reactions as vegetable cellulose. Wishing to follow out this discovery, I sought for the new sub- stance in most of the tissues of the human body, both in a healthy and morbid condition, but in vain, until it occurred to me again in a rare disease, an affection of the human spleen, which commences by a nearly pasty (colloide) degeneration of the follicles (white cor- puscles of Malpighi). This disease, commonly known in Germany | as Wachsmilz (waxy spleen), is considered by some pathologists as an albuminous or fibrinous effusion, by others as a fatty or pasty degeneration. In point of fact, the follicles of the spleen from their centre to their cireumference are converted into an apparently homo- geneous, transparent, grayish or yellowish mass, presenting a consi- derable resemblance to the grains of boiled sago. I have long known that these grains were composed of microscopic corpuscles, slightly irregular in form, but perfectly homogeneous, which might be consi- dered as resulting from the transformation of the lymphatic cells, which constitute the contents of the follicles of the spleen. When the effects of chemical reagents upon these corpuscles are observed under the microscope, it is seen that they are rendered pale by acetic acid, and that a granular precipitate is produced in the interstices of the corpuscles when a little ferrocyanate of potash is added to the _acidulated preparation. Hot nitric acid produces a yellow colour, which becomes brownish on the addition of caustic ammonia, owing * Ann, Nat. Hist. vol, xii. p. 481. Meteorological Observations. 159 evidently to xantho-proteic acid. For these reasons I formerly con- sidered these corpuscles as composed of a solid albuminous substance ; being struck, however, with the resemblance of the waxy corpuscles of the spleen to the amylaceous corpuscles of the brain, I took advan- tage of a recent case to try the effect of iodine and sulphuric acid upon them; the bright violet colour characteristic of cellulose made its appearance with surprising promptitude. The correctness of the reaction was proved upon several old pre- parations in our pathological collection (Marburg), preserved in weak spirits of wine. This substance possesses so much fixity that it still remains unchanged in a spleen which has been macerated in running water for a fortnight. ; I may add that this singular degeneration of the spleen occurs principally in general derangement of the system, and that it is most frequently met with in patients who have been subject to ulcerous affections for a very long time.—Comptes Rendus, Dec. 5, 1853, p. 860. tnt f METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR DEC. 1853. Chiswick.—December 1. Overcast: fine: clear and frosty. 2—4. Dense fog. 5, Foggy: slight rain. 6,7. Foggy: overcast, 8. Foggy: fine. 9. Fine: slight rain. 10,11. Cloudy. 12. Hazy: uniformly overcast. 13. Foggy. 14. Over- cast. 15. Snowing: clear and frosty. 16. Overcast: clear, with bright sun: severe frost at night. 17. Severe frost: overcast: frosty.. 18. Clear: overcast. 19. Uniformly overcast : clear and fine: cloudy. 20. Hazy. 21. Densely clouded: boisterous at night. 22. Overcast. 23. Cloudy: clear. 24. Clondy: clear and frosty. 25. Frosty: hazy: clear, with sharp frost at night. 26. Frosty: fine: frosty. 27. Clear and frosty : hazy: clear and frosty. 28. Clear and frosty : fine : severe frost at night. 29. Severe frost: clear and fine: frosty. 30. Snow- shower: frosty. 31. Very clear and frosty: partially overcast: sharp frost at night. Mean temperature of the month ....... 5b abs sShabéo haar aba si abs 32°49 Mean temperature of Dec. 1852 — ......cescseeeeseceeeeneeees 46 +56 Mean temperature of Dec. for the last twenty-eight years . 39 °64 Average amount of rain in Dec. .......cccecscscececseenscceeeees 1°5 inch. Boston.—Dec. 1. Cloudy: rain a.m. 2. Fine. 3. Cloudy. 4,5. Foggy. 6, Cloudy: raina.m. 7. Foggy. 8. Fine. 9. Fine: rainp.m. 10, Fine: rain early A.M. {11—13. Cloudy. 14. Fine. 15. Snow and rain a.m. and P.M, 16. Cloudy: snow a.m. 17. Cloudy. 18,19. Fine. 20. Cloudy: rain p.m. 21. Cloudy: rain a.m. andp.m. 22, 23. Cloudy: raina.m. 24. Cloudy. 25. Foggy. 26. Foggy: rain andsnowr.m. 27. Fine: snow p.m. 28, Snow a.m. and p.m. 29. Fine. 30. Fine: snowA.m. 31. Fine. Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Dec. 1. Hazy a.m.: rain p.m. 2. Damp A.M.: drops p.m. 3. Bright a.m.: cloudy, aurorar.m. 4. Clear A.M. and p.m. 5. Bright a.m.: clear, aurora p.m. 6. Clear a.m.: clear, aurora S.p.M. 7. Bright A.M.: frost, showers p.m. 8. Showers A.M.andp.m. 9. Showers A.M. : clear p.m. 10. Bright a.m.: fine p.m. 1). Frost a.m.: damp p.m. 12. Damp a.m.: showers P.M. 13. Bright a.m.: clear, lunar halo p.m. 14, Damp a.m. and p.m. 15. Cloudy a.m.: clear p.m.. 16. Damp a.m.: clear p.m. 17. Clear, frost A.M.andr.M. 18. Bright, frost a.m.: clear, frost p.m. 19. Showers a.m. : clear p.m. 20. Showers a.m.: clear, frost p.m. 21. Clear, frost a.m.: clear, frost, aurora p.m. 22, Cloudy, frost aA.m.: showers p.M. 23. Showers a.m.: showers, aurora r.M. 24. Cloudy a.M.and pm. 25, Clondy a.m.: sleet-showers ._ P.M. 26. Hail-showers a.m.: snow-showers p.M. 27. Snow drift a.m. and p.m, 28. Snow-showers A.M.: snow, cloudy p.m. 29. Thaw: showers a.m. and p.m. 30, 31. Snow-drift a.m.: snow-showers P.M. Mean temperature of Dec. for twenty-six previous years ... 41°18 Mean temperature of this month —.........+eeseee andéieesecseoee 38 97 Mean temperature of Dec. 1852 ............ sasbeavashes abauckss’ 40°74 Average quantity of rain in Dec. for thirteen previous years 4°13 inches, aa eS ee “*< Zg9.t | Lr.t | of.0 71.6£ jog.gf | ¥.E€ |96.Sz |£0.6€| 996.62 936.62 $9.62 761.62 616.62 | -uvaqy wopeesenl Go fonesheees| oun lore cam | Ef Lz zz| 61 €¢ 6£.6z gt.6z ov.6z 10S,6z 6L9.6z. |. *r€ _[rettsstesleceeereetleceeereee! oe | ema] om 6z rf €£| zz LE 79.62 65.62 LE.6z o$$ 62 oL9.6z ‘of® 1 $e, ot. |reerrrerr] ema | oom | con | SLE | ob | br! Sr zt 49.62 £6.62 go.0£ Igt.of. 16z,0£ 62 0. ere bans) nl an zt. | Sof Lz| 8 bf LE.0£ g£.0& “$L,62 706.62 £0.08 "92 cfassserees] zo, fecereeee og urpeo | *u rf | gz Stl tz-1- SE L£1.0f go.of oL,6z £19.62 716.62 ‘Lz J] Lo. |rsersseeelesteeeeee| en uyeo| as |_.z& | $1£ €£| 61 gf Vo.of 17.06 £3.62 €10.0£ BZI.0£ ‘92 searstettleseseesesiesseeereel cae | outea| cou | 2? | S&P ve! bx gf f1.0£ $z.ot ~ 16,62 661.0€ © 107,0£ Sz © Go, esersteeelerteeeees! ogy | egug | eon | bb SEY gf} vz | gf bE.0f ZE.08 06,62 $g0.0€ L7z.0£ “bz _ Sx. to. | to. eer ktm 1" iv | ob gf| 6c | «iF of.0£ L1.0& £9.62 £62.62 176,62 ‘Ezy secseresel pe lseeeereee! an | gua | on | vb | LE gf| 62 | LE Bz.o£ LY.0&- 26.62 $Lo.6z S00.0£ a4 sersseerel” €O,: |eceeerereleveeee! gu | son | of | o€ gf| £& | of gt.o£ gt.of gL.6z 696.62 $66.62 2 pe peers] sas | casa | vou | ob | gov | SE] vE | LE | bE.0€ |. croft | ¥8.6c | bzL.6< | fbe.6c | voz 2 ee Co ee a a gf | Sgt zi| gz | sé v0.0 >| 0g.6z $£.6z £gb.6z $09.6z 61 setesetslesereseeslecesseeee| oa | sgag | egg ZE gt z£| gz | +vé 1L,6z | 69:62 ov.6z gvS .6z 199.62. "QT tettteeeslecerereeeleeeeetees) eon | eg oa bE | $F €£| zz | of $L.62 |~ -SL.6z 9f.6z L¥9.6z 369.62 “Li VO, | cE. ferrets] og lupeol] u-| rp| zh] ozél 2 | €¢ 11,62 | - ‘Lo.6z o1,6z bzt.6z gz5.6z | sor peesseeeleeeeseee! og, | auu | au | ‘gu | ob | rb eit Le 9 64.62 "| 729.62 00,62 961.62 v7.62 =| S10 60, [rerrereeeleeeeeeres! ogg | egug | -on | Eb |. Sb ov] Sz | $b 61.67 £1.62 %0,6z £61.62 662,62 a Aree eye st ae he | aa owe gf 4 S961 gf | gb 9L.6z 11,62 $€.62 f££.6< 6L5.6e | -€x 5 QO, [erreeereeleeeeeeses) agg g ‘9g ob | rh Z| gz cE $3.6 96.62 oL,6z 7gL.6z v£6.62 tr D> sfytersatleeeeeeres|oreseneel omg | gg | cog | eb | gt Stel 6c | bs Lr.0f | gz.of 78,62 $66.62 oLo,0£ ‘II ; pos | BO. i trrrees| og bomum) cam | -ZE | Sh ESE] of | xp $£.0€: SE.0f ¥o,0f 611,08 Egz.of "Or Go, |rrreeree} Zo, | ems |emuu| on | Ly | ob | re] be | 2S SE.0f | :*1£.08 o1,of gzt.of gbt.of 6 Go, |rrrrsree! ro. | ms |ueo| ao | Sb | rb] rfl 6z | && gt.0f: 00,0 06,6z bg1.0£ gtz.of 8 ee pene Mere sernt ea Emer} ou] oth | LE SE| gz | bb $g.6z | © 76,62 £g.6z $g0.0f 660,0£ L ¢ TE. | £0, [rrceserre}ooeres | smu | cou | bE | 66] ob| of | Sb Er.0f | - rr,08 zL,6z 0£6,6z 090,08 | 9 ermerestersseresl zo, | cou [umeo| -a | $66 | ob | S.of| $f | ob 16.62. 9.62 $9.62 263.62 Lo6.6z. | °S Meat? Ate [tteengsneicensetees| oi Mag | 2g Sb | feb | LE) SE | Ev |. of.6z | : €2.6< tL.6z $06.62. | 96.62 vy Yo. freee] zo. | emss | mea} a by | Sob z£| of | x 1g.6¢ | ,98.6z 01.62 1$6.6z 6S6.6c. | °€ GE. fo. [reseeree"| sms | cass | “°a Lv | Sv LE} 12 | eh | zg.6e<|.. 26.62 oL,6z 668.62 L£6.62 a 3 » £0. fo, [reeestery errors | og | cas | Sob | fb | gb] bz gv ‘Lg.6z. | 2g.6z £L.6% 1£6.6z 960.06 | ‘1 bond ae: ie} fe La? = PO om . re ~ eae ot aes ¢ * ¢ ‘oe o£ BS | g F ES 2 Se ward Fg "wae £6 ee wy | “xe | © ‘wed Sg bath fe arnt XU] —o 2.8 | + jee | 8 | BE ‘soupueg | & 5 ; BS wae sae : Wi) Meal "| ‘Souq | *~ | msg “PLES ANEO es “PASO "UOHL “Urey ‘pul *19JOMLOULIIY,], *TopOULO IV | ins “AUNWMU fuopuory inau ‘MOIMSIHO / O ‘asunyyl yoimpung yo “uoysno[D *_ ‘aoy ay2 Ag pun §NOLSog 3 Teo, “TW fg 70 figatoog younyynorozy ay fo uapLvy) a4} 40 UosdmoLY, ‘I 49 apow suownasasggE yvo.bojoL0aja pT P TVWilh ame delad nat. pre see rn ee § sense ites pinion mewn ta GAOT ake 4h moet ae anaes =k eal eee eer a cour ciyaielaatae ard et pane . “dee reali RE REE Oa He : rr ae % eases SS ; MM Yi Ze a ' N Et PAY \) Wi \\ EA CYS ie) ad, nat. L Willams, dé, a THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SECOND SERIES.] No. 75. MARCH 1854. X VI.— Contributions to the Paleontology of Gloucestershire :—A description, with Figures, of some new Species of Echinodermata from the Lias and Oolites. By Tuomas Wrieut, M.D. &c., Professor of the Natural Sciences in the Cheltenham Grammar School *. i [ With two Plates. } Cidaris Edwardsu, Wright. Pl. XI. fig. 1, a—f. Test crushed, the form therefore unknown. Ambulacral areas narrow, with two rows of small perforated tubercles, and smaller perforated ones interspersed amongst them; interam- bulacral areas about four times the width of the ambulacral, having two rows of large tubercles with confluent areolas ; the primary spines long, with a compound structure; the secondary spines short with blunt apices, the surfaces of both sculptured with delicate longitudinal lines; mouth armed with powerful jaws, each with three prominent tricarinated ridges. Upper part of the test and ovarial disc unknown. Deseription.—It is much to be regretted that no other speci- men of this noble Urchin but the one before us has been ob- tained from the Lias of Gloucestershire, and as the specimen exhibits only the lower half of the test, many points of its ana- tomy remain unknown; enough of its structure, however, is shown to enable us to point out some important affinities and differences in this rare species. The narrow ambulacral areas are provided with two rows of small perforated tubercles, amongst which smaller tubercles are irregularly scattered; these tubercles all support short stout spines with a minutely sculptured surface, and which are abun- * Read at a Meeting of the Cotteswold Naturalists’ Club, held at Chel- tenham, May 4th, 1852. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xiii. 1] 162 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata dantly preserved in situ on the specimen. The wide poriferous avenues are occupied with large oblong pedal pores with very thin partition-walls between them, a circumstance which forms a good diagnostic character between C. Edwardsii and C. Fowleri, which it very much resembles in many points of structure, the pores in C. Fowleri being small and separated by thick partition- walls. The interambulacral areas are four times the width of the ambulacral, and are occupied by two rows of large tubercles set closely together in a vertical direction, so that the areolas above and below are quite confluent throughout. The imperfect condition of the shell prevents us from ascer- taining the precise number of these tubercles there were in each row, but judging from the number (eight) contained in an im- perfect column, we suppose there could not have been less than from twelve to fourteen ; they increase gradually in size from the mouth upwards, and are of a moderate magnitude when compared with the shell they adorn. The areolas are small and not prominent, and the tubercles are deeply perforated. The space between the two rows of tubercles is wide and filled with close-set miliary tubercles, most of which are raised on eleva- tions, and have their summits perforated; these all support small spines, which are well preserved in situ in our specimen. _ The spines are of two kinds—those articulated with the large tubercles (the primaries), and those articulated with the small tu- bereles (the secondaries). The primary spines exhibit a peculiar structure: the head is large, increasing gradually in diameter from the articulating cavity to the circular band ; the rim of the acetabulum is coarsely and deeply crenulated, and the raised band is prominent, narrow, and finely milled ; the neck tapers gradually from the band to the point where it joms the stem, which has the same structure as the head, and its surface is delicately sculp- tured with fine longitudinal lines; the stem is united to the neck by an oblique harmonia suture. The structure of this part of the spine differs from that of the head and neck; in the spines denuded of their external layer, it has a horny semi- transparent appearance ; in those in which this layer is pre- sent the surface is sculptured with longitudinal lines of micro- scopic delicacy, and there are numerous small processes, having their points directed forwards, arranged with some regularity in rows. The stem is circular or slightly compressed; but as none of the spines are complete, a part having been broken off, we are unable to ascertain their length. The secondary spines are very uniform in size and structure, and are abun- dantly preserved in situ; they measure from ,%ths to ,4ths of an inch in length and are round, and have their surface orna- mented with fine longitudinal lines. The mouth is armed with from the Lias and Oolites. 163 a powerful dental apparatus: three of the jaws are very promi- nent; the external surface of each is strengthened by three pro- minent ridges; the teeth are large, but are fractured. As the under surface of the test only is shown, we are unable to describe ° the ovarial dise and the dorsal surface thereof. Affinities and differences.—This Urchin belongs to the same group as C. Fowleri and C. maxima, Goldf. It resembles the former in the form and structure of both areas, and in the gra- dual development of the primary tubercles from the mouth upwards. It is distinguished from that species, however, by the greater size and uniform perforation of the miliary tubercles, but above all by the form and structure of the primary spines. Having ascertained that our conjecture * relative to the spines of C. Fowleri is correct, from having seen a specimen recently found with some spines attached to it, we can speak positively upon this point. Locality and stratigraphical range-—Found by Mr. G. E. Gavey, C.E., in the upper shale beds of the Lower Lias at Mickleton Tunnel near Chipping Campden. It was associated . with Pentacrinus Goldfussii, Wright, Ophioderma Gaveyi, Wright, Uraster Gaveyi, Forbes, and Ammonites planicosta, Sow. History.—Isolated plates of this species have been found in beds of the same geological horizon in other localities of the county of Gloucester, but the specimen before us is the only one from which the anatomy of the Urchin could be made out. We dedicate this species to Prof. Milne-Edwards, of the Museum of Natural History at the Jardin des Plantes, Paris, as a tribute of gratitude for the pleasure and profit derived from the study of his admirable monograph on British Fossil Corals. Cidaris Bouchardii, Wright. Pl. XI. fig. 2, a=c. Test circular, depressed ; ambulacral areas narrow and flexuous ; interambulacral areas with two rows of primary tubercles, 5-6 in, each row ; the areolas of the small mammillary eminences deeply excavated, and surrounded by an elevated ridge, on which a distinct circle of granules for each areolar space is disposed. Dimensions of the largest specimen. Height }3ths of an inch, transverse diameter 1 inch and ths. Dimensions of a moderate-sized specitier. Height 33ths of an inch, transverse diameter 1 inch and ,4ths. Description.—It was for some time doubted whether the young forms of this Urchin were not the C. elegans, Goldf., but a com- * Annals of Nat. Hist. Oct. 1851. 11* 164 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata parison of several individuals of our fossil with a typical spe- cimen of Goldfuss’s species, kindly sent us by our friend Dr. Roemer of Bonn, which he had identified with the original C. elegans in the Bonn Museum now under his care, has con- vinced us of their distinctness. The test of our Urchin is circular and much depressed from the great flattening of both poles; the ambulacral areas are narrow and slightly flexuous, and have two rows of small marginal granules set nearly op- posite to each other throughout the areas. The poriferous avenues are much depressed, and the pairs of pedal pores are disposed in a single file. ‘The interambulacral areas are about five times the width of the ambulacral, and have two rows of primary tubercles of moderate size, with from five to six in each row. The mammillary eminences on which the tubercles are supported are surrounded by areolas deeply excavated out of the substance of the test plates; the margin bounding the areolas is raised into a ridge on which a distinct row of close-set granules is disposed, so that each tubercle is thereby separated from its fellow; the elevation of the marginal ridges produces a zigzag depression down the centre of the areas, which is covered with a small close-set granulation. The mouth-opening is small and circular, and lies in a slight depression; the apical disc is absent in all the specimens that have yet been found. The crenulations on the mammez are small, but distinct, and the tubercles are of moderate size and not deeply perforated. Affinities and differences.—This Urchin has many affinities with C. coronata, Goldf., and C. propinqua, Minst., and has been cata- logued as the former by some authors ; it is therefore important that we should point out the diagnostic characters by which it is distinguished from them. In both these corallian forms the am- bulacral areas have four rows of granules, whilst in C. Bouchardi there are only two rows. From C. propinqua and C. coronata it is further distinguished by having more rows of primary tubercles in the interambulacral areas, in having the areolas smaller and more-.deeply sunk, the tubercles proportionately smaller, and the marginal circle of granules smaller and set closer together. With C. marginata, Goldf., it has some affinity in the excavated style of its areolar spaces, but it is distinguished from this beautiful form in having the tubercles smaller and more numerous. In C. marginata the ambulacral areas moreover are broader and more prominent, and they support four rows of small granules, whilst in C. Bouchard there are only two. With C. elegans,Goldf,, it has no resemblance whatever ; it belongs there- fore to a different group of Cidarites than these foreign corallian forms. From C. Fowleri, nobis, it 1s distinguished by having narrower and more deeply concealed poriferous avenues, fewer Jrom the Lias and Oolites. 165 primary tubercles in the interambulacral areas, and deeper exca- vated areolar spaces with a more elevated marginal rim around them: these characters serve to distinguish C. Fowleri from C. Bouchardii at a glance, and the same diagnostic traits separate it from C. Edwardsii, nobis. Locality and stratigraphical range.-—We have found this spe- cies in the Pea-grit of the Inferior Oolite of Crickley, Leck- hampton, and Birdlip Hills, Gloucestershire, but have never met with any traces of it in the Upper Ragstone beds so rich in Urchin forms. Some separate plates collected from the Bradford clay near the Tetbury Road Station, Great Western Railway, closely resemble this form ; but as no entire specimen, that we are aware of, has been found, it is impossible to state whether it has a wider range in the higher beds of the lower division of the Oolites or not. We dedicate this species to our friend M. Bouchard Chantereaux of Boulogne, to whom we are indebted for some beautiful and rare specimens of Echinoderms and other fossils from the rocks of the Boulonnais, most kindly contributed by him to aid us in the composition of these memoirs. Hemicidaris minor, Agassiz. PI. XI. fig.3, a-e. Syn, Hemicidaris minor, Agassiz, Catalogus Systematicus, p. 9; Agassiz and Desor’s Catalogue raisonné des Echinides, Annales des Sci. Nat. tom. vi. p. 339. Acrosalenia rarispina, M‘Coy, Ann. of Nat. Hist. 2nd Series, vol. ii. p- 411. Test hemispherical above, flat at the kase; ambulacral areas slightly flexuous, not prominent, with six large tubercles at their base, and four rows of small unequal-sized granules in the middle, diminishing to two rows in the upper part of the areas ; interambulacral areas three times the width of the am- bulacral, with three primary tubercles on the upper surface and three smaller ones at the base ; the wide intertubercular spaces are covered with small distinct nearly equal-sized gra- nules, which form complete circles around the margins of the areolas of the primary tubercles ; the apical disc is of mode- rate size, and its ovarial plates are covered with a delicate gra- nulation; base flat, mouth-opening large and decagonal ; pores arranged in the avenues in a single file throughout. Height .6,ths of an inch, transverse diameter ,%,ths of an inch. Description.—This beautiful little Urchin was first discovered in the étage Bathonien of Langrune, Calvados, the true equiva- lent of the Great Oolite of English geologists ; it was entered 166 Dr, T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata in M. Agassiz’s ‘ Catalogus Systematicus*’ as Hemicidaris minor, from specimens sent to him by M. Michelin ; it afterwards found a place in the ‘ Catalogue raisonné des Echinides’ of Agassiz and Desor, accompanied with this remark : “ Se distingue entre tous les Hemicidaris par les tubercules trés espacés, dont il n’y a que deux out rois dans une rangée.—Terrain Jurassique de France.— Michelin.” | Professor M‘Coy, in his paper “ On some new Me- sozoic Radiatat+,” afterwards described this Urchin under the name Acrosalenia rarispina, giving the Great Oolite of Minchin- hampton for its locality. As that gentleman has kindly favoured us with pen-and-ink sketches of the species described as new in that paper, we have no difficulty in deciding on the identity of his specimen. Moreover we have ascertained the collection from whence it originally came. The error committed by this learned author in the genus must have arisen from the disc in his spe- cimen having been covered with “adhering siliceous matrix,” and from his having overlooked the very remarkable character pointed out by Agassiz, “ les tubercules trés espacés.” We have been fortunate to receive a typical specimen of the original spe- cies from the Great Oolite of Langrune, through the kindness of our friend Professor Deslongchamps ; we have compared the French Urchin with specimens obtained from the same locality as that from whence Prof. M‘Coy’s was collected, and there is not ashadow of a doubt about their perfect identity. We have figured in detail this beautiful and singular form, to prevent the possibility of mistakes occurring about it in future. This pretty little Hemicidaris is very distinct from all others of the group to which it belongs: the test is nearly hemispherical, and the few primary tubercles stand prominently at great di- stances apart from the surface of the test.. The narrow ambulacral areas are slightly flexuous above, and have from four to six large perforated tubercles at their base only, the sides and upper part of the areas having first four, and then two rows of small imper- forate granules upon their surface about equal in size to the gra- nulation which covers other parts of the test. The poriferous avenues are depressed, and the pedal pores are disposed in pairs throughout. The interambulacral areas depart considerably from the typical structure of this portion of the test in other Echinide ; they are three times the width of the ambulacra, and have at their base three large primary tubercles, two on one side and one on the other, with a smaller tubercle above the single large one ; on the sides and upper part of the areas there are only three primary tubercles, two on one side and one on the other, making * Catalogus Systematicus Ectyporum Echinoderm. Foss. Mus. Neoco- mensis, 1840. +. Annals of Natural History, 2nd Series, vol. ii. p-4 ag hee from the Laas and Oolites. 167 only three pairs of primary tubercles in the interambulacral areas, those of the base being: closely set together, and those on the sides at great distances apart ; the tubercles are large and hemi- spherical and only slightly perforated ; the mammillary eminences which support them are small and ring-like with faintly marked crenulations, and the areolas are rather wide and only slightly grooved, so that the tubercles project prominently and abruptly from the surface of the test. The margin of the areolas is en- circled by a row of granules rather larger than those which cover the rest of the intertubercular surface of the plates; here the granules are close-set and disposed without much regularity. The apical dise is of moderate size and slightly prominent ; the five ovarial plates are large and of a heptagonal form, the ocular plates are small and heart-shaped, and the surface of both is covered with a close-set delicate granulation ; the anal opening is nearly central and circular; the base is flat; the mouth- opening is large and widely decagonal from the great span of the ambulacral arches, and the comparative smallness of those of the interambulacra. The spines are as yet unknown. Affinities-and differences.—This remarkable little Urchin is so entirely different from its congeners, that it is impossible to mistake it for any other of the group-to which it belongs. The presence of tubercles at the base of the ambulacral areas only, — and of granules on the sides of these spaces, associate it with H. diademata, but the small number of the primary tubercles on the interambulacra, added to the great distance at which they are placed apart, serve to distinguish it from the young of that spe- cies; in fact, these characters alone are perfectly diagnostie of H. minor among all other forms of Hemicidaris. (ai! Locality and stratigraphical range.—It was first found in the “Grand Oolite” of Langrune, Calvados, from whence the beau- tiful specimen before us was obtained, and kindly sent by Pro- fessor Deslongchamps of Caen. We take the present opportunity of recording our grateful acknowledgements to that emiment na- turalist for his kindness and courtesy, not only im contributing specimens to our cabinet for comparison and reference, but likewise for communicating many rare species of ovlitie Echi- nide which served as the types of several of M. Agassiz’s spe- cies, and which specimens have been of much service in clear- ing up doubts as to the identity of some other English forms. H. minor was collected in this country by W. Walton, Esq., from the Great Oolite of Hampton near Bath. History.—First named by M. Agassiz from specimens in M. Michelin’s cabinet ; afterwards described as Acrosalenia rari- spina by Prof. M‘Coy from specimens in the Cambridge Museum, which came from Mr. Walton’s series collected near Bath ; it has 168 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata never yet been found either by Mr. Lycett or ourselves in the Great Oolite of Minchinhampton. Acrosalenia Crinifera, Wright. Pl. XII. fig. 1, a—d. Syn. ZEchinus minutus, Buckman, Geology of Cheltenham, 2nd ed. p- 95. : Cidarites criniferus, Quenstedt, Handbuch der Petrefactenkunde, tab. 49. fig. 32. p. 574. Test circular, depressed ; ambulacral areas narrow, with two rows of microscopic tubercles placed at some distance apart on each side of the areas, those of the right side alternating with those of the left; interambulacral areas with two rows of primary tubercles, 9-10 in each row, so disposed that the test appears to possess only ten rows of primary tubercles nearly equidistant from each other ; spines long, numerous and hair-like. Height ,5,ths of an inch, transverse diameter z°,ths of an inch. Description.—This singular little Urchin has been long known to collectors, and has been often a puzzle to them, for although a few specimens have been collected in a tolerable state of pre- servation, still for the most part the test is much injured by pyrites; under the most favourable circumstances, it requires a good lens and much patient study to make out the details of its structure. It was first found in the black shales of the lower Lias near this town, and recently, with its hair-like spines. at- tached to the test, from the same bed near Gloucester, when ex- cavating the new docks of that city ; it was there associated with Ammonites oxynotus, Quenst. It is difficult to say whether this tiny Urchin is a Hemicidaris or an Acrosalenia, and the absence of the apical disc leaves the question unsolved ; we incline to the opinion that it is an Acrosalenia from the structure of the am- bulacral areas, the shape, length and development of the spines when compared with the diameter of the test, the spines being more than four times the diameter of the latter ; be this however as it, may, it is neither an Hchinus nor a Cidaris, as previous authors have supposed. . The ambulacral areas are narrow, with two rows of small marginal tubercles not much larger than the common granulation of the test; these tubercles. are placed in each row at some distance apart, and the tubercles of the one side alternate with those of the opposite side ; between these rows of tubercles the surface of the plates is adorned with a delicate granulation, which is arranged into a zigzag line; the tubercles are very uniform in size and distribution throughout the areas, and do not increase at the base thereof, as is the case in the ge- nus Hemicidaris. The interambulacral areas are wide, and have two rows of primary tubercles, from 9-10 in each row; their from the Lias and Oolites. 2 169 mammillary eminences have well-defined areolas, the summits of» the mammez are deeply crenulated, and the tubercles are small and widely perforated ; the areolas are confluent above and be- low ; between the two rows of tubercles an elevated band extends from the mouth to the apical disc, composed of from 4-6 rows, » of unequal-sized granules. When viewed at the equator with the naked eye, this Urchin appears to possess only ten, rows..of tubercles placed nearly equidistant from each other; but. when examined with an inch object-glass under the microscope its» true structure is disclosed,—the narrowness of the ambulacral areas, the closeness and sinallness of their rows of tubercles, the granular band down the centre of the interambulacra, and the unequal size of its component tubercles, alike contr ibute to make the deception almost complete. The most remarkable parts of the structure of this tiny fossil are the spines, which in some crushed specimens are preserved in. situ; they are long, delicate and hair-like, and have large articular heads ; these spines look like so many bristles laid down in all directions upon some slabs of the Lias shales ; ina crushed © test of four-tenths of an inch in diameter the spines ‘measured’ an ” inch and a half in length. , Affinities and differences.—The only Cidarites for which A. cri- nifera is likely to be mistaken are Diadema Mooreit and Pedina Etheridgii ; from the former it is easily distinguished by the nar- — rowness of the ambulacral areas and the smallness of the tubercles thereof ; from the latter it differs in the comparative smallness of » its ambulacral areas, and above all in having the mammillary eminences of its tubercles deeply crenulated, a character which is absent in all the Pedinas we know; at present we know of tio” other Urchin in the Lias for which it can be mistaken: rai Locality and stratigraphical range.—A. crinifera has_ vers ; found only in the lower shales of the lower Lias near Lans- ~ downe, Cheltenham, and in the same stratum near Gloucester ; it is associated wtth Turrilites Valdani, D’Orbig., and Ammonites oxynotus, Quenstedt. It has been collected by Prof. Quenstedt in the lowest schist of the “ Posidonienschiefer von Pliensbach bei Boll” in Wiirtemberg. We have before us now two slabs ° of this curious bed ; one surface of the slab is covered over with the long hair-like spines strewed about in all directions, with here and there the crushed test of one of these Urchins with its spines attached and in situ. History.—Described by Mr. Buckman under the name Echinus minutus, but previously noticed by M. Quenstedt in his. work on the Floetzgebirge of Wiirtemberg ; it has been recently figured by him in his ‘ Handbuch der Petrefactenkunde,’ under the name _ Cidarites eriniferus. 170 ~—— Dr. T. Wright ‘on new Species of Echinodermata Diadema Davidsoni, Wright. Pl. XII. fig. 2, a-e. Test depressed, circular ; tubercles elevated upon’ prominent mammillary eminences; pores in a single file throughout; a few small secondary tubercles in the interambulacra ; the pri- mary ambulacral tubercles nearly as large as those of the interambulacra. | Height .°,ths of an inch, transverse diameter 1 inch and ,5,ths. Description.—This beautiful Urchin has a regular. cireular test, not at all inclined to the pentagonal form of many of its oolitic congeners. The ambulacral areas are three-fourths the width of the interambulacral areas,.and are nearly of a uniform width throughout, tapering slightly and gracefully inwards to- wards thei superior third; the contraction assumes the form of a gentle curve. slightly inclined towards the. centre... The double. row of tubercles gradually increases in size fromthe mouth to the equator, where three pairs are about the same size ; from this pot upwards they gradually decrease, and terminate in two pairs of minute rudimentary tubercles at the disc. A single row of granules, arranged in a zigzag form, separates the primary tubercles from each other, a larger granule marking each of the angles. There is no granulation or other sculpture be- tween the mammillary eminences of the tubercles and the pori- riferous avenues. There are from twelve to thirteen pairs of tubercles in each area. The interambulacral areas are nearly ;‘;ths of an inch in width, and {th wider than the ambulacral areas; they retain their width uniformly throughout, and. are occupied. by two rows of primary tubercles, nine to ten in arow, the mammillary eminences of which are large and prominent, and separated from each other by two rows of small granules which extend only a short distance beyond the equator; the remaining space between their termination and the disc being destitute of sculpture, where likewise the areas are slightly de- pressed ; and. a single row of granules rises on the external side of the tubercles, with here and there a secondary tubercle towards _ the basal portion of the test. The poriferous avenues are very narrow: the pedal pores are arranged in a single file, only three or four additional pairs being introduced in the increased spaces around the circumference of the mouth. The tubercles of both areas are of moderate size, but exceedingly prominent, in consequence of being elevated upon large mammillary eminences, the apices of which are deeply cre- nulated. The tubercles of the ambulacral areas at the equator are not much less than those of the interambulacral areas, but upon the upper surface of the test they become much smaller and more numerous. , from the Lias and Oolites. 171 The mouth is decagonal and of moderate size : the arches over the bases of the ambulacral areas are about one-third greater in span than those across the interambulacra. The disc is absent in all the specimens, four in number, we have seen. Affinities and differences.—-This_ species resembles Cidarites (Diadema) mamillanus, Roemer, in the prominence of the tuber- cles and depression of the test ; but Roemer’s figure* is so indi- stinct and devoid of details, that it is impossible to institute a strict comparison between our Urchin and the one figured by him. The difference between D. Davidsoni and D. subangulare’ is so marked that it is impossible to mistake them—the penta- gonal outline, large tubercles, wide granulated space between the primary tubercles of both areas, with the pores arranged in double files on the upper surface of the test, form a group of characters which distinguish D. subangulare from our Urchin. From D. pseudodiadema it is distinguished by the tubercles in D. Davidsoni of the ambulacral equalling im size those of the interambulacral areas, whilst in that species they are unequal. The rudimentary condition of the secondary tubercles in our species forms a striking contrast to the size they attain in D. pseudodiadema. The naked condition of the central parts of the interambulacral areas connects it with D. subnudum, Ag., of the Chalk, and the neatness of its outline allies it with other cre- taceous forms. . Locality and stratigraphical range-—We have collected this species in the clays of the Coral rag near Calne, Wilts; it is a very rare Urchin, as we only know four specimens of it. ‘We dedicate this species to our friend Thomas Davidson, Esq., whose learned monographs on the Brachiopoda have earned him the gratitude of all paleontologists. We take this opportunity likewise of recording our deep obligations to Mr. Davidson for many friendly acts of assistance given during the preparation of these memoirs, by which we have been enabled to compare a con- siderable number of foreign Echinide with those of our own island, and thereby have been enabled to obtain a better know- ledge of the affinities existing among the Echinoderms of the Kuropean Oolitic fauna. Diadema Mooreii, Wright. Pl. XII. fig. 3, ad. Test circular, depressed ; ambulacral tubercles smaller than those of the interambulacral areas ; plates of the test covered with a small wide-set prominent granulation ; mouth large and deca- gonal; anal opening large ; apical disc of moderate size. Height ,*,ths of an inch, transyerse diameter $Zths of an inch. * Die Verstemerungen des Norddeutschen Oolithen Gebirges, pl. 2. fig. 1. 172 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata. Description.—There is much difficulty in distinguishing some of the smaller Diademas from each other, inasmuch as the young condition of many of the larger species so closely resembles the adult state of others, that it is only after one obtains a number of individuals of different species in their various phases of growth, that the naturalist feels himself upon sure ground when he endeavours to distinguish the affinities and differences that exist among them. After a diligent search for Urchins in the Lias of Glowces- tershire, we have succeeded in collecting only a very few examples of this group from these rocks. In addition to those found here, our friend Mr. Moore of Uminster kindly presented us with a few specimens which he collected from the Upper Lias near Ilminster, and from these collective materials the species under consider- ation was discovered. Diadema Mooreu has a circular outline slightly inclining to a pentagonal contour; it is much depressed at the upper surface and is flattened at the base. The ambu- lacral areas are very narrow, being less than one-third the width of the interambulacral ; their margins are occupied by two rows of tubercles about eight in each row, which, at the base and up to the equator, are nearly as large as those of the interambulacra ; but from that region to the apex of the area they rapidly dimi- nish in size, and are here very disproportionate in magnitude to them ; a zigzag line of single granulation separates the two rows of tubercles from each other. ‘The imterambulacral areas are wide and well developed, and have two rows of tubercles, from 8-9 in each row, which occupy the centre of the plates ; the areolas of the tubercles on the upper surface are surrounded with a circle of granules which separates them from each other, but those of the base are confluent above and below. The inter- tubercular surface at the base of the test has a number of gra- nules scattered over it, whilst on the upper surface, the plates are destitute of any other ornament beyond the faint circles that surround the tubercles. The pedal pores are arranged in pairs in a single file; the avenues are, however, rather flexuous be- low; the basal tubercles of both areas are nearly alike in size, but on the dorsal surface those of the ambulacra dwindle into large granules, whilst those of the interambulacra maintain their size up to the last pair, which are small near the margin of the disc. The mouth-opening is. large, and its margin is divided into ten nearly equal-sized lobes. The apical disc is partly pre- served in the specimen here figured ; it consists of five large ovarial plates of a heptagonal form; two of the sides unite with the in- terambulacral plates, two with the ocular, two with the adjoin- ing ovarials, and the single surface contributes to form the boundary or ‘the anal opening, which is of moderate size; the Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered species of Araneidea. 173 five ocular plates are small and heart-shaped, their apex is di- rected towards the anal opening, and their base to the area; the madreporiform tubercle is slightly elevated on the single ovarial plate, and the surface of the discal plates is almost destitute of sculpture or granulation. Affinities and differences.— D. Mooreii resembles D. depressum, Ag., in the depression of its upper surface and the flatness of its base, likewise in having the tubercles of both areas of nearly a uniform size around the base ; but it is readily distinguished from D. depressum by the number and greater development of the tubercles of the ambulacra, which maintain their size throughout; whilst in D. Mooreit the ambulacral tubercles are fewer in num- ber and rudimentary in size in all the upper part of the areas. The contour of the test moreover does not assume the penta- gonal outline of D. depressum, nor has the upper surface of the interambulacral areas the median depression seen on the test of the latter. The mouth-opening is larger, and the decagonal lobes are more equal in size in D. Moorew than in D. depressum. Locality and stratigraphical range-~-We have collected D. Mooreii in the Upper Lias of Gloucestershire. Mr. Moore found it in the same stratum near Ilminster with Ammonites communis and A. serpentinus. Professor Deslongchamps has communicated a specimen of this Urchin which he found in the Lias supérieure of May, Calvados, associated with Leptena Davidsonit and The- cidea Bouchardiu and several other species. We dedicate this species to Mr. Moore, of Ilminster, whose assiduous researches have brought to light so many interesting forms from the Upper Liassic beds of Somersetshire. [To be continued. } _XVII.—Descriptions of some newly discovered species of Araneidea. By Jonn Biackwatt, F.L.S. Trihe OCTONOCULINA. Family Sauricrpz. Genus Salticus, Latr. Salticus promptus. Length of an ynmature female goths of an inch; ein of the cephalo-thorax 45 ; breadth ax; breadth of the abdomen zo; length of a posterior leg +5; length of a leg of the second pair The cephalo-thorax i is large, glossy, nearly quadrilateral, ab-. 174 Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered species of Avaneidea. ruptly sloped behind, depressed and prominent before, projecting beyond the base of the falces ; it is of a fulvous colour, with the entire space between the eyes, a line extending along the middle of its posterior half, several oblique ones on the sides of that part, and the margins of a black hue, the cephalic region having a slight tinge of brown, and the anterior eyes are surrounded with white hairs. The falces are small, conical, vertical, and have a few minute teeth on their inner surface; the maxille, which are straight, are enlarged and rounded at the extremity ; the lip is moderately long and rounded at the apex; and the sternum has a regular oval form. The colour of these parts is pale yellowish brown, the sternum having a broad black border. The legs are robust, particularly those of the anterior pair, and are provided with hairs and sessile spines, two parallel rows of the latter occurring on the inferior surface of the tibize and me- tatarsi of the anterior legs; the fourth pair is the longest, the first pair rather surpasses the third, and the second pair is the shortest ; their colour is pale yellowish brown, and there is an irregular black spot on the upper part of the coxze of the posterior pair, and a curved one at the extremity of the femora of the anterior pair, on the under side; each tarsus is terminated by two curved, slightly pectinated claws, below which there is a small scopula. The palpi resemble the legs in colour, and have a few black spots on the cubital, radial, and digital joints, in front. The abdomen is oviform, convex above, projecting a little’ over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is clothed with black and short hoary hairs, and is of a fulvous colour, with curved, trans- verse, oblique rows of black spots, more or less confluent, extending from the upper part to the sides; and on the under part numerous black spots are distributed without regularity ; the branchial opercula have a pale yellowish tint ; and there is a longitudinal black streak on the upper part of each superior spinner. In October 1853 an immature female of this species, which is nearly allied to Salticus frontalis and Salticus reticulatus, was received from the Rev. Hamlet Clark, who took it near North- ampton in the autumn of the same year. Salticus Jenynsii. Length of the female ;3ths of an inch ; length of the cephalo- thorax; breadth 4, ; breadth of the abdomen +5 ; length of an anterior leg +; length of a leg of the third pair 3. The legs are robust, especially those of the first and second pairs, and are provided with hairs and strong black spines; their colour is yellowish brown, a longittidinal black Jine extending Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered species of Avancidea. 175 long the upper part of the femora, genua, and tibie ; the an- terior and posterior pairs, which are the longest, are equal in length, and the third pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is termi- nated by two curved claws, below which there is a scopula.. The palpi have a yellowish brown hue, the digital joint being the darkest. The cephalo-thorax is nearly quadrilateral, prominent in front, projecting beyond the base of the falces; it is covered with yellowish brown and black hairs intermixed, and has some long yellowish ones below the anterior row of eyes; a narrow black line occurs on the margins, immediately above which there is a longitudinal one of a yellowish brown hue. The falces are short, powerful, conical, and vertical; the maxille are straight, aud enlarged and rounded at the extremity ; and the lip is some- what. oval. These parts have a yellowish brown tint, with the exception of the bases of the maxille and lip, which haye a dark brown hue... The sternum is small, oval, and of a brown colour, the margins being much the darkest. The abdomen is. oviform, pointed at the spinners, convex above, projecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is densely clothed with short yellowish brown hairs, mterspersed with long black ones; a faint red- brown line passes from the spinners along the middle of the upper part, more than half of its length, and then separates into two diverging branches which extend to its anterior extremity and form a very acute angle; these red-brown lines have an obscure, narrow, whitish border, bounded by a faint red-brown parallel line, and an obscure whitish line bisects the angular space com- prised. between the diverging branches of the medial line; on the under part there is an obscure dark band, which tapers gra- dually from the sexual organs to the spinners ; and the branchial opercula have a pale yellow hue. It affords me much gratification to connect. with this: species of Salticus the name of so accomplished a naturalist as. the Rev. Leonard Jenyns, M.A., F.L.S. &¢., to whose liberality Iam indebted for this opportunity of describing the adult female. It was. comprised in a collection of spiders made. in Cambridge- shire, and obligingly placed at my disposal. by Mr. Jenyns in February 1853. Family Drasstp2&. Genus Drassus, Walck. Drassus propinquus. Length of male ith of an inch; length of the cephalo-thorax 7s3 breadth ,4,; breadth of the abdomen ,',; length of a pos- terior leg 4; length of a leg of the third pair 4. The eyes are disposed on the anterior part of the cephalo- 176 Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered species of Araneidea. thorax in two short, transverse, slightly curved, concentric rows, whose convexity is directed backwards, the intermediate ones of the anterior row being rather the smallest and darkest of the eight. The cephalo-thorax is oval, convex, glossy, with slight furrows on the sides converging towards a narrow indentation in the medial line ; it is sparingly clothed with hoary hairs, some of which are disposed in three faint rows on each side, along the furrows; the falces are conical, vertical, and armed with a few minute teeth on the inner surface; the maxille are powerful, enlarged where the palpi are inserted, greatly dilated at the base, rounded at the extremity, and inclined towards the lip, which is longer than broad and rounded at. the apex; the sternum is heart-shaped. These parts are of a brown colour, the margins of the cephalo-thorax and sternum, and the base of the lip being much the darkest. The legs are long, slender, provided with hairs and sessile spines, and are of a yellowish brown colour, with the exception of the femora of the first and second pairs which have a dark brown hue, those of the second pair being the paler ; the fourth pair is rather ‘onger than the first, which surpasses the se- cond, and the third pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by two plain curved claws, below which there is a small scopula. The palpi are robust ; the humeral and cubital joints are somewhat darker coloured than the legs, and the radial and digital joints have a dark brown tint ; the humeral joint has a gibbosity near its extremity on the under side, which is provided with short hairs, and the radial joint projects forwards, from its outer side, a very large curved apophysis, whose yellowish brown extremity is slightly bifid; the digital joint is of an elongated oval form, convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs ; these organs are highly developed, very protu- berant at the base, which is convex and glossy, and have a small prominent process at the extremity; they are of a dark brown colour faintly tinged with red. The abdomen is oviform, glossy, thinly clothed with short hairs, convex above, projecting a little over the base of the cephalo-thorax, and is of a dark brown colour, the under part being the palest; there is a spot on each side of the anterior extremity, a fine line extending thence along the middle of the upper part nearly half of its length, and an oblique, transverse, curved line, whose extremities pass along the sides to the under part, and whose middle portion, abruptly curved forwards, is bisected by the point of the fine medial line ; these marks are somewhat obscure, of a deep yellowish brown hue, and are sparingly covered with hoary hairs; a few white hairs form a minute spot immediately above the spinners, and the colour of the branchial opercula is brown. Two adult males of Drassus propinguus, which is closely allied ‘Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered species of Araneidea. 177 to Drassus nitens, were captured in the spring of 1853; one running on a public road near Llanrwst, and the other in a _ window of the sitting-room at Oakland. In the summer of the same year Mr, R. H. Meade took an adult male of this species in Norfolk, Family LinypHiip2. Genus Linyphia, Latr. Linyphia tenella. Length of the female’! th of an inch; length oF the cephalo- thorax >; breadth 51, ; breadth of the abdomen ; 29 ; length of an anterior leg 4; length of a leg of the third pair 4. The cephalo-thorax is oval, convex, glossy, with an indentation in the medial line; the falces are conical, vertical, and armed with minute teeth on the inner surface ; the maxille are straight, with the exterior angle at the extremity curvilinear. These parts have a brown tint, ‘with the exception of the lateral margins of the cephalo- thorax, which are black. The lip is semicircular _and prominent at the-apex; and the sternum is -convex, glossy, and heart-shaped. Both these parts have a very dark brown hue. The eyes are seated on black spots; those of each lateral pair are placed obliquely.on a small tubercle and are contiguous, and the anterior eyes of the four intermediate ones forming the trapezoid are seated on a slight protuberance and are the. smallest and darkest of the eight. The legs are long, slender, provided with hairs and fine spines, and have a light yellowish red tint ; the first pair is the longest, the second pair slightly surpasses the fourth, and the third pair is the shortest; each tarsus is ter- minated by three claws; the two superior ones are curved and pectinated, and the inferior one is inflected near its base. The palpi resemble the legs in colour. The abdomen is oviform, pointed at the spinners, sparingly supplied with short hairs, glossy, convex above, and projects over the base of the cephalo- thorax ; it is of a dull olive-green hue, the under part being the darkest, and along the middle of the upper part there extends a very obscure series of angular lines of a deeper shade ee their vertices directed forwards; the sexual organs present two parallel, convex, glossy prominences of a red-brown colour. An adult female of this Linyphia was received from Mr. R. H. Meade in September, and an immature one from the Rev. Hamlet Clark in October 1853. Linyphia circumspecta. Length of the male zith of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax 35; breadth sz; breadth of the ‘abdomen 35 ; length of an anterior leg 55; length of a leg of the third pair } Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. ‘Vol. xiii. 12 178 Mr, J. Blackwall on newly discovered species of Araneidea. The eyes are seated on black spots; the four intermediate ones form a trapezoid whose anterior side is the shortest; and those of each lateral pair are placed obliquely on a minute tubercle and are contiguous ; the posterior eyes of the trapezoid are the largest and the anterior ones the smallest of the eight. The cephalo-thorax is oval, convex, glossy, with slight furrows on the sides converging towards an indentation im the medial line ; the falces are conical, armed with a few small teeth on the inner: surface, and somewhat inclined towards the sternum, which is broad and heart-shaped; the maxille are enlarged where the palpi are inserted, and slightly inclined towards the lip, which is semicircular and prominent at the apex ; the legs are long, slender, and provided with hairs and fine spines; the first pair is the longest, then the second, and the third pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by three claws; the two superior ones are curved and minutely pectinated, and the inferior one is inflected near its base. These parts are of a yellowish brown colour; the sternum, lip, and lateral margins of the cephalo-thorax are the darkest, the legs much the palest, and the falces and maxille are faintly tinged with red. The palpi resemble the legs in colour, with the exception of the digital joint which has a brown hue; the cubital and radial joints are short, the latter being the stronger; the digital joint is oval, with a depressed, curved pro- cess at the base, on the outer side; it is convex and hairy exter- nally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly developed, prominent, with a black filiform spine at the extremity curved in a circular form, and are of a red-brown colour. The convex sides of the digital joints are directed towards each other. The abdomen is oviform, pointed at the spinners, thinly clothed with -hairs, glossy, convex above, and projects over the base of the cephalo-thorax ; it is of a yellowish brown colour, the under part being much the darkest, and has an obscure series of dark angular lines, whose vertices are directed forwards, extending along the middle of the upper part: between the branchial opercula there is a rather prominent transverse fold. In the autumn 1853, males of this species, having their palpal organs fully developed, were discovered among herbage growing in woods about Oakland. Linyphia flavipes. Length of the male th of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax ;1,; breadth 3; breadth of the abdomen ,',; length of an anterior leg +; length of a leg of the third pair }. The legs are long, slender, provided with hairs and fine spines, and of a pale yellow colour faintly tinged with brown; the first pair is the longest, then the second, and the third pair is the shortest ; each tarsus is terminated by three claws; the two Mr. J. Blackwall on newly discovered species of Araneidea. 179 superior ones are curved and minutely pectinated, and the inferior one is inflected near its base. The palpi have a brown-black tint ; the radial joint is stronger than the cubital, and is some- what produced in front ; the digital joint is oval, with a lobe on the outer side; it is convex and hairy externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly developed, pro- tuberant, complicated in structure, with a curved prominent: process near the base, on the outer side, a few very short pointed ones at the extremity, and are of a reddish brown hue. The convex sides of the digital joints are directed towards each other. The cephalo-thorax is oval, convex, glossy, with slight furrows on the sides converging towards an indentation in the medial: line; the falces are conical, armed with a few teeth on the imner surface, and inclined towards the sternum, which is broad, convex, and heart-shaped; the maxille are straight, with the exterior angle at the extremity curvilimear; and the lip is semi- circular and prominent at the apex. These parts are of a brownish black hue, the falees and maxille being faintly tinged with red. The fout intermediate eyes form a trapezoid whose anterior side is the shortest, and those of each lateral pair are seated obliquely on a tubercle and are nearly contiguous; the: anterior eyes of the trapezoid are placed on a slight protuberance and are the smallest and darkest of the eight. The abdomen is: oviform, glossy, thinly clothed with hairs, convex above, pro-' jecting over the base of the cephalo-thorax, and is of a brownish black colour. Some individuals have an obscure series of slightly angular lines of a pale brown colour, whose vertices are directed forwards, extending along the upper part of the abdomen. Adult males of Linyphia flavipes were found among moss in woods at Oakland in the summer of 1853. Genus Neriéne, Blackw. Neriéne herbigrada. Length of the female ;',th of an inch; length of the cephalo- thorax >',; breadth =4,; breadth of the abdomen z',; length of an anterior leg ;4,; length of a leg of the third pair ;4. The cephalo-thorax is oval, convex, glossy, with an indentation in the medial line; the falces are powerful, conical, vertical, divergent at the extremity, and armed with teeth on the inner surface ; the maxille are enlarged where the palpi are inserted, and inclined towards the lip, which is semicircular and prominent at the apex; and the sternum, is. broad and heart-shaped. These parts have a brown hue; the sternum and lip are the darkest, and the falees and maxille, which are the palest, are faintly tinged with red. The eyes are seated on black spots; those of each lateral pair are placed obliquely on a small tuberele, and 12% 180 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic are contiguous, and the anterior eyes of the four intermediate ones forming the trapezoid, which are near to each other, are the smallest and darkest of the eight. The legs are provided with hairs, and have a yellowish brown hue; the anterior and posterior pairs, which are the longest, are equal in length, and the third pair is the shortest; each tarsus is terminated by three claws ; the two superior ones are curved and slightly pectimated, and the inferior one is inflected near its base. The palpi resemble the legs im colour. The abdomen is oviform, hairy, glossy, convex above, and projects over the base of the cephalo- thorax; it.is of a pale brown colour, with obscure spots of a deeper shade, the under part being rather the darkest ; the sexual organs have a reddish brown hue, and their anterior margin is prominent and semicircular. The colours of the sexes are similar. The male has the humeral joint of its palpi curved towards the cephalo-thorax, which has a narrow indentation immediately behind each lateral pair of eyes; the radial is larger than the cubital jomt and pro- jects a strong obtuse apophysis from its extremity, in front, towards the inner side; the digital joint is somewhat oval, with a large lobe on the outer side; it is convex and hairy-externally, concave within, comprising the palpal organs, which are highly developed, complicated in structure, with a curved prominent process at their base, on the outer side, another, situated under- neath, which has its extremity enlarged and depressed, and two long, contiguous, filiform, black spines, originating near their base, on the outer side, which pass obliquely downwards, and curving round their extremity, extend considerably beyond the termination of the digital jomt: the colour of these organs is red-brown. A ak : Early in October 1853 both sexes of Neriéne herbigrada, ina mature state, were detected among coarse herbage and moss growing in woods on the northern slope of Gallt y Rhyg. Like _ Neriéne sulcata, this species makes a near approximation to the spiders of the genus Walckenaéra. } XVIII.—On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and onthe Structure of the Oryans of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals. By Tuomas Wiui1ams, M.D. Lond., Licentiate of the Royal College of Physicians, formerly Demonstrator on Structural Anatomy at Guy’s Hospital, and now of Swansea. [ With two Plate. | [Continued from p. 137.) THE orbit of the blood-proper in the Annelid is conducted in obedience to the simplest hydraulic principles. The Annelid is 4 Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. — 181 vermiform in figure. A dorsal vessel carries the blood from the tail to the head, a ventral in the reverse direction. The inter-— mediate currents invariably, in every species, bear from the latter into the former vessel. This fact is perfectly patent to the eye of every observer. The blood enters into the dorsal vessel from the viscera, from the ventral trunk info the viscera. In sim- plicity of mechanical principles nothing can exceed such an ar- rangement. The annulose ‘circulation’ observes two leading directions, longitudinal and transverse. The dorsal trunk is _ propulsive, the ventral distributive, the cesophageal ring con- nective. Let the circulatory system of the articulated animal be studied with reference to this comparative standard. Myriapoda, Insecta, Arachnida. _. These three classes are distinguished by one type of organi- zation. The blood-system, the nervous, and the respiratory are constructed upon one essential plan. A law, true of one, cannot therefore suffer aberration in the other. The unity of nature’s constructive principles are observed with rigid inviolability.: The lowest Myriapod.is removed from the highest Annelid only by a short distance: the former in the adult state has no chyl- aqueous fluid, the latter no tracheal system. _ Is it mechanically reasonable that the introduction of ‘trachese’ into the organism should involve a radical change of plan in the orbital direction of the blood-current? It must be so, if Mr. Newport’s expo- sition of this subject be founded in truth. In the Annelid the eye follows with clearness and certainty the currents in all the lateral vessels attached to the dorsal trunk moving into or in the direction of the latter. In what Mr. Newport has called the systemic arteries i Myriapods and Arachnids, the blood moves in a contrary direction, from the dorsal vessel towards the viscera. Those very vessels which in the Annelid can be proved indu- bitably, by the eye, to be veins, are suddenly in the very next class reversed into arteries! Which is the more probable,—that her observers have perpetrated a paradox, or that nature has reversed her course? The subject deserves a more accurate examination. All English and continental anatomists have implicitly followed Mr. Newport ; where he is in error they are wrong, where he is truthful they are right. It is Aés exposition of this subject there- fore that must be measured by the standard of actual nature. Disciples will obey the master-teacher. Mr. Newport’s researches on the “ Circulation of the Blood” in the Myriapods, Insects, and Arachnids, constituted a remark- ‘182 Dr. T. Williams’ on the Mechanism of Aquatic able vera in the anatomical history of the Invertebrate animals*. His researches are masterpieces of minute and difficult ana- tomy ; they deserve, as they have received, the admiration of all scientific men. The age of authority is gone by. Truth must now be reverenced at her native shrine, and Mr. Newport must submit to the criticism of his peers. Mr. Newport’s anatomy is exact, but his reasoning is unintelligibly contradictory. His researches relate exclusively to the central parts of the circu- lating system of the tracheary Articulata; he has not attempted to investigate the peripheric. This is a natural division of this subject. Let these heads be discussed separately. Central Parts of the Circulatory System in the Myriapoda, Insecta, and Arachnida. The researches of Baker, Carus, Wagner +, Lyonet ¢, Cuvier §, Treviranus ||, Latreille, Straus-Durkheim**, Mr. Bowerbank t+, Tyrrel ff, Muller §$, Hunter, Lord |||}, Newport ¢4, im con- nexion with this subject, should be historically signalized'; they deserve the reverence, but not the servile acceptance, of the sci- entific scholar ; they involve a vast mass of laboriously acquired knowledge ; they constitute the foundation whereon all future ‘additions must rest. | i The myriapodal ‘circulation ’ exists in its least complex form in the Iulide. Of this family the Spirostrepti and Spiroboli re- present the lowest genera. Mr. Newport has proved’ that the chambers of the heart decrease in number as the articulate scale is followed upwards from the lowest Myriapod to the highest Arachnid. This principle is not observed in the larva of all in- sects. In several aquatie species, the great venous abdominal currents may be followed most perfectly with the ‘eye, and seen’ to enter the dorsal vessel only at its posterior extremity, where alone auricular orifices exist (P]. IX. fig. 4, 5). The dorsal vessel (a) ‘of * Qn the neryous and circulatory systems, and on the existence of a complete circulation of blood in vessels, in Myriapoda and Macrourous Arachnida, Phil. Trans. 1843. Also Art. Insecta, Cyclop. Anat. and Phys. 5 and various papers in the ‘ Linnean Transactions,’ by George Newport, Esq. f Isis; 1882. t. Traité Anatomique de la Chénille, &c., 1760. . § Lecons-d’ Anat. Comp. || Die Arachniden, 1812; and also his Vermischte Schriften Anato- mischen und Physiologischen Inhalts. Gottingen, 1816 (Die Spinne), p. 5. 4 Cours d’Entomologie, &c., Paris, 1831. ** Considérations générales sur l’Anat. Comp. des An. Art., 4to, Paris, 1828. tt. Entom. Mag. vol. i. April 1833. tt Proceedings of the Royal Society, 1835. §§ Nova Acta Nat. xii. 2. || Medical Gazette, 1838. 74 Op. cit. Respiration in Invertebrate Animals, 183 the larva of the Insect therefore bears a closer typal analogy to that of the Annelid than that which is presented by that of the lowest Myriapod. The dorsal vessel of certain transparent aquatic larvee may be readily defined under the microscope; its pul- sations and currents may be perfectly observed. The corpuscles floating in the blood mark with great clearness the direction. of the current. It is certain that im some species the systemic arteries (fig. 1, f, & fig. 3,n,.) (of Mr. Newport) do not exist. ‘In those in which these vessels are detectable, the current which they convey tends towards, not from, the dorsal vessel. Repeated observations have convinced the author upon this point. They are venous, not arterial; they return the blood from the viscera into the dorsal vessel; these vessels are described everywhere, in all his writings, by Mr. Newport, as visceral arteries; his dis- sections have notwithstanding traced them into anastomosis with branches coming from the supraspinal artery (fig. 1, ¢, fig. 3, ¢, e, fig. 2,5). » In this vessel the blood moves from the head in the direction of the tail; it follows therefore that the currents con- veyed by the anastomosing branches must meet each other in the same vessel! action and reaction are equal and contrary! stag- nation results! The subspinal venous trunk (fig. 3, e, 1) discovered by Mr. Newport in Insects and Arachnids does not exist in the Myriapod. . In the latter, therefore, the primary channels of the system of the blood do not exceed two in number, the dorsal and the ventral. This is the case in the Annelid ; the ventral vessel of the Annelid undulates much less obviously than the dorsal. It receives ali its blood from the dorsal by means of the aesophageal collar-branches: it distributes it chiefly to the integumentary structures. Trunks of secondary size proceed backwards, in some species from the heart, in others from the cesophageal vessels, expressly to supply the walls of the alimentary canal*, Now the veis which return this blood from the glan- dular parietes of the intestinal canal in the Annelid enter into the dorsal vessel precisely in the same manner as the systemic arteries are described by Mr. Newport to proceed from this vessel in the Myriapod, Insect, and the Arachnid. In classes so conti- guous, why should the functions of the same vessels be reversed ? Mr. Newport’s views are drawn from anatomical structures; he has never seen the blood moving in these so-called systemic arteries ; he ignores the argument of analogy drawn from the living circulation of the Annelid; he does not perceive the me- chanical difficulty with which the blood would enter these vessels from the segmental heart, on the supposition of their arterial character. They arise from the latter at its extreme posterior * See the Author’s Report on the British Annelida in the Transactions of the British Association for 1851. 184. Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic end (Pl. IX. fig.'3, 2, n)—at that very point at which they should enter if they were veins. A large wave of blood-rushing forwards may be clearly seen in the dorsal vessel of larve (fig. 4,5, a): the chambered ‘dorsal vessel contracts from behind forward ; it observes the law of the Annelidan ; the hindmost chamber contracts first, that next to it im advance next, and so on. ‘The systolic movement does not occur throughout the whole length of the vessel-at the same time, but in parts from behind forwards as the wave of blood travels. In two adjacent chambers the actions of systole and diastole are alternate. There is in fact no functional différentes whatever between the dorsal vessel of the Annelid and that of the articulated animal ; they are distinguished only m structure. In the Myriapod, the tubular vessel of the Annelid is reinforced with propelling power at successive points=the chambered hearts. In the articulated animal this extra power in the central vessel is absolutely re- quired... In the Annelid every vessel in the body is an elastic tube tightly embracing the fluid contents. The channels through which the blood moves in the Articulata do not closely grasp the eontained fluid (fig. 2,9); they are indeed bounded by definitive membranes, but they are not elastic contractile structures fitted mechanically to favour the circulation of the fluids (PI. X. fig.10, b, c). This circumstanee ought not to involve an alteration in the type of the circulation. But if the systemic arteries of Mr. Newport be really arteries, then the plan and principle of the circulatory systems of the Annelid and the Myriapod must be diametrically dissimilar. If they be arteries, the circuit of the fluids cannot be’ explained without involving physical contradictions. » The author is however convinced that Mr. Newport has committed the mistake of imputing to vessels an arterial character, which observation and analogy prove to be venous. The orbit of the blood-current m the Myriapod conforms in every particular with the Annelidan type. All vessels attached tothe dorsal vessel behind the esophageal collar (fig. 1, b) are afferent with respect to that trunk. Ad/ branches connected with ‘the great ventral or supraspinal vessel posterior to the same limit are efferent with respect to this vessel. The currents in these latter branches are’ divisible into two orders—that first which sapplies’the viscera, that secondly which is distributed to the integuments: the current from the first, after having tra- versed the viscera’ en route, returus into the dorsal vessel under a venous character by means of the systemic arteries (sic) of Mr. Newport. That from the second is poured from various sources into the great splanchnic sinuses which enter the dorsal vessel at the auricular orifices. Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 185 . Inthe dorsal vessel, from the extreme tail to the extreme head, the blood moves forwards, in the ventral backwards: in all branches whether integumentary or visceral, from the latter into the former. ;'The dorsal vessel is afferent only with respect to those parts which are situated anteriorly to the cesophageal ring ; the ventral: is efferent only to the same parts—it is distributive to all others. The preceding account of the course of the blood in the My- riapoda embraces conclusions suggested by careful study and numerous observations; it is recommended by its mechanical simplicity ; it entangles the physiologist im no hydraulic con- tradictions. That. of the Insect (fig. 2) is regulated m exact conformity to the myriapodal type. The dorsal vessel (a) in the Insect exhibits signs of concentration ; it is only the abdominal portion that is multiplied into chambers ; through the thorax. the. vessel is) continued in form of a simple tube. . The auricular orifice of these chambers is furnished with a more perfect valvular appa- ratus.,. The same observations apply to the so-called systemte arteries of Insects as to those of Myriapoda. To the presence of these vessels in this class, however, no allusion is made by Mr. Newport*. If they exist in the My iapod, they must also exist in the adult Insect. The supra-spinal trunk (fig. 2, 6) in Insects, as iv Myriapods,. is the great centre of the ventral circulation. . It receives all its blood from the dorsal vessel by means of the anterior branches into which the latter divides; it supplies chiefly the external structures and the nervous chords... Hither from the descending aortic branches or from the anterior part of the supraspinal artery, there proceed backwards along the ventral aspect of the viscera, one or more secondary trunks which correspond with those which in the Annelids are exclusively distributed over the parietes of the alimentary canal; in these, the direction of the blood corresponds: with that in the great ventral artery; like the latter, they are afferent and distributive. All the blood, thus, by means of these trunks, entering the viscera from below, reaches again the dorsal vessel, conducted by the so-called ‘ systemic arteries.” In Insects the vessels connected with the abdominal circulation are more perfect, mechanically, as conduits, than those traversing the exte-+ rior structures of the body. This explains the difference of structure which exists between the systemic arteries (sic) and the loose membranous channels (fig. 2, 9, f, ¢) opening into the auricles of the heart. The former belong to a distinct segment (the vis- ceral) of the circulation, the latter to the integumentary or peri- * See article Insecta, Cyclop. Anat. and Phys. 186 Dr. T.: Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic pheral. In the Insect, as in the Myriapod and the Annelid, the circulatory current acknowledges two main directions; in all dorsal trunks, from the extreme tail to the antennz, the move- ment of the blood is forwards, in all ventral trunks it assumes an opposite course. In all branches connecting more or less transversely these two systems of longitudinal trunks, the blood travels from. below upwards, from the ventral in the direction of the dorsal trunks. On the supposition that the “ systemic arteries” are distributive neither in Insects nor in Myriapods, is it possible to solve the ‘mechanical problem of the circulation? As now explained, the principle of the system is intelligible and consistent. It is asserted with great confidence by the physiologist, that in Insects mo distinction into venous and arterial blood can prevail. The ubiquity of the trachez renders such a distinction impossible. Such are the doctrines now taught; they aie not necessarily true; at present neither the extreme peripheric parts of the blood-system, nor those of the trachez are known. New ques- ions, to be presently propounded, will prove that the material conditions of the processes of nutrition and respiration in the air- breathing Articulata are as yet by no means clearly defined. But let the central parts of the circulation in Arachnids be first defined. To Mr. Newport is due the credit of first solving the problem of the ‘ circulation’.in the Arachnid; but his solution is neither clear nor complete*. On his interpretation, conceding the merit of «correctness to his descriptive anatomy, the cireuit of the blood cannot be consistently described. Like that of the My- riapod and the Insect, the dorsal. vessel (fig. 3,p,a) of the Arachnid extends from the tail to the head, along the dorsal median line. With its sides, along its entire course, there are connected two orders of branches ; first, the pneumo- or brancho- cardiac canals (fig. 3, k, k, k), which return the blood from the pulmonary. or branchial sacs (g) ; secondly, the systemic arteries (n,n) of Mr. Newport}... At its. anterior extremity it breaks forth imto a great number of branches destined for the supply of the appendages. To the dorsal vessel in the Arachnid Mr, Newport assigns an extraordinary duplicity of action. According * See his papers in the Phil. Trans. Part ii. 1843. + lam very desirous im this place to invite the attention of the student in comparative anatomy to the beautiful work now being published by M. Emile Blanchard ; it is entitled ‘ L’Organisation du Régne Animal,’ a Paris, chez Victor Masson et J. B. Bailliére. The delineations which adorn this work are executed in the first style of French art. M. Blanchard imph- citly follows the interpretation of the circulatory system of the Arachnids, rendered by Mr. Newport: Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. ‘187 to him, the same straight vessel (p, qa), and furnished too with valves opening in one direction, sends the blood in two diame- trically opposed currents! forwards towards the head, and ‘directly backwards towards the tail at the same moment*. He thus wantonly violates the unity of principle which presides over the distribution of the blood in the whole annulose and arti- culated series. Directly contrary to the views of Mr. Newport, the blood im truth, in the caudal artery (fig. 3,p) of the Arachnid, moves forwards, not backwards. It follows therefore, that in the ventral trunk (/) of the tail of the Scorpion the direction of the current is backwards, not forwards as stated by Mr. Newport. | The pneumo-cardiac channels (k, 4, k) enter the auricles of the heart ; the systemic arteries arise (Newport) from almost the same point in the walls of the chambers. The author has already argued in favour of the venous character of these vessels in: Myriapods and Insects: if in the latter classes they be venous, they cannot be arterial in the Scorpion ; they are the same vessels—they present the same relations—they are connected with the viscera inthe same manner. They anastomose with the branches which proceed upwards from the supraspinal visceral arteries. _ Hence- forth they will be called systemic veins. At its cephalic extremity in the Scorpion, the dorsal vessel divides into three groups of secondary trunks (fig. 3, b,c, d),— those first which supply the brain, head and tentacles,—those secondly which proceed to the claws and legs,—and lastly those which form the great ventral longitudinal trunks of the: body. In the Scorpion they consist of two orders, those first. which Mr. Newport in this instance has called the visceral arteries (0), and secondly the supraspinal artery (c). If the visceral arteries exist as separate trunks in Arachnids, they must) be present * This is his language :—‘“ Having traced the distribution of the arterial vessels from the anterior extremity of the heart, it remains now to follow those of the posterior, which afford some curious peculiarities. The last two chambers of the heart, which are situated in the seventh segment of the abdomen, are greatly reduced im size, and constitute the origin of the caudal artery (fig. 3, p, of the author’s plate), and seem to be the means by which part of the current of the blood 1s directed backwards to the tail.” See page 292 of his paper on the Myriapods and Arachnids, in the Phil. Trans. 1843. There are eight valves to the heart. The anterior six act forwards. The two posterior act directly backwards (Newport) !—Is this probable, physiologically or mechanically? Does it not involve a hydrauhe absurdity? Can the same linear tube, whose contractions begin behind and travel undulatorily forwards, drive the contained fluid simultaneously back- wards and forwards? (!) Why should this reversal of the blood-current take place in the same homologous vessel in the Arachnid, and not in the Insect and the Myriapod? The mere addition of a tail to the Scorpion does not necessitate such a mechanical paradox. 188 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Ayuatic under some form in the Myriapod and the Insect... They consti- tute a conspicuous class of distributive vessels in the Anne- lids. Mr. Newport does not suspect even their existence in the Myriapod and the Insect. He replaces them by his incompre- _hensible systemic arteries. In the pulmonary Arachnids a great venous abdominal trunk (fig. 3, e, /) is superadded to the systera of the circulation. It conveys forwards the blood (according to Mr. Newport) from the caudal region. This again is undoubt- edly an error. In this vessel in the Arachnid, as in the Insect, the course ef the blood is backwards ; it distributes it over the branchie, from which it is returned by the pneumo-cardiae channels to the heart again to repeat the same course. The corresponding central parts of the tracheary apparatus require but few preparatory words :— In the Myriapods the large trachee communicate externally with the spiracles. In the Scolopendrida, e.g. the Lithobius,. they exist on alternate rings to the number of eight or ten. The trachez proceed thence in longitudinal trunks to be distributed over every part of the body. In Insects the spiracles are usually nine in number on each side; each spiracle consists of a horny ring of an oval form, within which is a valve formed of a series of converging fibres, and which opens perpendicularly on its long axis guarding the external entrance*. In the perfect Insect.the spiracles of the abdomen are small, those of the larva large. In the latter, abdo- minal respiration is most active ; in the former, the thoracic is predominant. In Insects as in Myriapods, the tracheze, arising at the spiracles, are distributed over every part of the body (Plate X. fig. 8). The trachez of all larve are simply tubular, those of all volant perfect insects are dilated at various parts mto vesicles. ‘ In some tribes, as in most of the Hymenoptera, Lepidoptera, and Diptera, these sacs are present in almost every species and occupy a large portion of the interior of the body, more espe- cially of the abdominal region. They exist only in the volant species of the Coleoptera. They are present in the winged Cara~ bide, but not in the apterous. The trachez, in those species of Orthoptera which are merely saltatorial in habits, never dilate into vesicles. M. Emile Blanchard declares that the substance of the walls of these vesicles is channelled into plexiform passages for the blood. This is most certainly incorrect. These sacs have no reference to the respiratory process ; they subserve only a mechanical use; without them the insect could not fly. They exist in the male of the common Glow-worm, but not in the female (Newport). * Art. Insecta, Cyclop. Anat. and Phys. Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 189 The relation of the trachez to the blood-currents will be studied under the next head. | Peripheral extremes of the respiratory and circulatory systems in Myriapoda, Insecta, and Arachnida. | In their extreme distributions these two great systems will be most advantageously studied in connexion. There prevails be- tween them an extensive parallelism; they are not, however, everywhere in coincidence. Though much has been accomplished by the ingenuity of minute anatomists during the last few years to dispel the difficulties of this subject, much still remains to be unravelled. Swammerdam, Malpighi, Lyonet, and Cuvier*, did really no more than discover the existence of the dorsal vessel. It was at this time that Cuvier first made the felicitous obser- vation, “Le fluide nourricier, ne pouvant aller chercher Vair, e’est Pair qui vient le chercher pour se combiner avec lu.” Cuvier believed the fluids in the Insect to be stagnant, except in the dorsal vessel, in which they only oscillated to and fro. In the year 1827 Carus saw the movement of the blood in the transparent larve of the Ephemeride and Agrionide+. Carus could not trace the currents to their remote courses. Wagner ‘in 1832 -confirmed the observations of Carus. Straus added his authority upon the same point. Mr. Bowerbank§ has published admirable observations on the circulation of the blood in the wings of Chrysopa perla and Phlogophora meticulosa in the order Lepidoptera. Mr. Bowerbank has in no instance, however, followed the blood beyond the larger nervures of the wings, in which he saw the current (accompanied always by a trachea) turning back at certain points. He nowhere states that these currents followed the trachez to their extreme ramifications. Mr. Newport corroborates these observations in his article ‘fInsecta,” in the Cyclopedia of Anatomy and Physiology. In the year 1848, M. E. Blanchard || published a celebrated essay, in which he first announced the ingenious experiments which led him to conclude that the blood travelled everywhere in the sheaths of the trachexe :—“il est démontré que le fluide nourricier pénétre entre les deux membranes qui les constituent.” M. Emile Blanchard does not attempt to show how the blood can describe a circuit in such a manner and in such a situa- * Sur la Nutrition dans les Insectes, Mém. dela Société d’Hist. Nat. de Paris, 1797. + Nova Acta Physica, vol. xv. 1834. ‘} Beobachtungen iiber den Kreislauf des Blutes, &c.-bei den Insecten, Isis 1832. § Entomological Magazine, 1833. || Annales des Sciences Nat., 3me¢ série, Sur la Circulation dans les In- sectes, &c. 190 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic tion. But his conclusions have by no means received the un- divided assent of subsequent observers*. It is easy to prove that the coverings of the tracheze are very unlike those 1m- plied in the inferences of M. Blanchard. \ This will be after- wards done. . | Agassizt declares that he has repeated the injections of M. Blanchard with confirmatory results. At this period M. Charles Bassi and M. Filippit undertook especially to examine this question. They fed the larve of Sphinx atropos and Bombyx mori on indigo, cochineal and other coloured substances ; they found on dissection that the trachez were everywhere coloured ; they satisfied themselves that the colour was hmited to the tunies of the aériferous tubes ; it never entered into the interior.; Prof. Alessandrini§, varymg the preceding observations, concludes from similar experiments that the coloured matter actually enters into the interior of the tracheal tube :— Le Prof. Ales- sandrini crut remarquer que la matiére colorée était contenue dans l’intérieur méme des trachées, et que la coloration dépen- dait ainsi d’une véritable injection de vaisseaux trachéens.” The famed observations of Mr. Bowerbank lend support to the views of the French and Italian observers just explained. He remarks, ‘ the course of the blood is almost invariably in imme- diate connexion with that of the trachez.’”? Mr. Newport, in his article “ Insecta,” teaches precisely the same doctrine. Ina paper very recently || read before the Linnean Society on the Jch- neumon atropos, Mr. Newport states, ‘‘that the ramifications of the trachez which penetrate the structure of the alimentary canal and of every other organ, become denuded of their external covering, and then seem to form only two tissues, the spiral and the mucous ; if indeed there be not also, as he has some reason to think, an extremely delicate serous or basement, closely adherent to and uniting the coils of the fibrous tissue on its external * With reference to the remarkable relation which, according to M. Blanchard, subsists between the trachez and the blood, it is important that his views should be clearly apprehended. He says again,—‘* Mais n’est- ce pas plus encore sous le rapport de la nutrition que ces tubes respi- ratoires, dont nous connaissons la nature actuellement, doivent arréter notre attention. En portant de l’air dans leur intérieur ils portent le sang dans leur périphérie. Ces trachées divisées et ramifiées 4 Vinfini dans la pro- fondeur de P économie conduisent ainsi le fluide nourricier 4 tous les organes, a tous les muscles au moment méme, ov il vient de subir le contact de lair. C’est le sang nouvellement artérialisé, le sang propre a vivifier, 4 nourrir tous les organes.”—Op. cit. p. 380. + Annal. des Se. Nat. 1851, and Proceedings of the American Asso- ciation for the Advancement of Science, Cambridge, U.S., &c. ~ Ann. des Se. Nat. 1851. § At the Scientific Congress held at Geneva, Sept. 1851... || See Annals and Magazine of Nat. Hist. for July 1853. Respiration-in Invertebrate Animals,’ , 191 surface. The ultimate divisions of the trachee are always distri- buted separately and do not anastomose, ending, as noticed by Mr. Bowerbank, in extremely minute, filiform, blind extremities, and this Mr. Newport finds to be their condition in all structures, in the nervous and integumentary, in the glandular and mus- cular*”.M.Blanchard+ has very recently proved the existence in the Arachnids of a true capillary network? at the extremes of the circulation. “This network,” he remarks, “ which has not yet been pointed out in the Articulata, exists under the inte- guments and between the various layers of the muscles, in the connective, tissue; it consists of distinctly circumscribed canals lined with a thin epithelium. Thence the blood is received by the venqus canals{.”? Thus is presented in bibliographic. but faithful outline the sum of existing knowledge on the distribution of the air-tubes and the blood-channels in the air-breathing Articulata: who can say that it exhibits a consistent history? The physiologist rises from the scene confounded by its manifold contradictions. The assertions of one observer are opposed and outweighed by those of another. Mr. Newport, the most recent and laborious investigator, leaves the subject utterly unintel- ligible ; his observations cannot be verified in nature. The author does not, for one moment, pretend to affirm that his researches (now first published) have as yet destroyed the possibility of all controversy upon every part of this subject. He does, however, believe that he has finally settled one part,— that which relates to the extreme distribution of the trachez. He has not definitively established, by actual demonstration, the manner in which the blood is related to the extreme traches. On this subject he will state at present only what he has clearly and confidently observed. It should first be affirmed as an absolute principle, from which there can be no departure, that a tracheal tube is an air-tube in every part of its course. It is not, as supposed by Agassiz and M. Léon Dufour§, an air-tube in its proximal moiety, and a _* T have given in the text at length the views of Mr. Newport, as reported in the abstract published in the ‘Annals’; I have indicated. the ab in controversy by italics. They express the results of Mr. Newport’s ast and very recent observations. It will be afterwards seen by the text, that the conclusions at which I have arrived, from numerous and scrupulous examinations of the very same points, differ in a remarkable degree from those just communicated by Mr. Newport to the Linnean Society. t Comptes Rendus, June 20, 1853, p. 1079. See also the beautiful figures in his work ‘ Sur l’Organisation du Régne Animal.’ abe translated abstract in the Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. for Sept. § “Elles se divisent, comme dans les Insectes en général, en trachées- artéres ou grand canaux aériferes, et en trachées nutritives, qui naisent des premiéres, et vont épanouir leurs subtiles ramifications dans tous les tissus.”—Ann. des Sc. Nat. tome xv. no. 2. p. 76, 1852. 192 ——-Dr. T) Williams ‘onthe Mechanisin of Aquatic blood or circulatory conduit in its distal; the microscope every- where proves such a view to be an unmitigated error. It is quite another and more rational supposition to maintain that the passages which bear the trachese may probably serve also to convey the nutritive fluids. Even this opinion requires the evidence of new demonstration. The author will now proceed to consider the results of ‘his own recent investigation, distributed under the following heads:—1. The structure of the trachee. 2. Their distribution; (a.) inthe adult and larval internal strue- tures; (b.) m the branchie, in connexion with the question of insect aquatic respiration. 8. The anatomical relation in which the trachee stand to the nuiritive fluids. 4. The me- chanism of respiration in air-breathing Articulata. Structure of the Trachea. The air-tubes in Myriapods, Insects, and A obinidan admit of division into two distinctly different parts; 1. the spiral trachea, and 2. its capillary continuation, the membranous. The ‘former is a continuously tapering tube, branching arborescently, the branches never re-entering. It is always “and everywhere fur- nished with an elastic spiral by which its bore is maintained in an open state. It is composed, as stated originally by Sprengel, of three anatomical elements (Pl. X. fig. 13) ; the outermost (qa) consists of a dense membrane which swells under the agency of acetic acid, and separates from the spiral on which it normally rests and to which it forms a close investent. When raised by acetic acid it retains the impress of the spiral.. This would not.be the case if the membrane did not naturally closely embrace the spiral, And if it did closely embrace the spiral, it required no further persuasive to satisfy the physiologist that between it and the spiral there can by possibility travel no current of blood. This simple experiment is quite enough to effect the demolition.of M. Blanchard’s theory. All structures external to this membrane belong to the blood-channels (fig. 10, b,c) and not to the trachea. From the coverings of the latter they are quite dissimilar im ana- tomical structure ; they are really the /oose delicate membranes which constitute the walls-proper of the blood-channels. They are attached to the trachex only by loose adhesions. If now, while the tube is under the reagency of acetic acid, the eye search for the internal lining membrane (fig. 13, ¢), which les on a plane to the inside of the spiral, it will appear with as perfect clearness as the external. It swells and. separates from the spiral like the external. It is impossible to prove the existence of much difference of structure between this and the external membrane ; itis more delicate and less refractive. The spiral lies in the space between these two, membranes. On close inspection it Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 193 seems as if a membrane distinct from the two former united together tubularly the coils of the spiral, and that the spiral itself consisted of a hollow tube formed out of cells arranged spirally in the substance of this membrane. In a_ short time the fibre of the spiral, after immersion in acetic acid or turpentine, loses its dark, highly refractive solid character. It appears distinctly as though its substance were permeated by the fluid and that air was displaced. In this state the spiral looks like a pellucid diaphanous coil wound around the axis formed by the internal membrane. This description applies to every spiral trachea in the body. But there is a limit, different in different structures, at which the spiral ceases. It is at this point that the second division of these tubes or membranous trachee begins. It is not the external covering, as stated by Mr. Newport, which ceases, but the spiral (Pl. IX. fig.5,C,e). This fact admits of various and unquestionable proofs. The spiral grows less and less visible until it graduates insensibly into a continuous tube (f, 9). It still however retains the peculiar optical character of a trachea. Its edges are faint reddish, from the iridescent decomposition of the light. This appearance was observed by MM. Alessandrini, Filippi and Bassi. The latter of these observers believed that the tint was due to the colour of the hollow cylinder of coloured blood which embraced the air-tube, corroborative of the views of M. Blanchard. It should rarely be ascribed first to the high refractive index of the air contained in the tube, and next to the density of the external fibrous membrane. It is a character by which a membranous air-tube, though of capillary diameter, can be distinguished with certainty from a blood-channel or a capil- lary blood-vessel. ‘The direct continuity of the bore, as well as of the walls of this membranous capillary air-tube, with the larger and spiral trachea, can be proved in several modes beyond the possibility of dispute. By pressure, skilfully managed, while the specimen is under the microscope, air may be forced from the “spiral”? into the membranous tube; but the continuity of the walls of the latter with those of the former is so clear and con- vincing under the microscope, that no other evidence is required to prove that the capillary membranous tube is to the ‘ spiral’ as a capillary is to an artery. The diameter of the ‘spiral’ trachea constantly decreases as it divides; that of the membranous ob- serves throughout its entire course, whether it multiply into a network (Pl. X.fig.9,d, e), or wavy brushes (fig. 12, c, d, f), or into the muriform plexus which exists in the substance of muscles (Pl. X. fig. 15), a uniformity which can compare only with that of true blood-capillaries of the vertebrated animal. A tracheal tube, in many instances at the point of penetrating into the substance of a solid organ provided witha membranous Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 13 ~ 494 Dr. T, Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic inyestment, will appear, from the close and tubular manner, in which it is embraced by this membranous inyestment, to, throw off, as supposed by Mr. Newport, its external coat at the point: of entrance. Acetic acid however proves this appearance to be false. The tube still preserves its three constituent elements after enter- ing the substance of the organ, whatever it be, and.until it assumes the capillary or membranous character. It is important to observe, because it reconciles the accurate observations of Mr. Bowerbank with those of the author, that.on the wings. (fig. 10, f), especially on the scaly intervals between the nervures, the spiral trachee, as correctly stated by Mr. Bower- bank, do not for the most part degenerate into the membranous trachee.. In these situations the spiral continues to the extreme termination of the. tube (fig. 11,4)... There is something ana- tomically characteristic, in the walls of the membranous tracheex. They denote a difference between those ‘ parietes’ through which a gas has to pass, and those (of the vessels) which fluids transude. The smallest trachea differs from the largest only in the absence ‘of the spiral, just as the largest artery differs from the. capillary only im the presence of a thick elastre coat. The tracheze ter- minate differently, and form different plexuses, in different organs, according to the varying mechanical arrangements of the ulti- mate parts of the latter. _ The conclusion must be emphatically reiterated, that however, wherever, and in whatever structure the trachez may periphe- rically terminate, they are air-tubes throughout all changes to their final extremes. Distribution and Subdivision of the Trachee. The primary, secondary and tertiary tubes divide and sub- divide arborescently, the branches never reuniting (fig. 14), _ In the spiral tracheze no plexiform union of the branches. ever, anywhere, occurs ; so far the observations of Mr. Bowerbank and Mr. Newport are exact, to nature. It is because these. distin- guished. observers could not succeed in tracing the air-tubes beyond this limit, and because they drew a general inference intended to be applied to all structures, from the distribution and termination observed by the trachez in the wings, that they were both seduced into the error of. supposing first these points to be the distributive ultimata of the tubes, and secondly, that the tracheze nowhere inosculate. As already stated, this is true only of the scaly intervals which separate the nervures of the wings—of no other structures. In nearly every other structure in the body of the Insect the air-tubes divide and subdivide in the same profuse retiform manner as the blood-capillaries of the Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. ~ 195 vertebrated animal. In the ‘muscles the ultimate membranous trachee divide and unite plexiformly (figs. 14, 15). The meshes are large and oblong (fig. 15). Some tubes run parallel with the ultimate muscle-fibre ; others cross the latter at right angles, connecting the former. In the glands the capillary tubes enclose the space occupied by the gland-cells (fig. 9) : they unquestion- ably reticulate, and in their ultimate form preserve a remarkable uniformity of diameter. In many parts of the mucous mem- branes they observe a peculiar’ wavy method of distribution (fig. 12). They elaborately reticulate in the loose structure be- neath the integuments. It is by no means improbable that M. KE. Blanchard has mistaken the plexus formed by the trachee in the imteguments of the Arachnids for a rete consisting of true blood-vessels. In the nervous tissue they follow two modes of subdivision. The brain substance is actually penetrated by the - plexiform capillary tubes. The nerves are accompanied by long undulating filaments. In some of the voluntary muscles the trachee are profusely numerous. The larger spiral branches enter the sheaths of the muscle=fascicles at right angles (fig. 14); the membranous tracheze into which im the substance of the muscle they sub- divide, coincide generally in direction with the fibres of the muscles (fig. 15). In other muscles the primary entering tracheze are few in number. As a rule it seems at present probable, that the volume of air (oxygen) which by means of the trachee enters into the substance of a solid organ in the tracheary Articulata is directly as the vital importance of that organ. The reticulation of the trachez is most dense and profuse in the glandular and nervous structures. The large spiral air-tubes which travel along the axes of the spacious blood-channels, detach from their sides here and there minute wavy branches (fig. 10,7, 6) which float in the fluid, and which appear to be expressly intended to aérate the fluids. These floating air-tubes are everywhere seen where the blood-stream comes into contact with the main trachea. The main trachez are simply convective. It will afterwards appear that the function of these floating trachee is distinct from that of those plexiform extremes of the system which penetrate and traverse the substance of the solid organs. These aérate imme- diately the solids, those the fluids. The distribution and subdivision of the trachee in the branchie of the aquatic larve of Insects involve the consideration of the mechanism and significance of aquatic respiration as it occurs in the young of the air-breathing Articulata. Is it real aquatic breathing, or is it only apparently so ? In the larve and pupe of gnats, the branchiz exist in the form of slender hair-like organs arranged in tufts. Hach filament is : 13* 196 Dr. Ty Williams\on the Mechanism.of Aquatic penetrated by a’single trachea and an advancing and: returning current of blood. . In the Agrionide (fig. 5, a) they assume the. character of lancet-shaped processes attached to the sides of the abdomen at the points of the future spiracles. . Examined eare- fully as transparent objects, the trachee of these. branchize divide and subdivide much more elaborately than is commonly supposed (fig.5, B, 5). It is only the larger trachee that are accompanied by a current of blood (fig. 9, 7, b, fig. 12, e).. The latter is much /ess profusely subdivided than the former. This fact seems incontestably to prove that the trachee, not the blood- channels, extract the air from the surrounding water. In the anal branchize of the Libellulide, M. Léon Dufour exhibits thé trachez (fig.'7) as terminating in bulged extremities (fig. 7, B,a). The author will only state that:he has never, in the course of his numerous researches, in any instance met with this mode of ter- mination. In the filiform branchiz of the larva of gnats each trachea tapers to the finest extreme. : In Pteronarcys regalis My. Newport describes the. branchial filaments as consisting “each of a simple, unarticulated,; uniform structure, slightly ‘tapering and closed at its extremity, and ia the interior of which there is an extremely minute tracheal ves- sel* terminating in delicate ceca.’ In no one of his writings is it evident that Mr. Newport is aware to what an extreme degree of capillary subdivision the trachez are carried in the flat branchie (fig. 6, B, c), if not in the filiform, of the larve of Insects.. In those of the Agrionide, cut off and examined separately under the microscope, they cannot be followed by the highest powers of the microscope. The blood-current turns back at the larger branches : it does not ramify im network streams. It is obviously not designed to fulfil the office of breathing: this function falls upon the trachee. This conclusion is opposed to the views ‘of Mr. Newport. *‘ The blood-corpuscles of the whole body circulate through the branchie for the purposes of respiration.. ‘The current of the blood is always in the vicinity of the trachese, absorbing oxygen by endosmose and giving out carbonic acid. This takes place in every form of branchie +.” The author is fully Satisfied that this is an erroneous interpretation of the respira- tory process as it occurs in the branchiz of Insects. . The rami- fications of the trachez in these organs are far more elaborate than Mr. Newport and other observers have ever yet supposed. They render the inference irresistible that the branchial respi- ration of the Insect is really atmospheric in type. ‘The air does not, as in fish-breathing, enter immediately into the blood. In the vessels of Insects im every phase of life, there seems to * Linnean Transactions, 1851. + Op. cit. p. 432. Respiration:in Invertebrate Animals. 197 be some structural peculiarity which unfits them for the inter- change of gases: There resides on the contrary in the walls of the trachea marvellous endosmotic property, which enables them to give passage in any direction to gaseous elements with extraordinary facility. There occurs then in reality no example of true branchial breathing in the larvee of Insects. It is only the extracting of air from the water instead of directly from. the _ atmosphere*, The aquatic life of the Insect therefore is only ap- parent, not real. The principle of the respiratory process is the same whether in or out of the water, whether in the larva or imago state, whether with internal trachez or external branchiz. There is no example of real aquatic breathing. What light then do these anatomical minutiz reflect on the question which volves the mechanism of nutrition and respira- tion in the tracheary Articulata? That is the question now to be considered. It is surpassingly interesting. If the conclusions which the author is about to present should prove to be exact, the physiologist will have approached nearer to a solution of the ultimate problem of respiration. He will see this function under - a new phase—under strikingly novel conditions. ) In all the transparent structures of Insects, such as the wings, antenne, branchie, &c., every observer may prove for, himself that the blood-currents travel in the same passages as the trachez (fig: 10; 5, %, ec). On closer scutiny it will be seen that a channel, such as the nervure of the wings, bearmg in its centre a large tracheal tube (4), exhibits on one side of this tube a current going in one’ direction (4) ; on the other, another bearing in an opposite course (c). These are afferent and efferent, arterial.and venous blood-streams. They are bounded by separate walls. The afferent current is circumscribed by its own. proper coats, the efferent by its own; and the trachea is placed intermediately, having parietes quite distinct from, though contiguous. to, those of the blood-channels. This coincidence. between the trachez and the blood-currents can be traced in the wings nowhere beyond the limits of the nervures into the. scaly spaces. which. they cir- eumscribe. The returning of the corpuscles. at a certain, point renders this fact quite unquestionable. Beyond this limit only the fluid elements, not. the corpuscles of the blood, extend, . In this extra-vascular region: it is cyclosis, not. circulation, which * M. Léon Dufour contends for the same principle: ,‘‘ Le dernier terme de la composition organique serait donc ici, comme dans les branchies des Poissons, une trame vasculatre, en ne donnant 4 ce dernier mot que sa va- leur rigoureusement étymologique, c’est-i-dire anatomique. Seulement dans les Poissons e’est du sang, et dans les Insectes de lair, qui est renfermé dans les vaisseaux de cette trame.”’? Ann. des Se. Nat. ]852, tom. xvii. 198 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic governs the movements of the nutritive fluid. If the same pas- sages served everywhere for the blood and for the trachez, and if their parallelism was unexceptional and universal, wherever the tracheze could be seen, there also should be observed the cor- puscles of the blood. This is the case only in the primary and secondary, never in the capillary trachee (fig. 11, 0). The blood- corpuscles (fig. 10,9) in the Myriapod, Insect, and Arachnid exceed by several times in diameter that of the extreme capillary membranous trachez. It is perfectly marvellous to what incon- eeivable minuteness the ai7-current is reduced in travelling along these tubes. It affords a captivating example of the illimitable divisibleness of matter. If everywhere the blood and the air travelled together, branched together, capillated in concert,—if everywhere a double blood-cur- rent to one air-tube could meet the eye, the inference could not be resisted, that the sole, entire and exclusive design of the tracheal apparatus of the Insect consisted in aérating the fluids. Since, however, the blood returns far before the trachez reach their remote penetralia ;—since the comitance between the blood and the air is broken abruptly at a limit prowimal to the ex- tremes of the organism, #7 is certain that the tracheal system in the Insect fulfils some other function—-answers some other end— than that merely of aérating the fluids. What can be the mean- ing of those incomparable pneumatic plecuses—veritable retia mi- rabiha—which embrace immediately the very ultimate elements of the solid organs of the body ;—those microscopic air-tubes, which carry oxygen in its gaseous form, unfluidified by any intervening liquid, to the very seats of the fixed solids which constitute the fabric of the organism ? There is an immeasurable difference be- tween oxygen dissolved and oxygen free. In the former case, all the forces liberated during the moment of condensation from the elastic to the fluid form are expended upon the blood, and that, too, remote from the scene at which that blood is to be utilized ; in. the, latter case, free, gaseous and uncombined, it is delivered inmediately at the spot where the oxygen is to be employed ; it electrizes by direct combination the last sedentary elements of the organism; by such an arrangement those forces at- tendant on chemical action vivify undissipated the very ulti- mate components of the body at the very moment of their disengagement. This then is the real difference between an imsect and every other living animal. This is the unequalled mechanism which renders the insect a multum in parvo, the un- solved riddle of creation. In al/ other animals the quickening action of oxygen is first. eacluswely exhausted upon the fluids ; in the insect, the fluids are only partially influenced as the vitalizing . Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 199 element travels forwards to operate tmmediately, in its unexhausted form, ou the final elements which conspire to maintain the nu- trition of the living body. The intense electrical and chemical effects developed by the immediate presence of oxygen, in the gaseous form, at the actual scene of al/ the nutritive operations of the body, fluid and solid, give to. the insect its vivid and brilliant life, its matchless nervous activity, its extreme muscularity, its voluntary power to augment the animal heat ; such contrivance, subtle and unexampled, re- conciles the paradox of a being microscopic in corporeal dimen- sions and remarkable for the relative minuteness of the bulk of its blood, sustaining a frame graceful in its littleness, yet eapable of prodigious mechanical results, . EXPLANATION OF PLATES IX. anp X. PLatTe IX. Fig. 1. Plan of the central parts of the circulatory system of the Myriapod, constructed in part from Mr. Newport’s figures and in part from the author’s dissections: a, d, the dorsal vessel ;_ the arrows mark “the direction of the blood ; 4, the cesophageal collar ; ¢ § e, supra- spinal artery ; f, the systemic arteries (sic) of Mr. Newport. Fig. 2. Plan of the central parts of the circulatory system of the Insect : a, dorsal vessel. The anterior or thoracic half is a smooth tube, the abdominal chambered by valves; 6. the supraspinal artery, having on either side venous currents (¢c), as shown by the arrows ; d, branches, distributive, from the supraspinal artery; e, large, loose-walled venous channels entering the capacious abdominal sinuses g, 7; J, the membranous channels which pour their blood into the dorsal vessel at the auricular orifices. The blood in the dorsal vessel moves forwards, that in the supraspinal artery moves ¢ backwards. Fig. 3. a, p, Dorsal artery; p, its caudal continuation; d, its cephalic; b, visceral artery, sending distributive branches (7) into the viscera, the blood of which is returned into the dorsal artery by n, n, the systemic arteries of Mr. Newport; c, the supraspinal artery, conveying blood to the nervous and integumentary structures ; e, subspinal vein ; f, branches going to the pneumo-branchie (9) ; h, origin of the pneumo-cardiac channels (k, k, k); 7, continuation of the subspinal vein into the tail; m, branches communicating - with the dorsal artery (p). Fig. A. Glassy, jelly-like aquatic larva of an Insect, common in the pools about Swansea: a (c), kidney-shaped tracheal vesicles, without any ramifying tubes; 0b, dorsal vessel; d, arrows denoting the re- turning into the dorsal vessel at the posterior auricles (0). Fig. 5. Aquatic larva of Sialis Lutarius: a, branchial appendages; B, one of the branchiz enlarged; b, trachez ; ¢, cell-tissue. Fig. 6. Aquatic larva of one of the Libellulide : a, branchial appendages ; ~ B, the same further enlarged; 6, trachea; c, secondary arbo- rescent branches ; ©, extreme end of one of the tracheal branches traced under a high power to its membranous capillary termina- tion f, g. 200 = Dr. J. Ee Gray. on.a new genus and species of Seal. PLATE X, Fig. 7. Rectal branchie of A£shna grandis, after M. Léon Dufour: -C, a, orifices in the rectum of the branchial folds (A); a, dilated extremities of the trachez. Fig. 8, Head, tail, digestive system (d), tracheal () and s emghial (g) systems, hepatic vessel (e), of Agrion Puella, after M. Dufour. Fig. 9. A small piece from the parietes of the intestine of the Cockroach, showing the extreme distribution of the trachea (a). The blood- current accompanies the tube only as far asi. The trachea then describes a true network (e, c, d) of membranous tubes. ‘In the meshes the glandular cells (f, g) are placed. A clear space inter- venes between the trachea and glandular cells in which the nutri- tive fluids, without the corpuscles, may probably move. Fig. 10..A small piece of the wing of the Cricket drawn under a high power : a, a large trachea in the centre of the nervure or chan- nel, surrounded by two opposed currents of blood (4, ¢) ; 4, larger bratichés: d, e, f, small terminal trachee, entering alone, without coineitlent, blood-currents into the scaly interval ; 7, long, slender, trachez floating in the fluid ; g, blood-corpuscles, travelling in the channel 0. Fig. 11. One of the trachez from the scaly intervals between the neryures of the wing of the Cricket, showing the mode in which it termi- nates (b) between the scales d. Fig. 12. A minute portion of walls of the stomach of the Cockroach, show- ing the wavy manner (c, f') in which the membranous capillary trachee are distributed around and. between the ultimate glan- dalar elements ; at e, the current of the blood, as traced through ___ the blood-corpuseles, turns back : a, large spiral trachez. Fig. 13. A small. portion of a spiral trachea, exhibiting the coats under the ist action of acetic acid: a, outer coat raised, indented like the spi- ral (6); ¢, the internal or mucous coat. Fig. 14. A piece of voluntary muscle, representing the manner in which the trachezx enter the substance of the muscle. Fig. 15. One of the above trachee traced into the substance of the muscle ; a, 6, c, network of ultimate membranous trachez as they are dis- tributed between the ultimate muscle-fibres—the latter being omitted. [To be continued. | XIX.—Deseription of a new genus and species of Seal (Heliophoca Atlantica) from Madeira. By Dr, J. BE. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. &e. - Some months ago Mr. MacAndrew most kindly procured for me the skin of a Seal from the island of Madeira. A careful exami- nation of it convinced me that it was a new species, most allied to Phoca barbata of the North Sea, but yet quite distinct from it. Mr. MacAndrew after considerable trouble at length ob- tained for me another skin of an older animal with its skull, which proves that it isnot only a new species, but presents a new combination of characteys such as I believe entitle it to be Dr. J. E.Gray on a new genus and species of Seal. 201 considered a new genus. It is the only species of Seal which I believe has yet been found so near the tropic. on the Afriean coast. Both the specimens in the Museum came from the same cave in the Deserta Grande Island; the larger skin is full-grown, the other younger. Knight, in his ‘Once on a Time,’ speaks of the seals as common near Funchal; he observes, “A multitude of seals rush out from that hollow with a sudden ery and plunge © into the waves; that point shall be Camara das Lobos, the cave of seals.” (i, 60.) Mr. MacAndrew observes, that there is an island called Jsle Lobos near the Canaries, on account of the number of seals formerly found there. It is very difficult of access, and Mr. MacAndrew could not hear of any existing there now, nor of any remains of them. The following are the characters of the genus :— HELiopHoca. Muzzle rather elongate, broad, hairy, with a slight groove be- - tween the nostrils ; whiskers small, quite smooth, flat, tapering. Fore-feet short ; fingers gradually shorter to the inner one; . claws 5, flat, truncate. Huind-feet hairy between the toes ; claws very small; hair short, adpressed, with very little or no under fur. Skull depressed ; nose rather depressed, rather elongate, longer than the length of the zygomatic arch ; palate angularly notched behind. Cutting teeth a large, notched within, the middle upper much smaller, placed behind the intermediate ones. Canines large, conical, sharp-edged. Grinders >~, large, crowded, placed obliquely with regard to the central palatine line, crown large, conical, with several small conic rhombi¢ tubercles. Lower jaw angulated in front below with diverging branches, the lower edge of the branches rounded, simple. The feet, palate and teeth resemble those of the genus Callo- cephalus (communis), but the grinders are larger and less deeply lobed; but it has the smooth whiskers of the restricted genus Phoca (P. barbata), It differs from the latter genus in the de- pressed form of the skull, the large tubercular grinders, and the angular termination to the palate. As the other subtropical Seal; Phoca tropicalis (Gray, Cat. Seals B.M. 28), from Jamaica, described from an imperfect skin without a skull, has similar small smooth whiskers, it may very probably when its skull has. been examined belong to this genus, and the genus thus prove a subtropical form of the family. 202 Rev. 'W. Ai Leighton on the British Graphidex. Heliophoca Atlantica. Fur short, adpressed, olive-gray, very obscurely grisled at the tips of the hairs. Chin and under parts of the body rather paler. | Length 5 feet 6 inches. Hab. Madeira. R. MacAndrew, F.R.S. &c. While on the subject of Seals, I may draw the attention of naturalists on the coast of the Pacific to the account of the Sea Horses said to be found in abundance on the seaward part of the island of St. Lorenza near Callao, mentioned in M. Bonelli’s Travels in Bolivia, i. 90 & 128. | I have never heard of that genus living out of the Arctic Ocean, and should have believed that the author had mistaken the Sea Bear (Otaria Leonina) for the Sea Horse, if he did not describe “ the two great white tusks projecting from the mouth on either side,” and further observe, that “the tusks are of great value and form an important article of commerce ” (see 1. 90), which cannot apply to the tusks of the Sea Bear. It is to be observed that the Peruvian continuation of the Antarctic current runs up the shores of Chili and Peru (see Journ.’ Roy. Geog. Soc. 1853) and chills that coast.” This may explain ’ why seals are found so near the tropics in those seas. I fear that M. Bonelli is not to be relied on for his natural-history ob- servations, for he states that the cedar, mahogany and banyan tree (i. 79), and the date-palm (i. 146) grow on the coast of Peru. XX.—Monograph of the British Graphider. By the Rev. W. A. Leicuron, B.A., F.B.S,E. [Continued from p. 97.] 8. Opegrapha Turnert. Thallus very thin, pale dirty-yellow, bordered with black ; lirelle very prominent, sessile, mostly simple, slender and linear; disk very narrow, uniform ; proper margins plump, rounded and incurved; sporidia in asci, eight, linear-obovate, 3-septate, pale yellow. Opegrapha betulina, Sm. E. Bot. t. 2281. excl. syn. (1811) (good, the mag- nified figure excellent); Hook. Br, Fl. 2. 145. excel. syn. - On birch. Hurst Pierpoint, Sussex! Bradwell! Burgh! Suffolk! Mr. Borrer. _New Forest, Hants! Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer. Ireland! Miss Hutchins in herb. Borrer. Loppington! Shrop- shire. Thallus very thm, membranous, pale dirty-yellow, more or less Rev: W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 208 shining, in small patches with a pale margin, or where in contact with other plants throwing up a narrow brown watery line or margin. Lvrelle scattered, more or less numerous, somewhat inclining to a parallel arrangement, but very irregular and va- riable in this respect, peculiarly prominent, lying on the surface of the thallus, often apparently without any visible connexion, variable in length, but never very long, simple, seldom branched, straightish, or slightly curved and waved, very slender and nar- row, of the same width throughout though tapering at the extre- mities, which are obtuse or slightly pointed, of a full shining black, more or less sprinkled with dingy yellow powder, which is not unfrequently altogether absent. Disk a narrow chink, uniform in its width throughout, in older states expanding, par- ticularly in the middle. Proper. margins peculiarly plump, rounded and incurved, uniformly parallel, in.an older state be- coming more erect and narrower, and wavy or crisped around the flattened expanded disk. The thin membrane of the thallus is sometimes very slightly raised here and there around the very base of the lirelle, but scarcely to be noticed without a lens, certainly not in the decided manner so as to form.a considerable thallodal margin as repre- sented in Persoon’s figure of his detuligna in Ust. Ann. Bot. st. 7. p. 31. t. 3. f. 5. A. a. . Without the comparison of an au- thentic specimen we ought to hesitate to consider it identical. Our plant is a true Opegrapha, whilst the Graphis betuligna of Acharius is from his description as certainly a true Graphis. Moreover he questions whether his plant may not be regarded as a variety of Graphis scripta, with which ours has not one feature in common. I greatly doubt whether this is anything more than a state of Opegrapha rimalis, Ach. Puate V. fig. 10. a, a, Vertical sections of thallus and lirelle; 0b, spo- ridium: all magnified. 9. Opegrapha atra, Pers. “‘Thallus very thin, forming smooth, pale yellow or whitish ocellate patches ; lirellze densely crowded towards the centre of the thallodal spot, sessile, depressed, lying in all directions or subparallel, linear, generally simple or con- fluent, flexuose ; disk narrow, uniform; proper margins thick, elevated, wavy; sporidia in asci, eight? very minute, obovate, somewhat pointed at the extremities, 3-septate, pale yellow. Lichen scriptus, Hoffm. Enum, p. 12, t. 3. f. 2. c (1784). Opegrapha atra, Pers. in Ust. Ann. Bot. st. 7. p. 30. t. 1. f. 2. C. ¢. (1794); DeCand. Fl. Frang. 2. 310. n. 840; Chev. Hist. Graphid. p. 21. t. 3. f. 1,2; Johnst.! Fl. Berw. 2. 100; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 145 (in part). —— atra, «, denigrata, Scher. Spicil. 48, 324 (1823-1836); Enum. 153 ; Exsice. 461 ! 2 204 Rev. Wi'A. Leighton on the British Graphidex. Opegrapha atra, a. stenocarpa (inpart), Fries, L. Ref. 367 (1831); Summa FI. Scand. 118. atra, 8. syngrapta, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 1. 326 (1831). Lichen denigrata, Ach. Prodr. 24 (1798). Opegrapha denigrata, Ach. Meth. 27 (1803); Sm. E. Bot. 1753. (The upper Jeft-hand figure may perhaps belong to this, but the other figures are doubtful having a black marginal line, and one of the magnified sec- tions having the structure of a Graphis, the other of an Opegrapha.) Mart. Fl. Erlang. 280; Wahl. Fl. Suec. 860; Fingerhuth, Fl. ith. 23. —— denigrata, «. & 8. atra, Ach. L. Univ. 259 (1810); Mong. &. Nestl. Stirpes, 469 ! | ~—_— stenocarpa, B. denigrata, Ach. Syn. 75 (3814). " reticulata, DeCand. Fl. Frang. 6. 170 ” (1815), fide Seheer. ; Chev. Hist. Graphid. 28. t. 5. f. 1, 2, 3, 4. @. prominula, Chev. Hist. Graphid. 31. t. 6. f. 2, 3, 4 (1824), implexa, Chev. Hist. Graphid. 34, t. 7. f. 1, 2 (1824). Graphis macularis, Mart: F'\. Brasil. 1. 85 (1833), in part. On ash, oak, ivy, hazel, currant. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Net-_ ley Abbey, Hants! (on ivy and mortar!), Mr. Lyell in ‘herb. Borrer. (On currant), Henfield! Sussex, Mr. Borrer. Knock- nagoney!; Colin Glen! Belfast ; Massareene Park, Co. Antrim! Mr. Wm. Thompson. Near Edinburgh! Dr. R. K. Greville. Gopsall Wood, Leicestershire! Rev. A. Bloxam: Chelmsford, Essex! Mr. H. Piggot. Yorkshire! Mr. G. Dizon. Castle Bernard Park, Bandon, Ireland! Rev. Prof. Hincks. Fermoy, Ireland! Mr. T. Chandler. Berwick-upon-Tweed! Dr. G. John- ston. Shropshire generally ! Thallus forming pale roundish or oblong irregular ‘spots or patches of about half an inch or more in diameter, on the smooth bark of trees, not bounded by any brown or black line or margin, but fading away ima watery manner (“ crusta determinata sed non limitata,”’ Ach. L. Univ. 260), thin, membranous, conti- nuous, smooth, very slightly tartareous ; in colour generally pale dirty-yellow or olive, not unfrequently also of a pure white, and then decidedly pulverulent. Lired/e very numerous and crowded, densely congregated towards the centre of the thallodal spot, so as to appear at a little distance almost one black mass, more seattered and often smaller in size towards the circumference, prominent but, at the same time depressed so as to form a unis form: level surface, sessile, immersed only and slightly at the base;'somewhat shining, of a full black, lying in all directions and ‘positions, curved and flexuose ; on some barks however be- coming more or less parallel to each other, moderate in length, lmear, and’ of nearly the same width throughout, more or less obtuse at the extremities, though ‘sometimes slightly tapered there, generally simple, but by confluence and lying over one another divided. Disk narrow, uniform, rimeform, in age more open and canaliculate, surrounded by the elevated, thick, uniform or wavy proper margins. Rev, W. A, Leighton on the British Graphidee. 205. Owing to the great thickness of the substance of the lirella compared with the small lamina proligera, the sporidia have been seen with difficulty and with some uncertainty, They are. very minute, and as represented in | Puare V. fig. 11. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirellz; 5, sporidia. — 10. Opegrapha herpetica, Ach. Thallus thin, subtartareous, more or less cracked or slightly rugged, dusky olive, limited ; lirellee small, innate, round, oval, oblong or linear-oblong, ob- tuse, simple and divided, straight or curved; disk rimeform, expanded in age ; proper margins thick, rounded and inflexed; sporidia in asel, eight, fusiform, 3-septate, pale yellow. a. vera. Thallus tuberculate, pulverulent ; lirelle imbedded, small, simple, naked. ) Lichen herpeticus, Ach. Prodr. 20.(1798), sec. specim. ab Achario seipso in herb. Borrer ! i Opegrapha herpetica, Ach. Meth. 23 (1803) ; Sm. E. Bot. t. 1789 ? ; Cheval. Graph. 82. t. 19. fig. 1. «. brunnea, 2, and e. linearis, 6b; Heppe, Fl: Wurzburg. 73 (excellent); Fingerh. Tent. Fl. Lich. Eiffl. 21; Fries, L. Ref. 368 (in part, excl. syn.) ; Tuckermann, Lich. N, Amer. 75 (in /.. part). y ae a, Ach. L. Univ. 248 (1810); Syn. 72. — herpetica, y. fuscata, Scher. Enum. 156 (1850). —— rimalis, B. fuscata, Ach, L. Univ. 261 (1810). —— rubella, Sm. E. Bot. t. 2347 (good), exel. syn. (1811) ; Hook. Br. FI. ‘2. 144. excl. all the syn. (except E. Bot. 2347), which belong to. our 6. rubella, ; —— rufescens, Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 144. in part (excl. syn.). — rufescens, y. fuscata, Scher. Spic. 327 (1836). ~— atra, 8. siderella, Fries, L. Ref.368 (1831), apparently from the syno- nyms and specimen quoted, in part. Graphis herpetica, Mart. Fl. Brasil. 1. 88 (1833). @n oak, ash, and beech. Bradwell, Suffolk! Mr. Borrer, Twycross, Leicestershire! Rev. A. Bloxam. Lasswade'! and near Dundee! Dr. Greville. Oxfordshire! Mr. Baxter in herb. Dr. Greville. Orton Wood near Twycross, Leicestershire! Rev, A. Bloxum. Chelmsford, Essex! Mr. H. Piggot. Charnwood Forest ! Rev. A. Bloram. Haughmond Hill, Shropshire 4 Thallus thin, subtartareous, somewhat. pulverulent, eoarsely eracked, of a dark dusky olive, formmg irregular patches limited by a thickened brown wavy line or margin. Lirel/e numerous, congregated close together but distinct, not erowded, immersed, and imbedded in the thallus, and ‘only slightly raised, small but | very variable in size and shape, roundish, oval, oblong, linear- oblong, obtuse at the extremities, simple, straight, sometimes slightly curved. Proper margins thick, rounded and inflexed, encompassing a narrow rimeeform disk, which however varies in 206 8§=Rev. We A. Leighton on the British Graphides. _ its expansion, apparently according to age. Sporidia the same in all the varieties, eight in asci, fusiform, 3-septate, pale yellow, easily separable from the ascus, straight when seen on their back or front, curved when lying on their sides. Fries’s:‘remark (/.:¢:) respecting the thallus is admirably characteristic; ‘ Crusta vera sub epidermide latens albissima, mox vero in verrucis granulosis albis erumpentibus collecta, unde crusta extus albo-guttata. In minus evolutis speciminibus tamen levigata est.” According to the specimens in herb. Borrer!!! “ Op. rubella and rufescens, Brit. Fl.” are confounded together, and are distributed into this and the following varieties. The sporidia in Scherer’s Opeg. her- petica, a. rubella, Fnum. 155, Exs. 95! and 6. subocellata, Exs. 281 ! are identical with those of our plants; but his var. B. side- rella, Exs. 96! is a distinct species eee sporidia elongato- fusiform, 13-septate. Puate V. fig. 12. a, Vertical section of thallus and Tirella; b, sporidia—all magnified. B. subocellata, Ach. Thallus tuberculate, ‘aie as lirellze imbedded, ocellate. Opegrapha siderella, 8. enea, Ach. Meth. 26 (1803), sec. specim. ab Achario seipso in herb. Borrer! rubella, 5. enea, Ach. L. Univ. 250 (1810). -—— rubella, ¢. subocellata, Ach. L. Univ. 250 (1810). herpetica, y. subocellata, Ach. Syn. 73 (1814). —— subocellata, Heppe, Fl. Wurzburg. 73 (1814) tet eijedeyy ; Fingerh. Tent. Fl. Lich. Eiffl. 22 (1829). —— herpetica, Fries, L. Reform. 368. in part (1831); Tuckermann, N. Amer. Lich. 75 (in part), a. simplex. Lirelle small, simple. Opegrapha subocellata, ry. enea, Cheval. Hist. Graphid. 82. t. 19. f. 4, as to colour and general appearance ; &. brunnea, fig. 1 a, as to detail. On ash and willow trees. Hurst, Cuckfield and Ardingley, Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Bovingar, Essex! Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer. Near Thirsk, Yorkshire! Mr. J. G. Baker. Thallus thi: subtartareous, somewhat pulverulent, continuous, scarcely if at all cracked, rough or rugose, with innumerable minute raised irregularly-shaped pale-coloured or whitish eleva- tions or projections, pale dirty tawny olive, raised around the lirellze into a sort of spurious thallodal margin, narrow, whitish and pulverulent, forming extensive patches either limited by a brown wavy margin, or diffuse and without such being visible. Tirell@ simple, of the same size, shape and number, and im- mersed, as in the last. b. divisa. Livelle larger, substellate. Opegrapha subocellata, B. grisea, Cheval. Hist. Graphid. 82. t. 19. f. 3.. On ash trees. Hurst, Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphider. 207 ., Similar to the last, but the immersed lirelle are larger) and longer, confluent into irregular substellate figures, with simple ones interspersed, all surrounded with the peculiar whitish spu- - rious thallodal margin. y. elegans, Borrer MSS. _ Thallus pulverulent ; lirellee larger, simple and divided, prominent, wavy. On ash trees. Ardingley, Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Thallus subtartareous, pulverulent, cracked, uneven but not so rugged as in the preceding varieties, of a pale tawny hue, spreading in extensive patches. Luzrelle very numerous, more prominent, without the ocellate border, which however is occa- sionally seen imperfectly at the very base, longer -and larger, linear, variable in size and length, simple or branched, elegantly curved and wavy. Dzsk variable in expansion, but generall broader, the proper margin, though still thick and asst | frequently more erect and visible. 8. rubella. Thallus smooth ; lirelle prominent, immersed only at the base. . “ Opegrapha rubella, Pers. Ust. Ann. Bot. st. 7. t.1. f.2. A. a.” (fide Ach.) ; Sehrader, Spicil. 77 ; Heppe, Fl. Wurzburg. 73 (excellent) ; Fingerh. Fl. Eiffl. 22. rubella «, Ach. Meth. 21 (1803); L. Univ. 249. Lichen rubellus, Ach. Prodr. 22 (1798). Opegrapha herpetica, 8. disparata, Ach. Syn, 73 (1814), sec. specim. a : Scherero in herb. Borrer! —— rufescens, «. rubella, Scher. Spicil. 50. 327 (1836); Exs, 95! atra, 8. siderella, Fries, L. Reform. 368. in part, according to the synonyms and Scher. Spec. Exs. 95. quoted (1831). oa perniicd: we. rubella, Scher. Enum. 155 (1850). *___. rufescens, Pers.,” Bohler’s Lich. Brit. no. 74. a. simplex. Lirelle simple. Opegrapha rubella, Cheval.. Hist. Graphid. p. 74. t. 17. fig. la; 8. decorticata, 74,.t. 17..f. 2; 8. albicans, 75. t.17. £. 4. On ash trees. St. Leonard’s Forest and Charlton, Forest, Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Berrow, south end of Malvern Hills, Worcestershire! Mr. EF. Lees. Yorkshire! Mr. G. Dixon, hb. divisa. Lirelle substellate. Opegrapharubida, Cheval. Hist. Graphid. 80. t. 18. f. 1 a, f.2 6. Opegrapha crucianella, 80. t. 18. f. 3c. : | On ash and birch trees. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Gopsall Wood, Leicestershire! Rev. A. Bloxam. Thallus thin, membranous, smooth, continuous, somewhat shining, of a dark dingy olive, forming irregular patches bounded by a thickened wavy brown margin. Jurelle scattered, promi- nent, immersed only at the very base, lnear, moderately long, 208 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. variable in size and shape, simple or branched in an irregular substellate manner. Proper margins rounded, thickened and inflexed, enclosing the disk, which is variable in its expansion, either rimaform or broader and canaliculate. 11. Opegrapha vulyata, Ach. Thallus effuse, cartilagineo- membranaceous, cracked and scaly, greenish white ; lirellz pro- minent and sessile, variable in size, shorter ones roundish or ob- long, longer ones slender and linear, simple, wavy and shining or greasy; disk rimeform, uniform ; proper margins thick, very round and inflexed; sporidia in asci, eight, fusiform, 5-septate, pale yellow. a. vulgata. Lirelle small, numerous, but regularly scattered ; disk rimzeform, more or less expanded. Lichen vulgatus, Ach. Prodr. 21 (excel. syn.) (1798). Opegrapha vulgata, Ach. Meth. 20 (1803) ; L. Univ. 255; Syn. 73: (seeun- dum specimina Cel. Swartzii “ cum Achario seipso collecta ” in herb, Borrer!; Sm. E. Bot. t. 1811; Mart. Fl. Erlang. 279; Hook. Fl. Scot. 2. 43, Brit. Fl. 2. 145 ; Grev. "Fi. Edin. 352 ; Chevallier, Graphid. 32. t. 6. £.5 c; Wahl. Fl. Suec. 860; Fingerh. Fl, Eiffl. 22; Tayl. Fl. Hib. 2. 106; Bohler, Lich. Brit. no. 127! Graphis atra (in ‘part), Meyer in Spreng. Syst. Veg. 4. 1. 251 (1827). Opegrapha notha, Johnst.! Fl. Berw. 2. 100 (1831). ; atra, ¢. vulgata, Scheer. Spicil. 325 (1836); Enum. 154; Exsic. 5164 atra, a. stenocarpa (in part), Fries, L. Ref. 367 (1831) ; Summa V. S. 118; Tuckermann, N. Amer. Lich. 75. Graphis vulgata, B. periblastetica, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 327 (1831). On fir, ash, beech, apple, holly. Hurst and St. Leonard’s Forest, Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Lasswade! and near Edinburgh ! Dr. Greville. Malvern Hills, Worcestershire! Mr. E. Lees. Portslade, Sussex ! Mr. Borrer. Berwick-on-Tweed ! Dr. G. John- ston. Haughmond fill, Shropshire! near Shrewsbury! Pen Maen Mawr, Caernarvonshire ! Thallus effuse, thin, membranous, cracked and scaly, subpul- verulent and seurty, of a pale dirty white tinged slightly with green, sometimes quite smooth and continuous ; and in other specimens white, canescent, entirely pulverulent. ZLirelle nume- rous but regularly scattered, sessile and prominent, variable in size, though chiefly small and short, roundish, oblong and linear, of a plump turgid appearance, black and shining; straight or curved. Not unfrequently there are longer lirelle inter- mixed and approaching in size and flexuosity to those of steno- carpa, so that it is difficult to say to which variety such speci- mens should be correctly referred. On these specimens, and more especially in the variety stenocarpa, the lirelle are exceed- Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 209 ingly similar in appearance to those of Opey. Chevallieri. Disk in a perfect state a mere chink, uniform in width throughout, in an older state becoming wider, more open and expanded. Proper margins very round, thick, plump and inflexed. PuatTE V. fig. 13. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirelle ; 6, sporidia. B. stenocarpa. Lirelle long, slender and wavy, densely crowded ; disk rimzeform, very narrow, closed. ; Opegrapha stenocarpa «, Ach. L. Univ. 257 (1810); Syn. 75; Chevallier, Gr ne 37. t. 7. f.5¢; Heppe, Fl. Wurzburg. 74; Fingerh. Fl. Eiffl. 23. ) atra, B. stenocarpa, Scheer. Spicil. 48. 324 (1823-1836); Enum. 153; Exsice. 93! (in part); Fries, L. Ref. 367; Summa V.S. 118; Tucker- - mann, North. Lich. 75. —— atra, y. gyrograpta, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 326 (1831). rimicola, Cheval. Graphid. 41. t. 9. f. 1 (1824). Graphis stenocarpa, Meyer in Spreng. Syst. Veg. 4. 1. 250 (1827). On oak, beech, elm. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. New Forest, Hants! Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer. Lasswade! Dr. Greville. Twycross, Leicestershire! Rev. A. Blocam. Near Cork, Ire- land! Mr. I. Carroll, Near Shrewsbury ! Gloddaeth, Caernar. vonshire ! ' Thallus effuse, thin, membranous, somewhat scaly or scurfy, continuous, pale dirty yellow, scarcely if at all cracked, though in old specimens very considerably cracked, and of a scurfy pul- verulent appearance. Lire//e very numerous and crowded, never- theless quite distinct, forming a sort of black netlike work over the thallus, sessile, prominent, variable in size, the smaller ones short and oblong, the larger ones more considerable in number and frequently no others are present, very long and slender, nar- row, linear, curved, flexuose, and wavy in all degrees and direc- tions, of nearly the same width throughout but narrower at the extremities, of a full black, more or less shining, often with a greasy aspect. Disk a very narrow chink of the same uniform width throughout, even in old age when it becomes a little more open. Proper margins very thick in proportion to the disk, rounded, prominent, and inflexed. | There are specimens in which the transition between the va- rieties vulgata and stenocarpa are clearly traceable. PLATE V. fig. 13. a1, Vertical section of thallus and lirelle ; 4, sporidia. 12. Opegrapha siderella, Ach.? Thallus thin, subtartareous, cracked, pale dusky yellow, limited ; lirellee small, innate, various in size, rounded, oblong or linear, straight or curved, chiefly simple ; disk rimeform, uniform; proper margins rounded and Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xi. 14 210 ‘Rev. W. Au Leighton onthe British Graphiidests inflexed ; sporidia in asci, eight, elongato-fasiform or aciculate, 13-septate, pale yellow. Lichen siderellus, Ach. Prod. 24? excl. syn. (1798). Opegrapha siderella, Ach. Meth. 25? (1803); Syn. 79? siderella «. & B, Ach. L. Univ. 256? —— rubella, Moug. & Nest. Stirpes, 648! (1820). rufescens, B. siderella, Scherer, Spicil. 50. 327 (1823-1836) ; ; Enum, 155; Exsiee. 96! rufescens, Hook. Br, Fl. 2. 144 eae syn. O. phea and O, herpetica, and E. Bot.) m part (1833). atra, B. siderella, Fries, L. Reform 368. in part (1836). On beech in New Forest, Hants! Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer (a single specimen). Thallus thin, subtartareous, cracked, somewhat pulverulent and leprose, forming irregular patches of greater or smaller ex- tent, with a wavy margin but not bounded by any line, of a pale dusky dirty yellow. Lvrelle numerous, pretty regularly. scat- tered over the whole thallus, minute, innate or immersed at the base, the upper half only prominent, very various in size, punc- tiform, rounded, subtriquetrous, oblong or linear, straight or crowded, simple or sometimes with a short branch, very plump in general appearance and obtuse at the extremities, dull black, somewhat greasy-looking. Proper margins rounded and inflexed. Disk a mere chink, uniform in width throughout or more open in age. Our plant and Rokealeat are identical, but T doubt whether they be the same as Acharius’s plant, judging from the descrip- tion, which states the lirelle to be stellate, and also from his re- ference to Persoon’s figure, and it is almost impossible to decide without comparison with an authentic Acharian specimen. If it should prove to be really different from the siderella of Acharius, then it is a “nova species,” and will appropriately be named Opegrapha Scherert. The appearance of this plant at first sight is a good deal like that of O. herpetica, but the sporidia keep them distinct. Puarte VI. fig. 14. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 6, sporidium. 13. Opegrapha taxicola. Thallus very thin, tartareous, pul- verulent, cracked, pale yellowish gray, effuse ; lirelle large, ex- cessively prominent and sessile, oblong, linear or linear-elongate, - straight or curved, chiefly simple ; disk broadly rimeeform ; pro- per margins rounded and inflexed, rugged ; sporidia in ascl, eight, elongato-fusiform or acicular, 13-septate, pale yellow. On yew. Funtington churchyard ! ! Hunston churchyard! and Aldingbourne churchyard! Sussex, Mr. Borrer. Thallus effuse, very thin, tartareous, somewhat. pulverulent, Rev. W. A. Leighton onthe British Graphider. 211 partially cracked where it is thicker in substance amidst the groups of lirellze, where and around the very bases of the lirelle it is chiefly to be distinguished ; in other and opener portions being only a pulverulent film, of a very pale yellowish gray. Lirelle numerous, scattered and diffuse, or closely congregated in larger or smaller groups, excessively prominent and sessile, of a dull black colour, more or less sprinkled with the powder of the thallus, lying in all directions, straight or variously curved, chiefly simple, but here and there with a simple branch, variable in size, oblong or linear, or linear-elongate, of the same width throughout, obtuse at the extremities, very plump in appearance from the rounded inflexed proper margins, which are rugged and broken. Disk of the same width throughout, distinctly and broadly rimeform. | : The size, appearance and habit of the denuded lirellee induce me to present this as a new species, though doubtfully, for the enn would lead me to regard it as a variety of stderella. The enuded state of the thallus may arise from local circumstances connected with the nature of the matrix, and the otherwise im- mersed lirellze be thus rendered accidentally prominent. Nor is the difference in size of the lirelle between this and the pre- ceding greater than prevails in other species, ¢. gr. O. rupestris and O. varia. Puate VI. fig. 15. c, Plant, nat. size; a@, vertical section of thallus and lirella; 6, sporidium. 14. Opegrapha lentiginosa, Lyell MS. Thallus thin, tarta- reous, smooth, cream-coloured, limited ; lirellz excessively pro- minent and sessile, very minute, punctiform, oblong or linear, straight, simple ; disk a mere chink ; proper margins tumid and incurved ; sporidia in asci, eight, irregularly obovate, uniseptate, pale brown. On beech and holly in New Forest, Hants! Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer. On beech mm St. Leonard’s Forest, Sussex, sparingly ! Mr. Borrer. Thallus thin, tartareous, continuous, even and smooth, here and there slightly and delicately cracked, cream-coloured, form- ing irregularly rounded or oblong or more extended patches, one or two inches in size, bounded by a tolerably broad, irregular, wavy, brownish-black margin. Lired/le numerous and very mi- nute, appearing to the naked eye as mere black specks, under a lens like a multitude of minute black grains of wheat scattered over the thallus and lying in all directions, either singly or confluent and crowded, variable in size, the smaller or younger ones punctiform and more or less imbedded in the thallus, the larger and perfect ones of a narrow linear-oblong form, slightly 14° 212 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of aye tapered towards each extremity, which is rounded, very promi- nent and sessile and plump in appearance. Proper margins full, rounded and incurved. Disk a mere chink. ‘The sporidia are very singular and different from any other known British species. PuateE VI. fig. 16, c, Plant, nat. size; d, vertical section of thallus and lirella; 6, sporidia. Opegrapha macularis, Ach., and O. epiphega, Ach. & E. Bot., seem to be merely states of the same plant. Their structure will be seen from our Plate VIII. fig. 34, which consists of a black carbonaceous perithecium (a) which bursts at intervals through the epidermis of the bark, and finally when the whole epidermis is thrown off by it is found to be continuous. It is raised and elevated here and there over the nucleus, and at those points has frequently a longitudinal depression like the rimeform disk of an Opegrapha or Hysterium. The base of the nucleus is quite naked or destitute of perithecium. The nucleus consists of pale hyaline oblong sporidia (4) of considerable size, margined and ele- vated on simple pedicels, with others of various sizes in different stages of maturity. This structure clearly distinguishes it from Opegrapha, and refers it to the genus Hysterium, subgenus Dichena of the Fungi. ra [To be continued. | XXI.—WNotes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an eight years’ residence in the Island. By Kpaar Lroroip Layarp, F.Z.8.,C.M.ES. [Continued from ‘p. 131.] 146. Zoothera (n. s. ?) embricata, Layard. Among the birds received from Mr. Thwaites is one which I cannot identity with any Indian species, and which may perhaps prove new. I have therefore provisionally named it imbricata from its scaled appearance. Length about 9 inches ; of closed wing 43 in. ; tail 3 in. ; bill to end of gape 1} in. ; tarsi 1, in. General colour of back and’ upper: tail-coverts darkish olive- brown, darker on the head ; each feather pales off to the edge, where a black border one line in breadth succeeds. Tail-feathers wholly brown, shafts black. Shafts of wing-feathers dark brown, outer webs reddish brown, -mner’webs dark brown, On the breast the same style of marking prevails, the colours being pale Mr, E.G. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon, 218 rufous yellow darkening ito deep rufous with very dark brown edge. Vent and under tail-coverts rufous. Bill corneous, Legs brown. I am indebted to the kindness of the Zoological officers of the British Museum for the opportunity of examining and describing this and other species. 147. Cissa puELLA, Blyth & Layard, J, A. 8. xvi. Kahibella, /Cing. This, the most lovely of all our Ceylon birds, was discovered by me along the course of a mountain stream in the jungle near Ambegamoa, and described by Mr. Blyth, loc. cit... Dr. Kelaart writes that it is ‘common in Nuwera Elia, and fre- quents, the fields there, generally in small flocks, in search of worms.” In such situations I never saw it ; all I have noticed were inthe most dense and lonely jungles. The last I procured fell.a victim to that curiosity so characteristic of all the jays. I was creeping through some thick jungle to get a shot at a large wood-pigeon, when the Cissa flew down from some. lofty trees, and, coming close to me peered into my face. It came so near that I refrained from: firing, lest I should blow it to pieces; neither did I. wish to frighten it, lest I should drive it. away altogether ; I therefore waited till the bird had leisurely surveyed me and flown to a little distance, still watching my movements. This enabled me to shoot it. . ~Nothing’can exceed the beauty of this bird when in full plu- mage, and with the cere of the eyes and legs still fresh ; the con- trast between the blue of the former and the crimson of the latter being very striking. It has a loud harsh note, not unlike that of the European jay. Mr. Thwaites has forwarded several specimens procured in the central province. 148. Corvus cutminatus, Sykes. Andang, Mal.; lit. Grave Crow. Goyegamma-caca, Cing. ; lit. High-caste, or Vellally Crow. ’ | The carrion crow is everywhere common in Ceylon, being found inland as well as on the sea-coast, the great resort of the next species. It is found in the deep forests where C. splendens never appears, and such is its acuteness of sight and scent, that though the wounded deer may retire to the most tangled brake to die, its. covert is invariably revealed to the hunter by these crows, who, congregating in small parties on the surrounding trees, patiently wait till life is extinct to begin thei repast im company with the jackals and wild hogs. 214 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. As soon as the carrion crow detects an animal lying on the ground, it utters a curious soft modulated “ caw,” wheeling in circles round the object of its curiosity, beatmg the air with heavy strokes, and then joining the wings over the back, it sails down and alights within a few feet of its hoped-for prey. These motions are known and understood by all the crows in the vici- nity, who immediately flock to the expected banquet. One bolder than the rest now approaches and hops upon the animal’s body : as this is not an unusual practice with them whilst search- ing for ticks, the animal lies still, till the crow peers into its eyes, when, should it be im a state to defend itself, a shake of the head rids it of its dangerous friend, who then, instead of feasting on its eyeballs, performs the grateful office of ridding it of its vermin. Far different, however, is the fate of the wretched animal dying of disease or of the deadly rifle-ball ; full well the carrion crow knows the dim eye over which the shadows of death are stealing, and, like the wretches who rob the dying on the field of battle, he hastens its last moments. Plunging its powerful bill into the eyeball of his victim, it tugs at it, despite the feeble struggles which oppose it, and is soon joimed by its now bolder companions, some pecking at the eyes, some at the fatal wound or sore, but all select those points where the thinness of the skin, or an abrasion in it, offer an easy access to the entrails: these once reached are torn out and swallowed, but the eye is inva- riably the first point of attack. _ About the villages the carrion crow builds in the cocoa-nut . trees : in the jungles it selects a tall tree,amid the upper branches of which it fixes a framework of sticks, and on this constructs a nest of twigs and grasses. The eggs, from three to five in num- ber, are usually of a dull greenish brown colour, thickly mottled with brown ; these markings being most prevalent at the small end. Axis 1} mch, diam. 1{mch. They are usually laid in January or February. 149. Corvus SPLENDENS, Vieill. Cagum, Mal. Caravij-caca, Cing. ; lit. Low-caste or Fisher Crow, from its frequenting the sea-coast. The common hooded crow is essentially a “cit,” he is never found away from towns, and the denser the population the more frequent is he. He. builds his nest in the hibiscus-trees in the court-yard of the Government House, or of the merchant’s store, and while in these situations the windows of his white fellow- citizens often overlook his domestic arrangements; he in turn, from his eyrie on the top of the rocking palm, looks down on the lowly huts of the black ones. He levies contributions on all Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 215 alike : leave but your breakfast-table for a moment, and as you return, the rustling of hurrying wings, the marks of many feet on the white table-cloth, the gashes in the pat of butter, and the disappearance of plantains and small viands, proclaim who have been the robbers. The old “hopper woman ”’ sits frying her cakes under the lowly “pandal” of her cadjan hut, and over her with head inclined, taking a bird’s-eye view of her cookery, sits the “‘ caca;”? and now the “ appah,”’ anglice “ hopper,” is done, lifted from the pan, and laid on the little circular basket ready for a customer. With a grunt of satisfaction the aged crone surveys her handiwork, and drops her spoon to feel for her beloved betel-pouch ; a tiresome little bit of “areca-nut” has got into a corner and the old dame bends over it, unmindful of her charge ; a dark figure drops from the roof, and though she is instantly on the alert, and aims an ineffectual blow at the thief, the nice white “appah” is borne off. Sometimes however the robber has but a:poor hold on it and drops it on the red cabook road; down pounce a host of crows that have been looking on from Imany a tree, and a scuffle ensues ; but anxious at least to cheat them of their booty, if not to retain the damaged article for her own eating, the old woman hurries to the rescue; but this makes matters worse, the castle is defenceless, and unseen foes drop down from beam and rafter or fly in through open doors. Therice-basket is invaded, the chilli box overturned, the dried fish stolen, and lucky is the dame if the crash of most of her little store of crockery and glass, swept to the ground and scattered in shining fragments, does not hastily recall her to her hut. But in spite: of these annoying thefts, the amount of good done by the vast numbers of these birds which frequent our towns is very great ; they are the great street scavengers ; nothing escapes their quick eyes, everything that can be eaten is de- voured as soon as discovered, and early and late they are on the watch for whatever is thrown out ; and so nimble are they, that I have frequently seen them catch small bits of carrion, or other matters, before they fell to the ground. They have not the least fear of the natives, and even Kuropean children are unheeded by them, and I have seen my boy’s hand bitten and bleeding from their attempting to snatch his bread from him. But of the white man and his gun they entertain the most wholesome dread. Point but a stick at one and away it flies, while yet two or three hundred yards distant,‘and alarms the whole winged fraternity with his cries. Crows flock from all quarters, and sailing high in air, caw in concert till the object of their dread has disap- peared. However, should one unwary bird fall before the gun, his companions hasten to assist him, and will often raise him up, and fly so heedlessly round the head of the fowler, that a dozen 216 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. perhaps may be shot before the remainder, conscious of their danger, seek safety in flight. Their nests are loose structures of sticks lmed with hair, built in cocoa-nut or other trees, and the eggs are 1 im. 7 lines long by lin. 1 line broad. . The general colour is a light bluish green, mottled more sparingly than those of the carrion crow with dark brown, the markings also being at the obtuse end); but:m these particulars. considerable variation occurs in both species, and I have some eggs in which the markings are almost obsolete. 150. Gracua reticiosa, Linn. | Hallaleynia, Cing. . Common along the western coast of the island. Mr. Brodie procured numerous specimens at Putlam ; it extends ips a into the, Kandian provinces, where it is replaced by 151. Gracuia priLtocEnys, Blyth, J. A. S. xv. 285, This is the “ Hill. Maina,” the largest and most beautiful of our species ; the yellow lappets of the ears contrasting elegantly with the purple. black of the velvety feathers on the head and neck. In habits these two species are similar, generally flying in flocks varying in numbers according to the families who join in them; they perch on the topmost branches of trees, and feed on fruits ‘and berries. They also frequent pasture lands, and attend the grazing cattle, on whose backs they often alight in search of ticks and other insects; they likewise scratch in ordure for the coleoptera which burrow therein. They breed, so the natives tell me (I have never been fortunate enough to obtain their nests), in the palm-trees about villages, placing their nests on the broad ends of the old:fronds which lie hori- zontally. The same authority informed me that the structure was sticks lined with hair of cattle and the fibres of cocoa-nut, and that the eggs were bluish. Both the species are highly prized by the natives for the facility with which they acquire the power of imitating certain sounds of the human voice. A highly educated bird will often sell for 20 rupees or more; they are kept in cages made entirely of bamboo, in the manufacture of which the natives are very skilful. In captivity they are cheerful, active and prying, exhibiting very much the charac- teristics of our English magpie, and feeding upon almost all the substances, raw or cooked, eaten by their masters. Their na- tural, note is a hoarse cackling or loud whistle, uttered in the same clamorous manner as that of our English starling.. An egg said to belong to this species is—axis 13 lines, diam. 10 lines; colour. a beautiful darkish blue; in shape it is much more rounded than that of Acridotheres tristis. Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 217 152, Pastor rosgvs, Linn. I found large flocks of these birds at Pt. Pedro in July, but not one specimen, out of the many which fell at several dtuchrash from a large gun into the huge flocks which for several days frequented one locality, proved an adult bird. They were very wary, and I could only approach them by creeping up behind hedges and then raking them as they rose with my largest gun. At the end of about a week they disappeared and I saw no more of them. They were entirely unknown to the natives. Mr. Brodie, my esteemed friend and fellow-worker in Ceylon zoology, found a few at Putlam and noticed their extreme wildness ; they perched on the summit of the low bushes which dotted the open plains, and he only succeeded in obtaining a single specimen, although he followed them for several days. 1538. Herarornis Pacoparum, Gmel. This species is not uncommon in the north of the island, but I have never met with it in the south. Dr. Kelaart found it in Fort Frederic, at Trincomalie. I think it breeds at Pt. Pedro, as I shot several young birds in September with the cere still on the base of the bill. They frequented the ploughed lands in small flocks of four, five or six mdividuals, and fed on small in- sects and grubs. Dr. Kelaart includes 154. Hera#rornis Maraparica, Gmel. and 155. Herarornis CRISTATELLA, Linn. Sed non vidi. 156. Hetrarornis aLBorrontata, Layard, n. s. Another of the new species in Mr. Thwaites’s collection, if new it really is. It may be Pastor Senex, Temm.., as it agrees tolerably well with the short description given in Prince Bonaparte’s Consp. Avium, p. 419, but that description is so concise that I cannot be sure of it ; I therefore name it provisionally H. albofrontata. _» Length about 8 inches, of closed wing 44 in., tail 3 in., bill to.end of gape 14 in., tarsi 1 in. General colour of back, tail and wings: black, with a green gloss. Forehead albescent ; hinder feathers of crest brownish black, with albescent shafts. General colour of breast, throat, vent and under tail-coverts -albescent, the shafts of the feathers on the throat shining white. Specimens are in the British Museum. 218 7 Bibliographical Notices. 157. AcRIpoTHERES TRIsTIS, Linn. Gong cowdea, Cing. Na- canam patchy, Mal, This is the common Maina of the country; they frequent meadows in search of worms and grubs of insects, not refusing perfect coleoptera when they come in their way; they scratch among the ordure of cattle (whence their native appellation), and scatter it far and wide over the fields, thus assisting the: lazy native husbandman ; and the amount of labour they perform is considerable, as they generally go in parties of six or eight, and often in flocks of forty or fifty. Like the other mainas also they often perch on the backs of cattle in search of ticks. They breed in hollow trees, making a nest of fibres and d grasses, and deposit from three to five light blue eggs utd resembling those of the European starling in shape, but rather darker in colour. Axis 13 linés, diam. 10 lines. Young birds hatched in March or April. [To. be continued. | BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Symbole ad Monographiam Marseniadarum. Auctore RupvuLrH Bereu. 4to. 1853. Plates. Copenhagen. Tuis work is a most interesting contribution to malacological sci- ence by a young and ardent Danish naturalist, giving a very com- plete detailed account of the scientific history, the anatomy, and the zoological classification of these hitherto little-known Mollusca, illus- trated with excellent plates of the animal, their anatomy, including the teeth and the prehensile organs of the mouth, (which I believe have only hitherto been observed by Messrs. Alder and Hancock in this country,) and of the shells of the different species. Unfortunately the history and anatomy is in Danish, but the characters of the genera and species are in the Latin language. The author divides the family Marseniade into three genera :— 1. Marsenia, containing two subgenera; Marsenia with eighteen species, and Chelynotus with four species, having three series of teeth and an earshaped spiral shell. 2. Onchidiopsis, Beck (= Oncophora, Bergh), with seven series of teeth, and a horny oblong non-spiral shell, with two species, confined to the North Sea. 3. Marsenina, Gray, also with seven rows of teeth, but with partly exposed ear- shaped spiral sbell, containing only two species, from the North Sea. It is probable that the two latter genera may eventually form a separate family, or form a part of Velutimde. Royal Society. 219° a PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ROYAL SOCIETY. December 15, 1853.—Thomas Bell, Esq., V.P., in the Chair. “On a New Method of propagating Plants.” By E. J. Lowe, Esq., F.R.A.S., F.G.S. &c. The author states that it had occurred to him, that if a cutting of a plant were sealed at the base, so as to exclude the moisture of the soil from ascending the stem in injurious quantities, the method of striking cuttings of most species of plants would not be so preca- rious a process as at present; and accordingly some collodion was obtained in order to make the experiment. With respect to this new process, he states, that immediately upon the cutting being severed from the parent stem, the collodion was applied to the wound, and then left a few seconds to dry, after which the cuttings were potted in the ordinary manner. To test the value of this new process more effectually, duplicates of all the species experimented upon were at the same time similarly planted, without the collodion being applied to them. Experiments were carried on in two different ways; one batch of cuttings being placed on a hot-bed, whilst a second batch was planted in the open ground, without even the protection of glass. First Batch.—All of which were placed on a hot-bed on the lst of September, and examined on the Ist of October :— Stove Plants. Number of Number of | Number of mane baie cigs us ang collodion 2 which took cation of col. |WHich took _ applied. spot. lodion. root. 1 TROPA COCCITIED 0... cseccscescsccicees - 1 1 0 1 Tacsonia manicata ........+ Sedecnas 1 1 1 3 Franciscea Hopeana........-.....05.. 3 3 0 3 Franciscea Pohliana..........++0+0.. 3 3 0 2 Gloxinia Maria van Houtte......... 0 2 1 2 Begonia incarnata ..............e00 2 2 I 8 Achimenes patens .2........eesecee 7 8 6 2 Hoya bella... ....eeeeese. eededigseee 2 2 1 2 Rondeletia speciosa ...s..seseeseeeses BDA. 2 1 2 Allamanda nerifolia ............+0000 2 2 1 Greenhouse Plants. 6 Boronia serrulata .......6+..scsseesees 5 6 0 3 Polygala dalmaisiana ............... 1 3 0 - 6 Polygala crandiflora.........ccseeees 3 6 2 6 Verbena lund i....ccesccesecdedeccess 6 6 6 1 Chorozema Cordata .......ccseecceees 1 1 0 1 Epacris pallida .....-.......cscesseeees 0 1 0 2 Leschenaultia formosa............... 2 2 1 1 Swainsonia astragalifolia............ 1 1 0 1 Swainsonia galegifolia...... paeesaass 0 1 0 2 Abelis Fupestris: ........6.......0000 o9 2 2 0 4 Plectranthus concolor, picta ...... 2 4 2 220 Royal Society. Second Batch.—Planted in the open ground on the Ist of Sep: tember, and examined on the Ist of October :— Hardy Plants. Number of : Number of cuttings riers of cuttings with- omen of with Name of plant. which teok | OUt the appli ch took collodion webs cation of col ps .- applied. 2 lodion. ee 12 Garrya elliptica ......ccccecssscoeres 5 12 1 12 BVGGR SAGAR oi dscoes by rvequesestecopess 7 12 4 18 Bupleurum longifolium .......++++- 6 18 0 12 LWPS TOPCONG Sons ccccpqscnnnscstacess 10 12 7 6 Rose, Souvenir de la Malmaison... 4 6 3 12 Taxus baccata, golden-leaved var. 8 12 4 Total num ber of Total number of ' ; ; Number of Number of cuttings to which cuttings which cuttings without cuttings which | collodion was ticks woot the application tobi rod#. ZAP applied. : of collodion. pag cf 3 First batch ...... 59 46 59 9 (2Biy Second batch ... 72 40 72 19 The experiment, the author considers, speaks for itself. Not- withstanding the season being too far advanced for the full benefit of the process to be thoroughly observed, still twice as many cut- tings took root treated by the new method as had rooted by the old. The mortality in the open ground was increased by slugs having eaten off above the soil some of the cuttings; those thus damaged were examined after they had been in the ground a month, and it was found that the collodion was quite as sound as when first ap- plied. It would therefore appear that the collodion seals the wound of the cutting, and protects it from the fatal effects of damp, until roots are prepared to force through the covering of gun-cotton. It is further stated, that the application of this solution has been found to be exceedingly beneficial in the pruning of such plants as Eu- phorbia speciosa, Impatiens latifolia, Impatiens latifolia-alba, Hoya bella, Hoya imperialis, &c., the cut branches being prevented from bleeding. It is the author’s intention next spring to follow out this experi- ment, in budding and grafting, as he considers that it will also be useful in this branch of horticulture. | Gutta-percha, dissolved in ether, was in some instances substi- tuted to heal the wounds caused by pruning; yet owing to this so- lution not drying as rapidly as collodion, the first, and sometimes the second application was not sufficient. The effect of these solutions upon cut flowers was very marked, Two branches were gathered as nearly alike as possible; to the flower-stalks of the one, collodion was applied. These flowers were placed in vases filled with water; those coated over with Zoological Society. 221 collodion began to fade in thirty-six hours, and many were quite dead in three days; whilst the flowers merely placed in water in the ordinary manner remained fresh and healthy. Those that faded soonest were Reseda odorata and Tropeolum majus, and those which were least affected were Tagetes erecta and Senecio erubescens. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. January 13, 1852.—W. Yarrell, Esq., in the Chair. The following papers were read :— 1. MonoGrapH oF THE Famity Aropip#, A Famity or Crus- TACEANS BELONGING TO THE Divist1on. ENTOMOSTRACA ; WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF APUS, AND TWO SPECIES OF OSTRACODA BELONGING TO THE GENUS CyPRIS. By-W. Barrp, M.D., F.L.S. ere. In drawing up this communication, one of the objects I had in view was to call the attention of the members of this Society to a group of animals which must be very numerous, especially in warm climates, but which nevertheless have been but little attended to. The ani- mals to which I propose directing your attention belong to that very interesting division of the great class Crustacea, called Enromos- TRACA. .The chief interest attached to these creatures, most of which are very small, is derived from watching their gambols in their native element, and examining by the aid of the microscope the wonderful beauty of their various organs, especially their organs of motion and breathing. Unfortunately few naturalists, comparatively speaking, have paid much attention to them, and collectors of objects of Natural History have generally, perhaps from their minuteness, overlooked them almost entirely. Those however who have watched these little creatures, whether sporting in the freshwater ponds and lakes of the interior, or illuming the bosom of the ocean with their brilliant phosphorescent light, have not failed to be struck with the beauty and elegance of their forms,—a beauty and elegance which it is difficult to deseribe, and the attempt to do which has caused the grave naturalist Otho Fredericus Miller involuntarily to rise into the language of poetry. The largest species of Entomostraca belong to the order Phyllo- poda, and the beauty of their movements through the water and the symmetry of their various organs of motion are truly exquisite. The family Apodide contains the largest individuals, though as yet the number of species described is not great. One species of the family was known to Linneeus, who mentions, in the first edition of his ‘ Fauna Suecica’ (1746), having seen a specimen in 1728 at the house of a naturalist in London, who told him he had received it from Prussia. Jacob Frisch * had, previously to the publication of the ‘ Fauna Suecica,’ made known and figured a species, specimens of which he had received from Klein, then at Dantzic, who had found it in East Prussia. . Specimens of this species were sent soon afterwards * Insecten in Deutschland, 1732. 222 Zoological Society. by Klein to London to Sir Hans Sloane, and at the very ‘same time (1738) this species was found also in England in a pond on Bexley Heath by the Rey. Lyttleton Brown. Klein’s notice, previously sent to Sir Hans Sloane, and Mr. Brown’s description, were published simul- taneously in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions * of that year. Several species have since then been discovered, natives of various parts of the globe and having a wide geographical range. They have been found in different parts of Europe, in North Africa, in North Ame- rica, even'as high as the borders of the Arctic Ocean, inthe West Indies, and in Australia. . The Family dpodide (belonging to the Order Phyllopoda) may be thus characterized :— | Pedes branchiales, paribus sexaginta. Antenne breves, styli- formes, pari singulo. Oculi duo, sessiles. Corpus numerose articulatum, parte majore clypeo magno obtectum. The feet, consisting of 60 pairs, are all formed for the purpose of breathing with, and not for locomotion, the first pair alone being pro- vided, in addition to the branchial plates, with organs adapted for assisting the animal in swimming. The first pair are the largest, and after the second pair they become gradually smaller as they de- scend, until the last few pairs become almost obsolete. The animals generally swim on their back, and these branchial feet are in constant motion even when the animal is at rest. The body is cylindrical, elongated, consisting of numerous segments, and the upper half, or more in some species, is covered by a large shield-shaped carapace or buckler. This carapace protects the vital parts, and is furnished with a peculiar structure in its substance for increasing the extent of its branchial apparatus. The antennee are smallorgans and in number only one pair, short and styliform. The eyes are two in number, compound, lunate-shaped, and are sessile, being placed on the upper and central portion of the carapace. The young have only one eye, which gra- dually disappears as moulting goes on, until the mark merely remains. This is generally described as a third eye, but according to Zaddach the two compound eyes ouly are provided with optic nerve, pigment and cornea. The caudal segment of the body gives off two long and very numerously articulated cylindrical setée or filaments which are more or less provided with short hairs from each side, Only one genus of this family is recognized by M. Milne-Edwards in his work on the Crustacea, though Dr. Leach had many years ago established a second; the character upon which that genus was founded by Leach is not considered by M. Edwards as of generic importance ; but having observed another character equally remark- able, which occurs in all the known species of the group which that genus represents, I consider Leach’s genus ought to be adopted, and I now propose giving the characters of the two genera at greater length than they have yet been done. Genus Apvs, Scopoli. Clypeus corneo-coriaceus. Corpus molle, cylindricum. Seg- mentum caudale lamina producta non instructum. Pedum primi paris appendices, aut rami, longissimi, flexibiles. Zoological Society. 223 In the genus Apus, the tail-segment of the body is rounded, and has no plate or prolongated appendage between the two long setz or filaments. The first pair of feet are very long, dividing into three cylindrical branches, the external one of which is very long, in some species equalling in length the whole body with the tail filaments in- eluded : they are very flexible, possess much motion, and are very conspicuous. These organs at once distinguish the genus, and they possess the same general character in all the species hitherto known. Four species have only as yet been described, and I now propose to add to that number a fifth. “1. Apus cancrirormis, Scheeffer. Clypeo corporis plusquam dimidiam partem tegente, ovato, olivaceo, corneo ; ramo externo pedum primi paris longitudine clypeum equante. Long. toti corporis 24 poll.; lat. clypei 14 poll. Pro Synonymis vide ‘ Baird’s Nat. Hist. of the British Entomos- traca, Ray Society’s Publications, 1850.” Hab. \n Europa ; detecta in Anglia, Gallia, Borussa, &c. In Africa Septentrionali ; detecta in Tunisia, collegit Dominus L. Frazer; in Algeria, collegit M. Lucas. Museum Britannicum. The colour of this species is brownish yellow or olive clouded with marks of a deeper hue, The carapace is oval and extends over nearly two-thirds of the body of the animal. The keel which runs down the centre of the carapace is pretty strong, and the deep notch at the posterior extremity is lunated in shape and has its edges finely toothed. The external branch of the first pair of feet is about the length of the carapace, while the caudal setze are nearly as long as the whole body, and are covered with numerous short hairs, The abdominal portion of the body not covered by the carapace is studded all over with cir- cular rows of stout hooked spines of a dark brown colour. 2. Apus Guitpinetr, Thompson. Clypeo corporis vir dimi- diam partem tegente, quadrato, membranaceo, nigrescente ; ramo externo pedum primi paris longissimo, totum corpus, fila- mentis caudalibus inclusis, excedente. - Apus Guildingi, Thompson, Zoological Researches, Fasc. v. 108. t. 6. f. 3; M. Edwards’s Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. 561. Hab. In Insula “ St. Vincent’s,”’ India Occidentali ; Rev. Lans- downe Guilding. Mr. Thompson in his ‘ Zoological Researches’ remarks: ‘I re- — ceived this species of Apus together with the Artemis Guildingi from the West Indies, and having as yet no details, must leave its history in the hands of its distinguished discoverer. It is of a light blackish colour, the clypeus translucent, almost membranous, and shorter in proportion than in any of the known species, with the extreme branch of the anterior member extremely long.”’ Unfor- tunately we have no further history of this species from its discoverer the Rev. Lansdowne Guilding, but the short square-shaped cara- pace and the extreme length of the external dalle of the first pair of feet sufficiently distinguish it. 3,.ApuS LoNGICAUDATUS, Le Conte. Clypeo corporis tertiam partem non multo magis tegente, rotundato, subfusco ; ramo 224 Zoological Society. externo pedum primi paris longitudine clypeum excedente ; corporis postica parte longissima, cylindrica. Long. toti corporis 1°5 poll., clypei *65 poll. ; lat. clypei *7 poll. Apus longicaudatus, Le Conte, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. iv. 155. t. 9, Hab. In America boreali. ‘ In a shallow lake on the high plateau between Lodgepole Creek and Crow Creek, N.E. of Long’s Peak” (Le Conte). This species is readily distinguished by the extraordinary ‘length of the abdominal portion of the body. The carapace is rounded, somewhat truncated at the anterior Phe ad having the two extremities of the fork terminating in a very sharp point. _ It does not cover much more than one-third of the body, and is thin in substance. The external branch of the first pair of feet is long, ex- ceeding considerably the length of the carapace. The caudal fila- ments are about the length of the abdomen. Mr. Le Conte says that the species was found in immense numbers in a small shallow lake on the high plateau between Lodgepole Creek and Crow Creek, N.E. of Long’s Peak, near the Rocky Mountains. | ‘‘ They were swimming about with great activity, plunging to the bottom and rising to the surface.”’ | 4. Apus ostusus, James. Species hec reperta a Domino James in ** Major Long’s Expedition to the Rocky Mountains,” zon satis bene descripta necnon delineata est. Long. clypei *3 poll. ; lat. clypei *4 ? poll. Apus obtusus, James, ‘Expedition to the Rocky Mountains, ii. 336. Hab. In America boreali. ‘“ Rain-water puddles on the Platte river, near the Rocky Mountains” (James). This species is very briefly described by Mr. James. “In rain- water puddles,’”’ he says, “‘ we remarked a new species of Branchio- pode belonging to the genus Apus; small crustaceous animals, which exhibit a miniature resemblance to the King or Horse-shoe Crab (Limulus polyphemus) of our own sea-coast, but which are furnished with about 60 pairs of feet, and swim upon their back. The basins of water which contained them had been very much diminished by evaporation and infiltration, and were now crowded to excess, prin- cipally with the 4pus, great numbers of which were dying upon the surrounding mud, whence the water had receded. This species is distinguished from the productus of Bose and Montagui ot Leach, by not having the dorsal carina prolonged in a point behind ; and from cancriformis by the greater proportional width of the thorax, and more obtuse emargination behind. The length of the thorax along the middle is three-tenths of an inch and its greatest breadth some- what more. It may be named Apus obtusus.”—Note 7. p. 336. 5, Apus Domincensis, Baird, sp. nov. Clypeo corporis dimidiam partem tegente, rotundo, tenui, corneo; ramo externo pedum prim paris corpus equante. Long. toti corporis 1 poll.; lat. clypei ¢ poll. Hab. In Insula St. Domingo, India Occidentali. Collegit M. Sallé. Museum Britannicum. Though a native of the West Indies, this species may be easily | Zoological Society. 225 distinguished from 4. Guildingii by its round-shaped carapace of a horny colour covering half the body of the animal, and its external branch of the first pair of feet only the length of the body, while in A. Guildingii it exceeds the whole body and caudal filaments in- cluded. ‘The carina down the centre of the carapace, and the fork which it takes at the anterior extremity where the division into ce- phalic and thoracic portions takes place, are marked throughout their length with a deep brown colour, as are also the short stout spines on the abdominal portion of the body. These are straight, not hooked as in some of the other species. The caudal filaments are nearly the length of the body, and are covered with very nume-, rous, extremely short setee. The oviferous feet are present in all the specimens I have examined, but none contain any ova. Genus Leripurus, Leach. Clypeus corneo-coriaceus. Corpus molle, cylindricum. Segmentum caudale lamina producta instructum. Pedum primi paris ap- pendices, aut rami, brevissimi. In the genus Lepidurus the tail-segment of the body, which in Apus is rounded, is furnished with a flap or plate of considerable size extending to some distance between the long setze or filaments. The first pair of feet, compared with those of dpus, are extremely short and comparatively inconspicuous. These two characters at once distinguish the genus, of which only three species have as yet. been de- scribed. In other respects it resembles perfectly the genus Apus. | Scheeffer is the first author who has distinctly described any spe- cies belonging to the genus Lepidurus. Linneeus’s description of the ‘‘ Monoculus cauda biseta’’ in the first edition of the ‘Fauna Suecica,’ will apply to either the Apus or Lepidurus. He quotes. Frisch’s figure, and states, as I have mentioned above, that he had seen a specimen in London. We might conclude from this that it was the Apus cancriformis he had in view ; but in the second edition of the ‘ Fauna’ (1761), he distinctly mentions, in his brief deserip- tion, that the tail was furnished with two long setee, with a flap inter- posed between them. As in this edition he continues to refer to Frisch’s figure, and adds that of Klein, in the ‘ Philosophical Trans- actions,’ it is evident he confounded two species together ; and as the Lepidurus productus (the Apus productus of authors) is perhaps the more common species of the two on the Continent, it is most proba- ble that he had it in view when he wrote, but erroneously referred to the species figured by Frisch and Klein as identical with it. The three species which have been described are— 1. Leripurvus propuctus, Bose. Clypeo corporis magis quam tres partes tegente, ovato, elongato, olivaceo-viridi ; setis caude pennatis ; lamina caudali elongato-ovata, carinata, setis brevi- bus numerosis obsita. Long. toti corporis 2} poll. ; lat. clypei 1 poll. Pro Synonymis vide M. Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust. ii, 560. Hab. In Europa; detecta in Gallia, Suecia, Borussa, &«. Museum Britannicum. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 15 wo Zoological Society. This species is of an olive-green hue, and is smaller than the Apus cancriformis. The carapace is of an oval form and covers more than two-thirds of the body. The notch at its posterior part is less deeply lunated than in Apus cancriformis, and the keel which runs down its centre is well-marked. The flap of the caudal segment is of an elongated oval shape and has a keel running down its centre, which, as well as its edges, are finely serrated, or beset with numie- rous short setee. The tail-setee are also furnished on each side with numerous short hairs, which, when magnified, present a fine plu- mose appearance. The first pair of feet or rami are very small, and when the animal lies prone are indistinctly visible. 2. LepripuRts GLACIALIs, Kroyer. Clypeo corporis tres partes tegente, rotundato, viridi; setis caude plumosis ; lamina cau- dali abbreviata, subquadrata, denticulata. Long. toti corporis 1 poll.; lat. clypei *5 poll. Apus glacialis, Kroyer, Voy. en Scandinavie, Lapponie, &c. t. 40. 1 Hab. In America boreali; detecta ad ‘‘ Cape Krusenstern”’ mense Augusti 1849. Collegit Dominus J. Rae. Museum Britannicum. This species is smaller than the preceding, and of a green colour, having the carapace of a rounded form with a sharp keel running down the centre. It covers rather more than two-thirds of the body, and has the notch at its posterior extremity small and finely toothed on its edges. The spines on the body are small and of the same colour as the body itself. The first pair of feet or rami are very short, scarcely visible when the animal is in a prone position beyond the edge of the carapace. The tail-setee are finely plumose, and the flap between them is of a somewhat square shape, short and toothed on its edges. 3. Leprpurvus viripis, Baird. Clypeo corporis magis quam di- midiam partem tegente, rotundato-ovalt, viridi, valide carinata ; setis caude brevi-pilosis ; lamina caudali ovali-lunceolata, car- nata, denticulata. Long. toti corporis 2 poll.; lat. clypei 1 poll, Lepidurus viridis, Baird, Proceedings of Zool. Soe. 1850, t. 17. f.1. Hab. “Van Diemen’s Land.” Museum Britannicum. This species resembles considerably the Lepidurus productus. It is two inches long, and has the tail-setze nearly as long as the body. The carapace and whole body are of a fine green colour; the cara- ace of a rounded oval form and covering about two-thirds of the body. The edges of the notch in the posterior part of the carapace are strongly toothed, and those of the inferior half of the carapace are very finely serrated. The keel running down the centre is well marked ‘and projects a short way beyond-the edge of the notch. The tail-setze are beset with very numerous short hairs, and the flap be- tween them is of an oval lanceolate form, and has the keel beset with short sharp spines and the edges finely serrated. The first pair of feet or rami only slightly extend beyond the edge of the carapace. Zoological: Society. 227 Spurious Species. | Apus caudatus, De Kay, Nat. Hist. New York, Part 6, Crustacea, p. 61. In the Journal of the Academy of Sciences of Philadelphia for 1818, vol. i., Mr. Say describes a parasitic Crustacean living on the Calianassa major (a malacostracous Crustacean), found on the coasts of the Southern States of N. America and of East Florida. He names it the Binoculus caudatus ; and in the Nat. Hist. of New York, Mr. De Kay refers this species to the order Phyllopoda and. to the genus Apus, though he says, “I place it here with some hesitation.” This animal being parasitic is no doubt referred by Say to the genus Binoculus of Geoffroy, (equivalent to the genus Argulus, and which must be placed in the order Pecilopoda,) and not to the genus Bino- eulus of Leach, as De Kay supposes, which is the Apus of authors. Order OsTRACODA. Family Cypripipz. Genus Cypris. 1, Cypris Betcueri, Baird. Testa lucente, albida, elongata, stricta, supra arcuata, infra sinuata; extremitate anteriore latiore, margine compressa, rugata; extremitate posteriore mucronata. Long. +5 poll. ; lat. 1 lin. Hab. ? “From Sir E. Belcher’s Collection, along with some freshwater shells from the islands of the Eastern seas.” Museum Britannicum. The carapace valves or shell is of an elongate and narrow form, having the anterior extremity considerably broader than the posterior, and flattened on the margin, which is marked with a good many raised- looking strive, which give it a puckered appearance. The posterior ex- tremity is pointed and acute. The upper margin of the carapace is arched, while the under margin is sinuated. The valves of the cara- pace are convex in the centre and are of a shining white colour. In form this species resembles considerably the C. clavata, Baird, Brit. Entomostraca, but is less club-shaped and more sharply pointed at posterior extremity. 2. Crpris ScHomBpurGkii*, Baird. Testa subviridi, hirsuta, puncturata, ovali; extremitate anteriore rotundata, mar- gine subcompressa ; extremitate inferiore oblique-truncata et mucronata, antennis pedibusque brevibus, setis plumosis, Long. 4 poll.; lat. 53, poll. Had. In insula St. Domingo, India Occidentali. Collegit M. Sallé: Museum Britannicum. The carapace valves or shell is of an oval form, with the anterior extremity rounded in front and having its margin rather flattened or compressed, the posterior extremity being obliquely truncated above * Named after Sir R, Schomburgk, British Consul in St. Domingo, 15%* 228 Zoological Society. and terminating in a sharp pomt. The carapace isof a Whitish green colour and covered all round the edges with rough coarse hairs. "The valves are convex on the centre and have their surface dotted all over with small dots or punctures. The antennee and legs are apparently very short, and the setee of both are shortly plumose. This is the largest species of the genus I have yet met with, being about ith of an inch in length. Mr. James, in ‘his accountof' the Expedition to the Rocky Mountains, mentions his finding a, Cypris along with the Apus obtwsus rather more than one-fifth of an asieh in lene 2. On THE GeNus THALURANIA. By JoHN Govxp, FR, aN It is now some years since I proposed the generic name of Thalu- rania for the Trochilus furcatus and its near allies. ‘This generic term having been adopted by the Prince of Canino and others, tends to show that the division is a good one, and hence a list, of. the spe- cies known up tothe present time, with their native habitats, may not be uninteresting to the members at the present meeting. I would also take the present opportunity of laying before the Society a new and very beautiful species, which, as far as I am aware, is only to be seen in my own collection. The species of this well-defined genus are— THALURANIA FURCATA. Hab. Cayenne, Demerara, and Brazil. THAL, NIGROFASCIATA. Hab. Woods on the banks of the Upper Amazon. THA. CoLuMBIANA. Hab. Temperate region in the neighbourhood of Bogota in Co- Jumbia. THAL, VENUSTA, Inhabits Costa Rica and the southern portion: of Mexico. ‘The only species of the genus yet discovered to the north of: Panama. THAL. VIRIDIPECTUS. A beautiful species lately sent to Europe from the Caraccas near to the Andes. THAL. VERTICEPS. A species found only in my own collection. It frequents the wooded regions on the west side of Pichincha in Ecuador. Sent to me by Mr. Jameson. THAL, GLAUCOPIS. Hab. South Brazil. THaL. WATERTONI. This is the largest species of the genus and a very beautiful bird. Hab. Demerara. Zoological Society. (229 ooo Daan. Wackaranoi Hab: The hilly regions of Bra particularly Minas Cheachi THAL. ERIPHILE. ei This species also inhabits Brazil, and is generally sent in collec- : tions from Rio. . THAL. REFULGENS, 1. sp. A species very like furcatus in colour, but nearly as large as Watertont.. The under tail-coverts are steel-black ;\ crown of the head velvety black ; breast. and shoulders beautiful purplish blue; tail black and considerably forked ; wings purplish brown; throat rich metallic green, Hab. January 27, 1852.—Professor Bell, F.R.S:, in the Chair. "he Notes ON THE EGGS AND YOUNG OF THE APTERYX, AND ON ’ ‘THE CASTS OF THE EGGS AND CERTAIN BONES or AUPYORNIS. By Proressor Owen, F.R.S., F.G.S8., F.Z.S. The Secretary, placed upon the table casts of two eggs and. of por- tions of the leg-bones ofa gigantic bird of the Island of Madagascar, which had been presented by the Administration of the Garden of Plants in Paris to the Zoological Society of London, and on these Professor Owen made the following observations. The casts were beautifully made and coloured,’ and were’ exact representations of the originals; which the Professor had ‘examined during a visit to Paris in July last. These were received at. the Garden of Plants in January last, and were described this day twelve- month (January 27th) in a communication made by M. Isidore Geoffroy-St.-Hilaire to the Academy of Sciences.*.. They had. been obtained by the master of a merchantman at the Island of Madagascar in 1850, from the natives, who stated that one of the eggs had. been found, entire, in the bed of a torrent, amongst the debris of a land-slip : a second egg, with some fragments of bone, was subse- quently found in a formation which is stated to be alluvial: a third egg, which the natives' had perforated at one end, and used as a vessel, was also obtained. This egg was fractured in the carriage ; the other two eggs arrived entire. They are nearly of the same size, but differ in shape, one being shorter but a little thicker, and with more equal ends than the other. The following are admeasurements of these eggs and of an Ostrich’s © i Aipyornis. Ostrich. Ovoid egg. Ellipsoid egg. Greatest circumference : ft.in. lin. ft.in. lin. ft. in. lin. Dengthwise,. 2.2.5.0... 2109 ° 296 16 0 Breadthwise Der gia 2 43 2 5:6 14 6 Extreme length in a straight Hing ye aria ead AGE A a 06.4 M. Isidore Geoffroy atinnten the larger of the two eggs to con- * A translation of this communication appeared in the Annals for March 1851. 230 Zoological Society. tain 104 quarts, or the contents of nearly 6 eggs of the Ostrich, or 16 of the Cassowary, or 148 of the Hen, or 50,000 of the Humming Bird. The portions of bones of which casts were exhibited consist of the lower end of the right and left metatarsal bones and the upper end of the right fibula. These are nearly equal in size to the cor- responding parts of the skeleton of the Dinornis, as the following di- mensions demonstrate :— Aipyornis, Dinornis giganteus. Casuarius. in, lin. in. lin. in. lin. Extreme breadth across the : ' trochlear condyles...... 5 0 5. 6 2. 3 Transverse diameter of shaft 6 in. above lowerend* . 2 9 2) Bid wate Ou ced Uy Antero-posterior diameter of shaft 6 inches above lower End swiaiates g wiathhe WR ws 1 ud3 hind 10. off In neither Dinornis nor Aipyornis is the metatarsus perforated, as in Casuarius and many other birds, above the interspace between the two outer condyles: that interspace is simply deeper, or curved higher in both. The outer trochlea, which is entire in both portions of the metatarsi in Apyornis, is, in a marked degree, smaller than in Dinornis, as is also the inner trochlea, as far as one may judge from the posterior part which is preserved. The interspaces of the trochleze are wider posteriorly in Apyornis, and the outer one is more angular at its upper end. The middle portion of the posterior surface of the lower third of the shaft of the metatarse in Piijariit is more produced than in Dinornis, and a ridge is continued from it to each lateral trochlea, dividing the back part of the shaft above them into three surfaces; whereas the corresponding surface in Dinornis is simply flat from side to side. Above this part in 2/pyornis the posterior surface on each side of the middle prominence is con- cave and meets the anterior surface at a ridge, which is narrowest at the outer border of the bone. In Dinornis both borders of the lower third of the shaft are thick and rounded. The Apyornis does not show any trace of the rough tract for attachment of a back toe, as in the Palapteryx robustus ; in this re- spect it resembles the Dinornis. At 6 inches from the lower end, the shaft begins to be concave along the middle of the fore part, the concavity deepening as it ascends; whereas in Dinornis the anterior median concavity of the shaft does not begin to appear until above the upper half of the bone. In this character the pyornis resembles the Cassowary ; but it differs from the Cassowary in the much narrower or sharper lateral margins of the shaft of the metatarsus. ike the Cassowary, how- ever, the breadth of the shaft is greater in proportion to that of the trochleze than in the Dinornis or Palapteryz. It would be hazardous to conclude as to the length of the entire metatarse from the breadth of the distal end; for this is equal in Dinornis giganteus and Palapteryx robustus, whilst the length*of * One-third the length of the entire bone in Dinornis giganteus. Zoolagical Society. 231 the metatarse is 1. foot 6 in. in the one and 1 foot 4 in. in the other. I think it more probable, however, that Azpyornis had a shorter than that it had a longer metatarse than the Dinornis giganteus. That its leg-bones were smaller is significantly indicated by the difference of size in the fibule. Dinornis. Aipyornis, in, lin, in. lin. The longest diameter of the upperend.. 2 11 2 9 The shortest diameter of the upperend.. 1 4 1 0 This bone in Apyornis shows a flat, full, oval articular facet on its tibial side, of which there is no trace in Dinornis. . Upon the whole, therefore, Prof. Owen concluded that the Zpy- ornis maeimus did not surpass in height or size the Dinornis gigan- teus, and that it was more probably a somewhat smaller bird. From the obvious differences which M. Geoffroy found on com- paring these fragments with the casts of the metatarsus of the Dinornis giganteus, he has inferred with much probability not only its specific but. generic distribution, and has proposed for it the name of Apyornis maximus*. This distinction is illustrated not only by the metatarsal bones, but by the eggs themselves. Mr, Walter Mantell, of Wellington, New Zealand, has recorded his observation of an egg of a Dinornis found in the volcanic sand, of the magnitude of which he endeavours to give an idea by stating that his hat would have been but large enough to have served as an egg-cup for it. The fragments of the egg of Dinornis or Palapterye—of what species, Kia deins cannot be determined—show, after arriving ap- proximatively at their size by the curve of the fragments, that the shell was not only absolutely thinner, but relatively much thinner than in the Ostrich, and @ fortiori than in the Aipyornis. The air- pores, also, have a different form, being linear, not rounded; and the external surface is smoother. In the smoothness and thinness of the shell, the egg of the Dinor nis resembles that of the dpteryx: in the thickness of the shell and the comparative roughness of its exterior,.the egg of the Apyornis more resembles that of the Ostrich and Cassowary. Such colour—a dull greyish yellow, as the originals of the eggs of the Apyornis now at Paris show—may well have been derived from the recent alluvial soil in which it is stated that they were discovered : the darker stain on one part of the circumference of the larger egg seems to have been due to some accidental circumstance. Most pro- bably they were originally white, like the eggs of the Ostrich, and like the fragments of the eggs of the Dinornis: whether an original green tint, like that of the egg of the Emu'and Cassowary, would be wholly - discharged by long continuance in the soil, may be a question. It is most probable that the entire eggs of the Aipyornis were ex- cluded in the usual fertile state, but had suffered such want or inter- rate of the heat requisite for their incubation as to have become addled. * From aimds alta, doris avis. The trivial epithet is hazardous, to say the least, with the results of the comparison with the above recorded, 232 Zoological Society. How hazardous it is to judge of the size of a bird by that of its ege would appear, Prof.-Owen observed, by ‘the remarks which he should next proceed to offer on the eggs of ‘the dpteryx. Of these the Professor exhibited one entire specimen, and a’nearly fully meu- bated chick from a second egg, both of which had been most liberally transmitted to him by the Rev. Wm. Cotton, M/A., from the North Island of New Zealand. Had it not been for the demonstration afforded by the chick itself, it might well have been doubted whether so small a bird could have excluded so large an egg. The following are the dimensions ‘of the egg :—— ne Egg of Apterya. - j ft. .in, lin. Greatest longitudimal circumference ... 462). 5510 09 Greatest transverse circumference ,. 2)... 0.10.0 Lengthy .cojligs. Aveo: opune odd bites» vacneosh 0...4 10 Breadth dot bas said. viewitedor eid oe | es ye _,,The egg presents the usual long oval form, the colour’a dull dirty greyish rh but this is partly due to grease stams from the de composition of an incompletely hatched chick, with its ‘yolk, within. Viewed under a moderately magnifying power the surface presents a very fine fibrous, or spicular character ; the raised lines, like spicule, crossing in opposite directions, with air-pores scattered here and there and barely perceptible to the naked eye. The shell is not more than 4th of a line in thickness. Supposing, as is most probable, from the size of the bones of the Apyornis, that it did not exceed the Dinor- mis giganteus in size, the egg of the A/pyornis is smaller in propor- tion to the bird itself than the egg of the Apteryz is in proportion to that bird. The embryo Apterya, which had been removed from its’ shell, had nearly reached the term of its incubation, the yolk-bag beg reduced to a hernia-like appendage of an inch in length and half an inch in breadth, protruding about two lines in advance of the cloma, and covered by a continuation of the ordinary integument of the abdomen : the free end of the hernia was open, and exposed the ruptured-ends of the allantoic vessels. The whole body was clothed by down-fascicles, presenting’ the ap- pearance of moderately thick cylindrical ‘hairs, 1} inch in length, with a smooth, unbroken exterior, gradually tapering to a fine point. This smooth surface is due to an extremely delicate capsule, which when torn open exposes the down-tuft, consisting of a central stem with slender smooth barbs from 3 to 5 lines in length, diverging loosely from each side of the stem. in. lin. Length of the body from the base of the beak to the tailisidig RaxG0d3900. 06 eee AWD. ork 4 0 Length OF 1G eg 0 eh teeth a ol eto 4 «+ ore LiF Length of the leg from the knee-jomt .......... 4 3 Length of the freely projecting part of the fore- limb from the elbow-joint .......... 0.0.0.0. 0 6 Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 233. From these dimensions it. will, be seen that, with the characteristic large size of the unhatched young, in the genus Apteryx, the chiet peculiarities of the remarkable. external form of the bird had been acquired. The feet were very completely formed with well-developed claws, the small, back’ claw presenting its characteristic proportions, and the integument of the naked part of the foot its well-marked dentations. The little wing-rudiments had their terminal hook. The tail presented the form of a short bifid prominence. The beak being comparatively soft, had become distorted and bent in the bottle of ‘spirits m which the specimen was transmitted to the Professor, but it showed its characteristic shape, the terminal nostrils, and the slight terminal expansion, which forms the end of the crutch in the mature bird. The eyelids, with their cilia, and the orifice of the ear opening obliquely upwards, were rather larger in proportion than in the adult, according to the usual law of the precocious development of those organs of sense; and the same remark applies to the entire cranium. The neck is relatively shorter and thicker. The young bird must be excluded unusually well developed, with a Hates! 18 clothing very like that of the parent, and capable of using its limbs and beak for its own safety and support. BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH. January 12, 1854.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair. Mr..G. Lawson exhibited specimens of Bryum warneum from the Tents Muir Sands, on the east coast of Fife, where it was discovered by Mr. W. M. Ogilvie, on the 27th of August last. It was associated with Brywm cespititium, to which it bears a resemblance. The spe- cies is new to Britain, and appears to be rare on the Continent. It is described and figured by Bruch and Schimper in the ‘ Bryologia Eu- ropeea,’ fase. vi. t. 5. The following papers were read :— 1.“ On, Diatomaceze found in the Mull Deposit,” by Professor Gregory. y Having continued the study of this deposit for more than a year, Professor.Gregory detected in it more than 150 species, a number three times'as large as has hitherto been observed in any other de- posit. . Of these, he mentioned on the present occasion about 140, of which about 120 were known and admitted already as British species. The following species were new to Britain, but figured by cont’ - nental authors :— Epithemia gibberula. Himantidium exigerum, Bréd, Eunotia depressa, Kitz. Navicula Trochus, Lhr. E. Camelus. N. leevissima. E. bigibba, Kiitz. Cocconema gibbum. The following species were described as new :— Eunotia incisa. Pinnularia latestriata. Pinnularia undulata. P. exigera. 234, Botanical Society of Edinburgh. Pinnularia tenuis. Cymbella tumens. P. parva. aig) ra Brebissonii? Stauroneis rectangularis. G. Hebridense. Nayicula apiculata, Smith. Professor Gregory then directed attention to the remarkable ya- riations of a form which had been referred by Mr, Smith to his Pinnularia divergens, but, as found in the Mull earth, had more than double the number of striee which belong to that species. It occurs in several very striking varieties, and the conjecture was thrown out, that it is in reality not P. divergens, but a distinct species, includin P, stauroneiformis, P.interrupta and P. mesolepta of Smith, as wel as what he took for P. divergens in the Mull deposit. Some remarks were also made upon the value of the generie and specific characters of the Diatomacese. It was shown that the genera Cymbella and Cocconema, Eunotia and Himantidium, seem to be re- spectively separated on insufficient grounds, In regard to specific characters, it was pointed out that while certain species vary, almost ad infinitum, others exhibit a remarkable degree of permanence, .. Ex- amples of the former are Hunotia triodon, HE. bigihba, Himantidium bidens, H. undulatum, Pinnularia divergens; of the latter, Eunotia tetraodon, EL. Diadema, Navicula Trochus, N. serians, N. rhomboides, Pinnularia alpina. It was thought that these very characters of per- manence and variableness might be usefully employed as specific cha- racters, and that viewed in this light, each of them afford strong proof of the real existence of species as natural divisions. Professor Gregory has still several new forms found in this deposit to deseribe on some future occasion; and he is engaged in the study of other deposits, in all of which he has already found species hitherto overlooked, and among these several of the new forms above named. 2. “On the occurrence of Desmarestia Dresnayi on the coast of Ireland,” by W. Sawers, Esq. In a letter to Professor Balfour, Mr, Sawers states, “‘I have great pleasure in sending you specimens of an Alga new to the shores of the United Kingdom, Specimens having been sent to Dr. Montagne of Paris, he writes, that he gathered the same plant at Fort St, Se- bastian, Spain, in 1823, published a description of it, with a plate, in 1842, in the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ naming it Desmarestia pinnatinervia, and that it has been found by M. Crouan at Brest, though rarely. M, Crouan makes it a variety of Desmarestia Dres- nayi, but M. Montagne maintains the distinctness, of his. species and retains his name D, pinnatinervia. I found the young fronds floating early in August at Moville, near the mouth of Loch Foyle, and have visited the locality frequently since, always getting a num- ber of specimens, the great majority imperfect. When fresh, it has the colour of a Laminaria, but is not so glutinous to the feel, and thinner. The root is a disc, and sometimes two or three fronds arise from the same disc; in some cases they are slightly proliferous where the margin has. been injured. The frond is from 12 to 18 Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 235 inches long, and 2 to 4 inches in breadth. The lateral nervelets are forked as in the frond of a fern.” Dr. Greville was of opinion that the plant must be referred to D. Dresnayi. He read a description of it, and exhibited a drawing, both of which will appear in the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ and the Society’s Transactions. : 3. ** Remarks on the Flora of the Vosges,” by Dr. Dubuc. 4. “On Carex pediformis and other new Austrian Plants,” by Dr. Adolph Senoner. Dr. 8. particularly called attention to Carex aediformis, Meyer, discovered during last summer in Hungary by ofessor Harzlinziky. * Report on the state of the Society’s Herbarium,” by Dr. Anderson, Curator. Since the last report on the state of the Herbarium was read, reat progress has been made towards the complete arrangement of the collection. «Last autumn, the cabinets and their contents, with the exception of those containing the British plants, were removed to a commodious room in the new museum at the Botanic Garden. “The Society’s collection of British plants, which still remains in the Society’s rooms at the University, is now, by the labours of Mr. Lawson, in a perfect state, and will prove a valuable aid to those who may be studying critical species or the geographical distribution of plants in the British Isles. The Europzan Herbarium is also in a most satisfactory condition, but its arrangement is not yet quite per- fect. The collection is one of great extent, comprising plants oi nearly all the countries of Europe. During last year it has been diiviched by valuable contributions from Spain and Portugal, and b a very complete set of Scandinavian plants from Professor Blytt, of Christiania. The Asiatic portion of the collection is the most exten- sive and perhaps the most valuable of the whole. It consists prin- cipally of plants from the East Indies, with a few from Arabia and Syria, part of the collection left. to the Society by Mr. Christy. The Indian plants have been collected by Roxburgh, Wallich and Wight, the Countess of Dalhousie, Dr. Cleghorn, Captain Campbell and Dr. Jameson, of the Company’s Gardens at Saharunpore. By the labours of Dr. Cleghorn and myself, the naming and arranging of the species have advanced to the Ochidaceze, but still much has to be done in the way of revision, &c, The Society’s collection is rather rich in African plants, of which a considerable number of species is from the Cape of Good Hope, some named, but the greater part undetermined. “The Society have also a large atid ood collection of plants from America, principally from North America, contributed by Dr. Gavin Watson of Philade!»hia, Mr. James M‘Nab, and Dr. Philip Maclagan, “The number of South American plants (rarities in all herbaria) is small. Within the last two years the amount has, however, been increased by very valuable parcels from Mr. Spruce. Since the last pe a considerable collection of Australian plants has been pur- chased. “In concluding this report, allow me to congratulate the Society on the flourishing condition of its Herbarium ; and also to request that the younger members will come forward and assist in completing its arrangement. There is still much to do, and we only require workers ; and lastly, I would remind any of our members that may go abroad, that though far removed from us and our meetings, they are still members, and as such they should remember the interests of the Society and its Herbarium; and as:a proof I would, as Curator of the Museum, request them to send home specimens of the plants*oc- curring in their respective localities.”’ c MISCELLANEOUS. On Sciurus glacialis (Leemargus borealis, Mill. §& Henle) and_ its Parasites. By P. J. Van BENEDEN. Tuts fish inhabits the northern seas; it is very common.on the coasts of Iceland and Greenland, but exceedingly. rare on. the Eu- ropean coasts. It is called Haakal by the Icelanders ; Aepekalle by the Belgian fishermen... A specimen was taken in May, last by, the Ostend, fishermen, and came into Prof. Van Beneden’s hands quite fresh; its parasites in fact were still living. hi The stomach contained at least twenty carapaces of ga marginata, with some débris of a Loligo and Echiurus, and some other matters which could not be distinguished.” The right ‘eye was. covered by an enormous. specimen of the Lerneopoda elongata, Kroyer, firmly attached to the sclerotie coat. The abdominal. cavity contained three large Tetrarhynchi in the Scolex: state.;. they. were attached by their trunks to the peritoneum. This Tetrarhynchus is new; Prof. Van Beneden describes it. under the name of T. linguatula, V. B. In form this worm differs so much from all other species of Tetra- rhyncus, that, at first sight, it would not be supposed to belong to that genus; it resembles neither a Tzenioid nor a vesicular worm. It is entirely white. In the state of Scolex the worm consists of two distinct parts; a rather broad anterior portion of a firm consistence, (the head), and a very delicate ribbon-like posterior portion. | The anterior part, or head, is furnished with four very ‘short trunks, resembling a wine-glass im form when torn out, and covered with strong hooks arranged m a quincuncial order. © Of these there are about twenty in each circle. Each hook consists of a recurved spine which is directed forwards when the trunk is not exserted, and of a rather large base inserted into the skin, rounded at one end and pointed at the other. The head is flattened like the body of the Linguatula of the dog; it has on each side a furrow indicating the point of union of the bothridia, of which there are but two; the fur- rows only reach half the length of the head. Total length 50 millim. In the stomach there were several hundred Nematoid worms, which the author has not yet determined; one extremity of their bodies was always rolled spirally. ! Miscellaneous. 237 ., Several large Cestoid. worms were found in the spiral intestine and in the narrow portion of the stomach; some of them measured a foot in length; they form anew species of the genus Anthobothrium. A. perfectum, V. B. The anterior portion of the bothridia is hollowed into a sucker ; the posterior portion has always a boat-like form. The strobila is formed of a great number of individuals; it is narrow in front, but broad and tolerably thick in its posterior portion. . The segmentation is only visible at some distance from the bothridia. The proglottides are longer than broad, with a black spot in the middle of each. The ovaries are inflated and become black when exposed to the light. The ova much elongated, but without filaments. The gills of the fish nourished five specimens of a Trematode worm, which has been confounded by Kroyer and Diesing with Polystoma appendiculata, a species which lives on Mustelus vulgaris and Scyl- lium caniculum. 'The author says that it is not only distinct from that species, but that it may even form the type of a new genus, distin- guished by having Y-shaped hooks on the caudal appendage. He gives it the name of Onchocotyle borealis, but does not describe it any further at_present.—Bull. de ? Acad. Roy. de Belgique, 1853, pt. 2. p. 258. | | ON THE GENUS LATIA. * M. Reclus in the ‘Journal de Conchyliologie’ for July 1851, de- scribes a shell under the name of Crepidula neritoides, p. 205. t. 6. f. 16, 17, as coming from New Holland, observing that he received it from Mr. Cuming under the name of Lottia neritoides. ‘This is the shell which I described in a paper read at the Zoological Society on the 11th of December 1849, and published at length in the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ for January 1851 (vol. vii. p. 68), under the name of Latia neritoides... It. is almost unnecessary to observe, that it. has not so much affinity with Crepidula as Ancylus has. to Patella; that itis from New Zealand, and not from New Holland; and that Mr. Cuming never could have referred it to the genus Lottia! I should not have thought it. requisite to have mentioned these inac- curacies, not very. ¢reditable to his reputation as a conchologist, if M. Petit in the ‘Journal de Conchyliologie’ for 1852, iii. p. 260, after the error had been pointed out to him, had not wished to make it appear that the genus Latia was really not published until after M. Reclus’ paper had come out, because he erroneously states that the printing of the ‘Proceedings’ of the Zoological Society for the year 1849 was deferred, because the volume for 1850 has been so delayed, overlooking the fact that the paper, with the description of the genus, had.also appeared entire in the ‘Annals of Natural History’ for January 1851, when M. Reclus’ paper was not printed until July of that.year. But M. Petit overstates his case in. his anxiety to justify his friend; he declares that M. Reclus received the shell without any note of its habitat, when in the description of the shell he gives it as coming from New Holland, without any mark of 238 Miscellaneous. — doubt. Or are we to consider this asa gratuitous addition ? if so, what authority are we to place in the other habitats given by this author ? M. Petit objects to my having used two generic names so alike as Lottia and Latia (!), and further asks if the genus is distinct from Grunlachia of Pfeiffer. When he made this inquiry he could scarcely have compared the figures of the two shells, which are both given in his Journal.—Joun Epw. Gray. ; The.Anglesey Morris, Leptocephalus Morrisii. In-vol. ii, page 409 of the second edition of Yarrell’s British Fishes, the fish mentioned above is described, and although “twenty spe- cimens had then been taken, within a few years, on different parts of the coasts of England, Wales, and Ireland,” there is no mention of it as having been found in Scotland. It is with great pleasure I am able to state, that one was taken at Wick, N.B., about six years ago, by a fisherman, who took it to Mr. Nichol, druggist, of Pulteney Town, Wick, in whose possession my son Joseph saw it, preserved in spirit, since which I have examined it, and find that it agrees in every respect with those described in Yarrell; it is about six inches — in length, and in a good state of preservation. As I have no work on the fishes of Scotland to refer to, I think it right to give publicity to this interesting addition to the Scottish Fauna. ; Cuas. W. Pracu. Wick, 18th Feb. 1854. FIGURED PEARLS OF THE CHINESE. Some years ago I described the Chinese mode of producing arti- ficial pearls of a large size and regular form (Ann. Philos. ix. 27). Mr. Fortune has lately sent to England some specimens of Dipsas plicata, showing that the Chinese have improved on the process. In the specimen I formerly described, the artificial matrix was a plano- convex piece of mother-of-pearl producing a rounded pearl. In those now sent the pearls each represent a Chinese joss or sitting figure of about an inch in length, and there are often as many as eleven or twelve in each valve, forming three parallel lines, all with the head of the figure directed towards the margin of the shell. They are all of the same form and size, and the matrix is a soft white metal: it is evi- dently thin, as they do not add much to the weight of the shell. In the specimens I have seen the matrices are most regularly and evenl covered with the pearly layer, but the covering is so thin that I doubt if they can be used for ornament, and rather suspect that they are manufactured for the purpose of being sold as curious shells than for the purpose of setting. --. M, Oscar Marescaux has kindly shown me some similar specimens sent from China by his brother Alfred, who procured them from Loo Choo Lake, . He has also one of the pieces of metal taken from one of the shells ; it is thin, rather brittle, and evidently cast from a kind of bell metal, with a concave inner and a smooth whitish convex outer surface, showing the copper colour on the edge.—Joun Epw. Gray. Meteorological Observations. 239 On a Migration of Dragon-flies. By M. C. Morren. In a short notice communicated to the Royal Society of Belgium, M. Morren mentions, that ‘on the 16th of June last, at about four o'clock in the afternoon, an immense swarm of dragon-flies was seen at Hasseignies, in Hainault, flying towards the north-west. The passage of these insects lasted for about three-quarters of an hour, over a surface of at least three-quarters of aleague. Those which flew lowest were at a height of from 6 to 7 feet from the ground, but it was impossible to judge of the elevation of the highest fliers. The species was the common Libellula depressa, Linn. No reason could be ascertained for this extraordinary migration.—Bull. de [ Acad. Roy. de Belgique, 1853, pt. 2. p. 323. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JAN. 1854. Chiswick.—January 1. Clear and frosty: snowing: frosty. 2. Frosty through- | out: severe frost at night. 3. Severe frost, with fog: overcast. 4. Overcast and © cold: snow 7 inches deep. 5. Thick haze: rain and sleet: 2 inches additional depth of snow. 6. Hazy. 7. Heavy rain. 8. Clear and fine. 9. Rain: foggy: rain at night. 10,11. Cloudy and cold. 12. Cloudy: slight rain. 13. Slight haze: clear. 14. Clear: hazy. 15. Foggy: cloudy. 16. Dense fog: overcast. 17. Cloudy. 18. Densely clouded: overcast. 19. Dense fog. 20. Rain: over- cast. 21. Fine: frosty. 22. Frosty haze: clear and fine: overcast: frosty. 23. Foggy : very fine. 24. Cloudy and windy: rain: frosty. 25. Frosty: clear and fine: cloudy. 26. Fine: very clear. 27. Densely overcast: rain. 28, Slight rain: cloudy: clear, 29. Boisterous, with rain: overcast. 30. Cloudy and mild: clear. 31. Overcast: cloudy. Mean temperature of the Month .....s.ssccessseeesssssseeeseeses O70 88 Mean temperature of January 1853 ........0seec.sssseessessseuee 40 “41 Mean temperature of Jan. for the last twenty-eight years. 36 °68 Average amount of rain in Jan. .......0...05ee vecddecsesscesenne 1°74 InChe Boston —Jan. 1. Fine. 2. Cloudy: snow a.m. and p.m. 3. Cloudy: thermos meter at 8 a.m. 5°. 4. Stormy: snow-storm a.m. and p.m. 5.:Cloudy. 6. Cloudy : snow a.m. 7. Cloudy: raine.m. 8. Cloudy: rain a.m. 9—13. Cloudy. 14, Fine. 15, Cloudy: rain early Am. 16—19. Cloudy. 20. Cloudy : rain p.m. 21. Cloudy. 22,23. Fine. 24. Cloudy: rain a.m. 25. Fine. 26. Fine: rain a.m. 27. Cloudy. 28, 29. Cloudy: raina.m. 30. Fine. 31. Cloudy. Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Jan. 1. Snow-drift a.m.: snow-showers P.M. 2. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 3, Bright a.m.: snow-showers p.M. 4. Bright a.a.: clear p.M. 5. Bright aA.M.: snow-showers p.m. 6. Bright a.m.: clear p.m. 7: Thaw a.m.: sleet and rain p.m. 8. Sleet-showers a.m. and p.m. 9. Bright, frost a.M.: cloudy p.m. 10. Bright, frost a.m.: clear p.m. 11. Clear, frost a.m,: elear P.M. 12, Snow-showers A.M. snow-drift, showers p.m. 13, Clear, fine a.m. cloudy p.m. 14. Cloudy a.m.: clear, frost p.m. 15. Bright a.m.: clear, aurora P.M. 16. Bright A.m.: rain p.m. 17. Cloudy a.m.: clear, aurora p.m. 18. Bright A.M.: Cloudy, aurora p.m. 19. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 20. Bright a.m.: cloudy, aurora p.m. 21, 22. Cloudy a.m. and p.m. 23. Clear a.m. : cloudy, aurora P.M. 24, Cloudy a.m.: clear p.m. 25. Cloudy a.M.: sleet-showers, lightning p.m, 26. Hail-showers a.m. : cloudy P.M. 27. Cloudy a.m.: showers P.M. 28. Showers A.M, and P.M. 29, Showers a.M.: showers, aurora p.m. 30. Drizzle a.m.: drizzle, aurora p.m. 31. Showers a.m. : cloudy p.m. Mean temperature of Jan. for twenty-seven previous years ... 38°46 Mean temperature of this MOnth — ....s.seseeecesesscascsecnensenss 36 *47 Mean temperature of Jan. 1853 | wes ccccc cic cececeseeceeeeecenes 38 55 Average quantity of rain in Jan. for thirteen previous years . 4°35 inches. ral eS ag eS ee zL.v | 26.0 | 26.1 0S.9£ |SV.9£ | z.of\Eg.1€ |E6.E7| 064.62 L6¥V.6z 1.62 "UROP Er. ee eeeeoeelsesertone "MSA |* MSA “mM op gf G.1S OY ¢¢ 65.62 $9.62 LL.6z yo gr, |rereseeee|eerereres] a | ome | emg I? Iv zS| Sp 2S S£.6z gr.6z oL,6z “of tr. | go. | Of. |emsm} ems | ms | $68 | ZH] gh| gp | ES of.6z 88.8z LE.6z 6z gt. | vo. | of. -s | -m | ems | 66 | 6€-| S.Sb| 6c | 6p 9¥.6z $9.6z $L.6z "37@ Lo. | Lt. | £0. | ms | -s | -ms| £6 | gh] S.gf] zp | ob ov.6z £5.62 01,62 “Le €z. stereseeelecerereee! gay “MS “MS Ib c¢ gf 9z oS 90.0£ Lv,6z 06,62 ‘QZ seseeseee! €o, | go. |emoml -mss| ms | Ib | 6 1f| o£ | gb o1r.6z VE .6z LL.6z Sz IZ. eSEPrtIesl. BO, "MSM *s “AAS 6¢ See Zv Vz 1S £2.62 £0.62 $£.6z bz tteereresleeeceseesiereseeses! sag “MSS "g Sth 6¢ ve 9£ o§$ £2.62 £1.62 LL.6z Sz 60. teereecceleeesesees! sng “MSS “MS ty br ov tz 6+ 79.62 0g,6z 99.6z "ZT »)) Yo. | £0. |rrrere! +g | msg} «gs | Shh | zh] ob| gz | of £9.62 69.62 ¥6.6z "IZ steteceeelteseerees! TO, 9 *s | ms | S1b | Bhd fv| S¢ 1$ ££.62 64.62 09.62 Toy 4 steeetenelseerereesieeererers! ag ‘9 "99 It Zv 6£| 62 Sv $v.6z gS .6z C1L.6z 61 £o. eeeesvccelscccccess “g “ASS “MS £04 tr gt S¢ gt gl.6z $9.62 64.62 *gI gz. [rete ro, “ms | smss | *ms zy | ob vy! S+ gb +S 62 £v.6z £9.62 “Lr setesesegleceeeeves! TO, *g ‘gs | ag | 6€ | VE ff] Ip | oF £v.6z z9.6z 09.62 "QI go. Yo, eres] -g | eggg | +ag 9f LE vo} zs oF 79,62 9$.6z Cv.6z “Cr ttteseeeeleseseerse! OT. ‘9g | msm! “MS c¢ LE €¢ 9z or 95 .6z gv.6z ov.6z +10 Of, |reertse**| go, *s | mss] °s Le | Le 1f| gz | wb 2v,6z 7v.6z £v,6z “Ex tessreeeslesseenses! 20, *g *s | as | SE | SEE €£| 62 | ob 25.62 79.67 68.62 ‘tI ttt eeeresleeeeeseseeeresees! eMag ai ai of 1g bE 1¢ gt 69.62 00,0£ 99.67 "rT SZ, |eeerrsers). Zon | os: | mum! ‘oO gz | $gz gf| ve | gt 10,08 6.62 gz.6z “Or 19. || go. ‘uu | 9 9 of 23 of| Lg ov bL.6z 19.62 00,62 6 Og. | ZI. |rrerttr} coua | sms | sms | SE] SE] gf] rE | ob 15,62 $£.62 69.8% ‘8 oS. 90. €£. "9 "9 “y ve | €€ | S.z€) Le | eb $z.6z 72.67 £6.97 *L Sostsheapi cane tases]. GO, "9 "9 “MM SE Lz of Bz gt 62.62 L£z.6z ZB.Qz 9 € £1. Oz. fo. ‘ou | ‘a ‘ou we Lz rE -2¢ gf Vf.6z Lv.6z gl.gz ¢ ge cebbtonl Sihsusiel- Be, *gu | *asa "9S Lz Cz re Ig ze €S.6z L£S.6z £6.97 > 6r. Pip, erent weg. (see |e | See | HE Iz| gz | zt $5.62 z£,6z 72.6% 3 BV. [rrrreeeesieereeesee! mm | cos | ems [> PE | bE 1 SE] + zt gr.6z t0.6z g0.6z 4 tteeeseneleeeseneesleeeereees| orp *“MuU| “AS Bz Bz z7z| Lr zt 22.6% £.62 91.62 *r i¢2] ‘iB AS 5 5 = 5 = oo Rep PP Rel RP Le | EEO | PP | esomstgo "spympung “SouNsH ia “APEMSTIO UOT "ured ‘PULA *JooULOULIOY,L, eases shies ‘AUNWUQO “asunpy youmpung 2o “UO4SNO[_ *_O *Ady ay? fg pup {NOLSOg 7 Teo, ‘ap Ag Suopuory vaU “MOIMSIHD 70 fizawo0g pounynorysopy ayy fo uapioy ay) zo uosduoyy, ‘Ay Ag apyw swornasasgo q09rb0p0.L0a;ay~ THE ANNALS ~ AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SECOND SERIES.] $4) No. 76. APRIL 1854. a XXII.— On the Structure of the Echinoderms. ; By Jonannes MULLER. [Concluded from p. 123.] ‘CRINOIDEA. Nature has produced no transitional form between the Sea- urchins and the Starfish, which would be a flattened Sea-urchin with an ambulacral abdominal surface and an entirely antambu- lacral dorsal surface, but with only the double series of interam- bulacral plates of the Sea-urchins. The sole approximation to this form is the pentagon of the pentagonal kinds of Starfishes, whose interambulacral plates always form a triangular accu- mulation, of which only those plates which border upon the ambulacrals are arranged in a similar order to these. Much nearer the Sea-urchins in form, but not in composition, are, among the Crinoids, the Blastoidea possessing a solid shell and no free arms, especially those Pentremites* with rounded calyces, and the genus E/gocrinus, Roemer. The apex has enlarged into the antambulacral area of the calyx. However, the composition of the interambulacral arez of the calyx departs far more widel from that in the Sea-urchins than these do from the Starfishes ; in the Blastoidea these ares are formed partly by the five ra- dialia which are disposed in the direction of the radii, partly by the interambulacral azygos deltoid pieces, a conformation which can be compared to nothing in the interambulacral arez of the Sea-urchins. The composition of the ambulacra is also aberrant in the Pentremites, as well from those of the Asteride as from those * See, for an elaborate comparison of Pentremites with Asteride and Ophiuride, Prof. EK. Forbes’s Memoir on the British Cystidee, Mem. Geol. Survey.— TRANSL. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xin. 16 242 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. of the Sea-urchins ; this is evident from the analysis of the Pen- tremites given by Roemer. In Pentacrinus the-antambulacral and ambulaeral zones of the calyx (with ambulacral grooves) are equal, and both have become produced upon the moveable arms. The development of the antambulacral side of the radii in the Crinoids takes place either from the very base of the calyx, or from its circumference, or in the neighbourhood of the mouth, as in.most Cystidee. In the latter case, the calyx presents no radial arrangement of plates from the base to the immediate neighbourhood of the mouth; it begins only at the mouth in the oral arms, whose ambulacral grooves however lead to the mouth, and, like the articulated antambulacral surface of the arms, present no traces of the general plan of the Echinoderms. Hence it is intelligible why, so long as the Cystideans were held to be armless, the radial arrangement of the Echinoderm was unrecognised. | . The determination of the different structures which occur in the_radii of the Crinoids is not always easy, but I have come to the followimg conclusions :—Radii are radial divisions of the Crinoid for the reception of the ambulacra, and they are either calycine radu or arms. Calycine ambulacra are grooves with suckers upon the ventral surface of the calyx in the direction of the arms when these exist. -Ambulacra of the arms are the ven- tral surfaces of the arms and pinnule, provided with suckers, The Blastoidea have calycine ambulacra without arms. Many Crinoids, as Actinocrinus, Platycrinus, &c., have arms. without calycine ambulacra or clefts of the calyx; the Pentacrinites and their. allies possess both arms and calycine ambulacra. The arms are articulated in either one or two series, and are either simple or dichotomously divided. The divided arms arise from an undivided arm-basis, which is either articulated upon the calyx or is enclosed by its plates, The arms therefore are pro- bably not originally double. The pinnule, on the other hand, are always in double rows and are never divided or branched. They are articulated processes either of the calycine ambulacra (Blastoidea) or of the ambulacra of the arms. Where arms are present the pinnule are absent on the calyx, and first appear as the arms become free from the calyx. They are articulated either in single or in double series, and are provided upon their ventral surface with suckers, like the arms and calycine ambulacra. Every single joint of the arm, or every segment of the ambu- lacrum (Blastoidea), has only one pinnula, The pinnule always alternate. Unquestionable examples of arms without articulated pinnule are afforded by Cupressocrinites ; of pinnule without arms by Pentremites. Pinnule composed of a single piece, form- ing serles upon a joint (of an arm) like the little plates on the Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 243 arms of Cupressocrinites, pass into marginal ambulacral plates, which are erect plates along the sides of the ambulacral grooves, and may occur as well along the ambulacral grooves of the calyx as of the arms and pinnule (Pentacrinus). They are set so closely upon the arms, that many occur upon a single joint. Pentacrinus possesses both marginal plates and pinnule. Spines or bristles are unarticulated appendages of the arms, and occur only in the division of Crinoidea costata (Saccocoma) ; they are arranged in pairs and opposite, upon each joint of the arms, thus differing from the pinnule, which are articulated and alter- nate, Cirri are articulated processes on the stem of the Crinoids and on the terminal knob of the Comatule. The ambulacra of the recent Crinoids are treated of in the memoir upon Pentacrinus ; they are grooves which are continued from the mouth upon the perisoma of the calyx towards the arms and pinnule, covered by a soft membrane, and in Penta- crinus supported upon each side by perpendicular calcified mar- ginal plates. Within the grooves there are two series of fine apertures upon which the minute suckers are seated. Upon the arms and pinnule the calcareous formations are limited on the ventral surface to the marginal plates of the ambulacral grooves. On the calyx, on the other hand, the ambulacral grooves are supported by calcareous deposits in addition to the marginal plates. Those plates which form the edges of the ambulacral ~ grooves have a wall-like elevation, and serve not only to embrace the ambulacra but to support the erect marginal plates ; they ma be called the lateral ambulacral plates; they are dioticgrasalindl like the marginal plates, from the other ventral plates by the absence of the problematical calycine pores which characterize the latter. Beneath the soft covering of the groove little plates also lie, which were indicated in the memoir upon Pentacrinus. For the sake of comparison with the ambulacral plates of the Sea-urchins and Starfishes, I thought it important to subject these subambulacral plates to a closer examination. They form a single and therefore azygos series under the membrane of the groove, and are united to the lateral ambulacral plates by a firm membrane, in which he the ambulacral pores. These pores are usually situated between the lateral series of plates and the me- dian series. A semicanal is excavated upon the upper surface of the median series of plates, which appears destined to receive the ambulacral vessel. The ambulacral vessel would therefore, as in the Asteride, lie upon the outer surface of the ambulacral ske- leton, and, as in them, be covered by the soft skin of the ambu- lacral cleft, while the ambulacral pores which are connected with the feet should perhaps be interpreted as passages leading to ampulle. The presence of calcareous plates renders microscopical 16% s (244 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. investigation impossible, and allows only of dissection under the - simple lens, by which the constitution of the plates and the am- bulacral pores may be very well detected, but the relation of the feet to the ambulacral vessels is not directly observable. The~ entire inner surface of the calyx is loosely lined by a membrane, which also contains very minute microscopic calcareous plates. In making a general comparison of the ambulacra in the differ- ent orders, it is important to remember that Pentacrinus pos- sesses not only median azygos but also lateral conjugate ambu- lacral plates, and that the ambulacral pores lie between the two. The ambulacra of Pentremites so far agree with this, that, ac- cording to Roemer’s exact analysis, they possess besides the con- jugate plates, a median azygos plate, which however runs under the whole ambulacrum. The ambulacral vessel and its lateral branches towards the pinnulz, discovered by Roemer and Yandell, most likely lay above the plates, not under them, and the am- -bulacra were probably eqvered by a soft membrane, as: in wiht tacrinus.— The general uta sens N the ambulacral vessels follows one plan in all Echinoderms, but the composition of the ambulacral skeleton and the position of the ambulacral vessels in relation to it are subject to very great variations in the different organs. The ambulacral plates: of the Sea-urchins, Starfishes and Crinoids differ essentially from one. another, as much as the system of dorsal and interambulacral plating. There exist however certain azygos median pieces in different divisions, which, when they are present, lie upon the dorsal side of the ambulacral vessel; to this series belong the subambu- lacral plates of Pentacrinus, the great subambulacral plate of the Pentremites, the rotule in the oral skeleton of the Sea-urchins, and those portions of the oral skeleton of the Holothuriade above which the ambulacral canals pass to the walls of the body. Cystidee.—Among the Crinoids the Cystidee of L. von Buch form a group which is distinguished by the inclusion of the ge- nital organs, together with the other organs, in the calyx. In the Pentacrinites and Comatule on the other hand, the sexual organs are attached to the pmnule of the arms; in those Cri- noids whieh have only one calycine opening (mouth), as Actinocri- nus, Platyerinus, &c., the exclusion of the sexual organs from the calyx is at once rendered probable by the absence of any aper- ture corresponding with them. The Cystzdee, on the other hand, have at least two and sometimes three apertures to their calyx, one of which, distinguished by its valvular closure, is found in no other Crinoids than the Cystidee. L. von Buch has deter- mined that this valvular pyramid is the genital aperture. We owe to him the recognition of the close alliance of these forms Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms, . 245 with the Crinoids, and at the same time of their peculiarities, the exact analysis of their calyces and the exposition of their genera. That they are not armless, as had hitherto been generally sup- posed, was first observed by A. von Volborth, who discovered the arms in Echino-encrinus angulosus and striatus, subsequently in Echinospherites aurantium, where they proceed from the mouth. The figures of the Duke of Leuchtenberg, and those of Volborth of Spheronites Leuchtenbergii and Protocrinites oviformis would indicate the presence of arms in these also, although they have not been actually obtained. In fact, branched grooves run from the mouth over a great part of the calyx; the branches of the grooves however end in papille of the calyx, which must be regarded as points of origin of arms—a circumstance so much the | more remarkable, as it would follow that the arms of these Cystidee must have had a position far removed from the mouth (Verhandl. d. Konigl. Mineralog. Gesellschaft zu Petersburg, 1845-46, Petersb. 1849). A specimen of Spheronites Leuchtenbergi in Von Buch’s collection agrees exactly with these figures. When, in his seeond essay, L. von Buch founded the order Cystidee (184:4), the oral arms of Echino-encrinus were already known. He did not regard them as Crinoid arms, but called them feelers. With a correct foresight he even then arranged the Pseudocri- nites and Agelocrinus, with long arms passing from the oral part of the calyx, among the Cystidee, but was not inclined to con- sider these processes as true arms. He had even in 1840 termed the remains of the three arm-like processes in Hemicosmites arms or proboscides, but was led away from a just comprehension of their nature by comparing them with oral tubes. In his beautiful monograph on the British Cystideans (Mem. Geol. Survey, t. i. Lond. 1848) Forbes has increased the num- ber of forms with oral arms. He divides the Cystidee into,— Ist, those with arms: Pseudocrinites, Apiocystites, Agelocrinites ; 2nd, those with oral pinnule: Prunocystites; and 3rd, armless forms: Caryocystites and Spheronites ; to which latter the Bri- tish form Echino-encrinus is added. Forbes considers that the arms observed by Volborth in the Russian species of Echino- encrinus are oral pinnule: The oral arms of Echino-encrinus and Prunocystites are articulated in two series. Volborth observed that in the former they are beset with small plates upon their ambulacral surfaces, which he calls tentacles, remarking that pinnule are absent. These plates have the characters of mar- ginal plates, which in the Crinoids (Pentacrinus) occur on the arms as well as on the pinnule. In Echino-encrinus angulosus the remains of six arms were present. That this number does not agree with the five depressions which usually surround the mouth is explained by the fact, that the number of these facets 246 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. varies ; Von Buch states that there are five or six; and I possess a specimen with eight round depressions about the mouth, which are united with the mouth by grooves. Echino-encrinus striatus possesses, according to Volborth, together with a very much narrower pointed oral extremity of the calyx, only two much larger opposed oral arms, which have the same structure as in Echino-encrinus angulosus. Y¥rom their relations, however, it is probable that these are not pinnule, but arms; for it is not usual for pinnulz to be isolated. If they both belong to a single ambulacrum, how are we to imagine a single ambulacrum in this locality in the immediate neighbourhood of the mouth? If, how- ever, they belong to two different ambulacra, they can, as soli- tary structures, be only arms. : ‘ The arms of Echinospherites aurantium, Wahlenb. (Sphero- nites aurantium, His.) have essentially exactly the same relations as Volborth has described and figured. In such well-preserved specimens as now lie before me, the origins of three articulated arms at the oral region of the calyx are recognizable. The five uppermost calycine plates are raised into a three-sided_ pyramid transversely truncated above, whose obtuse edges are prolonged ito the arms. Two sides of the pyramid are broader than the third. The sutures between the five pieces are so disposed that two of them are situated upon the broader side of the pyramid, the three others in the obtuse edges. Two supplementary pieces, however, are added to the five principal portions of the pyramid, and extend from the calyx into two of the angular sutures. The pore-grooves of the plates of the calyx extend only on to the’ - lower portion of the circumference of all the seven pieces. The arms immediately subdivide again. From the oral aperture grooves, beset with marginal plates, pass on to the arms. For the rest, the division of the arms shows that they are arms, and not pinnule. Whether these arms, like those of a few other Cystideans, as Pseudocrinites, were provided with articulated pinnule, cannot be decided, since they are broken short off. Whether the Caryocystites possessed arms is not as yet known, but it can hardly be doubted, since they are not certainly distin- guishable from Echinospherites. . In Hemicosmites, three of the six uppermost plates of the calyx are provided with an insection, which arises from the triradiate median calycine opening. Tach of the insections is continued into a groove; the groove terminates after a slight expansion in an elevation of the calyx which served for the attachment of an arm. ‘The elevation no longer lies on the plates of the upper- most, but upon three of the plates of the second series. The elevation exists only in specimens which are not worn down, and is beautifully obvious in a specimen which M. Ewald has sent Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 247 me. ‘The triradiate clefts of the calyx, and the calycine grooves continued from them, are covered with minute plates which readily fall off. In the specimens figured by L. von Buch, they are still perfect, and form a fine series of plates from the mouth to the ventral surface of the three arms. In this senes, again, three delicate grooves are distinguishable, as in Lchinospherites aurantium, which correspond with the subjacent clefts of the large plates of the calyx and their grooves. In the always much worn specimen of Cryptocrinites cerasus, no indications of arms have hitherto been observed. : Forbes regards the Cystidee, like the Blastoidea, as sections of the Echinoderms different from the Crinoids. The Spheronites were already arranged among the Crinoids by reason of their stalks before their arms were discovered, and we now have still more reason for considering this to be their true position. Vol- borth and Roemer consider the Cystidee as a group of Crinoids, which is also my own view. The position of the arms, however, must not be regarded as one of their characters ; for im Sphero- nites Leuchtenbergit and Protocrinites oviformis the arms were situated far away from the mouth, as im the other Crinoids. The suctorial feet of the Cystideans were unquestionably placed, as in Pentacrinus, on the ambulacral side of the arms and in the ‘ealycine grooves. In the introductory part of this essay, how- ever, it has been demonstrated to be contrary to all analogy that suctorial feet should exist in any Echinoderm upon the antambulacral side of the perisoma from the apical end to the arms, or between the ambulacral radii. In the Cystidee, there- fore, the whole calyx, with the exception of the calycine grooves, is to be regarded as anambulacral. The genera Pentacrinus, Caryocrinus, and most Cystideans are distinguished among the Crinoids by the existence of very pecu- liar pores in the anambulacral plates of the calyx. Pentacrinus - alone has afforded the opportunity ofan exact investigation of these pores. J have described and figured them in the essay upon Pentacrinus. The interambulacral (interpalmar as well as intrapalmar) caly- cine pores of Pentacrinus pierce the ventral calycine plates, and lead beneath the inner membrane of the calyx. They possess no soft external prolongations. In contrast with the ambulacral calycine pores for feet, these may be called anambulacral calycine pores. Their signification is not understood, only it is certain that they are not passages for feet. A comparison with the respiratory pores of the Asteride suggests itself; soft tubes pro-— ject from these, with regard to which Ehrenberg has shown (and I can confirm his statement by my own observation) that they 248 — Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. are ceeca, which are indeed connected with the abdominal cavity, but are perfectly closed externally. The calycine pores of Caryocrinus are equally without relation to the arms ; and thence, though differently distributed, resemble the anambulacral calycine pores of Pentacrinus. They occupy the antambulacral part of the calyx behind the arms as far as its base. Most Cystideans (Cryptocrinites cerasus excepted) possess calycine pores, which are distributed over a greater or smaller part of the calyx without radiation and in a very peculiar manner. _ In those forms with calycine grooves, as Protocrinites and Sphe- ronites Leuchtenbergii, these pores again appear to be anambu- lacral, since, like the anambulacral pores of Pentacrinus, they are disposed i in the are external to and between the ambulacral grooves ; here, however, their distribution is far wider, since they extend as far as the base. Two principal divisions have been-made, according to the distribution and combination of these pores :— I. Cystideans with pore-rhombs.. The pores are disposed in rhomboidal figures, the one-half of which belongs to one plate, . the other to its contiguous neighbour. Every two pores of these rhombs appear to be invariably united by canals or grooves, which are visible either upon the outer or on the inner side of the plates, in such a manner that the united pores belong to two different adjacent plates. a. Pore-rhombs without external connexion of the pores. Hemicosmites and Caryocrinus ; in Hemicosmites the combining grooves are, according to Volborth, upon the inner surface of the plates. b. In Echinospherites granatum, Wahlenb. (Caryocystites gra- natum, v. B.), the pores are united by bands projecting exter- nally, which contain the connecting canal of the pores, and this canal is always a single one between each pair of pores, or even a series of pores*, The more importance is to be attached to this circumstance, as the number of the calycine plates, even of the basal plates in Caryocystites granatum, varies, so that some spe- cimens possess more superimposed plates than others, and even specimens with five basal plates are not rare. According to the arrangement of the plates, I do not think that Caryocystites and Echinospherites could be separated. A form nearly allied to Caryocystites granatum, observed by M. Beyrich (Drift [Geschiebe] near Berlin), the plates of whose calyx are more numerous, is distinguished by the bands which * ... und dieser Canal ist immer ein einziger zwischen je zwei Poren, oder selbst emer Porenreihe. _Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 249 unite the pores belonging to an entire series of pores, which penetrate the entire thickness of the plates, so that the series of pores appear also upon the inner surface of the plates. Some- thing similar may also be observed in many specimens of Caryo- cystites granatum, inasmuch as the canals of the bands not un- frequently also exhibit clefts here and there between the terminal pores. These clefts may indeed be readily explained by the grinding down of the canals; the occurrence of the regular rows of pores in the species above mentioned, however, leads us to question whether they always have this origin. ce. In Echinospherites aurantium and aranea every two pores of two plates are not uncommonly connected by one, usually by two canals, which are recognizable upon the outer surface of the plates ; Echinospherites testudinarius, included by Von Buch in the ill-defined genus Caryocystites, is an elongated Echinosphe- rite. Its pore-rhombs agree more closely with the previously- named speciés than with Caryocystites granatum, though the number of the pore-canals between every pair of pores is in some localities still greater. In fact, we not unusually observe not only two, but three, or even four conjoined canals, which open at both ends into a pore, and are so connected. _ d. The genera Echino-encrinus, Pseudocrinites, Apiocystites, Prunocystites, are distinguished by possessing only a few pore- rhombs—fragments* of the system—which however are here _Justly termed pore-rhombs. In Echino-encrinus angulosus and striatus.there can be no doubt that the elongated pores of these thombs are clefts which penetrate the whole thickness of the plates. Forbes remained in doubt with regard to these pores, and was inclined to interpret the ‘ pectinated rhombs’ as the situation of ciliary organs comparable with the ciliated epaulettes of the larvee of Echini. Seeing the very problematical nature of all pore-rhombs, and of all non-ambulacral pores of the Crinoids, in fact, the supposition that the cilia are connected with the pores and pore-canals is not to be excluded. The number of the pore-rhombs in the Echino-encrinites ap- pears to vary, and Echino-encrinus granatum, Volb., would appear to be only such a variety of the E. angulosus. II. Cystideans, with double pores upon the calycine plates, which belong not to two different plates, but to the same. The plates are facetted,.and each facet possesses two closely approxi- mated pores. Here belongs a small group of Cystideans, which, since it consists of many genera, might be called Diploporitide (Diploporiten). The genera included in it are :— 1. Spheronites pomum, His. Type of a peculiar genus, which may retain the name of Spheronites, as opposed to the Echino- spherites with pore-rhombs, 250 ~=— Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 2. Protocrinites (P. oviformis, Eichw.). 3. Spheronites Leuchtenbergii, Volb. Type of a peculiar genus, which may be termed Glyptospherites. That the Russian Sphe- ronites pomum, Leuchtenb., or S. Leuchtenbergii, Volb., is not the Swedish S. pomum, Volborth thought probable from Gyl- lenhal’s account. The specimens of the Swedish form in the Mineralogical Museum of this place put this beyond doubt. There are no calycine grooves on the true Spheronites pomum, His. ; on the other hand, the five outermost calycine plates are elevated into a triangular pyramid truncated at the mouth, as in Echinospherites aurantium; the edges of the pyramid are broken off in all the specimens, and leave a doubt as to the form of the arms which were probably present. The base of the calyx is transversely truncated, and very broad in relation to the diameter of the calyx ; it consists of 6-7 pieces. The relation of a few other Diploporitide to these genera is still unknown. Many of the Cystideans described by Forbes, and enumerated. by him among the Caryocystites, viz. C. Litchit (F.), C. pyriformis (F.), C. munitus (F.), do not belong to the genus Caryocystites (Von Buch), being rather Diploporitide allied to Spheronites pomum, which require further mnvestigation. Crinoids with reticulated hands.—A fossil Crinoid with reticu- lated hands from Gothland has long been recognized as such in Stockholm, but has not yet been figured and described. Many years ago Prof. A. Retzius transmitted fragments of the hands to me, at the same time pointing out the peculiarity of this Cri- noid. Numerous dichotomously-ramifying series of joints are united into a petaloid form by lateral processes of the joints. I had never seen anything of the kind, and could hardly imagine them to be portions of a Crinoid. On mentioning these fragments to Von Buch, he recollected that similar equally problematical fragments from Gothland were in his own possession. We brought them upon the same day to the Gesellschaft Naturforsch. Freunde, and it was evident at once that they were identical. Von Buch, with the friendship which he has always shown, readily offered to share with me the specimens which he possessed. I was obliged however to renounce the attempt to elucidate the nature of the animal from such por- tions as I possessed without the calyx ; and I entertain a thorough aversion for the practice of hastily naming, which inflicts upon science an encumbrance out of all proportion to the possible gain therefrom. I gave over the fragments which I had received to the Mineralogical Museum, as the most proper place for their reception. In this museum there were also additional fragments of this Crinoid from Gothland, sent to me by M. Beyrich. When M. Peters visited Stockholm in the spring of the pre- Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 251 sent year, he inquired further for the remains of the animal from Gothland; and M. Lovén was so good as to send to me for description the beautiful fragments which he possessed of it. In one of these specimens, the greater portion of the calyx with a part of the hands is preserved; in another, a part of the calyx with the petaloid hands. A third specimen consists of the hands alone. Prof. A. Retzius also sent me besides a beautifully pre- served specimen of the hands. Who can-contemplate without joyful surprise these remains, in which the peculiar structure of one of the most remarkable forms of the Crinoids is clearly evident ? | ' The base of the calyx, whose plates are perfectly smooth, is not quite perfect, but appears to consist of five basalia, on which follow a circle of five parabasalia ; with these alternate five arm- bases, radialia, which are in contact, there is, however, a small intermediate piece between two of the five. This arrangement would thus agree with Cyathocrinus. The parabasalia are hexa- gonal; their breadth to their depth as 3:2. The basalia are exceedingly depressed, three times as broad as they are deep. On each of the basalia three joints are seated,—one, of a tri- angular form, upon the excavated centre of the anterior edge ; two at its sides; the inner edges of the latter lie over the middle piece, and so come into contact. These two lateral pieces are the bases for all the series of joints of both halves of the hands. To each are first attached two joints, an internal, and a far broader ‘external. The broader is the first of:the longitudinal series of broad joints which runs along the outer edge of the commence- _ ment of the hand. At first very broad, they become successively narrower ; their outer edges constitute the outer edge of the hand, while the inner edge is, as it were, cut into steps of two joints, sufficiently deep to allow of a new series of jomts being articulated upon the notches thus formed. The step-like notches therefore pass over one, and further on even many joints. The series of jomts soon divides dichoto- mously again, and the dichotomy is continually repeated. Even at a small distance from the bases of the arms, we find more than thirty longitudinal series in the breadth of a hand; at the distance of an inch from the base of the hand there are as many as eighty series, and so they go on multiplying... The joints lie not merely in regular dichotomous longitudinal series, but in as exactly regular arched transvérse series, and are articulated together laterally by opposed processes, so that all the joints of the hand taken together form a petal with innumerable minute gaps. These five hands have an extraordinary breadth at their periphery ; in their expanded condition they would doubtless no 252 Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. more cover one another than the expanded petals of a penta- petalous corolla; in the closed condition they mutually overlap, just like the folded petals of a closed corolla; in fact, their sides are quite rolled in. The joints of the coalesced fingers are in-general as long as they are broad, or a little longer. The dorsal surface of the joints is flat, the lateral processes lie in the middle of the length of the joints, but usually somewhat further forwards, so that the joints viewed from the dorsal sur- face have the form of a cross with very short arms. The union of these joints before and behind, in a longitudinal direction and by their lateral processes transversely, gives rise to a network with regular meshes. At the commencement of the arms the meshes are as yet undeveloped, and the joints not cruciform but four-sided. 3 Close above the calyx the joints measure in thickness, that is in the direction from the dorsal to the volar side, much more than in length. The lowest, which rest upon the radialia of the calyx, are the thickest. Thence onwards they decrease suc- cessively in thickness, so that soon it is only one-third of what it was close above the calyx. The great development of the first joints internally, produces, with the radiale of the calyx, a sort of arch over the periphery of the calycine cavity. A nutritive canal is observed upon the articular surfaces at the end of the joints. In a transverse section also we observe that the volar side of the ae is deeply excavated, the cavity being included by two ridges. 3 Further outwards the thickness of the joints rapidly dimi- nishes; an inch from the base they are still twice as thick as they are long, but very soon their thickness is not greater than their breadth. They retain the excavation upon the volar side, which forms a deep canal on the volar side of the longitudinal series of joimts, and is covered transversely by minute plates, which usually alternately interdigitate with one another. At the sides of the volar surfaces of the joints, including the ambulacra, stand exceedingly delicate pinnule or narrow marginal plates, many of which (three to four) occur in the length of a single joint. These pinnule are unarticulated ; it is only at their base that a small portion appears to be divided off. The height of the pinnule on the broader portion of the hand equals the thickness of the joints. The volar surface of the hand was therefore, corresponding with the dichotomy of the series of joints, provided with hundreds of dichotomous ambulacral grooves, supported by delicate calcareous marginal plates. When the series of fingers have been broken out from the stone and the impressions of their volar sides left behind, these o Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 253 impressions appear like rounded dikes with closely-set trans- verse or zigzag insections, which appear to correspond in posi- tion with the covering plates between the pinnule. On making a transverse section of the hands, the involution of the sides of the arms is observable. Ima longitudinal section perpendicular to the calyx, we observe not merely the interior of the calyx and the above-mentioned overarching of the peripheral portion of the cavity of the calyx, but also the ventral perisoma above the calyx, which, passing from the hands, lies above the overarching portion, and stretches like a line over the middle of the calyx. The delicate pmnule or marginal plates of the series of joints of the hands are continued on to the ventral surface of the calyx, and in sections may be traced to the middle, where in all probability the mouth was situated. The composition of the stem is at: present unknown, Among the numerous Crinoids of Gothland described and figured by Hisinger in the ‘ Lethzea Suecica,’ we look in vain for any figure of reticulated arms, though there are not a few among them whose arms have not been preserved. It is difficult to conceive that among the many remains of Crinoids which he saw, there should have been nothing appertaining to the reticulated Crinoid ; and in fact there is a figure, not of the reticulated hands, but of the calyx and the first joints, which would appear to do so. It is his Cyathocrinus pulcher, “ calycis articulis hexagonis margine striatis, manibus circiter 35, brevibus linearibus, puncto medio profundo, angulo recto ‘infractis.” Leth. Suec. Suppl. i. tab. 39. fig. 5. It would be impossible to conclude that this is our Crinoid from the figure of the pieces of the calyx, which is probably imperfect ; and the marginal striz figured upon them are equally in disagreement with it. For in the Crinoid with re- ticulated arms, the margin of the pieces of the calyx at the edges by which they are in contact is m some parts excavated, and in some entire, without the external surface of the pieces of the calyx themselves ‘being insected or striated. What however strongly suggests that this is our Crinoid, is the figure of the lowermost joints of the arms which are still attached to the calyx, and ex- tend from without inwards as far as in the Crinoid with reticu- lated arms, and possess the canal in the same situation and the excavation upon the yolar side. Hisinger has taken these joints with their bare articular surfaces for short linear hands inflexed at a right angle. The median deep point, which he speaks of, is the nutritive canal which makes its appearance upon the arti- cular surface of the joints. It is very difficult to make out Hisinger’s figure, and it would be quite impossible without a knowledge of that internal structure of the joints peculiar to the Crinoid with reticulated arms. The object there figured is 254 Prof. J. Miller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. assuredly allied with ours; but we should not be justified in identifying the two either from the description or the figure. In the Royal Mineralogical Museum of this place there is a model in plaster of an English Crinoid from Dudley, the exces- sively delicate and numerous rays of whose arms, and the regular series of their articulations transversely and longitudinally, pre- sent a certain similarity with the network of the Swedish Crinoid. The calyx agrees with that of Cyathocrinus rugosus, Miull., i. e. Crotalocrinus rugosus, Austen, having the same sculpture of the calycine plates. At the first sight of this model, which came from M. Crantz, one is inclined to ascribe to this English Cri- noid the same reticulated structure of the hands as in the Swe- dish form, and to regard them both as species of one and the same genus, or of two closely allied genera. On careful exami- nation, however, no certain evidence of a transverse connexion of the joints in the English Crinoid can be obtained. In fact, the very numerous series of articulations are so given off from the ealyx, that there are great difficulties in the way of the sup- position that they are united into five hands. However, this - point can only be decided by the examination of various original and well-preserved specimens. Austen thus speaks of Crotalocrinus in the ‘ Annals of Natural History,’ vol. xi. 1843, p. 198 :—“ Dorso-central plates five ; first series of perisomic plates five; second series five; on the latter are a series of wedge-shaped plates which bear the rays: the exact number of these plates is unascertamed. Column with a pentapetalous perforation. * C. rugosus. The plates surrounding the body agree with the generic character. Rays numerous, probably amounting to one hundred. Column composed of thin joints articulating into each other by radiating strie. The columnar canal is pentape- talous. The rays are remarkably small in proportion to the size of the animal.” The authors, who could compare with Miller’s specimen, ob- serve, that Miller has erred with regard to the plates, which he wrongly regards as scapulz, with a single excavation for articu- lation with the arm-joints. These plates possessed no excavation at all, but a regular series of wedge-shaped plates rested upon them, from which the rays, amounting to about 100, proceed. The description which M‘Coy gives of the genus Crotalocrinus and of C. rugosus in his ‘Synopsis of the Classification of the British Paleozoic Rocks,’ pt. 2. p. 55, strengthens my belief that the model of the English Crinoid is referable to C. rugosus. The description of the calycine plates agrees exactly. It is stated with regard to the five scapule that a series of small pentagonal plates rests upon each, which for the whole breadth of each Prof. J. Miiller on the Structure of the Echinoderms. 255 plate support a great number (?15 or 16) of very delicate rays. | None of the English writers mention any reticulated connexion of the rays; I must therefore leave it unsettled, whether this English Crinoid stands in any relation, either close or distant, with our present subject. Under these circumstances it will be necessary to found a peculiar genus for the Crinoid from Gothland with reticulated arms, for which I propose the name of Anthocrinus—species An- thocrinus Loveni, Mill. It is obvious that these Crinoids with reticulated arms stand alone and constitute a peculiar small sec- tion, of which at the present time only one form, from the Silu- _rian formation of Gothland, is known. I shall hereafter, when I am more fully acquainted with the Crinoids of this formation, be able to speak of its relations with the other Crinoids of the transition limestone. ~ . The continuation of this memoir is concerned with the Holo- thuriade, and reports of its contents have been already given. The numerous figures appertaining to the memoir are reserved for the Transactions of the Academy. In conclusion, I offer my hearty thanks to the friends who have so generously assisted my labours. Supplementary Notice. It should be added to the remarks upon the interambulacral plates of the Asteride, that in Astropecten the different series of interambulacral plates are simultaneously ‘applied to the ambu- lacral plates ; the outer being the lateral plates of the grooves, the inner only visible in the abdominal cavity uniting the ambu- lacral plates with the inferior marginal plates. The intermediate plates between the Jateral and marginal plates have already been referred to. _ Note by the Translator. Without wishing in the slightest degree to detract from the originality of the views with regard to the homologies of the Cri- noid skeleton expressed by Prof. Miiller in the preceding pages, we nevertheless feel bound, in justice to our distinguished coun- tryman Prof. E. Forbes, to state that he has long taught in his public lectures an essentially similar doctrine, viz. that the ‘head’ of a Crmoid may be compared to an Hchinid placed mouth upwards, and having its vent brought into proximity with the mouth (as in Echinocyamus) : that the arms are freed ambu- lacra; that the cup or ‘ pelvis’ is formed, partly by the oculars, partly, in many genera, by accessory plates (like those in the dise of Salenia), and partly by the interambulacral plates,—the genital 256 Rev. M.J. Berkeley on a new species of Closterium. plates being probably suppressed ; finally, that the basal or stem-bearing plate is the homologue of the madreporiform body. It was our intention to have added some illustrations to the present memoir, but on consideration we think it better to run no risk of misrepresenting Prof. Miiller. XXIII.— Description of a new species of Closterium (Closterium Griffith). By the Rev. M. J. Berxurey, M.A., F.LS. [With a Plate. | v A pretty but rather puzzling little Alga has been nursed for two years or more by Dr. J. W. Griffith in bog water, in which it has multiplied, without however. giving any opportunity of ascertaining its mode of propagation. I have lately had occa- sion to examine mounted specimens, accompanied by a mag- nified representation of the plant in a living state, and from these and notes communicated by Dr. Griffith, who is preparing a work on the microscope, to the appearance of which I am looking forward with much interest, it is quite clear that it belongs to the genus Closterium, notwithstanding its comparatively minute size, the absence of curvature, and the hitherto unobserved copu- lation of the filaments. The circulation, which can only be seen under a power of from 1000 to 1500 diameters, is precisely that of Closterium, and the green colour and absence of lateral mark- ing forbid the notion of its being a Synedra, though there are one or two species figured by Kiitzing to which it has some resemblance in point of form. The species may be characterized as follows :— 2 ! : Closterium Griffith. Minutum rectum fusiforme medio turgi- dulum, utrinque fortiter attenuatum apicibus acutissimis setaceis hyalinis. Long. ‘033-025 unc., centro lat. -(0002—0016. At first the frond is green, but a hyaline band is at length formed ‘in the centre, where division ultimately takes place. Closterium setaceum resembles it somewhat in form, but that is more swollen in the centre, much longer, striated, and the tips of the fronds are curved. The var. 8. of C. cornu approaches it in size, but the whole outline is extremely different. There can be no doubt of its bemg a very distinct species. The figure (Pl. XIV. fig. 2) represents three individuals in different stages of growth magnified 450 diameters. The species belongs to the genus Stauroceras, Kiitz., which is very properly considered as part of Closterium by Mr. Ralfs. , SD.C.Sowerby se” Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 257 XXIV.—WNotes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an eight years’ residence in the Island. By Evaar Lxnoroip LayarbD, F.Z.S8., C.M.ES. &e. [Continued from p. 218.] 158. Proceus Puiiiprrnus, Linn. Tokanam cooreovi, Mal. ; lit. Basket-maker Bird. Tatteh cooroola, Ving. Scattered pretty generally throughout the island and migra- tory. It breeds in June, fabricating hanging nests, which are too well known to the readers of this periodical to need descrip- tion. I should observe, however, that the male also has a nest for himself which is similar to that used for breeding in, except that it has no gallery, and the chamber that contains the eggs in the one has no bottom im the other, so that the droppings of the bird, which always sits with its head towards the opening which replaces the gallery, fall through to the ground. Here the male bird rests at night, or shelters himself by day from the sun and wind, while he sings to his assiduous partner on the eggs. The natives all tell me that the male bird conveys fireflies to its nest and sticks them to the side by means of mud for the purpose of illuminating its dwellings. I cannot say that I ever saw this substitute for candle, but I have never found the nest. of the male bird without observing a patch of mud on each side of the perch on which the bird sits. It is clearly not placed there to strengthen the structure; can it be for the purpose of sharpening its bill? and may not the husks of seeds, and perhaps the wing-cases of a stray beetle left sticking upon it, have given rise to the idea-which the natives entertain ? The bird feeds on seeds of various kind, associates in flocks, and builds in companies on palm and other trees or bushes in- discriminately. . The eggs are from two to four in number, and pure white. Axis 8 lines, diam. 6 lines. Dr, Kelaart includes P. Bengalensis in his list, but I think he has wrongly identified the species, the nidification of. which is so peculiar that he would have noticed it, Can he have seen 159. Procrus Manyar, Horsf., which I found replacing P. Philippinus in the neighbourhood of Tangalle? If so, the species probably extends round to Trinco- malie, and occupies the east of the island, while Plhalippinus takes the west. I procured Manyar in April, devouring small seeds on the ground, and keeping to the neighbourhood of low bushes in the uncultivated districts. They congregated in small flocks. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 17 - 258 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 160. AMADINA uNDULATA, Lath. 161. Amapina MaaBaRica, Linn. 162. Amapina Matacca, Linn. 163. Amapina striata, Lath. 164, AmapiIna RUBRONIGRA, Hodgs. 165. AmapINna PEcTORALIS, Jerd. Tinna cooroovi, Mal., from their devouring Tinna, a native millet. Wie-cooroola, Cing. ; lit. Paddy Bird. These names apply to the whole group of these birds. These little birds are found in great numbers and in various localities. Pectoralis is confined to the hilly zone. Dr. Kélaart found it at Nuwera Elia, and I procured it at Gillymalle. Rubro- nigra Dr. Kelaart does not appear to have seen, and I only found it about Galle. . Malacca I only_noticed at Jaffna and about the peninsula. The rest are universally distributed. They all fre- quent the fields of paddy and fine grain, upon which they feed ; and they breed in trees or high bushes in the vicinity. M. undu- lata breeds in companies, often forming thirty or forty nests in one tree, and in some instances I have found one structure containing several nests ; but single nests often consist of a mass of straw and feathers larger than a man’s head ; in the centre of this is a small passage into the interior, which is thickly lined with soft feathers. The eggs are from three to five in number, and pure white. Axis 7 lines, diam. 6 lines barely. The eggs of M. Malacca are—axis 6} lines, diam. 5 lines barely. The natives keep large numbers in cages and fatten them to be used as medicine in pulmonary complaints ; they catch them in horse-hair nooses. 166. Passzr Inpicvs, Jard. & Selby. Gek cooroola, Cing. ; lit. House Bird, from building about houses. The Indian sparrow is certainly distinct from our European bird, though its note is similar, and it lives about the habi- tations of men; its eggs also run through as many varieties, from an almost spotless white to the darkest mottled brown. Their length is 9 lines, diam. 6 lines. The natives are much attached to this bird, and to attract it to their dwellings hang on a peg in the verandah a chatty with a hole broken in the bottom ; this is’ soon selected by a pair of sparrows for their nesting place, and I have reason to know that the same pair will return to the spot year after year, and rear their callow nestlings undisturbed by the presence of the inmates of the dwelling. Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 259 167. AravuDA GuLGULA, Frank. Poolloo, Mal. ; lit. “ Wormer,’’ from feeding on worms. : This is the “ skylark ” of Europeans, and is very abundant in all open lands whether pasture or ploughed ; it is also found in the sandy plains of the northern, and among the terraced fields of the central province. It sings sweetly enough, but does not mount to the altitude of our English species. For its nest it selects some depression in the soil which it lines with fine grasses, and in it deposits from three to five eggs-of a brownish gray colour, profusely streaked and mottled.. Axis 9 lines, diam. 7 lines. It breeds in April. Dr. Kelaart introduces this species into his catalogue on the authority of Mr. Blyth—and 168. Araupa Marazanica, Scop., on his own. Has he not mistaken A. gulgula, or Mirafra affinis (which he excludes altogether), for 4. Malabarica? I have shot several hundred larks, but never found a single specimen of A. Malabarica, specimens of which J had from Mr. Blyth for iden- tification. Dr. Kelaart does not inform us in his ‘ Prodromus’ whence his specimens were obtained, and as the various species of this genus are very hard to distinguish without a thorough knowledge of them all, I cannot help thinking that my surmise is correct. nas ' 169, Pyrruuraupa ertse, Scop. I have only met with this species in the northern and eastern _ parts of the island; when on the open lands it is very abundant, being often seen in flocks of fifty or sixty individuals. They are fond of dusting themselves on roads, and lie so close that one is frequently within a step of treading on them before they rise. I believe they are migratory, at least I never could find any breeding with us, and I have seen flocks careering from the direction of the continent when I have been out at sea dredging. 170. Mrirarra AFFINIS, Jerd. This species is abundant about Tangalle, and I have procured it at Pt. Pedro. I never saw it in the hills, nor does Dr. Kelaart notice it, so 1 presume it is confined to the low country ; it is not however easily distinguishable from our other larks or pipits until taken in the hand; it may consequently have been over- looked. -It has one habit however by which I always distin- guished it when alive; on being flushed it soars up uttering a pleasing song, and wings its way towards some tree on to which ~ iat descends, its legs pendant and wings fluttering rapidly, and singing the while with all its little might ; the instant however it 17* 260 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. touches its perch, always the highest naked branch, its song ceases, and it stands on the look-out ready for flight on the least | alarm. 171. Bucrros Gincatensts, Shaw. Kandatta, Cing. The lesser “‘ Horn-bill ” is common in the Wanny about Ana- rajahpoora and in the Mookalane jungles of the southern pro- vince. It feeds on the tops of the loftiest trees upon fruits and berries, which it swallows whole. It is a wary and shy bird, and although its presence is often revealed by its loud harsh call, it rarely falls before the hunter’s gun, and the best way to procure it is to lie concealed near a tree in fruit, if it be such it feeds upon. The irides are reddish, and when partly hidden by the long stiff black eyelashes have a very peculiar appearance. In some specimens the bill is white, with a black patch extend- ing from the naked space round the eye about three-fourths of an inch along the lower half of the upper mandible: the bill 33 in. long. The three outer tail-feathers are white, the fourth half black from the.quill, the fifth black. The head has a rufous tinge. In other specimens the head wants the rufous tinge, the first tail-feather is white with the outer shaft black up two-thirds of its length, and slightly tmged up one-third of the inner web ; second and third feathers black on both sides up two-thirds of their length ; fourth black up to an inch from the top; fifth black altogether. Bill 23 in. long and black, with a white patch on the upper mandible about 13 inch long, beginning about half an inch from the base. This species ? is siti in the southern province about the base of the hills ; the former in the Anarajahpoora Wanny. 172. Buczros Maraparica, Lath. B. Pica, Scop.; B. violaceus, Wagl.; B. intermedius, Blyth. Errana-chundoo-cooroovi, Mal. ; lit. Double-billed bird. Atia-kandatta, Cing. ; lit. Bone (atta) Kandatta, from the bony structure of its bill. Not so generally distributed as the preceding, though enjoying as wide a range. I have seen it at Tangalle and near Pt. Pedro. It generally flies in large flocks, and seeks much of its subsist- ence on the ground, to which I never saw B. Gingalensis resort. In such situations I never could detect what it sought, but on trees it feeds upon berries and fruits. To procure the latter, when attached to a branch, it resorts to an odd expedient—the 4 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 261 coveted morsel is seized in its powerful bill, and the bird throws itself from its perch, twisting and flapping its wings until the fruit is detached; on this the wings are extended, the descent arrested, and the bird regains its footing. The head is now thrown back and the food allowed to fall into the throat and swallowed without mastication. A live bird which I had for some time in my possession used its bill for the purpose of recovering its perch as a parrot would do, with this exception, that the Buceros employed the whole of the bill, hooking on by the under side of the lower mandible, while the parrot uses the upper mandible. I have been credibly informed, that during the season of incu- bation the male bird encloses the female in the hollow tree selected for the reception of the nest with a wall of mud, as a defence against the monkey tribes, who certainly would need more than ordinary courage to attack a fortress defended by - such a formidable weapon as the powerful bill of the bird. The cock bird assiduously provides for his imprisoned partner, feed- ing her through an aperture left for the purpose, and when the young are excluded breaks down the wall and sets her free, to assist him in satisfying the increased demand upon his parental- energies. As I have rigorously rejected from this list all species that I have not personally identified, and have only included those cata- logued by Dr. Kelaart in his ‘ Prodromus,’ in order to give my idea of their authenticity, I do not introduce Buceros albirostris, Shaw, but I may say I feel confident that this or an allied spe- cies exists in the mountains. I have seen it on two occasions, and Muttu came in full of a new Kandatta which he had seen in the Mookalane while I lay ill at Gillymalle. His description tallied precisely with what I had myself witnessed, and my idea is that the bird was B. albirostris, specimens of which I received from Mr. Blyth. 173. Loricutus Astaticus, Lath. Gira malitchia, Cing. ; and Pol-girawa, Flower Parrot. Kandy, Putlam, Caltura, Galle, Hambantotte, and Gillymalle are the various localities where I have most plentifully procured this pretty little parrakeet. At Gillymalle they were in such abundance that the flowering trees were literally alive with them ; they clung to the bright scarlet flowers head downwards, or scrambled from branch to branch, while the forest echoed with their bickerings. They bit off the leaves (which fell like scarlet snow upon the ground) to get at the calyx, and when this dainty morsel was devoured they flew off to the banana trees, down the broad leaves 262 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. of which they slid and fastened upon the ripening clusters of fruit or the pendant heart-shaped flower. 174. Patmornis ALEXANDRI, Linn. — Laboo girawa, Cing. This, the largest of our parrakeets, is found in countless thou- sands at Batticaloa, nestling in the cocoa-nut trees and resorting to them by night in vast flocks. I procured a specimen or two near Matelle in the central province, where I also procured all our other parrots, and I shot a single bird at Gillymalle. The natives tell me they breed in hollow trees and lay two round white eggs.’ The young are much sought after to rear as pets, and they are taught to speak many native words with great distinctness. 175. PALZORNIS TORQUATUS, Briss. Rana girawa, Cing. Killy, Mal. Exceedingly abundant at Chilaw on the western coast, and northward to Jaffna and round by Mulletivoe to Trincomalie on the east coast, and in the interior of the island likewise. At Chilaw I have seen it in such vast flights, coming to roost in the cocoat-nut trees which overhang the native bazaar, that their noise quite drowned the babel of native tongues engaged i in bar- gaining for the evening provisions. Hearing of the swarms which resorted to the spot, I posted myself on a bridge some half a mile away, and attempted to count the flocks that came from one direction, eastward, over the jungle ; about five o’clock in the afternoon straggling bodies began to wing their way homeward, but many of them came back again to pick up the scattered grains left on the fields near the village ; about half-past five however the tide fairly set in, and I soon found I had no flocks to count—it was one living scream- ing stream: some high in air winged their way till over their homes, when with a scream they suddenly dived downwards with many evolutions until on a level with the trees ; others flew along the ground rapid and noiselessly, now darting under the pendant boughs of some mango or other solitary tree, now skimming over the bridge close to my face with the rapidity of thought, their brilliant | green plumage shining in the setting sunlight with a lovely lustre. I waited at this spot till the evening closed in, and then took my gun and went to the cocoa-nut tope which covered the bazaar. I could hear, though from the darkness I could not distin- guish, the birds fighting for their perches, and on firing a shot they rose with a noise like the rushing of a mighty wind, but soon settled again, and such a din commenced as I shall never ~ Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 263. forget: the shrill screams of the birds, the fluttering of wings imnumerable, and the rustling of the glazed leaves of the cocoa- nut trees, mingled with the gabbling of the natives below, quite stunned me, and I was glad to escape to the path by the river’s bank which led to the miserable Government Rest House where I was stopping, and where the roar of the breaking surf dis- pelled the noise which still rang in my ears. P. torquatus breeds in hollow trees, making little or no nest, and laying three or sometimes four pure white eggs, weighing 113.16 grs. Axis 14 lines, diam. 11 lines. It feeds on grain of all kinds, fruits, chillies, plantains, &e. : It is easily domesticated, becomes very attached and familiar, and is usually seen in most native and European houses. 176. Pamornis Layarnt, Blyth. ~ Syn. P. bitorquatus? Kuhl. Of this species Mr. Blyth writes*: “ As the Society has now received this species from Ceylon, and as there were some Ceylon birds in the Mauritius collection presented by Mr. Earle, there can be little doubt that No. 8 A. is erroneously assigned to the Mauritius in p. 4.” I tried for months to procure another spe- cimen of this bird, but though I had several hundred parrots killed I could not find one. I hardly think it a good species, but time will show. It was shot at Pt. Pedro. 177. Parmornis Catturops, Layard, J. A. 8. xxxii. Alloo girawa, Cing. My first acquaintance with this lovely bird was at Kandy, where I killed a male and female at one shot from a flock flying over my head; I took them for the common P. torquatus until I picked them up, and then great was my delight to find such an elegant new species.. It proves to be the common parrakeet of the hilly zone, and I have traced it in all parts of it. It feeds on berries, and seeks them on the very summit of the trees. When a flock is occupied in feeding every bird is as silent as the grave, and so difficult are they then to be distinguished, that though I have sometimes marked a flock into a tree, I have stood for ten minutes and could not perceive a single bird, though aided by the keen eyes of my fidus Achates, Muttu, and perhaps three or> four natives: suddenly with one consent away would go the whole flock with a scream which almost deafened one. The’ natives tell me it breeds in hollow trees and lays two white roundish eggs. * Addenda to Appendix No. 3 of Catalogue of the Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. ; 264 Rev. W.A. Leighton on the British Graphidex. 178, Patgzornis cyanocerpHaLus, L. ~Malitchia and Battoo- girawa, Cing. Found throughout the island except in the northern province. ‘It is very commonly seen in confinement in the native houses, and is easily domesticated. Nestles in hollow trees : eggs four, pure white and rounded. | [To be continued. | XXV.—Monograph of the British Graphidez. By the Rev. W. A. Leieuton, B.A., F.B.S.E. [Continued from p. 212.] . 2. Graphis, Ach. Apothecium lirelleeform, immersed ; perithecium carbonaceous, dimidiate or confined to the sides, the base being naked ; disk canaliculate, surrounded with a proper margin and an accessory thallodal margin. Thallus crustaceous or membranaceous. Name from ypadis, a design or sketch. - 1. Graphis seripta, Ach. Thallus thin, membranaceous, con- tinuous, even ; lirelle emergent, slender, contracted here and there, extremities acuminate ; proper margin thin, elevated, wavy and crisped ; thallodal margin membranaceous ; disk rimeeform, naked ; sporidia eight, in asci, oblong or oval, margined, contain- ing 8-10 horizontal rows of subrotund, margined, yellow spores. Lichen scriptus, (Linn.) Ach. Prodr. 25 (1798). Opegrapha scripta, Ach. Meth. 30 (1803); Fries, L. Ref. 370 (in part) ; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 147 (in part); Tayl. Fl. Hib. p. 2. 106 (in part) ; Bohler’s Lich. Brit. no. 28! ‘ Graphis scripta, Ach. L. Univ. 265 (1810). ey it #, Ach. Syn. 81 (1814); Spreng. Syst. Veg. 4. p. 1. 252 (in part). —— pulverulenta, «. phleodes, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 330 (in part) (1827). Puiate VI. fig. 17. a, Vertieal section of thallus and lirella ; b, sporidia— all magnified in different degrees. The following varieties are noticeable :— a. diffusa. Lirellz rather long, simple or with a single branch, variously curved and wavy, lying in all directions. On oak. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Cultra, Co. Down! Colin Glen, Belfast! Mr. W. Thompson. Thallus thin, membranaceous, very pale whitish yellow or cream-colour, continuous and entire, or cracking, breaking up, Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 265 and peeling off in thin scales, for the most part smooth and shining, except here and there and about the lirellee, where there are many minute irregular roundish elevations or granulations more or less crowded, visible only under a lens, limited and cir- cumscribed, when it comes into contact with other lichens, by an irregular, waved, broadish pale black line or margin. Lirelle scattered and distant, uplifting and bursting through the thallus in a kind of. irregular cleft, the thin upraised membrane of the thallus forming a spurious thallodal margin by closely adhering to and covering nearly the entire sides of the lirella, leaving only the thin elevated proper margins visible and free, very slender and narrow, simple or with a single branch, either about the middle or at one extremity, if branched at the one extremity then the lirella is furcate, if at the middle the branch is either straight and at right angles to or curved and parallel with the main body, straightish or variously curved, not uniform in any one direction, but lying scattered irregularly and rather openly or not crowded together, of a dull black, scarcely shining, generally rather long, but variable in length, flexuose and wavy. Disk in a dry state, rimeform, a mere simple deep chink. When wetted all the parts expand, and the true form and habit of the lirella are developed and disclosed. The thin elevated margins are then seen to be in general closely approximated at one extremity of the lirella, and to proceed so along the sides in a flexuose and irregularly waved manner, now approaching, now separating from each other, until approaching the other extremity they form a lanceolate or linear-lanceolate expansion, more or less marked and distinct, terminated by a very finely acuminate point. The disclosed disk is m consequence variable in width throughout the whole length, now a mere chink, now more or less distinctly open and expanded, of a pale colour, naked and never pruinose. B. flecuosa. Lirelle elongated, simple or branched, flexuose. Lichen scriptus, Hoffm. Enum. Lich. tab. 3. fig. 2 5. Opegrapha pulverulenta, Pers. Ust. Ann. st. 7. tab. 1. fig. 2 B. b. Graphis scripta, B. varia, Ach. L. Univ. 265 (1810). scripta, a. b. varia, Ach. Syn. 81 (1814). seripta, Ach., var. flecuosa, Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsic. 18! (1851). On oak and beech. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. New Forest, Hamp- shire! Mr. Lyell. Loch Tay Woods! Dr. R. K. Greville. Os- westry, Shropshire! Rev. T. nahoey: Gloddaeth near Conway, Caernarvonshire ! Thallus thin and membranaceous, smooth and shining or mi- nutely warty, as in the preceding, with which it assimilates also in colour, though with a whiter or paler aspect. Some specimens 266 ~=Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. have the thallus irregularly raised into verruce or rugosities,. and become white and pulverulent. Others again are so de- cidedly rugged all over, that the lirelle appear seated on thick- ened upraised irregularly wavy rugosities, white and pulverulent or ashy gray: this latter is supposed to be that of great old age, or resulting from some peculiar circumstances which render the thallus thus thick and tartareous. The lirelle are very long, curved, flexuose and wavy in every form and fashion, either quite simple, or with a single branch at one extremity, or sometimes branched at both extremities, distinct and separate, or curving and anastomosing and running one into the other, narrow or various in breadth. Some specimens on beech from the New Forest had the lirelle so very much elongated and so slender, curved, flexuose and wavy, simple and variously branched, as to render it probable that they may be referable to Graphis scripta, e. tenerrima, Ach. L. Univ. 266 and Syn. 82. y. radiata. Lirelle dendritically radiate. ea Mr. Borrer. Rammerseales, Dumfriesshire ! Cultra, Co. Down! Mr. W. Thompson. Thallus thin, membranous and shining as in the last, but the granulations or minute rugosities rather more numerous, and slightly white or pulverulent about the lirelle. Lvrel/e either scattered or approximate, but not crowded, each consisting of five, six, or more slender, flexuose, wavy, rather elongated mem- bers, separate but radiating from a common centre, in a den- dritic manner subdichotomously ‘branched, each branch ulti- mately terminating in a linear-lanceolate elongated acuminate . expansion ; sometimes however the ultimate branches are shorter and more rigid, terminating in an obtuse wide-spreading fur- cation. ‘The wavy character of the thin proper margins, the naked, not pruinose, rimeeform, more or less expanded disk, and the general habit of the lirelle as in the preceding varieties. 8. divaricata. Lirelle divaricately branched. Lichen scriptus, Hoffm. Enum. t. 3. f. 2 a. Graphis scripta, 8. hebraica, Ach. L. Univ. 266 (1810). scripta, «. d. hebraica, Ach. Syn. 82 (1814). Opegrapha scripta, Johnston! Fl. Berw. 2. 100 (1831). Graphis scripta, Ach., var. diwaricata, Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsic. 19! (1851). Sussex ! Mr. Borrer. Bangor, Co. Down! Mr. W. Thompson. Rae Hill Woods! Dr. R. K. Greville. Castle Bernard Park, Ban- don, Ireland! Rev. Prof. Hincks. Berwick-on-Tweed !' Dr. G. Johnston. Gloddaeth, near Conway, Caernarvonshire ! Thallus thin and membranous, sometimes quite smooth, Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. 267 shining or dull, generally with more minute granulations or rugosities especially about the lirelle, whence and from their more crowded condition the plant assumes a pulverulent or ashy and dusty appearance; in some instances becoming -:ashy- coloured and densely rugose from the thickly crowded lirelle. _ Lirelle very numerous and crowded, variable in form and size, straightish or curved, some of them long, simpie, straightish and wavy, others simply curved, others curved back on themselves, others short and variable in curvature, either with a single “branch from the centre at right angles, or two or three in a sub- stellate form ; others simple at one extremity, with one, two, or three branches at the other ; others again furcate, or simply and shortly branched at both extremities ; others bent into a right angle. The general character and habit resemble all the pre- ceding. The form and habit of the lirella form the chief distinctive _ characteristics between Graphis scripta and G. pulverulenta and their respective varieties or forms. In G. seripta it is emergent, as Acharius expressly says, the uplifted and rifted thallus form- ing a thin membranous thallodal spurious margin to the lirella, _whose proper margins are thin and elevated, encompassing the * naked rimeeform disk in a wavy, flexuose, irregular manner, nar- row and nearly parallel at the one extremity, with a linear-lan- -ceolate elongato-acuminate expansion at the other. In G. pulverulenta the lirella seems uplifted and sessile on or amid the thickened swollen thallodal margins, the proper mar- gins thick and uniform, encompassing in a bold uninterrupted and nearly parallel curving the uniformly expanded pulverulent disk ; the.extremities being acute, often with a peculiar curve giving to a branched lirella somewhat of a hastate shape. From Graphis serpentina both are separated by the sporidia. I at one time fancied that the sporidia in G. scripta were of a regular elliptical shape, those in pulverulenta beg oblong, but I think not so constantly so as to be distinctive, intermediate variations in form having been noticed in both. However the hint is thrown out for further observation. The sporidia prove all the specimens of Opegrapha scripta in Scheerer’s ‘ Lich. Exsice.’ to be in reality forms of Graphis ser- pentina. G. scripta, pulverulenta, and serpentina have been so confounded together by authors generally, that without the examination of authentic specimens of the varieties of each, it seems to be a mere hopeless guesswork to attempt an arrangement of the synonyms. Nothing but the sporidia can distribute them cor- rectly. 268 «= Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. | 2. Graphis pulverulenta, Ach. Thallus thin, subtartareous, continuous, rugulose; lirellz subsessile, broadish, extremities cuspidate; proper margin thick, elevated, uniform ; thallodal margin elevated, tumid; disk broadly canaliculate, pruinose ; sporidia eight, in asci, oblong or oval, margined, containing 8-10 horizontal rows of subrotund margined yellow spores. Opegrapha pulverulenta, Sm. E. Bot. 1754 (excl. syn.), the magnified figure _ excellent (1807). Graphis pulverulenta, Ach. L. Univ. 266 (excl. syn. Pers.) (1810); Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsic. 20 ! —— pulverulenta, «. phleodes, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 330 (im part) (1831). — scripta, B. pulverulenta, Ach. Syn. 82 (excl. syn. Pers.) (1814). —— scripta, Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 4. pt. 1. 252 (in part) (1827). Opeygrapha scripta a, Fries, L. Ref. 371 (in part, masmuch as he quotes Ach. L. Univ. and E. Bot. fig. I have not seen his Lich. Suec. Exs. no. 33 & 124) (1831). scripta, Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 147 (in part) (1833); Tayl. Fl. Hib. pt. 2.. 106 (in part). - On oaks. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Hartshill Wood near Ather- stone! Gopsall Wood ! Leicestershire ! Rev.A.Bloxam. Bangor ! Montalto ! Cultra! Co. Down, Mr. W. Thompson. Barmouth ! Rev. T. Salwey. On poplar, near the Berrow, southern end of Malvern Hills, Worcestershire! Mr. EL. Lees. Donnington Park, Leicestershire ! Rev. A. Blozam. Blarney, Cork ! Mr. I. Carroll. Gloddaeth near Conway, Caernarvonshire ! | Thallus effuse, in some instances very thin and membranous, of a pale dull ashy yellow or cream-colour, thickened and swollen about the lirellz, minutely verruculose ; in other instances be- coming much thicker, subtartareous, swollen into upraised irre- gular rugosities, cracked, the small portions of even surface smoothish and cream-coloured. In other cases, probably from agé, becoming very thick, tartareous, pulverulent, very rugged and rough with upraised crowded rugosities, extensively and variously cracked, either whitish or cream-coloured, or of a dull darkish gray hue. In a few instances quite thick, tartareous, pulverulent, even, continuous, and almost quite white. Lirelle generally crowded, exceedingly variable in size, shape and direc- tion, curved into all sorts of forms, simple, or branched either at right angles or in a divaricate and subradiate manner. Under all circumstances and forms, however, maintaining this one uni- form and constant character and habit. The lirella appears to be upraised and laid sessile upon or amid the tumid thallodal margins which are thrown fully back, disclosing the entire bold prominent lirella, which is broadish, nearly uniform in width throughout, terminating at each extremity in an acute point, very frequently with a peculiar curve which gives it much of a Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 269 cuspidate aspect, and which renders a branched or divaricate lirella of a subhastate form. Disk broad and open, more or less pulverulent and pruinose, encompassed with a thickened, raised, rounded, incurved, uniform and unbroken proper margin, curving in a peculiar bold and striking manner. The different forms of lirella seem to be so intermixed, even on the same specimen, as to render any attempts to define varieties from the specimens before me altogether hopeless. i “No. 89.. Opegrapha scripta, y. pulverulenta”’ ! and “ No. 90. Opegrapha scripta, 6. abietina”’! in Mr. Borrer’s copy of Scheerer’s ‘Lich. Exsice.’ 1st ed., are, according to the sporidia, forms of Graphis serpentina, Ach. Graphis pulverulenta, Ach., does not appear to be represented in that work, and by consequence not -in Scheerer’s ‘ Spicilegium Lich. Helvet.’ nor ‘ Enumeratio Lich. Kurop.’ The sporidia are similar to those in Graphis scripta, Ach., but the different character and habit of lirella, peculiar to itself, well distinguish it from that species, whilst the sporidia separate it from Graphis serpentina, Ach. It may be however considered as very doubtful whether scripta and pulverulenta ought to be retained as distinct species. - Puate VI. fig. 18. a, Vertical section of thallus and hrella; 5, sporidium. 3. Graphis serpentina, Ach. Thallus thin, membranaceous or subtartareous, continuous, even or rugose; lirelle immersed, slender, of the same width throughout, extremities obtuse ; proper margin narrow, elevated, wavy and crisped; thallodal margin elevated, tumid ; disk canaliculate, naked or pruinose ; sporidia eight, in asci, linear, margined, rounded at the ends, containing 8-10 transversely oval margined yellow spores. Lichen serpentinus, Ach. Prodr. 25 (1798). Opegrapha serpentina, Schrad. Journ. d. Bot. 180], st. 1. p. 79; Ach. . Meth. 29. Graphis serpentina, Ach. L. Univ. 269 (1810) ; Syn. 83; Fée, Crypt. Ecore. Offic. Exot. 40 (1824) ; pt. 2. p. 29. tab. 39. Graphis, fig. 20 (sporidia). Opegrapha scripta, Scher. Lich. Exsicc. 87-91 inclus. 1st ed. (1823) ; ed. alt. immut. 87-91 inelus. (1842); Spicil. 46 & 322 (excl: syn. & var. ¢, n & 39) (1823-1836); Enum. 150 (excl. syn. & var. 3). scripta, c. serpentina, Fries, L. Ref. 371; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 147 (in art). Closigthig scripta, Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 4. p. 1. 252. in part (1827). — pulverulenta, b. periblastetica, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 330 (1831). Piate VI. fig. 19. a, Thallus and lirella; 0, sporidia—all magnified. The following varieties are to be observed :— a. minuta, Liirelle very short and simple, straight. On young oakand ash. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Crafnant near Oswestry, Shropshire! Rev. 7. Salwey. 270 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphide. / © Thallus thin, membranous, smooth, very slightly shining, pale yellow, limited by a brown wavy line, uplifted so as to form a thin membranous spurious border to the lirelle. Lirelle nu- merous, approximate but not crowded, for the most part very short and straight, arranged in somewhat of a subparallel man- ner, with others longer and variously though slightly curved. or waved, interspersed and scattered, subsessile or a little raised above the level of the membranous thallus, narrow, slender and simple, one here and there with a single simple short. branch at right angles, the smaller ones generally pointed at both ends, the larger ones of about the same width throughout, and more obtuse or obtusely pointed at the extremities. Disk rimeform or slightly channelled when dry, when wetted expanded and flat, brown, with or without a very slight pruina, surrounded by a tolerably thick, uniform, black, curved and wavy proper margin. B. diffusa. Liurelle elongated, simple, curved, distantly scat- tered in all directions. - On ash. Charlton Forest, Sussex! Mr. Borrer. On sycamore, Derriquin, Ireland! Dr. Taylor in herb. Borrer. On Ulinus mon- tana, Colin Glen, Belfast ! Mr. W. Thompson. Thallus thin, slightly tartareous, continuous, even, or in irre- gular rugosities, pale yellow or pale olive, elevated into more-or less stout and thick spurious margins about the lirelle, by abra- sion probably, becoming there whiter and pulverulent, limited by an irregular wavy brown line. Lirelle elongated and slender, ~ curved, wavy and distantly scattered in all directions, simple or very seldom with a single short branch at right angles, not up- raised above the level of the spurious margins, or only in a very slight degree, of about the same width throughout, though here and there a little contracted, obtuse or obtusely pointed at the extremities. Disk rimeform when dry, when wetted expanded and flat but still narrow, encompassed by a curved, wavy and crisped narrow proper margin. The mght-hand specimen of “No. 90. Lier scripta, 5. abietina, Scherer,” in Mr. Borrer’s copy of Ist ed. of Scherer’s ‘ Lich. Exsice., and the left-hand specimen of No. 90 in my copy of “edit. alt. immut.,” apparently belong to this variety. y. varia. Lirelle elongated, very various in shape, size and disposition, rather crowded. On young oak. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. On alder, near Little Malvern, Worcestershire! Mr. E. Lees. Thallus thin, membranous, continuous, minutely tuberculate, or nearly smooth and scaly, pale yellow or pale olive, upraised and forming a distinct tumid narrow spurious margin to. the Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 271 lirellee, bounded where it meets other lichens by a brown, rather broad, wavy, irregular line. Lirelle numerous and rather crowded, lying scattered irregularly in all directions, and of va- ‘ rlous shapes and sizes, either straightish, or curved and wavy more or less, either simple or furcate at one extremity, or with a longer or shorter simple branch from about the middle at right angles, or branched near one extremity, slender, narrow and elongated, of about the same width throughout, and terminating in a point either quite obtuse or more or less acute, scarcely if at all elevated above the level of the spurious margin. Disk in a dry state rimeform or very slightly channelled, when wetted expanded, but still narrow, slightly pruinose, surrounded by-a thinnish black proper margin which is very much curved, wavy and crisped. 5. flecuosa. Lirelle very elongated and slender, flexuose, simple. | ' On oaks. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Castle Bernard Park, Ban- don, Ireland! Rev. Prof. Hincks. . Thallus in colour, structure and appearance similar to the last. Lirelle very elongated and slender, flexuose, curved and twisted in all directions, for the most part simple, but some with a minute fureation, or a large forked branch at one extremity, entire or simple at the other, either straight at the extremities or sometimes one or both ends suddenly bent or curved, immersed and not raised above the level of the spurious margins, of the same width throughout, extremities obtuse. Disk rimeform when dry, when wet expanding, but still very narrow, of the same width throughout, pruinose, surrounded with a thin ele- vated flexuose, crisped, black, proper margin. In Mr. Borrer’s copy of the 1st edition of Scherer’s ‘ Lich. Exsice.,’ “ No. 90. Opegrapha scripta, 8. abietina, Scherer,’ growing on firs, making allowance for slight differences resulting probably from the nature of the bark, seems referable to this variety. The sporidia show it to belong to G. serpentina and not to seripta. The right-hand specimen attached to this seems to belong to our variety diffusa. 'The same may be said of the two specimens of No. 90 in “ edit. alt. immut.” ¢. horizontals. Lurelle crowded, very long and slender, dis- posed horizontally. On oaks. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Holly Bush Hill, Malvern Range, Worcestershire ! Mr. E. Lees. Thallus thin, membranous, subtartareous, pale yellow, thickly covered with minute tubercles, paler in colour, which give to it a whitish appearance, distinct towards the margin, confluent in 272 Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. the central parts, swollen, thickened and upraised. into a narrow spurious margin about the lirelle. Lired/ie very numerous and crowded, exceedingly long and very slender, straightish or wavy, or curving and twisting in various degrees and ways, but all maintaining more or less of a horizontal parallel direction rela- tive to each other, more especially recognizable towards the margins of the patch, simple or with a curved branch, either at right angles from the middle or near one or both extremities, which are also either one or both furcate, or crooked or simple; extremities obtuse or obtusely pointed or more or less acute, im- mersed in and on a level with the spurious margin. Disk when dry very narrowly rimeform, when wetted exceedingly narrow, of nearly equal width throughout, with scarcely any discernible pruina, encompassed by a slender wavy, curved and crisped, elevated black proper margin. ¢. divaricata. Lirelle short and straight, divaricately branched. Graphis serpentina, var. divaricata, Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsic. 21 ! (1851). On oak and ash. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Colin Glen, Belfast ! Bangor, Co. Down! Tullamore Park, Co. Down! Knockdolian, Ayrshire ! Rammerscales, Dumfriesshire! Mr. W. Thompson. Oxfordshire! Baxter in herb. Dr. R. K. Greville. Tunbridge Wells! Mr. W. Thompson. Gloddaeth near Conway, Caernar- vonshire ! Thallus thin, membranous, continuous, pale yellow or pale olive, slightly shining or dull, generally smooth, sometimes with tubercles and rugosities, scarcely if at all raised into spurious margins about the lirelle. Lzrelle numerous but not crowded, - small, short and straight, or only slightly curved, with a short, simple, straightish or curved branch at right angles from the middle, the extremities more or less acutely pointed, a little raised above the thallus. Disk narrow and canaliculate when dry, when wet expanded and more or less pruinose, surrounded by a rather stout wavy proper margin. No. 87 in my copy of “ed. alt. immut.,”” Scheer. Lich. Exsicc., seems identical with this variety. No. 87 in Mr. Borrer’s copy of the 1st ed. is referable to var. spathea. m. radiata. Lirelle radiate. On young oak. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Thallus thin, subtartareous, irregularly rugose, pale yellow, whitish,.the spurious margins by reason of the crowded state and peculiar form of the lirelle obliterated, only here and there visible in a slight rugosity. zrelle very much crowded, ar- ranged ina radiate manner from a common centre, the radiations Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 2738 simply or doubly branched, or frequently with lateral branches, terminating in curved acuminate points, immersed in and slightly prominent above the rugosities of the thallus. Disk rather widely canaliculate, even when dry, more expanded when wetted, prui- nose, surrounded by a stout elevated margin, very irregular in its width from alternate contraction and dilatation, singularly and peculiarly waved and crisped. The specimen on oak of “ No. 91. Opegrapha scripta, ¢. ser- pentina, A. Scheer.” in Mr. Borrer’s copy of 1st ed. of Schzerer’s Lich. Exsice. is referable here. The other specimen on beech. belongs to our G. diffracta. No. 91 of “edit. alt. immut.” on beech is eutypa, Ach. The'sporidia prove them to be forms of G. serpentina. Q. stellata. Lirellee stellate. On ash. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Thallus thin, membranous, pale olive, continuous, smoothish, sometimes a little roughened with minute scattered. tubercles, elevated into a thin membranous spurious margin about the lirellee, circumscribed by a brown wavy line. Lirel/e distant, few. and scattered, arranged in small irregular star-hke groups, ex- tremities of the-rays or branches rather acute, slightly raised above the thallus. Disk rimeform or slightly canaliculate when dry, more expanded when moistened, and surrounded by a rather thick stout proper margin. t. spathea, Ach. Lirelle moderately long, simple, curved, numerous, scattered.in all directions, approximate. Graphis serpentina, 8. spathea, Ach. L. Univ. 270 (1810); Syn. 84. scripta, Moug. & Nestl. Stirpes, 650! (1820). On beech. St. Leonard’s Forest, Sussex! Mr. Borrer. _ Thallus thin, subtartareous, continuous, pale yellow, rough- ened with minute tubercles or rugosities, elevated about the lirellze into narrow spurious margins, partially circumscribed by an irregular wavy brown line. Jirel/e numerous and scattered, but not crowded, though approximate, moderately long, though -varying exceedingly in size, some longer, some shorter, lying scattered in all directions, curved and wavy, simple, immersed in the spurious margins, though elevated a little above their level, _ obtuse or obtusely pointed at the extremities. Disk in a dry state rimeform, nearly closed by the stout rounded incurved proper margins, which when wetted are narrow, surrounding in a wavy, more or less crisped state, the expanded gisk which is destitute of pruina. In Mr. Borrer’s copy of Scherer’s Lich. Exsicc. 1st edit., “No. 87. Opegrapha scripta, a. limitata, A. Scher. ;” “No. 88. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xiii. 18 274 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. Opegrapha seripta, a. limitata, B. Scher.” seent identical with our plant. “ No. 89. Opegrapha scripta v. pulverulenta, Ach.” is again the same thing, but in an older state, with the disk broader and more expanded, approaching the eutypa form. In “ed. alt. immut.” No, 89 is similar to No. 89 of the 1st ed., but No. 87 is our var. divaricata, and No. 88 is a form of our G. diffracta, much resembling the specimen on beech of “No. 91; Opegrapha seripta, e. serpentina, A. Scher.” in Mr. Borrer’s copy of the Ist ed., which is also referable to G. dif- fracta; whilst No. 91 of “ ed. alt. immut.” differs from No. 91 of the Ist ed., beg rather referable to eutypa. The sporidia prove the identity of all of them to G. serpentina. Mr. Borrer’s herbarium contains a miserable morsel from Acharius of his variety spathea, which does not however accord with the description in ‘ Lich. Univ.’ and ‘Syn.,’ but with which our British specimens agree pretty well. The variety spathea is not unlike some states of G. diffracta in general external appearance, but is distinguished from that by _ the nature and structure of the thallus. x. tremulans. -Lirelle peculiarly tremulous in their outline. — Graphis serpentina, var. tremulans, Leight. Lich. Brit. Exs. 22 ! (1851). _ QOnash. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Killarney! Mr. W. Thompson. Gopsall Wood, Leicestershire! Rev. A. Blozam. Cors-y-gedol ! Rev. T. Salwey. Chelmsford, Essex! Mr. H. Piggot. Pentre- gaer near Oswestry !| Weir Coppice near Shrewsbury ! Thallus thin, subtartareous, cracked here and there, more or less roughened with minute tubercles and rugosities, pale ashy yellow or ashy gray, scarcely raised around the lirelle, the spu- rious margin being obliterated. Lirelle elongated, chiefly simple, some branched or ~foroate at one extremity, or from the middle, curved and waved in all directions, giving the general appear- ance at a little distance of a coarse irregular network thrown over the bark, elevated above the thallus, extremities very obtuse. Disk narrow, but widely canaliculate when dry, when wet more expanded, pale and subpruinose, surrounded by the proper mar- gin which is narrowly edged, excessively waved and crisped, and by its irregular contractions and dilatations giving to the lirelle a peculiar tremulous aspect. r. eutypa, Ach. Lirelle with a very broad densely pruinose disk. Opegrapha serpentina, Sm. E. Bot. 1755 (1807). —— serpentina, ¢. eutypa, Ach. L. Univ. 270 (1810); Syn. 84. Graphis pulverulenta, Moug. & Nestl. Stirpes,.361 ! (1813). On oak, beech and ash? Ardingley! St. Leonard’s Forest, Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. 275 Sussex ! Mr. Borrer. On beech, New Forest, Hants! Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer. Cultra, Co. Down! On Spanish chestnut, Knocknageney, Belfast ! Mr. W. Thompson. Oxfordshire ! Mr. Baxter in herb. Dr. R. K. Greville. Berrow, Malvern Hills, Wor- cestershire! Mr. HE. Lees. Donnington Park, Leicestershire ! Rev. A. Bloxam. Thallus thin, subtartareous, continuous or cracked, smooth . and somewhat shining, pale yellow, or sometimes with a grayish white pulverulent aspect, raised in irregular rugosities, especially about the lirelle, which are uplifted by them, and forming spu- rious thallodal margins more or less distinctly visible. Lirelle very numerous and crowded, by their breadth and approximation giving a very black appearance to the plant, moderately long, some more elongated, but varying in length, either obtuse or acute at the extremities, considerably raised above the thallus, for the most part simple, though many branched at right angles from the middle or near one end, flexuose and curved and wavy, lying in all directions. Disk very wide, canaliculate, flattened or hollowed more or less according to age, white with pruina, sur- rounded by the very prominent, stout, elevated, curved and wavy proper margin. “No.91. Opegrapha scripta, e. serpentina, Scheer.” Lich. Exsicce. “ed. alt. immut.” in my copy is referable to this variety. fe recta. Lirellz elongated, narrow, simple, horizontal and parallel. Verrucaria typographica, Willd. Flor. Berol. 370. t. 7. f. 14 (1787). Opegrapha recta, Humb. Fl. Freiberg. 57 (1793). Cerasi, Pers. in Ust. Ann. st. 11. p. 20” (fide ain (1794); Ach. Meth. 27; Sm. E. Bot. t. 2301 (not O. Cerasi, Pers. J. c., according to Martius, Fl. Brasil. 7. c. infra). Cerasi, DeCand. Fl. Frang. ed. 3. vol. 2. 310. - Lichen Cerasi, Ach. Prodr. 26 (1798). Graphis Cerasi, Ach. L. Univ. 268 (1810) (admirable description). scripta, y. Cerasi, Ach. Syn. 83 (1814). scripta, Meyer in Spreng. Syst. Veg. 4. pt. 1. 252 (in part) (1825). Opegrapha scripta, B. recta, Scherer, Spicil. 46 (in part) (1823); Enum. 151; Tuckermann, Syn. 76 (in part). Graphis pulverulenta, €. sebamapta, Wallr. Fl. Crypt. Germ. 1. 331 (in part) (1831). —— pulverulenta, recta, Martius, Fl. Brasil. 1. pt. 1. 71 (exel. O. macro- carpa, Pers., according to the fig. rather referable to our var. horizon- tals) (1833). Opegrapha scripta, b. recta, Fries, L. Reform. 371 (in part) (1831); Summa Fl. Scand. pt. 1. 118 (in part); Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 147 (in part). Oncherry and plum trees, Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Thallus thin, membranous, continuous, smooth, slightly shining, — yellow or straw-colour, in very elongated narrow 18* 276 Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidex. horizontal patches, bounded by a pale blackish watery line, more or less distinct and conspicuous, not unfrequently almost entirely obliterated. Lirelle very numerous, either crowded or more distant, disposed in a horizontal direction parallel to each other, generally rather long and narrow and of the same width through- out, though with others of various lengths interspersed, acu- minate and sharply pointed at each extremity, though sometimes obtuse, simple and nearly straight, only slightly curved, some- times by confluence branched, prominent and emergent or burst- ing through the thallus, which is uplifted and forms membranous slightly thickened thallodal margins. Proper margins stout, thickened, rounded, prominent and uniform, enclosing a canali- culate disk, generally narrow and almost rimeform, frequently more expanded, either entirely destitute of or with only a faint ruina. 7 Distinguished from all other varieties of serpentina by the horizontal arrangement of the elongated, narrow, simple, parallel — lirellee ; and from scripta and pulverulenta by the sporidia. Chevallier (Hist. Graphid. p. 16) says that his Opeg. Cerasi is not that of Acharius, which he regards as a variety of scripta. The lirelle represented in his tab. 1. fig. 3 & 4 are certainly blunter and not acuminate at the extremities, and also appear interwoven or lying one over the other, not preserving the parallelism so peculiar to our piant. Possibly Chevallier’s plant may be a state of Opeg. atra. : Puate VI. fig. 20. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella ; 0, sporidium. 4. Graphis diffracta, Turn. MS. Thallus thickish, tartareous, pulverulent, cracked, rugulose; lirelle immersed, slender yet clumsy, of the same width throughout, extremities obtuse ; pro- per margin narrow, elevated, wavy; thallodal margin very nar- row, almost obliterated ; disk canaliculate, naked ; sporidia eight, in asci, linear, margined, rounded at the ends, containing 8-10 transversely oval margined yellow spores. The thick, tartareous, cracked thallus and the peculiar form and habit of the lirellz, traceable through a distinct series, appear to justify the separation of this from G. serpentina, in which the thallus partakes generally of a more membranous structure, but whether it will be permanently regarded as a distinct species may perhaps be doubtful, among plants so protean and trickey in their variations, particularly as the sporidia are similar. The varieties spathea and eutypa of G. serpentina alone approach it in their subtartareous thallus. Puate VI. fig. 21. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; }, sporidia. Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. 277 The following varieties are noticeable :— a. minor. Lirellz small. _ On beech. Tilgate Forest, Sussex! Mr. Borrer, On alder, near Little Malvern, Worcestershire! Mr. EL. Lees. Thallus thin, tartareous, extensively cracked, somewhat pul- verulent, the surface irregular, spurious thallodal margins nearly or quite obliterated, pale dirty ashy gray, or pale yellow or pale olive. Lurelle exceedingly numerous and crowded, very small, short, broad and simple, varying in form from a mere roundish dot to a small oblong or linear-oblong, or linear figure, very obtuse and rounded at the ends, immersed, slightly prominent above the level of the thallus, the shorter and smaller ones for the most part straight, the longer ones more or less curved and wavy, of a dark brown colour. Disk canaliculate, wide, open and concave, even in a dry state, without pruina, when wet ex- panded and flat, encompassed by the thin, prominent, more or less waved proper margin. : 8. major. Lirelle larger. On beech. St. Leonard’s Forest, Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Thalius very thin, subtartareous, even, extensively cracked, bounded by a wavy irregular brown line, dull olive colour, raised around the lirelle into a very narrow spurious margin. Lirelle very numerous, not crowded but closely and pretty regularly scattered over the whole thallus, much longer than in the pre- ceding variety, slender and linear, very irregular and varied in their disposition, slightly waved and curved, extremities obtuse or obtusely pointed, or one obtuse and rounded, the other pointed, immersed as in the last; but with a more distinct spurious mar- gin, dark brown. Disk as in the last, canaliculate, open and concave, without pruina, elevated and flat when wetted, sur- rounded by the thin prominent wavy proper margin. y. radiata. Lirelle radiate. On ash? Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Thallus in the centre moderately thick, tartareous, extensively cracked, pulverulent, white, and raised around the lirellz into a spurious white pulverulent margin, frequently more or less obli- terated, thinner and not so pulverulent towards the wavy irre- gular paler margins of the patch, which are destitute of lirellz. Lirelle very numerous and crowded, confined to the central por- tion of the thallus, elongated, but varying in size, variously branched, either simply or repeatedly, disposed more or less in a somewhat radiate arrangement, linear and slender, of the same width throughout, obtuse at the extremities, black. Disk rime- formi-canaliculate, narrow, more or less open when dry, expanded 278 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. and flat, but still narrow when wetted, brown, slightly pruinose, surrounded by the thin, prominent, wavy, curved, and crisped proper margin. | No. 91 (specimen on beech) in Mr. Borrer’s copy of Ist ed. Scher. Lich. Exsicc. and No. 88 in my copy of “ ed. alt. immut.” are referable to this variety. 8. flecuosa. Lirelle variously flexuose. On beech. St. Leonard’s Forest, Sussex! Mr. Borrer. New Forest, Hants! Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer. Thallus much thicker and more tartareous than in the pre- ceding varieties, extensively cracked, pulverulent and white, irregular and rugose, raised into spurious margins around the lirellee, pale yellow or cream-colour, bounded by a brown line. Lirelle very numerous and crowded, either simple and curved, or branched from the middle or the extremities, simply or re- peatedly flexuose, curved and twisting in all directions, and with all degrees of curvature, in the more closely crowded specimens anastomosing one with the other, immersed, scarcely prominent, obtuse ‘and rounded at the extremities in the branched form, more acutely pointed in the simple form, though more or less elongated, yet stout and clumsy in general aspect. Disk rimeeformi-canaliculate, more or less open, encompassed by the stout, rounded, prominent, incurved, wavy, proper margin, not pruinose. In what appears to be a very old state of this flexuose variety on oak in Mr. Borrer’s herbarium, and which resembles a frag- ment in the same collection from Acharius, labelled “ Graphis serpentina, var. eutypa, Ach., an a Gr. rugosa distincta?” the thallus is quite tartareous, pulverulent and white, altogether raised into immumerable prominent rugosities, by their proximity almost obliterating the slender, narrow, elongated, branched, flexuose lirellee, which are situate in the hollows or interstices between the rugosities. 5. Graphis Smithit. Thallus thin, membranaceous, even or rugose ; lirelle immersed, broad, simple or branched. in a sub- radiate subparallel manner ; proper margin very narrow; thallodal margin thin and membranous; disk plane, naked or pruinose ; sporidia eight, in asci, linear, margined, rounded at the ends, containing 6-8 transversely oval, margined spores. Opegrapha scripta, Sm. E. Bot. 1813 (not of Ach.) (1807). Lyell, Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 147 (in part). On hazel, in a wood at the Berrow, south end of Malvern Range, Worcestershire! Mr. E. Lees. Rev. W. A. Leighton on the Bratish Graphidee. 279 a. vera. Lirelle radiate, like Chinese characters. | Mostly on young oaks. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. St. Leonard’s Forest ! Mr. Borrer. : Thallus thin, membranous, pale yellow, continuous, smoothish, somewhat verrucoso-rugose, in some states very rugose and rug- ged, probably from age or peculiar locality, limited by a brownish irregular line, slightly raised in a thin membrane as a thallodal margin around the lirell, which is sometimes almost obliterated. Lirelle scattered, rather close together but not crowded, va- riously branched in a subradiate manner, the branches parallel so as to resemble Chinese characters, very black, immersed, but the disk on a level with the surface of the thallus. Disk plane, black, with or without pruina, the proper margin very thin and narrow, scarcely discernible. In section the perithecium is seen to be confined to the sides of the lirelle alone, the base being naked as in Graphis. 8. elongata. Lirelle much more simple, slightly branched, linear-oblong or lanceolate, extremities acute. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Bangor, Co. Down! Mr. Wm. Thompson. Corsygedol! Rev. T.-Salwey. Gloddaeth, Caernarvonshire ! ! With some resemblance to the simple lirelle of Hymenodecton dendriticum, but the structure differs. y. divaricata. Lirelle with a single branch at right angles. Sussex ! Mr. Borrer, On ash, Gopsall Wood, Leicestershire ! Rev. A. Bloxam. Oxfordshire! Mr. Baxter in herb. Dr. Greville. Dunscombes Wood, Cork! Mr. I. Carroll. 5. simpliciuscula. Lirelle smaller, simple. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. e. macularis. Lirelle very small, numerous, crowded, like irregular rounded or oblong spots. | _ Ireland! Miss Hutchins in herb. Borrer. Bagley Wood, Ox- ford ! Mr. Baxter in herb. Borrer.. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Bangor and Cultra, and Holywood House, Co. Down! Mr. Wm. Thomp- son. Llandrindod! Rev. T. Salwey. Castle Bernard Park (syca- more), Bandon, Ireland! Rev. Prof. Hincks. Blarney, Ireland! Mr. I. Carroll. Under all forms distinguishable from Chiographa Lyellii and Hymenodecton dendriticum by the structure of the lirellee. Pate VI. fig. 22. a, Vertical section of thallus and lirella; 6, sporidia. [To be continued. | 280 Prof. Sedgwick’s Reply to some Statements XXVI.—A Reply to two Statements published by the Paleonto- graphical Society, in their volume for 1852; one appearing to accuse the University of Cambridge of illiberality in the admi- nistration of its Museum ; the other reflecting on the character of Professor M‘Coy. By the Rev. Professor Snpewicx, M.A., F.R.S. &e. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, I vENTURE to request the publication of this Reply in the next number of your Journal, which is not only an excellent vehicle of scientific information, but also one of the guardians of the honour of scientific men. You can have no interest in the fol- lowing statements, except so far as they have a bearing on the cause of truth. : Some time after I had seen the ‘Third Part of the British Fossil Corals,’ published by the Paleeontographical Society in 1852, I wrote to their Honorary Secretary, and collected from his reply, that any communication from myself, in opposition to two statements made by Professor Milne-Edwards and M. Jules Haime (in the Memoir, just mentioned, p. 151), would probably be rejected by the Society, or, at least, published in their next . volume, in a form which would not be satisfactory either to Professor M‘Coy or myself. I therefore resolved to postpone my Reply till it might appear in the “ Third Fasciculus ” of the Cambridge Paleozoic Fossils, which would be published (as I then hoped) in the spring of 1853. 3 | Meanwhile, during my engagements away from Cambridge, I had.a letter from Professor M‘Coy, agreeing in substance, and almost word for word, with the one which forms the most im- portant part ofthis communication. Greatly do I blame myself for not having immediately sent his letter to the press. But I was anxious, at the time, to add some words of vindication for the University of Cambridge ; and having no access to the Pa- leontographical volumes, or any other books of needful reference, I was compelled to postpone my Reply; and I thereby failed, unconsciously, in my duty to my friend: for I now know that he did not immediately publish his own vindication, because he thought that he had entrusted it to myself. . The plates and letter-press of our Third Fasciculus were in progress immediately after the publication of the Second (July 1852) ; and Professor M‘Coy, who is compelled by his duties at Belfast, to leave Cambridge in the autumn, hoped to complete reflecting on the University of Cambridge. 281 the plates, by the help of an Irish artist, during the following winter. In this hope he was entirely disappointed ; and on his return to Cambridge near the end of April 1853, his work was for some weeks retarded by the unavoidable absence of Mr. West, our artist. Much of the letter-press’ was however struck off ; and on the return of Mr. West the work was pressed for- ward by almost incessant labour. A very vexatious, and to me a rather costly accident, so much retarded the final completion of the plates, that Professor M‘Coy was again compelled to leave Cambridge ; and, to our joint mortification, the publication of the Third Fasciculus was necessarily postponed till the spring of 1854. These dates can have but little interest to the reader; but they form a part of my vindication and apology. In like manner the First Fasciculus was more than two years in hand before its publication. Its plates of corals were, I be- lieve, all struck off in 1849; but the work was published in May 1851: and out of this latter date an utterly groundless imputation of unfair dealing has been insinuated against Pro- fessor M‘Coy. When he had left Cambridge at the end of the summer va- cation of 1853, there was no longer the shadow of a plea for any further delay in the publication of this Reply; and it would have been sent to the press in November or December last but for a serious attack of illness, which has made me, for almost four months, incapable of undertaking even the humblest intel- lectual task. Such is my apology to Professor M‘Coy, and to those who are interested in the fossil history of our Paleozoic ~ deposits ; and I conclude by expressing a hope that the following statements may be thought worthy of a place in your scientific Journal, I have the honour to be, Gentlemen, Your faithful Servant, A, SEpewIicxk. Cambridge, March 4, 1854. Reply, &c. The first statement on which I am called upon to bestow some words of comment I shall immediately subjom. The second statement appears word for word in Professor M‘Coy’s letter: and I may here remark, that although the subjoined quotation is word for word, the italics are my own—the passages having 282 Prof. Sedgwick’s Reply to some Statements been underlined in my private copy of the volume from which it is taken. “ Most of the carboniferous fossils that we have represented in the plates joined to this monograph belong to the collections of the Geo- logical Society of London, the Museum of Practical Geology, under the direction of Sir Henry de la Beche, the Museum of Bristol, and the rich cabinet of our esteemed friend J. 8. Bowerbank, Esq. We much regret not having been able to obtain the same liberal aid from the Museum of the University of Cambridge, and to have been there- fore obliged to omit representing in this work a certain number of species, that we have not seen in any of the numerous collections so generously placed at our disposal by the great majority of the English geologists. But the omission that we here allude to is now of less importance than 7¢ appeared to us, when our application to the Cam- bridge Museum was rejected, for, since that time, a young paleeonto- logist belonging to that scientific establishment, Professor M‘Coy, has published very good figures of almost all the corals that we were desirous of obtaining communication of from the above-mentioned museum. His recent work will enable us, at least, to complete our Catalogue of the Corals found in the Carboniferous formation of Great Britain; and having gone to Cambridge in order to. see the fossils described by that gentleman, we have easily recognized those species which we had already met with elsewhere, and can without hesitation refer most of the others to generical divisions here adopted.” (British Fossil Corals, Part 3. pp. 150, 151, 1852.) To this passage another is affixed, in the form of a note, which is copied (as above stated) in Professor M‘Coy’s letter. The two passages cannot be considered apart: and what are the conclusions which any reader of common sense would naturally draw from them? That MM. Edwards and Haime had per- sonally made an application for the loan of certain Paleozoic fossils in the Cambridge Museum which had been rejected ; that this rejection was in disadvantageous contrast with the liberal conduct of all other public bodies to which they had applied ; that their loss, on account of this rejection, was the less, because Professor M‘Coy had (since) published and figured (First Cam- bridge Fasciculus, May 1851) nearly all the species of which they were anxious to have the loan ; that the Professor had made an unfair use of their First Part of British Fossil Corals (7. e. Tertiary and Cretaceous Corals, &c. published in 1850); and that to cover his plagiarism he had misdated a portion of his own labours, and virtually stated what was not true. I think that any attentive reader must inevitably have drawn all these inferences from the passage above quoted and the note affixed to it. fin ta Professor M‘Coy may safely be left to fight his own battles ; for I know that he has truth and reason on his side; and so far reflecting on the University of Cambridge. 283 as regards the University my direct reply shall not be long. I affirm, that no application, direct or indirect, was ever made to me, either by MM. Edwards and Haime, or by any member of the Paleontographical Society, for a loan of any part of the Cam- bridge Paleeozoic fossils ; and I was astonished when I first read the above quotation, and the note affixed to it. For till that time I had not so much as heard that the two distinguished authors had undertaken the description of the older British fossil corals, and commenced their task. _ This I stated in a letter to Professor Milne-Edwards, who justified what he had written by an appeal to Mr. Bowerbank, the Honorary Secretary of the Palzontographical Society. With that gentleman (of whom I shall ever speak with kindness and respect) I have, consequently, had a short correspondence, in which he states that Professor Edwards did come to Cam- bridge and applied for a loan of certain fossil corals. On this point there is no dispute or doubt. But he further states, that after the Professor’s return from Cambridge, he (Mr. B.) en- deavoured to enforce the application by a letter to myself ; “ that _ he never wrote to me (in behalf of the Paleontographical Society) but once, and that once was regarding the Paleozoic fossils.” He further states, “that shortly after having written,” he met me at Ipswich, and in a short conversation, as we were on the point of starting to a public meeting, he again made his request for the loan of the corals*. Of the conversation I have not the shadow of a remembrance ; but I can prove to demonstration, that his letter (above-men- | tioned) had reference only to the Oolitic corals. From the very first he appears to have laboured under a positive mistake as to the nature and extent of Professor Edwards’s application to our museum ; and one mistake inevitably led to another. Independently of all direct evidence, what are the obvious probabilities of the case? When MM. Edwards and Haime were at Cambridge (in 18497?) they asked for the loan of certain Oolitic species, and for no others (Prof. M‘Coy’s letter, infra) +. Therefore any subsequent letter urging their request * Lhave no present means of fixing the date of the conversation al- luded to in the text ; but it must have taken place (as I collect from Mr.-B.) at one of the annual Ipswich meetings which preceded the meeting of the British Association in 1851; and therefore probably in 1850. t I cannot exactly fix the date of the visit of MM. Edwards and Haime, but Professor M‘Coy informs me that it took place a considerable time before the publication of the First Part of their British Fossil Corals ;—it must therefore have been in 1849 or early in 1850. He adds, in the note I have just received from him, “They made no application for Paleeozoic fos- sils, which they knew I was publishing, and which they told me they had then no intention of touching.” 284. Prof. Sedgwick’s Reply to some Statements must inevitably have been understood by myself as relating only to certain Oolitie species, unless the contrary were expressed, which assuredly it was not. Again, Mr. Bowerbank states that my verbal reply (at Ipswich) was considered by him “ as equi- valent to a refusal ;” and that the subject could not afterwards be introduced to me, “ without the appearance of undue impor- tunity.” All this is perfectly consistent. If the Paleontogra- phical Society thought that I had refused the loan of the Oolitic fossils in 1849 or 1850, it was perfectly natural for them to abstain in 1851 from any request respecting the Cambridge Palzeozoic fossils. In one word, I knew exactly what had taken place at Cambridge during Professor Edwards’s visit, and Mr. Bowerbank did not; and hence originated that verbal misun- derstanding I have just poitited out. ; Since the above correspondence closed, I have had a second communication from Professor Edwards (Paris, Feb. 4, 1854), in which he now gives me the positive grounds of his statement respecting Cambridge. Among other matters he quotes a letter of Professor M‘Coy (dated March 15, 1850, and now in Pro- fessor Edwards’s possession at Paris) “ relative to the Oolitic corals,” and without a word of. reference to any others. Professor M‘Coy’s letter contains a copy of a note he had just received from myself, which was painfully written with the left hand ; a fact which fixes its date to March 1850, were there no other evidence. My note concludes with the following words: “ Pray explain to Mr. Bowerbank that the fossils (7. e. ‘the Oolitic corals’ as they are expressly called by Professor M‘Coy) are the property of the University, and are in daily use among the stu- dents, in the way of consultation, and that it is impossible for me to send them away to Paris ; but all other help in my power shall be given, and every facility for making drawings, &c.” When I lately saw my left-handed note, I was afraid that it might have been written in a petulant spirit; for I was at the time in much suffering, and neither Professor M‘Coy nor myself had been quite pleased with the reserve of MM. Edwards and Haime. When at Cambridge they accepted his services for a specific object, and they did not afterwards condescend to inform him or me that those services would not be wanted. ‘There is, however, as I rejoice to find, no petulance in my note. | What took place at Cambridge (in 18497), when it was visited by Professor Edwards and his distinguished fellow-labourer, is stated in Professor M‘Coy’s letter. It was my great misfortune not to be present, and I only know the facts at second-hand. But, soon afterwards, I met Professor Edwards in London, who spoke in courteous and, as I thought, in warm terms of his re- ception by Professor M‘Coy; and I declare, with the sincerity reflecting on the University of Cambridge. 285 of perfect truth, that when we parted I had not the most distant thought that he (M. Edwards) was dissatisfied with the arrange- ments he had made at Cambridge, or wished to have them changed. Had MM. Edwards and Haime thought good, in their great essay on the British Oolitic Corals (1851), to charge.the Uni- versity with unwonted illiberality for having “rejected” their application for certain species in our Museum, they might have done so with, at least, verbal truth ; although such a charge would, [ think, have been uncourteous and unjust. But haying let this occasion slip, and as if to make amends for this forbear- ance, they published their charge in 1852 (transferring it from one memoir in which it might have appeared, with a show of reason, to another in which it ought never to have appeared), so as to make it almost incompatible with plain historical truth ; and, I believe, in such a form as to have misled the Council of the Paleontographical Society. Be this as it may, a plain state- ment. of facts would, in 1851, have had no sting, and would never have provoked a reply. But why is the charge against Cambridge taken out of its true historical place, and brought forward in another? For no purpose, which I can comprehend, except that of affording a vehicle for a very unjust insinuation against the character of one of the most honourable and de- voted of the sons of natural science. Such insinuations ought never, under any circumstances, to disfigure the Transactions of a public Society. It is most true that public Transactions are not to be the vehicles of short-lived controversy, and the Council (as I now think) did right in rejecting my application to them. ‘Their proper office is to be the great recipients of the stream of truth,—pure, sincere, and strained from every par- ticle of malignity. In one single unhappy page they have over- stepped the duties of their high and honourable office. The Cambridge Geological Museum is the property of the Uni- versity ; and there is not a specimen in it which I| call my own. Though I have collected largely during thirty-five years, and at the cost of thousands, I have collected for the public; and the public has a true interest in the administration of the Museum*. What, then, is the nature of its administration? It is under a board of Auditors, who are governed by laws given in the founder’s will. The Professor does not receive the keys of the Museum till he has signed a very heavy bond, which he would forfeit to the University on any culpable neglect of duty. Two * Fora more full account of the contents of the Museum, and of the gradual formation of its very extensive collections, both British and Fo- reign, the reader is referred to the “blue book ”’ of the Royal University Commission, published by authority in 1852. } 286 Prof. Sedgwick’s Reply to some Statements Inspectors are annually appointed, who can demand the keys whenever they think right ; and they do demand them yearly, so as to'see that no specimens, in the arranged catalogues, are lost or out of places No salary is ever paid to the Professor till after the report of the Inspectors has been given in to the board of Auditors. These stringent regulations have been the means of preserving the original collection in its integrity: and though now seldom consulted it possesses many very valuable specimens, and has a great historical and antiquarian, as well as a scientific, interest ; as every one knows who has studied the old printed Woodwardian catalogues. The same regulations apply to the additional collections (made during the last thirty-five years) after they have been arranged and placed in the cabinets of the Museum. ‘They are then liable to Inspection, and to all its con- sequences in the annual report. | During the removal (about twelve years since) of the old, as well as the modern, collection into the new museum, it was exposed for several weeks to a great risk of loss—one or two valuable specimens disappeared ; but not, I believe, one from the original cabinets. Since then the modern additions have so far advanced in arrangement, and been so much increased by the bounty of academical friends, by purchase, and by my own la- bours, that we have now a collection of very great value, and illustrative of nearly all departments of Palzontology. What, then, is the spirit in which this Museum has been governed? With the exception of very short intervals (necessary for cleaning and repairs) it is open six days a week during the whole year—at the rate of six hours a day during the winter, and eight hours a day during the summer, months. Academical men, and strangers, and foreigners are admitted alike without restriction —may remain during all_reasonable hours—may sketch the specimens—and may turn to their own profit and in- struction the vast scientific labour that has been bestowed on the collection. Artists have, more than once, been sent down to copy specimens and portions of the great series, and their applications have never been in vain. Every possible facility has been given to their labours. In all these respects the ad- ministration of our Museum dares to challenge comparison with that of any other public museum in Europe. While any part of our vast collection has remained unarranged, I have treated it as my own property; finally, however, to be transferred to the arranged cabinets of the University; after which it becomes subject to the more stringent laws of our Mu- seum. After their arrangement in the University cabinets, I have no right to send any specimens away from the Museum. By such an act I might forfeit a very heavy bond? Not that reflecting on the University of Cambridge. 287 I have any fears of this kind; but no man of honourable feeling wishes to owe his safety to the forbearance of his friends. Spite of the regulations here alluded to, I have several times (as Professor Owen, Mr. Searles Wood, Mr. Sowerby, and Mr. Davidson and others could witness) conveyed, for a few days, very rare specimens away from our Museum to serve some scien- tific purpose. I did so in each instance meo periculo, and with- out consulting the authorities, as I thought the occasions might perhaps justify the irregularity and the risk. My honoured friend, the late Professor De Blainville, strongly urged me to send him, for examination, a very valuable specimen from the old Woodwardian cabinets, which had once formed a part of the ancient collection of Agostino Scilla. I could not comply with his request ; but I ventured to place the specimen in the custody of Professor Owen, that good drawings and casts might be made of it for M. de Blainville’s use. After the great labour, continued for more than thirty years, in the formation of our collection, the cost bestowed on its ar- rangement, the perfect liberality of its administration, and the noble descriptive and scientific catalogue of our whole Paleozoic series by M‘Coy, I little expected to hear a whisper of censure against us on the score of our Museum ; nor should I have cared one straw for any implied censure in the passage on which I have been led to comment, had it not been followed by a very unjust insinuation against my friend; and I now request the reader’s attention to his letter of explanation and defence. Professor M‘Coy’s Letter. Belfast, 26th December, 1853. My pear Sir, . In reply to your letter, relative to the observations published by MM. Milne-Edwards and Haime in p. 151 of the Third part of their Memoir on Fossil Corals, for the Paleontographical Society, reflecting unjustly on the liberality of the Cambridge Museum, and on myself, I beg to state that I published preli- minary descriptions of the new Carboniferous and Oolitic corals in the collection, in the Annals of Natural History for 1849, and that some considerable time after their publication MM. Edwards and Haime came to Cambridge to see them. I was fortunately there, and spent several hours in demonstrating all my species to them; I also showed them the drawings on stone making for our plates. They were highly complimentary on all the work that had been done, and stated that they were about preparmg a Monograph on Tertiary, and subsequently one on 288 © Prof. Sedgwick’s Reply to some Statements Oolitic Corals for the Paleeontographical Society, but had no immediate intention of touching the Paleozoic Corals. They then said they were desirous of figuring my newly-published Oolitic species, and asked whether the specimens would be sent to them on application. I said there was great difficulty about sending specimens out of the collection, but that if they wanted figures our artist should draw them in after-time if they liked, and that I would myself superintend them carefully. They were delighted with the suggestion, thanked me, pointed out all the specimens I was to get drawn, and the number and size of the figures, saying they would arrange, on their return, for Mr. Bowerbank to pay the artist. It must be want of memory, there- fore, that betrayed MM. Milne-Edwards and Haime into the statement at the top of their page 150: “We much regret not having been able to obtain the same liberal aid from the Univer- sity of Cambridge.” Their lines farther on (top of page 151) are also liable to misconception, at least ; as ordinary readers think the paragraph an insinuation that I knew nothing of these new corals till MM. Milne-Edwards and Haime asked for them, and that I hastened with them into print on “their application being rejected :”’—the plain facts being, that these gentlemen were attracted to Cambridge by my previously published descriptions of those very corals; that they had then made no application at all ; that when they came they saw our artist finishing our plates; that my part of the work was finished ; that I gave them every information in my power*, though the Cambridge work was not regularly published till after their departure. At the foot of the same page (151) MM. Milne-Edwards and Haime mutilate a note of mine (at page 17 of the Cambridge — Pal. Foss.), and thus draw so false a conclusion that they seem to have penned awilful calumny. My note referred to is—“ As these pages were passing through the press I received MM. Milne-Edwards and Haime’s great English Memoir on Corals, but at too late a period to profit materially from the new portions not previously published in the Comptes Rendus.” And yet MM. Milne-Edwards and Haime act as if the underlined, important, portion had not been written. Their note is as follows:— “This work (Cambridge Pal. Foss.) was published in May 1851, some months after the first part of our Monographie des Poly- piers des Terrains Paleozoiques, and at least a year after the distribution of the first part of our ‘ Description of the British Fossil Corals’ to all the members of the Palzontographical Society. In the beginning of his book (p. 17) Professor M‘Coy * Some of which (e.g. the existence of radiating lamelle in Michelin’s Dendropora) they published soon after in the Comptes Rendus without acknowledgement. reflecting on the University of Cambridge. 289 expresses his regret at not having become acquainted with the latter publication early enough to be able to refer to it; and we feel much gratified in seeing that the results, which Professor M‘Coy appears therefore to have obtained solely from his own observations, are often so very similar to those published by ourselves a year before ; even by a singular coincidence he often makes use of the same names for the divisions previously esta- blished in the first part of this Monograph.” With regard to the first statement here made, I got the Cam- bridge University bookseller to write to the French publisher for the exact date at which he delivered the parts of the ‘ Archives’ containing the French memoir in question (which bears no date, and had been quoted in print by MM. Milne-Edwards and Haime long before it was published) , and I received the authentic letter in reply, fixing the real date of publication as the 26th of June 1851; I did not of course receive it till July, our work being out the May previous. In their second statement, that our Cambridge Fasci- culus of May 1851 was “ published at least a year after” the First Part of their Palzontographical Memoir, they also err in a matter of fact known to every Local Secretary of the Society throughout the country ; and if they mean to deny that I only received it as the sheets on which I wrote the note were passing through the press, they again not only err in a matter of fact, but grievously err in a matter of courtesy. Here I may add, that I received the volume from the Cambridge Local Secretary on the day it was sent down by the Society to him for the members. As for the concluding part of their note, in which they try to make it appear that I used their. writings while stating that I did not know them,—I have already pointed out that, to serve this pur- pose, they have suppressed the half of my note which stated that I had profited by their previously published French writings ; and those who examine the Cambridge work will find that in it I have repeatedly referred to MM. Milne-Edwards and Haime, and their French papers on Corals in the Annales des Sciences and Comptes Rendus, of which their English work is little more than a partial translation, and that there is no ground for their insinuation, that either by a “singular coincidence ” or other- wise, their names or observations were passed for my own. In M. Milne-Edwards’s letter to you he complains only of the author’s name not being put to the Orders, Classes, or Tribes, so that his cannot be distinguished from mine or any other writer’s. I need only refer the members of the Palzontogra- phical Society to their last volume (1852), where they will find the same thing done by Prof. Forbes in his Monograph; also by King (who gives his reasons) in a former volume, and by several others ; and without wasting time with the reasons, I may say Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 290 Prof. Sedgwick’s Reply to some Statements that (except where mistakes might arise) I do not put an author’s name to any group larger or less definite than a genus, and never mean to do so. Having now refuted these aspersions at your request, which I should scarcely have done for myself, I may add, that MM. Ed- wards and Haime have figured and described, as new, in their ‘Monographie,’ several corals previously published by myself in the ‘ Annals of Natural History,’ and that the first idle time I have, I shall write a paper on this and other scientific unfair- nesses in their works, with which at present we have nothing to do. I have the honour to remain, My dear Sir, Very truly yours, Rev. Prof. Sedgwick. Freperick M‘Coy. So far as Professor M‘Coy’s letter bears upon matters of fact, I can give my unqualified testimony in its confirmation. There is not a more single-minded, honourable, and truth-loving man in the list of those whom [I rejoice to call my friends. No other English writer has more fully and fairly quoted the works of those who have preceded him in his own line of study; and no other English writer has shown the same accurate and extensive knowledge of what may be called the literature of palzontology : —I am not so rash as to offer any estimate of the comparative merits of his classification of Fossil Corals and of that given by MM. Edwards and Haime. In one respect, however, he has an apparent advantage over them, inasmuch as his labours are more directly connected with the works of the best authors who have preceded him in investigations similar to his own. In clearness of description the work on the Cambridge Paleo- zoic Corals is almost unrivalled; and the lithographic illustra- tions, if inferior to those executed at Paris in artistical touch, are by no means inferior to them in accuracy of details, and in the graphic delineation of those characters which give a true scientific meaning to the specimens. The work, when finished, will contain a careful description of every English palzozoic species in the Cambridge Museum, collected during the last thirty-two years by myself and by my friends from all the old fossiliferous strata of England. To affirm that, in a work of such great extent and difficulty, the author has fallen into no mistake or error of judgement, would be an idle boast. But I do very confidently affirm, that Professor M‘Coy began his task at Cambridge after a thorough scientific training of many previous years ;—that with acute senses sharp- ened by long experience—that with a philosophical perception reflecting on the University of Cambridge. 291 of the highest requirements of natural history, and with a patience in the endurance of continued labour which has seldom had its match, he has produced a work which entitles him to the gratitude of the University, and (I dare to add) of the scien- tific world. | Praises thus unqualified (called forth by the circumstances which have led me to take up the pen) might seem partial or exaggerated. But I know them to be well deserved; and to confirm my own words, and to prevent any misconstruction of them, I will quote the remarks upon M‘Coy’s work by Professor Bronn of Heidelberg—a great palzeontologist (as I surely need not tell the reader), and, at the same time, a very just but severe critic, who is not inconsiderate or prodigal in his words of praise : ** Dieses Werk ist ausserordentlich reich an scharfen Beobachtung- en, fleissigen Beschreibungen und von M‘Coy aufgestellten Sippen Gnd Amtegs ss oes cn Mit der auslandischen und insbesondere deutschen Literatur ist der Verfasser wohl bekannt, und er hat sie reichlich beniitzt ; das Ganze ist eine der wichtigsten Erscheinungen in der paliontologischen Literatur und fortan unentbehrlich bei allen palaozoischen Studien.” ..... *‘ This work is extraordinarily rich in acute observations, careful descriptions, and in genera and species established by M‘Coy....... The author is well acquainted with the foreign, and especially with the German literature, and has made an abundant use of it ; the whole is one of the most important appear- ances in the literature of Paleeontology, and henceforward in- dispensable in all Paleozoic studies.” (‘ Neues Jahrbuch’ by Pro- fessors Leonhard and Bronn of Heidelberg, 1853, pp. 97, 98.) During the early progress of M‘Coy’s work (though repeatedly urged to do so) I studiously abstained from giving him any scheme of tabular arrangement derived from the physical groups of the Cambrian and Silurian series. I simply gave him the general facts of superposition. He, therefore, began by arranging all the groups of fossils, below the old red sandstone, as parts of one system; and for two successive years, without a single word of interruption from myself, he described them, in the printed labels and catalogues, as Upper and Lower Silurian. In the further progress of his work he found a great palzon- tological break in the series, which led him to separate it into two Systems ; and then, for the first time, he adopted my name Cambrian for the lower of the two. Still there was an unex- plained difficulty: for in one remarkable group (called Middle Silurian in the Government Survey, and containing the greater number of the- Lower Silurian rocks of Sir R. I. Murchison) were subordinate groups of strata, some of which conformed to the Silurian, and others to the Cambrian type. My own col- lection did not seem to sanction the establishment of the so-called 19* 292 Dr. R. K. Greville on the discovery of Middle Silurian group; and on the fossil evidence in the Cam- bridge Museum Professor M‘Coy ventured to affirm his con- viction, that some great sectional or paleontological error had been committed in the establishment of the middle group. We put this conclusion to the test in 1852; and on good sectional and fossil evidence, we were enabled to break up this group into two parts, which were not only palontologically distinct, but generally unconformable one to the other. Thus the May Hill Sandstone became at length the true base (phy- sically and paleontologically) of the whole Silurian series ; and by the interpolation of that sandstone there will be no longer any real difficulty in the tabular view which will precede the Third Fasciculus*. I might here (as not by any means unconnected with the » subject of this communication) also dwell upon the great value of Professor M‘Coy’s determination of the Devonian corals, as distinguished from the Cambrian, the Silurian, and the Carbo- niferous: but I must forbear; and I hope to take up some of the subjects, here pointed at, in a future communication. XXVII.—Notice of the discovery of Desmarestia Dresnayi on the coast of Ireland. By KR. K. Grevixiz, LL.D. &c.+ [With a Plate. | Tue Alga to which this notice refers was collected towards the close of last year, at Moville, near the mouth of Lough Fyle in the north of Ireland, by William Sawers and — Morrison, Esgqrs., and communicated by the former gentleman to Professor Balfour, by whom specimens were placed in my hands for examination. It is a form quite new to the British flora ; and as its affinity is involved in some obscurity, its discovery on our shores is in- yested with considerable interest. Specimens transmitted to the celebrated French cryptogamist, Dr. Montagne, have been pro- nounced by him to be identical with an Alga found by himself at Fort St. Sebastian in 1823, and published in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ for 1842, p. 251. t. 7. f. 2, under the name of Desmarestia pinnatinervia. Dr. Montagne obtained only a single individual, scarcely more than 4 inches high, fully 2 inches wide, and truncate; being evidently an abnormal development. M. Cronan has likewise met with it, though rarely, at Brest, and regards it as a variety of Desmarestia Dresnayi‘of Lamouroux, * Memoir read before the Geological Society of London, Nov. 3, 1852. + Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, January 12, 1854. Desmarestia Dresnayi on the coast of Ireland. 293 described and figured in the ‘ Dictionnaire des Sciences Natu- relles,’ t. xiii. p. 105, the figure being half the natural size. Professor J. Agardh—the most recent authority—in his great work, ‘Species, Genera et Ordines Algarum,’ refers both the above Alge to varieties of Desmarestia ligulata, but still includes D. pinnatinervia among his “ Species inquirende,” with the ad- ditional remark, “ videtur pars inferior frondis latioris Desma- restiz ligulate.” a . D. Dresnayi, Lam., which was published in 1819, was found on the French coast. It has a slender stipes about half an inch high, which immediately gives off two lateral fronds about 2 feet long and 1 to 2 inches broad, linear-lanceolate, with a fine longitudinal nerve and very delicate opposite lateral nerves, which are sometimes forked. The margin is sinuate, more or less toothed, and towards the base some of the lateral nerves are prolonged into very short leaves of the same form as the frond, thus manifesting a tendency to the pinnate development charac- teristic of the genus. The colour is described as olivaceous, and the substance membranaceous. D. pinnatinervia, jadging from the figure given by Dr. Mon- tagne, has so close a resemblance to D. Dresnayt, that were the two side branches in the figure of the latter plant removed, the remaining central portion (which appears to have been shortened © by some injury) would be almost a fac-simile of it. The cha- racter of the nervation and of the margin is precisely the same in both—so also is the stipes, the colour and the substance. The frond, however, is quite simple, and Dr. Montagne compares it to large specimens of Laminaria debilis. With regard now to the Irish plants, they appear to constitute an intermediate link between the two forms above mentioned. They have a slender well-defined stipes half an inch long or more, a linear-lanceolate frond from 12 to 18 inches long and 2 to 4 inches broad, the margin more or less sinuate and den- tate. An exceedingly fine but very perceptible nerve runs from the base to the apex, from which, lateral ones opposite, and fre- quently forked, are given off at intervals of nearly a quarter of an inch. These lateral veins, which are somewhat inconspicuous, at least in the dried specimens, terminate in the marginal den ticulations. Mr. Sawers observes, that the colour in the fresh state is that of a Laminaria, while the substance is thinner. That gentleman also describes the margin in one or two specimens as slightly proliferous ; bringing the plant so very near to D. Dres- nayt, that I do not see how the two can be separated; and the latter name having the priority must be retained, if they are to be considered as distinct from D. ligulata. It must be confessed that the transition from the ordinary 294 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic narrow and decompound state of D. ligulata, as it occurs on the British. coast, to that of the Alga under consideration, is very re- markable ; and as far as I know, intermediate states have not occurred. But Professor J. Agardh speaks of the frond of some French specimens of D. ligulata as an inch in breadth. Professor J. Agardh’s var. 8. (D. herbacea, Lamx.) and var. ry. (Sporochnus herbaceus, var. firma, Ag. Syst.) do not at all agree in their pin- nated forms and spinuloso-serrate margin with our plant; and if his conjecture should eventually prove to be correct, it would be difficult to adduce a more extraordinary deviation from a specific type. It might be described as var. 6. subsimplex. In the mean time a figure (Pl. XIV. fig. 1) of so interesting an Alga will, it is hoped, be not unacceptable to the British botanist. XXVITI.—On the Mechanism of Aquatic Respiration and on the Structure of the Oryans of Breathing in Invertebrate Animals. By Tuomas Witu1ams, M.D. Lond., Licentiate of the Royal College of Physicians, formerly Demonstrator on Structural Anatomy at Guy’s Hospital, and now of Swansea. [With two Plates. | (Continued. from p- 200.) Tue epidermal skeleton of the Arthropoda is histologically pe- culiar. Chitine was first defined by Odier*. In the year 1845 it was more fully investigated by C. Schmidt+. By Lassaigne it has been distinguished under the name of Hndomaderm : it is a proximate principle which resembles cellulose. Both are inso- luble in caustic potass. Nitrogen however is present in chitine and absent in cellulose: it is the animal basis of the integu- mentary structures of Insects and Crustacea. It is a principle of low vital properties. To the presence of this substance is pro- bably to be ascribed the fact, already mentioned as extraordinary, of the universal absence of vibratile cilia from al/ the structures of Insects and Crustacea. And why is vibratility not a pro- perty of those organized parts of which chitine is the proximate basis? The very definedness of this question marks an advance in the real science of physiology. Effect is linked to its true cause, attribute to its right substratum, function to its imme- diate instrument. Chitine is produced under two distinct con- ditions : in Insects it occurs under the circumstances of atmo- spheric respiration, in Crustacea under those of the aquatic. * Mém. de la Soe. d’Hist. Nat. de Paris, 1823, p. 29. t Zur Vergleich. Physiol. d. Wirbellos. Thiere, p. 32. A SR ee ee ee ee ees hs pe S| ee ra gen oy : Ann. te Mag Nat. Hist. S. 2. Volx3.PLXVI. ae cnt Bila cry Se Oe Sine 8 Pe, +5 daa Deed Ssintersneetntinnsniseppeme A EE f OS a Mav EEO enemas, J Bastre, sc. Ne Ann. be Mag. Nat Hist. 5. 2.No\.33..PU XVI. “ ES ee ee eee en \ ‘ Z. 4 Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 295 The external machinery of the process of breathing, however unlike the constituent parts, or different the principle of its action, does not therefore appear to involve any difference in the ultimate products of the nutritive actions of the organism. The suppression of motive cilia in the Arthropoda is the signal of the saving of power. The economized force is diverted to other purposes. The nervous and vascular centres are raised in standard: the whole muscle-system is augmentedly developed, and the secernent organs are woven into more complex structures. The presence of chitine in the dermal skeleton of the Articulata entails a distinctive character upon the periphery of the circu- latory system. Contractile vessels cannot exist in the substance of an incontractile solid. This segment of the circulation of Insects should be studied with special reference to this point. When the skeleton is very thick, it is composed of a series of superimposed lamine, between which are tunnelled certain chan- nels, as in bone, for the conveyance of the nutritive fluid. in the centre of the larger of these channels trachez may be de- monstrated*. The true epidermis of Insects is always and universally com- posed of a tessellated hexagonally-celled epithelium. The ana- tomical characters of the ultimate blood-channels of Insects will be most successfully studied in the corresponding parts of the circulatory apparatus of the Crustacea. The same ‘description essentially applies to both. Crustacea. Every Crustacean is a water-breathing, every Insect an air- breathing animal. To this rule there can be found no real, many apparent, exceptions. In the system of the Crustacean there exist no water trachee. Although the Crustacean is an insect breathing water, the mechanism contrived to accomplish the process is comparable in no single particular with that used in the instance of the Insect breathing air. In the former plan there is no wonder-striking singularity. The apparatus employed is common to every aquatic animal. The organs of breathing in every true crustacean conform essentially to the aquatic type. Though some species seem to enjoy the power of respiring on the atmospheric plan, the apparatus used fulfils the requirements of the branchial principle. One typal form of blood-corpuscle prevails throughout all the species of this class. The fluid, in the embryonic state, as in the larvee of Insects, and antecedently to the evolution of the branchiz and the heart, presents a description of corpuscle dif- ferent from that which afterwards in the same animal charac- * See Histological Catalogue by Prof. Quekett. 296 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aguatic terizes the adult fluid. The former is a real chylaqueous com- pound, is moved by means of the general muscles of the body, and undergoes the change of aération without the intervention of any special organs. Central parts of the Circulatory System. In this class the heart occurs under the character either of a saccular vesiculiform viscus, or under that of the vasiform or tubular. In the higher species, in which the organ is partly branchial and partly systemic, it is the point of departure of an arterial system of distinctly walled pulsatile tubes which in the lower becomes abortive. It is placed in the axis of the body, directly under the shell, at the anterior part of the back, and is often attached to the internal surface of the dermal skeleton by mus- cular fibres: it is the chief propelling power of the blood. In the Siphonostoma and Lophyropoda it is a simple sac, either spheroidal or elongated in figure: it has only two orifices, a venous behind and an arterial in front. This organ in the Deca- pods, occupying the middle of the cephalothorax and star-shaped, _ passes off into arteries in front, behind and below, the returning venous blood entering through orifices at the upper and lateral portions. In the Poecilopoda, Isopoda, Amphipoda and Lemodi- poda it is tubular in form, and occupies the mid-region of the dorsum, sends off arteries before, behind and laterally, and re- ceives the venous blood through lateral venous orifices. It is most highly developed in the Stomapoda. In the Phyllopoda it approaches the Myriapodal chambered type. In the lower Crustacea the blood passes from the heart di- rectly into intervisceral lacune: no defined vessels exist. In the higher, in which the organ is unarticulated and more cen- tralized, arterial trunks occur; after a short course they are lost in the interstices of the tissues. The venous currents converge from the lower part of the body into various intercommunicating sinuses, situated some upon the median line and others at the base of the appendages. From these sinuses the blood proceeds to the branchiz and thence into the dorsal sinus, the walls of which are thin and non-contractile, and within which the heart is entirely enclosed. This dorsal sinus is filled during the systole, and the arte- rialized blood which it contains is absorbed during the diastole through the venous orifices of the heart without any aid on the part of the walls of the sinus *. * See Anatomy of the Invertebrata, by Siebold, translated by Burnett, for very copious bibliographic references on the literature of this and all other classes of Invertebrated animals. Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 297 General descriptive Anatomy of the Branchial Organs. The ultimate questions of structures will be more advan- ~ tageously studied if preceded by a few general statements as to the more prominent characters of the organs dedicated to the office of respiration. The Siphonostoma, Lophyropoda, and many Stomapoda present no special branchial organs. Those of the Lemodipoda and some Stomapoda are reduced to a few vesicular or cylindrical, sometimes wholly rudimentary appendages which hang freely from the base of some of the feet, or. are inserted isolatedly at the sides of the body (Pl. XVIII. fig.1). The Phyllopoda are provided at the base of each of their swim- ming feet with an ovoid or lanceolate branchial lamella: it is distinguished from the feet by the absence of bristles. It is only the first and last pairs of feet in the Amphipoda which are modified into respiratory organs. In the Isopoda the five pairs of post-abdominal feet are nearly always concerned exclusively in the office of breathing. The two multi-articulate cirri of each of these feet are changed into plates (Pl. XVII. figs. 4& 5), which directed backwards, are im- bricatedly arranged and applied against the under surface of the last caudal segment. In shape these plates differ according to the species. Intermediate between the Isopoda and Decapoda, the Poecilopoda in their branchial organs partake of the charac- teristics of both. Inserted on the abdominal feet they resemble those of the first order; lamellar in figure they approach the branchiz of the Decapods. The respiratory organs of some Stomapoda (Pl. XVII. fig. 3) are evolved in the highest degree ; they consist of tubular tufts arranged around a stalk, and float freely in the external medium. In anatomical structure they fall under the type of those of the Lobster (fig. 8). In Squilla these tufts exist on the ten anterior feet. The branchiz of the Decapods are attached to the bases of the anterior abdominal feet, lodged in a branchial chamber, and protected by the cephalothorax. The most developed form of the breathing apparatus in the Crustaceans occurs in the Deca- pods. In this order not only is the function thrown upon par- ticular organs entirely set apart for the purpose, but these organs are lodged and protected within a special cavity; and the re- newal of the water necessary to their operation is secured by the motion of distinct appendages or flabellz. The thoracic cavity is formed by a reduplication of the external tegument, and is pro- vided with two orifices, one for the introduction and the other for the expulsion of the fluid. Through these orifices a constantly renewed supply of water is made to pass by the agency of a large 298 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic valve-like organ, placed in the efferent canal, which by its move- ments drives a continual current from behind forwards, or from within outwards, and thus occasions a constant ingress through the afferent opening: this organ is the flabellum. It is the modified appendage of the second pair of feet-jaws, specially developed to answer this purpose. The perfect contact of the water with the respiratory surface is further ensured by the actions of the flabelliform appendages of the other maxillary or ambulatory member, which in most Decapods penetrate into the branchial cavity, and incessantly sweep and comb over the surface of the branchie. The membrane lining the branchial chamber in some land Crabs, which not only habitually live out of water, but are infallibly drowned if immersed in that fluid, is sometimes “disposed in folds capable of acting as reservoirs for a considerable quantity of water, and sometimes presents a spongy texture equally well adapted for storing up the fluid which is necessary to keep the organs of respiration in the state of humidity re- quired for the performance of their functions*. The preceding cursory account is offered only as an introduc- tion to that narrative of original details which is now to follow. An exact inquiry into the circumferential circulation of the Crustacea will serve to elucidate the apparatus of the blood- system as it exists in the Insect organism. It is only by a minute scrutiny into the last extreme of the blood-current, that the physiologist can penetrate the mystery of the nutrimental act and the ultimate mechanism of the respiratory process. No opportunity is more favourable than that offered in the example of the Crustacea ;—the structures are transparent; the blood- current is obvious to the eye ; every element of structure may be readily reduced to its last analysis. Minute Anatomy of the Peripheral Blood-channels and Branchial Organs. In nearly all species the primary blood-channels, both venous and arterial, are circumscribed by a special membrane which is a distinct and-separable structure. The arterial trunks are con- tractile ; they embrace closely the contained fluid. The muscle- tissue present in the parietes of the heart extends evidently to those of the arteries. The veins are non-contractile; their walls adhere externally to the solid parts, amid which they lie; they cannot therefore contract in transverse diameter ; they are pas- sive conduits, the arterial are active. . The arterial and venous trunks are lined internally by an extremely fine hexagonally- celled epithelium (Pl. XVIII. figs. 2,3,4). The cells present re- * See Carpenter’s Principles of Comparative Physiology. Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 299 markable regularity in size and outline. They are not detectable on the internal walls of the parenchymatous passages which coincide with the capillary segment. The blood-channels are therefore here imparietal. The epithelium ceases where the spe- cial boundary of the artery ceases ; it begins again at the limit denoting the origin of the true veins. This hexagonally-celled epithelium is the prevailing envelope or lining of all organs and cavities in the Crustacea. It betrays no other diversities than those which depend upon the size and distinctness of the contained cell-granules. The cells are never furnished with a nucleus. The granules are in the interior of the cells, and adhere internally to the cell-wall. A different opinion is expressed how- ever by Professor Quekett : he describes the granules as belong- ing to the underlying structures. The error of this description may be placed beyond doubt by the reagency of acetic acid. Dr. Carpenter denies the existence of cells in the epidermis, In the adult Crab, for some time after the moulting has taken place, that is, after the shell has become hard, it is, as this author states, impossible to detect the cellular arrangement of the membrane exterior to the calcareous layer. The cells seem to have been mechanically worn away. Soon after the moulting however, the presence of cel/s in the epidermis of the carapace, for instance, admits of easy demonstration. The hexagonally-celled epithelium is an element of varied use | and great importance in the crustacean organism ; it constitutes real boundaries everywhere of the extreme or capillary circula- tion (Pl. XVIII. fig. 5). Plates (a, 5) are formed by the ap- position of its constituent cells laid accurately edge to edge: these plates are united by interposed islets or patches of paren- chyma (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1, a). Between the latter are left large, irregularly and angularly bounded. passages, traversed by the extreme blood-currents (fig. 1, 6). The islets of paren- chyma consist of a variable number of nucleated cells, filled obviously with the fluid elements of the blood. The groups differ in size and outline in different organs. They are some- times embraced by a common capsule: in such a case the latter would constitute the real boundary of the blood-channel. As such a capsule is the independent envelope of a detached group of cells, rather than the continuous boundary of a conduit, how- ever irregular in form and outline, it cannot with any anatomical propriety be defined as the wall of the latter. The epidermal plates, between which the blood-passages are disposed, are in- flexible, firm, non-contractile. “‘ Membranous parietes”’ of blood- vessels adherent internally to these plates could not contract upon the contained fluid without approximating the plates. Such an effect would imply a strong muscular effort. No 300 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic muscles exist in these extreme situations. No separate vascular membranes bound the peripheric blood-currents; therefore no “ capillaries”? exist in the Crustacea. The fact then is now susceptible of general expression, that in the articulated animals, most certainly in Insects and Crustacea, the peripheral circula- tion in consequence of the presence of a firm unbending epider- mal skeleton, cannnot by mechanical possibility be any other than it is, namely a profusion of irregularly subdivided streams, traversing angularly bounded passages in fixed non-contractile inflexible solids. An exception to this axiom may exist in the example of some of the internal organs—probably in the musculo- glandular walls of the alimentary canal, certainly not in the liver of the Crustacea, as will be afterwards shown. Let now these general anatomical facts be applied to the ana- lysis of the branchial organs in their several varieties in this class, or to the mechanism of the respiratory act, where there exists to this end no separate provision. : The araneiform Crustaceans are furnished with no separate respiratory organs. Almost every English systematic writer de- scribes the Pycnogonide as destitute of a true circulating system*, This is an error. In Pycnogonum the existence of a dorsal vessel lying on the dorsal aspect of the stomach may be readily demonstrated. The blood follows the cecal diverticula of the stomach into the legs; it returns by separate channels along. the ventral aspect of the ceeca into an auricular division of the heart. The peripheral blood-currents do not subdivide. The solids are not permeated by subdivided capillary currents. Every- thing beyond the main stream is cyclosis—that is, non-corpus- cular fluid passes by endosmose from cell to cell. This extra- vascular movement of fluid plays a part in the nutrition of the _ solid structures of Invertebrata, of which the frequency and the extent are by no means yet rightly estimated by the physiologist. The floating corpuscles of the blood never pass beyond the walls of the proper vessels: they never reappear de novo in the fluid beyond the vessels. In the latter region the fixed cells impress upon the blood required changes. But this extra-vascular fluid after leaving the vessel, may unquestionably undergo the process of aération. This is exemplified in the Pycnogonidz, in which the blood-current is so little subdivided. In this group the floating corpuscles are relatively to the size of the animal very large. They conform to. the crustacean type; they are granular and nucleated, suspended in a clear, colourless fluid. They move in * «Tn one of the most degraded forms of the class, we revert to the sim- plest possible type of the circulating apparatus ; even the dorsal vessel, which is so characteristic of the Articulata, being apparently deficient in the Pycnogonidee.’’—Dr. Carpenter’s Principles, &c., p. 695. Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 301 a definite orbit. This fact alone proves the presence of a heart — if the fluid constituted a chylaqueous system its movements would be oscillatory. . The Entomostracous Crustacea present few diversities as re- gards the number and disposition of the parts dedicated to the office of breathing. In every species the feet are found to. be modified parts. The circulating system is crustacean, not insect- like, in type. The dorsal vessel is a simple tube; it is in no instance moniliform ; it is no¢ multiplied by valves into indepen- dent contractile chambers. The peripheral circulation is lacunar, not capillary*. In the Branchiopodide the articulations of the feet expand foliaceously. An augmented surface is thus created. It is utilized respiratorily. By the ceaseless action of the legs a current in the surrounding element is maintained, which is ap- plied to the purposes of respiration. In every order of Ento- mostracous Crustacea the extreme circulation coincides precisely . in every particular with that afterwards to be described in the higher Crustacea. . Every appendage of the body is subservient to the function of breathing. ‘ In the families Nebaliadee and Branchiopodide, the abdominal appendages of which are foliaceous, currents of blood can be traced by aid of the corpuscles, traversing irregular passages which coincide with great exactness with those so easily seen in the corresponding appendages of the Macrourous Decapods. In several genera of the familiar Daphniade, and Lynceidz, the extreme blood-curreénts in almost every part of the body can be clearly defined by the eye. In every foot, in every foliaceous appendage, in the very bristles, the act of aération is accom- plished. The blood-corpuscles in all Entomostraca are crusta- cean in type and structure. They are small in number rela- tively to the bulk of the blood. In Caprella linearis (Pl. XVII. fig. 6), a filiform crustacean, common in the Bay of Swansea, two membranous processes (a) depend from the under surface of the abdomen. By Milne- Edwards they are said to be vesicular. They are really flat. A single current of blood courses round the circumference (0! d). The centre of the lamina is parenchymatous. These organs exemplify a principle in the organization of the Crustacea. They prove how little is the measure of the respiratory function in the Crustacea, compared with the high nervous development and active muscularity of these animals. * The general facts stated in the text may be verified most readily by the examination of any of the numerous Entomostraca which inhabit our freshwater pools. Microscopic in size, they admit of being easily sub- mitted to inspection. 302 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic No sete or bristles of any description are added to these - simple organs. They are enveloped in an exquisitely-attenuated tessellated epithelium. It preserves its tenuity without a sacrifice of stiffness. These organs are very readily converted into vesicles by compressing the body of the animal. The force of the fluids separates the parallel lamine, and converts a plane into a sac. They are moved by muscles at the base; they are attached: to the second and third segments of the thorax. The action of the water upon them is auxiliated by flabelle. They exhibit the apparatus of breathing under the characters of the greatest simplicity. The common Talitrus will serve to illustrate the anatomy of the branchial parts in the Amphipodan family. The thoracic limbs are commonly said to be transformed into branchiz at their bases. The depending edges of the dorsal plates (the epimeral pieces of the tergal arc) are however much more suitably or- ganized than the proximal articulations of the legs (Pl. XVIII. fig.1,c). They are penetrated by a very dense system of canals (6, c). .The epidermis is reduced to an extremely thin and transparent lamina. The component. hexagonal cells may be readily observed (fig. 2). The outer or epidermal lamina” is united to the opposite parallel lamina by dots of parenchyma (a). The blood streams in the intermediate passages (6). These parts therefore correspond in ultimate structure in the most exact manner with leaves of the branchiz of the Crab. The bases of the legs are filled with muscle fasciculi. In Talitrus, as in all Crustacea, the blood-currents are large and few in number. No setz or bristles of any sort belong to these lateral branchial plates. The respiratory current is maintained by the action, which is ceaseless, of the three pairs of abdominal prolegs. In several orders of this family the flabelle of the abdominal ap-. pendages are converted into branchie (Pl. XVII. figs. 4&5)., In minute structure they coincide with the lateral respiratory plates of Talitrus. From these parts, when thus specialized for breathing, bristles.are absent. The associated palp excites the aérating current. In the family of Stomapoda, the species of which are rarely found in the British seas, each segment of the abdomen is fur- nished with a pair of broad natatory feet, the basilar joint being quadrilateral (Pl. XVII. fig. 3, a), each bearing two lamellar branches (d), the exterior of which gives attachment on its posterior face, and close to the peduncle, to a tufted branchia (6). The minute structure of the branchial tubuli conforms in every respect with those of the Lobster, afterwards to be described. Each tubule is traversed in its centre by an afferent column of blood, which breaks out into a network along the circumference Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 303 on its return to the proximal extremity. They are admirably fitted for the intended purpose. The respiratory organs in the Decapod Crustaceans manifest the highest specialization. They are fixed to the sides of the thorax, and lodged artfully in expressly provided thoracic chambers. . Two types of structure prevail among this class, the tubular or cylindrical, and the laminar. Both forms are exemplified in the Macrourous decapods. The tubular is less common than the laminar. Scyllarus, Palinurus, Gebia, and Homarus are genera which afford examples of the cylindrical or tubular ; in Astacus the tubules of the branchize are less numerous, and are disposed only on two of the sides of the branchial shaft, having a pinnate appearance ; those tubules which are inserted on the coxe are terminated by a thm, multiplicate, lamelliform dilata- tion, and resemble in structure an ordinary branchial lamella. The coxe in- Homarus and Palinurus are provided with a plate-like process inserted at the side of the coxal branchia. It is of a leathery consistence, and covered with numerous hairs. The presence of these bristles proves that it cannot participate in the process of respiration. It is probably only a septum of sepa- ration between the branchize. In Aristeus, in which the branchize are sixteen in number on either side, they are penniform. They are composed of a shaft, from which pass off right and left numerous curled filaments, whose convex borders are covered by tufts of very delicate, densely packed, branchial cylinders. The second or lamellar type of branchia occurs in all the Bra- chyura and Anomura, and in the genus Galathea among the Macroura. This type prevails also in the genera Palemon, Hip- polyte, Alpheus, Peneus, Crangon*. : | The familiar Lobster affords the best example of the first or cylindrical type of branchiz. They consist of plumose pyra- midal processes, enclosed in a thoracic cavity, and provided with peculiar flabelle. The latter subserve the twofold use of agi- tating the water and cleansing, and separating the minute tubercles of which the organs are composed. In number the branchize vary in different species. They amount to 20 in Asta- cus, and in the most nearly allied species. In other Macroura the number falls. In the Palinuri, Scyllari and Peneus it is 18 ; in Pandalus, 12; in the Calianasse, 10; in the Palemons, 8; 7 only in the Crangons, Hippolytes, and Sergestes. In the Lobster, the Crawfish, in Nethrops, Palinurus, and the Scuyllarus, the branchiz are subdivided most elaborately into minute tubular * Ann. d. Se. Nat. xi. 1827, pl. 26, and xi. 1839, pl. 3. fig. 1, pl. 4. figs, 1-4. 304: Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic or cylindrical processes, which diverge at right angles from the axis of support, in which the main afferent and efferent channels of the blood are lodged. The gill of the Lobster (Pl. XVII. fig. 8) expresses, typically, the general and minute structure of the branchial organs of al/ the above-enumerated genera. They con- sist of fourteen separate organs, disposed in two alternate series, and lodged in a thoracic cavity. Hach gill, conical in general figure, resolves itself into a multitude of small tubes (fig. 8, a”), proceeding from the sides of the axis. In a transverse section, it will be seen that the large afferent trunk (a), running up one side of the axis of the whole gill, sends off a minute branch to each » lateral tubule (a). A single tubule (B) has then its afferent vessel, which runs along its central axis (B, 6). The sides of this afferent vessel are cribriform, so that the blood readily escapes at every point of its course into the*loose lacunose tissue (C) and (B, c) which forms the circumference of the tubule, and through which the blood returns to the efferent or venous trunk (B, c). The blood-corpuscle thus runs round the circumference of a cylinder. This latter represents the area and period of-aération. It corresponds with a plane surface equal in length to such circum- ference. There is not, therefore, either functionally or structurally, any real difference between the cylindrical branchial filament and the leafy variety of this organ. The walls of the tubule are per- fectly smooth. The hexagonal cells of the epidermis are detect- able at the extreme outermost coat. These cells differ from those of the ordinary epidermis in nothing but in the fact of their greater tenuity. The islets of the included parenchyma are composed of nucleated cells. They are nourished by the branchial blood. The presence of these masses of living solids in the midst of the blood-current, at the very point at which the latter is undergoing aération, concludes the controversy as to the capacity of the fluid in such place and time, at one and the same period to receive oxygen and to nourish the parenchy- matous tissue. Here it is accomplished. The question why, in the Lobster and its kindred, nature should resort to this curious method of multiplying ‘and subdividing the branchie, illustrates the unsearchableness of ultimate causes. In the Lobster, as in the Crab, two orders of flabelle exist. The first consists of a whip-like process, moved by powerful muscles, and guarding the owélet of the branchial chamber (PI. XVIII. fig. 9. shows the minute structure of extreme end). By its regular movements, a determinate current of water flows out- ward. The edges and flat surfaces of this marvellous instrument are profusely armed with secondary instruments (P1. XVIII. fig.9), matchless for their beauty, surprising as means to an intendedend. The external or horizontal flabellum is sufficiently long to sweep ; Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 305 vertically over the whole group of gills. From its position and structure, it can affect only the outermost surfaces of these organs. If this instrument were a simple, flat, smooth-edged process, it is easy to conceive, that during its motion over the branchiz from above downwards, the component tubuli of the latter could not by mechanical possibility be separated so as to favour the rush between them of the aérating element. This difficult pur- pose is accomplished by an inimitable contrivance. The flabellum is covered in rich profusion with minute, flexible, mop-like threads (fig. 8, H). At the distal extremity of each seta or bristle, a group of minute flexible processes are added. A structure of so great singularity cannot be misinterpreted. The purpose which they are designed to fulfil cannot be mistaken. They constitute artfully-adapted provisions for cleansing, mopping, separating, agitating the constituent filaments of the branchie. No other description of instruments would answer the same ends. They are not merely substitutes for cilia. Cilia would simply effect the rapid renewal of the aérating element. They answer the manifold uses enumerated. Another variety of seta is inter- mixed with the former on the same flabellum. It consists of a sword-shaped process (fig. 8, f), less flexible than the former, from the edges of which secondary, acute, minutely-delicate points arise at an obtuse angle. They are designed only to act in one direction. They are situated chiefly on the margins of the fla- bellum (D). They exist on those placed vertically between the gills, as well as on that long whip-like flabellum which acts hori- zontally in the branchial cavity. They are less fitted to wipe the surface of the tubules than to catch at their edges when swiftly drawn over or between them. Thus they separate and mo- mentarily hold apart the slender filaments of the branchiz. Nearer to the root of each of these setz, and only on one side, a second system of angular teeth occurs, which are turned back- wards towards the root (Pl. XVII. fig. 9, C, E, D). They are thus capable of acting in a direction the reverse of the serrations placed on the extremity of the same seta. The mop-like variety of sete does not exist on the flabella of those Crustacea the branchiz of which are leafy or laminar. Under the latter circumstances they would prove ineffective as cleansing utensils. They could perform no mechanical work on passing between smooth parallel laminz. Between cylin- drical filaments they act far otherwise. Nothing can surpass the efficiency of the contrivance. There exists such an evidently suitable relation between the structure and form not only of the flabella, but of their minutest hairs, and the shape and figure of the branchiz in the same subject, that the incomparable inge- nuity with which these little implements are adapted to the exact Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 20 306 . Dr. T. Willams on the Mechanism of Aquatic office to be discharged can only be appreciated by studying them in their connexions. The flabellum, examined in its general structure, is a machinery no less remarkable. It consists of two horny parallel plates (Plate XVIII. fig. 9, 6, c). Between these plates there travel with great regularity radiating currents of blood (f). The currents are separated by muscular fascicles (e), observing a similar dispo- sition. The latter are levers of great power. Along the margins of the flabella the blood returns in large obvious channels. It is worthy of the special attention of the physiologist, that from these currents there proceed outwards at right angles minute streams traversing the axis of each microscopic seta (a). The fluid in these exists as a single column, sometimes as a flux and reflux stream moving in lacune (fig.7,a). It does not ad- vance and return along different conduits. In other words, the hollow axis of the seta is not divided by a longitudinal partition into two channels. It isa single tube. The blood in these parts moves in a flux and reflux manner. These little appendages, the structure of which is so accessible to the eye, express with great clearness the method in which constantly, in all invertebrated animals, the nutritive fluids reach the collateral recesses, the by- parts of the solids. In the Lobster, the biliary tubules (PJ. X VIII. fig. 10) resemble strikingly in structure the branchial. To esta- blish further the manner in which, in the crustacean organism, the blood is related to the organized parts, it were at this place not inappropriate to allude incidentally to the minute anatomy of the liver-follicle of the Crustacea. It is a simple tube (fig. 10), having two coats embracing one another concentrically (f). Be- tween these coats the blood flows in irregularly-bounded channels, forwards on one side, or half, and reversely on the other. The hollow axis is filled by the secreted product (c,g,h). It is the commencement of the excretory duct. The epithelial cells of the outer coat are the same at every stage of the tubule (a). Those of the inner (e) begin to change in character as the ex- treme cecal end of the tubule is approached. At first they are hexagonal and flat; by degrees they bulge; they become filled more and more with fluid, until at length they become sphe- roidal (6). They form a layer of several series deep. This end of the follicle, as supposed by Mr. Goodsir, is really the pro- ducing or secretive centre. The blood pervades irregular pass- ages tunnelled between the spheroidal cells (0). The fluid elements of the blood pass from the blood-channels into the interior of the modified epithelial cells. From the latter it exudes into the hollow axis of the tubule (c). This is the act of secretion! The fixed cells impress upon the fluid by which they are traversed a tendency to change, a disposition to combine Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 307 its elements anew. This change continues after the fluid escapes from the cells, beyond the pale of the living solids. The oil-cells (c) in the axis of the follicle are not organized cells, as represented by Dr. Leidy. They are mechanically-formed oil- and albumen- cells (g). The chemical change proceeds in the secreted product, without the direct agency of cells, as it flows from the distal to the proximal end of the tubule*. The yellow colour (h, d) is not developed until the product reaches nearly the middle of the tubule. The process of respiration can only be resolved to its last analysis by first determining with exactness the manner in which other vital nutritive acts are accomplished. The endosmose of gases requires that the partition should be thin (PI. XVIII. fig. 5, a, 6), the epithelial cells compressed and attenuated, and all unnecessary contents withdrawn; the dct of fluid secretion de- mands the presence of the reverse conditions (fig.10, 6): such con- trasted reasoning must prove directive to the thoughtful reader. Induction founded on contrasts serves often best to establish the principia of a science. The branchiz of the Anomourous Crustacea are arranged in the thoracic chamber in alternate series of fourteen in number. The chamber is open along the whole extent of its inferior boundary. To this circumstance is to be ascribed the absence in these Crustaceans of the flabella. They are not required. The influx and efflux of the water into the respiratory cavity are without such assistance unimpededly rapid. Propelling and guiding instruments would here prove a useless incumbrance. The gills in the Paguride are composed of lamin. They are four- sided pyramids in shape. ‘The respiratory leaflets are arranged however in a bipyramidal manner (Pl. XVII. fig. 7, B); that is, a wide channel. (between f and g, fig. 7, B), coimciding with the length of the gill and with the primary blood-vessels, lies between the rows of leaflets which are built up on each side of the axis. Along this groove (fig. 9, a, fig. 7, d) rushes a current of water, descending along the gill on one side and ascending on the other. The ascent occurs on the inner side. The minutely- divided streams of water, which directly operate on the respi- ratory lamin (or cylinders, as the case may be), connect these two main vertical currents by horizontally passing between the branchial leaves. If these fimnines were to become adherent through the absence of moisture, the respiratory process could no * I have not attempted in the text, because it would be out of place, to compare the results of my own investigations on the structure of the liver- follicle of the Crustacea with those of Mr. Goodsir and Dr. Leidy. Such comparison must be made by the future student. I venture to think that neither the structure of the hepatic follicle nor the process of secretion has ever before been placed in so clear a light. 20* 308 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic longer proceed. Thus the Crustacean dies rapidly in perfectly dry air ; but if, in the branchial chamber, a sufficient proportion of humid vapour exist, the gaseous oxygen of the air (when the animal is out of water) is dissolved, and the breathing proceeds as efficiently as if the animal were still revelling in its native ele- ment. This mechanism explains the capacity with which many Crustacea are gifted, of living almost as well in air as in water. This apparent amphibious power does not prove that when in air they really breathe on the atmospheric plan, but that the oxygen of the air which is admitted into the branchial chamber is fluzdi- - fied by the moisture which still remains in this cavity. The mechanism of the respiratory process, even under such circum- stances, is really aquatic in type. In ultimate structure the branchial laminz in the gills of the Hermit Crab (Pl. XVII. fig. 7, B), conform exactly with those of the Brachyurous orders, subsequently to be explained. The coats of the axial branchial vessel in the Hermit Crab are smooth, and destitute of those hooks which are distributed so systemati- cally over those of the common edible Crab (Pl. XVIII. fig. 6). The hooks are not required because there are no flabella. The sete (Pl. XVII. fig. 7, M) which depend from the roof of the branchial cavity of the former present the mop-like character of those already described in the Lobster. In the Brachyurous orders, exemplified by the vulgar edible Crab, the gills are constructed on the leafy or laminar principle (Pl. XVII. fig. 9, A). They stand vertically in the containing chamber. The leaves on each gill are arranged in two series (a), one on either side of the longitudinal blood-channels. The shape of the ultimate leaves differs in different species. In some they are semilunar ; in others they are reniform, in others pointed, &c.; in all they leave deep grooves for the free play of the branchial current from the root to the apex of the gill, and from the apex to the root on the other side. The streams passing horizontally between the leaflets connect the two main longitudinal currents. Thus the water-currents on the outside of the branchiz observe the same distribution and division as the blood in the interior. The structure of the branchial laminz admits of resolution to the very last elements of organic structure. They are incon- ceivably slender and delicate. The most cautious attempt to inject the gills converts the leaf into a bag, the lamina into a sac, so delicately are the plates held together; but though thus atte- nuated in the extremest degree, each lamina consists of two opposed plates. These plates are composed exclusively of a single layer of epithelial cells, hexagonal in outline, and adjusted edge to edge. Under the highest power of the microscope they exhibit minute Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 809 granules (Pl. XVIII. fig. 4). Neither tubercles, nor sete, nor hooks, nor teeth such as those of the cells of the epidermis of insects, occur on any part of their surfaces or edges. The flat surfaces and edges are perfectly smooth. ‘The laminz are slightly thicker immediately around the vessels than near the margins. In the former situation the intermediate parenchyma is slightly thicker than in the latter. The microscope readily resolves these patches of solid tissue to their last elements (Pl. X VIII. fig.5). They are cells, generally but not always bearing nuclei, and frequently oil-globules. They are enveloped by a common capsule, but not always so. They are filled with a colourless fluid, which reaches them imme- diately from the contiguous blood-current. . Their office is simply and purely mechanical. They connect together the parallel epithelial lamine.. They divide the blood- stream. They exhibit every possible variety of size and figure. They are undoubtedly penetrated and surrounded by a plexiform arrangement of nerve-tubules (Pl. XVIII. fig.13, 5). These nerves play no part in the physical act of respiration. Nerve-force is here introduced only for the maintenance of the organic struc- tural integrity of the elements. From this condition their right function is inseparable. Oxygen does not therefore really enter and mix with the blood independently of nerve-power. In the Brachyurous Crustaceans the flabella (Pl. X VII. fig. 9,B) constitute important instruments in the machinery of breathing. They are indispensable in consequence of the closed character of the branchial chamber. They amount to three in number: two small ones which move between the anterior gills, and one external horizontal flabellum, which in its are of motion sweeps over the external surface of the whole row of branchiz.. Like those of the Lobster, the flabella of the Crab are profusely studded with appropriate hairs (C, D, E) for agitating and sepa- rating the branchial lamine. During the moment of separation a rush of water takes place between these laminze. So admirably adapted are the sete of the flabella to the purpose intended, that they must be regarded as express provisions. No other sort of instrument would subserve the end in view. How graceful are the contrivances of nature! how perfect her adaptations ! The ultimate sete are multiplied at their distal extremities by several parallel rows of acutely-pointed teeth (C, D, E). Those on the base of the stalk point differently from the former. By this inimitable disposition these exquisite organules are fitted to do double work. They also obtain a better leverage by hooking to the corresponding teeth, which in these orders are 310 Dr. T. Williams on the Mechanism of Aquatic distributed over the exterior of the vessels of the gills (Pl. XVIII. fig. 6). ae part enacted by the adipose element in the physiological act of respiration, replete with novel interest, belongs to the physiological bearing of the question of respiration*. In the preceding review of the mechanical condition of the respiratory process as it occurs in the higher Articulata, the physiologist must have observed the comparative fewness of the corpuscles of the blood (Pl. XVIII. fig. 11), the smallness of the bulk of the blood relatively to the dynamical capabilities of the articulated animal, the small proportion of blood which m a given time traverses the branchial organs, the breadth of the ultimate blood-stream measured by the size of the pulmonary capillary of the vertebrated animal. These facts seem certainly to prove that there can exist no direct proportionality between the amount of respiratory process and the general dynamical capabilities of the Crustaceat. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XVII. anp XVIII. PLatTeE XVII. Fig. 1. Appendages of the ninth pair composing the external foot-jaws of Decapod Crustaceans, and which are homologous with the sub- cylindriform process of the first pair in Squilla, with the thoracic feet of the twelfth in Isopodan Crustacea, and with the thoracic feet of the third pair in the Branchiopoda: a, internal element ; 6, palp; d, branchia; c, flabellum. Fig. 2. Appendages of the eighth pair constitutmg the foot-jaws in the Decapoda,—which are homologous with the prehensile jaws in Squilla, with the thoracic feet of the first pair in the Isopods, and with the branchial processes of the second pair in the Branchiopods. Fig. 3. Abdominal appendage of Squilla: a, internal member; d, external ; 6, branchia. Fig. 4. Abdominal appendage of the Isopoda: a, external or cutaneous process: 6, internal and branchial. Fig. 5. Abdominal appendage of a Branchiopod. The dotted process is the respiratory. Fig. 6, A. Caprella linearis (male) : a, respiratory appendages ; b, the same still further magnified ; 6’, shows the sengle blood-current moving * See ante, ‘‘ Process of Respiration.” + I have understood that some years ago a paper was read by Prof. Quekett, before the Microscopic Society of London, “ On the structure of the flabella in the Crustacea.”’ It has never been my good fortune to see that paper. The description given in the text is founded upon a very extensive series of original examinations. I am desirous here to pay the tribute of my gratitude and admiration to Prof. Milne-Edwards, for the assistance and instruction which I have received from the study of his numerous splendid contributions to this branch of comparative anatomy. Respiration in Invertebrate Animals. 311 round the circumference of the process; C, corpuscles of the blood. Fig. 7, B. A single pair (magnified and viewed by transmitted light) of the branchial leaflets of the Hermit Crab: ec, d, two longitudinal blood-channels, seen in section ; f, g, embrace a deep groove be- tween the leaflets for the branchial current of water; i, h. denote the parenchymatous islets situated between and dividing the blood-streams (0); M, a single seta, mop-like, from the roof of pre cavity; k, sharp teeth on its shaft; h, another variety of seta. . Fig. 8, A. A single gill of the Lobster, represented as a transparent ob- ject an transverse section: a@, section of afferent vessel. The arrows exhibit the division and direction of the afferent blood in its course towards the ultimate branchial tubules (a’”). The ultimate afferent current occupies the axis of each tubule ; a", marks (in section) the great afferent trunk of the gill, receiving its blood as shown by the arrows from the circumferences of the tubules. B, a single tubule enlarged; 4, afferent vessel, having cribriform walls; ¢, ¢, the efferent stream; at (c) the capillary system of the tubule is seen. C, the same tubule seen in section. D, one of the interbranchial flabella. E, a single mop-like seta from its edge; f, one from its flat surface. Fig. 9, A. A single pair of the branchial laminz of the Crab: a & 6, afferent and efferent trunk, connected together by means of the interme- diate branchial lamine. These latter are composed of parallel epithelial plates tied together by means of minute intermediate nodules of fleshy substance. Between these the blood streams in imparietal passages. B, horizontal flabellum of the Crab; C, D, _E, setze with which it is armed. PLATE XVIII. Fig. 1. Leg, and the projecting free border of the epidermal plates of : Talitrus. Intended to express typically the ultimate respiratory structures of all Crustaceans; a, a nodule of fixed parenchyma, composed of slightly refracting oil-cells, nucleated granular cells, and molecules ;—generally such a group is destitute altogether of embracing membrane; 8, the irregular imparietal, angular pass- ages lying between the parenchymatous nodules; e, the cells of the epidermis, attenuated, Figs. 2,3 & 4. Varieties of epithelial cells met with in different parts of the Crustacean: a, a cell shown im full, under a high power, to bring out its granular character; 5, the same in outline. Fig. 5. The parenchymatous patch a, fig. 1. enlarged, to show its minute structure: a, b, epithelial lamine; c. represents exactly the peculiar, low refractive character under which oily-element exists in the fixed solids of the Crustacea. The whole interior of this patch is permeated by lateral slow-moving currents of blood, diverted from the main stream. Fig. 6. A small piece of the wall of the large branchial vessels, showing the hooks (a) on which act the setz of the flabella. Fig. 7. A portion of the proximal end of a hair, to exhibit the absence of vessels and to show the lacunose to-and-fro character of the blood-movement. Fig. 8. The active, vibratory, abdominal palp of the Shrimp. Fig. 9. The same viewed transparently : 6, c, epithelial lamin ; e, radia- 312 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata ting muscular fascicles; d, radiating imparietal blood-channels ; > Setze. Fig. 10. Liver-follicle of the Lobster, viewed by transmitted light : a, 6, cecal end, having glandulose walls by the swelling of the parietal epithelial cells; c, the secreted product in its first stage, oil-cells colourless and minute; d, d, the same increasing in size and becoming yellow in colour; g, oil-cell; h, yellow cell. Fig. 11 is fig. 12 enlarged. It shows the ultimate structure of the tentacle of a Prawn. The muscular masses occupy the axis, and the blood- corpuscles course along the sides. Fig. 13. Tilustrates the mode in which the ultimate nerve-tubules are dis- tributed in the gill-laminz of several Crustacea: 5, c, nerve- tubules ; c, patches of parenchyma. [To be continued.] — XXIX.— Contributions to the Paleontology of Gloucestershire: —A description, with Figures, of some new Species of Echinodermata from the Lias and Oolites. By THomas Wrieut, M.D. &c., Professor of the Natural Sciences in the Cheltenham Grammar School *. { With three Plates. | [Continued from p. 173.] Genus Pepina, Agassiz. As this genus was incorrectly defined in our memoir on the Cidaridz, it having been there stated that the mammillary emi- nences were “ crenulated like those of Diadema,”’ we take this opportunity of correcting the error, and giving a definition more in accordance with our present knowledge. Test thin, circular, more or less depressed ; primary tubercles small and perforated ; mammillary eminences with smooth ring- like summits without crenulations ; pores in general disposed in triple oblique pairs ; mouth small and slightly decagonal, mar- gin not much notched; ovarial disc small and not prominent ; ambulacral areas with one, two, or more rows of small tuber- cles ; interambulacral areas sometimes with two rows only, some- times with two rows and additional secondary rows of tubercles more or less complete. This genus is extinct, and is found in the oolitic cretaceous rocks. Pedina Bakeri, Wright. Pl. XI. fig. 4, a-c. Test circular, depressed ; ambulacral areas narrow, with one row of small tubercles disposed in a slightly zigzag line down the centre of the areas ; interambulacral areas broad, with two rows of primary tubercles raised on prominent mammillary emi- Annk May Nat Hist 2 Vol 13. PLU Printed by Hullmandel & Walton Cidaris Edwardsiz Weeght Bouchardu : _ Hemtieidaris minor Agasszz , Pedina Baker right ” ” Etheridgi. Ann.dMag Nat-Hist,8.2 Vol 43. Pl 12 ii iaisaay fibacdcospere ae reer STH rate xt m i : : as ta " Printed by Hullmandel & Walton. l.a_d, Acrosalenia crinifera Wreght 2a_e, Diadema Davidsoni. r Sracd Moorei 4a_e, Polyeyphus Deslongchampsi. 5.a_e, Nucleolites Woodwardi. a: Teor Michelini ” y Ann t Mag Naat fhist § 2 Vol 73 Fl 13 oa ER ath | WHBaily Prmted by Hid] mandel & Walton lac. Ophioderma Oavey1 Wright GeO, We . Griesbachi1 ray Pentacrinus (Coldfusu from the Lias and Oolites. 313 nences in the centre of the plates; the margins of the areolas surrounded with circles of small granules ; no second- ary tubercles. Height ,7,ths of an inch, transverse diameter ths of an inch. Description.—This Pedina presents a different form from its other congeners: the test is circular and depressed ; the ambu- lacral areas are narrow, about one-third the width of the inter- ambulacra; the usual double row of tubercles in this region is reduced to one row, the tubercles of which are disposed alter- nately on the right and left sides of the areas, thereby forming a single zigzag line down the centre thereof; the tubercles at the equator and on the upper surface are small, but there are two or three of a larger size at the base of the areas ; a few gra- nules form imperfect crescents round their narrow areolas. The interambulacral areas are nearly three times the width of the ambulacra ; they are adorned with five pairs of primary tuber- cles of nearly a uniform size throughout, which are raised on prominent mammillary eminences, the summits of which are smooth, ring-like and without crenulations ; circles of small gra- nules bound the areolar spaces ; there are no secondary tubercles, nor any sculpture upon the intertubercular surface of the plates, so that down the centre of the areas there is a smooth valley between the primary tubercles. The apical disc is well preserved in our specimen ; the ovarial plates are of an irregular octagonal form and of moderate size, they are covered with a few granules scattered irregularly over their surface ; the ocular plates are of a rhomboidal form and have large eye-holes. The base of the specimen is covered up with hard rock, so that it is impossible to expose the mouth-opening without endangering the specimen. Affinities and differences—The Pedine have been so imper- fectly described by M. Agassiz in his ‘ Descriptions des Echi- nodermes fossiles de la Suisse,’ that there is much difficulty in making out the species figured and described in that monograph. When it is recollected how limited were the materials at Agassiz’s ~ command when he published that valuable contribution to Paleontology, and how delicate the test of this genus is, we can readily understand how so many different forms of the same Urchin came to be described and named as distinct species. After a careful examination of many specimens, we confess that '-Pedina aspera, rotata, ornata and sublevis, Agass., appear to us to be so many different forms of one and the same species. We have before us likewise the original type specimen of P. granu- losa, Ag., which has been kindly communicated by Professor Des- longchamps. An examination of that Urchin has convinced us that it is only a larger individual of P. aspera, as we find it in 314 Dr.T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata the Inferior Oolite, and is identical with the fossil which we have described as P. rotata. Ona further examination of this specimen, M. Agassiz, it would appear, had arrived at a similar conclusion, for on the ticket which accompanies it is the follow- ing remark in his handwriting :—“ Pedina granulosa, Ag. C’est sous ce nom que cette espéce est citée dans mon catalogue ; ce- pendant il se pourrait qu’elle ne fut qu’une variété un peu enfiée de mon P. aspera.” This species was collected by Prof. Deslong- champs from the Great Oolite of Ranville. We have likewise before us a portion of Pedina collected from the Oxford clay of the Boulonnais by M. Bouchard-Chantereaux, and marked by that eminent paleontologist, who kindly sent us the specimen, “Trés rare. J’en ai encore trouvé que trois morceaux de cette espéce.” It so nearly resembles the Ranville Urchin that we have no doubt of their identity. By the extreme kindness of M. Michelin and M. de Loriére, we have before us specimens of P. Gervillii, Ag., from the Kellovien étage of Chauffour, depart- ment of the Sarthe, which are identical with Pedina aspera or rotata, collected by us from the upper beds of the Inferior Oolite of Gloucestershire. In fact the French and English specimens are so entirely alike, that we should mistake the one for the other had we not previously marked them. It would appear from these remarks, that whether we retain the specific name rotata or aspera for this widely distributed Urchin, we must at least cancel the other names which have been given to various forms of the same, as we have now before us well-preserved specimens from the Inferior Oolite, Gloucestershire, the Great Oolite, Ranville, Cal- vados, the Oxford clay near Boulogne, Pas de Calais, the Kello- vien of Chauffour, Sarthe. [Since these sheets were sent to press, the Rev. A. W. Gries- bach has communicated a Pedina, collected by hiny in the Corn- brash at Rushden, Northamptonshire ; as this fossil is ina good state of preservation, we have been able to make a careful comparison of it with a fine P. aspera now before us, and there can be no doubt of their identity. The discovery of this Urchin in the Cornbrash is another link in the chain of evidence showing the wide stratigraphical range of this form in the Oolitic seas. ] P. Bakeri differs so entirely from the forms named in the pre- ceding remarks, that it is impossible to mistake it for either of them; its diagnostic characters consist of the size and small number of the primary tubercles, the absence of secondary tubercles, the scanty granulation on the interambulacral areas, the narrowness of the ambulacra, and the single row of tubercles thereon. We have only met with the small but tolerably per- fect specimen of this species figured (Pl. XI. fig. 4, a-c). Locality and stratigraphical range-—We collected this rare from the Laas and Oolites. 315 form of Pedina from the Pea-grit of Crickley Hill, and have seen fragments of its test in the same bed at Leckhampton, but never in any other locality. We dedicate this species to our friend T. Barwick L. Baker, Esq., of Hardwicke Court, the President of the Cotteswold Natu- ralists’ Club, for the warm interest he takes in the progress of the Paleontology of Gloucestershire. Pedina Etheridgii, Wright. Pl. XI. fig. 5, a-c. Test circular, depressed ; ambulacral areas with from six to eight small perforate tubercles at their base, and a double row of small granules on their upper surface ; the interambulacral areas with primary tubercles only, the areolas of which are surrounded with regular circles of granules; pedal pores not numerous, arranged in nearly a single file with a slight ele- vation between the two pores of each pair; apical disc large ; ovarial plates leaf-like ; mouth-opening small. - Height z%ths of an inch, transverse diameter 3$ths of an inch. Description.—This pretty little Urchin has a circular outline in the young state, which in larger specimens inclines towards a pentagonal form; the base is flattened, and the upper surface of the test is much depressed. The ambulacral areas are narrow, and have from six to eight small perforated tubercles at their base, and a double row of from twelve to fourteen minute imper- forate granules in each row on their upper surface, which in figure and size resemble those covering the other parts of the test ; between the pedal pores of each pair is a small elevation ; these collectively form a prominent. moniliform line which ex- tends from the margin of the disc to the mouth-opening; the pores are disposed in nearly a single file, and do not form the triple oblique pairs which we observe in the larger Pedine. The interambulacral areas are about twice the width of the ambu- lacra ; the rows of primary tubercles occupying the centre of the plates have seven tubercles in each row, they are small in size and are rendered prominent from being raised upon uncrenu- lated mammillary eminences, the bases of which are sharply de- fined and surrounded by complete circles of moderately sized and regularly arranged granules; the regular disposition of these granulations gives an air of decoration to this little species not observed among other congeneric forms; the entire absence of secondary tubercles from the areas renders the decoration more complete. The apical disc is large; the ovarial plates are widely rhomboidal, the oculars are small and heart-shaped, and the sur- face of both is covered with minute granules nearly as large as those which adorn the other parts of the test. The madrepori- 316 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata form tubercle makes a distinct elevation on the surface of the single plate, and the anal aperture is transversely oblong; the base is flat, the mouth-opening is small, and its margin is divided into ten nearly equal-sized lobes ; the spines are unknown. Affinities and differences.—In its general outline and depressed upper surface, with the pedal pores in nearly a single file, this little Urchin resembles a Diadema ; from that group however it is distinguished by the rudimentary condition of the ambulacral tubercles, and the absence of crenulations from the summits of the mammillary eminences. It is distinguished from P. Bakerz by having small primary tubercles set more closely together, and in having a greater number in each row. From P. aspera it is known by having the upper surface more depressed, the pedal pores separated by a moniliform line of granules, and in the absence of secondary tubercles. It has a strong resemblance at a first glance to Diadema Mooreii, but an examination with the lens at once discloses the points of difference, which are these :— the ambulacral areas in Pedina Etheridgit have imperforate gra- nules on their upper parts, whilst in Diadema Mooreii there are perforated tubercles; the moniliform lime between the pedal pores in P. Etheridgit is absent in D. Mooreii; the mouth- opening is likewise much smaller in P. Etheridgii than it is in D. Mooreit. Locality and stratigraphical range.-—P. Etheridgit has been collected from the marlstone of Bredon Hill, Gloucestershire. Mr. Moore found it in the Upper Lias of Ilminster, and we have collected several specimens from the Pea-grit (Inferior Oolite) of Crickley and Leckhampton Hills, but have never seen a trace of this species in any of the upper beds ; it seems there- fore to have a limited vertical range between the marlstone and the basement-beds of the Inferior Oolite, and is one of the few species which lived in the Liassic and Oolitic seas. We dedicate this species to our friend Mr. Etheridge, of the Bristol Museum, who has kindly assisted us in comparing our specimens with the fine series of Echinoderms under his care, and has likewise otherwise aided us in the most friendly manner in working out the subjects of these memoirs. Genus Potycypuus, Agassiz. Small Urchins having a subglobular form; the upper surface of the test is covered with numerous small imperforate tubercles of a very uniform size; the base and basal angle are furnished with several tubercles of a size disproportionately large when com- pared with those of the upper surface ; the pedal pores are dis- posed in a triple oblique series of pairs ; the mouth is large and from the Lias and Oolites. 317 pentagonal ; the anal plates form a narrow prominent ring at the vertex, and the interambulacral areas are in general divided by a median depression. Polycyphus nodulosus, Miinster. Syn. Echinus nodulosus, Goldfuss, Petrefact. Ger. tab. 40. fig. 16 ; Agassiz, Cat. Syst. p. 12. Arbacia nodulosa, Agass. Prodrom. Polycyphus nodulosus, Agass. & Desor’s Cat. raisonné, Ann. Scien. Nat. tome vi. p. 361. Test hemispherical; ambulacral areas a little more prominent than the interambulacral areas ; ambulacra with from four to five rows, and interambulacra with from twelve to fourteen rows of small tubercles disposed in nearly parallel lines ; bases of the ambulacra with twelve, those of the interambulacra . with sixteen larger tubercles. Height ,%ths of an inch, diameter }3ths of an inch. This pretty little Urchin was first described by Prof. Goldfuss from specimens named by Count Miinster from the Oolites of Baireuth ; the hemispherical test exhibits a disposition to assume a subpentagonal circumference from the greater prominence of the ambulacral areas; the surface of the test is divided into fifteen. nearly equal lobes by the ten poriferous avenues, and the five depressions which divide the interambulacra down their mesial lines ; these lobular divisions are more defined in young and small specimens than in large and old ones; the ambulacral areas are one half the width of the imterambulacral, and have nine large tubercles at their base, and four or five rows of small tubercles at their widest part, which gradually diminish to three, two and one as we approach the apex of the area ; the interam- bulacral areas are twice the width of the ambulacral, they have about twenty-four large tubercles at their base, and about twelve rows of small tubercles at their widest part, which gradually diminish by the disappearance of the external rows to ten, eight, six, four and two, as we trace the rows from the equator to the apex of the areas; the tubercles on the sides and upper surface of the test are nearly of a uniform size, they are arranged in rows, the tubercles are opposite each other and do not alternate as in some other genera. The interambulacral areas are each di- vided by a slightly depressed line into two lobes ; these are sepa- rated from the ambulacral areas by straight narrow poriferous avenues, so that the test of this beautiful Urchin appears to con- sist of fifteen nearly equal lobes, those of the ambulacra being the most prominent and best defined, in consequence of the 318 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata depth of the poriferous avenues being greater than the sulcus which divides the interambulacra. The mouth is large and decagonal, and lies in a concave depression in the base, surrounded by the larger tubercles which occupy this region of the test. The ovarial plates are small, and form a rather prominent ring around the anal open- ing; the eye-plates are small, but in some of the foreign indivi- duals now before me the eye-holes are very distinct. Affinities and differences.—This Urchin resembles Arbacia Forbesii, but may be distinguished from that species by having the ambulacral areas proportionately wider, the tubercles larger and opposite to each other, and the poriferous avenues having the pedal holes in triple oblique pairs; it belongs moreover to a newer rock of the Oolitic series. Locality and stratigraphical range-—We know only one English specimen of this species, which was found in the Cornbrash by Mr. Buy near Sutton Benger, Wilts; on the continent it occurs in the Baireuthian Jurakalke, where it was found by Count Miin- ster. It has been collected from the Great Oolite of Langrune by Prof. Deslongchamps and M. Tesson, and from the Calcaire a polypiers at Ranville by M. Michelin. We beg to record to each of these gentlemen our best thanks for the beautiful series of type specimens of this Urchin with which they have so liberally supplied us. History.—Figured. and described for the first time by Gold- fuss. We are not aware that any detailed description of the spe- cies has been given before, with the exception of the very brief one contained in the ‘ Petrefacta Germaniz.’ Polycyphus Deslongchampsii, Wright. Pl. XII. fig. 4, a-e. Test hemispherical, circumference circular; ambulacral areas with two rows of larger and two rows of smaller tubercles ; interambulacral areas with two rows of larger and several rows of smaller tubercles ; the small tubercles in both areas often degenerating into mere granulations; basal tubercles large and prominent. Height ths of an inch, transverse diameter }3ths of an inch. Description Amongst the many beautiful forms of Urchin structure, this pretty little species will bear comparison for neat- ness and symmetry with any of the family to which it belongs. We found the first specimen about eighteen months ago, and since then have added an interesting series to our collection. It must be a rare form, as only two or three specimens have been obtained besides those collected by ourselves. The ambulacral areas are one half the width of the interambulacral, and have one row of from the Iias and Oolites. - 18RD tubercles on each side of the margins of the area, between these are several rows of small granulations arranged without much order; at the base of the area ten larger tubercles are disposed in pairs, the tubercles on the right side alternating with those on the left; the interambulacral areas are about twice the width of the ambulacral ; a single row of tubercles occupies the centre of each of the two columns of plates, and numerous smaller tubercles degenerating into mere granules cluster around the base of the large tubercles; a second row of tubercles extends upwards from the basal angle towards the equator, where it ter- minates ; the basal tubercles consisting of about six pair occupy all the base of the area—they are about the same size as those of the ambulacra; but are arranged somewhat less regularly The median depression in the centre of the interambulacra is very well marked in this species, so that the test has the appear- _ ance of being divided into fifteen lobes. The anal plates form a prominent narrow ring around the oblong anal opening, and the eye-plates are closely soldered to them ; the eye-holes are very distinct in most of our specimens. The mouth-opening is of moderate size, and is slightly decagonal; the poriferous avenues lie in considerable depressions of the test, which throws the am- bulacral areas into prominent relief from the interambulacra. Affinities and differences.—The marginal rows of tubercles on the ambulacra, and the central rows of tubercles on the plate columns of the interambulacral areas serve to distinguish this species from P.nodulosus. It has a considerable resemblance to the young forms of Echinus germinans, but the regularity of the rows of tubercles on the sides and upper surface of the test, and the size and arrangement of those at the base afford good diagnostic characters by which it may be easily distinguished from that common form ; the same group of characters serves to distinguish it from Arbacia Forbesii. Locality and stratigraphical range-—We have only found this species in the Pea-grit of Crickley Hill; all the other specimens that were collected by Mr. Gibbs of the Geological Survey, were found in the same bed of this locality. We dedicate this fossil to Professor Deslongchamps of Caen, to whom paleontology is mdebted for many important contribu- tions to the Oolitic fauna published in the ‘ Mémoires de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie.’ Nucleolites Woodwardii, Wright, 1852. Pl. XII. fig. 5, a-e. Test subquadrate, sides tumid, dorsal surface flatly convex, anal valley deep, narrow and spear-shaped, extending from the apical disc to the posterior border ; ambulacral areas narrowly 320 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata lanceolate ; posterior lobes short and. truncated ; base flat ; antero-interambulacra and postero-interambulacra slightly swollen at their base; the single ambulacrum scarcely pro- duced ; mouth-opening pentagonal, situated anteriorly ; apical disc small and nearly central. - Height ;5,ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 1 inch and zioth, transverse diameter 1 inch and {%ths; the larger speci- mens are so much deformed by pressure that their proportional dimensions cannot be accurately given. Description.—Some individuals of this species were formerly considered by us to be only varieties of Nucleolites orbicularis, Phil., but a better knowledge of the structure of this Urchin, derived from the study of a series which we collected last summer and have carefully compared with good typical examples of N. or- bicularis, leaves no doubt about the distinctness of N. Woodwardii from that Cornbrash form. The test is thin and not often suffi- ciently well preserved for determining the species; the one which we have figured is a small but a very perfect specimen, it has a subquadrate outline and is ;4,th of an inch broader than it is in the antero-posterior diameter ; it is slightly narrower anteriorly than posteriorly, and (which is more apparent when it rests upon its dorsal surface) the posterior margin is seen to be broadly truncated; the sides are tumid, sometimes irregularly so, and the test is higher across the apices of the postero-lateral ambu- lacra than at any other point; the tumidity of the sides produces a greater flatness of the dorsal surface than we observe in any other of the small Nucleolites of the Oolitic rocks; the ambu- lacral areas are nearly all of the same width, they have a narrow graceful lanceolate form, from the mouth to about midway between the margin and the apical disc, they are nearly of equal width; at this point the pores gradually change their form, and are slightly separated apart for a short distance, and begin again to converge as they approach the disc ; the internal row are circular, the external in the form of oblique slits, the widest part of which is outwards, the circles are formed by notches in the upper and under sides of the small ambulacral plates, and the oblique slits by uncalcified portions of the margins of the same plates; from the termination of the petaloid portion of the ambulacral areas to the mouth, the pores are small and set wider apart, whilst the diameter of the areas. remains about the same; near the mouth-opening they are again more closely crowded together, and terminate in arches the convexity of which look towards that aperture; the interambulacral areas are of unequal width ; the anterior pair are the narrowest, the posterior pair are wider than the anterior, and the single interambulacrum is the widest ; from the Lias and Oolites. 321 the anal valley is a long narrow depression extending from the apical disc to the margin, it has perpendicular sides and a small anal opening, the base is flat and only slightly depressed at the mouth ; the anterior and posterior pairs of interambulacra are moderately convex in this region, and the basal portion of the single interambulacrum is very slightly produced ; the mouth- opening is excentral, nearer the anterior margin, it has a pen- tagonal form with five rudimentary lobes. The surface of the test is covered with microscopic tubercles requiring a good lens to distinguish them ; these bodies are only a little larger at the base of the test; the apical disc is small and nearly central, its elements are so closely soldered together that its general form can alone be distinguished; the eyeholes are situated at the apices of the ambulacra, and the ovarial holes further outwards and between them, whilst the madreporiform tubercle occupies the centre of the disc; the test is very thin and often deformed, its upper surface having sometimes an irregular appearance: The beauty and regularity of the specimen figured forms an ex- ception to all the others we possess of this species. Affinities and differences.—Nucleolites Woodwardii most nearly resembles N. orbicularis, and is the only one among its Oolitic congeners for which it could be mistaken. The following cha- racters are diagnostic of N. Woodwardi. The tumidity of the sides and flatness of the dorsal surface, both of which are absent in N. orbicularis. In our species the base is flat and the inter- ambulacra are slightly produced, whilst in N. orbicularis the base is concave and the interambulacra are convex and prominent. In N. Woodward the anal valley is narrow, whilst in N. orbicularis it is wide; the general outline of our species is subquadrate, that of the N. orbicularis is circular ; the petaloid arrangement of the ambulacral areas extends downwards nearer to the margin in N. orbicularis than in N. Woodwardii; the narrowness of the anal valley in our species establishes an affinity between it and Clypeus altus, M‘Coy ; but the flatness of the base and the depression of the dorsal surface in N. Woodwardii, make a wide distinction be- tween it and that species, which has a high convex dorsal surface and extremely prominent basal interambulacra, with a greatly pro- duced interambulacrum ; it differs from N. Hugit in having the anal valley extended from the disc to the posterior margin, whilst in that species a portion of the test intervenes between the disc and the valley; the difference between N. Woodwardii and N. scu- tatus and N. clunicularis is so great, that it is scarcely possible that N. Woodwardii can be mistaken for either of these forms. Locality and stratigraphical range-—We have collected this Urchin from the Great Oolite near Cirencester and at Salperton Tunnel, Great Western Railway, and from beds of the same age Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 21 322 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata near Pewsdown, Gloucestershire, and near Burford, Oxon; it has. likewise been found near Minchinhampton: as far as we know, | it appears to be a Great Oolite species. We dedicate this species to our friend Mr. 8. P. Woodward, of the British Museum, to whose kindness we are much indebted for the privilege of comparing our specimens with the magnificent series of Echinodermata under his care, and which he has ren- dered so valuable for reference by a systematic classification and a correct nomenclature. Nucleolites Michelini, Wright. Pl, XII. fig. 6, a~c. Test circular or oblong, discoidal and mueh depressed, posterior border produced, truncated and slightly deflected in old in- dividuals; ambulacral areas narrowly lanceolate ; pedal pores closely set together, vertex and apical disc nearly central ; anterior half of the dorsal surface convex, posterior half much declined from the vertex to the posterior border; anal valley narrow above, diverging below, extending from the apical disc to the border; base flat, slightly concave ; mouth excentral, margin with five small lobes ; postero-lateral interambulacral areas slightly tumid at the base. Height ;%,ths of an inch, antero-posterior diameter 3 inches and ;*ths, transverse diameter 2 inches and ;4ths of an inch. Description—The outline of this Urchin varies in different individuals, and it likewise varied at different periods of life in the same individual ; its most typical form is oblong, convex an- teriorly, produced and truncated posteriorly, and swollen out in. the region of the. postero-lateral interambulacra ; in others the circumference is nearly circular, and in some it is transversely oval; the first form is we think characteristic of adult life, as the production and truncation of the single interambulacrum were markedly shown in the only two large specimens of this rare species which we have seen ; in all the test-is very flat, the ante- rior half is gently and nearly equally convex, the posterior half is-sloping and much declined in the direction of the posterior border. The ambulacral areas are narrow, the anterior one most so; the antero-lateral and postero-laterals are about the same width, they have a lanceolate form, and are composed of very narrow plates; about ;4,ths of an inch above the margin, the pores slightly diverge from each other, and continue apart until they approach the apical disc; the distance between the rows of pores in this species is less than in any other Nucleolite of the same size we know, and forms one of the characters by which it is distinguished from its congeners; the ambulacral areas are likewise slightly elevated above the general surface of the test in from the Lias and Oolites. 323 all the specimens we have examined; the interambulacral areas are of unequal width, the antero-lateral pair are the narrowest, they are however about nine times the width of the anterior single ambulacral area; the postero-lateral pair are ;3,ths of an inch wider than the antero-laterals, and the single interam- bulacrum is about the same width as the latter. The anal valley extends from the apical disc to the posterior border; it is very narrow, with deep perpendicular sides above, which become shal- low and expanded below ; the postero-lateral interambulacra are swollen out at the margin; the single interambulacrum is considerably produced, and its posterior border is broadly trun- cated and slightly deflected, within which the expanded sides of the anal valley are excavated. The base is nearly flat, the eleva- - tions are due to the prominence of the postero-lateral interam- bulacra, and to the deflection of the single interambulacrum. The mouth is excentral, nearer the anterior margin, and the oral lobes are small; the apical disc was of moderate size, judging from the space it occupied, but it is absent in all our specimens ; the surface of the test was covered with very minute tubercles, which in the examples before us are nearly all effaced. Affinities and differences.—N. Michelini in its oblong form, truncated posterior margin, and narrow anal valley resembles N. Solodurinus, but it is readily distinguished from it by the form, narrowness, and structure of the ambulacral areas; in N. Solodurinus they are expanded and petaloid, and in N. Miche- lint they are narrow and lanceolate ; the pores at no point are at any great distance apart; the anal valley in both species ex- tends from the apical disc to the margin, but it is more expanded below and deeper above in N. Michelint than in N. Solodu- rinus. We have before us Clypeus angustiporus, Agass., from a coarse Oolitic rock (Bradfordien?) near Metz, collected by M. Terquem, and kindly sent us by M. de Loriére; from this species NV. Michelini differs in many particulars; in the French Urchin the apical disc is excentral, the anal valley is wide above and not much expanded below, the ambulacral areas are narrow, and the test gradually declines from the vertex to the anterior border, which forms a rather acute angle ; the base is undulated, and the mouth-opening is nearly central ; these characters clearly distinguish our Urchin from it. N. Michelini differs so widely from all the various varieties of N. sinuatus with which we are ac- quainted, that it cannot possibly be mistaken for either of them, if any care be taken when a comparison is made between them. Locality and stratigraphical range—We have collected this. species only from the Freestone beds of the Inferior Qolite of Wallsquarry and Nailsworth ; the specimen figured was cut out of the centre of a block of building stone ; the oolitic grains are 21% 324 Bibliographical Notices. - imbedded in the plates of the test, and have in some measure injured the surface. 7 We dedicate this species to. M. Michelin of Paris, the distin- guished author of the ‘Iconographie Zoophytologique,’ as a tribute of gratitude for the valuable collection of Echinoderms he liberally and generously sent us from his unrivalled cabinet, to facilitate our studies of these beautiful forms of ancient life. Nucleolites scutatus, Lamarck. Since the publication of our memoir on the Cass1puLip& of the Oolites *, we have received from Professor Deslongchamps and M. Tesson a series of type specimens of Nucleolites scutatus from the Coral Rag of Trouville, Calvados, which we have com- pared with Nucleolites dimidiatus, Phillips, described in that me- moir; from this comparison it is certain, that our Wiltshire and the Yorkshire Nucleolite, figured by Professor Phillips as NV. dim:- diatus, is the true N. scutatus of Lamarck. This circumstance affords another example of the great importance of comparing all our British Oolitic fossils with those, collected from the Jurassic strata of the continent of Europe, before assigning them a position in our catalogues of species. [To be continued. | BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Botanical Letters to a Friend. By Dr. F. Unerr. Translated by Dr. Pauxu. London: Highley, 1853. Tue philosophical botanist, he who regards the vegetable creation ‘as one great group of the collective representatives of the fruit of © life, who gathers up plants from far and near, to trace the laws of ' morphology through the kaleidoscopic multiformity of shapes, to fol- low the mystery of organization through its progressive stages, or to sift the complex ingredients of the history of the diffusion of vege- tation over our globe,—he to whom the word Botany expresses the existence of such fields of imquiry as these, is often exposed to an ordeal such as his brethren labouring in physical science now happily recall as among the traditions of the past. That is to say, while the astronomer, the physicist, and the chemist appear to the outer world armed with mysterious powers, before which the soothsayers and magicians of former ages would ‘ pale their ineffectual fires,’ the bo- tanist, running abreast of his science in these days, is a being alto- gether removed from the cognizance of the many; and dreads to hear an allusion to his pursuits, in general society, well knowing that it will be the text to a disquisition on the “beautiful wild flowers that grow in such and such a place,” a recommendation to visit such * Annals of Natural History, vol. ix. Bibliographical Notices. 325 and such a spot, for the sake of the curious ‘ mosses,’ found about the rocks, and more such innocent, unconscious irony, conveying to him the impression that he is regarded as an individual, inoffensive potas but somewhat monomaniacally devoted to a pursuit which as no end or aim beyond the collecting and classifying of weeds, and whom it is advisable to the artistic horticulturist to keep out of his garden as a ruthless destroyer, or an encourager of obstructive, unat- tractive ‘ curiosities.’ Were education what it ought to be,—did Greek roots and the root of evil, with their accompaniments, absorb no more than their appropriate share of the time of our youth, the natu- ralist would perhaps have a faiver appreciation. For with the majority of mankind, it is only in youth that the mind is freely opened to the reception of new fields of knowledge, and seeing that even the small Latin and less Greek are mostly lost in the bustle of active life, it can hardly be expected that new modes of thought. and observa- tion, new sciences, will be readily taken up by the occupied adult ; yet, if the young mind had been familiarized with the objects and methods of natural history, many and many a man, now a mere sportsman, a grower of prize turnips, or a hunter up of old first edi- tions or rare copies, might have found delight and advanced human knowledge, in devoting his leisure to the promotion of some branch of inquiry, in which his intellect would have had a fair chance of being kept in healthy exercise and trained to the annihilation of pre- judice. | ; These reflections have been awakened by the sight of the book before us, a translation of a little work written by one of-the most distinguished among German botanists of the new school, for the purpose of popularizing the leading ideas of the science. The letters are intended for educated readers, and perhaps may be found to pre- suppose a larger infusion of scientific knowledge than is gene- rally possessed here ; but the conscientious reader, who will take the trouble to read them as carefully as he would a leader in ‘ The Times’ on the subject-of free trade or the law of settlement, will not find © much more difficulty in understanding them, and will gain acquaint- ance with laws which have a rather more striking and permanent in- fluence on the world’s history. The translation is fairly done,—perhaps is a little too much tinged with German idiom. As a small matter, but one partaking of the crying sin of modern literature, we must deprecate most strongly the introduction of new words and barbaric compounds, and in this view eannot forgive the expression plant-cell, plant-acid, &e. The wood- cut illustrations are very elegant. Synopsis des Caloptérygines. Par M. E. pr Serys-LoNGCHAMPs. Brussels, 1853. Every one who has wandered on a summer’s day on the banks of any of our rivers, must have noticed a dragon-fly of considerable size, whose beautiful metallic tints, dark wings and graceful motions render it one of the most elegant denizens of such localities. This Fam: AGRIONIDA. 326 | Bibliographical Notices. insect is the Libellula Virgo of Linneeus ; it was placed by Fabricius in his genus Agrion, and adopted by Leach as the type of his genus Calepteryx (called Calopteryx by recent authors). Since the time of Leach many allied species have been described, some of which have been regarded by their describers as warranting the establish- ment of new genera, until at length the Linnean species has become the type of a subfamily, to which the name of Calopterygine is applied, containing one hundred species, divided into no less than twelve genera. Of these two species only were known to Linnzeus, and four to Fabricius; Burmeister in 1839 only mentions sixteen species, and Rambur in the last general work upon the Neuroptera published in 1841, describes only twenty-seven. For the knowledge of the remainder science is indebted to the author of the small work « whose title stands at the head of this notice. The author informs us in his preface that this ‘ Synopsis’ consists of the synoptical tables which he prepared for his own use whilst working upon a monograph of the Calopterygine which is now in the press. It is intended in fact to serve as a sort of prodromus to the larger work, and contains in a semi-tabular form, short characters of all the divisions, genera and species which will be described more fully in the latter. The reputation of M. de Selys-Longchamps renders it almost unnecessary for us to say anything with regard to the merits of his work ; we may observe however that it appears to have been executed with great care, the specific characters especially being very carefully drawn up. The species are distributed into twelve genera—namely, 1. Calo- pteryx (Calepteryx, Leach); 2. Neurobasis (suppressed in an ap- ‘pendix and united with Phaon); 3. Echo; 4. Phaon; 5. Vestalis ; 6. Heterina, Hagen; 7. Euphea (including Epallage, Charp.) ; 8. Heliocharis; 9. Dicterias; 10. Inbellago (including Rhinocypha and Micromerus, Ramb.) ; 11. Amphipteryx ; and 12. Thore, Hagen. Those genera to which no author’s name is attached are due to M. de Selys himself. Of the higher groups or Legions the author gives the following tabular arrangement :— Legions. Genera. Pterostigma short Of the geographical distribution of these insects M. de Selys speaks as follows :—The Calopterygine are distributed over the whole of the warm and temperate portions of the globe, except in Oceania. 10, SreTion I, or wanting .... 1. Calopteryx 1-6. Epistoma not Suspiv. I, prominent, | Pterostigma very Costal and subcostal long, regular .. 2. Eupheaa .. 7-9. . nervures nearly} Sxcrion II. - - Drvisron I. equal in number. | Epistoma very % | Thetwo sectors of prominent. s0:5 ses ee ee Few een 3. Libellago .. m the arculus ari-4 Suspiyv. II. & | sing from about | Only 2-3 subcostal Ee its middle. nervules; costal ° nervules more nu- } 24 |. MORONS cena ee se sovewscrreseradestenegencstereresees 4. Amphiptery# 11. oO Division II. Fe The two sectors & of the arculus 2 arising together &H |; from ite apm. 05.0 .cscseeecpsccecvvevercsrorvegesovussvcrscevecacscece 8. TROVE. »40-- 12. Royal Institution. 327 Half the species belong to the old world, which is mhabited by spe- cies of the Legions Euphea, Libellago and Calopteryx. The genus Heterina, containing thirty species, six species of Calopteryz, the genera Heliocharis and Dicterias each containing a single species, and the Legions Amphipteryx and Thore, are found in America, and prin- cipally in the tropical parts. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ROYAL INSTITUTION OF GREAT BRITAIN. February 10, 1854.—Right Hon. Baron Parke, Vice-President, in the Chair. On the Structure and Homologies of Teeth. By Prof. Owsn, F.R.S. The Lecturer commenced by observing that, although the teeth were among the least vitalized of animal parts, and commonly pos- sessed no power of repairing fracture or decay, they presented many pheenomena of anatomical, physiological, and homological interest, a selection from which he proposed to offer as the subject of the evening’s discourse. Any hard body attached to the walls and projecting into the cavity of the mouth, where it is exposed to view when the mouth is open, is called a tooth: but the parts properly so called, are those which consist of a gelatinous basis, hardened by earthy salts, in which the hosphate of lime predominates. Such teeth are peculiar to the Vertebrate Classes. In them they present manifold varieties as to number, size, form, structure, position, and mode of attachment, but are principally adapted for seizing, tearing, dividing, pounding, or grinding the food; in some species they are modified to serve as formidable weapons of offence and defence ; in others as aids in loco- motion, means of anchorage, instruments for uprooting or cutting down trees, or for transport and working of building materials ; they are characteristic of age and sex; and in man they have secondary relations subservient to beauty and to speech. Teeth are always intimately related to the food and habits of the animal, and are therefore highly interesting to the physiologist : they form for the same reason important guides to the naturalist in the classification of animals; and their value, as zoological characters, is enhanced by the facility with which, from their position, they can be examined in living or recent animals; whilst the durability of their tissues renders them not less available to the paleeontologist in the determination of the nature and affinities of extinct species, of whose organization they are often the sole remains discoverable in the deposits of former periods of the earth’s history. Teeth are not of a uniform tissue or substance like bone: that which forms the body of the tooth is called “dentine ;” the tissue which forms the outer crust is called “‘ cement ;’? and in most Ver- tebrata a third substance is situated between the dentine and cement, 328 Royal Institution. ealled “enamel.” The characteristics of these three primary tissues of a tooth were briefly defined: they differ in hardness, the cement being least dense, the enamel most. The tubular structure of the dentine relates to the disposition of the hard material so as best to resist pressure, and to the circulation of plasma, transuded from the pulp through the dentine, so as to maintain a certain, though languid, vitality of the tissue. Some secondary modifications of the chief tissue of teeth were noticed under the names of osteo-dentine, vaso-dentine, vitro-dentine, dendro-dentine, and labyrintho-dentine; the latter highly complex and beautiful modification being due rather to a modification of dis- position, than of composition of the dentine itself. The singular laby- riuthic interblending of the dentine and cement reaches its maximum of complexity in the teeth of some gigantic extinct batrachian Reptiles, from the Triassic formations, called from their distinct peculiarities, ‘* Labyrinthedonts.” ) _ The chief varieties in the form of the teeth in Fishes were then enumerated, and more especially illustrated in the predatory Pike, the vegetarian Carp, the shell-crushing Myliobates, and the coral- browsing Scarus. The elastic attachment of the teeth of the Lophius, and the mode of growth and succession of the Shark’s numerous teeth were explained. From the class of Reptiles examples of dental structure were selected from the Serpent-tribes, in relation to the poison-apparatus, and from the Crocodile, in respect of the constant succession and dis- lacement of the teeth. The structure of the teeth of the extinct guanodon and Megalosaurus was also noticed. The Mammalian class might be divided, in regard to the succession of the teeth, into two groups—the Monophyodonts, or those that gene- rate but one set of teeth, and the Diphyodonts, or those that generate two sets of teeth. The Monophyodonts include the Cetacea and the Bruta (Ldentata of Cuvier) ; all the other Orders are Diphyodonts. The teeth of the Mammalia, especially the Diphyodonts, have usually so much more definite and complex a form than those of fishes and reptiles, that three parts are recognised in them ; viz. the “fang,” the ‘“‘neck,’”’ and the “crown.” The fang or root (radix) is the inserted part; the crown (corona) the exposed part; and the constriction which divides these is called the neck (cervix). The term ‘‘ fang’’ is properly given only to the implanted part of a tooth of restricted growth, which fang gradually tapers to its extremity ; those teeth which grow uninterruptedly have not their exposed part separated by a neck from their implanted part, and this generally maintains to its extremity the same shape and size as the exposed crown. It is peculiar to the class Mammalia to have tceth implanted in sockets by two or more fangs; but this can only happen to teeth of limited growth, and generally characterizes the molars and premolars : perpetually growing teeth require the base to be kept simple and widely excavated for the persistent pulp. In no mammiferous animal Royal Institution. 329 does anchylosis of the tooth with the jaw constitute a normal mode of attachment. Each tooth has its particular socket, to which it firmly adheres by the close co-adaptation of their opposed surfaces, and by the firm adhesion of the alveolar periosteum to the organized cement which invests the fang or fangs of the teoth. True teeth implanted in sockets are confined, in the Mammalian class, to the maxillary, premaxillary, and mandibular, or lower max- illary bones, and form a single row in each. They may project only from the premaxillary bones, as in the Narwhal, or only from the lower maxillary bone, as in Ziphius; or be apparent only in the lower maxillary bone, as in the Cachalot; or be limited to the superior and inferior maxillaries, and not present in the premaxillaries, as in the true Ruminants and most Bruta. The teeth of the Mammalia usually consist of hard unvascular dentine, defended at the crown by an investment of enamel, and everywhere surrounded by a coat of cement. The coronal cement is of extreme tenuity in Man, Quadrumana, and terrestrial Carnivora ; it is thicker in the Herbivora, especially in the complex grinders of the Elephant; and is thickest in the teeth of the Sloths, Megathe- rioids, Dugong, Walrus, and Cachalot. Vertical folds of enamel and cement penetrate the crown of the tooth in the Ruminants, and in most Rodents and Pachyderms, characterizing by their various forms the genera of the last two orders; but these folds never converge from equidistant points of the circumference of the crown towards its centre. The teeth of the quadrupeds of the order Bruta (Edentata, Cuv.) have no true enamel; this is absent likewise in the molars of the Dugong and the Cachalot. The tusks of the Narwhal, Walrus, Dinotherium, Mastodon, and Elephant, consist of modified dentine, which in the last two great proboscidian animals is properly called ‘ivory,’ and is covered by cement. The Dolphins and Armadillos present little variety in the shape of teeth in the same animal; the teeth are often very numerous ; and this sameness of form is characteristic of most of the monophyo- donts. ; In almost all the other Mammalia, particular teeth have special forms for special uses: thus, the front teeth, from being commonl adapted to effect the first coarse division of the food, have been called cutters or éncisors; and the back teeth, which complete its comminu- tion, grinders or molars; large conical teeth, situated behind the incisors, and adapted by being nearer the imsertion of the biting muscles, to act with greater force, are called holders, tearers, laniaries, or more commonly canine teeth, from being well developed in the Dog and other Carnivora, although they are given, likewise, to many vegetable feeders for defence or combat: e. g. Musk-deer. Molar teeth, which are adapted for mastication, have either tuber- culate, or transversely ridged, or flat summits, and usually are either surrounded by a ridge of enamel, or are traversed by similar ridges arranged in various patterns. Certain molars in the Dugong, the Mylodon, and the Zeuglodon, are so deeply indented laterally by opposite longitudinal grooves, as to appear, when abraded, to be com- posed of two cylindrical teeth cemented together, and the transverse 330 | Royal Institution. section of the crown is bilobed. The teeth of the Glyptodon were fluted by two analogous grooves on each side. The large molars of the Capybara and Elephant have the crown cleft into a numerous series of compressed transverse plates, cemented together side by side. The modifications of the crown of the molar teeth are those that are most intimately related to the kind of food of the animal pos- sessing them. [Illustrations were given of the chief of these modi- fications in the purely Carnivorous mammals, where the molars are simple, trenchant, and play upon each other like scissor-blades: in the mixed feeding species where the working surface of the molars is flattened or tuberculated: in the insectivorous species where it is bristled with sharp points: and in the purely herbivorous kinds, where the broad grinding surfaces of the teeth are complicated by folds and ridges of the enamel entering the substance of the tooth : the most complex forms being presented by the Elephants. Teeth of each of the kinds above determined, and arbitrarily named “incisors,” “canines,” ‘“ molars,”’ have received other special names, in regard to certain peculiarities of form or other property ; and the ablest comparative anatomists have been led astray in determining their homologies when they have suffered themselves to be guided exclusively by morphological characters. The small anterior grind- ing teeth in the human subject have been called “‘bicuspids.” The penultimate upper tooth and the last lower tooth in the Lion are termed, from their peculiar form, “ sectorials,”’ or “ carnassial teeth,” *‘molaires carnassi¢res”’ of Cuvier. ‘Teeth of an elongated conical form, projecting considerably beyond the rest, and of uninterrupted growth, are called “tusks ;’? such are the incisors of the Elephant and Dugong, and the canines of the Boar and Walrus: the long and large incisors of the Rodents have been termed, from the shape and structure of their cutting edge, scalpriform or chisel-teeth, “‘ dentes scalprarit.”’ The inferior incisors of the flying Lemurs (Galeopithecus) have the crown deeply notched like a comb, and are termed “ dentes pectinati.”” The canines of the Baboons are deeply grooved in front, like the poison-fangs, ‘‘ dentes canaliculati,” of some serpents. The compressed conical crowns of the molar teeth of the small clawed Seals, Stenorhynchus, are divided either like a trident into three sharp points, or like a saw, into four or five points; the molars of the great extinct Zeuglodon had a similar form; such teeth have been called dentes serrati. But the philosophical course of the knowledge of nature tends to explode needless terms of art, invented for unimportant varieties, and to establish and fix the meaning of those words that are the signs of determinate species of things. The Cuviers divided the molar series of teeth, according to their form, into three kinds: “ false molars,” ‘ carnassials,’’ and “ tu- bercular molars ;”’ and, in giving the generic characters of Mam- malia, based the dental formule on this system: thus the genus . . . . . 2—2 . Felis is characterized as having “ fausses molaires =—~, carnassiéres 2—2’ ]—1 e 1—1 wee 8 3° icy tuberculeuses 53 = |: In a diagram of the leading modifications of Diphyodont dentition, Royal Institution. 331 an uninterrupted line marked ‘‘ Cuvier’’ was made to intersect the teeth in each jaw of the Carnivora, called by that great anatomist ‘‘carnassiéres:’’ those anterior to them being the teeth which he called ‘‘ fausses molaires ;’’ those behind being the ‘‘ tuberculeuses.”’ Most zoologists, both at home and abroad, have adopted the Cuvierian system of formulising the molar teeth. Prof. De Blainville, however, abandoned that classification of the molar series, without assigning his objections to it; and proposed another, in which he divides the series into ‘‘ avant-molaires,” ‘‘ principales,” and “ arriére-molaires ;”’ he exemplifies this division by the human’ dentition, in which the five grinders on each side of both jaws are formulised as ‘two avant-molaires, one principale, and two arriére-molaires.”” The teeth regarded by De Blainville as the homologues of these, were indi- cated in the diagram above referred to by a dotted line intersecting the *‘dent principale” in each species. Truly homologous teeth are determined, like other parts, by their relative position, by their connexions, and by their development. The teeth of one side of the jaw repeat, are answerable to, or are homo- types, of the teeth on the other side; and those in the upper jaw usually correspond, in like manner, to those in the under jaw. Those teeth which are implanted in the premaxillary bones, and in the corresponding part of the lower jaw, are called “ incisors,’’ what- ever be their shape or size. The tooth in the maxillary bone, which is situated at, or near to, the suture with the premaxillary, is the “canine,” as is also that tooth in the lower jaw which, in opposing it, passes in front of its crown when the mouth is closed. The first- formed incisors and canines are deciduous; they are succeeded and displaced vertically by the permanent incisors and canines. With regard to the other teeth, their true nature and homologies, about which the difference of opinion has chiefly prevailed amongst anato- mists, are determinable not by shape or size, or by relative position to the zygoma, but by developmental characters exclusively. The first set are the “deciduous molars ;” the teeth which displace and succeed them vertically are the “premolars; the more posterior teeth, which are not displaced by vertical successors, but succeed each other horizontally, are the ‘ molars,”’ properly so called. The phenomena of the development and succession of the teeth were then explained and illustrated in examples of Carnivorous, Her- bivorous, and mixed-feeding species of Diphyodont Mammalia. Genus J’elis.—In the Cat, the deciduous incisors begin to appear between two and three weeks old; the canines next, and then the molars follow, the whole being in place before the sixth week. After the seventh month they begin to fall in the same order; but the lower sectorial molar and the tubercular tooth above, appear before the deciduous molars are shed; they do not push out any predeces- sors, and have no successors ; they are, therefore, true molars. The first deciduous molar in the upper jaw is a very small and simple one-fanged tooth ; it is succeeded by the corresponding tooth of the permanent series, which answers to the second premolar of the Hyeena and Dog. The second deciduous molar is the sectorial tooth; its 332 Royal Institution. blade is trilobate, but both the anterior and posterior smaller lobes are notched, and the internal tubercle, which is relatively larger than in the permanent sectorial, is continued from the base of the middle lobe, as in the deciduous sectorial of the Dog and Hyzena; it thus typifies the form of the upper sectorial, which is retained in the per- manent dentition of several Viverrine and Musteline species. The third or internal fang of the deciduous sectorial is continued from the inner tubercle, and is opposite the interspace of the two outer fangs. 'The Musteline type is further adhered to by the young Feline in the large proportional size of its deciduous tubercular tooth. In the lower jaw, the first milk-molar is succeeded by a tooth which answers to the third lower premolar in the Dog and Civet. The deciduous sectorial, which is succeeded by the premolar, answering to the fourth in the Dog, has a smaller proportional anterior lobe; and a larger posterior talon, which is usually notched; thereby approaching the form of the permanent lower sectorial tooth in the Mustelide. The last tooth which is functionally analogous to the carnassial above, is the first of the true molar series, and is the homotype of the little tubercular tooth above. _ The true nature of the dentition of the Lion and other Felines, as determined by the above phenomena of development, is :— a. os c. ip p- — m. ae signifying that there are 3 in- cisors, 1 canine, 3 premolars, and I molar, on each side of the upper jaw, and the same, with the exception of a small premolar, on each side of the lower jaw. The teeth, which are the seat of the sectorial or carnassial modifications, are not homologous or homotypal in the two jaws. In the genus Ursus the dentition was, in like manner, shown to 3—3 1—!I 4—4 2—2 33? C. 7 eS Be P- rae Mm. 33 = 42. In the Hog, four deciduous molars are succeeded by four premolars, vertically ; and three molars are developed in _hori- zontal succession behind these, the dental formula being :— 3-38 el 44 38 ees, Tek te Tae he —i. 3—3 _, This number of teeth is never surpassed in the Diphyodont series ; and the Lecturer regarded it as the typical dentition. It is, however, rarely maintained in existing species, but appears to have been much more common in extinct Mammalia, especially those from the most ancient tertiary epochs ; illustrations of which were given in the Hyenodon.and Hyopotamus, and examples cited in the extinct genera Cheropotamus, Anthracotherium, Hyracotherium, Oplothe- rium, Merycopotamus, Hippohyus, Anoplotherium, Paleotherium, and Paloplotherium. In the three latter genera, Professor Owen had determined the nature of the molar series to be the same as in the Hog, by specimens showing the deciduous dentition. In the hoofed quadrupeds with toes in uneven number (Perisso- dactyla), whose premolars, for the most part, repeat both the form Royal Institution. 333 and the complex structure of the true molars, such premolars are distinguished by the same character of development as those of the Artiodactyla, ov. Ungulates with toes in even number; although here the premolars are distinguished also by modifications of size and shape. ! In most of the South American Quadrumana, the number of teeth, as contrasted with the Monkeys of Africa and Asia, is increased to thirty-six, by an addition of one tooth to the molar series on each side of both jaws. It might be concluded @ priori, that as three is the typical number of true molars in the placental Mammalia with two sets of teeth, the additional tooth in the New-World Monkeys would be a premolar, and form one step to the resumption of the normal number (four) of that kind of teeth. The proof of the accu- racy of this inference was given by the state of the dentition in the. young of the Howler-Monkey (Mycetes), in which a diagram was exhibited of a dissection of the jaws, exposing the germs of the per- manent teeth: the crown of a premolar being found above the third milk-molar in place, as well as above the second and first. As regards number, therefore, the molar series, in Mycetes, is interme- diate between that of the Bear, Ursus, and Felis; the little premolar p. t. i Ursus, tells plainly enough which of the four is wanting to complete the typical number in the South American Monkey, and which is the additional premolar distinguishing its dental formula from that of the Old-World Monkeys and Man. With regard to the Human Dentition, the discovery, by the great poet Goethe, of the limits of the premaxillary bone in man, leads to the determination of the incisors, which are reduced, as in Apes and Monkeys, to two on each side of both jaws; the contiguous tooth shows by its shape, as well as position, that it is the canine ; and the characters of size and shape have also served to divide the remaining five teeth in each lateral series into two bicuspids and three molars. In this mstance, as in the dentition of the Bear, the secondary cha- racters conform with the essential ones. But since we haye seen of how little value shape or size are, in the order Carnivora, in the determination of the exact homologies of the teeth, it is satisfactory to know that the more constant and important character of develop- ment gives the requisite certitude as to the nature of the so-called bicuspids in the Human subject. The condition of the teeth was shown in the jaws of a child of about six years of age. The two incisors on each side are followed by a canine, and this by three teeth having crowns resembling those of the three molar teeth of the adult. In fact, the last of.the three is the first of the permanent molars; it has pushed through the gum, like the two molars which are in advance of it, without displacing any previous tooth, and the substance of the jaw contains no germ of any tooth destined.to displace it ; it is there- fore, by this character of its development, a true molar, and the germs of the permanent teeth, which are exposed in the substance of the jaw. between the diverging fangs of the two anterior molars, prove them to be, temporary, destined to be replaced, and prove also that the teeth about to displace them are premolars. According, therefore, 334 Royal Institution. to the rule previously laid down, we count the permanent molar in place, the first of its series, and the adjoining premolar as the last of its series, and consequently the fourth of the typical dentition; the next premolar in advance being the penultimate or third of the typi- cal series. We are thus enabled, with the same scientific certainty as that whereby we recognise in the middle toe of the foot the homologue of that great digit which forms the whole foot, and is encased by the hoof in the Horse, to point to the second bicuspid in the upper jaw, and to the first molar in the lower jaw of Man, as the homologues of the great carnassial teeth of the Lion and Tiger. We also conclude that the teeth which are wanting in Man fo complete the typical molar series, are the first and second premolars, the homologues of those which were marked in the diagram of the dentition of the Bear. The characteristic shortening of the maxillary bones required this diminution of the number of their teeth, as well as of their size, and of the canines more especially ; and the still greater curtailment of the premaxillary bone is attended with a diminished number and an altered position of the incisors. One sees, indeed, in the Carnivorous series, that a corresponding decrease in-the number of the premolars is concomitant with the shortening of the jaws. Already in the Mustelide, the first premolar below is abrogated; in Felis also above, with the further loss of the second premolar in the lower jaw ; the true molars being correspondingly reduced in these strictly flesh- eating animals, but taken away from the back part of their series. If we were desirous of further testing the soundness of the foregoing conclusions as to the nature of the teeth absent in the reduced dental formula of Man, we ought to trace the mode in which the type is progressively resumed in descending from Man through the Order most nearly allied to our own. Through a considerable part of the Capirinigaois series, é. g. in all the Old-World genera above the Lemurs, the same number and kinds of teeth are present as in Man; the first deviation being the disproportionate size of the canines and the concomitant break or *‘diastema”’ in the dental series for the reception of their crowns when the mouth is shut. - This is manifested in both the Chimpan- zees and Orangs, together with a sexual difference in the proportions of the canine teeth. Then comes the added premolar in the New- World Monkeys, and the further additions in lower quadrupeds, until in the Hog genus we see the old primitive type of Diphyodont den- tition resumed or retained. With regard to the application of the above principles and charac-. ters to other or newly-discovered species: —When the premolars and the molars are below their typical number, the absent teeth are miss- ing from the fore part of the premolar series and from the back part of the molar series. The most constant teeth are the fourth premolar and the first true molar; and, these being known by their order and mode of development, the homologies of the remaining molars and premolars are determined by counting the molars from before back- wards, e.g. “one,” “two,” “three ;” and the premolars from behind Royal Institution. 335 forwards, “four,” “three,” “two,” “one.” The incisors are counted from the median line, commonly the foremost part of both upper and lower jaws, outwards and backwards. ‘The first incisor of the right side is the homotype, transversely, of the contiguous incisor of the left side in the same jaw, and, vertically, of its opposing tooth in the opposite jaw; and so with regard to the canines, premolars, and molars ; just as the right arm is the homotype of the left arm in its own segment, and also of the right leg of a succeeding segment. It suffices, therefore, to reckon and name the teeth of one side of either jaw in a species, with the typical number and kinds of teeth; e. g. the first, second and third incisors,—the first, second, third and fourth premolars,—the first, second and third molars; and of one side of both jaws in any case. cmt The homologous teeth being thus determinable, they may be severally signified by a symbol as well as by a name. ‘The in- cisors, e. g., by their initial letter 7., and individually by an added -number, 7. 1, 2. 2, and 7. 3; the canines by the letter c.; the pre- molars by the letter p.; and the molars by the, letter m.; these also being differentiated by added numerals. Thus, the number of these teeth, on each side of both jaws, in any given species, Man e. g., may be expressed by the following brief formula :— 4, — c. ae p. 7 m. = = 32; and the homologies of the individual teeth, in relation to the typical formula, may be sig- nified by 7.1, 7. 2; ¢.; p. 3, p. 4; m.1, m. 2, m. 3: the’ sup- pressed teeth being 7. 3, p. 1, and p. 2. These symbols are so plain and simple as to form no obstacle to the ready comprehension of the facts explained by means of them. Were those facts described in the ordinary way, by means of the verbal phrases or definitions of the teeth; as for example, in Man, “the second deciduous molar, representing the fourth deciduous molar in the typical dentition,” instead of d. 4, and so on, the de- scriptions of the manifold modifications of the teeth and of dental development must continue to occupy much unnecessary space, and levy such a tax upon the attention and memory, as would inevitably tend to enfeeble the judgement and impair the power of seizing and appreciating the results of the comparison. Each year’s experience had strengthened the lecturer’s conviction that the rapid and successful progress of the knowledge of animal structures, and of the generalizations deducible therefrom, would be mainly influenced by the determination of the homology of parts and organs, and by the concomitant power of condensing the propositions relating to them, and attaching to them signs or symbols equivalent to their single substantive names. In the lecturer’s work on the ‘Archetype of the Skeleton,” he had denoted most of the bones by simple numerals: the symbols of the teeth are fewer in number, are easily understood and remembered ; and, if generally adopted, might. take the place of names: they would, then, render unnecessary the - endless repetition of the verbal definition of the part, harmonise con- flicting synonyms, serve as a universal language, and at the same . 336 Zoological Soviet}. time express the expositor’s meaning in ithe fewest and ‘clearest terms: The entomologist had long \found the:advantage of such signs as 6 and 2, in reference to the sexes of Insects and the like ;:and the anatomist would find it) to his advantage.to avail himself! of this powerful instrument of thought, instruction) and? discovery, from which. the chemist, the astronomer, eet neni? + agpasachilar sy have ou tained such important results. sil . : ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. iad February 10, 1852.—William Yarrell, Esq., in the Chair. .'The Chairman exhibited a specimen of the Echiodon Drummondii of Mr. Thompson of Belfast, a very rare species of fish, of which only one example has been previously known. Dr. Drummond ob-” tained the first specimen on the beach at Carnclough, near Glenarm’ in the county of Antrim, in June 1836, cast ashore probably by the tide of the preceding night, after a strong easterly wind. ‘The ‘spe cies was considered new to ichthyology, and was first described. and® figured in the Transactions of this Society by Mr. Thompson; ‘vol. iis” p» 207. pl. 38. Nothing that has transpired since the publication’ of Mr. Thompson’s paper has induged a belief that this species had” heen previously known. The specimen now exhibited was most liberally sent to Mr: Yartell: by Mrs. Blackburn of Valencia, in the county of Kerry, who was'per- fectly aware of the characters, the rarity, and the value of the fish.” It was found. by her daughter Helen on the shore of the harbour of Valencia, after a violent storm from the west; which occurred there|* onthe 23rd of January last. This example is smaller than the one noticedby Mr. Thompson; ; measuring only 8 inches in length, but quite perfect. «Mr. Thomp- son’s.example measured 12 inches (Brit. Fishes, vol. ii. p.417). The following papers were then read :— 1..On Cysrosoma SAUNDERSII, or Curtis AND WEstwoop. By A. W. Scort, M.A. Head. small; sides of the thorax running in a straight line from: the head to an acute angle behind ; abdomen of the male deeply ¢on- stricted immediately behind first segment; second joint of the ‘an- tennee distinct from the third, and not forming with it the tapering setee. which terminates them; upper wings destitute of a nervure® running parallel to their inner margin. The male measures, in expanse of wings, nearly 4} inches; the female 33, inches, The antennee in both sexes are very short, 7-jointed, the two basal joints, strong and thick, the remainder much finer and gradually ter- minating in a point. The legs, anterior pair, with two minute spurs at the apex of tibia ; Zoological Society. . 337 the femora are robust, with their lower edges serrated; the second and posterior pairs longer than the anterior, with minute spurs on the ends of the tibize and setze, placed in pairs and evenly distri- buted along the inner edge; the femora of these are slender and not serrated. The tarsi of all the legs 3-jointed, and terminated by two strongish claws, and fringed underneath by sete. From the base of each coxa of the second and posterior pairs there proceeds a large flexible spine. The upper wings are coriaceous, lanceolate and sharply pointed, with the cells of inner side open, and not shut in by a long marginal nervure as in the true Cicade. The under wings are small, and furnished with very weak nervures. The colour of the whole upper surface of both sexes is of a pale delicate green, with the exception of the posterior wings, which are transparent, possessing, however, a slight greenish tinge. The costze of the fore-wings are white, with a pinkish hue running along the centre. The under portion of the base of the upper wing inclines to yellow, which colour extends round the thorax. The antenne are black, and the eyes a bright, light reddish colour. In the preserved specimens, the beautiful delicate green, which constitutes the general colour, becomes duller and darker, and frequently assumes a hue of sickly yellow. The drums of the male are rounded, and marked by seven trans- verse furrows, slightly. tinged with brown, in the middle, and different from those of the true Cicade in being more conspi- ' cuous on a dorsal view of the insect. Besides, the abdomen is . deeply constricted immediately behind them, so that the first segment appears as it were to form part of the metathorax, and the abdomen seems merely composed of the seven last segments, which are here exceedingly inflated, as in the orthopterous genus Pneumora. The abdomen of the female is of a size and form more correspond- ing to that of the female Cicade, but it is of a more cylindrical form and less angular at the sides. The dilated sides of the metasternum, which form the two plates covermg the under sides of the drums in the male, are here comparatively small. These insects are extremely numerous on Ash Island, principally inhabiting an orange grove of about 1200 trees, and we scarcely ever remember seeing one beyond a few rods of the limits of this garden, nor have we ever heard of or discovered a single specimen elsewhere, with the exception of the few brought by Sir Thomas Mitchell from the interior. . | During the short twilight of this country, the male commences and ends his song, which resembles a loud deep guttural, R, continued incessantly, and with vibrations. So loud indeed is this sound, that when near to several insects it becomes even painful to the ear. It is, moreover, very unlike the shriller and harsher notes uttered by the common Cicada. In this brief period after sunset the males and females occasionally fly from tree to tree, their flight being slow and steady, particularly that of the former. The only other time in which these insects are Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 22 338 Zoological Society. heard is immediately, in hot and sultry weather, before a thunder- storm, and then only at broken intervals. This habit was particularly noticed on our placing the males on a bunch of flowers in the draw- ing-room, where every evening they regaled us with their short-lived song, and at other periods occasionally predicted the coming storm. The larvee live underground upon the roots of plants, and in their habits and transformations closely approximate to those of the com- mon Cicada. — : The perfect insects appear early in September, and’are to be found until about February. They are extremely easily captured, the females being taken when in flight by a common butterfly net, and the males by going to the spot from where their voices proceed, and suddenly shaking the bough, which causes them to drop to the ground, when they may be picked up. The male has been indifferently figured under the name of Cyséo- soma Saundersit, in the ‘Arcana Entomologica,’ in which Mr, West- wood mentions its affinity to Hemidictya, and gives good dissections. His description, however, is not correct, when he characterizes the - inseet as “ pallide lutea,’’ whereas the species is ‘ leete viridis.” . The female, we believe, is not known in England. | Ash Island, Hunter River, New South Wales, Noy. 6, 1851. 2. DeEscrIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF ANOMALURUS, FROM Fernanpno Po. By Lovis Fraser, H.B.M. Vicze-Consur FOR THE KINGDOM OF DAHOMEY. The Proceedings of this Society contain the deseription of a very interesting new form of Rodents, discovered by myself at Fernando Po, and to which the name Anomalurus Fraseri was given by Mr. Waterhouse. A second species of the genus has subsequently been found in Ashantee, by an enterprising collector sent.out by the Direct- ors of the Leyden Museum, and has been named after its discoverer, by M. Temminck, Anomalurus Pelii. I have now to submit to your notice a third species of the genus, which I propose to name after my friend and coadjutor, John Beecroft, Esq., H.M. Consul for the Bights of Benin and Biafra, also Spanish Governor of the island of Fernando Po, as a just tribute to one who has devoted upwards of twenty-three years to the cause of Western Africa and its mhabitants, and.whose knowledge of both is unequalled. This extraordinary gentleman has entered ‘all (or nearly all) the rivers on this coast, so fatal to Europeans, and after six weeks’ search amongst the swamps and creeks, has discovered the junction of the Benin and Niger: this latter river he has navigated three or four times as high up as Rabba. He also ascended Clarence Peak. The principal peculiarities of the three species of dnomalurus are as follows :— : ANnoMALURUS FrRaserRt, Waterh. General hue of the upper parts brown ; the flank-membranes dusky Zoological Society. 389 _ or black ; under parts dirty white, slightly washed with buff-yellow ; a considerable area around the base of the ears black, as well as the long hairs on the basal part of those organs; cheeks deep brown; throat grey; feet and tail dusky. Hab. Fernando Po. ANOMALURUS BeEcrortTI, Fraser. ; Upper parts, including the greater portion of the flank-membranes, Ss artitem grey, slightly mclining to rufous on the mesial line of the ack, especially on the fore part ; under parts of a bright rust colour ; cheeks and throat grey, excepting that the latter has a narrow rust- coloured mark in the middle ; a white spot on the crown of the head (probably not constant), and a short white band on either side of the neck running on the shoulders; a dusky patch on the flank-mem- brane above, commencing on the margin of the membrane near the anterior part, and extending backwards and inwards rather less than half way along the flanks; tail dusky brown. Hab. Fernando Po. This species is rather larger than the dn. Fraseri, and differs, - moreover, in the upper parts of the body being yellow-grey, instead . of brown; in having the greater portion of the flank-membranes as well as the feet grey, instead of dusky ; in wanting the conspicuous black area around the base of the ears—the part in question being of the same general grey colour in dn. Beecrofti as other parts ; in having the cheeks hoary grey, intead of deep brown; and in having the under parts of a bright rusty red. There are differences likewise to - be observed in the scales on the under side of the tail; they cover less space in the longitudinal direction, are broader, and have the pro- jecting angles less prominent. ° in. lin. Length from tip of nose to root of tail .......... 15 0 OF Gad Se LOS RRR 3 en 8 AA Noe Ae Bg ef the scaly portion beneath ............ 3 3 Froth Hgse to ear... P28 os Ve oes g OF UNESP, FPO Oo 2) FPR AMO BY — of fore foot and claws...... 111 —— of hind foot and claws 2 9 AnomaLurus Pei, Temminck. . Larger than either of the foregoing. Black above; dirty white below; throat dusky; clin, upper surface of the nose, the region of _ the muffle (or naked portion of the nose), the long and soft hairs on ‘the outer surface of the ears at the base, and the tail, white; the flank-membrane is broadly margined with white, and the hairs on the feet are for the most part white, but with an admixture of black or dusky ; the long hairs springing from the base of the nails of the hinder feet are black. Hab, Ashantee. 22% 340 Botameal Society of Edinburgh. - BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH. February 9, 1854.— Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair. The following papers were read:— . 1. “On the occurrence of Anacharis Alsinastrum in Ireland,” by G. Dickie, M.D. The author remarks that they have probably the earliest record of the presence of the Anacharis in the United King- dom, for Mr. John New, a gardener, informs him that ‘about eighteen years ago, the pond at Waringstown was cleared of overhanging trees, when the Anacharis was immediately observed, after the planting of some aquatics, making it necessary several times during the summer to clear it out. It is not known. whether it existed in the pond pre- viously to the above date, or was introduced with the aquatics at that time. For many years its name was not known to any person in the neighbourhood.” _ bablory 2.. “Notes of a Botanical Trip to the Tents Muir, in the north of Fife, in July last,” by Mr. G. Lawson. The object of these notes was to call attention to a rich locality, which, although ‘within :easy reach, had not hitherto been much examined by Edinburgh botanists. It is an extensive tract, chiefly of sand dunes, extending along: the coast from Ferry-Port-on-Craig ‘to the river Eden. ‘The ‘following were among the plants noticed: Anagallis tenella, Lycopodium inunda- tum, Littorella lacustris, Teesdalia nudicaulis, Radiola Millegrana, Sisymbrium Sophia, Fumaria micrantha, Senecio viscosus, Juncus balticus, Papaver Argemone, Chrysanthemum segetum, Veronica Ana- gallis and scutellata, Peplis Portula, Malva sylvestris; Myosotis col- lina, Bryum warneum (Mr. Ogilvie), Weissia nigrita, Didymodon inclinatum, Stereocaulon tomentosum. The pools and moist hollows on thé Muir were rich in freshwater Algee, including Nostochineze’and Desmidieze. The party did not find Isnardia palustris, and fancied ‘that the abundance and luxuriance of Peplis Portula might have led to ‘some mistake. ‘The Peplis afforded a retreat for myriads of Hydra viridis. MOS SES in : | 3. "Notice of Localities for Rare Plants in the neighbourhood of Edinburgh,” by Mr. G. R. Tate. The following were among the plants noticed :— Alyssum calycinum. On debris below the Queen’s drive, near Duddingston. ‘I noticed the plant in this locality in the month of May before it was in flower; at that time there were a number of specimens. As the season advanced and the locality became more generally known, nearly the whole were eradicated. It is hardly possible that the Alyssum could have escaped the notice of the nume- rous botanists visiting Arthur’s Seat and its neighbourhood, had it existed in this locality for any length of time. The probability is, that it had been introduced by seed sown, at no very distant date, by some one anxious to add a species to a flora already overstocked with doubtful watives. I obtained this plant at Burntisland, in very small quantity.” Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 341 Sinapis Cheiranthus. In a field near Gullane. | Not previously found in Scotland, and :doubtfully indigenous.» ) Drosera longifolia. In bogs at the foot of the Knock Hill, not far from the station. of Carex irrigua. Hypericum Androsemum. Near Culross. Hypocheris glabra. Near Culross. Lamium: maculatum. Banks of the Esk, about two miles above Musselburghi:)4 vod) te | Rumex alpinus... In tivo localities near the Knock Hill, both near cottages. | | . ; Tulipa sylvestris.. Sides of the Water of Leith, above Currie, Zannichellia palustris. Canal near Fountain Bridge. Carex incurva. Sea-shore between Longniddry and Prestonpans. _-ov4.6On the Nightshade Family,” by Mr. Peter Fairbairn... Mr. Fairbairn detailed the character and properties of the Solanacee, and alluded. particularly to the nature and qualities of the alkaloids yielded by different genera and species. He remarked, that. the ‘effect produced by ‘such alkaloids as Hyoscyamine, Daturine, and . ~AAtropine were different from those produced by Solanine, especially as:regards the dilatation of the pupil. y)-Dr.'T. Anderson remarked that Mr. Fairbairn had not adopted the division proposed -by-Miers into Solanacee and Atropacee, orders which were distinguished. by eestivation and other botanical characters, aswell:as by their physiological properties. He did not, consider that any correct.evidence had been adduced of the narcotic proper- ties of the species of Solanum... 'The infusion of S. Dulcamara could be given iu large quantities without producing any narcotic effects, and. its berries had been used ‘as a preserve. The effects of the plants belonging’ to the. order Atropacee did not develope themselves like those of opium; they were more of a stimulant character. and were slowly produced,..and they were accompanied with marked ‘enlarge- ‘mentof the pupil. 296] 5. ‘Illustrations of the value of Botanical Histology to the Medical Student and Practitioner,’ by Dr. Lindsay, Assistant. Physician. to the Crichton Royal Institution, Dumfries. The author stated that the» origin of this paper was due to the fact that there existed among the medical students of the Edinburgh University, a strong feeling that they are compelled by the Curriculum-regulations to learn too much of the collateral sciences of natural history, chemistry and botany,—botany-being, in particular, a science, the knowledge of which is regarded as quite unnecessary for the practice of their profession. The idea that the study of the scientifie or theoretical disqualifies to a certain extent from the acquirement. of practical knowledge is a fatal error, and he believed that. every Professor of the University could bear testimony to the fact that those students who had distinguished themselves in one department of their Academic curriculum, generally did so equally in every other. ..Dr, Lindsay’s object. in this communication was merely to lay before such sceptics the results of the short experience of one but lately a student—of one who had been at the same time a scientific and a “ practical. man,”” 342 Botanical Society of Edinburgh. and to point out more especially by a few illustrations the value of microscopical botany to the general practitioner. March 9, 1854.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair. | The following papers were read, viz. :— 1. “On the Pollen of Zamia horrida,’ by J... Balfour; M.D. The pollen is in its ordinary condition elliptical; with a groove in one side, resembling very much a grain of wheat in appearanee. The groove is formed by the folding inwards of the edges of the pollen- grain, which when fully expanded under the action of water becomes completely spherical;, When water is applied under the mierosebdpe, the two edges of the groove are seen to unfold and spread out so as to produce the circular grain; when allowed to dry, the grain resumes the elliptical grooved condition. Itis perhaps difficult to say whether the elliptical or the spherical form is to be looked upon as the cha- racteristie one ; the elliptical being the dry state of the pollen, while the spherical is the moist condition. The true strueture is rendered more apparent by an application of iodine. The pollen of Cycads -is stated by many to be angular. This is not thé form in Zamia horrida. : 2. ‘Notice of the Muscology of the Kast Coast of Fife,’ by the Rev: Thomas Brown. The author offered some observations on the distribution of Mosses on the east coast of Scotland, with reference more particularly to such stations as the Sands of Barrie, the Tents Muir; Elie and Gullane Links, which although all situated close to the sea-shore, presented several alpine species. He enumerated the Mosses found by him in the neighbourhood of Elie; which included a variety of Mnium affine not previously found in fruit in Britain; Bryum dealbatum, Hypnum abietinum, Encalypta rhaptocarpa, Di- dymodon inclinatum, and other unusual species... 3. ‘* Note on the supposed Antheridia of the Rhamnee,;” by J.S8. B. Sanderson, M.D. A careful examination of the buds of various species of Rhamnus, particularly of R. catharticus, led the author to believe that the club-shaped organs described by Grisebach differed from the antheridia in not being developed from a single special mother- cell, in not possessing a central cavity at any period of their growth; and in containing a resinous secretion. He could not detect the *Jong-tailed globules enclosed in minute spherical cells;’’ observed by Grisebach to oscillate in a very lively manner. _ , _. 4: * Register of the Flowering of certain hardy plants in the Royal Botanic Garden from 9th February to 7th March, 1854,’ by Mr. James M‘Nab. ) 5. On the Anatomical Structure of Coniferze and other Gymno- gens,’ by Mr. G. Lawson. The author remarked that the structure and development of the wood-cell had been well elucidated by Hugo von Mohl in various papers in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ aid in his work on-‘ The Vegetable Cell,’ but there was one aspect in which the subject had not been so fully viewed as appeared desirable. Mr. Lawson’s examinations had been undertaken principally for the purpose of ascertaining in how far the peculiarities in the minute. Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 343 anatomy of the Conifers: coincided with their general structure, and might be depended upon in the determination of their orders, genera and species,—an inquiry from which fossil botany and investigations relative to timber were likely to derive advantage. After detailing the general structure of the wood-cells of Coniferee, and pointing out peculiarities that occurred in. various plants of the order, he deseribed a . remarkable modification which had been noticed in the Yew, viz. the presence in the wood-cell of what appeared to be a spiral fibre, but which had been shown by Harting to be a connected pellicle with thickened ridges arranged in a spiral manner. Mr. Lawson had found this structure to be by no means so rare as had been supposed, and although principally confined to plants belonging to Taxaceee, it was stated not to be universal in that order, nor peculiar to it. He had observed it in the following plants :—Cephalotaxrus Fortuni, C. pedunculata, C. tardiva, Torreya taxifolia, T. nucifera, Taxus baccata, T. cana- densis, Podocarpus japonica, P. koraiana, Abies Douglasii, Fitzroya patagonica. It also occurred in a specimen of pine wood from Upper California, which presented interesting microscopical characters, but - which he had been unable as yet to identify. This structure was not to be confounded with the faint spiral streaks seen under a high power on the secondary membrane of the wood-cells of many Coniferee. It had been long a question whether true punctated tissue was strictly confined to Gymnogens.’ A careful examination of Drimys grana- fensis and other plants had led him to believe that the disks which occurred in aromatic trees were essentially the same as those of Coniferze, and indeed accorded in a remarkable manner with those of many Araucarie and-Taxaceze, in which the central dot was not circular, but formed by two elliptical slits crossmg each other. The manner in which this appearance arose was fullyexplained bya reference to the spiral arrangement of the slits, which also seemed to account for the alternation of the disksin Araucaria. In the determination of © fossil plants and of unknown timbers, Mr. Lawson believed that valuable characters were afforded by the peculiarities. of the wood- cell, such as its general: size, presence or absence of a spiral tertiary membrane, arrangement of disks (alternate or opposite), their distance . from each other in different directions, and whether in single, double, treble, or quadruple rows on each cell; absolute size of the dise, and its breadth as compared with that of the cell; form of disc, whether circular, elliptical or angular, or a combination of these forms; form of central dot, and (if not circular) direction of the same. - The cells of the medullary rays, and the pits in connection with them also afforded useful marks of distinction. By aid of the above characters, to which many more might be added, he had been able to mark di- stinctions between timbers whose appearances to the naked eye pre- sented no definite characters. It was of great importance, however, in adopting such distinctions, that we should also retain the other means of investigation we possess, and his present attempt was meant not to displace, but to supplement these. He is still engaged in the prose- cution of the subject, and expressed an anxiety to obtain additional 344: Miscellaneous. specimens for examination.’ Specimens of the timber of V7 ellingtonia gigantea. presented under the microscope a double, row of opposite disks, which, as well as their central dot; were elliptical, 6. “On Ophioglossum lusitanicum, Blab cis > by Thomas. Moore, F.L.S.. The author remarked that the discovery of the Ophioglossum lusitanicum, L., within the politico-geographical limits of Great Britain, so soon after that of the Gymnogramma leptophylla, another 8, Eu- ropean fern, is a fact of much interest; and thought that a short account of the plant drawn up from fresh Guernsey specimens might be of some interest to those who are studying either our native Ferns or our native flora. MISCELLANEOUS. Note on the Vegetation of Mount Argeus in ce ate By M. P. pe TcuHIHATCcHErFrF. As Mount Argzeus, of which I have ascertained the height: to: be 3841 metres above the level of the sea, consists of a certain number of plateaux, forming so many terraces arranged one above another, with intervening slopes of greater or less abruptness, the study of the most characteristic vegetable forms of these plateaux may fur- nish an approximative idea of the vegetable physiognomy ‘of the giant of Asia Minor, which had not been visited by any botanist until I ascended it in August 1848. Amongst these plateaus, of which I have indicated the respective positions in-my. work’ on ‘the *Géo- ere hie physique de l’Asie Mineure,’ the most considerable are, that ékir, situated on the eastern side of the’ mountain; ‘at an-altitude 38 2128 metres, and the three plateaux arranged .in'’steps on ‘its southern face, by which one ascends from the plain of Everek to the summit of the mountain. These plateaux may be designated by the following names, rising from the bottom: upwards: the basaltic pla- ‘teau, ‘placed immediately above the plain of Everek, which consti- tutes the southern foot of the mountain; the lower plateau; and lastly, the upper plateau, which leads to the central cone, crowned by the crater, which is surrounded on the south side by a barrier of inaccessible trachytic rocks. The great number of limpid streams which water the surface ‘of the Tékir plateau, maintain a pretty good vegetation in that locality. Amongst the plants in flower on the 17th of August, I observed, Oxyria reniformis, R. Br. sp., Carduo deflorato aff., L., Podosper- mum intermedium, Solidago Virgaurea, L., Chamemelum oreades, Boiss., Helichrysum globiferum, Boiss., Andrachne telephioides, L., Lamium armenium, Boiss., Silene argea, n. sp., Phyteuma linifo- lium, Boiss., Pulsatilla albana, Stev., Sibbaldia parvifolia, Willd., &c.'; as well as some species of Asperula; Odontites and Androsace, which were less characteristic. The basaltic plateau, the dry poor soil of which is ‘strewed with blocks of stone and pierced by projecting rocks, is only covered with Miscellaneous. 345 vegetation in isolated spots: I found) in flower, Plumbago europea, Anchusa officinalis, L.; variety angustifolia, Potentille argentee affinis, Rosa, n. sp., Coronilla glauca, &e.: the most characteristic features of the plateau, however, were Quercus nana, Populus greca (both in the shrubby state); a great number of Huphorbiacee, Eri- geron alpinum, Astragalus aureus, and the Verbascum. olympicum, Boiss. ; the latter plant scarcely attains a height of 40 centimetres in this locality. The lower plateau has' scarcely any characteristic forms.’ In pro- portion as we ascend the steep declivity which leads from the lower to the upper plateau, the Quercus nana gradually disappears, and is replaced by the Juniperus nana, which continues to grow a little above the upper plateau, so that the limit of shrubby vegetation may be fixed (at least on the southern exposure of the mountain) at an abso- lute height of about 2600 metres, and consequently 137. metres above the upper plateau, the elevation of which is 2463 metres. The surface of the latter is covered with immense quantities of Verbascum chrysorrheos, Boiss. It was here that I observed for the. first’ time the Jurinea depressa, Mey., a plant much sought for by the Turks on account of the musky odour which it exhales, and which. has ob- ‘tained for it in the neighbouring country the name of Muskgulé 4musk-rose). This fine and rare Composite plant had already (18th of August) passed its period of flowering, and I had much. trouble — in discovering and collecting a few good specimens.. The lower limit of ‘the Jurinea depressa is consequently 2463 metres ; its upper limit probably attains; 2700. to,.2800 metres. Associated with this plant were Daphne buxifolia,; Wahl., Silene argea, n. sp., Thymus angusti- folius, Ziziphora nummularia, n.sp., Satureia argea, n. sp,; Hiera- cium pannosum, Boissi;;Morina persica, Astragalus aureus, Poten- tilla argentea, &c.. Of these plants, the Daphne, Astragalus, Po- tentilla,, Silene and Thymus descend below 2463 metres, whilst the Ziziphora;, Satureia, and Hieractum keép at this altitude, or even occasionally rise still higher, The Hieracium pannosum attains, if not the zone of perpetual snows, at least a region where these descend frequently, as was the case when I was there ; its stem usually attains a height of 30 centimetres ; all parts of the plant, but especially the large radical leaves, are covered with white woolly hairs to such an extent, that, when seen at a certain distance, the solitary heads, bristling with a close pappus, appear like so many balls of snow. | In. ascending the precipitous side of the central cone, which. rises immediately from the upper plateau, a tolerably fine vegetation is met with to an.elevation of 3005 metres. On this space; that. is to,say, between 2463 and 3005 metres, I observed Jurinea depressa, Mey), var. sulphurea, Astragalus nummularius, Lam., Astr..chianophilus, and two other species of Astragalus ; a Cotyledon, an Evax, and an Are- naria, which have\not been determined ; Sibbaldia parvifolia, Willd., Polygonum alpinum, L., Cystopteris fragilis, Bernh., Myosotis palus- tris, Silene argea, i. sp., Sedum olympicun, Boiss., Veronica fruti- culosa, L., Alopecurus vaginatus, Pall., Alsine recurva, Solidago Virgaurea, Podospermum intermedium, &c. Of these plants, Silene 346 Miscellaneous. argea, Alsine recurva, Solidago Virgaurea and. Podospermum inter- medium rise above 3005 metres, for I found them in the fissures of the abrupt rocks which pierce through the incline of the central cone and reach the most elevated region. On this naked slope, covered with loose cinders and with scattered bands of snow, the four last- mentioned plants are found associated with Huphorbia niceensis, All., Serophularia olympica, Boiss., Pyrethrum Kotschit, Boiss., and some species of Chamemelum, Sawxifraga and Erigeron, which have not been determined ; thus, without counting the latter, the seven species just referred to are the representatives of the highest regions of Mount Argzeus, as they all attain an altitude of 3841 metres. It is interesting to observe in this number the Huphorbia niceensis and the Solidago Virgaurea, which I am in the habit of seeing so fre- quently in my garden in the plain of Nice. These plants, of which the horizontal development is so great, have consequently also a ver- tical development of 3841 metres, flourishing indifferently in the neighbourhood of the eternal snows, and beside the date-palm, the Opuntia and the Agave.—Comptes Rendus, 23rd January, 1854. On certain Statements contained in Dr. T. Williams’ Papers on the Respiratory Organs of the Articulata. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, ° ~~ London, March 6, 1854. I HAVE observed with surprise and regret such a mass of erroneous statements in the papers now publishing in thé ‘ Annals’ on the Respiratory Organs of the Articulata, by Dr. T. Williams, that I write at once to say, that, at a future period, at my earliest convenience after Dr. Williams has completed his remarks on the subject of the Blood and the Respiratory Structures, I shall feel myself called upon to beg for space in your Journal to attempt to remedy thé injury which these errors are likely to inflict on science by their promul- gation. I hasten to inform you of this least it should be supposed that T assent to these statements. I am, Gentlemen, Yours very obediently, GrorGE NEWPORT. ON THE GENERA VOLUTELLA AND CYMBIOLA. it was formerly considered that the chief distinction between Vo- luta and Marginella of Lamarck was, that one had the shell exposed, and the other covered by the expanded and reflexed lobes of the mantle. M. D’Orbigny, in his work on the Mollusca of South America, figured the animal of Voluta angulata, and showed that that species had the mantle lobes expanded and partly covering in the shell; on this character it has been formed into a genus under the name of Volutella, for it differs from Marginella in having the expanded Miscellaneous. ) 847 cephalic veil of other true Volutes. A very fie specimen of Voluta papillosa having lately passed under my examination; I was struck with the fact that it also showed, from the peculiar enamel coat on the whorls and outer edges of the outer lip, that its mantle must also have been similarly expanded; though this character had- hitherto escaped notice from the shells having been eleaned,—this peculiar coat, the great beauty and character of the shell; having been destroyed. This led me to examine carefully the other species of the family, and it is now clear that several species of the Volutes have the same character. They may be divided thus :— _ ® Mantle lobes largely expanded and entirely covering the spire, which is often entirely hidden by a shell-deposit. 1. Volutetla angulata. _** Mantle lobes moderately expanded, covering the lower side of the spire, and leaving a callous band on the suture of the other part. 2. Volutella Seapha. 3. Volutella imperialis. 4. Volutella cym- biola. 5. Volutella Sophia. 6. Volutella volvacea; and perhaps 7. Voluta tuberculata, Swainson. *** The mantle lobes moderately expanded, not covering the spire, the suture of the spire simple. 8. Volutella papillosa. 9. Voluteila fulgetrum. 10. Volutella ancilla. 11. Volutella fusiformis. The genus Cymbiola, which differs from Voluta in having simple conical teeth, as described in a former number of this Journal, is peculiar for having a narrow callous band round the suture, showin that the hinder part of the mantle is expanded, as may be observe in Cymbiola undulata, C. reticulata, C. maculata, C. pallida, C. Tur- neri, C. zebra, and C. lineata: the two latter have been referred to the genus Marginella, but they are perfectly distinct from it. | J. E. Gray. . Observations on Notamia bursaria. By G. H. Kinestey, M.D. _ To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. | August 4, 1852. GENTLEMEN,—I found several tiny specimens.of Notamia bur- saria today, about low-water mark, off Harriet Lodge, West Cowes, attached to pieces oi seaweed and decaying wood. The water was as usual very foul and the specimens exceedingly dirty, so much so, that they might easily have been overlooked without the aid of the microscope. Under a good 4-inch glass, how- ever, the beautiful pearly lustre of the general polypidom, the ex- quisitely graceful shape of the individual cells, and the activity of the polypes, in the few cells occupied by living tenants, soon gave interest to the minute and exceedingly dirty zoophyte. The polypes resembled in general features the others of their 348 Miscellaneous. class : the tentacles, row grasping and ‘ciliated—the alimentary ‘canal, curved on itself, packing ‘so closely and ‘cleverly into its cell—the well-defined stomach, with its contents whirling swiftly round and round, possibly by the agency of cilia—the distinct muscular appa- ratus for the retraction of the polype—the delicate membrane conti- nuous between it and its protecting envelope—and moreover the very liver-like appendages to the stomach, presented no especial pect liarities differing from other Bryozoa. But whilst watching the polypes gently and adilaodity emerging from their cells, like the lady from the gold vase in Hoffmann’s * Gold- enen Topf,’ and suddenly and swiftly retreating when the currents formed by their ciliated tentacula brought morsels, grateful ‘or ‘otherwise, within their lips, or when their expanding arms touched those of a neighbour (for, as is unfortunately the case with other beings when forced into close companionship with others having the same personal interests, they seemed to fear and dislike each’ other most cordially),—the eye was startled by an occasional sudden’ snap, as sharp and decisive as the descent of the hammer when the trigger is touched,—a little out of focus, and proceeding from the bulbous termination of a slender tube which arose from the central stem ia above the vase-like cell in which the polype lived. On examining more closely (with a good 4-inch object-glass), one saw that this bulbous termination—this bowl of the tobacco-pipe— possessed a pair of jaws—no, not jaws, but a bill, an inverted par- rot’s-bill; the lower mandible sharp, hooked, and firmly fitted onto the edge of the bowl, with a process running’ down its external con- vex border, and the upper slender, curved, moveable, fitting aecu- rately into the lower one, attached to the bowl by an exquisitely formed flexible membranous hinge, acted ‘on ‘by a distinct fan-shaped muscle, whose expanded origin was attached to the greater part of the inner surface of the bowl, and whose tendon was inserted into ‘the slightly inflated base of the mandible. The action of this muscle was seen very distinctly at each opening or shutting of the beak. ’ Both mandibles were of a distinct, bluish, stee/y gray, sharp and keen, looking fit for their business (whatever it was). The only thing I have ever seen at all like it is the ‘ parrot-beak’ ofa Mediterranean Cephalopod which resembles it very strikingly. The upper beak may be often seen to move up and down two or three times before it closes entirely, which it generally does sharply and with a sort of snap, so decisive that one almost fancies that one can hear it. At the same time the globular contents of the bowl are jerked sharply upwards. Within the bowl and behind the fan-shaped muscle, or perhaps between the two fan-shaped muscles, was seen indistinctly an irregu- larly globular mass, which was thrown into active motion whenever the jaw closed. I never could trace any communication between the tobacco-pipe apparatus and the lower larger polype-cell, or the central stem. — In- deed the ‘dow!’ seemed to be distinctly separated from the ‘ shank ’ Miscellaneous. _ B49 by a septum... I could never trace. fluid or globules passing down the shank to the common stem of the polypidom, The polype and the tobacco-pipe, seemed perfectly independent of — each other. I found active polypes without accompanying tobacco- pipes, and very. often tobacco-pipes in full snap, with the inhabitants of the capacious drawing-room, floors beneath dead. and. gone, their cells swept and garnished, tenanted only by some vagabond Solifer, and possessing no signs of their former inhabitants, beyond a few of the brown liver-like spots adhering to their transparent walls. _ Inever could make out why the tobacco-pipe opened his mouth, or why he shut it, although the jerkmg movement of the globular stomach,(?) would make one believe that he did so to some purpose. I once saw.a small Navicula evidently pinched tightly by the beak of a tobacco-pipe, which in a few seconds opened and let him escape, whereupon haying been saved from this Scylla he plunged. inconti- nently ito the Charybdis of the polype below, and in a short time was whirling round and round on his long axis in its stomach, I watched it for some time, and it certainly appeared to me as if he (or tt).was being ground down or sucked out in some manner, as he went in of .a.strong burnt sienna colour, and gradually became nearly trans- parent. I was unfortunately prevented from seeing his. exit, ..-These tobacco-pipe appendages. dud out from the central stem at its. free extremity at the same time with the larger polype-cells, but appear to.arrive at maturity later than these, remaining as: mere in- flections of the tube, without jaws, for some time after the cell. below is tenanted. by an actiye polype. | _oThe large polype.seems to, bud out from the central stem into.the cell prepared for it, and at first has a very simple and hydroid ap- pearance, but, rapidly. gains all the functions of its elder brethren... >, Lnever, found any appearance of egg-capsules on any of my. spe- crmens. [We have inserted the above. as a clever piece of Natural History description,—but the. ‘‘ tobacco-pipes’’ have long since been, fully described by Van Beneden, Busk, &c. as ‘ Avicularia.’—Ep. | | Description of a new species of Helix from Van Diemen’s Land, By Lovexxu Reeve, F.L.S. &e. Heurx Launcesronensis. Hel. testd umbilicatd, abbréviato- eonotded, trochiformi, superné rugosd et ferrugined, quasi epi- dermide indutd, infra levigatd, nitente, intense nigra; fascid di- stinctd luted cingulatd; spird obtusd; anfractibus sex, superne convexts, medio concavis, carinis lineisque gemmulatis undique cingulatis, peripherid acute carinatd, basi convexd ; umbilico me- chocri, pervio, subprofundo; aperturd oblique lunaré, peristomate tenui, vix reflexo, margine columellari breviter dilatato. Hab. Launceston, Van Diemen’s Land. This very characteristic new species of Helix has just been received from Van Diemen’s Land, where it was collected last summer by Mr. Ronald Gunn in a dense beech forest, north-east of Launceston, 850 Miscellaneous: It differs materially from any of the vast numbers of Helices nowknown to conchologists, especially in the different character of the 08 and lower parts of the shell. The upper portion of the whorls has a rough rusty surface encircled by numerous finely beaded lines and keels ; the lower surface is smooth and shining, jet-black, encircled by a distinct yellow band.—Proc. Zool. Soc. Feb. 24, 1852. On the Colours of Plants. By M. Martens. At the close of a long memoir on this subject, the author gives the following summary of his results :— 1. The only two fundamental or primitive colours in plants are blue and yellow, or in other words anthocyane and anthowanthine. - 2. These primitive colouring matters are formed under the vita] influence, not only in the petaloid, but also in the herbaceous por- tions ; in the latter they are most frequently associated together and with other organic matters, thus forming the insoluble green chloro- phylle. 3. Chlorophylle always has a tendency to become yellow in plants in consequence of the great alterability of the blue colouring principle, unless the latter has been rendered more stable by union with an acid which reddens it. In this case the leaf, instead of acquiring a yellow eolour by the alteration of the chlorophylle, becomes red. — 4. The red colour of leaves is not always the result of the presence of an acid, whether by the action of this upon the blue or upon the yellow colouring principle of the leaves. The red matter of the leaves, the so-called erythrophylle, may also arise from the oxygena- tion of the yellow principle or zanthophylle. | ; 5. The blue and yellow colouring matters, especially the former, being often, when isolated, in a liquid state, must be carried in this case by aqueous transpiration towards the surface of the plant, by which means they must become deeper in colour, or more concen- trated, in the cells which lie immediately under the epidermis, where they are constantly met with, and where they may also be subjected to the action of oxygen. ; 6. Although the coloured juices usually exist in the most super- ficial layers of cells, in which the chlorophylle is scanty, they may nevertheless arrive there from more internal cells by the action of en- - dosmose and exosmose. 7. In proportion as the blue, yellow or red colouring juices appear in the eells of the herbaceous parts, the quantity of chlorophylle di- minishes ; it may even disappear entirely when the petaloid eolora- tion becomes very intense, as in the red cabbage. 8. Chlorophylle, being capable by its decomposition of giving rise to blue and yellow matters, may assist indirectly in the formation of the colours of flowers as well as of coloured leaves. 9. The colours of flowers can only change according to the varia- _ tions of which the blue and yellow are capable. Now blue is able to pass to red by means of acids, and also to present all the colours Meteorological Observations. , 351 resulting from the mixture of blue and red, whence is obtained a series of shades or colours, called the cyanic series. 10. The yellow colourmg matter bemg capable of reddening by oxygenation, and also by acids (as in the yellowish juice of some cells of the leaves of red cabbage), yellow flowers may pass to red, and also present all the shades mtervening between these colours ; these colours constitute the zanthic series. 11. The red colour of the two series is far from being the same, not only as to its origin, but also as to the variations of tint which it may undergo. That of the xanthic series is less common in leaves than in flowers. The contrary is the rule for the red of the cyanic series. 12. The two kinds of red, like the ae fundamental colours, are sometimes united in the same flower, which may then present. every imaginable variety of colour. — Bulletins de V Acad. Royale de Bruxelles, xx. pt. 1. p. 232.. / METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR FEB. 1854, Chiswick.—February 1. Cloudy: rain. 2. Overcast: clear, with bright sun: frosty. 3. Frosty: dense fog. 4. Frosty: very fine: overcast. 5. Clear : cloudy. 6. Fine. 7. Cloudy: clear at night. 8. Clear: cold and dry: overcast. 9. Cloudy: rain. 10. Clear and frosty: cloudy and cold: clear. 11. Cloudy and _fine: hazy. 12. Foggy: clear and fine. 13. Frosty: cold and dry: clear, with sharp frost at night. 14. Sharp frost: fine. 15. Overcast. 16. Cloudy: clear: overcast. 17. Cloudy. 18. Drifting snow: clear and cold: boisterous at night, 19. Clearand cold. 20. Overcast. 21. Clear and fine. 22. Fine: cloudy. 23. Clear. 24. Cloudy. 25, 26. Very clear. 27. Uniformly overcast : clear: over- cast, 28. Fine. Mean temperature of the month ....... ‘kar sebube reeperreesendisyse. tO e Mean temperaturé of February 1853 .......0.....005 So5005s ens $2 °53 Mean temperature of Feb. for the last twenty-eight years... 39 +13 Average amount of rain in Feb. ......cec..scsescseeeeeeaseeeens 1°57 inch. Boston.—Feb. 1. Cloudy. 2—4. Fine. 5—9. Cloudy. 10. Fine: snow a.m. 11. Cloudy. 12. Fine. 13. Cloudy. 14. Fine. 15, 16. Cloudy. 17. Cloudy: rain P.M, 18. Cloudy: stormy. 19. Fine. 20. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m, 21. Fine. 22. Fine: raine.m. 23—26. Fine. 27, 28. Cloudy. Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Feb. 1. Showers A.M.: clear pM. 2. Showers a.m, and p.m. 3. Cloudy a.m.: cloudy, aurora p.m. 4. Cloudy a.m. and p.m. 5° Sleet-showers A.M.: showers p.m. 6. Showers a.m. and p.m. 7, Sleet-shoywers . A.M. : hail-showers p.m. 8. Hail-showers a.M.andp.m. 9. Snow-showers A.M, : clear p.m. 10. Cloudy a.m.andp.m. 11. Drizzle a.m.: cloudy p.m. 12. Cloudy A.M. and p.m. 13,14. Drizzle a.m. and p.m. 15. Hail-showers a.m. and p.m. 16. Drizzle a.m. and p.m. 17. Snow-showers A.M.andp.M. 18. Snow-showers A.M.: hail-showers P.M. 19. Cloudy a.m.and p.m. 20. Showers A.M. : clear p.m. “ak. Bright A.M.: cloudy P.M. ‘22, Drizzle a.m.: showersP.M. 23, Snow-showers AM. : hail-showers p.m. 24. Showers a.m.: showers, aurora'P.M. 25. Showers A.M.: aurora P.M. 26. Cloudy a.M.and p.m. 27. Rain a.M.andp.m. 28, Sleet- showers A.M. : showers P.M. Mean temperature of Feb, for twenty-seven previous years ,.. 38°°20 Mean temperature of this month ......... dha tée's s5.c0s abs atenteiin 39 °20 Mean temperature of Feb. 1853 oo... ... ccc ccecececesevereeeetenes 33 °74 Average quantity of rain in Feb. for thirteen previous years... 3°33 inches. ’ ee eee : 7 £gL.6z £3.62 1Lo,0f oof.of =| ‘uray BEn Yrcereress|ererseees| ow | em | ema | Soh] of | bl 6r | £5 | Fo.0f | S$g.6z 06,62 Sgz.of LIS.0f -| «ez OL, jecerteresleeeeesees) oa lemme | egy Ev | S9£ | S.ob} zé es 69.62 $14.62 00,08 1z£.0£ Crv.o£ L7@® seteaeseeleceeererslececerees! oye | ag |. ae | SER | ob | SE] Ez | oS £6.62 S£.0£ - 0,08 SLV.0£ EVS,0£ “gz ZT, [roerseresiecerssooe| moa! om. | oma | SE | $68) - rv] Sc | 18 of.0£8 | 9g.6z -| 00,08 S6£.0£ oLt.of Cz PI, [rrerectesiesererees! om lomo) ms | gf | $b) gf) SE | Lb 79.62 , 9b.6e 90.08 162,08 © | - zof.of vz gz. go. jesse] emg | oan a zb\-ob LE|. vz 60 90,08 £6.62 00,08 Lof.of © 719,08 £z Ez, [resets] go, “m | mss cms | 6£ | Sob gf} ££ | Lb | 19.62 84.62 Lg.6z L+6.6z Lvz.o£ ra 4 - Tigo, | Sa. [etereeeee| ong a | au | $90 | -zb.| S.zf] Sco] 6b 39.62 £0,0£ ~ 00,08 * 27L.6z ‘ £gz.08 IZ go. | zo. | zo. | sm |emsm| -m’| $0 | Szv | gt] gz | 2S 96,62 8.62 £9.6z 306.62 96z.0£ ‘oz Go, |teteeetes[ecceeeres) eng] em | eg 6£ | Ele 1£) Sz | ob 95.62 $3.62 39.62 $68.62 656.62 °61 Lo. $5, go. |‘mu| ca | -mu| SE | gf€ €£i Le | ob 13.67 LE.6z 91.62 $gv.6z S£l.6z “QI Gr, |reeesreelereeereee! emt | cm | ems | 62 | HE E+) oz | gh $3.97 68.97 $£.6z “Vor,6z 694.62 “LI EX, [receeeeerlerereeees) sua | smu | co by | $L€ |. £8) bE | cv a a 99.62 9L.6z. $00,0f ~$z0,08 "91 YO, |recesererlerreeseee) emu | cmt | com | Ze | Sr gz! 6z | bb 46.62 $6.62 99.62 976,62 0g6.6z° | Sr Ex, |r"! 90, -|smum! “am | ems | $08 St} of!) of 6+ 79.67 - 66.6z Bz.0£ ZVE.0£ 79.08 “VI Ir, [ttrteressieeteeeeee! em | eae | eg SE | ehh | SE} Zr. | gf | of20f gf,0f Vz,0f zoS of 119,08 "E10 60. pseer pes |eeeeepens| ayy "UL: ‘ou re 6¢ . gt : gz Iv z£.0£ ZT.0£ +6.6z LSr1.0£ 98z.0f “tI Lo, |trtrrressjereeereee) emu] smu | uy | $08 gf | VE} gz | ob Cr1.0£ o1,of 00,0£ Sgr.of €Lz.0f ‘S ZO. zo.’ | vo. | -ms)| ‘ma | ca gf | gf tf) cf | cb ZEi0f - LE-0f; ' 00,08 LEz.of Egz.0£ "OI zi. [rrr] bo. | mu | mm | cma | Sof | LE Ev] of | Sh | EEL - $0.0 oL,6z Z00,0€ 6z1.0f | -6 He, frssierseslereeereee) cmt | om | emu] SE | SSE gf| gf | Shel E962 © £S,62 $2.62 for.0f zLiof | sg Sha eres een sarees) comes) cae? femme | SE | gk gv} SE | tS LE6c . ob.62 99.62 "£0.08 190.08 “L Ho, |eversterslereeeeee! oa | tay | owt 1v | bP 1$| oS | 9S. 62.62 z£.6z 3S,62 1g0.0f 1g0.08 9 ZI, |reeeeeere|eereeeeee] omg | om | ems | Sgh | 66°] -tEloob | bb 90.6z | gf.6z 09.62. | 698.62 L£6,6c | °§ seeeseaseleoceeosee! OF, | a8 | ‘as | ‘a8 | Ob] ob} S.gzi SEL1:Sh<| 22.62 gg.6z |. bg.6c. | £fg.6z tLo0f =| by ¢ QO, |rerrecers}rrreeeeee| og | feo} sou | Sb | Sh). gz] xz | €€ | Prof “| Lrof | So.of rvzof | Lzf.of | € br, « [rvtsereee|eseeeeeee] sms | unpeo| cau | Sb |’-rb|- €€| zz | bb | ‘£0.08. $6.62 -| 9g.6z 611.08 bLz.0& "| +z Of, jreerscee] zh, |-msm] sms | sms | Sef | LE gv}, SE_| €S LL.6% zg.6z | 08.62 | 6£6.6c -| 096.62 2 n e ° # leap La Pe eee pea ur @ “uy: xe | “O° Ope) e-| 8} Ee] Pal sk resent 28 | ene cet | eee dae Se eae Ze '{~ § = | fe | §° | BE | yompueg | 28 . ‘ BS . e ‘. E 2 fs : 5 ‘UHAO | Ps “youasty *yormpueg ‘AauyIO e SPTMSTYOD “qqUOyy 8, ‘Urey “pula oJOULOUNIOY, «= : aaa ys . sa ‘AANWUC ‘asunpy younpung yw ‘uoysno[O *g *Ady ay7 fq pun { NOLSOg 70 TBA “AW Ag $uopuory wau SMOIMSIHD 30 fhyar00g yosngynousofy ay} fo uapsny ay2 yo uosdmo, “IP 4g apuw suownasasgg 1001600100207 ree THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. | [SECOND SERIES.] No. 77. MAY 1854. XXX.—A Synopsis of the Fissirostral family Bucconide. By Puinip Luriey Scuarter, M.A., F.Z.S. Tuoves Brisson (to whose exact descriptions the greater part of the species of birds contained in the last edition of the ‘ Systema _ Nature’ are referred) gives several members of his genus Bucco, Linneus adopted but one of them, founded on the bird deno- minated ‘ Bucco’ par excellence by the former author, and to ‘which the latter added the erroneous specific term capensis. This Bucco capensis therefore—however far in accordance with _ the views of modern systematists we subdivide the family to which it belongs—in whatever way we arrange the birds with -which others have associated it—must always be retained as the type species of the Linnean genus Bucco. - Gmelin and Latham made large additions to Linnzeus’s solitary species, uniting, as Brisson did before them, in their genus Bucco members of two very different families—that is, of the present fissirostral true Bucconide, and of the scansorial family Capi- - tonide, between which and the Bucconide there has been con- tinual confusion even up to the present day. Cuvier in his ‘Tableau Elémentaire d’Histoire Naturelle’ (1798-99), was the first to recognise the necessity of a sepa- ration between the Barbus of the old world and those of the new. For the former scansorial group he suggested the restriction of the French term Barbu; and proposed the name Tamatia for the new world B. capensis and its allies.. Here we have the first traces of the heresy afterwards so widely spread, of using the Linnean title Bucco for a group of birds with which Linnzus himself was perfectly unacquainted. In 1806 Le Vaillant published the second volume of his mag- nificent work the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux de Paradis,’ which contains a monograph of the Barbus. These he divides - into three sections :— Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xin. 23 354 Mr. P.L.Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide. A. Barbus proprement dits (i. e. Capitonide). 2. ——— Tamatias (1. e. Bucco, Linn.) 7 3. ——- Barbacous (i.e. Monasa, V.) \ (Bucconide.) In the correctness of these divisions we see how far in advance Le Vaillant was of preceding authors, and have to lament that from his having used only French terms in his writings, others, who merely latinized his names, have obtained the credit of being the authors of pay scientific discoveries which are rightly due to him alone. Neither [lliger nor Vieillot kept clearly apart the Bueconide and Capitonide, though the latter in his ‘ Analyse’ (1816) first formed the important genera Monasa for Le Vaillant’s Barbacous, and Capito (with the type B. cayanensis), from which (as the earliest proposed genus in the family) the Capitonide take their name. Temminck however employed Capito for the fissirostral Buc- conide, and Bueco for a genus of Capitonide, exactly reversing the correct use of these two names. His example was followed by Wagler, Swainson, and other writers. Wagler in his ‘Systema Avium,’ 1827, gives an excellent monograph of the two genera Bucco and Monasa, under the titles Capito and Lyporniz. He includes 14 species in these genera; Le Vaillant in 1806 had given only 7; we are now acquainted with more than 380, an illustration of the rapid progress lately made in the extension of the number of species of birds. To Mr. G. R. Gray is due the credit of proposing to restore to the present family the Linnean appellation Bucco ; correcting in this, as in many other instances, the maccurate practice of using generic names in different senses to those origimaily attached to _ them by their first founders. In his ‘Genera of Birds’ he makes the present group the first subfamily of Alcedinide, under the title Bucconine, or Puff-birds. The scansorial Buccones of Tem- minck and others he places under the term Capitonine, or Bar- bets, as the first subfamily’ of Picide. The only alteration I venture to suggest to this arrangement is to raise both these groups to the rank of families, retaining them respectively among the Fisszrostres’ and’ Scansores, in the places assigned to them by Mr. Gray. The peculiar structure of the feet and eccentric habits of the Puff-birds are, I think, sufficient to war- rant our doing this in their case, and ‘what we know of the mode of life of the Barbets-seems also to favour the idea of their being constituted a distinct family of Scansores*. * Mr. Wallace tells me that.the Capito amazoninus (?) observed by him at Guia, on the Rio Negro, feeds’on fruit, and seems like a little Toucan m its habits. Mr. P. L. Selater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide. 355 I have thought it necessary to make the preceding remarks in order to vindicate the usage of the name Bucconide for the pre- sent family; the Prince of Canino having in his ‘ Conspectus Generum Avium,’ notwithstanding Mr. G. R. Gray’s before-men- tioned corrections, continued the terms Bucco and Capito in their respectively perverted senses,—precisely the opposite to those assigned to them by their original propounders. ~ The members of the family Bucconide are inhabitants of the most tropical portion of the new world, ranging from about _ 15° N.L. to 30° south of the equator, and not passing the ridge of the Andes as far as 1 am aware. | The generic divisions hitherto established among the Bucco- *nide and their types are as follows :-— Bucco, Linn. B. collaris, Lath. Tamatra, Cuv. T. macrorhyncha (Gu.). Cuaunornis, G. R. Gray. C. tamatia (Gm.).* Cyruos, Spix. C. macrodactylus, Spix. Maxacopriza, G. R. Gray. M. fusca (Gm.,). Nonnvta, Sclater. : N. rubecula (Spix). Monasa, Vieill. (Lypornix, Wagl. Scorocuaris, Gloger. Monastzs, Nitzsch.) M. atra (Bodd.). CurtipopTera, Gould. (Bracuyretes, Sw.) C. tenebrosa (Pall.). Of these divisions I propose to adopt only four, namely Bucco, Malacoptila, Monasa, and Chelidoptera, as truly generic; the others may be placed at the head of different subsections to_ mark out slighter differences, in the manner adopted by Mr. G. R. Gray in his recently published Catalogues of the British Museum. In the first genus, Bucco, with fifteen species, the gonys is always curved upwards from the base towards the apex ; the upper mandible, which is strongly hooked over the under, is deeply 23% 356 Mr. P.L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide. channelled in ‘the interior, and often bifid at the extremity. The plumage is black and white, varied with brown, and generally with bars or spots upon the breast. . In the first sections of the genus the bill is excessively dilated laterally at the base; im the latter section in several species, on the other hand, much com- pressed. In the next genus, Malacoptila, the gonys is nearly straight, with a slight curve downwards at the extremity. The upper mandible is gradually curved mto a point over the under, and has not the fierce hook observable in the former genus. I am_ acquainted with eleven species of this genus : the additional one here given (the inornata of Du Bus) may possibly be the same as one of the others. The plumage is generally brown, more or less striated with lighter shades, and frequently with a gular or super-pectoral uniform patch. The rictal and mental bristles are strong and largely developed, the latter forming a striking character in several species. The third genus, Monasa, with four species at present known, contains the largest birds in the family. The plumage is dull Jead-coloured or blackish, the bill bright red or yellow. The upper and under mandibles are regularly curved. downwards. The tail is much lengthened. The spiny processes at the carpal joint, which are present, I believe, all through this family, are principally noticeable (as bemg- most developed) in the genus Monasa. In the fourth and last genus, ‘Chelidoptera, the wings are much longer than in the preceding genera, and are evidently formed for rapid flight. The tail is quite short.and nearly square. The plumage is Monasa-like, but relieved by a brown patch on the bell Tniy observe that I have worked into the present synopsis all the synonyms I have been able to discover as having been ap- plied to members of the present family, except one, to wit Capito senilis, Tschudi, Av. Consp. 301, et Fauna Per. p. 259, founded on Bucco senilis, Poppig, a MS. name in the Leipsic ‘Museum. As no description has ever been published of this species, the name is of no authority, and need not be noticed. Indeed I hardly know whether the bird referred to belongs to this family or the Capitonide. 4 ; Genus I. Bucco. A. Bucco, Linn. 1. Bucco cotxaris, Lath. Bucco, Brisson, Orn. iv. p. 92. Bucco capensis, Linn. 8. NN. i. 168; Gm. S. N.i. 406. collaris, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. 202 ; Vieill. Enc. Meth. p. 1420; Duaiass S Gen. p. 74; List of B. M. pt. 2. sect. 1. p. 47. Mr. P. L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide. 357 Capito collaris, Temm. Tabl, Meth. p. 41; Wagler, Syst. Av. sp. 3; Tsch. Ay. Consp. p. 300; Tsch. F. P. p. 259 ; Bp. oe p- 146, Tamatia collaris, Less. Man. d’Orn. p- Le Tamatia a collier de Cayenne, Pi. Enl. 395. Le Tamatia & collier noir, Le Vail. Ois. de Par. ii. t. 42. B. supra ferrugineus, tenuissime nigro lineatus: vitta dorsali nigra, supra ochracea marginata: subtus albescens ; vitta pec- torali nigra; ventre fulvescentiore; rostro rubro, culmine nigro : pedibus flavidis. Long. tota 7° 0; ale 3:1; caude 3°5. Hab. it Cayenna ; ; Guiana (Le Vail.) ; Rio Negro (Wallace) ; “Peruy. reg. sylv. (Tsch.). : This well-known bird is, as I have mentioned before, the only species of Linnzus’s genus Bucco. It was erroneously called ca- pensis by him, which renders it necessary to adopt for its name Latham’s appellation col/aris. Cayenne specimens occur in most collections. Le Vaillant says it is also to be found in Guiana, though Richard Schomburgk does not include it in his catalogue of birds in the third volume of his ‘ Reisen in Britisch Guiana.’ It extends across the branches of the Rio Negro (whence ex- amples were brought by Mr. Wallace) into the wood region ‘of the Peruvian provinces bordering on Brazil, where it was found by Dr. Tschudi. B.° Tamatia, Cuv. 2. Bucco MACRORHYNCHUS, Gm. Barbu a gros bec de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 689. Bucco macrorhynchus; Gm. 8. N.i.406; Lath. Ind. Orn.i. p. 203; Vieill. Nouv. Dict. d’H. N. ni. 240; Vieill. Enc. Meth. p- 1420; Schomb. Reisen, iii. 719; Gray’s Gen. p- 74; Gray’s List of B. M. p. 47. ° Capito macrorhynchus, Wag}. Syst. Av. sp. 1; Tsch. Av. Consp. p. B00; Tsch. F, P. p. 259; Bp. Consp. p. 146. Cyphos macrorhynchus, Strickl. Ann. Nat. Hist. vi. 418. Tamatia a plastron noir, Le Vail. Ois. de Par. i. t. 39. B. supra niger, torque, collari et fronte latissime albis: subtus albus ; vitta lata pectorali nigra; ventris lateribus nigro con- ferte radiatis ; rostro pedibusque nigris. Long. tota 10°0; ale 4:5; caude 3:5, Hab. in Cayenna, Surinamo (Le Vail:); Guiana (Schomb.) ; Para, fl. Amazon, Rio Negro (Wallace) ; Honduras (Dyson) ; Peruy. reg. sylv. (Tsch.). This is the largest species of the genus and one of the earliest known. It appears to be rather widely distributed, since I cannot ‘find any real difference between Honduras ‘examples collected by Mr. Dyson and those from the Amazons. Schom- 358 Mr. P. L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide. burgk says it is one of the rare birds of British Guiana, and he met with only a few individuals on the Canuku mountains. It seems more common on the Amazon, where many specimens have been lately collected by Messrs.. Hawxwell and Wallace. Dr. Tschudi found it in Cis-andean Peru, in the provinces bordering on Brazil. The feathers of the back and wings, except the pri- maries, are narrowly edged with white, the rectrices slightly tipped with white. My measurements are taken from a full- sized individual. Younger birds are rather smaller, the bill considerably inferior in size, and the white front much narrower. The breast band is broader in some examples than in others. 3. Bucco Swarnsont, G. R. Gray. Tamatia macrorhynchus, Sw. Zool.-Ill. (1821-22) t. 99. Bucco Swainsoni, Gray’s Gen. p. 74; Gray’s List of B. M. p. 47. Capito Swainsoni, Bp. Consp. p. 146. B, supra niger, fronte et vitta shhanchal albis: subtus albus; vitta pectorali nigea; ; abdomine fulvo: rostro et pedibus nigris. “Long. tota 9:0; ale 4:1; caude 3-0. Hab. in Brasil. "Merid. This South Brazilian representative of the preceding species -was figured by Mr. Swainson in his ‘Zoological Illustrations’ under the name of its prototype. To Mr. Gray belongs the credit of distinguishing it therefrom and naming it after its first describer. It may be easily recognized by its smaller size, weaker bill and fulvous vent. My specimens are from Rio de Janeiro, I believe. The bird is to be found in most collections, more commonly even than the true macrorhynchus. 4, Bucco prcrorauis, G. R. Gray. Bucco pectoralis, Gray’s Gen. p. 74. pl. 26; Gray’s List of B. M. p. 41. Capito pectoralis, Bp, Consp. p. 146. B. niger zeneo tinctus; regione auriculari et nucha_late albis: subtus albus vitta pectorali latissima nigra; ventre medio crissoque albis, lateribus nigrescentibus: rostro pedibusque nigris. Long..tota 8:0 ; ale 3:8; caude 3-0. Hab. in America Meridionali. The nuchal collar extending from eye to eye and the broad pectoral band render this species easily recognizable. The British Museum type-specimen is unique, as far as my experience goes. Mr. P. L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide. 359 5. Bucco Orpt1, Cassin. Bucco Ordi, Cassin, Pr. Ae. Se. Phil. 1851, p. 154. pl. 8. Tam only acquainted with this species from Mr. Cassin’s original notice of the type-specimen, which is in the Museum of - the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. He describes it as follows :— “ Form.—Generally short and robust ; feathers of the head but little elongated, wings and tail short. A strict congener of B, ma- crorhynchus and pectoralis. / “ Dimensions.—Total length 73; wing 3°3; tail 2°8. * Colours.—Tail with a central transverse white bar. Breast - with a narrow band of black, immediately succeeded by another much wider of dark chestnut-brown ; throat and abdomen white, which is the colour also of the frontal feathers and of the mternal webs of the primaries at their bases, and of a narrow collar on the back of the neck. Entire superior surface of the head, body, wings and tail black, with a greenish gloss. Tail with a band of white most observable on the inner webs of the feathers and narrowly edged with white at its end, Flanks striped with the same dark brown as the broader belt of the breast. “ Hab. Venezuela. | “Obs.—A bird resembling generally the several species of which B. macrorhynchus is a representative, but immediately recognizable by the white in its tail, and its smaller size. I have seen only the specimen now described.” This bird appears certainly quite distinct from any other of the genus. . 6. Bucco rectus, Bodd. Barbu a poitrine noire de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 688. fig. 2. Bucco tectus, Boddaert, Tabl. d. Pl. Enl. p. 43. Bucco melanoleucus, Gm. S. N. i. 406; Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 203; Vieill. Nouv. Dict. d’H. N. ui. 241; Enc. Meth. p. 1420; Licht. Verz. d. Doubl. J Capito melanoleucus, Wagl. S. A. sp. 2; Bp. Consp. p. 146. Bucco tectus, Gray’s Gen. p. 74; Gray’s List of B. M. p. 47. Le petit Tamatia & plastron noir, Le Vail. Ois. de Par, ii. t. 40. B. supra niger, capite_albo punctulato, alis albo variis: striga oculari alba: fascia caudali media et altera terminali alba: sub- tus albus vitta pectorali lata nigra ; rostro pedibusque nigris. Long. tota 6°0; ale 2:9; caude 2-0. . Hab. in Cayenna, Surinamo et Guiana (Wagl.) ; Para (Wallace). This is the smallest of the five species of pred Barbets we are at present acquainted with, and to be reeognized at once by the round white spots on the head, which are not found in any of the preceding. 360 Mr. P. L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide. Its range is from Guiana southwards, as far as the banks of the Amazon, where Mr. Wallace collected specimens. C. Chaunornis, G. R. Gray. 7. Bucco TAMATIA, Gm. Barbu & ventre tacheté de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 746. fig. 1. ; Bucco tamatia, Gm. S, N. i. 405; Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 202; Vieill. Gal: des Ois. pl. 34; Enc. Meth. p. 1421; Licht. Verz. d. Doubl. p. 8; Schomb. Reisen, i ni. p. 719; Gray’s Gen. p- /4; Gray’s List, of B. M. 48. Capito tamatia, Wag]. Syst. Av. sp. 6; Steph. Gen. Zool. xiv. 156 ; Temm. Tabl. Meth. p- 41. Tamatia maculata, Cuv. Régn. An. (1817) i. p. 429; Sw. Orn. Draw. pl. 11. Nyctactes tamatia, Strickl. Ann. Nat. Hist. vi. 418. Chaunornis tamatia, Gray, List of Gen. (1841) p- 13. Tamatia tamatia, Bp. Consp. p. 146. Le Tamatia & gorge rousse, Le Vail. Ois. de Par. ii. t. 41. | B. supra fuliginoso-brunneus, rufescente plus minusve trans- versim lineatus: fronte superciliisque ferrugineo tinctis: striga utrinque suboculari in torquem nuchalem obscure producta alba: collo antico ferrugineo vitta nigra utrinque marginato : ventre maculis Mgt conferte transvittato: rostro pedibusque nigris. Long. tota 6°2; ale 3:0; caude 6:5. Hab. im Guiana (Le Vail. (Schomb.) ; i bined Para et fl. Ama- zonum (Wallace). This species appears to me to be closely allied in shape and structure to the preceding, although some authors have made it the type of a different genus. Schomburgk found it in the deepest woods of British Guiana, where, he says, “it seems to have an extensive range. - They are seen in solitary spots, and sit alone, more rarely in pairs, phlegmatic and sorrowful-looking upon the branches of the low bushes. They are by no means shy, and let one approach within six or eight steps, when-they fly a little way farther and resume again their sorrowful melancholy position. Their food is insects.” It extends thence down to the ‘banks of the Amazon, where it was procured by Mr. Wallace. 8. Bucco RUFICOLLIS (Wagler). Capito ruficollis, Wagl. Isis 1829, p. 658; Bp. Consp. p. 146. Bucco rujficollis, Gray’s Gen. 74. Tamatia gularis, @’Orb. and afr. Rev. Zool. 1838, p. 166. Bucco gularis, Gray’s Gen. p. 74. Capito gularis, Bp. Consp. p. 146. B. fuliginoso-brunneus ; torque cervicali postico, loris et regione auriculari albis: dorso et alarum tectricibus albo mixtis : subtus albidus ; gutture medio rufo; vitta pectorali nigra: Mr, P. L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide. 3861 ventre medio paululum rufescente, lateribus nigro maculatis : rostro pedibusque nigris. Long. tota 8°5 ; ale 3°5; caude 3°38. Hab. in Nova Grenada; Carthagena (Lafr.); Santa Martha (Verreaux) ; Mexico (Wagl.) (?). | An accurate description of this bird was first given by Wagler in the ‘Isis,’ in one of the papers which he called “ Beitrage und Bemerkungen zu dem ersten Bande seines Systema Avium.” MM. de Lafresnaye and d’Orbigny named it afresh in an article _upon some birds from Carthagena, in the ‘ Revue Zoologique,’ in 1838. An example in the Munich Museum is labelled as from ' Cayenne.. The brothers Verreaux have lately received several skins of this species from their collector at Santa Martha, which is on the coast-line some distance to the east of Carthagena and on the opposite side of the Magdalena. I expect, therefore, that the northern coasts of the New Grenadian republic will be found to constitute its true habitat, and should rather doubt its extending so far as Mexico, whence Wagler’s specimens were said to have come. In general distribution of colours it rather resembles B. macro- dactylus, but is twice the size. It may be easily recognized by the large rufous patch in the middle of the throat and well- defined black breast-band. 9. Bucco sicinctus (Gould). Tamatia bicincta, Gould, Pr. Zool. Soc. 1836, p. 80. Tamatia bitorquata, Sw. An. in Men. p. 327. Bucco bicinctus, Gray’s Gen. p. 74; Gray’s List of B. M. p. 48. Capito bicinctus, Bp. Consp. p. 146. B. nigro-fuliginosus, fulvo mixtus: fronte auribus mentale - albidis: subtus ochraceo-albus, vitta gutturali lata, pectorali angusta et maculis ventris lateralibus, cum rostro et pedibus nigris. Long. tota 8:0; ale 3°5; caudee 3°38. Hab. Venezuela (Dyson) ; Trinidad (Lord Harris). The specitic name bicinctus is quite sufficient to distinguish this species from all others at present known of this family. Trinidad specimens are among the fine collection of birds from that island presented to the Zoological Society by Lord Harris. Examples in the British Museum were collected ny Mr. Dyson in Venezuela. 10. Bucco rAptatus, Sclater. Bucco radiaius, Sclater, Pr. Zool. Soc. Dec. 13, 1853. B. supra clare ferrugineus, nigro transversim radiatus: nucha et dorso summo pene omnino nigris: corpore subtus et 362 Mr. P. L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide. cervicali torque pallide fulvescenti-albis; capitis lateribus pectore et ventris lateribus lineis nigris transversim radiatis : loris gula et ventre medio cum crisso albis: pedibus nigris : rostro plumbeo. : Long. tota 8:0; ale 3:4; caude 3:0. Hab. in Nova Grenada. On first seeing this Bucco I took it for an immature state of B. chacuru, but a more accurate examination has convinced me that it is quite distinct. The present species may be at once di- stinguished. by its lead-coloured bill and radiated under-plumage, as well as by the entire absence of the large black blotches on each side of the neck, which form one of the characteristic features of the latter species. Of two examples in the British Museum, one is labelled as having been received from Santa Fé di Bogota in 1843. , i The upper plumage is clear ferruginous brown crossed with | regular black bars which are narrower on the head: on the neck and upper back the feathers are nearly wholly black. The under surface of the remiges is buff-coloured ; the inner web of the apical half of the primaries is pure pale black. The rectrices are uniform clear brown, paler below and regularly crossed by seven or eight black bands. 11. Bucco cHacurw, Vieill. Chacuru, Azara, no. 261. Bucco chacuru, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. d’H. N. iti. 239; Vieill. Enc. d’H. N. p- 1420; Gray’s Gen. p. 74; Gray, List of B. M. p- 48. Capito melanotis, Temm. Pl. Col. 94; Wagl. Syst. Av. sp. 5; Max. Beit. z. Nat. iv. 359; Tsch. Av. Consp. p- 301; Tsch. F. P. p. 259. Bucco strigilatus, Licht. Verz. de Doubl. p. 8. Capito chacuru, Hart. Syst. Ind. Azara, p. 17; Bp. Consp. p. 146. ~ Capito leucotis, Sw. Orn. Draw. pl. 10; Bp. Consp. p. 147. Bucco leucotis, Gray’s Gen, p. 74. B. supra brunneo-rufescens nigro conferte fasciolatus ; capite nigricantiore : capitis lateribus omnino nigris: loris, regione auriculari, vitta collari postica et corpore toto subtus albis: subtus ad latera subobsolete nigro radiatus: rostro rubro, culmine ad apicem nigro: pedibus nigris. Long. tota 8:0; ale 3:3; caude 3-0. Hab. in Brasilia ; Bahia (Max.) ; S. Paolo (Licht.) ; Peruvia reg. sylv. (Tsch.) ; Porto Imperiale (Cast. et Dev.); Paraguaya (Azara). This Bucco appears to range farther south than any other species, being the only one included by Azara in his account of the birds of Paraguay. Prince Maximilian of Neuwied says that he “met with it im the bush and wood valleys of the Mr. P. Li. Sclater on the Fissirostral family -Bucconide. 363 province of Bahia, yet not often. ‘It is a still, solitary bird, and he never heard its voice. Generally it sits upon a low bough, or hops in the thick bush upon the ground.” | The form of the bill in this species is very much compressed, in other respects the general habit of the bird is not far removed from that of the more typical Buccones. 12. Bucco tanczoxatvus, Deville. Bucco lanceolatus, Deville, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1849, p. 56. B. supra brunneus: subtus albus nigro longitudinaliter striatus : fronte anguste albo : crisso rufescente. Long. tota 5°5. Hab. Pampa del Sacramento in Peruv. (Dev.); Rio Napo (Jardine). I noted down the preceding short description (which, however, I think is sufficient to identify this peculiar species) when I examined the type-specimen in the Paris Museum. M. Deville’s account of it is as follows (see Rev. et Mag. de Zoologie, /. c.) : “ Above reddish brown, rather brighter on the head, ears and upper tail-coverts ; with a narrow terminal band more or less clear upon the back and coverts. Below spotted with white and black: tail brown above, gray below, with two black spots, one at the base and the other nearly at the extremity, which is gray: two medial rectrices brown and without spots: the outer - pair of rectrices spotted only on the inner web, the outer web being gray. Crissum cinnamon colour. Length 10} cent.” Sir William Jardine has an example of this bird received in a _ collection from the Rio Napo. 13. Bucco macuLatus (Gm.). Alcedo maculata, Gm. 8. N.i. p. 451. Bucco somnolentus, Licht. Verz. d. Doubl. p. 8. Capito maculatus, Wagl. S. A. sp. 7; Temm. Tabl. Meth. p. 41. Tamatia somnolenta, Sw. Orn. Draw. pl. 9. Le Tamajac, Le Vail. Ois. de Par. Suppl. t. F. Tamatia tamajac, Less. Man. i. p. 168. Tamatia maculata, Bp. Consp. p. 147. Bucco maculatus, Gray’s Gen. p. 74; Gray, List of B. M. p. 48. B. supra nigrescens: singulis pennis irregulariter rufescente trans- versim yittatis ; capite obscuriore: loris superciliis et vitta collari rufescentibus. subtus albus ; collo antico clare rufes- centi-fulvo: mento pure albo: pectore et ventris lateribus . maculis rotundis nigris signatis: rostro rubro, culmine et basi nigro: pedibus plumbeis. Long. tota 7°3; ale 3°0; caudee 2°7. Hab, in Brasilia; Para; Bahia (Licht.). 364 «Mr. P. L. Sclater on the Fissirostral family Bucconide. This well-known Brazilian’ species may be recognized by its clear buff-coloured neck and upper breast, and the round spots on the belly. Specimens from Para are in the Derby Museum at Liverpool. © 14. Bucco striatiPectvs, Sclater. B. striatipectus, Sclater in Pr. Zool. Soc. Dec. 13, 1853. B. supra nigrescens; alis caudaque magis - brunnescentibus ; omnino rufescente transversim striatus: capite nigro fere immaculato: mento albo, gutture toto et collo undique fulvo- rufis : pectore et ventris lateribus albis, nigro longitudinaliter striatis : ventre medio albo: crisso fulvescente. Long. tota 7°8 ; alz 3:5. Hab. in Bolivia (Mus. Derb.). I am rather doubtful, I confess, about this species, whether it is truly distinct from the preceding. The only difference is that the characteristic round black spots on the under surface are in ° this species replaced by longitudinal strie. The two examples in the Derby Museum are labelled ‘ Bolivia.’ I have seen several others. I described this and some of the other new species included in the present synopsis in a paper read before the Zoo- logical Society on the 13th December, 1853. D. Cyphos (Spix). 15. Bucco macropactytvs (Spix). Cyphos macrodactylus, Spix, Av. Bras. i. t. 39. fig. 2. p. 51. Capito cyphos, Wagl. S. A. sp. 4; Tsch. F. P. p. 259. Capito macrodactylus, Bp. Pr. Zool. Soc. 1837, p. 119; Tsch. Av. Conuy: p- 300; Bp. Consp. p. 146. Bucco macrodactylus, Gray’s Gen. p. 74. B. fuliginoso-brunneus ; capite rufescente ; dorso summo nigres- cente; dorsi singulis pennis margine clarioribus: vitta cervicali postica ochracea: mento ochraceo albido: vitta lata gulari nigra subtus albo marginata: ventre tenuissime nigrescente lineato: rostro nigro: pedibus plumbeis. Long. tota 5°8; ale 2°7; caude 2:4. Hab. in sylvis fl. Amazonum (Spix); in prov. Peruvie orienta- libus (T'sch.) ; Rio Napo (Jard.) ; Nova Grenada. This. is certainly rather an abnormal species as regards the form of the bill, which somewhat resembles that of the next succeeding genus, but is much broader at. the base. The broad gular bar is situated higher up than in the other species. I have Capt. R. C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore.’ 365 some doubts whether I am right in placing it here—perhaps, in many respects, it is more nearly allied to B. tamatia, &c. Spix’s specimens came from high up the Amazons, I expect, as ‘I'schudi found the bird in Eastern Peru. An example in my collection has every appearance of a Bogota skin. [To be continued. | XXXI.— Observations on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. By Capt. Rosert C, Tyrier, of the 38th Regiment Bengal Light Infantry. Since the following observations will in all probability be uninteresting to most readers, I give them expressly for the assistance and guidance of those who visit Calcutta from foreign ports, and are desirous during perhaps a limited stay to procure specimens of natural history belonging to Bengal, and which frequently without their own personal exertions they are unable to do; I therefore select the fauna of Barrackpoore (a pretty military station) and its immediate vicinity, where I resided for upwards of two years, thus having ample opportunities to render myself -tolerably familiar with the birds and small mammalia that belong to or occasionally visit this part of Bengal. The distance from Calcutta to Barrackpoore is fifteen miles. The road is planted on both sides with tall superb trees, and. it is chiefly on this road and its vicinity that I obtained or observed the specimens which form the subject of my observations; ot her genera and species besides those enumerated by me have been occasionally collected, but these I shall omit mentioning as they did not fall under my immediate observation, and solely confine myself to those that did. I shall therefore begin with the Paleornis torquatus, the com- mon ring-necked green or Mango Parrot of India; it is very common, as well as the elegant red-headed Paleornis cyano- cephalus ; the latter is difficult to obtain, from being so con- stantly persecuted by native bird-catchers; the females have a ~ bluish-coloured head. The Paleornis barbatus is to be had, but very rarely ; 1 only obtained two specimens ; besides these three species, I have seen no other of this genus. I shall now proceed to the Raptores, and commence with the Hypotriorchis severus, a beautiful little species and uncommon. Tinnunculus alaudarius, which is the same as the European Kestril, iscommon. The Elanus melanopterus is often met with, as well as Hematornis cheela; this latter is a noble crested bird, found near marshes, where abundance of the Circus eruginosus, 4 366. Capt. R. C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. the same bird as the English Marsh Harrier, is found. The Circus cinerascens, or Montagu’s Harrier of England, is also sometimes obtained, as well as Circus melanoleucus, but. the latter ‘is’ rare. The species of Raptores most frequently ob- tained is the Micronisus badius, which is very plentiful. The Spizaétus limnaétus and Pontoaétus ichthyaétus, two fine species, are both uncommon ; however I was fortunate in obtaming good specimens of both. The Haliastur indus and Milvus ater are very abundant, and found everywhere; the first is known as the. Brahminee Kite, and the latter as the common Kite of all India. The Vultures follow, and I shall first mention the Otogyps calvus; they are common, and recognised at .once by their scarlet head and wattles from other vultures: the other two species are Gyps indicus and Gyps bengalensis ; the former is of a brown and the latter of ablack colour. I have seen no other vultures in this neighbourhood : all three are very common, the two last more so than the first, which latter is frequently called the King of the Vultures : these birds are so peculiarly filthy and disgust- ing in their habits, that few collectors bestow much attention or pains in procuring them. I was rather unfortunate in my collection of Owls, but suc- ceeded in procuring good specimens. of Scops aldrovandi and the fine large Horned Owl, the Ketupa javanensis, as also Ninox scutulatus ; all these three species may be considered uncommon ; but the little Athene brama is very common, frequenting old trees and houses. The only other owl procured in this locality was the common Strix javanica, so closely allied to the Strix flammea of England (the Barn Owl). The Upupa epops, the Hoopoe of England, is not common at Barrackpoore, though during the cold season a few may be procured. © ‘We now proceed to the Kingfishers: the Halcyon ghurial and Halcyon smyrnensis are both very common, but the Halcyon amauropterus is rare; this latter abounds in the Soonderbunds, - and occasionally visits Barrackpoore. This tribe of birds is easily found from their constant coarse shrill call; they frequent the neighbourhood of trees, whereas the common Ceryle varia of Strickland, which is the Asiatic variety of Ceryle rudis, abounds near streams of water and large rivers, where they may con- stantly be seen hovering in the air like a kestril in search of their prey. The Alcedo bengalensis is also very common, and found in retired shady places near water. We now come to the common and only Roller I have seen in this part of the country, the Coracias indica; there are but few Europeans who are not acquainted with the Indian Blue Jay, as this bird is ‘Capt. R. C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. 367 called. The Hurystomus orientalis is also found, but is very rare. Amongst the Bee-eaters I can only mention two species, the very common little green Merops viridis, and the less common large species Merops philippensis; this latter is a well-known cold-weather visitor. One of the most common Woodpeckers is the gay-coloured Brachypternus aurantius ; it is very abundant ; the male is easily distinguished from the female by its com- plete scarlet head, whilst the head of the female is speckled with white on the forehead. Another very common species is the small black and white Pzcus macei; in the male of this species the head is red, in the female black. The next species, Micropternus phaio- ceps, which is a brown Woodpecker, is not common; the males have red on their cheeks. I now conclude the Woodpeckers by mentioning my good fortune in obtaining a male and female of Gecinus chloropus ; they are green and very rare. During the cold season numbers of the English Wryneck,*Yunz torquilla, are found about orchards and gardens. There are only two species of Barbets found about Barrackpoore, the Megalaima asiatica and the small Megalaima philippensis, both very abundant ; they are easily distinguished from each other, when concealed by the thick foliage of the trees they frequent, by their totally different constant call; the note of the M. asiatica sounds like kootur, kootur, kootur, constantly repeated, but the note of the M. phi- lippensis is a simple koot, koot, koot; they are not easily distin- guished from the leaves of trees, their colour bemg somewhat of the same hue. I shall next mention the Cuckoos, and begin with a very com- mon species, the Cuculus varius; it is found in gardens and orchards, as also the Cuculus striatus, or Bhow kuttah kho of the Bengalees : this latter is a rare bird ; its callis very like the note of the Pomatorlinus erythrogenys of the Himalayas. Bhow kuttah kho signifies in Bengalee—Daughter-in-law tell a tale ; the note sounds very like a double cuckoo, thus cuckoo, cuckoo. The Cuculus tenuirostris is also found, but is rather uncommon, and I obtained but few specimens. I ‘now come to one of the most common species, the Hudynamys orientalis, or Coel of India; the male is black and the female brown, speckled with white ; both have scarlet eyes; the young male though black is speckled with white, and the young of both sexes have dark eyes: the contrast in the colour of male and female has frequently misled people to suppose them to be different birds: this Eudynamys deposits its eggs in the nest of the common crow, Corvus splendens. The eggs of both species are very similar, with the exception that the Crow’s is more pointed at one end ; otherwise the similarity is great. The call of the Coe/ is well known: at daybreak they 368 Capt. R. C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. welcome the first rays of light by their wild attractive note; they call also during the day, and not unfrequently at night ; in cloudy and rainy weather they make a clamorous noise; natives often keep them in cages expressly for their wild cheerful note. As the rainy season sets in, the Oxylophus melanoleucus begin to ap- pear, and their call is heard in every direction ; this is a fine black and white species with a crest: the handsome Oxylophus coromandus is also found, but is very rare. I now come to a very common bird, and the last species of this group I have found at Barrackpoore, the Centropus philippensis, or large Crow Phea- sant of “Europeans. I obtained only two species of the genus Caprimulgus, viz. C. asiaticus and C. albonotatus, the former is more common than the latter. The Swifts are limited to two,- the Cypselus affinis and C. balassiensis; the latter is a most delicate, slight species, frequenting palm- trees and building their nests in the fronds of the Borassus ; the former species build in houses, &c. One of the most common birds in India is the Corvus splen- dens or common Crow, which occurs in abundance everywhere, _ both in country and town, and is mischievous to a degree; it is the nest of this bird that the Coel generally selects for her eggs: the only other Crow found here is the Corvus culminatus ; these birds are common, and are called Ravens in India. After leaving the Crows, the next bird to be mentioned is the Dendro- citta rufa; they are common and soon attract attention by their constant call of Chugul Khore, or tell-tale ; these birds are called Brown Magpies. We now come to the Minas; the first and most common is the Acridotheres tristis, or Dassee mina of the natives ; they are very numerous and are often kept in cages, as they soon learn toimitatesounds and become docile. The Acridotheres griseus is also found, but rarely; this bird is known by its peculiar crest and yellow eye; it is not such a favourite cage-bird as the last- mentioned species. The Sturnus contra is very plentiful ; I have seen some tame ones which could imitate sounds very well ; they become very tame and are often kept by natives. The last of this group which I have seen in this part of Bengal is Sturnia mala- barica; they are common, and build in the hollows of trees, keeping together in large flocks. - That interesting bird the Ploceus philippensis, is the only spe- cies of the Weaver-bird that I have seen at Barrackpoore ; the long bottle-shape nest of this bird, hanging in numbers to the leaves of the palm and other trees, cannot fail to attract the notice of the most unobservant individual. The Ploceus manyar and Ploceus bengalensis have both been obtained in this neigh- bourhood, but I have never seen- them. Amongst the little Munias are M. rubronigra, M. undulata, and M. malabarica, all equally common. The Passer indicus, or common House Sparrow, \ Capt. R. C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. 369 is plentiful everywhere, building m houses and quite tame in their habits. b I now come to a class of birds, which from their dull colours and obscure appearance seldom engage the attention of collect- ors; they are the Larks found about this station. I will begin with Alauda gulgula, which is common ; Mirafra affinis and Mi- rafra assamensis are by no means uncommon: the genus Mirafra is easily distinguished from other larks by their thick-set ap- pearance. The little Pyrrhulauda grisea, which is common, fre- quents open fields; the males have black underneath, but in every other respect so similar is the general colour of these little creatures to the ground they frequent that they are often passed unobserved, besides which they conceal themselves by lying flat on the ground. The Dendronanthus maculatus is not uncommon, and frequents groves of trees ; the habits of this bird are very in- teresting ; they are found amongst dry leaves, and when disturbed fly into the trees and conceal themselves among the branches. The Anthus richardii of England is also met with, but is rather rare; while the Anthus rufulus is very plentiful, and is caught by natives and sold for food to Europeans; in fact, all larks are called by them Begarees, by which term Ortolans are supposed to be un- derstood ; however there is scarcely a lark in India that does not possess its own peculiar native name. The most interesting of this group is the pretty Nemoricola indica, which seems to partake both of the habits of the lark and wagtails: it is not common. | The four species of Water Wagtails as they are termed, are all very common and cold-weather visitors, viz. Motacilla luzo- niensis, M. boarula, Budytes citreola and B. viridis ; as the three latter are yellowish and often cause confusion, I will simply mention that the genus Motacilla is easily distinguished from Budytes by the long lark-like nail on the hallux of Budytes ; B. citreola and B. viridis are easily distinguished by the green hue on the back of the latter. We leave these comparatively speaking attractive birds, and come to those of more sombre plumage, such as the Sphe- nura striata; this is an uncommon bird, found amongst bushes near water; the bristles at the base of the mandibles are cu- riously placed. The Sat Bhya, or as they are frequently called Panch Bhyas, which means “ seven or five brothers,” the Malaco- cercus bengalensis, are very common, and are found in gardens and jungle, hopping about in search of food; they are well ~ known; their colour is of a dirty brown, and they have a pecu- liar white eye, which gives them a most uninteresting appearance. The little Drymoica inornata and Cisticola cursitans are found in Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 24 370 = Capt. R. C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. great numbers amongst the long grass ; the latter is so very mi- nute that it frequently escapes all observation. That wonderful little bird the Orthotomus longicauda, or Tailor-bird of India, is very common, and builds its nest in gardens and other suitable places ; the nests are very peculiar, composed outwardly of from one to four leaves stitched together, enclosing a nest of the finest construction and ma- terials within it: the eggs not only differ in number, but very much in colour and shape; I have some white and speckled with brown, others pure white, and so on; a bluish gray and speckled are the most common. The Indian variety of Lanius superciliosus is very common, but the L. nigriceps is rather un- common and only met with at some little distance from canton- ments. Occasionally great numbers of Tephrodornis pondiceriana make their appearance; and I have obtained a fine specimen of that beautiful bird Pitta triostegus, found amongst dry leaves under mango-trees ; they are here very rare; so is the Oreocinela dauma, of which I obtained several good specimens.. The Turdus atrogularis and merula, houl houl, sometimes make their appear- ance, but this is very rarely the case ; I only saw one of each spe- cies. Of the genus Geocichla I obtained three species: G. wni- color, very rare ; G. citrina, very common ; and G. dissimilis, often found in groves of trees; it is very singular that, out of the numbers of Geocichla dissimilis shot, a male is seldom or never procured ; this latter, when in fine adult plumage, is distin- guished from the sombre colour of the female by the bright red- dish streaks on its flanks. I procured two fine specimens of -Kittacincla macrourus, the Shama of India; they were shot in rather thick jungle, and are very rare, whereas the Copsychus saularis, the Dhial of the natives, is very common ; both these species are good songsters, particularly the first, but at all times are delicate birds unless well fed with worms, &c. A good singing Shama is a valuable: bird, and not easily purchased ; the natives are very partial to them and keep a great many ; their cages are covered over with a white cloth to prevent their being disturbed, for they are very timid, besides which they sing better and oftener when covered over. The little Cyanecula suecica is a regular cold-weather visitor, as also the Ruticilla indica ; this latter is not very common, which is rather singular, considering how plen- tiful they are in Bengal, whereas the beautiful red-throated Calliope kamtschatkensis are not uncommon; they occur in jungle near grass and water. The Pratincola indica is also found seated on hedges and bushes, and during the cold season in groves of trees. The Erythrosterna leucura is often met with; the males, though small, have a slight resemblance to the English Robin: the two most beautiful of this group found near Bar- Capt. R. C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore: 371 rackpoore are the Cyornis rubeculoides and the Staparola mela- nops; they are however uncommon, but I was fortunate in get- ting several specimens of both. I have now to add a most rare addition to my Barrackpoore collection, viz. three specimens of the Hemichelidon fuliginosa : mine appear to be the first specimens obtained here; they are very rare. The next birds we come to are dull species, though very sprightly and active in their habits: the first, Arundinax olivaceus, is rare; but the next, Acrocephalus brunnescens and A. dumetorum, are very common, as well as Phyllopneuste rama ; these latter are found amongst the branches of high trees. Here the lively and pretty Culicipeta burki is found during the cold season, as well as the Reguloides modestus and R. tro- chiloides; both of these latter species are rare. The most common of this group are the Phylloscopus tristis, P. viridanus and P. lugubris, all of which are very abundant, particularly the first two ; these birds are so minute that they are scarcely sought, for. I found the Graucalus macei rather scarce, as well as Cam- pephaga sykesii, but C. fimbriata is very plentiful. I now come to the beautiful Pericrocotus peregrinus and P. roseus ; the first is very common, the latter is not so: few birds are more beautiful than the males of this elegant timid species ; they are always found in small packs about trees, constantly on the move in search of insects. The Swallows seem limited to three, Hirundo daurica, H. rustica, which is the same as the En- glish species, and the little river H. sinensis ; the second of these named species is by no means common, the other two are often met with; the little River Swallows make their nests in holes in the banks of the river: the manner in which the banks are per- forated with the holes these birds make is astonishing ; several hundreds congregate together and live in perfect harmony. The Artamus fuscus is also common; they keep in small packs, fre- quenting jungles ; their habits are very like swallows’ ; they are often seen perched in rows on a long thin twig, occasionally darting off in search of insects. During the cold season several Chibia hottentota are to be obtained; the gloss on the plumage of this bird, as well as un that of the common little Chaptia anea, renders them objects of great interest, notwithstanding their black colour, The Dicrurus macrocercus, so commonly seen throughout the year in open fields, is also a very interesting spe- cies, as well as D. longicaudatus; both are very frequent, the former keeping to open fields and the latter near groves of trees. Besides the two mentioned I have obtained a specimen of a third and very rare species, D. cerulescens ; they are found in groves of trees and have a white belly ; the young of the former species are marked with white, but very different from the pure white belly 24% 372 Capt. R.C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. of the D. cerulescens. The D. macrocercus is a larger and blacker bird than D. longicaudatus, which latter is of a more ashy hue, and is in size only a little larger than D. cerulescens: all the birds of this group are called King Crows. The elegant Tchitrea paradisi is common; the young males are brown like the females, with black heads and with the two centre tail-feathers elongated like the adult male; they gradually change their plumage, become mottled with white, and by degrees assume the pure white of the adult male, but retaining the. fine glossy black head, crest and neck : the females do not seem to change from brown to white, though old barren females are said to do so. I obtained the nest of this species; it was elongated and built in the fork of a branch hike the nest of the Dicrure, but more elegant in its formation: this species has been kept alive on shrimps, but it is very delicate and difficult to preserve. Myiagra cerulea is common; the delicate blue of the male is very beautiful; the female is of a brown hue, preserving in a slight degree the blue of the male, on the head in particular; they are found amongst the thick foliage of trees: I observed a singular peculiarity of this bird, which was, darting off a branch into water and catching small aquatic insects. There is another common cold-weather bird which appears about the same time as the last, the.Cryptolopha cinereocapilla; they are of a delicate yellowish hue, with an ash-coloured crest, and are similar in their habits to the Myiagra cerulea. But one of the most elegant birds of this group is the Leucocerca fuscoventris ; this little black- coloured Fan-tail is found in every grove of trees hopping about, with its long fan-shaped tail spread, and every now and then turning round in a sort of self-pride and vanity. With this bird ends my list of the Flycatchers of Barrackpoore, and I shall now proceed to the well-known Bulbuls, or as many Europeans call them, the Nightingales of India: the first and most common species is the large Pycnonotus bengalensis ; it has.a scarlet vent, is very common and a well-known species ; natives keep them for fighting. The only other species found here is the small red-cheeked elegant P. jocosus; these birds have a very sprightly gay appearance: Bulbuls frequent gardens and orchards, keeping in small flocks. Another very common bird is the pretty léra typhia; the males are blacker than the females; I have shot some males so very black about the head as to induce me to the belief that they were hybrids. Few birds attract the eye of strangers more than the gay colours of the very common Oriolus melanocephalus ; their ex- cessive gaudy colour and musical flute-toned note render them objects of great attraction. The little Sun-bird, as the charm- Capt. R. C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. 3873 ing Nectarinia zeylonica is called, is very common, and forms a beautiful addition to the fauna of Barrackpoore; early in the morning are these busy little creatures seen sucking the nectar from flowers : I had several of their nests ; they are elegantly con- structed, and are suspended to the branch of a creeper or other bush ; I found a very pretty one suspended to some creepers inside of a bower over my bed-room window. The eggs vary in size and colour as well as in number. The little Diceum cruen- tatum with its scarlet back, and the little sombre D. minimum are very abundant, but at all times difficult to obtain owing to their extreme minuteness, besides which they keep often in the upper branches of high trees. The Pigeons are limited to very few ; the most beautiful found here is the Toria nipalensis, a very rare bird ; but the Treron phenicoptera and T. bicincta are pretty common : all three of these species are called Green Pigeons. The Doves: Turtur risorius and T. suratensis are both very common, as well as the lovely Green Dove, Chalcophaps indicus ; these latter are found in dense jungle and in retired places. The only other species of this order | have seen at Barrackpoore is a half-domesticated and evidently hybrid of Columba livia; they are very common and live in old temples and houses; they are often caught and shot for eating. The only species of Rasores I have found here is the Turniz bengalensis, which is the small pale variety of 7. ocellatus ; the eggs of this species were brought to me. It is very singular that { did not obtain a single quail or partridge at this station. T now close my list of land birds, and shall proceed to enume- rate the so-called water birds, of which there is a large and exten- sive variety : my own collection, I regret to say, is very limited; but they were all I could procure during my residence, after every effort that could be bestowed im search of them. I shall begin by mentioning that the Sarciophorus bilobus is common, as well as Lobivanellus goensis ; this is the true Teetaree of the natives ; L. cinereus is also met with ; all these three species are obtained in open fields or near water. The Charadrius virginiacus, a closely allied species to our English Golden Plover, is also found in great numbers ; so is the little Hiaticula philippina. The Totanus fuscus, the Spotted Redshank of Europe, is not com- mon, but the Actitis glareola (the English Wood Sandpiper), the A. ochropus (the English Green Sandpiper), the 4. hypo- leucus (the English common Sandpiper), as well as Tringa mi- nuta and T. temminckiu of England, are all very common spe- cies at Barrackpoore; there is scarcely a puddle of water that is not more or less resorted to by some of these birds. Of the true Snipes of the sporting world, the first is the English species, Gadlinago scolopacinus ; they are very common, 374 Capt. R.C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. as well as the other. well-known common species, -G. stenura; the only observable difference between these two species is the curious pointed thin feathers under the tail of the latter. The Jack Snipe of England, G. gallinula, is also abundant. The next bird I have to mention is the pretty and beautifully marked Rhynchea bengalensis ; they are called Painted Snipes : the habits of this bird partake more of that of the Woodcocks than the Snipe; I have often shot them in bush jungle at some distance from water; they are excellent eating. I was fortunate in ob- taining the egg of this species. The Metopidius indicus is also common: the young of this bird differs much in colour from the adult, so much so that they might. easily be taken for dif- ferent birds. The next closely allied genus is the beautiful Hy- drophasianus chirurgus ; this elegant bird is known as the Water Pheasant ; they are very plentiful in marshes, where they may be seen in company with the Metopidius indicus, running lightly over the surface of the lotus leaves and other aquatic plants ; they are always a timid bird. The curious Threskiornis melanocephalus, the black-headed white Ibis of sportsmen, is rare and is considered pretty good eating; the adults have a naked black head and neck, whilst the young are feathered in those parts. The Tantalus leucoce- phalus with its elegant pink feathers is also not uncommon ; as also the common Spoonbill, Platalea leucocephala; this bird is the same as the English species. I obtained a great many Ana- stoma oscitans; the young of this singular bird alone have their mandibles entire, the edges of the mandibles of the adult being invariably destroyed from their constantly breaking shells of the Ampullaria and other things they feed on. I only procured one specimen of the Mycteria australis; they are very rare, and one of the finest birds we have of this group. The Ciconia leucoce- phala is also found, but rare. The next I have to mention are those well-known birds called Adjutants, from the circumstance of their frequenting the vicinity of barracks, picking up bones and offal thrown out to them ; the most common species is Lep- toptilos argala ; they frequent towns and villages: Calcutta is full of them, and they constantly visit Barrackpoore. The next of this genus 1s Leptoptilos javanica; I only saw one of this small species, in a field near cantonments ; they invariably keep in open country and seldom approach towns or villages; they are distin- guished from the other species by their inferior size and the scale-like appearance of the feathers on their back. The Herons found here are but two, Ardea cinerea and A. pur- purea, both common and identical with the English species. We now come to the Egrets : Herodias alba, the largest species, is not common, but Herodias intermedia, the next im size, is more so, Capt. R. C. Tytler on the Fauna of Barrackpoore. 375 whilst H. garzetta and H. bubuleus are very common ; the latter are found in fields following cattle, in search of insects: all these birds are called Paddy Birds by Europeans. I obtained another bird of the genus Herodias, but as it may prove to be a hybrid, I will make no particular mention of it. The next three species are common, viz. Butorides javanica, Ardeola leucoptera and Nyc- ticorax griseus ; this latter is the same as the Night Heron of England. The Botaurus stellaris, or common Bittern of Europe, is also frequently obtained, but the little Ardetta cinnamomea is rare. The marshes are abundantly tenanted by the Porphyrio poliocephalus ; they are seen early in the morning and late of an evening venturing into fields to feed, but always in the vicinity of water; their gay colour and natural docility make them great favourites. The Porzana phenicura and P. pygmea are very common; the former I have frequently shot on trees. The Rallus striatus and R. indicus are also rarely met with, but the Gallinula chloropus, which is the same as the English Moor Hen, is not uncommon. During a very severe gale of wind we had at Barrackpoore, I saw a fine specimen of that splendid large Gull, the Larus ichthyaétus, the only one I saw; it was flying along the banks of the river, unable to make any progress against the wind. The Hydrochelidon indica and Sterna aurantia are both common, the latter more so than the former. A large flight of Pelicans passed over Barrackpoore, but of what species I am unable to say, for they flew very high. The Graucalus pyg- meus 1s a common species about ponds and marshes. I was very unfortunate with my Ducks; but as my object is only to enumerate what I actually saw, I trust the reader will excuse my giving so small a list. The Dendrocygna major and D. arcuata are both common ; they are known to Europeans as the Whistling Teal of India. The little Rice Teal, Nettapus coro- mandelianus, is very plentiful, as is also Querquedula circia, the English Garganey or Summer Duck. I likewise procured the Fuligula nyroca, the White-eyed Duck of Europe; they are not common ; but the little common Grebe, Podiceps philippensis, is very abundant on all ponds and marshes. This ends my ornithological list of birds actually seen wild and collected by me, at and in the neighbourhood of Barrack- poore during a period of two years: in the Calcutta bazaar a great many more species are exposed for sale, brought from the Soonderbunds and other places; all these are to be purchased at a very moderate price. I shall now conclude by giving a brief sketch of the mammalia I saw at Barrackpoore, first mentioning that a Leopard, Felis leopardus, was shot in a garden; it had evidently strayed here from the Soonderbunds; they have been shot here before, but 876 = Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata are not frequent visitors. A Paradoxurus typus just caught was brought to me for sale; the Herpestes griseus, or common large Mungoose, is sometimes found ; the Canis aureus is very com- mon, and in the park of Barrackpoore I have seen this animal (the Jackal of India) allow carriages to pass within a few yards of it, whilst they composedly sat down; the common Fox, Vul- pes bengalensis, 1s also found. ee , Amongst the Rats I obtained Mus indicus, M. flavescens, M. nemoralis, M. decumanus and M. manei; also Sorex murinus, and another Sorex which may prove a new species or a very dark variety of the former ; the Sciurus palmarum is very common. Amongst the Bats I obtained Nycticejus castaneus, N. luteus, Rhinolophus lepidus, Taphozaus longimanus, Megaderma lyra, Cy- nopterus marginatus and Pteropus edwardsi, all very common ; this latter is the Flying Fox of India. Thus ends my hist of mam- malia found at Barrackpoore: that several other species exist there can be no doubt, yet as I failed to obtain them I refrain from mentioning them. I must not omit mentioning that I received every assistance from my friends E. Blyth, Esq., and Jas. Curr, Esq., during my stay at Barrackpoore, to whom | offer my best thanks. XXXII.— Contributions to the Paleontology of Gloucestershire:—A description, with Figures, of some new Species of Echinodermata from the Lias and Oolites. By Tuomas Wricut, M.D. &c., Professor of the Natural Sciences in the Cheltenham Grammar School. 7 [Concluded from p. 324.] Ophioderma Gaveyi, Wright, 1852. Pl. XIII. fig. 1 a—e. Diagnosis. —Disc large, upper surface not exposed, under surface with five pairs of heartshaped plates, above which the five rays pass; the median scutal plates of the rays form a ridge in the centre of each pair of plates; the mouth-opening is sur- rounded with five pairs of very prominent toothlike processes ; the rays are slender and gently tapering; the central scutal plates on the dorsal and ventral surfaces of the rays are narrow, those on the ventral surface resemble the bodies of small vertebree deprived of their neural elements. Transverse diameter of the body-dise 1 mch and ;2,ths, trans- verse diameter of the rays at their junction with the dise nearly aths of an inch. Description.—This Sea-star must have been rather abundant in the Liasic sea; we have seen many fine specimens of it, and from the Lias and Oolites. 877 numerous fragments of others in the locality where it was col- lected. The body-dise is large and pentagonal, it is composed underneath of ten thin, delicate triangular plates arranged in pairs, each pair forming a heartshaped shield, having an elevated rugose carina down its centre, formed by the median element of the ventral scutal plates which protrudes between each of the two plates forming a pair; the five shields are otherwise smooth on their under surface, and were united together in the living state by a membrane, but in the specimen before us they are quite separate from each other; at the apex of each of the ten triangular plates a sharp toothlike process projects downwards, which together form an imposing dental circle around the mouth- opening. ‘The rays are long, slender, and gently tapering ; we have not been able to measure the absolute length of one, as those which we have met with were always fractured ; the dorsal median pieces of the rays are hexagonal and elongated trans- versely, the ventral median pieces are elongated in the direction of the length of the ray, and resemble the bodies of small ver- tebree which had been deprived of their neural arches ; the mar- ginal plates are rounded and finely imbricated, their outward free border is toothed with five or six pectinated processes, which in the living state supported as many spines; the remains of these are sometimes seen attached to their supports; the lateral scutal plates clasp the rays firmly and securely, and over- lap the median pieces both above and below. Affinities and differences.—This elegant Sea-star somewhat — resembles in its general contour Ophioderma Milleri, but it is distinguished from that marlstone species by having a propor- tionately larger body-disc, with more slender and more tapering rays: in the form and structure of the scutal elements of the rays themselves there is likewise a difference, those in O. Milleri are of a more elongated and regular form, whilst in O. Gaveyi they are shorter, more ridgy and vertebrate-like ; the ten trian- gular ventral discal plates are smaller in O. Milleri than in O. Gaveyi; they want likewise, in the figures given by Mr. Charles- worth in the London Geological Journal, the toothlike spines at their apices which are so characteristic of our Ophiura. Locality and stratigraphical range.-—This Sea-star was col- lected by Mr. Gavey from the upper shales of the Lower Lias at Mickleton Tunnel near Chipping Campden, Gloucestershire, whilst makmg the Oxford, Worcester and Wolverhampton Rail- way; and we have found some fragments of a Sea-star much resembling in structure this species in a Liasic bed of the same horizon at Hewlitt’s Hill near Cheltenham, during the excavation of the new reservoir of the Water Works Company of that town. We dedicate this species to our friend Mr. G. E, Gavey, whose 378 = Dr. T. Wright on new Speties of Echinodermata careful and minute investigation of the beds exposed in the sec- tion which he has so well described*, added to the discovery of new forms of Radiata and Mollusca in the same, has enriched our knowledge of the Liasic fauna of Gloucestershire. Ophioderma Griesbachii, Wright. P1. XIII. fig. 2 a, b. Diagnosis.—Body-dise small, upper surface not exposed, under surface irregularly subpentagonal, formed of five pairs of heart- shaped plates; rays long, slender, and awl-shaped, prolonged beneath into the centre of the body-disc ; inferior surface with median vertebrate-like elements, and lateral scutal plates in the form of oblique pyramidal pieces, which clasp the sides of the rays in an imbricated manner, and support at their ter- minal points short stout spines; mouth subpentagonal, sur- rounded by ten blunt spinous processes, formed by the deve- lopment of the first lateral scutal plates of the rays, where they join each other around the mouth. Diameter of the body-dise ,4,ths of an inch, length of the rays from the mouth-margin to their apex }3ths of an inch. Description.—This beautiful Brittle-star of the Oolitic sea was discovered by our friend the Rey. A. W. Griesbach, of Wollaston, and we owe to his kindness and liberality the series of exquisite specimens before us, by which we have been enabled to complete the description of this new fossil. The body-disc is small, con- sisting of five pairs of heart-shaped plates ; the union between the separate elements of the disc was very intimate, as it is only at one or two points that a suture is exhibited ; so close is the union, that in other specimens the body-disc seems to be formed of a single circular element ; each pair of plates has a heart-shaped form, and the ray corresponding thereto stands out in bold relief from the under surface of the disc. In none of the specimens found is the upper surface of the disc exposed, and we know not with certainty what kind of. ornamentation adorned its dorsal surface ; at one part, however, where a portion of one of the plates is weathered, we think we detected with our inch object-glass under the microscope, a series of small imbri- cated scales resting on the rock surface; the rays are long, slender, and gently tapering ; their under surface, the only one exposed, exhibits, Ist, a central element having an elongated form, which resembles the body of a fish’s vertebree in miniature ; 2nd, lateral elements more largely developed, consisting of tri- angular plates of a pyramidal form slightly twisted round, by which arrangement the apices of the pyramids are made to clasp * Railway Cuttings at Mickleton Tunnel and Aston Magna, by G. E. Gavey, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. February 7, 1853. from the Lias and Oolites. 379 each other, and thereby produce a regular imbricated structure ; the points of the lateral plates support small, short, stout spines, which are only seen in one of the rays of the three specimens before us. Where the base of the ray crosses the under surface of the body-dise it is firmly attached thereto, and as they ap- proach the centre, each of the lateral plates of the rays becomes greatly developed, and form by their union five channels, which extend into the mouth ; this opening is in the centre of the disc, and has a subpentagonal form; it is of a moderate size, and is surrounded by ten stout spines formed by. the development of the first lateral: plates, which are. much. expanded and terminate at the oral border in short stout spinous processes ; the lateral plates from the adjoining rays are here united together, so that two spines from the lateral plates of different rays are closely approximated, and the five rays are thereby united together round the mouth-opening like five Gothic arches, so that the mouth with its channels, formed by these arches, resembles a miniature starfish in the centre of the disc; the five pairs of spines may have served as jaws. Affinities and differences.—Our knowledge of fossil Ophiuride is unfortunately so limited, and the details of those forms known are so meagre, that there is much difficulty in making a comparison between the extinct genera of this family. In our description of Ophioderma Gaveyi a diagnosis has been attempted between it and O. Milleri, Phil., both of these being Liasic spe- cies. The other forms hitherto published are those figured by Goldfuss, namely the Ophiura prisca, Miinster, from the Muschel- ° kalk of Baireuth; the Ophiura loricata, Goldf., from the Muschel- kalk of Wiirtemberg; the Ophiura speciosa and O. carinata, Minster, from the Lithographic slates of Solenhofen ; of these Goldfuss’s figures are excellent, and leave nothing to be desired, as that able natural-history artist Herr Hohe, whose crayon has added such lasting value to the ‘ Petrefacta Germaniz,’ has given accurate details of structure which prevent the possibility of con- fusion regarding the identification of the species drawn by him. The Ophiura Egertoni, Brod.*, found in nodules of micaceous sandstone at the base of the Inferior Oolite near Charmouth, is so entirely distinct from our fossil, that to mistake them is im- possible ; between O. Griesbachii and O. speciosa and O. carinata, the difference is likewise very great ; O. loricata comes nearer to our Brittle-star than either of the others, but the great develop- ment of the lateral plates of the rays, and the claspmg and im- bricated character of the same in O. Griesbachii, forms a struc- tural character which separates it widely from Goldfuss’s species. * Geol. Trans. 2nd series, vol. v. pl. 12. 880 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata If_we seek further for resemblances to our Brittle-star, we must look for them more amongst the beautiful Ophiocome of our seas than among any forms we are acquainted with in the fossil state, but even between it and them the differences are many and distinct. ; Locality and stratigraphical range.—This beautiful fossil was collected by the Rev. A. W. Griesbach from the Forest marble of Oundle, Northamptonshire, where it is rare. We have dedicated this species to that gentleman, to whom we are indebted for much valuable information relative to the stratigraphical distri- bution of Echinoderms in his county, and likewise for a liberal contribution of materials to aid us in the completion of these memoirs. Pentacrinus Goldfussti, Wright. Pl. XIII. fig. 3.. Diagnosis.—Calyx composed of a central pentagonal plate, five small heart-shaped pieces, and five large triangular basal ele-. ments; rays thick, strong and bifurcated; total number of their subdivisions unknown ; the five primary rays consist of two pieces, the basal piece is flat, and has a slightly elevated portion about the centre of the upper surface, the brachial piece is strong and triangular, its base resting firmly on the former; the sides of the triangle support two arms; the ten secondary rays consist of from ten to eleven circular pieces with smooth unequal undulated surfaces, whereby their thick- ness is rendered very unequal; the secondary rays support twenty tertiary rays, which have the same general character as the secondary rays; the number of pieces entering into the composition of each is unknown; from the fragmentary state of this part of the specimen the number may be estimated at from fifteen to twenty pieces. ‘The column near the calyx is composed of thin, deeply divided five-rayed plates, with well- marked transverse articular impressions on their surfaces ; every fourth plate is thicker, broader, and more prominent than the one above it or below it; the side arms are numerous, and composed of thin circular plates: the lower part of the column is unknown. Description.—This beautiful Sea Lily is remarkable among its Liasic congeners for the comparative strength and thickness of its rays ; the centrum of the calyx is simply a thickened and en- larged columnar joint to which the upper part of the column is articulated ; around the apices of the rays of this centrum five small heart-shaped basal pieces are inserted, the points of which are directed outwards; they are very convex externally, project- ing from the surface of the calyx, and have the appearance of from the Lias and Oolites. 381 five mammillary eminences disposed around the union of the column with the calyx. The rays are short and robust ; the primary portion consists of two pieces, a flat basal plate and a triangular brachial plate ; the basal plate has a slight elevation on its outer and upper articular surface; the brachial plate has the form of an equi- lateral triangle, it is very convex externally, and has its base firmly planted on the flat basal plate, and its sides support the se- condary rays ; these are ten in number, and consist of from ten to eleven circular plates, each differing in form and thickness from the other, their articular surfaces being smooth and undulated in different directions, the elevations of the one plate always corresponding to the depressions of the other with which it is articulated ; these inequalities are well seen in the specimen before us; from the various angles at which these plates lie in relation to each other, the ultimate brachial piece of each of the secondary rays has a triangular form externally, the sides of - which support the tertiary rays ; these, like the secondary rays, consist of unequal-sized plates with undulated articular surfaces, which are marked with fine lines that radiate from the centre to the circumference ; the number of the elements in these ter- tiary rays cannot be accurately made out in consequence of the imperfection of this part of the skeleton ; judging however from the remains of the plates in a part of the slab once occupied by a tertiary ray, we estimate their number to have been from fifteen to twenty. The inferior surface of the centre of the calyx ex- hibits a depression produced by the convexity of the brachial ele- ments and the prominence of the heart-shaped basal pieces ; into this depression the summit of the column closely fits, It is unfortunate that so small a portion of the column of this Crinoid is preserved, as it is possible that the lower part of the stem was different from that which is preserved ; the upper part of the column before us consists of thin star-shaped plates, the rays of which are deeply divided, and their surfaces are sculptured with well-marked transverse articular processes ; between every third plate a thicker and brvader plate is introduced ; the side- arms appear to have been numerous about the upper part of the column ; they were composed of thin circular plates having un- dulated surfaces similar to those observed on the secondary and tertiary rays. Affinities and differences. —Pentacrinus Goldfussii resembles in some points P, tuberculatus, Mill.: through the kindness of Major Austin and Mr. Etheridge we had the privilege of comparing our fossil with Miller’s type specimen in the Bristol Museum, but the imperfection of that Crinoid makes a rigorous comparison impossible ; one point of difference which Miller thought specific 382 Dr. T. Wright on new Species of Echinodermata of P. tuberculatus he thus describes: ‘The column differs in its joints, being thinner, and their having been covered all over with a more conspicuous muscular coat, which shows itself in nume- rous minute tubercles the result of its contraction * :” this cha- racter is certainly absent in our fossil. It is distinguished from P. briareus, Mill., P. subangularis, Mill., and P. scalaris, Goldf., by the absence of lateral branches from the rays, and from all others of its Liasic congeners with which we are acquainted in the strength and thickness of the rays themselves. Locality and-stratigraphical range.—This remarkable Sea Lily was discovered by Mr. R. E. Gavey, C.E., in the Lower Lias of Mickleton Tunnel near Chipping Campden, Gloucestershire ; it is imbedded in shale resting on a hard slab of limestone, and was associated with the remains of other Radiata. We dedicate this fine Liasic Crinoid to the memory of the late Prof. Goldfuss, whose great work, ‘ Petrefacta Germaniz,’ has so much increased our knowledge of the Liasic and Oolitic fauna. A Tabular View of the Stratigraphical Distribution of the New Species described in this. Memoir. bel BleelSslesl a leslde 7 Genera and Species. Authority. ea 2 Ba 82 £3 E ae az Cidaris Edwardsii ...... ee-| Wright ...| Bouchardii .........+++ Wright, .s.) 26 | eve] ooo] x Hemicidaris minor ......... AGASSIZ noo} phe. ]oase |. ods [ieee | Acrosalenia crinifera ...... Quenstedt | x ; Diadema Davidsoni ...... Wright | 2.) 5.0 [eee] See | coe Poced ces Poes | x Moorell®'.....000 000i Wright ...)... | ...] Pedina. Bakeri .........0000+ o| Wright .|'cee'| csetoee | Etheridgii_.......... oo] Wright .2.)050:) eee b ogee dow Polycyphus nodulosus ...| Miinster ...}~.. |---| cee | eee] ae | og Deslongchampsii '...| Wright...) -.. |... | +++ | Nucleolites Woodwardii ...| Wright ...) ... |... | eee | eee | x Michelinii ............ Wright...) .4. | sea] ose | x BCULGLUS. .. “ "ennui Yoldia australis. The figure, from a drawing by Albany Hancock, Esq., represents the animal as seen through its transparent mantle, on the removal of the right valve. a, a, adductor muscles; p, p, pedal muscles; 2, x, lateral muscles of the foot; f, foot; ¢, ¢, labial palpi and appendages; g, gills; s, siphons; m, pallial line; 7,.a convolution of the alimentary canal, lying close to the right side, and producing an impression in the shell; /, ligament. IV. Foot elongate, slender, strap-like, byssiferous (for anchoring ' the animal). 18. Dreissenide, Syn. B. M. 1842,82; P.Z.S. 1847, 199. Foot conical, small; anterior adductor muscle small, on a transverse subumbonal internal plate. Mantle edge double. Valves sub- trigonal, keeled. Hinge toothless. Cartilage external, marginal. Fluviatile. 19. Galeommide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 78; P. Z. S. 1847, 192. Foot very small, ligulate, flattened beneath. Mantle edge double, outer more or less expanded and reflexed, covering (perhaps all) the shell, inner covering the gape of the shell. Gills two pair, dependent, united together behind the foot; lips elongate. Shell oblong, gaping beneath. Hinge toothless. Cartilage internal, in a triangular pit. V. Foot very small, rudimentary, bysstferous ; hinder adductor muscle large, placed forward in the centre of the lower edge of the shell. Pedal opening small, in front near umbo ; anal opening apparently behind and above the adductor muscle. 20. Tridacnide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 82; P. Z. 8. 1847, 198. 4:14 Dr. J. E. Gray on some Families of Bwalve Shells. Foot small. Anterior adductor muscle.very small. Mantle double-edged, inner edge expanded. Gills small, thick, pinnate, united behind. 2 Order II. PHotapaceka. Mantle with two close, more or less elongate siphonal openings under the hinder adductor muscle. Gills two pair, produced into the inhalant or lower siphon. Pedal opening generally small. Siphons united (except in Pharus). Suborder 1. OrtHoconcua#. Body symmetrical. Valves equal, gaping at each end. Mantle partly exposed. Cartilage ex- ternal or none. Living perpendicularly in holes in rock or sand. A. Cartilage none, replaced by muscles. 1. Pholadide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 76; P.Z. 8. 1847, 187. Foot clavate, truncated, anterior. Gills two on each side. B. Cartilage external, marginal. — 2. Gastrochenade, Syn. B. M. 1842, 77; P.Z. 8S. 1847, 188. Foot small, cylindrical, anterior, not byssiferous. Gills two on each side. Shell gaping in front. Cartilage small, weak. Living enclosed in or imbedded in a shell-case. . 3. Saxicavide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 79; P. Z. 8. 1847, 193. Foot small, cylindrical, inferior, byssiferous. Gills two on each side ; lips small. Siphons moderate. Shell solid. Hinge-teeth rudimentary. Cartilage thick. 1. Saxicava. 2. Cypricardia. 4. Pholadomyade, P.Z.8.1847,194. Foot short, compressed, with a small bifurcate pedal appendage behind. Siphons united. Pedal opening small. Gills two on each side, thick, united behind the body. Shell oblong, gaping at each end. Huinge-teeth rudi- mentary or none. Cartilage exterior, marginal. 5. Solenide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 77; P. Z. 8. 1847, 189. Foot very large, clavate or truncated in front, not byssiferous. Pedal opening anterior. Gills two on each side. Shell cylindrical or oblong, gaping at each end. Hinge-teeth distinct. Cartilage very large, on a distinct fulerum. Living sunk in the sand. Suborder 2. Hereroconcu”. Body not symmetrical. Valves unequal. Cartilage internal, in a pit; hinge simple. Pedal opening inferior. Living lying on the side in sand or mud. 6. Myada, Syn. B. M. 1842, 78; P.Z.S8.1847,190. Siphons elongate, united, covered with a horny periostraca. Gills two on each side, dependent; lips small. Shell porcellanous. Hinge toothless. Cartilage-pit im a hollow in one and a concavity in the umbonal surface of other valve. Dr. J. E. Gray on some Families of Bivalve Shells. 415 7. Corbulide, Syn. B. M. 1842,78; P. Z.S. 1847,192. Siphons moderate.. Foot small. Gills two on each side, dependent, separate, moderately prolonged; lips long. Shell porcellanous. Hinge with a conical tooth and a cartilage-pit on each valve. 8. Pandoride, Syn. B. M. 1842, 78; P. Z. 8. 1847, 192. Siphons large. Foot moderate. Gills subpinnate, one on each side, greatly prolonged; lips long. Shell pearly. Hinge with two diverging teeth and a triangular pit on each valve. Valves very unequal. - Subclass 2. AstpHonopHorA. Mantle lobes mostly free, bearded behind or on the whole edge, sometimes with a separate siphonal opening for the vent. Order III. Lastacga. Mantle lobes united, with an anal aperture under the hinder adductor muscle, and a pedal aperture. 1. Solenomyade, Syn. B. M. 1842, 78; P. Z. S. 1847, 192. Pedal opening anterior. Foot large, oblong, clavate, truncated _ at the end. Siphonal opening in a disc, surrounded with long beards. Gills pinnate, appearing only one on each side, broad, of separate threads. Palpi small, slender. Shell gaping, thin. Periostraca hard, polished, dilated beyond the shell; cartilage internal. Animal, leaps and swims about by suddenly drawing in the umbrella-shaped foot, at the same time the water is expressed from the hinder opening by the closing of the valves. 2. Lasiade, Syn. B. M. 1842, 78; P.Z. 8.1847, 192. Pedal opening inferior, moderate, front edge sometimes produced into a hood (or united and forming an anterior aperture for an in- halant siphon ?). Gills two, laminar, dependent, unequal, oblong, on each side; lips cylindrical, outer_pair small, inner very broad. Foot compressed, with a central inferior groove, byssiferous. Mantle double-edged, inner dilatile. : Order IV.. UNIONACEA. Mantle lobes free, slightly united behind, forming a separate anal siphonal opening placed under the hinder adductor muscle. Suborder 1. Luctnacra. Foot cylindrical, elongate, inferior ; anterior adductor muscle generally elongate. 1. Lucinide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 80; P. Z. 8. 1847, 195. Anal siphons elongate, cylindrical, retractile into the mantle- cavity. - Pedal opening inferior, moderate. Gills lamellar, onl one on each side the body, oblong, broad, united behind the base 416 Dr.J.E. Gray. on someFamilies. of Bivalve Shells. of the foot. Foot cylindrical, elongate, inferior, not byssiferous ; lips none. Mantle doubled-edged, inner dilatile. a. Normal, *Lucina, Thyasiva, Fimbria. **Codakia, Loripes. b. Gills two on each side, lips moderate. ? Ungulina. Suborder 2. Susmyriiacea, . Foot large, compressed, anterior adductor muscle nearly as large as the hinder, A. Shell free. Periostraca brown, hairy. Marine. _ 2. Carditide, Syn. B. M.1842,79; P. Z.S.1847, 198. Foot compressed, conical, rather angulated behind. Cartilage external, marginal. Hinge-teeth diverging, very oblique. Gills two pairs, free, behind the body. 3... Crassatellide, Syn. B. M. 1840, 141; 1842, 91; P. Z.S. 1847, 194, Gills two pair, dependent, produced, acute, and united. behind the base of the foot. Lips four, rhombic. Foot short, compressed, triangular, with a deep groove.. Mantle lobes free, hinder end bearded, anal opening separate. Cartilage in- ternal, in a triangular pit. Hinge-teeth diverging. . Bu. Shell free... Periostraca hard, smooth. Fluyiatile. 4, Unionidae, Syn. B. M. 1842, 80; P. Z. S. 1847, 196. Foot compressed, subquadrate, angulated. behind. . Mantle edge smooth, generally bearded behind. Gills two. pair, large, dependent. Shell pearly within; hinge variable, toothed or toothless. Periostraca hard, polished. a. Unionina. Foot moderate. b. Mycetopedina. Foot elongate, enlarged at the end. Shell gaping at each end. Mycetopide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 81; P. ZS. 1847, 197. - C. Shell attached by the outer surface of one valve, Filuviatile. 5. Etheriade, Syn. B. M. 1842,79; P. Z. 8S. 1847,193. Mantle edge bearded. Gills large, two pair. Foot moderate, anterior adductor muscle small, linear. -Gills two pair, dependent. Shell pearly and blistered within. Hinge toothless. Cartilage sub- internal, curved. Young shell free, like Unio? Suborder 8. Myrinacea. Foot small, ligulate, byssiferous ; an- terior adductor muscle small. 6. Mytilade, Syn. B. M. 1842, 82; P. Z. 8. 1847, 198. Anus simple. Gills two on each side, dependent. Dr. J. E. Gray on some Families of Bivalve Shells. 417 a. Mytilina, Hinder part of mantle only slightly produced ; anterior muscle small. 8. Crenellina. Hinder part of mantle produced, forming false siphons. Crenellide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 82. y. Lithodomina. Hinder part of mantle more or less produced ; anterior muscle moderate-sized. 7. Pinnada, Syn. B. M. 1842, 83; P. Z.8. 1847, 199. Anus furnished with a long ligulate valve. , Order V. Pecrinacea. Mantle leaves free all round, without any separate opening for the outgoing current and vent. Suborder 1. Arcacrea. Shell oblong or roundish, the anterior and posterior adductor muscles subequal. Mantles bearded behind. Hinge-teeth deeply grooved or divided into trans- verse interlocking plates. a. Foot lanceolate, subulate, angulated (for leaping). > 1. Trigoniade, Syn. B. M. 1842, 81; P. Z. 8S. 1847, 197. Shell pearly within. Huinge-teeth two, diverging, deeply cross- grooved. b. Foot truncated or dilatile at the end, often byssiferous (for anchoring). 2. Arcade, Syn. B. M. 1842, 81; P.Z.S. 1847, 197. Foot rather compressed, truncated, often secreting a laminal byssus. Gills subpinnate. Shell subquadrate or roundish. Hinge-teeth two, each divided into numerous transverse interlocking teeth. Gills formed of fibres. a. Arcaina. Foot byssiferous. Gulls subpmnate, separate from each other behind. Hinge-teeth straight, even with the hinge-margin. Cartilage in small marginal pits. 8. Pectunculina. Foot securiform, simple, not byssiferous ; gills dependent. Cartilage in small marginal pits. y. Nuculina. Foot compressed, end of disc bearded. Gills pinnate; lips broad, triangular, large, striated internally. Cartilage in a small, central, internal pit. Suborder 2. Matieacra. Shell subtrigonal ; anterior adductor muscle small; rudimentary, hinder large, subcentral ; gills laminar. 8. Pteriade, P.Z. 8.1847. Aviculide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 88. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xin. 27 418 Dri JB) Graycon some Families of Bivalve Shells: Foot slender, \ cylindrical; ‘grooved in front. Shell imternally pearly ; hinge toothless:or nearly 80. a. Pteriacna. Foot byssiferous. Mantle lobes fringed. Shell eared, with.a byssal, notch in front. Cid oals teeth rudi- mentary, horny, attached by byssus. _ 8. Crenatulina. Foot not byssiferous ; mantle fringed behind. Shell not eared, without any anterior byssal groove; hinge toothless. Living in sponges. Suborder 3. Ostracea.,. Shell suborbicular ; anterior adductor muscle obliterated, hinder large, central. Cartilage internal. Mantle. often. bearded on the whole edge. A. Peetinina. Foot distinct, small, byssiferous or appendaged. Gills disunited medially. Tentacles separate from gills, lag ‘Spondylide, Syn, B. M. 1842, 83; P. Z. 8. 1847, 201. Foot short, thick, end, with an enlarged truncate radiating disc, with a central pedicelled ovate body ; lips foliaceous, pmnately lobed. a with bright ocelli, Hinge with two large inter locking te . Pectenide, ‘Syn, B. M. 1842, 83; P. Z. S. 1847, 200. “Foot —_— cylindrical, often byssiferous at the base. Mantle with bright ocelli. ,. Hinge of shell not, or only obscurely toothed, _, 6., Lamade, Pectenide, Syn. B. M.1842, 38; P.Z.S..1847, 200... Foot, compressed, not byssiferous, Mantle without any ocelli on the edge, Shell gaping; hinge toothless. B. Ostreina, Foot none. Tentacles separate from the gills.” 7. Ostreide, Syn. B. M. 1842, 84; P. Z. 8, 1847, 201. :,.Shell attached by the outer surface of one valve. . Hinge toothless. Tentacula short. | eek” EP: kei .. 8. Placentada, P. Z. 8. 1847, 201... Placunide,.. Syn. B..M. 1842, 81, Shell free when adult. Hinge with two. diyerging .teeth. Animal C. Anomiaina. Foot small, cylindrical, truncate at the end, form- ing a laminal horny or strong byssus. Tentacles very long, not distinct from the gills. 9. Anomiade, Syn. B. M. 1842, 81; P. Z. 8.1847, 201. Foot — passing out through a slit in one of the valves and permanently attaching the animal to marine bodies. Shell with two or three subcentral scars. On the Reproduction of a lost part.of an: Operculum. 419 XXX VIII.—On. the Reproduction of a lost part of an Operculum, and of its probable Restoration when entirely destroyed. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S8. &c. Ir is to be expected that an operculum of a Gasteropodous Mol- lusk might be sometimes broken or injured, but I have never been able to find any very distinct example of the kind, so as to study how the repair of the lost part would be effected. That such an occurrence would most probably be rare, is easily ex- plained from its situation, as the operculum is protected by the last whorl of the spire of the shell when the animal is expanded, and by the mouth when it is contracted into the cavity of the shell. I have lately met with a very distinct example in a spe- cimen of Fusus in the British Museum collection, ig. 1, In this specimen the apical half of the operculum has been broken off (see fig. 1), and the lost part has been renewed by an irregular roundish pro- cess, nearly of the size of the lost part, not quite as thick as the original portion, and formed of rather irregular horny plates ; the smaller or first- formed portion being in the centre of the broken line, so that the restored part bears some similarity to the annular operculum of a Paludina. ‘This restoration is exactly like that which would have taken place in a shell under similar circumstances, and is a further proof of the truth of the theory which I have long advocated, that the operculum is a ru- dimentary valve, and is homologous to the second valve of the Bivalve Mollusks. In examining two specimens of Pleurotoma babylonica, pre- served in spirits, with the opercula attached, I was much sur- prised to observe that the opercula of the two specimens were exceedingly different in structure and belonged to two distinct modifications of that valve, one (fig. 2) being subannular, with the nucleus apical, like the other species of the genus, and the other (fig. 3) annular, with the nucleus subcentral, somewhat like the operculum of Paludina. Fig. 3: The examination of the restoration of the lost half of the 27% > 420 On the Reproduction of a lost part of an Operculum. operculum of the Fusus before referred to has solved the diffi- culty, and I have no doubt that one of these animals had by some accident lost its operculum, and that it had gradually restored it; commencing, as in the case of the restored part of the operculum of the Fusus, by a small nucleus in the centre of the opercular mantle, on the back of the foot, and gradually adding new layers round the edge of it, until it formed an annular oper- culum nearly of the size of the original, but differing from it in shape, being less acute in front and nearly similar in form at the two ends. A more minute examination has strengthened this theory, for the operculum of this specimen is less regularly developed than is usual in the annular operculum of the kind, and is much thinner than the normal operculum of the genus, as is the case in both these. particulars with the restored part. of the operculum of the Fusus. | This change in the formation of the operculum when it is re- produced, is Just what one might have expected. The animal, when it has to form its operculum at its birth, begins its forma- tion at the tip, and increases its size, as the animal requires a larger operculum for its protection, by the addition of new layers to the outer edge of its larger and last-formed end: but when it has to re- produce this organ, the opercular mantle having reached a certain size, it proceeds to cover its surface with a new protection in the most easy and rapid manner, and, commencing from a more or less central spot on the surface, enlarges the surface covered by adding new matter to the entire circumference of the first-formed part ; it ‘continues this process without waiting to make the operculum as thick and solid as the one which was lost, until it reaches the ‘size of the original, moulding itself on the opercular mantle, and adapting its form to the form of the throat of the aperture of the shell which it has to close. The change of form in the front of the restored and mended operculum is caused by the parts being moulded on the existing opercular mantle—consequently they have not the narrow front part which is found in the normal form, caused by that part having been formed when the animal had this part of a small size; and as it increases in size the whole opercular mantle moves forward, leaving the small tip of the operculum free, and useless to the animal, and therefore not necessary to be reproduced when the operculum is re-formed in the adult age of the animal. In the British Museum collection there is also a specimen of Cominia maculata with the operculum almost entirely repro- duced, with the same alteration of the general form and position of the nucleus. These mended or reproduced opercula are always known from the normal operculum of the animal by being more or less irregularly formed and thinner in consistence. Linnean Society. 421 PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. LINNZ AN SOCIETY. November 1, 1853.—Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair. Mr. James Yates, F.L.S., offered some observations on the inflo- rescence of Cycas revoluta and Macrozamia spirals, illustrated by specimens, -_ CYcCAS REVOLUTA. Prof. Miquel of Amsterdam, to whom we now look for the best systematic arrangement and description of Cycads, remarks, that male specimens are rarer in Europe than female. ‘‘ Specimina culta,” says he, ‘‘ omnia feré feminea. Masculinum in Horto Petropolitano exstat, ubi bis floruit (Otto u. Dietr. Gartenz. vii. 1839, p. 24).” See his ‘ Monographia Cycadearum,’ 1842, folio; p. 24, and. his “Genera et Species Cycadearum viventium” in the ‘ Linnea’ for 1843, p. 683. This observation is certainly true in regard to Great Britain, Since the first example of the female at Farnham, described by Sir J. E. Smith in the ‘ Linnzan Transactions,’ vol. vi., not less than six other plants have borne fruit, and some of them two or three times, viz. at Chatsworth, Ravensworth Castle, Laurel Mount and Knowsley near Liverpool, Kew, and Lauderdale House, Highgate. The plant last alluded to (Mr. J. Yates’s) flowered in 1845, and subsequently produced four magnificent crowns of leaves, the finest of them consisting of fifty-three leaves. In October 1852, the first appearance of another cone was indicated by scales, covered with their soft yellow tomentum; but it remained long doubtful whether this would turn out to be another crown of leaves, or a head.of fruit-bearing fronds. In April last the question was determined, as the peculiar palmate fronds were clearly seen, and were closely folded over one another, having the form of a.somewhat flattened spheroid and the size of a moderately large melon. In May these fronds or spadices increased rapidly and vigorously. They expanded and remained open three days, so that the young drupes, also covered with down and nearly the size and form of horse-beans, were easily discernible. They then closed again, and the whole spheroid be- came as compact and solid as before. It was conjectured that this temporary disclosure of the drupes, supposing it to be the habit of the plant, might be a provision for their fecundation, admitting of the access of the pollen. The fronds, which are crimson shaded by their thin covering of yellow down, are now spread inall directions and have attained their full development, except that the drupes, perhaps in consequence of the cold, wet, and dull season, fall without having come to perfection. It is also to be observed, that these fronds, about 110 in number, are closely set and spirally arranged upon a very short axis. The distance between them and the fronds of 1845 is about 8 inches or 20 centimetres, showing an elongation of the trunk of 1 inch for each year. Miquel mentions only one male plant, viz. that at St. Petersburg ; and in this country it cannot be ascertained that more than two males have produced cones, to wit, those in the Botanic Garden at 422 Linnean Society. Sheffield, and that’ belonging to Henry Ricketts, Esq., at the Grove, Brislington, near Bristol. ‘The Sheffield plant has now flowered thrice. Its first cone, produced in England, is preserved in the Museum at York; its second belongs to the Royal Botanic Society in the Regent’s Park’; its third appeared this year, and, that it might “be suitably displayed, the whole plant was transported to York last summer and was there publicly exhibited. It is now taken back to Sheffield. It appears that this male was purchased by the late Earl of Derby, formerly President of the Linnean Society, about A.D: 1825, together with the female already noticed, which is a noble specimen, still preserved at Knowsley, and which bore fruit in 1850. The Brislington specimen has been in the possession of its present owner about half a century, and may be between fifty and sixty years old. In 1847 it raised a cone or spike 58 c. (7. e. 23 in.) long, ‘which is agreeable to the ordinary size and form of this _ production ; and now it has raised a second, but with a remarkable anomaly in its development. This is not half the length of its predecessor, and, instead of being drawn to a point, is curtailed and terminates abruptly in a tuft of barren scales, resembling those, which, ‘as intimated above, always precede the rise either of a crown of leaves or of a'fruit-bearing cone. A check in the development of the cone appears to have been sustained, preventing the further prolongation of its axis, and at the same time causing its scales to be no longer dilated and antheriferous. | MacroOZAMIA SPIRALIS. Mr. Yates next exhibited a small, but perfect specimen. of the cone of a male plant, which he lately imported from Sydney. . This is probably the first time that a Macrozamia has produced a cone. in this country. Together with the recent cone Mr. Yates showed also two old specimens, which had been sent with the living plant by W.S. Macleay, Esq., F.L.S., and which that gentleman obtained near his own residence at Elizabeth Bay. One of these two specimens _is very remarkable in consequence of being double. At the top of a peduncle of the usual size and appearance are fixed two equal, parallel and perfect male cones. Mr.Yates showed, that some approach to this double formation is occasionally found in the genus Hncepha- lartus, inasmuch as the axis of the cone is sometimes bifid. near the summit. It was also remarked, that the peduncle of Macrozamia bears leafy appendages, and that these have not been found in any other recent genus, but are very conspicuous on the peduncles of the fossil Zamites gigas, which is found in the Oolitic strata near Whitby. Read some ‘‘ Observations on the parasitic habits of Rhinanthus Crista-galli, and its injurious effects on the growth of Barley.” By Joshua Clarke, Esq., F.L.S. &c. These observations were made during the last summer in the parish of Debden, in the county of Essex. The field contained four acres of barley, the soil a stiffish clay; the Rhinanthus was growing in patches at different parts of the field, some of which were much larger than others, and occupying at least half the surface, by which Liman Socrety. 423 about two acres of the barley, were,completely destroyed, and the remaining part of the crop very. much) injured, both in quantity and quality. The farm consisted of 170, acres, -principally clay soil, such as is usually called heavy land ;, thirty acres of it.were of barley, about ten of which were destroyed by this plant, In. regard to the mode.,by, which,the Rhinanthus effects, the injury, Mr. Clarke states that the fibres. of the. roots . attach themselves to the fibres of the. barley, on which. they form small round tubers, or what perhaps may be more properly called. spongioles, which embrace the fibres so effectually, that they suck the juices of the plant so as to starve it, and in most instances ultimately destroy it; these spongioles. are. formed of ‘cellular ‘tissue. A correct knowledge of the habits and: natural. history, of; a-plant may lead to its eradication, but in this instance it is a» matter of. considerable difficulty, the ordinary method of destroying, weeds. by a summer fallow being of no avail, as the Rhinanthus does; not grow in clean earth. Mr. Clarke has for some years beemtrying to.raise; it from seed in clean earth, but has never sueceeded. Lhe,-other, method of destroying weeds by green crops.in rows is,equally uny successful, as it does not grow among green crops.) As it is. annual, it certainly should be pulled up before -it seeds ; and as it) grows ion: a, clay. soil, and to no great extent el in a wel seasony: (eae Hand should. be effectually drained, 6 moitsenolor Read also a Note ‘‘ On the Reproduction of feet Paes} in n Karth- worms.” By George Newport, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. &e. The author exhibited three specimens of Earthworms, which have had parts of their bodies reproduced,—an occurrence which was. formerly proved, by the experiments of Bonnet and Spallanzani, to. take place in these animals. One of the specimens exhibited was still living, the others were preserved in spirit. In each of them more than one-third of the posterior division of the body had been restored. ‘The new parts in all were much smaller in diameter, and the'segments'much shorter than in the original anterior portion of the'body. " Although the reputation of Bonnet and Spallanzani re- quires no defence, the author thought it might be interesting to the Fellows to examine these specimens, since the fact of reproduction in Karthworms and other Annelids has recently been denied. Ina “Report on the British Annelida,” by Dr. F. Williams, published in the Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science for the year 1851, that gentleman, after mentioning the experiments of Bonnet and Spallanzani, as quoted by Prof. Owen, makes the following statement :—‘‘ On the authority of hundreds of observa- tions, laboriously repeated at every season of the year, the author of this report can declare, with deliberate firmness, that there is not one word of truth in the above statement” (Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1851, p- 247). Dr. Williams, Mr. Newport added, must have been sin- gularly unfortunate in his observations, since it is no uncommon thing, at this season of the year, to find Earthworms which have hada large portion of the body restored; as is easily seen by the much lightercolour, more delicate texture and smaller dimensions of the new parts, as compared with the original parts of the animal. 424, Linnean Society. —- November 15.—Thomas Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair. Read a Notice ‘‘On Hodgsonia, Hook. fil. et Thoms., a new and remarkable genus of Cucurbitacee,’’ By Dr. J. D. Hooker, F.R.S., F.L.S. &c., and Dr. Thomas Thomson, F.L.S. &c. Hopesonia. ; Cuan. Gen.—Fi. Mas. Calycis tubus elongatus, post anthesin de- ciduus, 5-gonus, angulis dentibusve incrassatis recurvis. Petala 5, flavida, gamopetala, calycis limbo adnata, obovato-cuneata, patentia, apice truncata, fimbriato-lobata ; lobis longissimis tortis, pendulis. Stamina 5, triadelpha. Anthere monadelphe, extrorse ; loculis linearibus contortis. Fu. Fau. Calyx basi ovario spherico adherens, superné longé tubulosus, mari omnino similis, intts disco spongioso. Corolla maris. Ovarium l-loculare. . Placente 3, parietales, basin versus utrinque 2-ovulate ; ovulis ascendentibus, anatropis. Stylus elongatus, tubum calycis zquans, Stigma 3-lobum, lobis superné emarginatis. Bacca depresso-globosa, magna, obscuré 5-suleata, pulpa induraté demum sicca repleta. Semina per paria in nuces 6 arcté accreta, altero minore plerumque effceto. Testa lignosa, basi fissa (rima elongata), profundé longitudinaliter re- ticulatim sulcata; epidermide vasculari in sulcos penetrante tecta, Endopleurum crassissimum, suberosum. Embryo exalbuminosus; coty- ledones magni, plani; plumula lobata. Frutex alié scandens. Caulis ramosus, sulcatus, succo agueo copioso scatens, vasis magnis aére repletis percursus. Folia alterna, semper- virentia, coriacea, 3—-5-palmatiloba, Flores magni, extis rufobrunnei puberuli, intés pallidé straminei villosi; masculi spicati bast bracteati ; foeminei axillares solitarii (v. ex cl. Roxburgh) in racemum brevem disposit?, Petioli elongati, basi versus axillam gemmd? corned conicd stipuleformi suffulti. ~ Civrhi laterales, 2-8-fidi. Hopesonra HETEROCLITA, Hook, fil. et Thoms. Trichosanthes heteroclita, Roxb. 41. Ind. iii. p. 705 ; Wall. Cat. no. 6684 ! T. grandiflora, Wall. Cat. no. 6€85! non Blume. An T. hexasperma v, I’, macrocarpa, Blume, Bijdr. p. 9352 Hab. in sylvis densis montium inferiorum Sikkim Himalaye (ad 5500 ped. ascendens) ; Assam; Mont. Khasia, Silhet, Chittagong, Penang, Java? —v.U. 2, 3 A very remarkable plant, one of the handsomest and most curious of the whole natural family, with the inflorescence and flower of Trichosanthes, but in fruit widely different from any of the extensive Natural Order to which it belongs. It has been extremely well described by Roxburgh as a species of Trichosanihes, and was cultivated many years ago in the Calcutta Botanic Garden, where it is now lost. A figure of the female flower is also in the Museum of the India House. Root branching. Stem climbing for 80 to 100 feet, festooning lofty trees. Wood of very remarkable structure. The al- most axillary conical bodies, referred to buds, but generally described as stipules, are most remarkable and deserve careful study. Flowers, very handsome, appear in May, and the fruit ripens in autumn and winter; female flowers are rare, and from being solitary, are less conspicuous than the males. Ovarium covered with small warts that project through the dense, almost velvety, rusty pubescence, 1-celled with three .arietal placentz, that project into the axis, and Linnean Society... 425 clearly show the normal structure of Cucurbitaceous fruits to have a parietal placentation ; cavity of the ovarium. filled with watery pulp, that hardens as the fruit advances to maturity and becomes of the consistency of a hard turnip, full of watery. fluid that escapes in large drops when the fruit is pierced. Ovules suberect, in pairs, each pair collateral and at right angles to the radius of the ovary ; of these the ovule next the axis ripens, and that next the circum- ference of the ovary becomes accrete to the outer, one and seldom ripens. This position and cconomy of the ovules is quite unique in the order. Flowers:about 4 inches long; the limb 3 inches in diameter, inodorous; fringes of the petals 5+6 inches long. Calyx with several deep brown polished tubercles or warts towards each angle or tooth. Tube of the calyx lined with a thickened disc, which surrounds the style and is in contact with it; it lines the staminal tube of the male flower. Berry 6—10 inches across, of a fine deep red-browncolour, covered with a very short tomentum ; pulp whitish. Seeds erect, very large, each double, resembling a 2-celled nut, covered with an adherent vascular pulpy coat, which penetrates deep fissures in the free face of the larger seed. Testa hard, somewhat porous; the free surface of the larger seed deeply grooved in anasto- mosing channels; outer surface rather corky or spongy, inner hard, smooth, polished. The testa is slit longitudmally down its base towards the hilum for one half or one inch in the larger seed, and has a smaller corresponding slit on the smaller nut. A compressed , prolongation of the endopleurum (which is very soft, thick and corky) projects a little through this fissure, and the radicle points towards it. Hmbryo flat, of the form of the seed, occupying a narrow slit in the centre of the endopleurum, nearly as broad as the cavity of the testa, surrounded by a delicate membrane. _ Cotyledons plain, white, very oily; radicle small, conical; plumule 2-lobed, lobes notched. The seeds are eaten by the natives of Sikkim, who call the fruit Kat’hior pot. An original specimen is in Sir William Hooker’s herbarium, from Buchanan Hamilton, labelled as from Penang, with the MS. name of ‘‘ Trichosanthes Theba.”” Roxburgh’s trivial name of heteroclita has been retained, for though it was in- tended by its illustrious author to imply that the plant varies from its congeners of the genus Trichosanthes, it will apply sufficiently well in future for a plant which is heteroclite in respect of the natural family (Cucurbitacee), to which it undoubtedly belongs. Blume’s descriptions are quite insufficient to determine whether it belongs to his M. macrocarpa or hexasperma, or either. These plants are no dovbt congeners of Hodgsonia, and considering that the H. heteroclita ranges from the level of the sea at Penang, lat. 6° - north to alt. 6000 feet in Sikkim, lat 27° north, the probabilities are great that it is also found in Java. ‘The leaves vary from 2-lobed to 5-lobed, usually the latter, and the lobes are much acuminate, rarely blunt, coarsely serrated towards the tips or quite entire. The genus is named in honour of B. H. Hodgson, Esq., F.L.S., Resident at Darjiling, where the plant was discovered, and whose scientific services in the Himalaya justly merit the honour of so splendid a plant. 426, Linnean Society. December 6. -~'Thomas) Bell, Esq., President, in the Chair. Read a ‘* Notice of several species of Bats, captured in England during the present autumn.” By G.B. Buckton, Esq., F.L.S, &c. The species referred to are Vespertilio serotinus, Daub., V. Dau- bentonti var. emarginatus, and the typical V. Daubentonit. Of V. serotinus three specimens were obtained in August last at Chartham, about three miles from Canterbury, and captured in rather a singular manner. On returning late from a fishing expedition, the author was interested in watching several large bats hawking for beetles and the white moth (Porthesia chrysorrhea), which was then plentiful. The idea occurred to him of roughly imitating the last insect by drawing a shred of white paper through the top ring of his rod and vibrating it; and this mancuvre, under the thick trees, had the effect of & decoy, and in a few minutes he switched down two speci- mens almost unhurt.. On another evening he procured a third in- dividual, and might easily have obtained more, as it appeared to be the common bat of the neighbourhood ; although Mr. Jenyns, to whom the specimens were submitted, states that he has seen but two-other English ‘specimens, which (as appears from Mr. Bell’s ‘ British Quadrupeds:’) were taken in the neighbourhood of London. Mr. W. Borrer has, however, found it not of unfrequent occurrence in the chalk excavations in: Dover Cliff. When handled, these bats utteredoa shrillochatter,; and showed their teeth, with a strong dis- position to bite: °Their flight is graceful but somewhat heavy, and appeared to: be limited to about an hour after sunset. ‘They seem to affect the vicinity of high trees and shady places. a9 . » Vespertilio: Daubentonii var. emarginatus was. knocked down while flitting im: company with another, over the water, under some willows onthe banks: of the river Stour; and three specimens of V. Dau- bentonti were obtained from the church-tower of Christchurch, Hants, where they: may be found in plenty. Mr. Buckton describes the differences between V. emarginatus and V. Daubentonii as follows: V..emarginatus is nearly an inch larger in expanse of wings and half aninch longer from the nose to the tail*....The ears are somewhat narrower and. more deeply notched ; the thumb is 'stouter, and with reference to the size of the bat not.so long... The fur is more ofan ash-gray, and the flying membrane and fur of the under side more cool in colour. It appears to have much of the habit of V. mystaci=~. nus. On falling into the water it swam well to the bank, notwith- standing some current in the stream. Mr. Couch, in a paper published in the ‘ Zoologist,’ has recorded the occurrence of V. emarginatus in the neighbourhood of Falmouth; but Mr. Newman, in the same * The actual measurements are as follows :— V. emarginatus. V. Daubentonii. inches. ! inches. EXDANBe, o.nc.¥soeqsaee Me gop acecusese 94 Nose to tail ......... et toy eenvacsaease 31 Fore-arm ° ...... OB ti 1: hala A ee tS 1-6 nearly. Wanir..04. 26. BAK ESE OTH BUA SS 1Qp Thumb. si... iOA dbs'te th 5k bod IB Wes Linnean Society. 427 periodical for September 1852, has expressed a doubt (which is shared by others) of the existence of the continental V. emarginatus in this country. On this subject Mr. Buckton read part of a letter from Mr. Couch addressed to Mr, Borrer, to, the following effect. Mr. Couch regrets that he has no specimens, it being his custom to send away his specimens as soon as he has made such an examination as he deems necessary. ‘The last he had were sent to Mr. Heysham at Chester, and the little Horse-shoe Bat travelled all the way from Cornwall thither alive. He is preparing a paper on the subject of Bats for the ‘ Zoologist,’ in which he has collected many particulars which he thinks interesting ; but with regard to the disputed identity of his species he refers to the ‘ Naturalist’ for November 1851, where will be found a paper on this species, with a figure, by Mr. Cocks of Falmouth. The specimen which Mr. Couch examined, and to which he assigned this name, agreed with the characters there pointed out; and appeared to differ widely from any other British Bat. The notch in the ears was much more decided than in Mr. Bell’s figure. Read also a ‘‘ Notice of the appearance of myriads of a species of Aphis in the North of England, during the present autumn.” By J. Hogg, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. &c. These insects not only abounded in immense numbers in country places, but also in vast swarms in the very centre of the town of Stockton.’ As these insects appeared just at the time when the cholera had broken out in that portion of England, many people considered that they were connected with that disease; and that they were forerunners, or at least indicative of the presence of the cholera. This Mr. Hogg considers to be fabulous and absurd, but he thinks that some of the same causes which might promote cholera, might likewise assist in the rapid increase of these Aphides at the same season; such as warm, moist weather, the absence of wind, and other like causes. Or indeed the excess, or it may be the want of'electricity in the atmosphere, might tend to account for the presence of cholera, and the extraordinary multitudes of these insects in the same localities ; but that the existence of the cholera was in any way influenced bythe Aphides, or the converse, he altogether disbelieves. Mr. Hogg exhibited some of these insects in the hope that the species might be determined. He had not examined them minutely, but believed that they might prove to be the Aphis Rumicis. They were taken by him at Norton, in the county of Durham, in the latter part of September in the present year. He added that he has no recollection of having witnessed before such multitudes of these black, or dark-coloured, flies with light wings; and that they were extremely troublesome by flying into the eyes and mouth. Read, further, a paper entitled ‘‘ Remarks on Sarsaparillas.” By Berthold Seemann, Esq., Ph.D., F.L.S. &c. After quoting a remark of Sir Ww. Hooker, that those plants which are most useful to mankind are frequently the least known botanically, and the testimony of the late Dr. Pereira as to the unsatisfactory nature of our knowledge of the botanical sources of the various sorts 428 ‘Linnean Society. of Sarsaparilla, Dr. Seemann proceeds to endeavour to elucidate the facts connected with this perplexing subject. He refers first to specimens collected by Dr. Warszewics, during his last visit to the Volcano of Chiriqui in Veraguas, and transmitted by him to Mr. Daniel Hanbury, and which Dr. Seemann pronounced to belong to the Smilax officinalis of Humboldt and Bonpland ; a view which was confirmed by a tracing made in Paris by Mr. Hanbury, from the original imperfect specimens of that plant, and subsequently by specimens collected by Dr. Warszewics at Bajorque in New Granada, the locality where Humboldt and Bonpland obtained their Smilax - officinalis, and which are completely identical both with the plant of the two distinguished travellers above named and with the specimens collected by Dr: Warszewics at Chiriqui. The author then extended his inquiry to other so-called species supposed to be allied to Smilax officinalis, and states that having examined the specimens of Smilax papyracea of Poiret, in the possession of Mr. Bentley, on which that gentleman had published an able article in the Pharmaceutical | Journal for April 1853, he became convinced of the identity of that plant also with Smilaz officinalis. ~ He next refers to. Smilax medica of Schlechtendal and Chamisso, well described and tolerably figured by Nees von Esenbeck, which he believes to be also identical with the plants previously examined; the supposed differences having originated in the extreme variableness in this genus of the roots, stems, branches and leaves, from which the principal characters of the three supposed species were derived. The following is the description given by Dr. Seemann of the plant which unites under the name of Smilav officinalis the synonyms of ‘Sm. papyracea and Sm. medica. It grows in the lower coast region as well as on the mountains at an elevation of 5000 feet above the sea, and is confined (as far as at present known) to the continent of America, where it is found between 20° N. and 6° S. latitude, and 110° and 40° W. longitude. Jamaica, from whence so large a quantity is annually obtained, has been well ascertained not to produce any itself, the article known as “Jamaica Sarsaparilla ” being imported into that island fronr the Spanish Main; nor is it authentically proved to occur in any of the other islands of the West Indies, The rhizoma is cylindrical, and the roots (Sarsaparilla of Commerce), abounding more or less in starch, according to age and locality, are as many as 10 feet in length, and generally furnished with branched rootlets (beards). The plant itself is glabrous in every part, and averages 50 feet in length. ‘The stem is quadrangular, furrowed or striated, and on the edges furnished with flat prickles, which are occasionally curved upwards. ‘The branches are either quadrangular or multiangular, and either with or without prickles. The petiole, sheathing at the base, is furnished with two spirally- twisted tendrils, which are often 10 inches long, and either furnished with prickles or destitute of them. The leaves are extremely vari- able ; at times they are broadly cordate, almost trilobed, gradually tapering to an acumen; at others they are ovate-oblong, and even lanceolate, and rounded at the apex, but always mucronate; they are generally 5-nerved, the two outermost nerves being mostly Linnean Society. 429 bifurcated, and all the nerves prominent on the under surface, acutely edged and often furnished with prickles; the colour of the leaves is of a dark green, the under surface being a shade paler than the upper, but never glaucous ; as in many other species of Smi/az, their length varies from 2 inches to a foot, and their breadth at the base from 1 to 6 inches; in thickness also they. vary considerably, being either coriaceous or more or less paper-like, and in the latter case _furnished with transparent lineolar dots. ‘The peduncles are axillary and solitary, somewhat flattened, and bear an umbel composed of about sixteen flowers. The flowers are still unknown. The berries are round, red, and of the size of a small cherry or less; and each contains two or three plano-convex seeds of a light brown colour. Dr. Seemann does not expect that botanists will object to the union of the three supposed species; but he fears that pharmacologists may be disinclined to adopt his views, inasmuch as regarding the different commercial sorts of Sarsaparilla as essentially distinct, they. lay great stress upon certain superficial characters of little botanical importance, Thus the so-called Lisbon or Brazilian Sarsaparilla, which comes in rolls about 3 feet long, is chiefly distinguished. from the Jamaica Sarsaparilla, by having fewer rootlets or beards, and inasmuch as the beards contain a greater amount of mealy matter, is on that account of less value in the market. But the author states; that, if the Lisbon Sarsaparilla be carefully examined, it, will be plainly seen that the rootlets have been removed by some rough mechanical process, and that when gathered they had as much beard as the Jamaica-_kind, making it probable that if the merchant who buys. up this Zarza in various parts of Brazil, would instruct, the collectors that the preservation of these rootlets would not only save them trouble but also increase both the weight and commercial value of the roots, we should soon have from Brazil the same valua- ble Sarsaparilla which we now obtain from Jamaica. The distinction, however, on which pharmacologists lay the greatest stress is into “‘mealy”’ and ‘“‘non-mealy,” according as the mealy coat immediately below the outer cortical layer is of greater or less thickness, or entirely wanting. ‘This distinction, which is at once seen to be by no means well-defined, depends moreover on the age of the roots and the locality in which they were collected, the formation of starch being probably entirely regulated by physical circumstances. In a bundle of Jamaica Sarsaparilla many roots may be found mealy at one end and non-mealy at the other. Again, the form of the cellsof the nucleary sheath of the roots has been considered as furnishing good marks of distinction between the Sarsaparillas of Central and South America; and Schleiden declares that he can readily distinguish them microscopically. But this theory, as appears from Mr. Bentley’s paper before referred to, does not rest on any safe foundation. Dr. Seemann believes therefore that he may safely conclude that the greater part of the Sarsaparilla of Commerce is the produce of one and the same species of Smilax; but he does not wish to infer from the identity of the three supposed species, that the commercial distinctions, now so universally acknowledged, ought to be given up. 430 ‘Miscellaneous. He believes that so long ‘as the Brazilians continue to strip the roots of their beards, there’ will’ be in ‘the market the so-called Lisbon Sarsaparilla, and as long as the inhabitants of the Spanish Main preserve these rootlets, there will be Jamaica Sarsaparilla; and further, that as long as the climate and other physical conditions of Guate- mala remain unchanged, ‘we shall receive from thence Sarsaparilla distinguished by its abundance of mealy matter. MISCELLANEOUS. RUNCINA HANCOCKI. Wuen in company with Mr. William Thompson, I observed Runcina Hancocki in considerable abundance in the pools left be- tween the rocks at low tide in Belmont Cove, Weymouth, but only on the tufts of Hypnea purpurascens which were infested with Dia- tomacea, which Baods me to believe that they feed on these parasitic plants. I brought several of them to London, and have since sent some to Mr. Alder, who verifies the determination. Messrs. Alder and Hancock (Ann. and Mag. Nat, Hist. xviii. 289. t. 4), when they first described the animal, referred them to the genus Limapontia, order Inferobranchiata: Mr. Edward Forbes (Brit. Moll. ii. 611. ~ t. CCC.) formed them into a genus, placed provisionally at the end of be Holidide, observing that in all probability it represented a distinet amily. 2 The examination I have been able to bestow on the animal induces me to agree with Mr. Forbes on this point, and I should be inclined to arrange the Runcinide in the order Pleurobranchiata, near Bullide and Pleurobranchide. It has the armed gizzard and gills of Aply- siade. To the excellent description of Messrs. Alder and Hancock, I may add, that the tongue-membrane is covered with three longitudinal series of large transparent teeth, like some of the Bullide. The central’ tooth is broad, tranverse, with the upper edge _reflexed, notched in the middle, and with three unequal denticles on each side of the middle line. The lateral teeth are rather large, versatile, conic, arched, compressed, with an acute tip. The prehensile collar is horny, large, rugose, with roundish tubercles. I am somewhat inclined to consider the front part of the back, enclosing the eyes, which are rather bent up on the sides and separated from the other part of the back by a paler colour, as the frontal lobe of the Bullide, which is united at this paler part to the true mantle, giving the ani- mal the appearance of having a single oblong shield-like mantle. The mantle is very hard and tough, but without any appearance of a shell or spicula.—J. E. Gray. Note on the Coloration of the Waters of the Chinese Sea. By M. Camiiie Dareste. In this note M. Dareste informs us that the Trichodesmium ery- threum, described by Ehrenberg as the cause of the red colour assumed by the Red Sea at certain periods, has been brought from the Chinese sea, in a sample of water taken at a time when a great extent of the ocean was coloured red and yellow. The coloration was. not. con- Meteorological, Observations. 431 tinuous, but, formed. patches, separated, by transparent,intervals. The red colour predominated in. that; portion of the sea which washed the southern portion of China, to the south of, the,island of Formosa, whilst, the yellow colour was obseryed principally to the north of this island, in the sea known as the. Yellow.Sea,,, ‘Lhe: water was taken from the portion of the sea which was of a red. colour.. The same plant was, received some. years since from Ceylon. by M. Montagne, so that it appears to range throughout the Indian Ocean from the coast of Africa to that of China. M. Dareste also refers to the description of an atmospheric dust by Mr. Piddington, published in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for 1846, which he thinks contained minute forms of vegetation similar to,,if not identical with, the Trichodesmium erythreum.—Comptes Rendus, March 6, 1854, p. 461. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MARCH 1854. Chiswick.—March 1. Frosty: very fine: clear, with. sharp frost at night,. 2. Frosty : very fine: hazy. 3, Very dense fog: foggy: partially overcast,: frosty. 4. Frosty, with slight fog: overcast. 5. Overcast: clear: dense fog. 6,,Dense fog : foggy throughout. 7. Foggy: fine: overcast. 8. Cloudy: overcast: clear. 9. Overcast: very fine: overcast. 10. Cloudy: slight rain. 21. Fine: clear. 12.°Slight fog: very fine. 13. Clear and fine.’ 14 Cloudy. slight rains 15. Posey :. cloudy... 16, Cloudy and fine. _.17.. Clear throughout :. frosty at night. 18. Slight haze: rain. 19. Rain: overcast. 20. Clear and cold. , 21, 22« Fine. 23. Cloudy and cold. 24, 25. Overcast. 26. Cloudy. 27. Overcast : very fine. 28. Cloudy: very fine. 29. Clear: very fine. 30. Overcast: fine. 31. Clear throughout. L wort ., Mean temperature of the month. .....+...«. fees fo. cp Pho onebeys- A9UH403 ‘Mean temperature of March 1853. ......... soe dniosiene aside 0.08 «37°41... ~ Mean temperature of March for the last twenty-eight, years. 42°23. . Average amount of rain in March ..............0+ eeeseocesecs .. 1°36inch. Boston.—March 1—3. Fine. 4,5. Cloudy. 6,7. Foggy. 8,9. Cloudy. 10. Fine, 11.,Cloudy. 12,13. Fine. 14. Cloudy: rain a.m. 15. Fine. 16, Cloudy: rain A.M. 17. Fine: rain A.M.andp.m. 18, Cloudy. 19. Fine... 20—26, Cloudy. 27. Fine: rain A.M. 28. Cloudy. 29. Fine. 30. Cloudy. 31. Fine. - Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—March 1. Cloudy a.m. and p.m. 2. Bright a.m. : “eloudy p.m. ~3. Clear, fine a.m.: clear, aurora p.m. 4. Clear, fine A,M.: clear'P.m. 5. Bright a.m-: drizzle p.m. 6, 7. Cloudy a.m. and p.m. 8. Bright A.M,.:/,clear P.M. .9. Rain a.M.: cloudy p.m. 10. Bright a.m.; showers p.m. 11, Rain a.m.: cloudy p.m. 12. Bright a.m.: clearp.m. 13. Bright a.M.: cloudy p.m. 14, Cloudy a.m.: fine p.m. 15. Clear a.m.: cloudy p.m. 16. Cloudy a.m.: clear p.m. 17. Cloudy a.m.: drops p.m. 18. Cloudy a.m. : showers p.m. 19, 20. Cloudy a.m.: clear, aurora p.m. 21, Bright a.m.: cloudy, aurora P.M. 22, Cloudy a.M.and p.m. 23, Cloudy a.m.: clear p.m. 24, Cloudy A.M. and P.M. 25. Cloudy a.m.: clear, aurora P.M. 26. Bright a.m.: clear, aurora P.M. 27. Showers a.M.: cloudy p.m. 28. Clear a.m.: cloudy, hazy p.m. 29. Cloudy a.m.: cloudy, drizzle p.m. 30. Clear a.m.and p.m. 31. Clear A.M: cloudy P.M. ° Mean temperature of March for twenty-seven previous years . 40°-37 Mean temperature of this month ......... Vescccactapioustiaaneats 45 14 Mean temperature of March 1853 .........ccccesceveneseeseseeeees 38 *24 Average quantity of rain in March for thirteen previous years 2°59 inches. The mean temperature of this month is higher than that of any March for the last twenty-seven years, and the barometer on the 4th was as high as on any day during the same period except on two, viz. 27th December 1840, when it was 30:72, and on Ist February 1841, when it was 30°76. On the 30th, about 8 o’clock p.m., a comet with a long tail was seen N.W. about 7° above the horizon, and remained visible to the naked eye, and attracting attention for an hour and a half, but has not been seen since then, as the sky was too cloudy for several evenings, $9.1 | tbv.o | z¥.0 16.€0 |gf.90 | 9.zb/£g.08 |S$z.vS | Sro.0f o10.0£ 46.62 LEz.0€ gff.of | -uvayy GO, setstessosiecemesere| roy Somme |. ony gb | ov Sv} 62 | LS £3.62 36.62 00,08 PSE.0£ 10b,0£ “rf Vo, |rserrseesioreessees] om | omss | cms | vb | Sgt 1S] gz | gS 62.62 06.62 £3.62 Z1Z,08 $6z.0£ “of sereseeetleeeeeeeeeleenterers] eg [eeeeee | egy Ly | g&S 64} 1€ | 09 13.62 19.6z $6.62 Z1f,08 Lgf.of 62 seerreverlowacereeclecersers| «mem! oy | «ma | £Qv oS 1S| gz 19 L6.6z 00,0£' £6.62 $6z.0£ 6LE.0£ "37@ Lo. go. frre! om | ms | om | ob | Lb] ob] gz | 9S £6.62 69.62 $3.62 Z61,0£ 661.08 Lz parte aie igs coebtie Oe - “mw | ‘mua [emu | Sev | ob} Lb] of | 9S 26.62 €g.6z €£$ 62 948.62 190.08 "gz QO ge Tet) oye ee tego S he zv| ob | gt 7g.6z 19.62 7L,6z $6.62 ® | gor.of Cz Bete mr more resets es tO) ee |. ag ee | Se Le Sak) fs 1 gb 10.08 6z.0£ 00,08 £07.08 1LZ.0& “bz Seroeerospronereresteoeesceelomum |. a | -mu | th | Sov bb) fc | 2S LE.0f oF.of£ o1.0£ 6%£.0£ 66£.0£ Cz TR ta tassageetetian sees obs! ener as) «at? foe Sv | sS¥ zvi zy | 6% bvy.0f z$.0¢ 07.08 61rb,0£ g6v.0£ Zz eeeeee {eeey oe [eee seest>| oma |g tege |) Sh | SRL ofl acc 4. Ob 19.08 19.0£ 90.0f 1z£.0£ bov.o£ Iz) ee et er em, ul 9 | ‘am | gov | S¥ gt} 1£ | SP gS.of gS .of Lo.of gLz.of gSt.of ‘Oz oy teareeeteesesst: Oy, uw | rou | ca | SLE | gS¥ zv| 1£ | SY ZS.0f ‘ 6£.0€ 9l.6z £06.62 1vt.0£ “61 60. fz. 61. as | cm jms | Sib | gv vi se | &s L6.6% $1.62 .0g.6%, | 156.62 Z17Z.0£ "gE MEU GOs n°?) “egg, Peg ‘u | Sob | sth gf} fc | €S 10.08 gt.of or,of 96£.0f 6z$ of “LI Go. ft} ro. | ems | mss} ems | 1b | oF o$| Sz | gS 36.62 99.62 . $9.62 oLo.of 1£7Z,0f ‘gt teveveeeel go, 10. -ag_ | ’g *g gb | St 6£1 be | LS £9.62 £2.62 0g.6z gzr.0£ LS1,0& Sr etettesleeseeeese! Zo, agg *s | ms | ob | lb 64) Lz | to ¢L.6z S+.6z Lv.6z 1$ 9.62 610,0£ ‘+10 a Oe Be be el ae ES gt LY fv} €b | 77.62 LS .6z 09.62 199.62 096,6z ‘Ey Se a te ee ee | Oe baa Leg ov | LY o$| Lz £9 19.62 09.62 39.67 >26.62 190,08 ‘ZI ES, fersecreesiereesseee) ome | ems [ms | 2b] gh | oS! Zz | 19 1.62 14.62 oL.6z T01,0£ ob1,of£ ‘IE 6x. [vrrerr) ro, | sm | mss} sms | rb] bh] SS! ob | 95 2S .6% $€.6< 9$.6z 166.62 TOI,0€ "Or EE, frevseceselerrereres) omg lememt omg | oS Sev z7S| Lb | Z% gv.6z 09.62 £9.62 $61.0£ gS z.0£ 6 omen deeeprs thes han Bees (rece?! “Saag: | oagm F- os $v | g9v oS| gb | $$ 64.62 69.62 £6.62 Sgz.0f Z£E.0£ °g OL, |rrreeereeiersoeerse) og lemsmi cms | Sob | Lb | of| bh-| of £3.62 _ $0.08 01.08 LLE.o% bzv.0£ “L bg, arene Meiners] Ogee 1 Sag: 1! <9 ov | LY | gz| be | 61.0 g£.0£ 07.0£ LEv.0f 9£9.08 9 ¢ teeeeeessleancecsenlenseesees! oy “M "98 S+ gt of oz St gt.o£ ZS .0f LE.o£ oL$.08 v1L.of “¢ seteeeeeslesccereesleseceeees] oy @ fb +9 zb |} tb! S.zbl €¢ oS 09.08 1Z.0£ vb.of SoL.o£ ZSL.0€ “y Te hee sere ee tl oa TBD Boney tv | tb of} gr vs 19.0f tb.08 - Z7£.0£ 60S .o£ Bz9.0£ G stecereetleeseseeselseceeeeee| emg | eg *g ob | gt z£| gr $S €z.0£ bz.0f - 9t.0f Lzg.0f 999.08 Z EO, |ressersreieeerereee! og ft om | oms | Sh | SLb| $F gx | +S: of.0f£ g1.0£ $£.0£ - LLo.of zol.o£ @ Ol PONS te 1 8 le declare ow |. : ae es = _ xe ‘yore EF e , AE g oF urd 9g “ure £6 ee wy | xey | = ‘urd $8 ure $6 £8 : ai NW pak 2.8 gs 5° 2 2 = Be *yolmpueg =} $ ; 5 g pit Bo 2 Oe a oP “spyapueg ‘AonyIO Be PEMD "qIUOH “Urey “PULA *19}9ULOULIOY,, “JojomoIeg jo sheq ‘AINWUG ‘asunpy yonpung yo ‘MOISNOD “CO “Ady 247 Ag puy SNOLSOg 2v TeoA “A Ag ‘ wopuory una “MIIMSIHY 320 hjarv0g younzyno110Fy ay) fo wapswy ayz zo uosdwoUy, ‘A Ag apywu suownasasgg yvorbojo.s0ajapy THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. ances nt SERIES. ] No. 78. JUNE 1854. XXXIX.—On some new Genera and Species of Fossil Fishes. By Sir Putrre Grey Ecurron, Bart., F.R.S. &e. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, In the early part of last year I was solicited to undertake the preparation of a second Decade of fossil fishes for the Memoirs of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom. Having mate- rials at hand I completed the task assigned to me, and delivered in the manuscript in the commencement of the month of July. In consequence however of a press of business in the Stationery Office; I have not yet received the proofs for correction, nor, as _ far as I have been able to learn, is there any likelihood of the matter being proceeded with for some time to come. The ma- nuscript contains the detailed descriptions of twelve new species, comprising three new genera; most of them from the Purbeck beds and the Lias. The delay of publication of these materials having almost reached twelve months, I am induced to ask for a vacant space in your Magazine for the following short descrip- tions of the species, in order that Mr. Morris and others, who have works in progress on British Paleontology, may be put in possession of these additions to our fossil fauna. Genus AsTERACANTHUS, Agassiz. A. granulosus, Egerton. An ichthyodorulite about 1 foot in length, characterized by the small. size of the tubercles orna- menting the exposed portion of the spine. Locality. Hastings sand, Tilgate Forest. Decade 8. pl. 1. A. verrucosus, Egerton. An ichthyodorulite of common oc- currence at Swanage. The surface is closely beset with stelliform tubercles rising from circular expanded pedestals. Locality. Purbeck beds, Swanage. Decade 8, pl. 2. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xin. 28 434, Sir P. G. Egerton on some new genera and species A, semiverrucosus, Egerton. This species rests upon a single specimen in the Dorchester Museum. It is characterized by its short and falciform figure, and by the peculiarity of the surface ornament, consisting of an intermixture of. coarse tubercles with raised lines, similar to those on the spmes of the genus Hybodus. Locality. Purbeck beds, Swanage. Decade 8. pl. 3. A. papillosus, Egerton. Although not a British species, this is alluded to as completing the enumeration of the species of this genus. It is an ichthyodorulite of short and massive proportions, having its surface invested with large round papille. ~ Locality. Oolite, Caen. Genus PuoLipornorvs, Agassiz. P. granulatus, Egerton. This species more nearly resembles the P. ornatus of Agassiz than any other. It differs in the deeper. proportions of the body and in the characters of the scales, which are more oblong and have the striations finer and more regular, and the posterior margins less deeply serrated. Those in the vicinity of the dorsal fin are granulated. Locality. Purbeck beds, Swanage. Decade 8. pl. 4. Genus Histionortvus, Egerton. This genus has some affinities to Lepidotus and Semionotus. It resembles the former in the outline of the head and trunk, and the latter in the large size of the dorsal fin. This organ however occupies a much greater extent of surface, commencing near the nape of the neck and reaching almost to the caudal fin. H. angularis, Fgerton. The species is characterized by the abrupt angles occurring at the occiput and at the insertion of the dorsal fin. The scales somewhat resemble those of a large Pho- lidophorus and are similarly articulated ; they are finely serrated _ on the posterior margin. The teeth are fine and conical. Locality. Purbeck beds, Swanage. Decade 8. pl. 5. Genus ASPIDORHYNCHUS, Agassiz. A. fisheri, Kgerton. This is a slender species, differing in its proportions from any of the species figured in the ‘ Poissons Fossiles.’ The scales along the dorsal line are curiously figured with irregular vermiform ridges running longitudinally. The teeth are sharp and numerous. Locality. Purbeck beds, Swanage. Decade 8. pl. 6. of Fossil Fishes. 435 Genus PuoLipornorvs, Agassiz. P. higginsi, Stutchbury. This Pholidophorus was named some years ago by Mr. Stutchbury of the Bristol Institution in honour of its discoverer Mr. Higgins, but has not been described. It is a diminutive species, remarkable for the large size of the scales and the thickness of the ganoine which covers them. Those on the anterior part of the trunk are deeply notched ; the duct tubes of the lateral line are very prominent. Locality. Lias, Aust. Decade 8. pl. 7. figs. 1-5. P. nitidus, Egerton. This species differs from P. higginst in the greater regularity and more even surface of the scales, which are also devoid of serrations. The body of the fish is more elongated. Locality. Lias, Aust. Decade 8. pl. 7. figs. 6-8. Genus Leenonotus, Egerton. A small fish remarkable for the extent of the dorsal fin, which occupies the entire length of the back. The scales have consi- derable resemblance to those of Pholidophorus, near to which genus Legnonotus must be classified. L. cothamensis, Egerton. Until a second species of this genus . has been discovered, the generic characters will suffice to identify it. The scales are not unlike those of Pholidophorus higginsi in proportions and relative position and arrangement; they are more extensively notched at the free margin, and the serrations are shorter and more obtuse. The teeth are stronger and not so numerous as in the Pholidophori. Locality. This fish was discovered with the two preceding spe- cies in a block of Cotham marble. Decade 8. pl. 7. figs. 9-12. Genus Prycuoxeris, Agassiz. P. curtus, Egerton. This species is distinguished from the only other species of the genus, Ptycholepis bollensis, Agass., by its shortened body and the large proportions of the head. Locality. Lias, Lyme Regis. Decade 8. pl. 8. Genus Oxyenatuvs, Egerton. A genus appertaining to the family of the Sauroidei, near Eugnathus, but distinguished from that genus by the sharpened form and thin texture of the dentigerous bones and the smallness of the teeth. The scales have more affinity with those of Acrolepis. s 28% 436 ~ Rev. W.A. Leighton on the British Graphide. O. ornatus, Egerton. Under the designation of specific cha- racters may be noticed the delicate striated surface ornament of the head bones of this fish, and the highly ornamental pattern on the scales. Locality. Lias, Lyme Regis. Decade 8. pl. 9. Genus Pycnopvs, Agass. P. liassicus, Egerton. This, the only specimen of the genus found so low as the Lias, is remarkable for the tuberculate orna- ment on the scales, and the variety in the size and form of the teeth. ' Locality. Lias, Barrow on Soar. Decade 8. pl. 10. Plates illustrative uf the above species, beautifully drawn and lithographed by Mr. Dinkel, may be seen at the Meeting of the Geological Society on the 7th of June. I have the honour to be, Gentlemen, Your obedient servant, P. pp M. Grey Eezrron. 6 Albemarle Street, May 15, 1854. , XL.—Monograph of the British Graphidez. By the Rev. W. A. Leieuton, B.A., F.B.S.E. [Concluded from p. 395.] 8. Arthonia, Ach. Apothecium (ardella) roundish, or difformed, tumid, innately sessile, covered with a subcartilaginous membrane, within sub- gelatinous, containing immediately under the surface a series of yriform asci; perithectum none; disk nearly plane, not bor- dered, black, rough. Thallus cartilagineo-membranaceous. “Name from a@p0@w to sprinkle, according to Acharius, because the numerous apothecia are as it were sprinkled over the crust: but M. Fée justly remarks that dpdw (and not ap@w) is to sprinkle, and that therefore the name ought to be Ardonia.” Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 142. I propose to designate the apothecium by the term ardella, significant of its appearance as a sprinkled spot. 1. Arthonia epipasta, B. microscopica. Thallus thin, mem- branous, smooth, shining, grey or copper-coloured, irregularly circumscribed; ardelle innate, scattered, oblong or elongato- Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidew. 437 oblong, simple or branched ; disk dark brown, plane, roughish ; sporidia linear-clavate, 3-septate. Graphis microscopica, Ehrhart, Crypt. 273 (1791 ?). : Opegrapha epipasta, B. caragane, Ach. Meth. 26 (1803); L. Univ. 258. Opegrapha microscopica, Sm. E. Bot. t. 1911 (1808). epipasta, B. microscopica, Ach. Syn. 75 (1814); Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 144. Te te a. stenograpta, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 322 (excl. some syn. ). / On young oaks and alder. Sussex! Mr.-Borrer. Thallus forming irregular transverse patches on the smooth bark of trees of a transversely oblong or elongated shape, well- defined by its colour, but not bounded by any dark line, very thin, smooth, somewhat shining, varying from pale greyish-yellow to a greyish-olive or even copper-colour. Ardelle tolerably nu- merous, distantly scattered over the thallus in a parallel trans- verse direction, very variable in shape and size, minute and roundish or oval, or larger oblong or elongato-oblong, obtuse and rounded at the extremities, innate, but slightly raised above the. surface, mostly simple, in a young state covered by the thallus which is ruptured by the emergence of the lirella, and is then apparently thrown back so as to form a sort of spurious thallodal margin closely appressed along the. sides of the lirella. Disk dark brown, plane and open, tumid and convex when wetted, roughish, surrounded by what appears as a very slender black proper margin always visible, especially so in those ardellze: whose disk has been abraded, but when carefully examined found to be illusory, arising in reality from the black surface of the disk bending over the sides of the ardella and inserting itself under the membranous thallodal margin, which is in consequence somewhat thickened and upraised, and appears darker as a very narrow margin to the disk. The vertical sec- tion shows this structure, and also that of the nucleus which is gelatinous and hyaline, having imbedded in it in regular arrange- ment roundish-clavate asci, each containing eight sporidia of a linear-clavate form, 3-septate ; the whole covered externally and laterally by the dark subpulverulent matter constituting the disk. There is no trace of any carbonaccous, horny“or even membranous receptacle in the ardella. a Not to be confounded with. Verrucaria punctiformis and Ver. rucaria epidermidis, B. analepta, which are very frequently found growing side by side with it on the same bark. : The specimens of Opeg. epipasta in Mr. Borrer’s herbarium were in too imperfect a state to. determine anything accurately concerning them. They were however evidently belonging to the genus Arthonia. . Puate VIL. fig. 30. a, Vertical section of thallus and ardella ; 6, sporidium ; c, asei imbedded in the nucleus. 438 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. 2. Arthonia punetiformis, Ach., a. olivacea, Ach. Thallus thin, membranous, smooth, shining, copper-coloured, indeter- minate; ardelle subinnate, scattered, roundish or broadly ob- long, simple; disk dark brown, plane or slightly convex, rough ; sporidia linear-clavate, obtusely pointed, 3-septate. Arthonia punctiformis, «. olivacea, Ach. L. Univ. 141 (1810); Syn. 4; Mart. Fl. Erlang. 283; Sommerf. Suppl. Lapp. 141. Opegrapha punctiformis, Fingerh. Eiffl. 25 (1829). On young oaks. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Thallus very thin, smooth, even and shining, somewhat scaly, pale brown or darkish copper-colour, forming irregular indeter- -minate patches. Ardelle few, distantly scattered, larger than in the last, variable in size and shape, roundish or broadly oblong, simple, slightly raised above the surface, probably in a young state covered by the thallus, which in a later stage is cracked wround the ardella, forming an inconspicuous spurious thallodal margin. Disk dark brown, plane or slightly convex, coarsely roughened by raised points or minute tubercles, which a vertical section shows to be thinner portions of the dark external disk, towards which the asci, which seem collected into sets, converge, and through which the sporidia are probably ultimately ejected. This peculiarity of structure I have not noticed in any other species. Nucleus gelatmous and hyaline, with broad rounded “asci imbedded, each with eight pale yellow sporidia of a linear- clavate or obovate form, obtusely pointed at the extremities, 3-septate, covered externally by a darker layer constituting the disk. : Acharius doubts whether his Opegrapha epipasta B. micro- scopica may not be a form of his Arthonia punctiformis, but I incline to think them distinct. 8. galactina, Ach. Thallus pale yellow or cream-colour.—Ach. L. Univ. 141; Syn. 4. On young oaks. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. | In all other respects, except the colour of the thallus, similar to var. a. Puate VII. fig. 31. a, Vertical section of thallus and ardella; 5, sporidia. 3. Arthonia astroidea. - Thallus thin, membranous, smooth, scaly, white, cream-colour, or olive, limited; ardelle inate, clustered, substellate or radiate; disk blackish, plane, rough ; sporidia in asci, eight, linear-clavate, rounded at the extremities, 3-septate. : Opegrapha radiata, Pers. in Ust. Ann. st. 7. p. 29. t. 2. f. 3. B. b. (1794). Lichen astroites, Ach. Prodr. 24 (1798). Opegrapha astroidea, Ach. Meth. 25 (1803); Sm. E. Bot. t. 1847. Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidem. 489 Arthonia astroidea, Ach. in Schrad, N. Journ. Bot. 1. B. 3 st. p. 17. t. 4. figs. 4 & 5 (1806); Johnston! Fl. Berw. 2. 101. Arthonia radiata, «. B. y. 5, Ach. L. Univ. 144 (1810). astroidea, #. & B, Ach. Syn. 6 (1814). radiata, Cheval. Fl. Paris, 540°(1826). —— microscopica, y. asterograpta, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 1. 322 (1831). —— vulgaris, var. astroidea et radiata, Scher, Spicil. 8.246 (1823-1836); Lich. Exsic. 16! Opegrapha atra x macularis, Fries, L. Ref. 367 (1831); (in part) Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 145 (18*3). 0 - . atra, \. radiata et w. dstroidea, Scher. Enum. 154, 155 (1851). Sussex! Mr. Borrer. Berwick-on-Tweed! Dr. G. Johnston. Thallus thin, membranaceous, smooth, continuous, sometimes slightly shining, frequently cracking and scaling off, either milk- white, or pale yellow or cream-colour, or of a paler or darker olive colour, slightly raised into a thin membranous spurious thallodal border around the ardelle, which in a young state are entirely covered by this as by a thin veil, which bursting makes way for its emergence, circumscribed either entirely or partially by a watery wavy border or line, which is either pale and very indistinct, or distinct and of a darkish brown, forming irregular transyersely elongated patches of an oblong form of yarious size and extent on the smooth bark of trees. Ardelle slightly pro- minent above the surface of the thallus, very numerous, closely approximate and even crowded, yet each distinct and separate, of an irregular round or oblong or'linear-oblong shape, congre- gated many together and forming minute clusters, which by confluence become pedato-stellate or radiate, and in a still later stage of confluence become indistinctly stellate, or rather irre- gular angular blackish-brown flattened spots. Disk blackish or dark brown, plane and expanded, tumid and convex when moist- ened, rugged or roughened on the surface, without any percep- tible proper margin, except the pale very narrow thallodal mem- branous margin. In a rubbed state the lamina proligera disap- pears and the lateral receptacle becomes visible, giving the ap- pearance at first sight of a margined disk. A vertical section shows the pale lamina proligera supported on either side by a dark brown perithecium which does not subtend the base, and appears of very little greater consistence than the dark surface of the disk. The so-called “ varieties” seem rather states of the same plant than varieties properly speaking. Puate VIII, fig. 32. a, Vertical section of thallus and ardella; 6, sporidia. 4. Arthonia Swartziana, Ach. Thallus thin, cartilagineo- membranaceous, scaly, cream-colour or ashy-gray, subdeter- minate; ardelle subsessile, clustered into irregular angular or 440 Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British’ Graphidee. subradiate shapes; disk black, plane, eracked ; ; sporidia in asci, eight, broadly obovate, 3-septate. Arthonia Swartziana, Ach. Schrad. Journ. Bot. 1.3. p. 13. t. 4. f. 1 (1806) ; Sm. E. Bot. 2079; Ach. L. Univ. 142; «. Syn. 5; Mart. Fi. Feng: 285 ; Fingerh. FI. Eiffl. 25; Johnst. | Fl. Berw. 101; Hook. Br. Fl. 2 143; Tayl. Fl. Hib. pt. 2. 104; Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsic. 70! Arthonia phic hide B. Swartziana, Scheer. Spicil. 246 (1823-1836). Opegrapha atra, » . Swartziana, Scher. Spicil. 326; Exsic. 462!; Enum. 155. -—— atra, y. macularis, Tuckerm. N. Amer. Lich. 75 (1848). Arthonia microscopica, B. arthograpta, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 322 (183t). - On ash, near the Retreat, Berwickshire! Dr. G. Johnston.. On smooth bark of trees. Shropshire, generally | Thallus forming small subdeterminate patches, of an irregular round or oblong shape, pale yellow or cream-colour with a tinge of ashy-gray, or altogether ashy-gray, thin and scaling off here and there. Ardelle numerous, closely approximate, of a very wregular shape, with a substellate or radiate outline, arising ‘as it were from the apparent confluence of many ardelle into one dark blotch of a full dull black colour. Dzsk flat or convex, cracked irregularly. Sporidia of a very broad obovate form, 3-septate, pale yellow, eight in each ascus. PuatE VIII. fig. 33. Opegrapha atra, d. Swartziana, bali Exs. 462 : a, vertical section of ardella and thallus; 0, events .-—Shropshire specimens of Arthonia Swartziana, Ach.: a’, vertical section of thallus and ardella ; 0’, sporidia. 5. Arthonia impolita, Borr. Thallus thin, subtartareous, cracked, indeterminate ; ardelle immersed, roundish or irre- gularly ‘oblong ; ; disk flat or slightly convex, brownish or lead- coloured, rough, pruinose ; sporidia im asci, eight, obovato- ral rounded at the extremities, 3-, 4- or 5-septate. Verrucaria impolita, Hoffm. Fl. Germ. 2. 172 (fide Ach.). Lichen impolitus, Ehrh. Crypt. 274 (fide Ach. et Scheer.). Patellaria pruinata, Pers. in Ust. Ann. st. 7. p. 28 (1794). Lichen pruinatus, Pers. in Ust. Ann. st. 11. p. 19 (1797). Parmelia impolita, Ach. Meth. 160 (1803). Arthonia pruinosa, Ach. L. Uniy. 147. t. 1. f. 3 (1810); Syn. 7; Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 321 ; Moug. & Nest]. Stirpes, 1159! Arthonia impolita, Borr. in E. Bot. Suppl. 2692. fig. 1 (1831); Hook. Br. ~~ Fl. 2.143; Tayl. Fl. Hib. pt. 2. 104; Scher. Enum. 242; Exsic. 506! ; Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsic. 131! - Parmelia impolita b*, Fries, L. Reform. 183 (1831). Lecanactis impolita, Fries, Summa Veg. Scand. 118 (4846); ; Tuckerm. N. Amer. Lich. 77. On ivy. Kenilworth Castle, Warwickshire! On oak, Hen- field, Sussex! On worked timber, Livermore, Suffolk! all in herb. Borrer. Oswestry, Shropshire! Rev. T. Salwey. On oak, Rey. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphideer. 440 Udlington near Shrewsbury, Shropshire! On elm, Batchcot, Hey Forest near Ludlow, Shropshire ! | _Thallus thin, tartareous, cracked and uneven, somewhat pow- dery, whitish or pale yellow, spreading indeterminately over the rugged bark of trees. -Ardelle very numerous and crowded, covering nearly the whole thallus, and giving it at a little distance a blackish. pruinose aspect, very variable in size and shape, roundish or irregularly oblong, or otherwise deformed by. confluence, immersed, flat or slightly convex, brownish when the pruina is: rubbed off, otherwise of a lead-colour, minutely roughened on the surface, which is covered with a white pruina ;~ in section pale and semitransparent, subgelatinous, enclosing the asci which contain eight sporidia, of an obovate-linear or cla- vate form, rounded at the extremity, generally 4-septate, some- times 5-septate, and sometimes only 3-septate, pale yellow. Puare VIII. fig. 35. a, Section of thallus and ardella ; 5, sporidia 3 ¢, ascus with sporidia. 6. Arthonia ilicina, Tayl. Thallus thin, membranous, smooth, shining, scaly, cream-colour, limited; ardelle subimmersed, scattered, irregularly rounded or oblong ; disk brownish-black, plane, shining ; sporidia in asci, eight, very large, obovato-clavate, 6-septate, upper cell largest. Arthonia tlicina, Tayl. Fl. Hib. p. 2. 105 (1836). On holly. Cromeglown, Ireland! Dr. Taylor in herb. Borrer. Glengariff, Ireland! Miss Hutchins in herb. Borrer.. New Forest, Hants! Mr. Lyell in herb. Borrer. St. Leonard’s Forest, Sussex ! Mr. Borrer. . Thallus thin, membranous, smooth, somewhat shining, scaly, pale yellow or cream-colour, forming irregular patches 8—4 inches in diameter, limited by an. indistinct irregular brown wavy watery border variable in width. Ardelle numerous, scattered, of a large size, but with smaller ones interspersed, irregularly rounded or oblong, their outline-entire or slightly wavy, half immersed in the thallus, when dry flat, often cracked, curving up at the - margin as it were in loosening themselves from the thallus, when wet convex and prominent. Disk plane, of a full brownish- black, slightly shining. Lamina proligera pale brown, darker brown on the surface, enclosing asci, each containing eight large sporidia, obovato-clavate, 6-septate, the uppermost cell very remarkably the largest. Opegrapha atra, var. obscura, Scher. Exsic. 517! is similar in colour and general appearance, but the ardellee are smaller, closer together and arranged in irregular parallelism, their outline crenato-incised, their surface somewhat. wrinkled, the sporidia 442 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. one half the size, of a different formation and 5-septate. Is not this Acharius’s A. gyrosa ? Puate VIII. fig. 36. Arthonia ilicina, Tayl.: a, Vertical section of ardella ; b, sporidia. PuaTe VIII. fig. 37. Opegrapha atra, var. obscura, Scher. : a, Vertical section of ardella; 5, sporidium ; ¢, ascus with sporidia. 7. Arthonia lurida, Ach. Thallus obsolete, smooth, pale dirty brown or lead-colour, indeterminate ; ardellze sessile, irregularly roundish ; disk reddish-black, slightly convex, dull ; sporidia in asci eight, small, broadly obovate, uniseptate. Arthonia lurida, Ach. L. Uniy. 143 (1810); Syn. 7; Scher. Spicil. 8. 245; ~~ Enum. 242. t.9. f.6; Exsic.17!; Borr. E. Bot. Suppl. t. 2692. fig. 2; Hook. Br. Fl. 2..143; Tayl. Fl. Hib. pt. 2..104. Spiloma paradoxum, Ach. L. Univ. 139 ; Syn. 3. Coniangium vulgare, Fries, L. Europ. 378 (1831). ‘ Patellaria anomala 8. m. arthonioides, Wallr. Crypt. Germ. 370 (1831). On fir; holly and:oak. Ireland! Sir T. Gage in herb. Borrer. Henfield, Black Down and elsewhere, Sussex | Mr. Borrer. Orton Wood, Leicestershire ! Rev. A. Bloxam. Thallus extremely thin, scarcely distinguishable, pale dirty brown, on firs of a dark lead-gray hue, spreading indeterminately. Ardelle numerous, either distinct or confluent, variable in size, but minute, of an irregular roundish or oblong figure. Disk of a dull dark reddish-black, smooth or roughish. Sporidia in asci, eight.? small, broadly obovate, uniseptate, pale yellow. Piate VIII. fig. 38. a, Vertical section of thallus and ardelle ; 6, sporidia. 8. Arthonia spadicea, Leight. Thallus obsolete, smooth, shining, pale red-brown, indeterminate ; ardellz sessile, variable in size, larger ones roundish or oblong, smaller round and punc- tiform ; disk dull brownish-black, flat or tumid, smooth ; sporidia in asci, eight, small, slenderly claveeform, 3-septate. Arthonia spadicea, Leight. Lich. Brit. Exsic. 97 | (1852). On the smooth bark of hazel and hawthorn, close to the ground. Shelton Rough near Shrewsbury, Shropshire ! Thallus excessively thin, membranous, of a pale red-brown, smooth, somewhat shining, spreading indeterminately over and scarcely distinguishable from the smooth bark of the base of the trunks which it covers close to the ground, Ardelie numerous, scattered irregularly as if splashed or sprinkled, very variable in size, the larger ones roundish or oblong, or by confluence irre- gular in form, the smaller ones round and punctiform, of a dull lurid brownish-black ; "in old and dry states loosening around the circumference and peeling off. Disk flat or tumid, especially Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidee. 443 in the centre, smoothish, dull. Sporidia in asci, eight, of a very peculiar form, slenderly claveform, round at the extremities, 3-septate, pale yellow. Puare VIII. fig. 39. a, Vertical section of thallus and ardella ; 6, sporidia ; ce, thallus and ardelle, nat. size. — 9. Coniocarpon, DC. Apothecium (ardella) appressed, rotundato-deformed or elon- gate, sessile, covered with a subcartilaginous membrane which ultimately breaks up into a fine powder, within subgelatinous, containing a series of pyriform asci; perithecium none; disk plane, depressed, not bordered, pruinose. Thallus crustaceous. Name from xévis, dust, and Kaprros, fruit. This genus has in reality precisely the same structure as that | of Arthonia, but it is retained separate on account of the peculiar property of the upper surface of the ardelle breaking up into powder, which I have never observed to happen in any of) the species of Arthonza. Mr. Borrer (in Hitt. 1852) remarks, “ The surface of the apo- thecium in Lecanactis lyncea and in Arthonia impolita sometimes becomes powdery. I suspect that both in that state have passed for Coniocarpon nigrum, DC., Spiloma variolosum, Ach., S. nigrum, Lich. Brit.” &c. | 1. Coniocarpon cinnabarinum, DC. Thallus filmy, thin, gray- ish, determinate ; ardellze sessile, clustered, shapeless, solid ; disk plane, depressed, lurid and pruinose, or powdery and of a bright vermilion ; sporidia in asci, eight, obovato-clavate, rounded at the extremities, 4-septate, the upper cell largest, pale red, ** Spheria gregaria, Weigel, Obs. Bot. 43. t. 2. f. 10.” (1772); Dicks. Crypt. 1. 22; With. Fl. Brit. 4. 391; “ Sowerb. Fung. t. 375. f. 5.” Lichen impolitus, Sm. E. Bot. t. 981 (1802). “ Coniocarpon cinnabarinum, DC. Fl. Frang, 2nd ed. 323; ” Fée, Crypt. tab. 1. f. 10 (1824); Fries! L. Reform. 379; Summa V. Seand. 118. Spiloma tumidulum, Ach. Meth, 11. t. 1. f. 5 (1803) ; Sm. E. Bot. t, 2151; Johbnst.! Berw. 101; Moug. & Nestl. Stirpes, 651 ! tumidulum «. & B, L. Univ. 136 (1810); Syn. 1; Hook. Fl, Scot. 2. 35; Grev. Fl. Edin, 324. Arthonia tumidula, Ach. in Schrad. N. Journ. Bot. 1. 3. p. 11 (1806). Spiloma gregarium, Turn. & Borr. Lich. Brit. 42 (1813); Hook. Br. Fi. 2. 167; Tayl. Fl. Hib. pt. 2. 77. Conioloma coccineum, Mart. Erlang. 284 (1817). Coniocarpon gregarium, Scher. Spicil. 223 (1823-1836) ; Enum, 242, t. 9. f. 5; Exsic. 239! Arthonia cinnabarina, Wallr. Crypt. Germ, 320 (1831). “ Thallus forming roundish patches of 1-2 inches in diameter, 444 Rev. WA. Leighitoni ‘on the British. Graphider. or sometimes spreading more widely ” (limited by an-irregular wavy watery brown margin), “in general so very thin as to look little more than a stain on the bark, more rarely a little tar- _ tareous, continuous or slightly cracked, externally gray, white, _or with a pale bluish tinge, green within, its surface generally smooth and polished, but sometimes a little powdery. Ardelle very numerous, most variable in shape and size, but usually roundish, more or less convex, and scarcely so large, taken singly, as poppy-seed, generally however aggregate and con- fluent in clusters, which are regularly disposed over the whole thallus : these clusters, again, are of a very uncertain figure, but, like the single ardellz, for the most part roundish, often so dis- posed as to appear more or less lobed or stellate, and sometimes too, though much more rarely, oblong, or linear and flexuose, like the lirelle of many Opegraphe.” (Lich. Brit. 43.) Disk flattish, depressed or somewhat convex,‘covered more or less with a bright cinnabar-red powder. The internal structure is pre- cisely similar to that of the genus Arthonia. Sporidia in asci, eight, of an obovate or clavate form, 4-septate, the upper cell the largest, pale red. . The following varieties are enumerated by the learned authors of the ‘ Lichenographia Britannica ’ :— a. cinnabarinum, T. & B. Ardell somewhat convex, powdery, vermilion-coloured. ; « Thallus thin, nearly white, smooth, or but slightly rugose, generally more or less cracked, but not unfrequently tinged with a pale bluish hue and truly continuous.” Lich. Brit. J. ¢. On the bark of smooth trees:.common. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. On hazel in the dean at Pease-bridge, Berwickshire! Dr. G. Johnston. ; 8B. rosaceum, 'T. & B.! Ardelle collected in flat clusters, which have the appearance of being lobed, powdery, vermilion- coloured. «Thallus smooth, white, very slightly cracked, thicker than | ine.” Lich. Brit. 1. ¢. On an old oak on Poyning’s Common, Sussex! Mr. Borrer. ry. marginatum, T. & B.! Ardelle somewhat convex, parti- coloured, chiefly powdery on the margins. The central part of the disk of the ardelle is either naked and blackish, or pruinose with a whitish powder, the very edges alone being powdery and red. On the bark of smooth trees: common. Sussex! 44. Borrer. Rev. W. A. Leighton on the British Graphidez. 445 5. concolor, T. & B.! Ardell convex, of the same colour with the thallus, pruinose with a whitish powder. _ On ash and oak. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. e. dubium, T, & B.1 Ardell rather convex, lurid, dark pur-. plish, pruinose. | Thallus sabtartareous, slightly cracked and sometimes scaly, of a cinereous or purplish hue. On ash and oak. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. ¢. detritum, T.& B.! Ardelle depressed, lurid, dark purplish, nearly naked, more or less stellate. Thallus nearly as in e, but rather thinner and more polished, and seldom tinged with purple ; sometimes a little raised above the ardelle, so as to form a sort of spurious margin. On lista: Sussex ! Mr. Borrer. n. microstigma, T. & B.! Ardelle minute, solitary, depressed, covered with whitish pruina. Thallus a very thin film, with a tinge of purple, sometimes rather thicker and white. On ash in shady places. Sussex! Mr. Borrer. 6. astroideum.. Ardelle rather large, in depressed, naked, radiate or stellate clusters, subimmersed, or very slightly raised above the thallus, dark reddish-black or full brown-black. Thallus either thin, smooth, and of a dull reddish hue, or thicker, smooth, cracked minutely and copiously, of a pale whitish-gray or cream-colour. On oak and ash. Ardingley, Michelgrove, and Charlton Forest, Sussex ! Mr. Borrer. PuaTeE VIII. fig. 40. a, Vertical section of ardella; 8, sporidia, oe The following is the result of the examination of the authentic specimens in herb. Borrer of the genus Spiloma. Spiloma spherale.—Specimens from Schleicher ! in herb. Bor- rer, were composed of masses of roundish granules, Spiloma dispersum, Turn. & Borr. Lich. Brit. 32!; E. Bot. t. 23898; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 165. The pulvinuli of this plant appear under the microscope to be composed externally of oblong brown nearly opake bodies wrinkled or with network on the surface, probably from internal granules, supported on short articulated pedicels, from which the slightest touch easily detaches them, and discovers under- 446 Mr. KE. Ly Layard ‘on the Ornithology of Ceylon. neath similar bodies in a younger and less developed state rend of a greenish-yellow colour. Spiloma auratum, Turn. & Borr. Lich. Brit. 33!; E. Bot. .t. 2078 ; Hook. Br, FI. 2. 165. The pulvinuli consisted of masses of irregular rounded gra- nules heaped together without order or arrangement, darker or brownish on the ¢ exterior, of a full yellow internally, and appa- rently breaking up into very minute granules. I could not detect any pedicels. Spiloma nigrum and its varieties B. 5 y; Turn. & Borr. Lich. Brit. 35! ; HE, Bot. t. 2076 & 2077; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 166. The pulvinuli here also were formed of roundish black gra- nules. Spiloma fii: Turn. & Borr. Lich. Brit. 37!; E. Bot. t. 2150; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 166. Similar to the last, but the pulvinuli confluent and scattered. Spiloma decolorans, Turn. & Borr. Lich. Brit. 391; E. Bot. t..2399.; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 166. The sorediate or variolariose state of some thallus. Spiloma punetatum, Turn. & Borr. Lich. Brit. 401; KE. Bot. t. 2472; Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 166. A section of the apothecia shows them to be onifposed of a dark brown or blackish perithecium enclosing a pale transparent nucleus, whose upper surface is covered with a dark brown layer. No traces of asci or sporidia. Most probably the young or - punctiform state of some Opegrapha. Spiloma tuberculosum, Hook. Br. Fl. 2. 167; E. Bot. t. 2556, Something old, imperfect and in decay. XLI.—Notes on the Ornithology of Ceylon, collected during an eight years’ residence in the Island. By Encar Lrorotp Layagp, F.Z.S., C.M.E.S. &c. [Continued from p. 264.] 179. MrcaLaima CANIcEps, Frank. Syn. Bucco Zeylanicus ? (Linn.). Kotoorooal, Cing. Kotoor, Mal. One of our commonest species and universally distributed. It feeds on fruits and berries of all kinds, which it swallows entire ; it does not, that I know of, devour small birds when im a state A Mr. E, Li. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 447 of nature, but one kept ina large aviary im Colombo destroyed all the little Amadine placed with it. Not content with snapping” them up when within his reach, he would lie in wait for them behind a thick bush or the feeding-trough, pounce upon them unawares, and after beating them a little on the ground or perch, swallow them whole. When this cannibal came into my posses- sion, he was confined in a smaller cage than that in which he had at first been secured ; this seemed to displease him, and he went to work to find some means of escape; he narrowly examined every side and corner to discover a weak spot, and having detected one, applied himself vigorously to bore a hole through it, as a woodpecker would have done; grasping the - bars with his feet, he swung himself round, bringing his whole weight to bear upon his bill, which he used as a pickaxe, till the house resounded with his rapid and well-aimed blows. On being checked from exercising his ingenuity in this manner, he became sulky and refused to eat, or offer his call of recognition when I approached him; in a day or two, however, he apparently thought better of the matter, resumed his labours upon another spot, and fed as voraciously as ever, devouring huge slices of bananas, jungle fruits, the bodies of any small birds I skinned, &c. &c. I hoped he would have lived long with me, but found him dead one morning at the bottom of his cage; and as he was fat and well-favoured, I presume he died a victim to the solitary system. | The species builds in hollow trees, laying three or four pure white, but very shining eggs. Axis ] in. | line, diam. 11 lines, The natives all affirm that the birds hollow out their own nest- hole. One I saw was in an unsound tree, the nest slightly formed of a few bents of dry grass. - 180.. MrGaLAIMA FLAVIFRONS, Cuv. This Barbet is confined to the hilly zone, where it predominates over the other island species. It may be heard ata great distance, and distinguished by its shrill call. Breeds in hollow trees in the month of February: lays three or four roundish, polished white eggs. 181. Mrcaaima PuILIPPENSIS, Briss. Mal-Kotoor, Cing. ; lit. Flower-Kotoor. Kokoorupan, Mal. This is the prevailing species in the northern province, where it has acquired the name of “ coppersmith” among the Euro- peans, from its ceaseless call, which resembles the knocking of an artisan engaged in the manufacture of acaldron. It frequents the tamarind trees, on the fruit of which it feeds. Like the 448 Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. other species, it breeds im holes, and I have seen it in the act of excavating them in decaying portions of living trees. © 182. Mucaaima -RUBRICAPILLA, Gmel. Mal-Kotoor, Cing. Very common about Colombo; I have also seen it from Batti- caloa, and procured it at Jaffna. It frequents the banian trees in great numbers and feeds upon the ripe fruits, swallowing | them entire. 183. Picus GymMnopruaumos, Blyth, J. A. S. no. xxxii. The smallest of our ‘Woodpeckers, and peculiar to the island. I first discovered it near Colombo in the year 1848, and it was described by Mr. Blyth in 1849, Joc. cit. It is sparingly, at the same time widely, distributed, and delights in creeping about the jack-trees; it is therefore more plentiful to the south of the island, in the cultivated portions, than towards the northern and-jungle districts. Irides the palest possible yellow ; eyelids deep purple. 184. Prous Manrarrensis, Latham. Confined to the northern province, and found principally about the dead limbs of the Huphorbia trees. I have not seen more than half a dozen specimens. | 185: Prcus Macs, Vieill. j Dr. Kelaart includes this in his Catalogue, sed non vidi. 186. GEcINUS CHLOROPHANES, Vieill. Not uncommon in the neighbourhood of Colombo, and in the lower ranges of the hills. Dr. Kelaart says that at Nuwera Elia it “is very frequently seen.” Of all our Woodpeckers this seems the only one addicted to walking, and seeking its food on the ground. Here it is often found in pairs, breaking into the dried masses of cow-dung in search of Coleoptera. On being alarmed it takes refuge on the nearest tree or bush, and displays all the arboreal activity of its tribe, climbing: round. the branches and: evading the eye by carefully keeping on the opposite side of the - limbs.’ 187. Bracuyprernus avurantivus, Linn. Tatchan-cooroovi, Mal., and Pastru carpentaru, Port.; lit. Carpenter-bird. Applied, in fact, indiscriminately to all the Woodpecker tribe, but more especially to this species from its vigorous knocking. i The Yellow-backed Woodpecker is confined exclusively to the 4 ~Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 449 Borassus-growing districts, commencing at Chilaw sparingly, and increasmg in numbers till its knocking resounds from: almost every palmirah tope in the Jaffna peninsula. In these trees it likewise breeds, excavating large holes in the male trees, they being generally softer than the female. In the jungle and among the cocoa-nut plantations of the south and central portion of the island it is entirely replaced by 188. Bracuyprernus Crytonus, Forster. K@dralla, Cing. ; sometimes Keberella, Cing. —which is peculiar to Ceylon, and very common in the low country. Dr. Kelaart also characterizes it as “found in great abundance at Nuwera Elia.” In habits it precisely resembles the preceding. Irides red-brown. Its call is a shrill, stridulous scream, often uttered during its flight, which is maintained by short, rapid jerks, repeated at considerable intervals. _ 189. Bracayprernvus Strick.anpt, Layard. I procured a solitary specimen of this new Woodpecker at Gillymalle; it proved a female; but Mr. Thwaites having forwarded a large number of both sexes from Kandy, I am enabled now to describe it fully. Length about 11 in., of closed wing 54 in. ; tail 4} in.; bill 13 in. ; tarsi 1 in. . . General colour of back scarlet-maroon, each feather being maroon edged with scarlet ; the filamentous feathers on the lower portion of the back near the tail-coverts (which with the tail are brown) are brilliant scarlet. Wing primaries of a lighter brown than the tail-feathers, the outer webs margined maroon, changing into scarlet. Inner webs of the secondaries marked with four large circular white spots; the interior primaries have but three spots, the middle two spots, the outside of all but one. The feathers of the breast and neck chiefly buff with an albescent © centre and dark brown edge, giving these portions a scaly ap- pearance, which is lost on the sides and belly, where it merely assumes a mottled irregular form. Chin white, with five distinct — very dark brown lines down it. Head of female brown, with numerous good-sized white ocelli (in the male this portion is brilliant scarlet), the feathers over the nostrils light brown; a streak of the same colour forms an eyebrow. Bull light corneous; legs bluish. Inrides red-brown. In habits this species resembles B. Ceylonus and aurantius. The natives discriminate between it and the former, and tell me that it keeps more to jungle than palm trees. : I dedicate it to the memory of the esteemed naturalist, whose early loss after my acquaintance with him I have never ceased to deplore. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. xii. 29 450 Mr. EB. i. Layard: on the Ornithology of Ceylon. Dr. Kelaart includes B. rubescens, Vieill., in his list, on the authority of Mr. Blyth, but in his catalogue of the A. S. Museum Mr. Blyth doubtfully gives it as a synonym of B. Ceylonus. Can this be my B. Stricklandi? - 190. Microrrernvs PHAIOcEPS, Blyth. Decidedly a rare species in the island ‘and almost confined to the south; in fact I have found but one specimen elsewhere, which was in the jungle near Ratnapoora. It.is generally seen in pairs. Of this species Mr. Blyth writes 7 epistold, “Your Wood- pecker might make a fourth race of Micropternus, on the principle that. M. gularis is separable from M. phaioceps.” It is singular that out of our small number of Picide, nearly all should be peculiar or nearly so to the island, and that even im this instance of one of the coast species a difference should occur. 191. CEntRoPvs Puitiprensis, Cuvier. Aiti-Cuccula, Cing. ~ Chempagam, Mal. - | The common ‘jungle crow” of European residents is uni- versally distributed. It feeds upon grasshoppers, locusts, leaf- insects, caterpillars, spiders, &e. On the ground it marches about. with a pompous air and outspread tail, scanning every blade of grass and making short but rapid darts upon the various in- sects which fly up at its approach. When of its own free will it resorts toa tree, it flies slowly, sailing along.on its rounded wings, frequently progressing sideways; on reaching its destination.it jerks up.its tail, uttering its monotonous cry of “whoot, whoot, whoot,’ and climbs about the branches, beating the bark for Phiinis and other insects, which trust in their resemblance to the vegetable world for escape from the bills of their numerous enemies. tf - On being alarmed it scrambles rapidiy to the summit of the tree in perfect silence, and glides away in a contrary direction to that whence the cause of its terrdr sprung. I procured a singular albino bird of this species at Pt. Pedro. It was generally smaller, the black. and purple -portions were changed to a dirty creamy white, the dark red portions to a light brown. The specimen is now in the British Museum. 192. CentRoPus CHLORORHYNCHOS, Blyth, J. A. S. No. xviii. This species I discovered in the year 1848, between Colombo and Kandy, on the Avishavelly road. 1 forwarded the only spe- cimen procured to Mr. Blyth, who described it, loc. cit., and saw no other till the spring of last year, when on my intended trip to Adam’s Peak I shot another im some native gardens at Hang- Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 451 welly, not far from Colombo, intermediate in fact between it and Avishavelly, and three more in the dense jungle near Pallabad- doola, at the foot of the Peak. These are the only specimens hitherto procured of this bird. Dr. Kelaart does not appear to have seen it, and none have been received among Mr. Thwaites’s collections. It is then doubtless confined to the particular locality where I obtained it, and isthere anything but common. It has the same habits as C’. Philippensis, and the same call and cat- like mewing note. Irides red, as in the former. 193. OxyLopHUS MELANOLEUCOs, Gmel. Abundant in open plains dotted with low bushes from Ham- bantotte to Jaffna. It sits upon the tops of the Euphorbia trees and utters a chattering cry. Shooting one morning in the vicinity of Pt. Pedro, I observed a pair of Mud birds (Malacocercus Bengalensis), which hovered about an isolated bush with all the solicitude of parent birds attending upon a nest of young ones; when I drew near they flew before me, feigning lameness, and endeavoured to draw off my attention from some object in the bush; this I soon found was a: young Oxylophus, which I captured, the Mud birds meanwhile flying about my head, uttering the most unmistakeable cries of distress. I found no other young bird or nest in the bush, which was a small one, and am convinced that these were foster parents to the young cuckoo. r 194. Oxytorpnus Coromanopvus, Linn. One of our rarest species, only a few specimens falling under my notice during my residence in the island. One I killed in Jaffna, another near Colombo, and the last near Ratnapoora. 195. Evpynamys orrentauis, Linn. Coosil and Coél, Mal. Coha and Cowde-coha, Cing. Wherever crows are found there the “ Coél”’ is found also, depositing a single egg in the unguarded nest of either Corvus splendens or C. culminatus, indiscriminately. The egg thus surreptitiously fathered upon the unsuspicious foster parents is of a palish neutral green colour, mottled very thickly with dark blotches. Axis 1 in. 3 lines; diam. 1 inch. It is laid in the month of February and hatched about March. When the young are hatched, they appear (according to native testimony) to eject the young crows in a manner similar to that by which the Kuropean cuckoo gets rid of its hapless brethren, Crows seem to have a great antipathy to these birds, and pursue 2y% 4.52 Mr. E. ‘L. Layard \on the. Ornithology af Ceylon. them relentlessly whenever they: appear, while the Coél, like a thief taken in the act, seeks safety in ignominious flight. The natives so much admire the note of this bird, that their poets compare thereto the voices of their mistresses. If we are to believe that a soft voice is a beautiful thing in a woman, we cannot coincide in opinion with them, for the Coél’s loud call may be heard a mile away. 196. Cucutus MIcROPTERUS, Gould. Dr. Kelaart includes this species among the Ceylon birds, and states that it is a mountain species and found but rarely at Dim- boola. I have not met with the species, but perhaps the follow- ing young bird, which I cannot identify with anything in the British Museum, may be the young of this species. I name it provisionally 197. Cucunus Bartierrit, Layard. Young. Length 10% in. ; of closed wing 6 in. ; tail 6 in. ; bill 11 Imes; tarsi 8 fines. General colour of back bluish gray with a rufous tinge, which prevails most on the head and on the extreme edge of the out- side webs of the tail-feathers ; a double row of alternating whitish triangular spots runs down the quills of the last feathers. Wing- feathers banded with white; throat and breast rufous brown barred with white ; belly and vent white barred with brown ; under tail-coverts barred sparingly in the same manner; over the eye there is a row of white dots commencing at the- base of the bill which has a dark brown upper mandible, the lower being yellow with a brown tip; feet yellow. Ivrides dark brown. I have obtained many examples of this bird in this state, both at Pt. Pedro and Colombo. It frequents native gardens, delighting in the shade and uttering a piping note. 198. Cucu.vus canorvus, Linn. A single specimen of this bird, procured in the old Botanical Gardens at Kew, near Colombo, has fallen under my notice. It was shot on an American cork-wvod tree (Bignonia), the same on which I killed Motacilla boarula before mentioned, and three specimens of 199. CucuLuUs VARIUs, Vahl, being the only examples I have seen of these birds. 200. Cucutus SonneRati, Lath. Dr. Kelaart has procured several specimens of this, one of our rarest birds ; he showed me a recent individual the day before my Mr. E. L. Layard on the Ornithology of Ceylon. 453 embarkation for England, at the end of March 1858 ; it was shot in the neighbourhood of Galle, along the course of the Gindurah river, a little inland. 201. CucuLus TENUIROSTRIS, Gray. Very abundant throughout the island; it is migratory, appearing about Jaffna in the month of February. The rufous-bellied variety is never seen with us. 202. CucuLus DICRUOIDES, Hodgs. The principal habitat of this species seems to be the neighbour- hood of Kandy, whence Mr. Thwaites has sent numerous speci- mens. Dr. Kelaart does not appear to have met with it at Nuwera Elia, as it is not included in his list. I procured it about Cotta, in the low country. 203. ZANcLostomus VIRIDIROSTRIS, Jerdon. Mail-coha, Cing. ; lit. Flower Coha. Handi-koota, Cing., apud Daniell. Coosil, Mal. ; Very common in most parts of Ceylon, but abounding in the northern province ; it is usually seen in pairs, flitting from tree to tree. It is wary and difficult to shoot, as it creeps through the thickest bushes and trees, and invariably flies out on the contrary side to that on which the shooter stands. It feeds in common with Eudynamys orientalis, on the fruit of the banian tree. My most searching and continuous inquiries into the habits of this and of 204. PH@NICOPHAUS PYRRHOCEPHALUS, Forst. Mal-Kandatta, Cing.,— failed in eliciting from the natives any information respecting their nidification. P. pyrrhocephalus inhabits the densest jungles, never descend- ing to the ground, but living amid the highest branches. It is unknown in the northern districts; in fact, its range seems limited to the mountain zone, and even there it is very local. Both these latter species are eaten by the natives, who consider them great delicacies; they sell from threepence to sixpence each. Irides white. In life the feathers round the eye resemble the finest crimson velvet. {To be continued. | 454° Mr. J. Paget on a new Helix and a new Hydrobia. XLII.— Description of a new Helix from Montpellier, and a new Hydrobia from Nice, with Observations on some varieties of the Extra-marine Shells of those districts. By Joun Pacer, Esq. Helix micropleuros. Animal breve, supra nigrescens, subtus albescens, iettie cidum; tentaculis superioribus griseo-nigréscentibus, crassiusculis et obtusis, inferioribus brevioribus et pallidis. Testa minutissima, subdepressa, supra planiuscula, subtus convexa, costata, aperte umbilicata; apertura rotundato-lunata ; peristomate recto, simplice, acuto; anfractibus 3-33, convexius- culis, paulatim accrescentibus et sutura sat perspicua separatis, ultimo majore. Fusca, sericina. Diam. 13-2, long. 1 mill. ~ Hab. prope Montpellier. This beautiful little Helix is nearly allied both to the H. rupes- tris and H, pygmea. From the H. rupestris it is distinguished by its fewer convolutions, flatter shape, thinner shell and smaller size; from the H. pygmaa by its less convex whorls and shallower suture, by its last whorl sensibly larger than the rest, its larger mouth and somewhat larger size, and from both more especially by its epidermic ribs, which, although closer, are no less evident than those of the H. costata (Miiller). y I found this Helix after heavy rain on the dead holly leaves on some waste ground, called the Bois de la Moures, about a quarter of a mile south of the high-road between Montpellier and Mauguio, in the south of France. Hydrobia varica. Animal elongatulum, fuscum, rostro proboscidiforme, tentaculis elongatulis griseo-ccerulescentibus et pellucentibus, disco obtuso, griseo-coerulescente. Testa minutissima, conoideo- tustetinden, vix perforata, tenuis- sime striata, in ultimo anfractu gibbosa; apertura ovato-pyriformi, obliqua, ad summum obtuse angulata, peristomate subreflexo et acuto; anfractibus 3-4, convexis, sutura sat. profunda separatis, ultimo maximo, dimidiass testz efformante. Tenuissima, corneo-albescens, limo inquinata. Operculum subpellucidum, m apertura profunde situm, limo vel limi punctulis inquinatum. Long. 14-2, diam. 14 mill. Hab. prope Nizza Maritimam. This Hydrobia is nearly allied to the Hydrobia gibba (Drap.) which is found in such abundance at the source of the Lesz, near Montpellier, but it is distinguished from it by its less elon- Mr. J. Paget on.a new Helix and.anew Hydrobia. 455 gated form, by its smaller number of whorls which are less convex and divided by a much shallower suture, by its last whorl more ventricose and never detached, by its mouth less rounded, more oblique and more angular, and by the presence of only one swelling behind the mouth, whereas in the H. gibba there are generally several in adult specimens. I have found this Hydrobia in the stream below the mill of Davigo, and in a ditch at’ the Grenouilléres, both of which are supplied from the Var, near Nice. They are attached to the underside of aquatic plants or the underside of stones, and are very plentiful. | The observations I have made on some of the Pupe of the south of France induce me to believe that too much importance has been given to the teeth as a specific character in this genus. The Pupa cinerea, which is described as possessing six teeth, viz. two parietal, two columellar, and two palatal, and is consi-~ dered as presenting no variety except in size, I find on the con- trary with five, six, seven, and eight teeth. In the first case, one of the columellar-teeth are wanting, and in the two latter there are either one or two additional teeth on the palate. One of the additional teeth, and the one most commonly found, is placed in the columellar angle of the palate, the other near the external angle. This latter, when present, is commonly indicated by a white line externally. These variations in the number. of teeth are found both in the small and large varieties of Pupa cinerea, and as I have collected at least a dozen of each in this neighbourhood (Nice), they cannot be considered very rare. The variety of Pupa quadridens, in which only three teeth exist, has been formed into a species under various names, as P. Niso of Risso, P. seductilis of Ziegler, P. lunatica of Jan, and yet, in the neighbourhood of Montpellier, 1 have found every shade of variety, from the four teeth of the type,insensibly passing through the three teeth of this false species to a still more in- perfect variety with only two teeth. In like manner the addition of one or two supplemental teeth in the Pupa seca/e has given rise to the Pupa Boileausiana of De Charpentier, although I have specimens from Montpellier in which every step of the transition may be found. The same observation may be extended to Pupa variabilis, P. muscorum, P. umbilicuta, and probably to many other species, in which the number of the teeth is very uncer- tain, and in which, therefore, as a specifie character, they can only be adopted with great caution. Another variety of Pupa cinerea common here, which I have not seen noticed, is marked by a red band running parallel to 456 Mr.J. Paget on a new Helix and a new Hydrobia. the suture-along the four last whorls. This band is in general very narrow; but in one specimen found by my son Oliver, in Vaucluse, the band is broad, and resembles that of the Bulimus acutus. The large variety of the Pupa cinerea (length 15, diam. 5 mill.) is found here abundantly, and is distinguished not only by its size and form (it is more ventricose and fusiform than the smaller variety), but is also strongly and regularly striated. I ‘have noticed some specimens of this Pupa truncated. » The large varieties of the Pupa quadridens (length 15, diam. 4 mill.) and Pupa variabilis (length 16, diam. 4 mill.) are com- mon here, as in other parts of the Mediterranean coast. I believe the presence of epidermic spines has not as yet been noticed in any Pupe, yet they certainly do exist in the Pupa doliolum of Savoy, and probably of other countries. I found one adult and several young specimens behind the hotel called Grande Maison between Aiguebelle and St. Jean Maurienne. On the four or five upper whorls they are furnished with epi- dermic ribs terminating just above the suture, in short trian- gular spines (like those of: Helix ciliata, though much shorter), forming a projection over the suture, and when fresh, especially if the dew is on them, very evident to the naked eye. I have not yet had an opportunity of comparing these specimens with others in a good condition, but Draparnaud speaks of “ a -torn appearance of the epidermis,’ and Rossmissler notices the epi- dermic ribs, so that I have little doubt the spines will be. found too. My specimens are now six months old, but the spines are still very visible, although shrunk, as epidermic spies and ribs always will do on drying. The Planorbis cristatus (Drap.), which is found in the ditches of the Grenouilléres near Nice, abundantly, presents all the varieties which are described by authors under the names of P. nautileus and P. imbricatus.. In some specimens the epi- dermic ribs are distant and well marked, and the spines in which they terminate on the keel very evident ; ; in others the shell is more rounded, the ribs become more numerous, are little more than mere striz, and the spines disappear altogether. These varieties pass into each other by every possible shade of trans- ition. In adult specimens the peristome is continuous, and the mouth stands out quite separate from the penultimate whorl. In some cases the ribs and spines are not merely epidermic, but are marked on the substance of the shell itself. All the species of Planorbis, and indeed most of the freshwater — shells I have found in Nice, are much smaller than those of the South of France or Switzerland. The Cyclostoma elegans of Nice often varies very considerably Mr. J. Paget on a new Helix and a new Hydrobia. 457 from that of France, although it is like that found about Genoa, and probably in other parts of Italy. In adult shells the peri- stome is slightly cup-shaped and thickened, while the mouth stands out quite free from. the penultimate whorl, as in the Cyclos. suleatum, which is common at Marseilles, but is not found here. The operculum, although like that of the elegans, is placed at some distance within the aperture, as in the su/- catum. Notwithstanding these differences, which in some speci- mens are so strongly marked, that if observed alone they might induce one to form a new species, the transitions are in other eases so insensible from this to the common form that it can only be considered as a variety. he Valvata piscinalis, both here and in Montpellier, has the - peristome only subcontinuous, The Helix apicina (Lamk.), which is very common at Nice, has always when young, and frequently when old too, a covering of short, weak, and very deciduous hairs. It is extraordinary that the Abbé Dupuy, who must have had the opportunity of seeing this Helix living, should not have observed this character. Rossmissler, whom nothing escapes, had only dead shells to consult, but he conjectures the existence of hairs from the marks on the shell, though he does not dare to form a character from them in his description. : The Helix strigella (Draparn.) is in hike manner commonly de- seribed as without hairs, and Rossmissler speaks of it as “ often with weak hairs which are very short and deciduous.” I have never found a single young shell of this species that was not covered with hairs—very short—nor an adult which did not either still retain some, especially on the lower side, or in which the marks where they had been were not quite evident. Another hairy shell, commonly deprived of its honours because not studied in a perfectly fresh state, is the Helix rufescens ‘(Flem.), montana (Stud.). I collected it mm considerable num- bers near the Lac de Joux and the source of the Orbe in Switzer- land, where De Charpentier indicates it, and I can still see on many of my specimens very numerous short and often reflexed hairs. When fresh they were still more evident. The Heliz aperta (Born), naticoides (Drap.), which is exceed- ingly common in the neighbourhood of Nice, and much esteemed by gourmands as a Lent dish, has not unfrequently its uniform colour interrupted by bands of a lighter tint. I have specimens in which these bands occupy the positions of all the different bands commonly seen in banded shells. I do not make any observations on the varieties of the Helix . variabilis and Helix cespitum of this neighbourhood, for I confess 458 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. they are so puzzling that I seek in vain for any character by which to distinguish or recognise them. The Helix splendida of the South of France presents six pretty well-marked varieties. 1st. With broad black bands, called the variety of Provence. 2nd. With five narrow bands, which is ge- nerally considered as the type. 8rd. With the two inferior (4th and 5th) bands only perfect. 4th. With the fourth band only. 5th. With one white band only,—that which usually accom- panies the 4th dark band, which in this variety is- corneous and translucid. 6th. Without bands, but slightly flammulated. The third of these I found near the Pont du Gard, but all the rest are common in the neighbourhood of Montpellier. The H. nemoralis is no longer found living near Montpellier, nor within fifty miles, but I discovered a considerable number of them imbedded in the alluvium behind the fortress, which, from their perfect condition, had evidently inhabited that place at some former period. g Nice, April 18th, 1854. XLITI.—WNotices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M.J. BERKELEY, ‘ M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Ksq. . [Continued from p. 407.] - 730. Lycoperdon atropurpureum, Vitt. Mon. p. 42. On ex- posed pastures. Leigh Down, near Bristol, C. E. Broome. Peridium. perfectly sessile or strongly stipitate, depressed or globose, greyish, when half-grown a little cracked in the centre into polygonal warts, the margin sprinkled with small stellate _ warts which give it a furfuraceous appearance ; when mature dark brown with pale warts, opening irregularly; sometimes there are a few strong warts at the very base. Spores globose, -00025— 0003 inch in diameter, strongly echinulate, capillitium purplish- brown, but sometimes the whole plant has a yellowish-olive tinge and the capillitium is similarly coloured. In every stage of growth this is easily distinguished from the common .puff-balls which it greatly resembles by its large echi- nulate spores. 731. Badhamia nitens, Berk. in Tr. Linn. Soc. xxi. p. 153. On decayed oak branches. Feb. 21, 1851, East Bergholt, Suffolk, Rev. Dr. Badham; Twycross, Rev. A. Bloxam. 732. B. pallida, Berk. 1. c. On decayed oak branches. March 1, 1851, East Bergholt, Rev. Dr. Badham. 733. B. fulvella, Berk. 1. c. p. 154. On dead wood. East Bergholt, Rev. Dr. Badham. Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 459 These three curious species, together with Physarum hyalinum, P. utriculare, and Spherocarpus capsulifer, constitute a distinct genus characterized by the clustered spores, which are at first enclosed in a common sac. For further particulars we must refer to the volume of the Linnzan Transactions quoted above. 734. Didymium furfuraceum, (Schum.) Seell. ii. p. 204. On oak branches. Wothorpe, Aug. 23, 1853. 735. Phoma wophila, Berk. in Hook. Journ. 1853, p.40. On planks of maple. King’s Cliffe, Nov. 1851. | 736. P. mucifera, Berk. l.c. On eh planks. King’s Cliffe, Nov. 1851. 737. P. ulmicola, Berk. l.c. On a planks exposed to the weather. King’s Cliffe, Nov..1851. 738. P. epileuca, Berk. J. c. p-41. On bleached pine planks. Wood Newton, Dec. 1851. 739. P. fibricola, Berk. 1. c.. On ash, oak and elm. King’s Cliffe, Nov. 1851. 740. P. bicuspidata, Berk. 1. c.. On pine wood. Wood Newton, Dec. 1851. 741. Diplodia fibricola, Berk. in Hook. Journ. 1853, p. 42. On Lombardy poplar, King’s Cliffe, Nov. 1851. This is the fungus which was found on the elm plank picked up by Capt. Penny, lat. 76° 2! N., long. 96° W. 742. D. odspora, Berk. I. ¢. On bleached willow. King’s Cliffe, Nov. 1851. 743. Hendersonia bat Berk. /.c. p. 43. On birch planks. King’s Cliffe, Dec. 1851. 744, Septoria lituus, n.s. Peritheciis subcutaneis depressis sporis filiformibus apice curvatis sporophoris paullo excedentibus. On smooth twigs. Penzance, J. Ralfs, sq. Concealed by the cuticle which is raised into minute pustules; perithecia depressed. Spores filiform, curved at the apex, 0015 inch long; sporophores filiform, rather shorter. Puate XV. fig. 5.. Spores on thin delicate sporophores which are attached to the walls of the perithecium. ~ 745. S. Ralfsii. Subcutanea ; epidermide supra perithecia elevata, centro pustularum albo; sporis rectis multinucleatis. On decayed apples, Penzance. Forming black irregular patches, dotted with minute pus- tules, the centre of which is white. Spores straight, oblong ‘00133 inch long, with about six nuclei. PLATE XV. fig. 6. Spores highly magnified. 746. S. salicella,n. s. Subcutanea; epidermide supra peri- 460 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi: thecia subglobosa elevata; sporis fusiformibus triseptatis cir- rhos rubellos efformautibus. On branches of willows. Penzance, J. Ralfs, Esq. : Concealed by the cuticle which is obscurely pustulate. in con- sequence of the presence of the subglobose perithecia. Spores ejected in the form of pale pink tendrils, fusiform, ‘00133. inch long, triseptate. PLATE XV. fig. 7. Spores highly magnified. 747, S, msularis, n, s. Maculis brunneis distinctis, epider- -mide supra perithecia elevata, centro pustularum albo ; sporis filiformibus curvulis. On half-dead ivy leaves. Penzance. Forming large definite umber-brown spots which are rough from the presence of the concealed perithecia, with a white spot in the centre of each pustule; spores filiform, slightly curved, ‘0015 of an inch long. PuiatE XV. fig. 8. Spores highly magnified. 748. S. Badhami, n.s._ Peritheciis subcongregatis fuscis; sporis clavatis elongatis crassiusculis. : On vine leaves, East Bergholt, Oct. 1853. Forming little brownish specks on either side of the leaf, con- sisting of a few subconglomerate perithecia. Spores oblong, clavate, ‘(002 inch long, endochrome sometimes retracted-to one end containing a few minute granules: very rarely there are one or two septa. f Septoria Vitis, Lév. is at once known by its dark brown dense patches of perithecia: another species oecurs on vine leaves, S. ampelina, B. & C., which has filiform curved spores. Puate XV. fig. 9. a. Sporophores and portion of perithecium ; 2. spores. Both highly magnified. 749. S. Polygonorum, Desm. no. 1171... Twyeross, Rev..A. Bloxam. 750. Sporidesmium Lepraria, Berk. in Hook. Journ. 1858, p. 43; Lepraria nigra, Eng. Bot.! t. 2409. Abundant: every- where on exposed planks. 751. Torula Hysterioides, Corda, Fasc. 1. fig. 139. On poles, Bathampton and Batheaston, C. H. Broome. Our species is in every respect the plant of Corda, except that he calls the threads “ luteoli.” In our specimens they have rather a green tinge, though the mass as a whole is black. 752. Coniothyrium glomeratum, Corda. In the cracks of elm planks, especially on the medullary rays, King’s Cliffe, Nov. 1851. 753. Phlyctena vagabunda, Desin. no. 1624. On dead stems of Dipsacus sylvestris, Twycross, Rev. A. Bloxam, Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E: Broome on British Fungi. 461 754. Puccinia truncata, n. s. Maculis obsoletis ; soris oblongis epidermide scariosa cinctis; sporis obovato-oblongisapice truncatis. On leaves of Iris feetidissima, Isle of Wight, Rev. A. Bloxam. Sori oblong, 1 line or more long, brown, surrounded by the scarious epidermis; spores obovate-oblong, even, attenuated below, upper cell abruptly truncate. =~ 755. Epitea Baryi, n.s.; Epitea, Bary, Brandpilz, tab. 4. | ie: 4. On leaves of Brachypodium pennatum, Rey. A. Bloxam, opsal, re Dr. De Bary’s plant is on the leaves of Lolium perenne; the cystidia have in general an abrupt globose head, which seems cha- racteristic of the species, which has not been observed previously in Great Britain. ” 756. Institale effusa, Fr. Summ. p. 447 ; Ptychogaster albus, Corda, Fasc. 2. p. 23. tab. 12. fig. 90. About the roots of Scotch fir, Apethorpe, Norths., autumn. Excellently figured by Corda, whose plant is exactly ours, and whicli Fries states to be his Institale effusa, a species of which the name only has at present been published. It approaches also very closely to Institale maxima, Schwein, which differs only in its redder spores, which are however of the same size and form. 757. Atractium flammeum, Berk. and Ray. Breve subcylin- dricum cinnabarinum deorsum album pruinosum ; sporis longis fusiformibus. : On the bark of living willows, Penzance, J. Ralfs, Esq. It has been found in similar situations peeping up from beneath lichens, by H. W. Ravenel, Esq., in South Carolina. Scarcely 3 a line high, cylindrical, flame-red, pruinose below ; head convex. Spores -003 inch long, curved, fusiform, hyaline, with six or more septa seated on long sporophores. This has just the habit of Sti/bum aurantiacum, but is at once distinguished by its peculiar spores. Mr. Ravenel in a late communication suspects it to be a state of some Neciria. 758. Helminthosporium sticticum, n.s. Maculis gregariis punctiformibus nigris ; sporis oblongo-clavatis uniseptatis. On decaying leaves of grasses, Batheaston. Disposed in minute specks, jet-black, threads fasciculate, nodose or irregular; spores ‘0016 of an inch long, oblong, swollen above, uniseptate. The punctiform spots, black, not olivaceous hue, and uniseptate spores are the characteristics of this species, which is nearly allied to H. arundinaceum. The threads of the latter are coarser, and the habit diffuse. PLATE XV. fig. 10. a.. Threads and spore magnified; 6. spores more highly magnified. 462 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 759. Monotospora megalospora, n.s. .Floccis rectis simplici- bus, sporis obovatis magnis levibus. On the dead bark of a yew- tree, King’s Cliffe. ; Jet-black. Flocci erect, straight, nearly equal, simple, arti- culated. Spores terminal, obovate, even, 0014-00133 inch long. PLATE XV. fig. 11. a. A group of threads with their spores; }. spores’: both magnified. 760. Botrytis Jonesii, n.s. Floccis -erectis sursum ramosis ; ramis ramulisque divergentibus szepissime oppositis ; ultimis fas- ciculatis, centrali semper sterili. acutissimo ; sporis subglobosis echinulatis. | Accompanying Mucor Caninus and other moulds on the dung of animals, as on that of dogs and rabbits. Near Woolwich, Mrs. Col. Jones. Wothorpe, Norths. ' F'locci erect, tinged with fawn colour, simple below, with a few straight main branches above, mostly at right angles and often opposite. These are again divided once or twice in the same way,. the central one being always barren, the others bearing about the middle fascicles of fertile branchlets, each tipped with a subglobose echinulate spore, ‘0003 inch long. 3 Drawings of this with several other interesting species were communicated by Mrs. Col. Jones. Original specimens accord precisely with our own. The species is one of the most beautiful and interesting of a very handsome group. . PLATE XV. fig. 12. a. Fertile thread; 5. spores : both magnified. 761. Rhinotrichum Opuntia, n.s. Floccis furcatis. hie illie turgidis ; sporis in ramulis ultimis clavatis transversim seriatis. Near Woolwich, Mrs. Col. Jones. White. Flocci rather thick, simple below, two or three times forked, slight, swollen here and there ; ultimate divisions clavate, beset with transverse rows of globose spores. - The characters of this species are so curious, that we are un- willing to omit it, though we have neither specimen nor descrip- tion. Mrs. Jones’s figures however of those species of which we - have specimens are so correct, that we have no hesitation in giving it implicit credence. Piate XVI. fig. 13. Portion of plant magnified. 761*. Papulaspora sepedonioides, Preuss in Sturm’s Deutsch. Fl. heft 30. t. 9. On rice paste on which blood-rain had been propagated, King’s Cliffe, Aug. 1853. This very beautiful mould consists of decumbent, articulate, colourless threads, which produce short, erect branches, each surmounted by a large red cellular body about -0018 inch in dia- Rey. M. J. Berkeley and My. ©. BE. Broome on British Fungi. 463 meter. This is all that is figured. by Preuss. as quoted above, but we have seen the heads studded with oblong erect spores ‘0004-0006 inch long, with their endochrome bipartite or very rarely quadripartite ; and if these are truly spores, each individual head presents nearly the structure of an Epicoceum. In one instance a spore was observed germinating from the apex. 762. Oidium Favorum, n.s. Floceis erectis septatis, sporis flavis brevibus subcylindricis. On honey-comb, near Woolwich, Mrs. Col. Jones. | Flocci erect, white, septate and slightly torulose below, above bearing a few short cylindrical yellow spores. These spores when fallen seem to acquire a septum and then to be gradually _attenuated at either end. A new septum is then formed in either division, the whole constituting an irregularly fusiform body. — Piate XVI. fig. 14. Threads and spores magnified. 763. O. Balsamii, Mont. MSS. Candida, articulis dolii- formibus utrinque angustatis. On the leaves of Verbascum nigrum, Wothorpe, Aug. 23, 1853. This species was sent from Milan by Balsamo to Dr. Mon- tagne, under the name of Oidium Tuckeri, but it is a very different species, distinguished by the very peculiar shape of its spores. Their length is about (0015. Balsamo’s plant grew on Verbas- cum montanum. No Erysiphe has at present been observed in connection with this species: The same species occurs on straw- berries, to which it is very destructive. See Gard. Chron. April 15, (1854. 764. Helvella sulcata, Afz. On the ground in woods, sent from Andover, 1853. We have seen a single specimen only of this plant, which seems to be certainly the species of Afzelius, and is remarkable: for the regular ribs of the stem and the campanulate pileus. 765. Geoglossum olivaceum, P. Leigh Down, Bathford Down and other places near Bath, C. E. Broome, Oct. 1853. . This very rare species seems to be undoubtedly distinct from G. viride. Sporidia ‘0006 inch long. 766. Peziza sepulta, Fr. MSS. On the ground, East Bergholt, _ Nov. 4, 1851. One to two inches across, globose, clothed with dense woolly fibres, the upper portion often breaking off irregularly and so exposing the dise. sci cylindrical ; sporidia elliptic, with one, two or sometimes several nuclei ‘0009 by -0004 inch long. This is very closely allied to Pez. arenaria, Osbeck, and P. are- nicola, Lév. It bears also a close resemblance to the genus Hydrocystis, Tul. 767. Peziza (Geopyxis) Cornubiensis, n.s. Media sessilis 464. Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. B: Broome on British Fungi. villo affixa margine tantum libero subapplanata extus subtiliter villosa ; hymenio aurantio ; sporidiis oblongis asperulis. On manured ground, Penzance, Mr. Tracey Millett. Sessile, 3 of an inch broad, depressed, attached to the soil by villous down ; margin free, clothed with delicate obtuse articulate hairs ; ; hymenium orange. Asci ee 1 a arg ae -0009--0007 inch long. | A very fine species. 768. P.glumarum, Desm. no. 1054. On chaff in a falcyta Batheaston, Dec. 1852. The following measurements of the sporidia of Pezize may be useful :— P. humosa, ‘0009-001 inch long by -0004—-0005 ; the Black- heath plant mentioned in the © English Flora.’ P. Polytrichi, ‘0007-0008 inch long by ‘0007 wide. An ana- lysis of this species is given in Pl. XVI. fig. 14*, in consequence of the highly developed paraphyses and the curious processes which they often bear at their side. | P. scutellata, °0008 inch long by -0005 wide. P. hirta, -0009 inch long by ‘0005 wide, from Wareham; ‘0006 inch long by ‘0003 wide, from Bowood. P. leucoloma, *0008 inch long by -0004: ee m the di yee so named in ‘ English Flora.’ _ P. trechispora, ‘0008 inch in diameter. 769. P.: (Tapezia) Piggotii, n.s. Media mycelio Janoso candido, cupulis subhemispheericis vel siamese leviter con- cays, hymenio pallide lateritio. On the plaster ceiling of a cottage, Chelmsford, H. Piggot, Esq. : Mycelium white, downy, but not spreading very widely, running ‘up the base of the hemispherical or cyathiform cups) which are about 2 lines broad ; hymenium pale brick-red ; margin generally acute. Asci cylindrical, paraphyses linear ; spores elliptic, with a single, very distinct nucleus, in the centre of which is a a bright point, ‘0005 inch long by 0003 wide. ' Allied to P. argillacea, Sow. P. domestica is a far smaller species, with spores ‘0006 by ‘0004 inch. 770. P. (Dasyscyphz) Berkeleii, Blox. MSS. Gregaria sessilis, cupulis hemisphericis furfuraceo-floccosis quandoque pruinosis, hymenio concavo fulvo. On dead stems of Umbellifere, Twycross, Rev. A. Bloxam. Very minute, gregarious, often crowded, hemispherical, with the margin at first strongly inflected, clothed with furfuraceous yellowish flocci. In the younger specimens the orifice is distinctly ~ marked with radiating lines. Hymenium concave, tawny. Ascei clavate ; sporidia ‘0003 to ‘0004 inch long, oblong, subfusiform or cymbiform. Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. BE. Broome on British Fungi. 465 Under the lens the coat consists of very short flocci, intermixed with minute hyaline amorphous scales. We cannot point out any very near ally, except possibly P. humilis, Desm. It re- sembles P. apala more closely than any other species with which we are acpi 771. P. (Dasyscyphze) aspidiicola, n.s. Nivea, sieca sub- alutacea, stipite brevissimo; cupula concava subhemispheerica extus furfuraceo-floccosa. On dead stems of Aspidium filix mas. Orton, Leic., Nov. 1851, Rev. A. Bloxam. Very minute, gregarious, white, rather buff when dry. Stem extremely short, gradually passing into the subhemispherical cup, which is clothed externally with minute pellucid scales, mixed with a few obscure hyaline flocci. Asci very short and slender. Sporidia -0002 inch long, oblong, subclavate. Resembling in its investing coat P. Berkelei, but differing in colour, in the distinct stem, more open disc, and in the more minute sporidia. . P. Aspidii, Libert, is a more minute species, of a purer more persistent white, and with a more tomentose coat. 772. P. (Fibrina) siparia, n.s. Cupulis subsessilibus extus furfuraceis ochraceis, hymenio fuscescente ; ; sporidiis lineari- oblongis curvis. On decorticated elm branches, Eluhur st, Oct. 1, 1853. Accompanied by a floccose stratum, which is however possibly not constant. Cup at first subglobose, then cyathiform, scarcely stipitate, but fixed by a broad base with the margin free, externally ochraceous, furfuraceous ; hymenium ochraceous, at length brownish ; sporidia linear-oblong, 00045 inch long, curved, often with a nucleus at either extremity. This has-at first some resemblance to P. firma, but the sporidia of that species are subelliptic, pomted at either end, and ‘0007 inch long, not to mention other distinctive characters. 773. P. (Mollisia) micrometra, n.s._ Minutissima sessilis sub- turbinata villo albo affixa brunneola, ore subcontracto subtiliter striato. 3 On dead stems of Juncus, Twycross, Rev. A. Bloxam. Extremely minute, punctiform, subturbinate, attached by strong villous hairs, smooth above ; orifice somewhat contracted, marked with close parallel lines, horn-brown ; hymenium plane. Asci clavate ; sporidia filiform. A very singular though extremely minute species, to which we can point out no close ally. 774, Patellaria clavispora, n.s. Mollis, junior sparsa sub- globosa, senior expansa subirregularis picea; sporidiis clavee- formibus 4-6-septatis. On twigs of privet, Luckram, Wilts., Nov. 4, 1852. When young nearly globose, in age expanding, pitch- brown, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xiii. 466 Rey. M.J. Berkeley and Myr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. ‘somewhat irregular, soft; substance beneath the hymenium paler. _Asci cylindric ; sporidia elongated, clavate, ‘(001 inch long, 4—6- septate ; paraphyses branched, bearing at their tips one or more dark bodies, sometimes arranged like the joints of a necklace. The fructification of this species is so remarkable that there can be no difficulty in recognizing it, though its external appear- ance does not differ greatly from that of some other species. In an unpublished species, 7. Raveneli, B., there is a similar deve- lopment of the tips of the paraphyses. 775. P. lida, n. ss. Gregaria sepe congesta subhemi- spherica sessilis olivaceo-lutea margine albido, extus subtiliter sericea. Abundant on fallen firs, Gopsal Park, Leicestershire, Dec. 1851. Minute, gregarious, often crowded, olivaceous yellow, greyish when dry, sessile, hemispherical, fixed by a small point, minutely silky externally, margin dirty white. Hymenium plane. Asci subfusiform, bulging in the centre, often geniculate; sporidia oblong or elliptic, perhaps immature. This species has a Lichenoid aspect, but has no crust whatever and is certainly undescribed. It resembles in general appearance Patellaria carpinea, with which it agrees closely in fruit. P. rha- barbarina also is closely allied. *Triblidium caliciiforme, Fr. Summa, p. 369 ; Cenangium cali- ciiforme, Syst. Myc. On oak bark, Shrewsbury, Rev. W. A. Leighton; Essex, H. Piggot, Esq. Asci containing four sporidia, varying greatly in length, but sometimes as much as ‘002 inch. 776. Abrothallus Welwitschit, Mont. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. Ser. 3. vol. xvi. p. 79. On Sticta fuliginosa, Hssex, H. Piggot, Esq. This curious production is considered by Montagne a Discomy- cete near Agyrium, and by Tulasne a Lichen. We are not in a position to decide so knotty a point, but we have great pleasure in recording the discovery of so curious an object by Mr. Piggot- - 777. Spheria (Platystomee) fibritecta, Berk. in Hook. Journ. 1853, p. 43. On bleached larch planks, King’s Cliffe, Dec. 1851. 778. S. (Caulicole) tritorulosa, n. s. Subcuticularis semi- immersa subglobosa ostiolo papillzformi ascis elongatis, sporidiis tritorulosis. | : On dead stems of Kpilobium hirsutum, Twycross, Rev. A. Bloxam. ~ At first covered by the cuticle, then exposed, half immersed ; perithecia subglobose with a papilleeform ostiolum ; asci cylin- drical ; sporidia oblong, -(0006—-0007 inch long, containing three nuclei, and with two constrictions. Puate XVI. fig. 15. Asci and sporidia magnified. Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr, ©. E. Broome on British Fungi. 467 779. S. (Caulicolee) Veetis, n.s. Subcuticularis ostiolo demum nudo ; ascis brevibus eylindricis: sporidiis oblongis 5-septatis, articulo quarto tumido. Mpoe On dead leaves of Iris fetidissima, Isle of Wight, Rev. A. Bloxam. Covered by the cuticle, which is at length pierced by the black ostiolum, sometimes regularly diffused, sometimes forming little pale patches; asci short, curved, cylindrical; sporidia oblong, "0001 inch in length, 5-septate, the fourth joint beg much swollen. Puate XVI. fig. 16. Asci and sporidia magnified. *Nectria ochraceo-pallida, (B. and B.), var. corallina. On elder, Gopsal, Rev, A. Bloxam. On elm, King’s Cliffe. ) Rather smaller than the paler plant and less depressed, but there is so little difference in the fruit that we think it better not to distinguish them. j 780. Nectria Ralfsii, n. s. Ceespitosa;. peritheciis. crassis aurantiacis furfure albido dense inspersis, siccis fortiter, collapsis ; ore obscuro papilleformi; sporidiis elongatis uniseptatis.. . On dead branches, apparently of beech. . Penzance... Also on furze, of a delicate salmon colour. tasks . Cespitose.. Perithecia orange, globose, but. strongly collapsed, when, dry: covered. with whitish furfuraceous scales ;, mouth generally obscure, sometimes minutely papilleform. Asci clavate, sporidia oblong, elongated, uniseptate, with one or two nuclei in each division, varying greatly in size from ‘0006 to ‘001 inch in length, .The hymenium is sometimes exposed, apparently from the circumcision of the upper portion of the perithecium. ,Alhed to NV, cmnabarina, but. presenting many points of di- stinction, especially in its generally elongated sporidia. »f8l.N.,Bloxam,.B. and. B. Sparsa cinnabarina _ peri- theciis fortiter collapsis. subglabris, sporidiis elongatis subfusi-_ formibus quadrinucleatis. ; On dead stems of herbaceous plants, Twycross, Rev. A. Bloxam. Scattered, dark cinnabar red. Perithecia nearly. smooth, strongly collapsed. .Sporidia elongated, subfusiform, quadri- nucleate, ‘00065 inch long. : This species differs from NN. ochraceo-pallida and its coralline variety, not only in its dark cinnabar hue and collapsed perithecia, but in the far more delicate and shorter sporidia,. There is sometimes a single very obscure septum. __ 781*. N. inaurata, n.s. Czespitosa, peritheciis globoso-de- pressis quandoque rubro-tinctis fuscis, flavo-pruinosis,_ ostiolo papilleeformi demum impresso nudo atro-fusco ; ascis sporidiisque biformibus, aliis clavatis sporidiis minimis innumeris curvulis, 30* 468 Rev. M. J: Berkeley and Mr. C. Ey Broome on British Fungt. oe eylindricis ‘sporidiis ‘octonis: ellipticis utrinque appendi- culatis. : On dead twigs of holly.’ Shooter’s Hill, F. Currie, Esq. Near Bath. 3 | A figure of the asci and sporidia of this curious species will be shortly given in the ‘Gardeners’ Chronicle.’ Similar fruit oceurs in Nectria Cucurbitula. 782. Aylographum amplum, n. s. Peritheciis congregatis congestisve subdepressis furcatis ramosisque. On decaying stems of Rubi, Twycross, Rev. A. Bloxam. Distinguished by the perithecia being crowded together in the most perfect. specimens and by their comparatively large size. Those before us are not so perfect as could be wished, but the species is unrecorded, and the genus new to this country. BLOXaMIA, n. g. Peridium deorsum persistens, sursum delicatissimum hyalinum eyanescens demum excipuliforme; sporidia quadrata tubulis arcte congestis enata. Genus curiosissimum anomalum, Dichosporio. proximum, asci enim ni fallimur non typici, “Myxormiam quodammodo in memoriam revocans. os 783. Bloxamia, truncata, n. s. On dead Wych: elm; .Bath- easton, Feb. 1852. | Perithecia, punctiform, often slightly. elongated, depressed, with. vertical. sides, firmer below and_ persistent, extremely delicate, white and evanescent above. Hymenium consisting of ¢losely packed tubes. which produce a row of subquadrate spores, "0001 wide, -000125 long. i et This very curious plant in many respects agrees with Nees yon Esenbeck’s Dichosporium, but Dittmar could.not. have overlooked the tubes in which the spores are generated... We do not, regard these tubes as typical asci, but of the same nature as. those,in Sporoschisma, and, if so, it will on the. one side be connected with Conoplea of Fries, and on the other. with Myrothecium through Myzxormia. The spores closely resemble those, of , Scopinella barbata when the light is indistinct, but under. a very superior microscope no division is apparent. Puate XVI. fig. 17. a. Plant, natural size; 6. magnified; c. mass of tubes; d. two of the tubes separate; e. spores. All but the first more or less magnified. 784. Antennaria semiovata, n.s. Floccis fertilibus erectis brevi- bus ramosis; articulis torulosis leevibus; pycnidiis semiovatis; peri- theciis curvis acuminatis. On the leaves of Filia mas, near Bath, Sept. 1853. Clothing the leaves with dense matted felt. Barren threads Prof, Milne-Edwards’s, Reply to, Prof. Sedgwick, 469 creeping, often united into anirregular membrane; fertile erect, generally slightly branched, but sometimes subdichotomous ; pycnidia semi-ovate ; perithecia curved, acuminate. It is difficult to say what is a species in this genus, which will ultimately coalesce with Capnodium, of which it appears to present one form of fruit. A few curved acuminate perithecia without fruit were seattered amongst the threads. Puatr XVI. fig. 18. ‘a. Threads in various states; 5. pycnidia; c. peri- thecia. All magnified. XLIV.—A Reply to Prof. Sedgwick’s Article published in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 2nd ming No. 76, April 1854, By Prof. Mizne-Eowarps. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, Proressor Sepewick having inserted in the Number. of your Journal that. I have just received (April. 1854), an, extensive article on certain passages in the ‘Monograph of. the British Fossil Corals’ -published two years ago by M. J. Haime and myself, I hope you will allow me to lay my reply before ‘your readers, | ~ Two points are discussed in Prof. Sedgwick’s article: the first is relative to the refusal of the loan of fossil corals belonging to the Cambridge Museum; the second to what we considered as ‘being our scientific property, and had seen presented to the public in Prof. M‘Coy’s last work, without any reference to its P= 08 1. When some of the Members of the Council of the Paleeon- » tographical Society proposed to me the laborious task of de- scribing the Fossil Corals of England, Mr. Bowerbank, Sir H. “de la Beche, Mr. Davidson, and some more of my friends, kindly undertook to obtain for me the loan of the necessary specimens. The efforts of those gentlemen were so successful, that I soon” received in Paris ample materials for most parts of the intended work: the Corals belonging to the Geological Society, the Mu- seum of Bristol, the collections of Mr. Bowerbank, Mr. Stokes, Sir H. De la Beche, Mr. Searles Wood, Mr. Fred. Edwards, Mr. Wetherell, Mr. "Pratt, Mr. D. Sharpe, Mr. Walton, Dr. Wright, Dr. Battersby, Mr. Pengelly, Mr. Fletcher, Mr. J. Gray, Prof, Phillips, and several other geologists, were in. the most liberal manner placed at my disposal for publication, and I eagerly seize this opportunity to renew my thanks’ for the aid so afforded to my researches, In order, to, complete some 470 ~~ Profy Milne-Hdwards’s: Reply tor Prof. Sedgwick. parts of our Monograph, M> Haime and myself were desirous: of obtaining a similar favour from the Cambridge Museum, and consequently an application for the loan of specimens was made, in the first instance by us to Prof. M‘Coy, and subsequently to Prof. Sedgwick by the Honorary Secretary. of the Paleontogra- phical Society, my most esteemed friend Mr. Bowerbank. But. I was informed that Prof. Sedgwick considered the loan of such specimens not compatible with the regtilations of the Cam- bridge Museum. > .M. Haime and I were fully aware that we had no right to throw any censure on that decision ; but as it occasioned some omissions: in our Monograph, we deemed it necessary to state the circumstance that had rendered our work more incomplete than we had at first hoped it would have been; and consequently we didso inthe part»of: our publication where those omissions began:to have some importance. "Phis simple statement appears to have displeased Prof. Sedg- wick; and:in a: letter addressed to me, on the 8th of December last, he denied:the veracity of it ; saying that no application for the loam of the Cambridge fossil corals had ever been» made 3 that had such a request reached him, he would have laid it before the Tristees:and Auditors of the Museum, and should probably have obtained their consent. [immediately answered Prof. Sedg- wick, reminding him of the circumstances above alluded to; and adding, that if I had been misinformed, M: Haime and’ I would, with pleasure, rectify our statement in the next» Fasciculus of our Monograph. But I heard nothing more on the subject; till I received from my bookseller the Number of your “Annals” containing Prof. Sedgwick’s article: ® « That article shows clearly, that when writing tome in Décatnhbw last, Prof. Sedgwick had forgotten the real state of the case’; that an application for the loan of specimens had been:made owniy behalf by Mr. Bowerbank as well as by myself, and had ‘been ree jected by the justly celebrated geologist of Cambridge..’ Professor Sedgwick now supposes that the unfortunate negotiation was relative to certain Oolitic fossils only, and not to the Palzeozore corals as well as the former. This distinction is not, m our opinion, well founded, nor is it concordant with the recollections of Mr. Bowerbank, who had written to Cambridge on the sub- ject ; but even were it so, [ should not consider it now as being of much importance, since the tenour of the article just published by Prof. Sedgwick clearly shows that at all events the result of the application would have been the same; that is to say, negative. It is also necessary to remark here, that the corals, which we were most desirous to obtain, were those from the Oolite and Prot. Mine-nawards’s Reply to Prot. Sedgwick. 471 Mountain Limestone: previously deseribed by Prof. M‘Coy in your ‘Annals’ (1848 and 1849)... We wished to lay before the public, in our ‘ Monograph of the British Fossil Corals,’ figures of those species executed under our direction, and showing the characters which we deemed necessary to point out. Through the kindness of Mr. Davidson and Mr. Walton, we were enabled to do so for the Oolitic corals, and, as stated in the passage criticised by Professor Sedgwick, the omissions ‘occasioned by what we considered as a refusal of the loan of the Mountain Limestone specimens belonging to the Cambridge Museum, have turned out to be less prejudicial than we at first feared, in con- sequence of Prof. M‘Coy having since then published good figures of them. We had no thought of blaming Prof. M‘Coy for so doing, and, as we shall now proceed to show, that: cireumstance had nothing to do with what we complained of in our book. I do not therefore see any reason to induce M. Haime and myself to modify the passage of our Monograph relative to the refusal of the loan of the Cambridge corals, or to apologise for it. § 2. Professor Sedgwick considers as being equally ill-founded, and also injurious to his friend Prof, M‘Coy, an opimion expressed by M. Haime and myself in a note, page 151, of our Monograph. This is‘of more consequence than the discussion about the ex: tent of the refusal above alluded to, and must therefore: be seriously examined here. In that note we said—“ In the beginning of his book (page 17 ) Prof: M‘Coy expresses his regret at not having been acquainted with the latter publication (viz. the first Fasciculus of our Mono- graph of the British Fossil Corals) early enough to be able to - refer to it ; and we feel much gratified in seeing that the results which Prof. M‘Coy appears therefore to have obtained solely from his own observations, are often very similar to those pub- lished by ourselves a year before ; even by a singular coincidence he: often makes use of the same names for the divisions pre- viously established in the first part of this Monograph.” The signification of these words must have been very clear to one one conversant with the contents of the two books alluded ; but im consequence of Prof. Sedgwick’s article I deem it oadhath to be more explicit. Prof. M‘Coy’s work, the title of which is ‘A detailed Systematic Description of the British Paleozoic Fossils,’ does not contain the description of one single new species of coral, nor does the author establish in it any new genera. It consists mostly in the reprint of the articles published some years before by Prof. M‘Coy in the ‘ Annals,’ and duly quoted by us in our ‘ Monograph of the British Fossil Corals? What Prof, M‘Coy added to this re- print in his Systematic work, consists essentially in the plates j 472 Prof. Milne-Hdwards’s Reply, to, Prof. Sedgwick. and in the general classification, of the, Paleozoic. corals; the manner in which the previously established genera are united to form natural divisions of superior value ; the characters assigned to these divisions and.the names. given to them; in short, the whole systematic arrangement. The First. Fasciculus of our ‘ Monograph of the British Fossil Corals’ was principally devoted to the exposition of our general classification of the class of Corals, and did not contain the de- scription of any, Palzeozoic fossils. : It is therefore evident that the above-quoted note, relative to the similarity of the results presented in both publications, could not be applicable to anything else than the systematic part of Prof. M‘Coy’s. work, and what we added about the names given to his divisions is not susceptible of any other interpretation. Consequently we must examine whether the blame so implied in that. note be founded or not. : Our classification was published in England in 1850*, and was, known to. Prof. M‘Coy previously to. the printing of most - part of his. work,.since he mentioned the existence of it, inthe very beginning: of his book (p..17). fs ate , _ Now the classification presented by Prof. M‘Coy bears the greatest resemblance to ours; some parts are new and. belong to that, paleontologist, but most of his. divisions are exactly the same,as.ours, and. even. bear the same names. _; Nowhere, however, does he intimate, even in the most, distant way, that the classification. thus developed in. his book is. essen- tially or.in part ours.. He intermingles the divisions, founded on the results of his own observations with those previously esta- blished by us, and in examining his book, every unbiased. reader would be led to suppose that the various families and subfamilies there described, and even the system of classification altogether, was the scientific property of the author. | Prof..M‘Coyeven goes so far as to say that he has not) profited materially by any new portion of our Monograph not previously. published in, the ‘Comptes Rendus de PAcad. des Sciences ;’ whereas there are some inportant. parts of his classification that we claim, and that had never been mentioned in the ‘Comptes Rendus.’? The di- * T do not clearly understand what Prof. M‘Coy means, in his argumen- tation about the date of this work ; and I must add, that what he says about the date of the publication of our French work (the Monographie des Polypiers Paleozoiques)is not only completely irrelevant to the point in dis- cussion, but also erroneous. It was the First Fasciculus of that work which we mentioned in our note as having appeared. previously to Prof. M‘Coy’s book, and the date assigned to it by that gentleman (the 26th of June 1851) is not that of its publication, but.im reality that of the publication of the Third and last Fasciculus of the same book. This attempt to make our statement appear contrary to truth is therefore unsuccessful. Prof. Milne-Bdwards’s Reply to'Prof. Sedgwick. 478 stinction here alluded to is however’ of no importance, for in no ~ mstance does Prof. M‘Coy mention Hevitig borrowed either from our papers in the ‘ Comptes Rendus,’ or i any other publication, what we claim as being our scientific property in his system of classification. Prof. M‘Coy does not attempt to refute our claims, but in order to account for not having informed ‘his readers to whom the classification presented in his work essentially belongs, he now says that in his opinion there is no need for referring to the authors of zoological groups that are larger or less definite than the small divisions to which the name of a genus is now given. In a descriptive catalogue of species, that might be admitted ; but in a work that professes to be a systematic arrangement, and that contains the characters as well as the designation of the various zoological divisions, I should think it incumbent on the author to mention the principal source from which he~has ‘derived the knowledge of those divisions. The explanation given by Prof. M‘Coy does not therefore change the opinion which I had formed on the subject now under discussion, and does not in the slightest degree invalidate the statement criticised by Prof. Sedewick: § 3. In a letter from Prof. M‘Coy, published by Prof. Sede- wick, the former gentleman says, ‘I may add that MM. Edwards and Haime have figured and described, as new, in their ‘ Mono- graphie,’ several corals previously’ published by myself in the _©Annals of Natural History,’ and that the first idle time I have, I shall write a paper on this and other scientific unfairnesses in their works, with which at present we have nothing to do.” The first part of this paragraph is correct. When the de- ‘seriptive part of the above work was printed *, we had not yet ‘seen the Number of the ‘Annals and Magazine’ published in’ December 1850, and containing the description of some new Paleozoic fossils by Prof. M) ee DO... DOLWEEN. FAMIT “Seoacccunechceh>sssensboacssnndsecatecaue 5s ee Do. opposite fourth molares —......cssecseeeeeeeeeeeeee oP TR, Several of the grinding teeth are much decayed, and illustrate further the impoverished state of the nutritive functions. The dental formula stands thus :— Incisors aos ; molars 4 ; =32. The four posterior grinders had not penetrated the gum. The two outer incisors have divided crowns. 488 Mr. P. H. Gosse on the Growth of Sea-Weeds. LT have but little to say concerning the tongue, which has been most carefully anatomised by Professor Owen. We have injected and dissected this organ, and, as Prof. Owen has shown, no vas- cular reservoirs, or any trace of erectile tissue is to be found, whereby (as Sir Everard Home supposed) the prehensile move- ments of the organ might be regulated; on the contrary, its exalted functions are due to muscular action, the motor nerves supplying it being very large and tortuous when the tongue is ~ not stretched out. Imbedded in the cellular aponeurosis sur-. rounding the styloglossi and lingualis muscles, were found three small semitransparent cysts, containing entozoa, and resembling somewhat those cysticerci which we spoke of when describing the liver. A microscopic examination of their contents throws much doubt upon their identity, but upon these differences we _ shall not now enter. The tongue measures in length 16 inches ; in breadth (3 in. from tip) 24, and at the molar region 3 inches ; the anterior darker portion (or that continually exposed to the air) measures rather more than 7 inches. In conclusion it may be noted, that at the anterior part of the mouth, beneath the tongue and immediately behind the incisors, there are two small membranous folds, at the base of each of which the orifices of two salivary ducts are visible. The palatal ridges and buccal papille are largely developed. The passages. to the tonsils readily admit the tip of the little finger. The rudimentary uvula consists of three small and closely approxi- mated papille. The trachea measures 4 feet in length, and if slightly stretched will. be increased.7 inches. The elastic liga- mentum nuchz, which in the living state extended about 5 feet 6 inches, after its removal measured only 3 feet 7 inches. Ex- amined microscopically Professor Quekett tells us that the fibres of this latter structure exhibit a transversely striated appearance, which is due to the presence of certain (scalariform) openings, which do not extend across the entire diameter of the fibres. Several gentlemen have availed themselves of the opportunity here afforded ; we have searched for these characteristic mark- ings according to.indications given by Prof. Quekett, but it does not appear that any of us have succeeded in detecting the open- ings in question. XLVIL.—On the Growth of Sea-Weeds. By P. H. Gossz, A.L.S. Tue Rhodosperms, or Red Sea-weeds, must be the test of sue- cess in any attempts to cultivate the marine A/ga, and this for several reasons ; such as their superior beauty ; the great. number Mr. P. H. Gosse' on the Growth of Sea- Weeds. 489 of their species; their delicacy of habit ; and their organic rank in the class. The Chlorosperms, or Green Sea-weeds, have been mastered; and the central tanks im the Zoological Society’s Aquarium afford interesting and easily accessible examples of the successful treatment of these. Here the visitor sees a pro- fuse growth of Ulva, Enieromorpha, and Conferva, covermg the slate ends of the tanks with their abundant vegetation, all of which has grown since last summer ; and an object of exquisite beauty is presented. by a large stone completely concealed by a crop of the lovely Bryopsis plumosa, which has overspread its sur- face with luxuriant fronds growing so densely as to remind us of a bank of moss, though greatly excelling it in elegance, and affording shelter to myriads of tmy Entomostraca, that play in its foliage like clouds of moving dust. Hitherto, however, the Rhodosperms have resisted domestic culture, refusing, like the eagle *, to propagate in captivity. It was therefore with great satisfaction that I thought I per- ceived indications of new growth in some Red Algze which I am keeping in a small tank at my residence at Islington. Some of these were received from the coast at the end of February last, and others had survived the winter in confinement, having been brought up from Weymouth on the Ist of December 1853. The first suspicion which I had that any of these were sprout- ing, was produced by my observing, early in April, minute points projecting from various parts of the frond of a Gracilaria con- fervoides. They were of a paler red than the rest of the frond, and from their appearance I conjectured that they might be new shoots sprouting forth. I observed the same appearance on other fronds of the same species, of which several tufty plants were in thé tank; but it was not until the 14th of April that I instituted a careful examination of these and other Rhodosperms. On that day I selected fronds of different species, noting with precision the size, form, and number of their projecting tubercles, and making accurate sketches of them, both of the natural size, and as they appeared under a lens. Thus I obtained fixed data from which to determine the question of their growth. The flattened wire-like fronds of Gracilaria, which I selected, had a considerable number of these tiny points, none of which exceeded half a line in length; they generally projected in pairs from opposite sides of the frond, but showed a tendency to cluster about the terminations of the fronds, which had been broken off and were therefore truncate. On the 21st the points had increased to twice, and in some instances to thrice their former length; they had acquired a fusiform figure, and were indubitably growing shoots. * «The prison’d eagle will not pair.””—Byron. = 490 Mr. P. H. Gosse onthe Growth of Sea-Weeds. On the 14th the lens had detected, springing parasitically from a frond of Gracilaria, a very minute ‘filament of a Ceramium, just discernible. Its tip was simply pointed; but on the 17th this had divided into two incurvated hooks, which on the 21st had increased so as to be visible with the naked eye. A plant of Chondrus crispus, the firm fleshy variety, showed the extremities of its old fronds plump, somewhat swollen, and of a tender cherry-red hue; while from the base new minute fronds were springing. The latter on the 21st had doubled their length. This plant has been in my possession all the winter. So also has a fine specimen of Rhodymenia jubata, dredged in Weymouth Harbour last November. It consists of numerous ribbon-like fronds, much fringed at the margins. Their original red hue had become much discoloured in the course of the winter, partly by decay, partly by the growth of minute fungoid Alge, and partly by the deposition of the spores from Ulve, &c., which adhered, like a green dust, tothem. The fronds had curled upon themselves a good deal, and I was often on the point of throwing away the plant, as a worthless incumbrance. I was much pleased therefore to see signs of vigour here, and those more unequivocal than in any other species I had examined. On the surface of the fronds and along their edges new ciliary filaments were sprouting, but most numerously at the tips of the branchlets, and of the fronds themselves. From some of these extremities, which were attenuated to a slender point, the “cilia” were shooting in close-set array, half a dozen or more springing from the same point, radiating and crossing each other in all direc- tions, a perfect maze of tiny spines. At first the individual cilia in these groups were less than a line in length ; but they speedily _ increased both in length and numbers, and were found studding the ends and branchlets of all the fronds, imparting to shoes a singular appearance. On the 28th (after the lapse of another week) there was no longer any possibility of doubt as to the plants being in a grow- ing condition. The budding points on the Gracilaria had greatly increased in length, and some of them were already bifurcating ; several of the shoots were now one-sixth of an inch in length, or at least four times as large as they had been when first measured a fortnight before. The furcate points of the Ceramium, the basal shoots of the Chondrus, and the cilia of the Rhodymenia, had all likewise mani- fested similar increase. On the same day (the 28th of April) I marked some minute scales of the Corallina officinalis, in its incrusting stage ; which from the freshness and plumpness of their edges, especially of the more prominent papille, seemed to be in a growing state. Zoological Society. 491 I made a careful sketch of the outline of one, to serve as a stand- ard of comparison. For a fortnight I could detect no certain imerease, but beg then absent from home for a week, I found on my return a decided growth, the scale having pushed out an irregular sinuous projection. At the time of my closing this note for the press, the state of things is as follows. The shoots of the Gracilaria have attained a length of one-third to one-half of an inch : those of the Rhody- menia jubata are from one-half to two-thirds of an inch in length ; they are very numerous, especially about the roots of the plant, where they form a dense thicket of a rich crimson colour. The shoots of the Chondrus are steadily mcreasing, but more slowly. The tiny Ceramium has come to an untimely end, having been eaten off, probably by some vagrant Rissoa. The Corallina I have just described. Besides these, patches of the fine dense fila- ments of a Callithamnion (perhaps Rothit) are appearing. on some of the shells ; and the tips of a specimen of PAyllophora rubens have the brightness of new growth ; but as I have not subjected these to strict comparisons, [ will not insist on them.) The facts above recorded are sufficient to show that there is nothing in the nature of the Rhodosperms to prevent their being cultivated in confinement, with a facility far superior to that which attends the culture of multitudes of terrestrial plants that reward the skill and perseverance of the horticulturist. ‘P. H. Gosse. May 19th, 1854. : PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. May 25, 1852.—J. Gould, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. DESCRIPTIONS OF EIGHTEEN NEW SPECIES OF Lanp SHELLs, FROM THE COLLECTION oF H. Cumine, Esa. By Dr. L. Preirrer. 1. Hewix avus, Pfr. H. testd umbilicatd, depressd, solidd, ob- liquée striatuld, nitiduld, pallide fulvd; spird convexd, brevi ; suturad levi; anfractibus 4. vix convexiusculis, sensim accres- centibus, ultimo carinato, utrinque convexiore, fascia fusca ad suturam, pallidaque ad carinam ornato, basi pallido, circa um- bilicum mediocrem, pervium subcompresso ; aperturd vix obliqud, subtriangulari-lunari; peristomate crasso, albo, expanso et re- fiexo, marginibus remotis, callo crasso junctis. Diam. maj. 37, min. 31, alt. 18 mill. Had. in insulis Philippinis. 2. Henix Emipiana, Pfr. H. testd perforatd, conoideo-lenti- 492 Zoological Society. eulari, soliduld, superne confertim costulatd, lineis impressis spiralibus subregulariter granulatd, opacd, lutescenti-fused ; spird conoided, vertice elevato, obtusiusculo ; anfractibus 6 con- vexiusculis, lente accrescentibus, ultimo non descendente, com- presse carinato, basi convexo, radiatim striatulo, nitidulo ; aperturd obliqud, angulato-lunari ; peristomate simplice, recto, margine columellari ad perforationem reflexiusculo. Diam. maj. 16, min. 15, alt. 8 mill. Had. in insula Ceylon. 3. Hewrx Repriewio1, Pfr. H. testéd umbilicatd, conotdeo-glo- bosd, tenui, irregulariter striatd et obsoletissimé decussaté, diaphand, nitidd, fulwo-corned ; spird conoided, obtusiuld; an- fractibus 5} convexis, regulariter accrescentibus, ultimo in- flato, ‘non descendente ; aperturd parum obliqué, lunato-rotun- datd, altiore quam latd, intus margaritaced ; peristomate sim- plice, recto,.acuto, marginibus remotis, columellari subverticali, sursum dilatato, umbilicum angustum semitegente. Diam. maj. 17, min. 15, alt. 14 mill. Hab. Shang Hai, Chine (Mr. Fortune). 4. Heuix nun, Pfr. H. testd vie perforatd, conoideo-depressd, tenui, radiatim striatuld, pellucidd, pallide fulvo-corned ; spird conoided, acutiusculd ; suturd impressd, albo-submarginatd ; an- fractibus 6 convexiusculis, ultimo majore, inflato, non descen- dente ; aperturd fere diagonali, rotundato lunari, latiore quam altd ; peristomate simplice, recto, marginibus subconniventibus, dextro arcuatim antrorsum dilatato, columellari subrecedente, arcuato, superné dilatato, reflexo. Diam. maj. 11, min. 92, alt. 7 mill. Hab. in Himalayah (Mr. Fortune). 5. Heurx Minerva, Pfr. Ff. testd umbilicatd, sublenticulari, solidd, subtiliter et confertim siriatd, carinatd, nitiduld, luted, fasctis 2 nigro-castaneis supra et infra carinam ornatd ; spird brevi, convexd, obtusd; suturdé lineari; anfractibus 4 sensim accrescentibus, vix convexiusculis, ultimo non descendente, bast, presertim antice, convexo, circa umbilicum angustum, conicum, subcompresso ; aperturd diagonali, rotundato-lunari, intus sub- margaritaced; peristomate simplice, recto, marginibus remotis, supero antrorsum subarcuato, columellari subverticalt, sursum dilatato, patente. Diam. maj. 25, min. 225, alt. 12 mill. Hab. in insula Celebes? 6. Henrx Rewsernt, Pfr. H., testd imperforatd, globosd, solidd, minutissimée striatuld, sub epidermide non nitente, virenti-luted albd, plerumque fasciis saturate castaneis pluribus latis cinctd ; spird conoideo-semiglobosd, obtusuld; anfractibus 43 modice convexis, rapide crescentibus, ultimo rotundato, Os breviter descendente, circa columellam vix declivem, latam, albam, sub- excavatam nigricante ; aperturd diagonali, lunato-rotundatd, - Zoological Society. | 493 intus albidd ; peristomate albo, expanso-reflexiusculo, intus sub- incrassato. Diam. maj. 27, min. 23, alt. 20 mill. Hab. in insulis Philippinis. 7. Hewuix Eva, Pfr. H. testd imperfor atd, trochiformi, solidd, subtiliter et confertim striatd, viv nitiduld, carned, sursum fascia fusco-violaced ornatd vel omnino fusculd ; spird conicd, acutiusculd ; suturd impressd; anfractibus 5 vix convexis, ul- timo non descendente, acuté carinato, basi convexiusculo, medio impresso; aperturd perobliqud, lunato-rhombed; peristomate Susco-limbato, marginibus subparallelis, supero expansiusculo, basali arcuato, medio angulum obsoletum formante, incrassato, breviter reflexo. Diam. maj. 14, min. 12, alt. 9 mill. Hab. in insulis Novis Hebridibus, 8. Heurx 1sopon, Pfr. HA. testd ssaitiie sonst conoideo- lenticular, solidd, undique minute granulatd, castaneo-fuscd ; spird late conoided, obtusuld; anfractibus 5 viv convexius- culis, lenté accrescentibus, ultimo earinato, antice perdeflexo, strangulato et scrobiculato, basi convexo; aperturd feré hori- zontali, auriformi; peristomate fusculo, subincrassato, reflexo, marginibus callo alte elevato flexuoso, medio laminam lingue-- Sormem emittente junctis, dextro valde curvato, bidentato, ba- sali declivi, unidentato, dentibus subequalibus, validis. Diam. maj. 19, min. 173, alt. 102 mill. Hab. in Columbia occidentali. 9. Butimus Janus, Pfr. B. testd imperforatd, dextrorsd vel sinistrorsd, subfusiformi-oblongd, solidd, vix nitiduld, luted- fasciis 3 extus opace viridibus, intus nitide atro-castaneis, peri- stoma non attingentibus, basali latissimd, varicibusque casta- neis sparsis ornatd; spird conicd, acutiusculd; anfractibus 6 ~7 convewiusculis, ultimo 2 longitudinis subequante, basi atte- nuato ; columella vertical, strictd; aperturd obliqud, semi- ovali, basi subangulatd; peristomate subincrassato, breviter refleco, albo, marginibus callo nigro-castaneo junctis. Long. 47, diam. 20 mill. Hab. in Novis Hebridibus. 10. Butimus FuieInevs, Pfr. B. testd imperforatd, oblonga, solidi, longitudinaliter striatd et concentricé irregulariter sub- sulcatd, fuligined ; spird convexo-conicd, obtusuld ; suturd pro- Sunda, pallidé ; anfractibus 5 modicé convexis, rapide acerescen- tibus, ultimo 2 longitudinis equante, basi attenuato ; columelld carned, subtortd, basi subtruncatd; aperturd vix obliqua, elongato-auriformi, intus lividd; peristomate undique expan- siusculo, margine dextro medio impresso, intus subdentato. Long. 38, diam. 16 mill. Hab. in Novis Hebridibus. 11. Butimus Buanoi, Pfr. B. testd pervie et anguste umbili- catd, turritd, tenuiusculd, oblique confertim filoso-striatd, opacd, 494. . _ Loological Society. calcared; spird elongata, infra apicem latum, obtusum attenuata ; suturd vie impressdé ; anfractibus 17 planis, ultimo subangulato, 1 longitudinis subequante ; aperturd vivobliqud, subtetragond ; - peristomate simplice, recto, margine columellari superné re- flewiusculo. Long. 22, diam. 7 mill. Hab. Baranguilla in Andibus Columbianis (Bland). 12. Parruuta GuuTinosa, Pfr. P. testd subumbilicatd, sub- pyramidatd, solidd, levigatd (sub lente viw decussatuld), epi- dermide fulvd, nitidd, quasi glutinosd obductd ; spird elevato- » conicd, apice acutd ; suturd levi; anfractibus 5, superis planis, ultimo spiram subequante, convexiore, basi quasi saccato ; colu- melld leviter arcuatd, superne vix plicatd; aperturd fere verti- cali, oblongd, oblique protractd ; peristomate lato, intus calloso, violaceo-fusco limbato, marginibus subparallelis. Long. 19, diam. 10 mill. ; Hab. ? 13. PARTULA DENTIFERA, Pfr. P. testé@ subumbilicatd, ovato- conicd, solidd, sublevigatd, parum nitidd, pallide stramined ; spird conied, apice acutiusculd ; suturd marginatd ; anfractibus 53, summis planis, penultimo convexiore, ultimo spird vix bre- wiore, convexo, antic? medio impresso; columella subverticali, vix plicatd; aperturd via obliqud, angustd, obverse auriformi ; peristomate valde incrassato, albo, patente, marginibus sub- parallelis, dextro superné valde curvato, medio tuberculum acutum, dentiforme gerente. Long. 214, diam. 10 mill. Hab. 2 . 14. Acnatina tostoMA, Pfr. 4. testd fusiformi-ovatd, tenui, undique equaliter granulatd, parum nitidd, fulvd, strigis.ob- scuris, latis, subangulatis, castaneis ornatd ; spird conicd, su- perne attenuata, pallidd, apice obtusd; suturd subcrenatd ; anfractibus 7% vix convexiusculis, ultimo spiram pauld superante, basi subattenuato ; columelld leviter tortd, bast oblique et bre- viter truncatd; aperturd verticali, angusté semiovali, intus pallide lilacind, nitidd ; peristomate simplice, margine dextro regulariter arcuato.: Long. 128, diam. 56 mill. Hab. Fernando Po (Fraser). 15. ACHATINA GLUTINOSA, Pfr. A. testd ovato-conicd, tenuius- culd, longitudinaliter striatd, subunicolore fulvd ; spird conicd, sursum attenuatd, apice obtusiusculd ; anfractibus 71, mediis lineis spiralibus subdecussatis, ad suturam submarginatam pro- funde striatis, ultimo spiram pauld superante, sublevigato, glutinoso-nitente ; columella plicato-tortd, basi abrupte trun- caté ; aperturd obliqud, feré ovali, intus lilaced, margaritaced ; peristomate simplice, fusco-limbato, margine basali arcuato. Long. 98, diam. 45 mill. 4 Hab. in Africé occidentali (Fraser). . Zoological Society. 495 16. Acnatrna Desnayvest, Pfr. \.4. testd turrito-ovatd, tenuius- culd, sublevigatd, nitidd, corneo-fused ; spird elongata, convexd, apice obtusuld ; suturd simplice, subprofundd ; anfractibus 7 convexis, ultimo 2 longitudinis subequante, basi rotundato ; -columelld subtortd, late et oblique truncata; aperturd via obliqud, rhombeo-semiovali ; peristomate simplice, obtuso, mar- gine dextro subrepando. Long. 11, diam. 5 mill. Hab. in insula Ceylon. 17. AcHATINA CEREA, Pfr. A. testd oblongo-turritd, tenui, sub- tiliter et regulariter striatd, nitidd, pellucidd, pallide cered ; spird rectilineari, apice obtusd ; suturd mediocri, minute crenu- latd ; anfractibus 8 vix convexis, ultimo + longitudinis vix su- perante, infra medium subangulato ; columella curvatd, abrupte truncatd; aperturd obliqud, oblongd; peristomate simplice, ’ recto, margine dextro leviter arcuato. Long. 14, diam. 42 mill. Hab. Fernando Po (Fraser). 18. Hexicina sustavieata, Pfr. A. testd conoideo-depressd, soliduld, sublevigatd, nitiduld, unicolore rubella. vel albidd, subtus violaceo conatd; spird breviter conoided, vertice obtusulo; anfractibus 5 viz convexiusculis, ultimo latiore, peripherid ob- soleté angulato; aperturd diagonali, subsemiovali ; columella brevi, simplice, callum crassiusculum, circumscriptum retrorsum emittente; peristomate simplice, breviter expanso, margine basali fere rectilineart, ad columellam subdentato. Operculum tenue, corneum. Diam. maj. 8, min. 63 alt. 5 mill. Hab. in Novis Hebridibus. Notres ON THE DIDUNCULUS, A SPECIES OF PIGEON SUPPOSED TO BE PECULIAR TO THE NAviGATor’s IsLanps. By Lixrvurt. THE Hon. F. Watrotr, R.N. Communicarep sy J. H. Gurney, Esa., F.Z.S. May 25. Lieut. Walpole always saw this bird (when in its natural state) either perching on trees or flying about them,—feeding by day and roosting by night among the branches. He never saw them on the ground, though he has seen places where they appeared to have been scratching, either for roots or for other food. The crops of the spe- cimens which he examined were, however, generally filled with green berries, which grew in clusters on a species of ash. The number of specimens so examined was considerable, as the birds formed Lieut. Walpole’s principal food while on these islands. He found the flesh most excellent, though in colour darker even that of the English wood-pigeon. The flight of the Didunculus is mostly limited to a transit from wood to wood, as they rarely attempt to pass from one island to another,—the distance between the islands varying from ten to eighty nautical miles. ® 496 Zoological Society. Though their flight appears, to be inferior to that of most pigeons, it is of the same swooping and. continuous character. : They retire late to roost, but are not nocturnal. They are generally seen either in pairs or in small flocks. The largest flock seen by Lieut, Walpole consisted of nine. - In the breeding season they pair and retire to the interior of the islands, where they nest amongst. the rocks. Lieut. Walpole does not know the colour or number of the eggs, but states that the young are naked and helpless. | The male bird is superior-to the female in size, colour, and carriage, but, does not attain his full plumage until the second year. The natives of the Samoon Islands are fond of keeping the Didun- cult tame as pets, either taking them from the nest, or, when older, with bird-lime. _ They attach the bird by a long string fastened round one leg to a stick about two feet in length, with a fork at the end, which is stuck generally in the wall inside the hut, but sometimes in the ground outside, « | : _ The natives, when they walk, often carry with them these sticks with the birds attached, and train the birds to leave the stick occa- sionally and hover above it till it is again presented for the bird to perch on,—the line by which it is attached being long enough to ad- mit of this operation. | July 27, 1852,—G. R. Waterhouse, Esq., in the Chair, Note on THE INDIAN WEAVER-BIRD (PLoceuS PHILIPPENSIS). By Lizut. Bureess. The dimensions of the male are as follows :—Length 63 inches ; from the carpal joint to the end of the longest quill-feather, 2$ inches. Trides dark brown; beak bluish black ;, base of the lower, mandible ; dull yellow on the underside; legs, feet and claws pale flesh-coloured brown. : a ego Length 61 inches; from the carpal joint to the end of the longest quill-feather, 26 inches. Beak yellowish horn colour; base of both mandibles, especially that of the lower, dull brownish orange ; legs, feet and claws as in the male. : These pretty little birds are sociable in their habits, building’ seve- ral nests on the same tree. The nests are of beautiful construction, shaped like a ball, with a long pendent tube. They are generally formed of a species of strong wiry grass, but in places where the date-palm grows, they are made with fine fibres, split by these little architects out of the small spiked side-leaflets of the branches. Both male and female work, though the male appears to prefer looking on and squabbling with his neighbours to building. When a blade of grass or fibre has been brought to the nest, considerable time is re- quired to work it intu the growing fabric, the builder weaving both on the outside and inside. The entrance tube is a most beautiful piece of workmanship, and in many nests is nearly a foot long. When these birds commence building, they almost invariably fix upon a Zoological Society. 497 thorny tree, or one growing over a stream or old well. In places where date trees are growing on the banks of a stream they appear to prefer them, but I do not recollect having seen nests away from water. Having selected their situation, they begin by weaving a stem of grass or fibre of date leaf, attaching to it a ring of the same » materials ; on one side of this ring is worked the body of the nest, on the other the entrance tube. A very slender drooping bough is gene- rally seleeted ; the upper portion of the ball of the nest, as it is being worked, is strengthenéd with lumps of mud. In one or two instances I have seen an upper room over the nest, between it and the bough. This appears to be the abode of the male. On one occasion, when watching a colony of these birds build- ing, I observed a nest with an upper story, in which the male was lazily sitting whilst the female was working at the room below; and the natives who assisted me in getting some of the nests assured me that the upper is the male’s abode. The upper room is made by widening the stem of the nest, and adding a penthouse to it. When . the nest is finished, which takes place about the middle of August (the heighth of the monsoon), the eggs, six or eight in number and of a pure white, are laid. During the breeding season the male em- ploys himself alternately in helping his mate and fighting with all others of his kind that approach his nest. His song, often repeated, is simple and very sweet. It is a very curious fact, that out of some fifty nests not more than one or two have the upper room attached. If this penthouse is put up to keep off the monsoon rains, why should so few males have them ? , The claws of these birds are remarkably long, enabling them to hang securely to their nests when building them. Their food con- sists of seeds. In the month of April I shot two or three in the hedge round a stackyard. They were males, in the same plumage as the adult female. The adult male loses, I believe, his bright golden plumage after the breeding season. Descriprions or New SHELLS, FROM THE CUMINGIAN Cotuection. By Artruur Apams, F.L.S, etc. 1. Myocuama Srutcusuryt, A. Adams. M. testa inequivalvi, subaequilaterali, rosea; valva dextra affixa, sinistra convex- iuscula, apice acuto, antice recurvo, longitudinaliter costata, transverse oblique plicata; costis squamulato-nodosis ; latere antico rotundato, postico oblique truncato. Hab. Australia. | This species, named in honour of the founder of the genus, differs from the type M. anomioides in being longitudinally ribbed radiately from the apex, and in the apex of the umbones being sharp, pro- duced, and flattened. 2. MyocuamMa Keprenurana, A. Adams. M. testa inequi- valvi, equilaterali, carnea; valva dextra affiva, sinistra con- vera, apice producto, acuto, inflewo, longitudinaliter radiatim Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. xii. 32 498 Zoological Society. ,costata ; costis nonnullis. dichotomis; squamulis rotundatis, areuatis,, confer tis, sraraih dateve postice: oblique truncato; .}) antico rotundato. «6 »: ils ; Hab. Bass’s Straits, deep water. This species, found by the Hon, Captain Keppell, differs from the type in the ribs radiating regularly from the apex and not. being nodosely wrinkled, but furnished with regular rounded areuated scaly tubercles. ‘3. CRASSATELLA OBESA, A. Adams. C. testa equivalvi, inequi- «> laterali, crassa; gibbosa, epidermide rufo-fusca sericea obtecta, ‘transverse valde plicata, plicis prominentibus, ad marginem \ wentralem evanidis; lunula impressa lanceolata ; latere postico subproducto, angulato, margine truncato; latere antico gibboso, margine rotundato: ‘:dIabs New Zealand, deep water (Mr. Strange). This species Giieisendbant resembles C. lapidea, Reeve, but it is not rayed, nor beaked so strongly posteriorly, and the valves. are much more gibbous. and very strongly transversely plicate. a -oGRASSATELDA Cuminen, A. Adams. C. testa equivalvi, _osinaeguilaterai subtrigonali, epidermide fusca radiatim striata \obtecta, transverse concentrice valde plicata, plicis crassis, ele- yp watis, admarginem ventralem evanidis; latere antico: rotundato, postico subrostrato; margine oblique truneato. ° Hab. Moreton Bay, East: Australia, deep-water (Mr. Strange). This,large species is near C. pulchra, Reeve, but: differs im ‘being more gibbose, less: beaked ‘posteriorly, in the sage yeing ee and in wanting the coloured rays: ~ 5. AsperciiLum Strancet, A. Adams. A. testa ‘aquivalvi, ae equilaterali, alba, transversim sulcosa, umbonibus prominulis ; tubo inferne clauso, disco terminali basi adherente, ‘ad latera expanstusculo, margine tubulis minimis ornato, postice subca- -\rinato, producto, tubulis curtis instructo; superne elongato, tortuoso, carinis obtusis quatuor longitudinalibus, sie mar- gine simplice recto. Hab. Seas of Australia (Mr. Strange). Two specimens of this curious form. were collected, one ‘ittostiod to a stone; and the other to the valve of a Mytilus. 'They were found at Sydney, in shoal water. The fact of the tube being nothing'more than the valves greatly expanded and modified, is well shown in one of the specimens. 6. Trigonta Srraneer, A. Adams. 7’. testa equivalvi, ine- quilaterali, subtrigona, fusca, longitudinaliter valde costata ; costis.antice confertis, postice magis distantibus, syuamis nodi- Sormibus, transversis, imbricatis, confertis, ornatis; interstitiis transverse crebre striatis ; latere antico rotundato, postico oblique subtruncato. Hab; Sydney, deep water (Mr. Strange). This spesies is larger than 7. margaritacea, and somewhat re- Royal Societys. 499 sembles in the style of sculpture 7’. uniophora, Gray. The form of the scales on the ribs\ at once distinguishes it, however; the shape of the shell, especially the outline of the hind slope, is also very dif- ferent. “7. Curron 1nscutptus, A. Adams. C. testa oblonga, valde elevata, valvis terminalibus ceterarumque areis lateralibus ra- diatim costatis, costis granatis, granis transversis, subcon- Sertis, ad marginem obsoletis ; umbonibus carinatis ; valva ter- minali antice umbonata ; areis centralibus longitudinaliter valde liratis ; liris obsolete rugoso-granulatis... Coccineus, areis cen- tralibus lineis nigro-fuscis duabus ornatis ; ligamento luteo- fusco fuscoque articulato squamulato, squamulis levis, nitidis, convexis. Hab. New Zealand, on dead shells, deep water (Mr. Strange). A beautifully sculptured species, of a red colour, with two dark parallel lines down the centre of the valves. 8. CHurron MURICATUS, A. Adams. C. testa oblonga, in medio valde elevata, nigro-fusco alboque variegata, valvis terminalibus ceterarumque areis lateralibus radiatim costatis'; costis granis elevatis acutis ornatis; valva terminalt in: medio wmbonata : areis centralibus longitudinaliter valde liratis, wmbonibus levi- bus, elevatis, subproductis ; ligamento squamulato; squamulis mucronatis, imbricatis, apicibus suberectis. } Hab. Sydney, under stones, low water (Mr. Strange). . This species is remarkable for the somewhat triangular imbricate seales of the ligament ending in sharp pointed mucrones; the liga- ment is tessellated with-pale fuscous and dark brown; the ribs on the lateral areas are four, muricated with sharp granules. 9. Curron veRsicoLor, A. Adams. C. festa oblongo-ovali, ele- vatiuscula, rufo, albo, fuscoque varie picta; valvis obtusis, in medio longitudinaliter sulcosis, umbonibus acutis subrostratis, apicibus deflexis; valva terminali in medio umbonata ; liga- mento tenuiter renee rufo-fusco, maculis albis quin- que ornato. Hab. Sydney, under stones, low water (Mr. Strange). A-prettily variegated species, with the scales on the ligament mi- nute, imbedded and not imbricate, and the entire upper surface of the valves delicately shagreened. ROYAL SOCIETY. March 2, 1854.—Professor Graham, V.P., in the Chair. 1. “On the Growth of Land Shells.” By E. J.:Lowe, Esq., F.G.S., F.R.A.S. &c. Perhaps the following observations on the growth of land shells may contain sufficient information to prove interesting to the Royal Society. Before describing them, however, a few introductory re- marks: will be necessary. Every individual experimented upon has 32* 300 | : yp oyal, Society... been kept in confinement since the day jit was hatched... Each species has been placed in a separate box (filled with soil to the depth of three inches), and care has been taken to feed the Mollusca every other day, the food chiefly consisting of the leaves of the lettuce and cabbage. In very dry weather the soil has been moistened with rain-water about once a week; in the box containing Helix pomatia small lumps of chalk haye been mixed with the soil. The species experimented. upon were :— Helix aspersa Zonites cellarius — caperata . | — lucidus — hispida | — nitidulus —- nemoralis _ _ — radiatulus -— pomatia . _ Bulimus obscurus . “- rotundata Clausilia nigricans = virgata. : Pupa umbilicata »i\Phe‘faets arrived-at are,— ‘olst.°The'shells of Helicide increase but little for a considerable period, never ae at maturity before the animal bas once become dormant: 2nd. Shells do not grow whilst the animal itself remains’ dor- rane * Srdi' Phe rowel of shells ‘is very rapid when it does take sted Ath Most species bury themselves in the abet to increase the eh a NES of their shells. First Experiment with Helix see A specimen of this species having deposited thintee eggs which were hatched during the first week of August, 1852, six of the young ones were deposited in a box (having a lace cover) placed in the shade. The young Helices were regularly fed every other day until the beginning of December, when they buried themselves in the soil for winter; up to this period they had gradually increased in dimensions to the size of Helix hispida. From December until April the soil was kept dry, the box being placed in the cellar. On the Ist of April they were replaced in the garden, the soil having previously been copiously watered. On the 3rd of April the young ones appeared on the surface, being no larger in size than they were in December, and although regularly fed up to the 20th of June they scarcely increased, not being perceptibly larger in size than they were in December. However, on the 20th of June five of them disappeared, having buried themselves (with the mouth of the shell downwards) in the soil; on the 30th of June they reappeared, having i in ten days grown so rapidly as at this time to become equal in size to Helix pisana. They again buried themselves on the 15th of July and reappeared on the Ist of August, having again in- creased in size., From this date they did not apparently become any larger, and on the 2nd of November food was. withheld for. the winter, and at the present time (February 14th) they are in a dor- ~ Botanical Society of Edinburgh. BOY mant state. Probably they will arrive at maturity by July or August next. The sixth specimen did not bury, itself until the 15th of August. es eA GLa Second Experiment. with Helix aspersa. A pair of Helix aspersa having been procured in the act of copu- lation on the 19th of May 1852, they were placed in confinement. Kach individual deposited about 70 eggs, which began to hatch on the 20th of June: these young ones grew but little during the summer. ‘They buried themselves in the soil on the 10th of October, coming again to the surface on the 5th of April, not having grown during the winter. In May they buried themselves (with their heads downwards as with Helix pomatia,—in winter they and other species buried themselves with the head upwards), appearing again in a week double the size ; this process was carried on at about fortnightly intervals until July the 18th, when they were almost fully grown. It is worthy of remark that this species,.as well, as dlelia, pomatia and Helix nemoralis, and probably. other. of the Helicz, form an_oper- culum at the aperture, after which they retire considerably within the shell, and form a second (much thinner), behind which:they rest during the winter... oh b alled@ .baS. . It would be swelling this paper too much to describe all the obser- vations in full; it will perhaps. therefore be considered. sufficient: to remark that the process of growth. within, the ground; takes place with Helix nemoralis, Helix virgata, Helix caperata, and \Heliz hispida, Helix rotundata burrows into decayed wood to increase the size of its shell. Zonites radiutulus appears to remain,om decaying blades of grass; whilst Pupa umbilicata, Clausilia nigricans and Bulimus obscurus: bury their heads only to increase their shells. With respect to) Zonites cellarius,:Zonites lucidus, and Zonites nitidulis, it was not :satisfactorily ascertained whether their heads were buried du: ring the process of growth. Observatory; Beeston, E. J. Lowe. 594854, February 14th. _. BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH. April 13, 1854.—Professor Balfour, President, in the Chair, Professor Balfour stated that Mr. Croall of Montrose, in an account of a trip to Clova, published in Hooker’s Kew Miscellany, had re- marked—‘“ Polypodium alpestre at the head of the glen grows side by side with Lastrea dilatata, but I nowhere observed Athyrium filie-feemina associated with, or at the same elevation as, Polypodium alpestre.” This statement was not in accordance with what was observed by Dr. Balfour and his party during their trip to Clova at the beginning of August last. ‘They found Athyrium filix-foemina and Polypodium alpestre growing together both in Glen Fiadh and in Glen Dole. In many instances, it was necessary to look at the — B02 Botanical Society of Edinburgh. fructification in order to avoid picking the one for the other. At the head of Glen Dole, and above the path called Jock’s Road, both ferns grew luxuriantly. Polypodium alpestre descends much lower than has been supposed. It was found at little more than 50 feet above the Dole, on the bank below the Astragalus alpinus cliff. Mr. G. Lawson remarked that a statement similar to that of Mr. Croall had been made to him last summer, and he was thus led to. pay particular attention to the point when he visited Clova as one of Professor Balfour’s party. The statement is not correct, the Athy- rium being a frequent associate of Polypodium alpestre. This cir- cumstance, together with the variability of both plants (whose re- spective varieties are in some cases very similar to each other), ren- dered it often difficult to distinguish the one from the other, without mspecting the sori. = Mr. G. Lawson exhibited under the microscope preparations of the colouring-matters of the flower of Strelitzia Regine, and draw- ings of the same. This plant is interesting as presenting examples ‘of both the xanthic and cyanic series in the same flower, but still more remarkable in the microscopical peculiarities of its colouring- matters, which are referred to by Mohl in the “ Vegetable Cell” (p. 44). Mr. Lawson stated that in the blue (or purplish-blue) part of the flower, the colouring-matter entirely consists of spherical gra- nules of an intense blue or bluish-purple colour, with occasionally cells containing similar shaped granules of bright crimson. All the granules of any one cell appear to be constantly of the same colour. In the yellow part of the flower, the colouring-matter appears in a very different form. Instead of spherical granules, we have slender filaments, which are more or less spirally twisted and rolled up in various ways in the cell, resembling in their twisting the more delicate spiral fibres in the external cells of the roots of Epiphytal orchids ; but they are in many cases short, and form small round coils, giving the outline of globular bodies, which likewise, however, occasionally occur. While red and blue colouring-matters usually occur in the vegetable kingdom diffused in the cell-sap, we find them both in Strelitzia in a globular form. Although deceptive appearances often presented themselves, Mr. Lawson felt inclined to believe, from the examination of numerous specimens, that diffused colour did not at all occur in the flowers of Strelitzia. When the flower has attained its maturity, the cells are often so completely filled with the deep blue granules, that they appear as a dense mass of blue, apparently homo- geneous, matter in the interior of the cell. The flower should there- fore be examined in the young state, not only before it has expanded, but long before the spathe has opened to expose it to the action of the light; even then the colouring of the flower will-be found to haye far advanced, but the cells are not then so completely filled with the blue globular granules as to disguise their character, and are distinctly seen. The cells containing the yellow filaments are gene- rally of larger size and more elongated in form than those containing blue or red globules. Botanical. Society of Edinburgh. 508 The following papers were read :— 1. * Experiments on the Dyeing properties of the Lichens,”’ by W. Lauder Lindsay, M.D.,. Assistant. Physician Royal Crichton Institution, Dumfries. The author presented to the Society the tabulated results of between 500 and 600 experiments made two or three years ago, the chief object of which was to endeavour to call attention to the fact, that we pos- sess in our own island Lichens capable of furnishing dyes nearly, if not quite, equal in beauty to Orchil, Cudbear, and Litmus. 2. On a species of Potamogeton from Lough Corrib,” by Mr. J. Kirk, of Coventry. Mr. Kirk considered the Potamogeton as allied to the P. longifolius of ‘ English Botany Supplement,’ and- remarked :— : : | ** My specimens differ from the plate in Eng. Bot. Sup. in having most of the leaves on long stalks, and in the absence of the apiculus. The specimen there figured was picked up floating [growing from the bottom, not loose—Ep. Ann. Nat. Hist.| in Lough Corrib in July 1835, by Mr. J. Ball, ‘ whilst sailing between Ma’am and Cong,’ and given by him to Mr. Babington, and is the only specimen. known to have been found in the British Islands up to. September 1853... The most striking character in my specimen is the singular and prominent midrib, the central portion of which consists of three longitudinal veins or ribs running closely parallel with each other, whilst on either side are three to six ribs running closely parallel to them, but rather more distant from each other; the whole connected by transverse veins, and in the fresh state often more than one-fourth of an inéh in width, appearing, until closely inspected, a compact. solid midrib, on either side of which are two to five fine veins, the whole con- nected by numerous secondary veinlets. Some of the submerged leaves were 18 inches in length, and most beautifully pellucid, in this respect far surpassing the other British members of the genus. The floating leaves were scarcely coriaceous, linear-lanceolate or lan- ceolate, and occurred only in small quantities. The original specimen, in Mr. Babington’s possession, exhibits traces of this peculiar midrib, which, I think, is almost sufficient to identify it with my specimen. The differences alluded to in the outset are not more than may be found between specimens of well-known species gathered in their prime, and others gathered, as in the present specimens, where decay has actually commenced—witness P. rufescens and P. zosterefolius. In the last-named species, the early leaves are invariably apiculate, but no trace of an apiculus is to be found in those produced during or after flowering-tmme. Whether the plant is identical with P. longi- folius (Gay), is a question I am not prepared to answer, but feel much disposed to doubt the latter being anything more than a name ; at any rate no individual with fresh specimens of my Lough Corrib plant before him could overlook the prominent midrib (although in the dried state it is not nearly so conspicuous). Mr. Babington, from * inspection of some of my dried specimens, considers it different from his original specimen on the grounds already stated, and is disposed to look upon it as perhaps the Potamogeton sparganifolius of Fries. 504 | Miscellaneous! - My. Borrer, to whom I-sent recent fragments’as well as dried speci- BS considers it identical with the Eng: Bot. Sup. plant.” 3. “On the Flowering of Plantsin the Royal Botanic Garden,” by Mr. M‘Nab. , 4, Illustrations of the application of <‘ Nature Printing” to, the copying of Botanical Spring os W.. Lauder Siig am M. D. MISCELLANEOUS. ogee BELLIA ARENARIA. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. 8 Mulgrave Place, Plymouth, May 17, 1854. GENTLEMEN; —=In the April Number of this Journal for 1851, pi318,.\there 1s figured and. described by me an Amphipod — tacean under the name of: Bellia arenaria. Finding that the same. generic name has been applied to one of the Anomoura, it would be better perhaps, for the- convenience of science, that the same name should not be repeated in one class of animals... It is therefore proposed to, call this animal for the future ‘‘ Sulcater arenarius,’ or ‘the Sand-ploughing Screw,”’ the name being deriyed from the furrow which it makes in the wet sand when crawling ; the only one of the. tribe, as far as I am aware, that so progresses. I am, Sirs, very obediently yours, C. Spence Bare. MR. BOWERBANK AND PROF. SEDGWICK. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. Queen’s College, Belfast, 22nd May, 1854. © ~ GeNTLEMEN,—Mr. Bowerbank’s letter, in your last Number; in reply to Professor Sedgwick’s remarks on a statement printed, by M. Milne-Edwards in the Paleontographical Society’s volume for 1852, may be briefly answered (and I hope to his satisfaction) by my statement that I have seen the list he enclosed of the fossils he asked for, and it only contained the names of the new British Oolitic corals mentioned in my paper on Mesozoic Radiata in a former volume of the * Annals,’ and no Paleozoic corals. Prof. Sedgwick’s statements are therefore strictly correct, and Mr. Bowerbank’s surmises that he had written for both kinds, as well as any defence of Prof. Milne- Edwards founded thereon, are clearly negatived. The list is still at Cambridge. I have the honour to remain, Belanion: Your most obliged and obedient seryant, Freperick M‘Coy. Miscellaneous: 505 On the Habitsof the Mungoos (Herpestes griseus). 2 i) By. Lieut); Preusien 1»: ibiza In this communication the author gives an account of a combat which he witnessed at Pondicherry, between a Mungoos and a Cobra (Naia tripudians). The snake was brought in‘a trap to the Tra- vellers’ Bungalow, which is enclosed by stone wails, aud on being liberated and seeing the Mungoos it endeavoured to make its escape. The latter, however, attacked it immediately with much fury, and a battle ensued, which lasted about five minutes, when the snake was observed to dart upon its assailant and wound it with its fangs. The Mungoos on this rolled over and lay for some little time as if dead, with a black foam at its mouth; it then suddenly started up and darted off into the bush. . In about twenty minutes it returned, when the mouth was observed to be marked with green from some herb it had been eating. It appeared quite recovered, and imme- diately attacked the snake with even more fury than before. “This combat lasted about six minutes, when the Mungoos got the snake by the neck, killed it, and severed its head from its body.» The snake was upwards of five feet long.—Proc. Zool. Soc. July'27, 1852. | ; , eupirrowy 3: int onk: 903 Yo ~Vioia wactEa:—[Hdinb. Cat.jo) 280) oomsioe t The following may be added to the list of unrecorded localities for the Viola lactea: Mayals Green, Gower, Glamorganshire, “Mayals, May 24th. CAROLINE CATHERINE Lucas... On some Varieties of Land Shells from the South of France. : By J.-Pacer. Since my former communication* I have discovered another hairy Helix, which in every other respect resembles the H. Carthusiana of Draparnaud, or the H. Cantiana of English authors. I met with se- veral specimens of this shell dead, last autumn, on some wet mea- dows near the Pont du Var, Nice, but did not remark any peculiarity about them. _On observing however the other day a young Helix which I had found in some irrigated gardens near the town, and which { had taken for a young Carthusiana, to be thickly covered with very short hairs, I examined the adult specimens.with more care; and found on each of the six I possess, portions of the hairs still remain- ing. I leave others to decide the value of this character in the de- ‘termination of the species, but I would call the attention of English conchologists to a careful examination of their specimens of H. Can- tiana from Cambridgeshire, in which I think it is not impossible that the same peculiarity may be observed. | Herr Adolph Schmidt inquires, in the ‘ Zeitschrift fiir Malaco- zoologie,’ if the H. depilata is not hairy when young. I have always found it so when young, and generally more or less.so when adult and living, but, like many other Helices, it easily loses both hairs and epidermis after the death of the animal. Nice, May 22. | 3 * See p. 454. 506 Meteorological Observations. SCHZRER’S: COLLECTION OF LICHENS. ’ We are informed by M. Guthnick, Director of the Botanic Garden at Berne, that the private collection of Lichens belonging to the late Pastor Scheerer has been sold to M. Edmund Boissier of Geneva. He states that there still remain for sale the collections which served as the basis of: Scheerer’s ‘ Lichenes Helvetici Exsiccati,’ amounting to 650 species or varieties, of each one of which, with a few exceptions, there are from 10 to 50 specimens. ‘This rich col- lection has been valued by Mr. Shuttleworth and himself at 1500— French francs, which he considers ‘‘ beaucoup au-dessous de leur valeur,’’—and from which sum a small abatement would be made to a purchaser. He is desirous that a number of British botanists should join together to purchase, and is open to offers. M. Guthnick also states, that he can supply Scheerer’s ‘ Lich. Helv. Exsic.,’ thirteen volumes, at 12 French francs per volume. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR APRIL 1854. Chiswick.—April 1, 2. Very fine. 3. Fine: clear: frosty. 4. Slight haze: + cloudless: very clear’, 5,-Very fine. 6. Foggy: very fine. 7—9. Very fine. 10. Foggy-:-cold-haze.-11.- Hazy: fine: clear, 12. Cold haze: very dry air: partially overeast.~. 13, Dry haze: fine: clear. 14,15. Very fine. 16. Quite ’ “clear : very fine : overcast. 17. Light clouds : fine: clear. 18. Slight haze : fine : “very clear. 19. Slight haze: cloudless. 20. Very fine. 21. Cloudy. 22. Uni- formly overcast : drizzling rain.’ 23. Cloudy and cold, with dry air: boisterous : very clear. 24. Cloudless: masses of white clouds formed i in the forenoon: ex- | cessively dry air: very clear : severe and destructive black frost at night. 25. Light _clonds : very dry air: clear. 26. Overcast. 27. Showery. 28. Cloudy and cold: very clear. 29. Rain: cloudy: clear. 30. Rain: cloudy: overcast.—The frost on the 24th was more severe than in any April for at least rast previous years. 47°53 Mean temperature of the month ........+.... db vebdsabdesacrnedes Mean temperature of April 1853 .........cceesseeeseresceeerecees 45°44 Mean temperature of April for the last twenty-eight years . 47 °16 Average amount of rain in April ..........2+..sceeseceev eves seeee 1°64 inch, Boston.—April 1—7. Fine. 8. Cloudy. 9—14. Fine. 15. Cloudy. 16—20. Fine. 21. Rain a.m. 22. Rain a.M.and p.m. 23—26. Cloudy. 27. Rain a.m. and p.M., with thunder and lightning. 28. Rain a.m. 29. Cloudy: rain A.M. 30. Cloudy : rain P.M. Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—April 1. Rain a.m.: rain, clear p.m. 2. Clear A.M-: showers P.M. 3. Showers A.M.: rain P.M. 4. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 5, Showers A.M.: cloudy p.m. 6. Drizzle a.m.: clear p.m. 7. Bright a.m. : cloudy p.M. 8. Bright A.M.: showersP.M. 9. Bright a.m.: cloudy p.m. 10, Bright a.m.: showers p.M. 11. Bright a.m.: clear, aurora p.m. 12, Clear a.M.and p.m. 13. Fine a.m.: clear p.m. 14. Fine, clear a.m.: clear, aurorap.M. 15. Fog a.m. : damp p.m. 16, Cloudy a.m.: clear p.m. 17. Clear, fine a.m. and p.m. 18, 19. Clear a.m.: clear, aurora p.m. 20. Clear, fine A.m.: clear, fine, aurora P.M. 21. Clear, fine a.m.: cloudy p.m. 22. Cloudy a.m.and p.m. 23. Snow-showers a.m.: cloudy p.m. 24, Cloudy a.m.: cloudy, solar halo p.m. 25. Bright a.m. : clear p.M. 26. Damp A.M.: rain p.m. 27. Showers a.m. and p.m. 28. Snow- showers A.M. andp.M. 29. Clear a.m.: rain p.m. 30. Showers a.m.: showers, clear P.M. Mean temperature of April for twenty-seven previous years . 43°43 Mea: temperature of April 1853 ..........seceeesesscceeeeenevess 44-49 Mean temperature of this Month — .......sseeesscceeceeceeeesecs 44°68 Average quantity of rain in April for thirteen previous years 1°86 inch. zv.r | $L.0 | of.0 gf.9b| z.LylEg.f€ |Ez.19| Lzo.0f 6£0.08 gl.6z glo.of 1$1.0f | ‘ueayy \ of. Lo. to. ad gb| ov | 2 £g.gz 68.87 0,62 $67.62 gzS 62 of Lo. | gt. | %0. grb | ¢.tv| 62 | £S 2£,62 11.62 9£.6z L£9.6z 669.62 6z Sa) ee ee 6£ | Sth), LE | £8 -| = 44,62 96.62 $$.6z obg.6z £16,62 “97 gf. | 20, fr, bh |g St of | $6.62 94.62 £$.6z 703,67 700,0£ ‘L2@ cocseno ull cees paashine denne 6% |= oS} SE |. 9S 63,62 £2.08 90.08 Zo£.o£ 16£,0£ ‘gz coset edly cdeb doe ctouesep eit gh | ¢.6£ b> GE= fe 18 zv.08 gt.of O1.08 VLE,o£ Lzv.of Sz seeceeeee tetneeeee|esepperee cy thy gr} 1S 6£,08 6£.0£ 00,0£ 66z.0f gtv,of “vz +o. So, |reteneeee SLE by! 26 LY LE.0£ 1Z.0£ $9.62 $99.62 I11,0f Sz sovcererel’ Ey. go. seb Sri 6E 6+~ £0.08 98.62 ¥1.67 1v£.6z 6£9,62 ‘ZZ weoserpeslesedecdeel~ Fo, 56% | S$} av}. of. 9l,6z £9.62 07.62 Lof.6z 9gr.6z ae Secsaun eure saneatne seebecees cs $s rs ‘ SZ : 7.67 68.62 Lv.6z 99$.6z oS L.6z ‘ot p sisesseee sestsnaee|eneeneees LY ZS) bp | LL: 00,08 Lo.of Lo.6z 398.62 396.62 *6r Atenssnn ecasestts|enneesens oS Lvl week E£ ZE.0£ gr.o£ £3.62 Vz0.0£ ofr.of ‘QI inane ar one "ets Aba “1g gv] 2e 6 17Z,0£ ZE.0£ v6.62 907.08 ¥iz.of “Lr Fiesty orssneses sedeGhod Sb Lv¥| o¥ | %% $z.0£ 97.08. 79.62 for.o0f $61,0£ ‘QI ee gen 10. 6+ gv} oz Lo Lr.0f 60.0£ oL.6z 066,62 Lzo,0f “Sr wevedbnaglscavectss[aseveoce £6¢ 6¢| 6z | 99 1,08 £z.0f $9.62 £S0,0£ rL1,0f br Seeeeeees vonsenues|eeesesens oS gt gz 19 VE.0£ ot.o£ Lo.of o$z,of gbf.of “¢ 10! perrecsadinass- tl 2G, gS¢ | Lb! ty | 09 ov,o£ gr.of So.0f oz£,o£ gS£.0f ‘Sr 4 ae ee lt gt| LE | v9 gt.of of.08 £9.62 O11,0& 107,0f ‘II Pu caccevelpocecosvelsooonsend Seb Z| of | ¥S 61.0 11,0 88.67 of1.0f $17,08 ‘OI IO, [teeesetee|eeeweeees LY 6v| xf Sg €r.0£ 00,08 LL.6z Sz1,0£ bgr.of 6 NS Sad a ate a gb | oS} 62 | 69 zL.6z 93.62 $3.62 g$o,of 6zz,0£ g GO, = frees eede]saeeze ves oh zS| €¢ 69. 60:08 11.08 96.62 VPL.o£ 26£.0f “L QO; [restrstec|eseeeenes gb Lb} gz | Lo 96.62 gl.6z 66.62 got.of 1bb.0£ 9 SER Potatoes te svoo bb gb| Lz | So $1.08 36.6 $6.62 ZL.0f 1L£,0& $x Fo i hi sah od = ha ag gv | S.S¥} gz | 9 gg.6z $0.0 z1.0£ Fgl.of LzS,of& v HO, [esereeerelenereeees Sev | S.gb| gz | gS $1.08 £z.0€ 60,08 LS¥.0f 96+.0£ € Cha. FeSsee sso aneens oc gt gb} zt |} Zz £1.08 ZI.0£ So.0f o$z.0£ 6ot.0f 4 Lo, [resrsseseleeseeeene 6+ Shel of | 1Z 19.62 73.6% £3.62 6£1.08 067.08 rT eS : rs) ] ; > 2 “ure $6 ee ‘upg | xept | ‘mor % “ure $6 £3 “UU ‘xUIY wey e ¢ 6 ze. ES zs 3 52 38 Pm | Amapees | FP | oyu "aoapaes ‘Aono ‘f eee “qHUOTT 5 s jo sheq *Uley *LoPOULO ULI, fF, *IgyOMOIV ‘RANMUQG ‘asuvpy yoinpung 4 £uopuory spat “MOIMSIHO 7 Ajarv0g younqynorz40FY ay} fo uapsny) ay} 70 uosdmoyy, LOISNO][D “AD *AEY 247 Ag pun £NoLsog 7p ‘TweA “AI Ag "IW Ag apow suoynasasgg 109160]0100,0]7 -“INDEX:ro VOL! X1If, ACHATINA; ‘new 150, 494, Achatinella; new species of, 150. Acontias, new species of, 26. Acrosalenia, new species of, 168. Adams, A., on new species of Rissoina, 9:65'pon new species of Murex, Ris- soma, Planaxis and Eulima, 152; Lomsome new shells;'497. © o> Aipyornis, on some casts of thé eggs and certain bones ‘of the, 229: Agaricus, new be oe of, 896." _ Allan,’ J. and Maedonald’s, G., Bota- nist’s Word-Book; réviewed; 57. Anacharis: Alsinastrum, on the occur- species of, 147, rencé’ of, 3400 Ancillaria, new ‘species of, "155." Anderson, Dr., onthe ‘state of the Kingsley, Dr. G. H., on Notamia bursaria, 347. Kirk, J., ona species of Potamogeton from Lough Corrib, 503. Lafresnaye, M. de, on the bird of paradise, 157. Lagena, new species of, 156, Lamprey, on a new form of, 58. » Latia, note on the genus, 237. Lawson, G., on a botanical trip:to the Tents Muir, in the north of ‘Fife, 340; on the anatomical structuré of Coniferze and other gymnogens, 342; on the colouring matters)of the flower of Strelitzia Reginse, 502: Layard, E. L., on the ornithology of Ceylon, 123, 212, 257, 446: Dc Ri on the British species of, Legnonotus, new species of, 435, _ Leighton, Rev. W. A:,.on the British Graphidez, 81, 202, 264, 387;'436. Lepidurus, new species of, 226.,:; . Leptocephalus Morrisii, on the oceur- rence of, 238, tifosion } Lichens, new. British species: of;:32, 276, 387, 436; Scheerer’s collection of, 506. NOM * 0003 Limnodytes, new species :of,:30s0% ar vag Society, proceedings of :the, Linyphia, new species of, 177. Lowe, E.. J., on a new. method! of propagating plants, 219; on the growth of land shells, 499. Lueas, C. C., on a new locality for Viola lactea, 505. Macdonald, G., and Allan’s, J., Bota- nist’s Word-Book, reviewed, 57. Macrozamia spiralis, on the inflores- cence of, 422... Malacoptila, on the species of, 474. Mammalia, on the structtire and ho- mologies of the teeth of, 328. INDE X. Mammoth Cave, Kentucky, on the blind animals which inhabit the, 71. Marasmius, new species of, 403. Martens, M., on the colours of plants, 350. Meteorological observations, 79, 159, . 239, 351, 431, 506. Milne-Edwards’s, Prof., reply to an article by Professor Sedgwick, 469. Mitra, new species of, 155. Monasa, on the species of, 480. Monotospora, new species of, 462. Moore, T., on Ophioglossum lusitani- cum, 344. “Morren, C., on a migration of dragon- . flies, 239. Miller, Prof. J., on the structure of the Echinoderms, 1, 112, 241. Mungoos, on the habits of the, 505. Murex, new species of, 152. Myochama, new species of, 497._- Myriapoda, on the circulatory system in the, 182. Myrmica, new species of, 54. Nassa, new species of, 156. Nectria, new species of, 467. Neriéne, new species of, 179. Nessia, new species of, 25. Newport, G.,.on certain statements contained ‘in’ Dr. 'T.) Wilhams’s papers on the respiratory organs of the Articulata, 346 ; on the repro- duction of lost parts in earthworms, 0423. : paw an bursaria, observations on, B472 900 5 | 43 Nucleolites, new species of, 319. Odontomachus, new species of, 100. (Ecodoma, new species of, 49. Oidium, new species of, 463. Oligoneuria rhenana, noteon; 77. Opegrapha, on the British species of, 87, 202. Ophioderma, new species of, 376. Ophioglossum lusitanicum, occurrence of, 344. Ophiuridz, on the oral skeleton of the, 117. Ornithology of Ceylon, notes on the, 123, 212, 257, 446. Otina, on the teeth of, 74. Owen, Prof., on the eggs and young of the Apteryx, and on the casts of the eggs and certain bones of Aipy- ornis, 229; on the structure and homologies of teeth, 327. 511 Oxvgnathus, new species of, 435. Paget J., on a new Helix from ontpellier, and a new Hydrobia from Nice; with observations on some varieties of the extra-marine shells of those districts, 454, 505. Paradisea apoda, note on, 157. Partula, new species of, 150, 494, Patellaria, new species of, 465. Peach, W., on the occurrence of Leptocephalus Morrisii, 238. Peails, figured, of the Chinese, 238. Pedina, new species of, 312. Pegus, Lieut., on the habits of th Mungoos, 505. Pentacrinus, new species of, 380. Peronia, on the teeth of, 74. Petromyzonide, synopsis of ‘the fa- mily, 59. Peziza, new species of, 463. Pfeiffer, Dr. L., on new species of shells, 140,491. Pheenicothraupis, new species of, 24. pe were new. species of, 434, 35. 19 Planaxis, new species of, 152. Plants, habitats for rare’ British; 69, 340, 505 ; new method of propaga- ting, 219; on the colours of, 350. Platygramma, on the British species of, 393. Ploceus Philippensis, note on, 496. Polycyphus, new species of, 318. Polypedates, new species of, 407. Polyporus, new species of, 404, Ponera, new species of, 101, Potamogeton, note on a species of, 503. Ptycholepis, new species of, 435. Puccinia, new species of, 461. Pupa, new species of, 97. Pycnodus, new species of, 436, Rana, new species of, 30. Reeve, L., on a new species of Helix, 349. Reptilesof Ceylon, on the, 25,137,407. Rhamnez, on the supposed anthe- ridia of the, 342. Rhinanthus Crista-galli, on the para- sitic habits of, 422. Rhinophis, new species of, 26. Rhinotrichum, new species of, 462: Rissoa, new species of, 68. Rissoina, new species of, 65, 152. Royal Institution of Great Britain, proceedings of the, 327. Ue po An 0 a? 512 Royal Society, proceedings of the, 219, 499." Royal Society of Edinburgh, proceed- ings of the, 71. Runecina Hancocki, note on, 430. Sagedia, new species of, 39. Salticus, new species of, 173. Sanderson, Dr., on the supposed an- theridia of the Rhamnee, 342. Sarsaparillas, remarks on, 427.- Sawers, W., on the occurrence of Desmarestia Dresnayi, 234. — Selater, P. L., on a new species of Tanager, 24; on the Bucconide, 353, 474. Scott, A. W., on Cystosoma Saun- dersii, 336. Seymnus glacialis and its parasites, notes on, 236. Seal, new genus and species of, 200. Sea-weeds, on the growth of, 488. _ Sedgwick’s, Rev. Prof., reply to some statements reflecting on the Univer- sity of Cambridge, 280. Seemann, Dr. B., remarks on the Sarsaparillas, 427. Selys-Longchamps’, E. de, Synopsis des Caloptérygines, reviewed, 3265. Septoria, new species of, 459. Shells, new, 65, 97, 140, 152, 349, 454, 491, 497; revision of the ar- rangement of the families of bivalve, 408; on the growth of land, 499. Solanaceze, notes on the, 341. Spadix purpurea, note on, 31. Spheeria, new species of, 466. Spiloma, on the British species of 445. Strelitzia Regine, on the colouring - matters of the flower of, 502. Streptaxis, new species of, 140. Sulcator arenarius, note on, 504. Tanager, new species of, 24. Tate, G. R., localities for rare plants in the neighbourhood of Kdin- burgh, 340. Tchihatcheff, P. de, on the vegetation of Mount Argeusin Cappadocia, 344. Teeth, on the structure and homo- logies of, 327. INDEX. Terebratula australis, on the anatomy of, 72. ’ Tetrarhynchus, new species of, 236. Thalurania, new species of, 229. Thomson, Dr. T., on the genus Hodgsonia, 424. _Tremelila, new species of, 406. Trigonia, new species of, 498. Tytler, Capt. R..C., on the fauna of Barrackpoore, 365. Unger’s, Dr. F., Botanical Letters to a Friend, reviewed, 324. Uropeltis, new species of, 27. Vegetable substance formed in a water-pipe, account of a, 70. Verrucaria, new species of, 32. Viola lactea, on a new locality for, 505. Virchow, M., on an animal substance analogous to cellulose, 158. Volutella, note on the genus, 346. Wallace’s, A. R., Palm Trees of the Amazon and their Uses, reviewed, 56; Narrative of Travels on the os and Rio Negro, reviewed, Walpole, Lieut. the Hon. F., on the Diduneulus, 495. Weaver-bird, note on the Indian, 496. Williams, Dr. T., on the mechanism of aquatie respiration and on the structure of the organs of breathing im invertebrate animals, 131, 180, 294. Wilson, J., on the blind animals which inhabit the Mammoth Cave, Ken- tucky, 71. Worms, intestinal, on the develop- ment of, 157. Wright, Dr. T., on the palzeontology of Gloucestershire, 161, 312, 376. Yates, J., on the inflorescence of Cy- cas revoluta and Macrozamia spi- ralis, 42}. Zamia horrida, on the pollen of, 342. Zoological Society, proceedings of the, 58, 221, 336, 491. Zoothera, new species of, 212. : <' yo! MUSE. = rae b Dee As oe de Ae. or ie A ie es ‘ “tay “ oe Te Dia 4 eS me, Ptdemony ye Prete eet # 4 a eee ee res ete teen « eevee eseee te eer = = omens eer er ener FAS SESE enw os = fy bop cas eats . « < awe, easel Slee : v — ag. ee eoe=) J ete 5 2h h Ste Chae boone Pippo are - riissegassmes 5 hake we gees fo eer mene oe. " p 6 Sha wee he ° Mya S ieee: at ae teenta bal dahiteal hababat eo .: == eo &, ae we Ui im : acboe >. Peketetst 2525 So8-2=2 —s - Lene ene —* SPOR OO eH Eh S28 98 Porta et ae yee “ne ++ $ acs preesy * Fame = ~ “ cm Gane ees zy - ~ =e wow ne a ane * ohn # ‘ eafm eee Sseet= . shtit Se bers “ Poem ere- boca ee aa $6 — bs ae wen Bean boben bees 5 onto ane 2 Sh pabonht ba eae <9 * Se. ee ee 9M Rome we + ‘ 4 + ra + t sy. : : eee Bay mane - ei oe. eee enw ee eee ; E sf E ae oo . 5a as 7 “5 : reps yes ea <6 id : v2 + - F rs > oy red ytd shee Lererereeblelena rot 7. - hte Ded OP Ado k oh Re Bere my : > <0 ~ 8 B2G er r Se ee ee serere-ts rinks Ebb dot Pk eka dl = sana ese a ness saces Wowee: iy indy < Syehire see ; F 5 est ¢ 4 fiat mierbere 4 Tatob~sat- $4 derntas 2 Ma ish 4 rots ones estoy | ere Seek. . + Site tam ens prs Po pres 7a - a= - ~ Fee Ms HH OFF BG Geen 8-2-8885 8 ~e- o * 7-2 oe ree ts Pr Fres per eaty bes tet 78 whe Sy ies. “+ view iter Lae tet ae pote: sete ° e+ at ity) tit eet LP 8a®. meen mrs Thrwirt o> op ee oe ~ i Stas’ wieetes Srrseaas ri. - hee bed, reseeseel vied rf b esas ‘eR as) erates to alee e ee ee ®